"id","title","description","link","image_link","price","categories","brand","sku","stock_quantity","ean" "61247","JBL Clip 5 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – White","The JBL Clip 5 is an ultra-portable Bluetooth speaker small enough to hold in one hand and clip to a backpack, belt loop or bike handlebar — yet it delivers big JBL Pro Sound with punchy bass. A redesigned, fully integrated carabiner with a much wider opening makes it easier than ever to take everywhere. It plays for up to 12 hours on a charge, plus up to 3 more with Playtime Boost, and it is IP67 waterproof and dustproof, so the pool, beach, rain and campsite are no problem. Bluetooth 5.3 with multi-point connection, Auracast multi-speaker pairing and the JBL Portable app complete it. This is the White colour, model JBLCLIP5WHT. JBL Pro Sound · 7W · Passive Radiator Big Sound From a Small Speaker Inside the Clip 5 a powerful driver works with a passive radiator to produce 7W of JBL Pro Sound with a fuller, punchier low end than you would expect from something this size. It covers 95Hz to 20kHz, so vocals stay clear and bass lines have body, whether you are playing music on a desk, in the garden or on the move. Tap Playtime Boost and the speaker tunes its performance for louder, crisper sound while stretching the battery. With the free JBL Portable app you can choose EQ presets or fine-tune highs, mids and lows yourself, and receive firmware updates that keep the speaker current. Up to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost · IP67 All-Day Battery, Built for Outdoors One charge gives up to 12 hours of playtime, and Playtime Boost adds up to 3 more — enough for a full day out. A full recharge takes about 3 hours over USB-C, using the cable in the box. The IP67 rating means the Clip 5 is both waterproof and dustproof: it can be splashed, rained on and even briefly submerged, and sand and dust will not get inside, so it is at home at the beach, the pool, on a hike or in the shower. Dry the USB-C port before charging after it has been in water. Bluetooth 5.3 · Multi-Point · Auracast Easy to Connect, Easy to Expand Bluetooth 5.3 gives a stable connection to iPhone, Android, tablets and laptops, and multi-point lets two devices stay connected so friends can take turns playing music. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or use Auracast to connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers at once for bigger sound over a wider area. The Clip 5 is made in part with recycled plastic and fabric and comes in FSC-certified packaging. At 285 grams and 13.5cm tall, it travels in a bag pocket or hangs from a strap without getting in the way. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a speaker you can clip on and take everywhere ✔ Need waterproof, dustproof sound for beach, pool or camping ✔ Want all-day battery life in a pocket-sized speaker ✔ Plan to pair two for stereo or link more with Auracast Consider something else if… ✘ You want room-filling party volume — choose a larger speaker ✘ You need a wired AUX input — the Clip 5 is Bluetooth only ✘ You want to pair with older Clip 4 speakers — Auracast needs Auracast-enabled models JBL Clip 5 White — Technical Specifications BrandJBL ModelClip 5 MPNJBLCLIP5WHT ColourWhite Output Power7W Frequency Response95 Hz – 20 kHz Bluetooth5.3 · A2DP 1.4, AVRCP 1.6 · multi-point BatteryUp to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost (15h max) ChargingUSB-C · approx. 3 hours Water / DustIP67 waterproof and dustproof Multi-SpeakerStereo pairing · Auracast Dimensions8.6 × 13.5 × 4.6 cm Weight285g WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box —JBL Clip 5 speaker — White —USB Type-C cable —Quick start guide —Warranty card / safety sheet Frequently Asked Questions How long does the battery last?Up to 12 hours on a single charge, plus up to 3 more hours with Playtime Boost. A full charge takes about 3 hours via USB-C. Is it waterproof?Yes. The JBL Clip 5 is rated IP67, so it is waterproof and dustproof and can withstand rain, splashes and brief submersion. Can I pair two Clip 5 speakers?Yes. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers using Auracast. Does it pair with a JBL Clip 4?Not for multi-speaker sound. Auracast linking works with Auracast-enabled JBL speakers such as the Clip 5; the Clip 4 does not support Auracast. Is a charger included?A USB-C charging cable is included. The wall charger is not included — any USB charger works. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All Bluetooth speakers at maibo —JBL Wave 200TWS true wireless earbuds —All audio at maibo —Official JBL Clip 5 page Browse the full Bluetooth speaker range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-5-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/JBL_CLIP_5_HERO_GREY_48150_x5.png","44.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP5WHT","88","" "61246","JBL Clip 5 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Purple","The JBL Clip 5 is an ultra-portable Bluetooth speaker small enough to hold in one hand and clip to a backpack, belt loop or bike handlebar — yet it delivers big JBL Pro Sound with punchy bass. A redesigned, fully integrated carabiner with a much wider opening makes it easier than ever to take everywhere. It plays for up to 12 hours on a charge, plus up to 3 more with Playtime Boost, and it is IP67 waterproof and dustproof, so the pool, beach, rain and campsite are no problem. Bluetooth 5.3 with multi-point connection, Auracast multi-speaker pairing and the JBL Portable app complete it. This is the Purple colour, model JBLCLIP5PUR. JBL Pro Sound · 7W · Passive Radiator Big Sound From a Small Speaker Inside the Clip 5 a powerful driver works with a passive radiator to produce 7W of JBL Pro Sound with a fuller, punchier low end than you would expect from something this size. It covers 95Hz to 20kHz, so vocals stay clear and bass lines have body, whether you are playing music on a desk, in the garden or on the move. Tap Playtime Boost and the speaker tunes its performance for louder, crisper sound while stretching the battery. With the free JBL Portable app you can choose EQ presets or fine-tune highs, mids and lows yourself, and receive firmware updates that keep the speaker current. Up to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost · IP67 All-Day Battery, Built for Outdoors One charge gives up to 12 hours of playtime, and Playtime Boost adds up to 3 more — enough for a full day out. A full recharge takes about 3 hours over USB-C, using the cable in the box. The IP67 rating means the Clip 5 is both waterproof and dustproof: it can be splashed, rained on and even briefly submerged, and sand and dust will not get inside, so it is at home at the beach, the pool, on a hike or in the shower. Dry the USB-C port before charging after it has been in water. Bluetooth 5.3 · Multi-Point · Auracast Easy to Connect, Easy to Expand Bluetooth 5.3 gives a stable connection to iPhone, Android, tablets and laptops, and multi-point lets two devices stay connected so friends can take turns playing music. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or use Auracast to connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers at once for bigger sound over a wider area. The Clip 5 is made in part with recycled plastic and fabric and comes in FSC-certified packaging. At 285 grams and 13.5cm tall, it travels in a bag pocket or hangs from a strap without getting in the way. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a speaker you can clip on and take everywhere ✔ Need waterproof, dustproof sound for beach, pool or camping ✔ Want all-day battery life in a pocket-sized speaker ✔ Plan to pair two for stereo or link more with Auracast Consider something else if… ✘ You want room-filling party volume — choose a larger speaker ✘ You need a wired AUX input — the Clip 5 is Bluetooth only ✘ You want to pair with older Clip 4 speakers — Auracast needs Auracast-enabled models JBL Clip 5 Purple — Technical Specifications BrandJBL ModelClip 5 MPNJBLCLIP5PUR ColourPurple Output Power7W Frequency Response95 Hz – 20 kHz Bluetooth5.3 · A2DP 1.4, AVRCP 1.6 · multi-point BatteryUp to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost (15h max) ChargingUSB-C · approx. 3 hours Water / DustIP67 waterproof and dustproof Multi-SpeakerStereo pairing · Auracast Dimensions8.6 × 13.5 × 4.6 cm Weight285g WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box —JBL Clip 5 speaker — Purple —USB Type-C cable —Quick start guide —Warranty card / safety sheet Frequently Asked Questions How long does the battery last?Up to 12 hours on a single charge, plus up to 3 more hours with Playtime Boost. A full charge takes about 3 hours via USB-C. Is it waterproof?Yes. The JBL Clip 5 is rated IP67, so it is waterproof and dustproof and can withstand rain, splashes and brief submersion. Can I pair two Clip 5 speakers?Yes. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers using Auracast. Does it pair with a JBL Clip 4?Not for multi-speaker sound. Auracast linking works with Auracast-enabled JBL speakers such as the Clip 5; the Clip 4 does not support Auracast. Is a charger included?A USB-C charging cable is included. The wall charger is not included — any USB charger works. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All Bluetooth speakers at maibo —JBL Wave 200TWS true wireless earbuds —All audio at maibo —Official JBL Clip 5 page Browse the full Bluetooth speaker range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-5-purple/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/JBL_CLIP_5_HERO_PURPLE_48139_x5.png","44.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP5PUR","88","" "61245","JBL Clip 5 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Blue","The JBL Clip 5 is an ultra-portable Bluetooth speaker small enough to hold in one hand and clip to a backpack, belt loop or bike handlebar — yet it delivers big JBL Pro Sound with punchy bass. A redesigned, fully integrated carabiner with a much wider opening makes it easier than ever to take everywhere. It plays for up to 12 hours on a charge, plus up to 3 more with Playtime Boost, and it is IP67 waterproof and dustproof, so the pool, beach, rain and campsite are no problem. Bluetooth 5.3 with multi-point connection, Auracast multi-speaker pairing and the JBL Portable app complete it. This is the Blue colour, model JBLCLIP5BLU. JBL Pro Sound · 7W · Passive Radiator Big Sound From a Small Speaker Inside the Clip 5 a powerful driver works with a passive radiator to produce 7W of JBL Pro Sound with a fuller, punchier low end than you would expect from something this size. It covers 95Hz to 20kHz, so vocals stay clear and bass lines have body, whether you are playing music on a desk, in the garden or on the move. Tap Playtime Boost and the speaker tunes its performance for louder, crisper sound while stretching the battery. With the free JBL Portable app you can choose EQ presets or fine-tune highs, mids and lows yourself, and receive firmware updates that keep the speaker current. Up to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost · IP67 All-Day Battery, Built for Outdoors One charge gives up to 12 hours of playtime, and Playtime Boost adds up to 3 more — enough for a full day out. A full recharge takes about 3 hours over USB-C, using the cable in the box. The IP67 rating means the Clip 5 is both waterproof and dustproof: it can be splashed, rained on and even briefly submerged, and sand and dust will not get inside, so it is at home at the beach, the pool, on a hike or in the shower. Dry the USB-C port before charging after it has been in water. Bluetooth 5.3 · Multi-Point · Auracast Easy to Connect, Easy to Expand Bluetooth 5.3 gives a stable connection to iPhone, Android, tablets and laptops, and multi-point lets two devices stay connected so friends can take turns playing music. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or use Auracast to connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers at once for bigger sound over a wider area. The Clip 5 is made in part with recycled plastic and fabric and comes in FSC-certified packaging. At 285 grams and 13.5cm tall, it travels in a bag pocket or hangs from a strap without getting in the way. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a speaker you can clip on and take everywhere ✔ Need waterproof, dustproof sound for beach, pool or camping ✔ Want all-day battery life in a pocket-sized speaker ✔ Plan to pair two for stereo or link more with Auracast Consider something else if… ✘ You want room-filling party volume — choose a larger speaker ✘ You need a wired AUX input — the Clip 5 is Bluetooth only ✘ You want to pair with older Clip 4 speakers — Auracast needs Auracast-enabled models JBL Clip 5 Blue — Technical Specifications BrandJBL ModelClip 5 MPNJBLCLIP5BLU ColourBlue Output Power7W Frequency Response95 Hz – 20 kHz Bluetooth5.3 · A2DP 1.4, AVRCP 1.6 · multi-point BatteryUp to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost (15h max) ChargingUSB-C · approx. 3 hours Water / DustIP67 waterproof and dustproof Multi-SpeakerStereo pairing · Auracast Dimensions8.6 × 13.5 × 4.6 cm Weight285g WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box —JBL Clip 5 speaker — Blue —USB Type-C cable —Quick start guide —Warranty card / safety sheet Frequently Asked Questions How long does the battery last?Up to 12 hours on a single charge, plus up to 3 more hours with Playtime Boost. A full charge takes about 3 hours via USB-C. Is it waterproof?Yes. The JBL Clip 5 is rated IP67, so it is waterproof and dustproof and can withstand rain, splashes and brief submersion. Can I pair two Clip 5 speakers?Yes. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers using Auracast. Does it pair with a JBL Clip 4?Not for multi-speaker sound. Auracast linking works with Auracast-enabled JBL speakers such as the Clip 5; the Clip 4 does not support Auracast. Is a charger included?A USB-C charging cable is included. The wall charger is not included — any USB charger works. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All Bluetooth speakers at maibo —JBL Wave 200TWS true wireless earbuds —All audio at maibo —Official JBL Clip 5 page Browse the full Bluetooth speaker range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-5-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/JBL_CLIP_5_HERO_BLUE_48143_x5.png","44.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP5BLU","88","" "61244","JBL Clip 5 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Red","The JBL Clip 5 is an ultra-portable Bluetooth speaker small enough to hold in one hand and clip to a backpack, belt loop or bike handlebar — yet it delivers big JBL Pro Sound with punchy bass. A redesigned, fully integrated carabiner with a much wider opening makes it easier than ever to take everywhere. It plays for up to 12 hours on a charge, plus up to 3 more with Playtime Boost, and it is IP67 waterproof and dustproof, so the pool, beach, rain and campsite are no problem. Bluetooth 5.3 with multi-point connection, Auracast multi-speaker pairing and the JBL Portable app complete it. This is the Red colour, model JBLCLIP5RED. JBL Pro Sound · 7W · Passive Radiator Big Sound From a Small Speaker Inside the Clip 5 a powerful driver works with a passive radiator to produce 7W of JBL Pro Sound with a fuller, punchier low end than you would expect from something this size. It covers 95Hz to 20kHz, so vocals stay clear and bass lines have body, whether you are playing music on a desk, in the garden or on the move. Tap Playtime Boost and the speaker tunes its performance for louder, crisper sound while stretching the battery. With the free JBL Portable app you can choose EQ presets or fine-tune highs, mids and lows yourself, and receive firmware updates that keep the speaker current. Up to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost · IP67 All-Day Battery, Built for Outdoors One charge gives up to 12 hours of playtime, and Playtime Boost adds up to 3 more — enough for a full day out. A full recharge takes about 3 hours over USB-C, using the cable in the box. The IP67 rating means the Clip 5 is both waterproof and dustproof: it can be splashed, rained on and even briefly submerged, and sand and dust will not get inside, so it is at home at the beach, the pool, on a hike or in the shower. Dry the USB-C port before charging after it has been in water. Bluetooth 5.3 · Multi-Point · Auracast Easy to Connect, Easy to Expand Bluetooth 5.3 gives a stable connection to iPhone, Android, tablets and laptops, and multi-point lets two devices stay connected so friends can take turns playing music. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or use Auracast to connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers at once for bigger sound over a wider area. The Clip 5 is made in part with recycled plastic and fabric and comes in FSC-certified packaging. At 285 grams and 13.5cm tall, it travels in a bag pocket or hangs from a strap without getting in the way. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a speaker you can clip on and take everywhere ✔ Need waterproof, dustproof sound for beach, pool or camping ✔ Want all-day battery life in a pocket-sized speaker ✔ Plan to pair two for stereo or link more with Auracast Consider something else if… ✘ You want room-filling party volume — choose a larger speaker ✘ You need a wired AUX input — the Clip 5 is Bluetooth only ✘ You want to pair with older Clip 4 speakers — Auracast needs Auracast-enabled models JBL Clip 5 Red — Technical Specifications BrandJBL ModelClip 5 MPNJBLCLIP5RED ColourRed Output Power7W Frequency Response95 Hz – 20 kHz Bluetooth5.3 · A2DP 1.4, AVRCP 1.6 · multi-point BatteryUp to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost (15h max) ChargingUSB-C · approx. 3 hours Water / DustIP67 waterproof and dustproof Multi-SpeakerStereo pairing · Auracast Dimensions8.6 × 13.5 × 4.6 cm Weight285g WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box —JBL Clip 5 speaker — Red —USB Type-C cable —Quick start guide —Warranty card / safety sheet Frequently Asked Questions How long does the battery last?Up to 12 hours on a single charge, plus up to 3 more hours with Playtime Boost. A full charge takes about 3 hours via USB-C. Is it waterproof?Yes. The JBL Clip 5 is rated IP67, so it is waterproof and dustproof and can withstand rain, splashes and brief submersion. Can I pair two Clip 5 speakers?Yes. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers using Auracast. Does it pair with a JBL Clip 4?Not for multi-speaker sound. Auracast linking works with Auracast-enabled JBL speakers such as the Clip 5; the Clip 4 does not support Auracast. Is a charger included?A USB-C charging cable is included. The wall charger is not included — any USB charger works. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All Bluetooth speakers at maibo —JBL Wave 200TWS true wireless earbuds —All audio at maibo —Official JBL Clip 5 page Browse the full Bluetooth speaker range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-5-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/JBL_CLIP_5_HERO_RED_48132_x4.png","44.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP5RED","88","" "61243","JBL Clip 5 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Black","The JBL Clip 5 is an ultra-portable Bluetooth speaker small enough to hold in one hand and clip to a backpack, belt loop or bike handlebar — yet it delivers big JBL Pro Sound with punchy bass. A redesigned, fully integrated carabiner with a much wider opening makes it easier than ever to take everywhere. It plays for up to 12 hours on a charge, plus up to 3 more with Playtime Boost, and it is IP67 waterproof and dustproof, so the pool, beach, rain and campsite are no problem. Bluetooth 5.3 with multi-point connection, Auracast multi-speaker pairing and the JBL Portable app complete it. This is the Black colour, model JBLCLIP5BLK. JBL Pro Sound · 7W · Passive Radiator Big Sound From a Small Speaker Inside the Clip 5 a powerful driver works with a passive radiator to produce 7W of JBL Pro Sound with a fuller, punchier low end than you would expect from something this size. It covers 95Hz to 20kHz, so vocals stay clear and bass lines have body, whether you are playing music on a desk, in the garden or on the move. Tap Playtime Boost and the speaker tunes its performance for louder, crisper sound while stretching the battery. With the free JBL Portable app you can choose EQ presets or fine-tune highs, mids and lows yourself, and receive firmware updates that keep the speaker current. Up to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost · IP67 All-Day Battery, Built for Outdoors One charge gives up to 12 hours of playtime, and Playtime Boost adds up to 3 more — enough for a full day out. A full recharge takes about 3 hours over USB-C, using the cable in the box. The IP67 rating means the Clip 5 is both waterproof and dustproof: it can be splashed, rained on and even briefly submerged, and sand and dust will not get inside, so it is at home at the beach, the pool, on a hike or in the shower. Dry the USB-C port before charging after it has been in water. Bluetooth 5.3 · Multi-Point · Auracast Easy to Connect, Easy to Expand Bluetooth 5.3 gives a stable connection to iPhone, Android, tablets and laptops, and multi-point lets two devices stay connected so friends can take turns playing music. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or use Auracast to connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers at once for bigger sound over a wider area. The Clip 5 is made in part with recycled plastic and fabric and comes in FSC-certified packaging. At 285 grams and 13.5cm tall, it travels in a bag pocket or hangs from a strap without getting in the way. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a speaker you can clip on and take everywhere ✔ Need waterproof, dustproof sound for beach, pool or camping ✔ Want all-day battery life in a pocket-sized speaker ✔ Plan to pair two for stereo or link more with Auracast Consider something else if… ✘ You want room-filling party volume — choose a larger speaker ✘ You need a wired AUX input — the Clip 5 is Bluetooth only ✘ You want to pair with older Clip 4 speakers — Auracast needs Auracast-enabled models JBL Clip 5 Black — Technical Specifications BrandJBL ModelClip 5 MPNJBLCLIP5BLK ColourBlack Output Power7W Frequency Response95 Hz – 20 kHz Bluetooth5.3 · A2DP 1.4, AVRCP 1.6 · multi-point BatteryUp to 12h + 3h Playtime Boost (15h max) ChargingUSB-C · approx. 3 hours Water / DustIP67 waterproof and dustproof Multi-SpeakerStereo pairing · Auracast Dimensions8.6 × 13.5 × 4.6 cm Weight285g WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box —JBL Clip 5 speaker — Black —USB Type-C cable —Quick start guide —Warranty card / safety sheet Frequently Asked Questions How long does the battery last?Up to 12 hours on a single charge, plus up to 3 more hours with Playtime Boost. A full charge takes about 3 hours via USB-C. Is it waterproof?Yes. The JBL Clip 5 is rated IP67, so it is waterproof and dustproof and can withstand rain, splashes and brief submersion. Can I pair two Clip 5 speakers?Yes. Pair two Clip 5 speakers for stereo sound, or connect multiple JBL Auracast-enabled speakers using Auracast. Does it pair with a JBL Clip 4?Not for multi-speaker sound. Auracast linking works with Auracast-enabled JBL speakers such as the Clip 5; the Clip 4 does not support Auracast. Is a charger included?A USB-C charging cable is included. The wall charger is not included — any USB charger works. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All Bluetooth speakers at maibo —JBL Wave 200TWS true wireless earbuds —All audio at maibo —Official JBL Clip 5 page Browse the full Bluetooth speaker range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-5-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/JBL_CLIP_5_HERO_BLACK_48128_x6.png","44.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP5BLK","88","" "61241","Sennheiser CX 80S Wired In-Ear Earphones with Mic – Black","The Sennheiser CX 80S are everyday wired earphones that get the essentials right: Sennheiser's balanced, natural sound, a light and comfortable in-ear fit, and an in-line remote with microphone for calls and music. Dynamic drivers cover 17Hz to 20kHz for full, clear sound without exaggerated bass or harsh treble — the kind of tuning that stays enjoyable for hours. Three sizes of silicone ear tips help you find a seal that blocks outside noise, and the 1.2m cable ends in an angled 3.5mm plug that is less likely to snag in a pocket. No charging, no pairing, no Bluetooth delay. Black, Sennheiser model 508896. Sennheiser Sound · 17Hz–20kHz Balanced, Natural Sound Sennheiser tunes the CX 80S for a balanced, uncompressed sound rather than a bass-heavy one. Vocals are clear, instruments sound natural, and the low end has body without swamping the rest of the music — which makes them good for long listening sessions, podcasts and audiobooks as well as music. The closed dynamic drivers cover 17Hz to 20kHz, and at 28 ohms with 119dB sensitivity they get plenty loud from phones, tablets, laptops and portable players without needing an amplifier. For many people this is the main reason to choose a Sennheiser over generic earphones at a similar price: the tuning is simply more refined. In-Line Remote · Microphone Calls and Music Without Your Phone A one-button smart remote on the cable lets you play and pause music and answer and end calls without taking your phone out of your pocket, and the built-in omnidirectional microphone picks up your voice clearly for calls, voice notes and video meetings. The 3.5mm plug is a four-pole TRRS connector, so the microphone works with phones, tablets and laptops that have a combined headset socket. On an iPhone or iPad with a Lightning port you will need Apple's Lightning to 3.5mm adapter, and on USB-C phones a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter. 3 Ear Tip Sizes · 10g · 1.2m Cable Light, Comfortable, Well-Sealed The small, lightweight earpieces weigh just 10 grams with the cable and sit comfortably in the ear. Silicone ear tips in three sizes — small, medium and large — are included; take a moment to try them, because the right size gives a good seal, which both improves bass and blocks out traffic and office noise. The 1.2m cable is a symmetric length, so both earpieces hang evenly, and the angled 3.5mm jack is kinder to headphone sockets and pockets than a straight plug. Being wired, they never need charging and never drop out — ideal as everyday earphones, a backup pair in a bag, or for flights and travel. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a balanced, natural Sennheiser sound at an everyday price ✔ Need a microphone and remote for calls ✔ Prefer wired earphones — no charging and no Bluetooth delay ✔ Have a phone, laptop or tablet with a 3.5mm socket Consider something else if… ✘ Your phone has no 3.5mm socket and you do not want an adapter ✘ You want wireless Bluetooth earbuds ✘ You need active noise cancelling Sennheiser CX 80S — Technical Specifications BrandSennheiser ModelCX 80S MPN508896 EAN4044155251722 ColourBlack TransducerDynamic, closed Frequency Response17 – 20,000 Hz Impedance28 ohms Sound Pressure Level119 dB SPL (1 kHz, 1 Vrms) THD<0.5% (1 kHz, 100 dB SPL) MicrophoneOmnidirectional · 100 – 10,000 Hz · -42 dBV Cable / Plug1.2m symmetric · 3.5mm angled TRRS Weight10g WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Sennheiser) In the Box —Sennheiser CX 80S earphones —3 pairs of silicone ear tips (S, M, L) —Quick guide Frequently Asked Questions Do they have a microphone?Yes. The CX 80S has an in-line one-button remote with a built-in omnidirectional microphone for calls and voice control. Will they work with my iPhone?Yes with an adapter. iPhones with a Lightning port need Apple's Lightning to 3.5mm adapter; iPhone 15 and later need a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter. What ear tip sizes are included?Three sizes of silicone ear tips — small, medium and large. How long is the cable?1.2m, symmetric length, with an angled 3.5mm TRRS plug. Do they need charging?No. They are wired and draw their power from the device they are plugged into. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Sennheiser) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Apple Lightning to 3.5mm adapter — for iPhone 7 to 14 —All wired earphones at maibo —All audio at maibo —Official Sennheiser CX 80S page Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sennheiser-cx-80s-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/CX_80S_Product_Shot_Front_cutout_sennheiser_1.jpg","19.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Sennheiser","508896","88","" "61186","Razer Seiren Mini USB Streaming Microphone – Quartz Pink","The Razer Seiren Mini is a compact USB condenser microphone that makes your voice sound clear and present on streams, video calls, podcasts and voice chat, without taking over your desk. Its supercardioid pickup pattern focuses tightly on the person in front of it, so keyboard clatter, mouse clicks and room noise are reduced. A 14mm condenser capsule with a flat frequency response captures crisp highs and full lows. Plug it into a USB port and it is ready in seconds — no drivers, no audio interface. A built-in shock mount and a heavy-duty tilting stand complete it, and the mic detaches to fit a boom arm. Quartz (Pink). Supercardioid · 14mm Condenser Your Voice, Less of the Room Most cheap desktop microphones pick up everything around them — the keyboard, the fan, the room echo. The Seiren Mini's supercardioid pattern has a tighter pickup angle than a standard cardioid mic, so it concentrates on the sound directly in front of it and rejects more from the sides. That makes a noticeable difference for gamers with mechanical keyboards, people working from home in a busy house, and streamers who want their commentary clear over game audio. The 14mm condenser capsule, 20Hz–20kHz frequency response and 48kHz/16-bit recording deliver a natural, broadcast-style voice that is a clear step up from laptop and headset microphones. For best results, point the top of the mic at your mouth from about 15 to 30cm away. USB Plug and Play · No Interface Needed Ready in Seconds There is nothing to install. Plug the Seiren Mini into a USB port on a Windows PC or Mac and it appears as a microphone in Discord, OBS, Streamlabs, Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and any other app. You set the input level in your computer's sound settings or in the streaming or chat software you use, and your voice is ready to go. Because it is a USB microphone, it needs no audio interface, mixer or phantom power — the simplest way to upgrade the sound of your stream, podcast or calls. It is powered from the USB port alone. Compact · Shock Mount · Tilting Stand Small on Camera, Steady on the Desk Standing just 162.5mm tall on a weighted 89mm base, the Seiren Mini takes up very little desk space and stays discreet on camera, keeping the focus on you rather than a bulky studio mic. The heavy-duty stand tilts so you can angle the capsule towards your mouth, and a built-in shock mount dampens bumps and knocks against the desk before they reach your recording. When you want it closer or off the desk, the mic detaches from the stand and screws onto any boom arm or mic stand with a standard 5/8-inch thread. Small and light, it is also easy to pack if you stream or record away from home. Right choice if you… ✔ Stream, game or podcast and want a clearer voice ✔ Want to reduce keyboard and room noise in your recordings ✔ Have a small desk or a minimal on-camera setup ✔ Want plug-and-play USB with no interface or drivers Consider something else if… ✘ You need multiple pickup patterns for group recording ✘ You want an XLR microphone for an audio interface or mixer ✘ You record instruments or groups far from the mic — the pattern is tight Razer Seiren Mini — Technical Specifications BrandRazer ModelSeiren Mini MPNRZ19-03450200-R3M1 EAN0811659039873 ColourQuartz (Pink) TypeCondenser · 14mm capsule Pickup PatternSupercardioid Frequency Response20 – 20,000 Hz Sample Rate / Bit Depth48 kHz / 16-bit Sensitivity17.8 mV/Pa (1 kHz) Max SPL110 dB (1% THD) ConnectionUSB · powered by USB (5V) MountBuilt-in shock mount · detachable · 5/8-inch thread Dimensions162.5 × 89 × 89mm (with stand) WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Razer) In the Box —Razer Seiren Mini microphone with tilting stand —USB cable —Documentation Frequently Asked Questions Do I need an audio interface?No. The Razer Seiren Mini is a USB microphone. Plug it into a USB port on a PC or Mac and it works straight away. Does it work with Discord, OBS and Zoom?Yes. It appears as a standard USB microphone in Discord, OBS, Streamlabs, Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and other apps. Will it pick up my keyboard?Much less than a typical desktop mic. The supercardioid pattern focuses on sound directly in front of it and rejects more from the sides. Can I put it on a boom arm?Yes. The mic detaches from its stand and fits any boom arm or mic stand with a standard 5/8-inch thread. How do I adjust the volume?Set the input level in your computer's sound settings or in the streaming or chat software you use. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Razer) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All microphones at maibo — HyperX SoloCast, QuadCast S —Audio-Technica ATH-M20x — monitor headphones for streaming and podcasts —Gaming mice —Official Razer Seiren Mini page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-seiren-mini-quartz-pink/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/razer-seiren-mini-quartz-pink.jpg","48.88","Audio > Microphones","Razer","RZ19-03450200-R3M1","88","" "61185","Razer Seiren Mini USB Streaming Microphone – Mercury White","The Razer Seiren Mini is a compact USB condenser microphone that makes your voice sound clear and present on streams, video calls, podcasts and voice chat, without taking over your desk. Its supercardioid pickup pattern focuses tightly on the person in front of it, so keyboard clatter, mouse clicks and room noise are reduced. A 14mm condenser capsule with a flat frequency response captures crisp highs and full lows. Plug it into a USB port and it is ready in seconds — no drivers, no audio interface. A built-in shock mount and a heavy-duty tilting stand complete it, and the mic detaches to fit a boom arm. Mercury (White). Supercardioid · 14mm Condenser Your Voice, Less of the Room Most cheap desktop microphones pick up everything around them — the keyboard, the fan, the room echo. The Seiren Mini's supercardioid pattern has a tighter pickup angle than a standard cardioid mic, so it concentrates on the sound directly in front of it and rejects more from the sides. That makes a noticeable difference for gamers with mechanical keyboards, people working from home in a busy house, and streamers who want their commentary clear over game audio. The 14mm condenser capsule, 20Hz–20kHz frequency response and 48kHz/16-bit recording deliver a natural, broadcast-style voice that is a clear step up from laptop and headset microphones. For best results, point the top of the mic at your mouth from about 15 to 30cm away. USB Plug and Play · No Interface Needed Ready in Seconds There is nothing to install. Plug the Seiren Mini into a USB port on a Windows PC or Mac and it appears as a microphone in Discord, OBS, Streamlabs, Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and any other app. You set the input level in your computer's sound settings or in the streaming or chat software you use, and your voice is ready to go. Because it is a USB microphone, it needs no audio interface, mixer or phantom power — the simplest way to upgrade the sound of your stream, podcast or calls. It is powered from the USB port alone. Compact · Shock Mount · Tilting Stand Small on Camera, Steady on the Desk Standing just 162.5mm tall on a weighted 89mm base, the Seiren Mini takes up very little desk space and stays discreet on camera, keeping the focus on you rather than a bulky studio mic. The heavy-duty stand tilts so you can angle the capsule towards your mouth, and a built-in shock mount dampens bumps and knocks against the desk before they reach your recording. When you want it closer or off the desk, the mic detaches from the stand and screws onto any boom arm or mic stand with a standard 5/8-inch thread. Small and light, it is also easy to pack if you stream or record away from home. Right choice if you… ✔ Stream, game or podcast and want a clearer voice ✔ Want to reduce keyboard and room noise in your recordings ✔ Have a small desk or a minimal on-camera setup ✔ Want plug-and-play USB with no interface or drivers Consider something else if… ✘ You need multiple pickup patterns for group recording ✘ You want an XLR microphone for an audio interface or mixer ✘ You record instruments or groups far from the mic — the pattern is tight Razer Seiren Mini — Technical Specifications BrandRazer ModelSeiren Mini MPNRZ19-03450300-R3M1 EAN0811659039880 ColourMercury (White) TypeCondenser · 14mm capsule Pickup PatternSupercardioid Frequency Response20 – 20,000 Hz Sample Rate / Bit Depth48 kHz / 16-bit Sensitivity17.8 mV/Pa (1 kHz) Max SPL110 dB (1% THD) ConnectionUSB · powered by USB (5V) MountBuilt-in shock mount · detachable · 5/8-inch thread Dimensions162.5 × 89 × 89mm (with stand) WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Razer) In the Box —Razer Seiren Mini microphone with tilting stand —USB cable —Documentation Frequently Asked Questions Do I need an audio interface?No. The Razer Seiren Mini is a USB microphone. Plug it into a USB port on a PC or Mac and it works straight away. Does it work with Discord, OBS and Zoom?Yes. It appears as a standard USB microphone in Discord, OBS, Streamlabs, Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and other apps. Will it pick up my keyboard?Much less than a typical desktop mic. The supercardioid pattern focuses on sound directly in front of it and rejects more from the sides. Can I put it on a boom arm?Yes. The mic detaches from its stand and fits any boom arm or mic stand with a standard 5/8-inch thread. How do I adjust the volume?Set the input level in your computer's sound settings or in the streaming or chat software you use. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Razer) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All microphones at maibo — HyperX SoloCast, QuadCast S —Audio-Technica ATH-M20x — monitor headphones for streaming and podcasts —Gaming mice —Official Razer Seiren Mini page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-seiren-mini-mercury-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/razer-seiren-mini-mercury-white.jpg","48.88","Audio > Microphones","Razer","RZ19-03450300-R3M1","88","" "61180","Kingston DataTraveler Max 512GB USB-C Flash Drive – USB 3.2 Gen 2","The Kingston DataTraveler Max 512GB is one of the fastest USB flash drives you can buy — a USB-C stick that performs more like a portable SSD. Using USB 3.2 Gen 2, it reads at up to 1,000MB/s and writes at up to 900MB/s, so large video files, photo libraries and backups move in seconds rather than minutes. The USB-C connector plugs straight into current MacBooks, Windows laptops, iPads with USB-C, Android phones and iPhone 15 and later, with no adapter. A one-handed sliding cap protects the connector, an LED shows when it is working, and a keyring loop keeps it with you. 512GB, model DTMAX/512GB, in Kingston retail packaging. 1,000MB/s Read · 900MB/s Write SSD Speed on a Keyring Typical USB sticks write at 30 to 150MB/s; the DataTraveler Max writes at up to 900MB/s and reads at up to 1,000MB/s. In practice, a camera card of RAW photos, a 4K video project or a laptop backup copies in a fraction of the usual time, and you can open and edit large files directly from the drive. To reach full speed, use a USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) USB-C port or faster — most current laptops, Thunderbolt 3/4 and USB4 ports qualify. On slower USB-C ports the drive still works quickly but the port limits the speed. 512GB holds a large photo or video library, a full work archive or several system backups. USB-C · Mac, PC, iPad, Android, iPhone 15+ Plugs Straight Into Modern Devices Because the connector is USB-C, the DataTraveler Max works directly with MacBook Air and Pro, USB-C Windows laptops, iPad Pro, iPad Air and recent iPads, many Android phones and tablets, and iPhone 15 and later — useful for moving videos off a phone or loading files onto an iPad in the Files app. It needs no drivers or software: it appears as a normal drive on Windows 11 and 10, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS. It comes formatted and can be reformatted to suit your devices, for example exFAT for sharing between Windows and Mac. If your computer only has USB-A ports, use a USB-C to USB-A adapter or choose the USB-A version of the DataTraveler Max. Sliding Cap · LED · Keyring Loop · 12g Designed to Carry Every Day The ridged casing protects the USB-C connector with a one-handed sliding cap, so there is no separate cap to lose, and the grip makes it easy to pull out of a port. An LED status indicator shows when the drive is reading or writing — wait for it to stop and eject in your operating system before unplugging to protect your files. At 12 grams and 82mm long, with a keyring loop, it lives on your keys, a lanyard or a bag zip. As with all flash storage, it is ideal for moving and carrying files; keep a second copy of anything you cannot afford to lose. Right choice if you… ✔ Move large video, photo or backup files regularly ✔ Use a USB-C laptop, iPad, Android phone or iPhone 15+ ✔ Want SSD-class speed in something that fits on a keyring ✔ Need 512GB of fast portable storage Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer only has USB-A ports — choose the USB-A version ✘ You only move small documents — a standard stick is far cheaper ✘ You have a Lightning iPhone (14 or older) — it will not fit Kingston DataTraveler Max 512GB — Technical Specifications BrandKingston ModelDataTraveler Max (USB-C) MPNDTMAX/512GB EAN0740617322392 Capacity512GB InterfaceUSB 3.2 Gen 2 · USB Type-C SpeedUp to 1,000MB/s read · up to 900MB/s write DesignRidged casing · sliding cap · LED indicator · keyring loop Dimensions82.2 × 22 × 9.02mm Weight12g CompatibilityWindows 11, 10 · macOS 10.14+ · Linux · ChromeOS Operating Temperature0 – 60°C WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Kingston) In the Box —Kingston DataTraveler Max 512GB USB-C flash drive —Documentation Frequently Asked Questions Will I get 1,000MB/s?On a USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) USB-C port or faster, including Thunderbolt 3/4 and USB4. Slower ports still work but limit the speed. Does it work with iPhone and iPad?Yes with USB-C models — iPhone 15 and later and USB-C iPads — via the Files app. It does not fit Lightning iPhones (iPhone 14 and earlier). Does it work with Mac and Windows?Yes. It works with Windows 11 and 10, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS with no drivers. Format it as exFAT to share files between Windows and Mac. My computer only has USB-A — will it work?With a USB-C to USB-A adapter, yes. Alternatively choose the USB-A version of the DataTraveler Max. What warranty does it have?It is covered by Kingston's manufacturer warranty. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Kingston) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Kingston DataTraveler Max 256GB — USB-A version —All USB flash drives at maibo —SSD & NVMe drives —Official Kingston DataTraveler Max page Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/kingston-datatraveler-max-512gb-usb-c/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ktc-product-usb-dtmax-512gb-1-zm-lg.jpg","108.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","Kingston","DTMAX/512GB","88","" "61172","Razer Seiren Mini USB Streaming Microphone – Black","The Razer Seiren Mini is a compact USB condenser microphone that makes your voice sound clear and present on streams, video calls, podcasts and voice chat, without taking over your desk. Its supercardioid pickup pattern focuses tightly on the person in front of it, so keyboard clatter, mouse clicks and room noise are reduced. A 14mm condenser capsule with a flat frequency response captures crisp highs and full lows. Plug it into a USB port and it is ready in seconds — no drivers, no audio interface. A built-in shock mount and a heavy-duty tilting stand complete it, and the mic detaches to fit a boom arm. Black. Supercardioid · 14mm Condenser Your Voice, Less of the Room Most cheap desktop microphones pick up everything around them — the keyboard, the fan, the room echo. The Seiren Mini's supercardioid pattern has a tighter pickup angle than a standard cardioid mic, so it concentrates on the sound directly in front of it and rejects more from the sides. That makes a noticeable difference for gamers with mechanical keyboards, people working from home in a busy house, and streamers who want their commentary clear over game audio. The 14mm condenser capsule, 20Hz–20kHz frequency response and 48kHz/16-bit recording deliver a natural, broadcast-style voice that is a clear step up from laptop and headset microphones. For best results, point the top of the mic at your mouth from about 15 to 30cm away. USB Plug and Play · No Interface Needed Ready in Seconds There is nothing to install. Plug the Seiren Mini into a USB port on a Windows PC or Mac and it appears as a microphone in Discord, OBS, Streamlabs, Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and any other app. You set the input level in your computer's sound settings or in the streaming or chat software you use, and your voice is ready to go. Because it is a USB microphone, it needs no audio interface, mixer or phantom power — the simplest way to upgrade the sound of your stream, podcast or calls. It is powered from the USB port alone. Compact · Shock Mount · Tilting Stand Small on Camera, Steady on the Desk Standing just 162.5mm tall on a weighted 89mm base, the Seiren Mini takes up very little desk space and stays discreet on camera, keeping the focus on you rather than a bulky studio mic. The heavy-duty stand tilts so you can angle the capsule towards your mouth, and a built-in shock mount dampens bumps and knocks against the desk before they reach your recording. When you want it closer or off the desk, the mic detaches from the stand and screws onto any boom arm or mic stand with a standard 5/8-inch thread. Small and light, it is also easy to pack if you stream or record away from home. Right choice if you… ✔ Stream, game or podcast and want a clearer voice ✔ Want to reduce keyboard and room noise in your recordings ✔ Have a small desk or a minimal on-camera setup ✔ Want plug-and-play USB with no interface or drivers Consider something else if… ✘ You need multiple pickup patterns for group recording ✘ You want an XLR microphone for an audio interface or mixer ✘ You record instruments or groups far from the mic — the pattern is tight Razer Seiren Mini — Technical Specifications BrandRazer ModelSeiren Mini MPNRZ19-03450100-R3U1 EAN0811659037886 ColourBlack TypeCondenser · 14mm capsule Pickup PatternSupercardioid Frequency Response20 – 20,000 Hz Sample Rate / Bit Depth48 kHz / 16-bit Sensitivity17.8 mV/Pa (1 kHz) Max SPL110 dB (1% THD) ConnectionUSB · powered by USB (5V) MountBuilt-in shock mount · detachable · 5/8-inch thread Dimensions162.5 × 89 × 89mm (with stand) WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Razer) In the Box —Razer Seiren Mini microphone with tilting stand —USB cable —Documentation Frequently Asked Questions Do I need an audio interface?No. The Razer Seiren Mini is a USB microphone. Plug it into a USB port on a PC or Mac and it works straight away. Does it work with Discord, OBS and Zoom?Yes. It appears as a standard USB microphone in Discord, OBS, Streamlabs, Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and other apps. Will it pick up my keyboard?Much less than a typical desktop mic. The supercardioid pattern focuses on sound directly in front of it and rejects more from the sides. Can I put it on a boom arm?Yes. The mic detaches from its stand and fits any boom arm or mic stand with a standard 5/8-inch thread. How do I adjust the volume?Set the input level in your computer's sound settings or in the streaming or chat software you use. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Razer) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All microphones at maibo — HyperX SoloCast, QuadCast S —Audio-Technica ATH-M20x — monitor headphones for streaming and podcasts —Gaming mice —Official Razer Seiren Mini page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-seiren-mini-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/razer-seiren-mini-black-usb-microphone.jpg","48.88","Audio > Microphones","Razer","RZ19-03450100-R3U1","88","" "61157","OPPO SUPERVOOC 80W UK Charger VCB8JAYH with USB-C Cable – Genuine, Unboxed","The OPPO SUPERVOOC 80W UK charger, model VCB8JAYH, is OPPO's own fast charger for its SUPERVOOC phones — the charger needed to reach full charging speed on the OPPO Find X5 series, OnePlus 10 Pro and OnePlus Nord 2T. Most phones are now sold without a charger, and SUPERVOOC only works at full speed with an OPPO SUPERVOOC charger and cable, so a generic USB charger will charge these phones far more slowly. This set includes the 80W UK three-pin adapter and the matching USB-A to USB-C SUPERVOOC cable. These are genuine OPPO units, removed from OPPO packaging and supplied unboxed; they may show slight cosmetic marks but are in excellent working condition. SUPERVOOC · Up to 80W · 11V/7.3A Full-Speed Charging for OPPO and OnePlus SUPERVOOC is OPPO's own fast-charging system, and it needs the phone, the charger and the cable to work together. When they do, this adapter supplies up to 80W at 11V/7.3A, which is what lets supported phones charge from low to well over half full in a short coffee break. Compatible phones include the OPPO Find X5 Pro, Find X5 and Find X5 Lite, the OnePlus 10 Pro and the OnePlus Nord 2T, which charge at their own maximum SUPERVOOC rate. Other phones and devices can be charged from it at a standard 10W (5V/2A), so it is still useful as a general charger, but only SUPERVOOC devices get the high-speed rate. UK Plug · USB-A Port · SUPERVOOC Cable Adapter and Matching Cable Together The adapter has a UK three-pin plug and a single USB-A output port, and the set includes OPPO's own USB-A to USB-C SUPERVOOC cable. Use them together: SUPERVOOC carries high current through the cable, so ordinary USB cables cannot deliver the full 80W and the phone will drop back to slower charging. If you ever replace the cable, choose an OPPO or OnePlus SUPERVOOC cable. The adapter accepts 100–240V, so with a simple plug adapter it also works abroad. It charges one device at a time. Genuine OPPO · Unboxed · Fully Working Condition — Please Read These chargers and cables are genuine OPPO parts that have been removed from OPPO phone boxes. They are supplied unboxed, without OPPO retail packaging, and are packed securely for delivery. Because they have been handled, some units may show slight cosmetic marks, but every unit is in excellent working condition. Genuine SUPERVOOC chargers are hard to find on their own, because OPPO and OnePlus no longer include a charger with many new phones and rarely sell this one separately in the UK — this is a straightforward way to get the original charger at a sensible price rather than a third-party copy. Right choice if you… ✔ Own an OPPO Find X5 series, OnePlus 10 Pro or Nord 2T ✔ Want full SUPERVOOC speed rather than slow generic charging ✔ Need a replacement or spare genuine charger and cable ✔ Are happy with an unboxed genuine part at a lower price Consider something else if… ✘ You need a boxed item for a gift — these are supplied unboxed ✘ You want to fast-charge an iPhone, Samsung or laptop — they charge at standard speed ✘ You need a USB-C output port — this adapter has USB-A OPPO SUPERVOOC 80W — Technical Specifications BrandOPPO ModelSUPERVOOC 80W Power Adapter MPNVCB8JAYH ColourWhite PlugUK three-pin (Type G) Output PortUSB-A Input100–240V · 50/60Hz · 2.0A Output5V/2A (10W) · 11V/7.3A (80W max, SUPERVOOC) CableOPPO USB-A to USB-C SUPERVOOC cable (included) Compatible PhonesOPPO Find X5 Pro, Find X5, Find X5 Lite · OnePlus 10 Pro, Nord 2T WeightApprox. 165g ConditionGenuine OPPO · unboxed · may show slight cosmetic marks In the Box —OPPO SUPERVOOC 80W UK charger (VCB8JAYH) —OPPO USB-A to USB-C SUPERVOOC cable —Supplied unboxed — no OPPO retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Which phones does it fast-charge?SUPERVOOC phones including the OPPO Find X5 Pro, Find X5 and Find X5 Lite, the OnePlus 10 Pro and the OnePlus Nord 2T, each at its own maximum SUPERVOOC rate. Will it fast-charge an iPhone or Samsung?No. Other phones and devices charge from it at a standard 10W (5V/2A). Only SUPERVOOC devices reach the high-speed rate. Is it boxed?No. These are genuine OPPO chargers and cables removed from OPPO packaging and supplied unboxed. Some may show slight cosmetic marks; all are in excellent working condition. Do I need the included cable?Yes, for full speed. SUPERVOOC requires an OPPO or OnePlus SUPERVOOC cable; ordinary USB cables will charge more slowly. What plug does it have?A UK three-pin plug, with a USB-A output port. It accepts 100–240V. ConditionGenuine OPPO — Unboxed WarrantySeller-tested, fully working DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —OnePlus SUPERVOOC 100W cable — spare or longer-life cable —All wall chargers at maibo —Fast charging cables —Official OPPO UK website Browse the full charging and cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oppo-supervooc-80w-charger-uk/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/p9qvw6q.jpg","24.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Oppo","VCB8JAYH","87","" "61152","Apple Lightning to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter – MMX62ZM/A","The Apple Lightning to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter lets you keep using your favourite wired headphones and earphones with an iPhone or iPad that has a Lightning port. Plug the Lightning end into your device and your headphones' standard 3.5mm plug into the other, and you are listening — no app, no pairing and no battery to charge. It is Apple's own adapter, model MMX62ZM/A, supplied new in a sealed Apple box. It works with Lightning devices running iOS 10 or later, including iPhone 7 through iPhone 14 and Lightning iPads. It does not fit iPhone 15 or later, which use USB-C. Lightning to 3.5mm · Plug and Play Your Wired Headphones, Back in Use When Apple removed the headphone jack from the iPhone, millions of good wired headphones were left without a socket. This small adapter puts it back. It works with any headphones, earphones or audio cable that ends in a standard 3.5mm plug — from Apple EarPods with a 3.5mm plug to studio headphones such as the Audio-Technica M-Series, Bose and Sennheiser wired earphones, and the AUX cable in your car. Wired audio has no Bluetooth delay, which matters for gaming, video editing and music apps, and nothing needs charging. Because it is Apple's own part, it carries Apple's digital-to-analogue converter, so the sound quality is what Apple designed for the iPhone. iPhone 7–14 · Lightning iPad · iOS 10+ Check Your Port Before Ordering This adapter is for devices with a Lightning port — the slim, flat connector used on iPhone 7 to iPhone 14 (including SE second and third generation) and on iPads and iPod touch models with Lightning. Apple moved the iPhone 15 and later, and recent iPads, to USB-C; those need a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter instead, and this one will not fit. The adapter has a single Lightning plug and no charging pass-through, so you cannot charge your iPhone through it while listening — for long listening sessions, charge first. If you are not sure which port your device has, look at the connector of the charging cable that came with it. Genuine Apple · Sealed Box · MMX62ZM/A The Apple Part, Not a Copy Cheap Lightning headphone adapters are widespread, and many stop working after an iOS update or crackle and drop out because they lack Apple's certified chip. This is the Apple-made MMX62ZM/A, supplied new in its sealed Apple retail box, so it is recognised by your iPhone and keeps working with iOS updates. It is small and light enough to leave attached to your headphones' plug or keep on a keyring, and many people keep a spare in a bag or the car. Simple, reliable and inexpensive — the easiest way to keep using headphones you already own and like. Right choice if you… ✔ Have an iPhone 7 to iPhone 14 or a Lightning iPad ✔ Want to use wired headphones or a car AUX cable ✔ Want zero Bluetooth delay for games, video or music apps ✔ Want Apple's own adapter rather than an uncertified copy Consider something else if… ✘ You have iPhone 15 or later or a USB-C iPad — you need a USB-C adapter ✘ You want to charge and listen at the same time — there is no pass-through ✘ Your device already has a 3.5mm headphone socket Apple Lightning to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter — Technical Specifications BrandApple ModelLightning to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter MPNMMX62ZM/A EAN0190198001795 ColourWhite ConnectorsLightning (male) to 3.5mm headphone socket (female) CompatibilityLightning iPhone, iPad and iPod touch · iOS 10 or later Not CompatibleiPhone 15 and later, USB-C iPads Charging Pass-ThroughNo WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Apple) In the Box —Apple Lightning to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter Frequently Asked Questions Will it work with my iPhone 15 or 16?No. iPhone 15 and later use USB-C. This adapter is for Lightning devices — iPhone 7 to iPhone 14, and iPads and iPod touch with a Lightning port. Can I charge my iPhone while using it?No. The adapter has one Lightning plug and no charging pass-through, so charge your iPhone before long listening sessions. Does it work with a car AUX cable?Yes. Any cable or headphones with a standard 3.5mm plug can be connected, including a car AUX lead. Which iOS version do I need?iOS 10 or later, on a device with a Lightning connector. What is in the box?The Apple Lightning to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter (MMX62ZM/A), new in a sealed Apple box. ConditionBrand New — Sealed Apple Box WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Apple) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Wired earphones — Bose, Sennheiser, Samsung and more —Audio-Technica ATH-M50x studio headphones —All audio at maibo —Official Apple Lightning to 3.5mm adapter page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-lightning-to-3-5mm-headphone-jack-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/p7znk6.jpg","11.88","Audio > Mobile Phone Accessories","Apple","MMX62ZM/A","88","" "61143","Audio-Technica ATH-M50x Professional Monitor Headphones – Black","The Audio-Technica ATH-M50x is Audio-Technica's best-selling professional headphone and one of the most widely used studio headphones in the world — the pair you will see in home studios, radio booths, DJ setups and on countless YouTube and Twitch desks. Proprietary 45mm large-aperture drivers deliver exceptional clarity across an extended 15Hz–28kHz range with deep, accurate bass. It has every pro feature of the M-Series: three detachable cables in the box, 90° swiveling earcups for one-ear monitoring, a fold-flat collapsible design and a protective carry pouch. Black. 45mm Large-Aperture Drivers · 15Hz–28kHz The Sound That Made It Famous The M50x uses larger 45mm drivers than the rest of the M-Series, with rare-earth magnets and copper-clad aluminium voice coils. The result is the sound engineers and reviewers have praised for years: clear, detailed mids and highs, with deep and accurate bass that has weight without swamping the mix. Vocals and instruments are presented in detail, making the M50x equally good for tracking, mixing, DJ monitoring and simply enjoying music, films and games. At 38 ohms with 99dB sensitivity it is easy to drive from an audio interface, mixer, laptop, phone adapter or games controller — because it is powered by the audio jack alone, there is no battery to charge and no Bluetooth latency. 3 Detachable Cables · 6.3mm Adapter A Cable for Every Setup Three detachable cables come in the box, each suited to a different way of working: a 1.2–3m coiled cable for the studio desk, drum kit or DJ booth, where it stretches when you move and stays tidy when you do not; a 3m straight cable for working at a distance from your interface or mixer; and a short 1.2m straight cable for use with a phone, laptop or games controller on the go. All three have gold-plated 3.5mm plugs with strain relief and lock into the left earcup, and a screw-on 6.3mm (1/4') adapter is included for professional headphone sockets. Because the cable detaches, a worn or damaged lead is a simple swap rather than a reason to replace the headphones. 90° Swivel · Fold-Flat · Closed-Back Studio Comfort, Travel-Ready The closed-back, circumaural earcups seal around your ears for strong passive isolation — helpful in a noisy room, on a commute and when recording, because little sound leaks out into the microphone. Each earcup swivels 90° for easy one-ear monitoring, the classic way DJs cue the next track. Professional-grade earpads and headband material are built for comfort over long sessions and for durability over years of use, and Audio-Technica sells replacement earpads and headbands. The M50x collapses and folds flat, and a protective carry pouch is included, so it moves easily between home, studio, office and travel. It weighs about 285 grams without the cable. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the best-known studio headphone for recording and mixing ✔ Want one pair for studio, DJing, gaming and everyday listening ✔ Want three detachable cables and a fold-flat design ✔ Prefer wired sound with no battery and no Bluetooth latency Consider something else if… ✘ You want wireless Bluetooth headphones — these are wired ✘ You want the flattest possible tuning for critical mixing — consider the M40x ✘ You need a built-in microphone for calls — there is none Audio-Technica ATH-M50x — Technical Specifications BrandAudio-Technica ModelATH-M50x ColourBlack TypeClosed-back dynamic, over-ear Driver45mm large-aperture · neodymium magnet · copper-clad aluminium voice coil Frequency Response15 – 28,000 Hz Impedance38 ohms Sensitivity99 dB Maximum Input Power1,600 mW at 1 kHz CablesDetachable · 1.2–3m coiled, 3m straight, 1.2m straight ConnectorGold-plated 3.5mm with strain relief + screw-on 6.3mm adapter Earcups90° swivel FoldingYes — collapsible, folds flat Weight285g (without cable) WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) In the Box —Audio-Technica ATH-M50x headphones —1.2–3m coiled cable —3m straight cable —1.2m straight cable —Screw-on 6.3mm (1/4') adapter —Protective carry pouch Frequently Asked Questions How is the ATH-M50x different from the M40x?The M50x has larger 45mm drivers with deeper bass and a wider 15Hz–28kHz range, and includes three detachable cables instead of two. The M40x is tuned flatter for critical mixing. Which cables are included?Three detachable cables: a 1.2–3m coiled cable, a 3m straight cable and a 1.2m straight cable, all with gold-plated 3.5mm plugs, plus a screw-on 6.3mm adapter. Are they good for gaming?Yes. They plug into a controller, PC or console with a 3.5mm jack, need no battery and have no wireless latency. There is no built-in microphone. Do they fold?Yes. The ATH-M50x collapses and folds flat, and a protective carry pouch is included. Are they wireless?No. This is the wired ATH-M50x. It has no Bluetooth and no built-in microphone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Audio-Technica ATH-M40x — flat-tuned for mixing —Audio-Technica ATH-M30x — foldable, detail-focused —Audio-Technica ATH-M20x — the entry M-Series model —Official Audio-Technica ATH-M50x page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/audio-technica-ath-m50x-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ath-m50x_01.png","138.88","Audio","Audio-Technica","ATH-M50x","88","" "61137","Audio-Technica ATH-M40x Professional Monitor Headphones – Black","The Audio-Technica ATH-M40x is the M-Series model that serious home producers and engineers move up to when accuracy matters. Where the M20x and M30x are tuned for a lively, easy-listening sound, the M40x is tuned flat — so what you hear is what is really in the mix, without hyped bass or treble flattering your work. It adds the pro features of the higher M-Series models: detachable cables (a coiled cable and a straight cable are both included), earcups that swivel 90° for one-ear monitoring, a collapsible design and a carry pouch. 40mm drivers, 15Hz–24kHz, 35 ohms. Black. Flat Tuning · 15Hz–24kHz · 40mm Accurate Sound for Mixing Consumer headphones usually boost bass and treble to sound exciting, which is fine for listening but misleading when you mix: a track balanced on hyped headphones often sounds thin or harsh everywhere else. The ATH-M40x is tuned flat across an extended 15Hz–24kHz range, so the low end, vocals and cymbals are presented as they are. That lets you set levels, EQ and compression with confidence and makes mixes that translate better to car stereos, earbuds and speakers. The 40mm drivers use rare-earth magnets and copper-clad aluminium voice coils, handle up to 1,600mW, and at 35 ohms with 98dB sensitivity they reach plenty of volume from an audio interface, mixer, laptop or keyboard without a separate headphone amplifier. Detachable Cables · Coiled + Straight Two Cables, Easy to Replace Unlike the M20x and M30x, the M40x has a detachable cable — the part of any headphone most likely to fail — so a damaged lead is a quick swap rather than the end of the headphones. Two cables are in the box: a coiled cable that stretches from 1.2m to 3m, ideal at a DJ booth, drum kit or busy desk where a straight lead would tangle, and a 3m straight cable for listening at a distance from your interface. Both end in a gold-plated 3.5mm plug with strain relief, and a screw-on 6.3mm (1/4') adapter is included for the larger headphone sockets on interfaces, mixers, amplifiers and digital pianos. The cable locks into the left earcup, keeping it out of the way while you work. 90° Swivel · Foldable · Closed-Back Built for Studio and DJ Use The earcups swivel through 90°, so you can hold one side to your ear and leave the other open — the standard way DJs cue the next track while hearing the room, and handy for talking to a performer between takes. The closed-back, circumaural design seals around your ears for excellent isolation with minimal bleed into microphones, and the professional-grade earpads and headband are made for long sessions. The headphones collapse for storage and come with a carry pouch, so they travel well between home, studio and gigs. They weigh about 240 grams without the cable. Replacement earpads are available from Audio-Technica, which helps the M40x stay in service for years. Right choice if you… ✔ Mix or master music and need an accurate, flat response ✔ DJ and want 90° swivel earcups for one-ear monitoring ✔ Want replaceable cables — coiled and straight both included ✔ Want pro M-Series features below M50x money Consider something else if… ✘ You want a punchy, bass-heavy sound for casual listening ✘ You want wireless Bluetooth headphones — these are wired ✘ You need a built-in microphone for calls — there is none Audio-Technica ATH-M40x — Technical Specifications BrandAudio-Technica ModelATH-M40x ColourBlack TypeClosed-back dynamic, over-ear Driver40mm · neodymium magnet · copper-clad aluminium voice coil Frequency Response15 – 24,000 Hz Impedance35 ohms Sensitivity98 dB Maximum Input Power1,600 mW at 1 kHz CablesDetachable · 1.2–3m coiled + 3m straight ConnectorGold-plated 3.5mm with strain relief + screw-on 6.3mm adapter Earcups90° swivel FoldingYes — collapsible Weight240g (without cable) WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) In the Box —Audio-Technica ATH-M40x headphones —1.2–3m coiled cable —3m straight cable —Screw-on 6.3mm (1/4') adapter —Carry pouch Frequently Asked Questions How is the ATH-M40x different from the M30x?The M40x is tuned flat for accurate mixing, has a detachable cable with both coiled and straight cables included, and its earcups swivel 90° for one-ear monitoring. The M30x has a fixed cable and a more detail-focused, less neutral tuning. Is the cable detachable?Yes. Two detachable cables are included: a 1.2–3m coiled cable and a 3m straight cable, both with a gold-plated 3.5mm plug. Are they good for DJing?Yes. The earcups swivel 90° for one-ear monitoring, the coiled cable suits a DJ booth, and the closed-back design isolates you from loud environments. Do they work with an audio interface?Yes. Use the included screw-on 6.3mm (1/4') adapter. At 35 ohms with 98dB sensitivity they are easy to drive without a headphone amplifier. Are they wireless?No. They are wired studio monitor headphones without Bluetooth or a built-in microphone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Audio-Technica ATH-M30x — foldable, detail-focused —Audio-Technica ATH-M20x — the entry M-Series model —Microphones — complete your recording setup —Official Audio-Technica ATH-M40x page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/audio-technica-ath-m40x-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ath-m40x_01.png","98.88","Audio","Audio-Technica","ATH-M40x","88","" "61132","Audio-Technica ATH-M30x Professional Monitor Headphones – Black","The Audio-Technica ATH-M30x is the step up from the ATH-M20x in Audio-Technica's M-Series — the family behind the studio-favourite ATH-M50x. These closed-back professional monitor headphones are tuned for more detail and strong mid-range definition, which makes voices, guitars and pianos easier to judge when recording, editing or mixing. Unlike the M20x, the M30x folds up for travel and comes with a carry pouch, so it suits field recording, video editing on location and working between home and studio. 40mm drivers, a 3-metre single-side cable with a gold-plated 3.5mm plug, and a screw-on 6.3mm adapter for interfaces and mixers. Black. 40mm Drivers · Mid-Range Detail · 15Hz–22kHz Tuned to Hear the Detail Where the ATH-M20x leans towards bass, the M30x is tuned for enhanced detail with excellent mid-range definition — the part of the spectrum where vocals, dialogue, guitars and most instruments live. That makes it a strong choice for anyone editing speech, podcasts or video soundtracks, and for musicians checking a performance, because problems such as harsh sibilance, muddy guitars or a vocal buried in the mix are easier to hear. The 40mm drivers use rare-earth magnets and copper-clad aluminium voice coils and cover 15Hz to 22kHz, with a 1,300mW maximum input. At 47 ohms and 96dB sensitivity they are easy to drive from a laptop, phone adapter, audio interface, mixer or keyboard without a separate headphone amplifier. Closed-Back · Isolation · Minimal Bleed Quiet Enough for the Mic The circumaural earcups contour around your ears to block outside noise and keep the sound inside the headphones. That matters in two ways: you can concentrate in a noisy room or on location, and the click track or backing does not bleed into the microphone while you record a vocal, voiceover or instrument. The professional-grade earpads and padded headband are designed for long sessions, and Audio-Technica uses the same proven M-Series construction across the range. It is equally good as an everyday wired headphone for music, films, gaming with a 3.5mm controller jack or simply listening without disturbing anyone else in the house. Foldable · Pouch · 3m Cable · 6.3mm Adapter Built to Travel The M30x collapses completely, folding in on itself to take up little space in a bag, and Audio-Technica includes a soft carry pouch to protect it. The straight 3-metre cable exits from the left earcup only, so it stays out of the way at a desk or behind an instrument; it ends in a gold-plated 3.5mm plug with strain relief, and a screw-on 6.3mm (1/4') adapter is included for the larger sockets on audio interfaces, mixers, amplifiers and digital pianos. The cable is fixed rather than detachable. The headphones weigh about 220 grams without the cable — light enough to wear for hours of editing or tracking. Right choice if you… ✔ Edit podcasts, voiceovers or video and want clear mid-range detail ✔ Record on location and need headphones that fold into a bag ✔ Want closed-back isolation that does not bleed into the mic ✔ Want a step up from entry-level studio headphones Consider something else if… ✘ You want wireless Bluetooth headphones — these are wired ✘ You need a detachable cable — this one is fixed ✘ You want a built-in microphone for calls — there is none Audio-Technica ATH-M30x — Technical Specifications BrandAudio-Technica ModelATH-M30x ColourBlack TypeClosed-back dynamic, over-ear Driver40mm · neodymium magnet · copper-clad aluminium voice coil Frequency Response15 – 22,000 Hz Impedance47 ohms Sensitivity96 dB Maximum Input Power1,300 mW at 1 kHz Cable3m straight, fixed, left-side exit ConnectorGold-plated 3.5mm with strain relief + screw-on 6.3mm adapter FoldingYes — collapsible Weight220g (without cable) WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) In the Box —Audio-Technica ATH-M30x headphones with 3m cable —Screw-on 6.3mm (1/4') adapter —Carry pouch Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the ATH-M30x and ATH-M20x?The M30x is tuned for more detail with stronger mid-range definition, folds up for travel and includes a carry pouch. The M20x does not fold and leans more towards bass. Are they wireless?No. They are wired monitor headphones with a fixed 3-metre cable ending in a gold-plated 3.5mm plug, plus a screw-on 6.3mm adapter. Do they fold?Yes. The ATH-M30x collapses for storage and travel, and a carry pouch is included. Do they work with an audio interface or keyboard?Yes. Use the included 6.3mm (1/4') screw-on adapter. At 47 ohms they are easy to drive without a headphone amplifier. Do they have a microphone?No. They are studio monitor headphones without a built-in microphone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Audio-Technica ATH-M40x — flat-tuned, detachable cables —Audio-Technica ATH-M20x — the entry M-Series model —Microphones — complete your recording setup —All headphones and audio at maibo —Official Audio-Technica ATH-M30x page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/audio-technica-ath-m30x-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ath-m30x_01.png","68.88","Audio","Audio-Technica","ATH-M30x","88","" "61128","Audio-Technica ATH-M20x Professional Monitor Headphones – Black","The Audio-Technica ATH-M20x is the entry point to Audio-Technica's M-Series — the same family as the studio-standard ATH-M50x — and one of the most recommended first pairs of headphones for home recording, mixing, podcasting and content creation. Closed-back, over-ear earcups seal around your ears to keep outside noise out and stop sound leaking into your microphone. 40mm drivers with rare-earth magnets are tuned for clear, detailed sound with a solid low end. A 3-metre cable leaves the left earcup, so you can move around the desk freely, and it comes with a 6.3mm snap-on adapter for audio interfaces, mixers and keyboards. Black. Closed-Back · Over-Ear · Isolation Made for Recording and Mixing Monitor headphones have a different job from consumer headphones: they need to let you hear what you are recording as it really is, and they must not leak sound back into the microphone. The ATH-M20x's closed-back, circumaural earcups surround your ears and isolate you from the room, which helps you focus on a vocal take, an instrument or a voiceover, and keeps the click track out of your recording. It is equally useful for checking a mix, editing a podcast or a YouTube video, practising an electric keyboard or guitar through an amp modeller late at night, or simply listening in a noisy house. The earcups swivel by up to 15°, so you can lift one side off to hear the room without taking the headphones off. 40mm Drivers · 47 Ohms · 96dB Clear Sound, Easy to Drive Inside each earcup is a 40mm dynamic driver with a rare-earth magnet and copper-clad aluminium voice coil, covering 15Hz to 20kHz. Audio-Technica tunes the M20x for enhanced low-frequency performance, so bass lines and kick drums come through with weight while vocals stay clear. At 47 ohms with 96dB sensitivity, they are easy to drive: they reach comfortable volume from a laptop, a phone with a headphone jack or adapter, a USB audio interface, a mixer or a digital piano, with no headphone amplifier needed. That makes them a practical all-rounder — a studio headphone that also works for everyday listening, gaming on a PC or console controller with a 3.5mm jack, and watching films without disturbing others. 3m Cable · 3.5mm + 6.3mm · 190g Studio-Friendly Cable and Comfort The straight 3-metre cable exits from the left earcup only, so it stays out of the way while you play or edit, and it is long enough to reach an interface or mixer at the back of a desk. It ends in a 3.5mm plug, and a 6.3mm (1/4') snap-on adapter is included for the larger headphone sockets found on audio interfaces, mixers, amplifiers and keyboards. Note that the cable is fixed to the headphones rather than detachable. At about 190 grams without the cable, with padded earcups and headband modelled on the higher M-Series models, the M20x is light enough for long sessions. Replacement earpads are available from Audio-Technica, which helps the headphones last for years of daily use. Right choice if you… ✔ Are setting up a home studio, podcast or streaming desk ✔ Need closed-back headphones that do not leak into a microphone ✔ Play a digital piano, keyboard or guitar amp with a headphone socket ✔ Want a proven Audio-Technica M-Series headphone at a low price Consider something else if… ✘ You want wireless Bluetooth headphones — these are wired ✘ You need a detachable cable or folding design for travel ✘ You want a built-in microphone for calls — there is none Audio-Technica ATH-M20x — Technical Specifications BrandAudio-Technica ModelATH-M20x ColourBlack TypeClosed-back dynamic, over-ear Driver40mm · neodymium magnet · copper-clad aluminium voice coil Frequency Response15 – 20,000 Hz Impedance47 ohms Sensitivity96 dB Maximum Input Power700 mW at 1 kHz Cable3.0m straight, fixed, left-side exit Connector3.5mm stereo + 6.3mm snap-on adapter Weight190g (without cable) WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) In the Box —Audio-Technica ATH-M20x headphones with 3m cable —6.3mm (1/4') snap-on stereo adapter Frequently Asked Questions Are they wireless?No. The ATH-M20x are wired monitor headphones with a fixed 3-metre cable ending in a 3.5mm plug, plus a 6.3mm adapter. Is the cable detachable?No. The cable is fixed and exits from the left earcup only. Do they work with an audio interface or keyboard?Yes. Use the included 6.3mm (1/4') snap-on adapter for the larger headphone sockets on audio interfaces, mixers, amplifiers and digital pianos. At 47 ohms they are easy to drive without a headphone amplifier. Do they have a microphone?No. They are studio monitor headphones without a built-in microphone. Can I replace the earpads?Yes. Audio-Technica sells replacement M20x earpads. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Audio-Technica) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Audio-Technica ATH-M30x — foldable step-up with mid-range detail —All headphones and audio at maibo —Microphones — complete your recording setup —Bluetooth headphones —Official Audio-Technica ATH-M20x page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/audio-technica-ath-m20x-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ath-m20x_01.png","48.88","Audio","Audio-Technica","ATH-M20x","88","" "61124","Lexar Professional 1000x 128GB SDXC UHS-II Memory Card – 150MB/s","The Lexar Professional 1000x 128GB SDXC card is a UHS-II SD card built for photographers and videographers who want faster offloads than a standard UHS-I card can deliver. In a UHS-II reader it reads at up to 150MB/s — about 50% faster than the fastest UHS-I cards — so a full card of RAW files copies to your computer noticeably quicker. It carries U3 and Class 10 ratings, which guarantee a minimum sustained write speed of 30MB/s, the level most cameras require for 4K and Full HD video. It also works in any UHS-I camera or reader at UHS-I speeds, has a write-protect switch, and is backed by Lexar's limited lifetime warranty. 128GB, brand new. UHS-II · 1000x · 150MB/s Read Faster Offloads to Your Computer The extra second row of pins on the back of a UHS-II card is what lets it run faster than an ordinary SD card. Paired with a UHS-II reader, the Lexar 1000x reads at up to 150MB/s, so moving a day's shooting from card to laptop takes a fraction of the time it does with a typical camera card. That matters most when you shoot RAW, bracket exposures or record long video clips and want to get files into Lightroom or your editing software quickly. In a standard UHS-I reader or a laptop's built-in SD slot the card still works normally, transferring at that reader's maximum — usually around 90MB/s — so to see the full 150MB/s you need a UHS-II reader such as the Lexar Professional dual-slot reader. U3 · Class 10 · 4K and Full HD Rated for Video Recording Inside the camera, what decides whether video records smoothly is the minimum sustained write speed. The U3 rating guarantees at least 30MB/s, which covers 4K UHD and Full HD recording on most mirrorless cameras, DSLRs and camcorders, as well as continuous burst shooting. The card works in UHS-II cameras and is fully backwards compatible with UHS-I cameras, where it runs at UHS-I speeds; in older non-UHS devices it performs at Class 10 speeds. Write speeds are lower than the 150MB/s read speed, as with all cards in this class. If your camera records very high-bitrate 4K, 6K or 8K video, or its manual asks for a V60 or V90 card, choose a card with that video speed rating instead. 128GB · Write Protect · Lifetime Warranty A Sensible Size, Backed for Life 128GB holds thousands of high-resolution photos or several hours of Full HD video, depending on your camera's settings — a practical size for a day out or a holiday without filling up mid-shoot. A write-protect switch on the side locks the card so images cannot be deleted or overwritten by accident. Lexar Professional cards are backed by Lexar's limited lifetime warranty. As with any memory card, format it in your camera before first use, and copy important photos to a computer or cloud storage regularly rather than keeping the card as your only copy. This is a full-size SD card; phones, drones and action cameras that use microSD need a microSD card instead. Right choice if you… ✔ Have a UHS-II camera or reader and want faster card offloads ✔ Shoot RAW photos or 4K and Full HD video ✔ Want a fast card from a professional range at a mid-range price ✔ Value a limited lifetime warranty Consider something else if… ✘ Your camera requires a V60 or V90 card for its highest video modes ✘ You need the fastest write speeds — the Lexar 1667x is quicker ✘ Your device takes microSD — this is a full-size SD card Lexar Professional 1000x 128GB SDXC — Technical Specifications BrandLexar ModelProfessional 1000x SDXC UHS-II MPNLSD128CRBEU1000 Capacity128GB FormatSDXC · full-size SD BusUHS-II (backwards compatible with UHS-I) Read SpeedUp to 150MB/s (1000x) with a UHS-II reader Write SpeedLower than read speed Speed ClassClass 10 · UHS Speed Class 3 (U3) Video4K UHD · Full HD · 3D FeaturesWrite-protect switch WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Lexar, limited lifetime) In the Box —Lexar Professional 1000x 128GB SDXC UHS-II memory card Frequently Asked Questions Will I get 150MB/s?Yes, for reading, when used with a UHS-II card reader. In a standard UHS-I reader or a built-in laptop slot it transfers at the reader's maximum, usually around 90MB/s. Write speeds are lower than the read speed. Does it work in a UHS-I camera?Yes. It is backwards compatible with UHS-I cameras and readers, where it runs at UHS-I speeds, and with older SDXC devices at Class 10 speeds. Is it fast enough for 4K video?It is rated U3 and Class 10, guaranteeing at least 30MB/s sustained writing — the rating most cameras ask for when recording 4K UHD. If your camera manual requires a V60 or V90 card for a particular mode, use a card with that rating. Does it fit a phone or drone?Only if the device has a full-size SD slot. Phones, most drones and action cameras use microSD cards. What warranty does it have?Lexar Professional cards are covered by Lexar's limited lifetime warranty. ConditionBrand New WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Lexar) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Lexar Professional USB-C Dual-Slot Reader — UHS-II, unlocks the full 150MB/s —All SD cards at maibo —microSD cards —Official Lexar website Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-professional-1000x-128gb-sdxc/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/lexar-professional-1000x-128gb-sdxc-uhs-ii.jpg","54.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","Lexar","LSD128CRBEU1000","88","" "61113","Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra Smart Clear View Cover – Black","The Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra Clear View Cover is Samsung's own flip case for the S22 Ultra, with a clear window in the front cover. With the cover closed you can still see the time, battery level and incoming notifications, and answer or decline calls without opening it. Open the cover and the screen wakes; close it and the screen turns off, saving battery. Because it is made by Samsung for this exact phone, the fit is precise: buttons stay responsive, the camera, USB-C port, speaker and built-in S Pen remain accessible, and wireless charging works through the case. Model EF-ZS908CBEGEE in Black. Clear Window · Notifications · Calls Use the Phone Without Opening the Case The point of a Clear View cover is that you rarely need to open it. The clear section of the front cover shows the time, date, battery level and notification icons, so a quick glance tells you whether that buzz needs attention. When a call comes in, the caller is shown in the window and you can answer or decline by swiping through the cover. For everything else — typing, browsing, writing with the S Pen — you open the cover and the S22 Ultra wakes automatically, then sleeps again when you close it. That small habit saves battery through the day and keeps the large curved screen protected in a bag or pocket. Front, Back and Side Protection Protection for a Big, Curved Screen The S22 Ultra's large curved display and glass back are the parts most likely to be damaged. The Clear View Cover protects both: the folding front covers the screen against scratches and knocks, and the rigid back shell wraps the sides and camera area. Precise cut-outs keep the camera lenses, USB-C port, speaker and microphones clear, and the S Pen slides in and out of its silo with the case on. The case stays slim, so the phone still fits a pocket, and Qi wireless charging works through it, so you can keep using a wireless charging pad or stand without removing the case. Official Samsung · S22 Ultra Only Made for One Phone — Check Your Model This is an official Samsung accessory designed specifically for the Galaxy S22 Ultra (model numbers SM-S908 / SM-S908B). It will not fit the standard Galaxy S22 or S22+, and it is not compatible with the S23 Ultra or S24 Ultra, which have a different camera layout and dimensions. If you are unsure which phone you have, open Settings, then About phone, and check the model name. Brand new and sealed in Samsung retail packaging, this is the genuine article rather than a copy, with the window sensitivity and fit that only Samsung's own cover provides. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S22 Ultra and want an official Samsung case ✔ Want to see the time and calls without opening the cover ✔ Want screen protection without a bulky wallet case ✔ Use wireless charging and the S Pen Consider something else if… ✘ You have an S23 Ultra, S24 Ultra, S22 or S22+ — it will not fit ✘ You want card slots — this cover has no wallet pockets ✘ You want rugged drop protection — this is a slim case Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra Clear View Cover — Technical Specifications BrandSamsung ModelSmart Clear View Cover MPNEF-ZS908CBEGEE EAN8806094000856 ColourBlack Compatible WithSamsung Galaxy S22 Ultra (SM-S908) only TypeFlip cover with clear front window FeaturesTime and notifications view · answer calls through the cover · auto screen on/off Wireless ChargingSupported S PenBuilt-in S Pen silo accessible WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra Clear View Cover — Black —Samsung retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will it fit the Galaxy S23 Ultra or S24 Ultra?No. It is made only for the Galaxy S22 Ultra. The S23 Ultra and S24 Ultra have different camera layouts and dimensions. Can I answer calls with the cover closed?Yes. Incoming calls appear in the clear window and you can answer or decline by swiping through the cover. Does wireless charging work with the case on?Yes. The case supports Qi wireless charging, so you can keep using a wireless charger without removing it. Can I use the S Pen with the case on?Yes. The case leaves the built-in S Pen silo accessible, so the S Pen slides in and out normally. Does it have card slots?No. The Clear View Cover is a slim flip case without wallet pockets. ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Samsung) DeliveryFully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Phone cases at maibo —Samsung 65W Trio charger — fast charging for the S22 Ultra —Official Samsung mobile accessories","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-s22-ultra-clear-view-cover-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/samsung-galaxy-s22-ultra-clear-view-cover-black-1.jpg","30.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-ZS908CBEGEE","88","" "61099","Huawei 90W SuperCharge Wall Charger (UK Plug) with 1.8m USB-C Cable","The Huawei 90W SuperCharge wall charger is Huawei's high-power USB-C adapter, built for MateBook laptops and equally at home charging phones and tablets. Its single USB-C port delivers up to 90W at 20V/4.5A, enough for most 13–16-inch USB-C laptops, and it steps down automatically for smaller devices. It supports USB Power Delivery for laptops, tablets and phones from other brands, and Huawei SuperCharge for compatible Huawei phones. This set has a UK three-pin plug, carries UKCA, CE and BSI Safety Mark approvals, and comes with a 1.8m USB-C to USB-C cable — long enough to reach a sofa or a desk away from the wall. Model HW-200450BP0, in white. Up to 90W · 20V/4.5A Enough Power for a Laptop Most chargers sold with phones stop at 25 to 45W, which is too little to run and charge a laptop at the same time. The Huawei 90W adapter reaches 90W at 20V/4.5A, and also offers 75W at 15V, 36W at 12V, 27W at 9V and 10W at 5V, so it negotiates the right level with whatever is connected. That covers Huawei MateBook models as well as many other USB-C laptops, including MacBook Air and 13–14-inch MacBook Pro models, Dell XPS, Lenovo and HP USB-C laptops — check your laptop's original charger: if it is rated 90W or lower and charges over USB-C, this adapter can replace it. For laptops that shipped with a higher-rated charger, such as 16-inch MacBook Pro or gaming laptops, it will still charge but more slowly, especially under heavy load. SuperCharge · USB Power Delivery One Charger for Laptop and Phone Because it speaks both Huawei SuperCharge and the USB Power Delivery standard, the 90W adapter works across brands. Huawei phones and tablets that support SuperCharge fast-charge at their own maximum rate; iPhone 8 and later, iPad, Samsung Galaxy, Google Pixel and other USB-C PD devices fast-charge at the rate they support. The charger and the device agree on the power level automatically, so a phone never receives more than it asks for, and the same adapter can top up your phone in the morning and run your laptop in the afternoon. One adapter in the bag instead of two is the main reason people buy it — especially if you already own a Huawei MateBook and phone. UK Plug · 1.8m USB-C Cable · UKCA UK-Approved, With a Long Cable This is the UK version with a standard three-pin plug, marked UKCA, CE and BSI Safety Mark, so it goes straight into the wall with no travel adapter. It accepts 100–240V, which means it also works abroad with a simple plug adapter. The set includes a 1.8m USB-C to USB-C cable — longer than the 1m cables included with most phones, so you can use a laptop on a sofa or reach a desk that is not right next to a socket. The adapter has a single USB-C port, so it charges one device at a time. As with any high-power charger, use a good-quality USB-C cable rated for the power you need if you replace the included one. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Huawei MateBook or another USB-C laptop up to 90W ✔ Want one charger for laptop, phone and tablet ✔ Need a spare or replacement laptop charger with a UK plug ✔ Want a longer 1.8m cable included Consider something else if… ✘ You want to charge two or three devices at once — this has one port ✘ Your laptop needs more than 90W ✘ Your device only has a USB-A port — this is USB-C only Huawei 90W SuperCharge — Technical Specifications Brand Huawei Model HUAWEI 90W SuperCharge Power Adapter MPN HW-200450BP0 Colour White Plug UK three-pin (Type G) Port 1 × USB-C Maximum Output 90W (20V/4.5A) Output Levels 5V/2A · 9V/3A · 12V/3A · 15V/5A · 20V/4.5A Input 100–240V · 50/60Hz · 1.6A Protocols Huawei SuperCharge · USB Power Delivery Cable 1.8m USB-C to USB-C (included) Approvals UKCA · CE · BSI Safety Mark Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Huawei) In the Box —Huawei 90W SuperCharge power adapter (UK plug) —1.8m USB-C to USB-C cable Frequently Asked Questions Will it charge my MacBook? Yes. It supports USB Power Delivery up to 90W, which covers MacBook Air and 13–14-inch MacBook Pro models. A 16-inch MacBook Pro will charge more slowly than on its original higher-wattage charger. Does it have a UK plug? Yes. This is the UK version with a three-pin plug, marked UKCA, CE and BSI Safety Mark. It accepts 100–240V. Is a cable included? Yes. A 1.8m USB-C to USB-C cable is included. Can it charge a phone safely? Yes. The charger and the phone agree on the power level automatically, so a phone only receives what it supports — SuperCharge on compatible Huawei phones, USB PD fast charging on iPhone, Samsung, Pixel and others. How many devices can it charge at once? One. The adapter has a single USB-C port. Condition Brand New Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Huawei) Delivery Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung 65W Trio — three-port USB-C charger —All wall chargers at maibo —USB-C fast charging cables —Huawei SuperCharge power adapter specifications Browse the full charging and cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-90w-supercharge-charger-uk/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/huawei-90w-supercharge-uk-3.jpg","28.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Huawei","HW-200450BP0","88","" "61091","Samsung 65W Trio Super Fast Charging Wall Charger (EU Plug) – 2× USB-C + USB-A","The Samsung 65W Trio power adapter replaces up to three chargers with one compact block. Its two USB-C ports and one USB-A port charge a laptop, a phone and earbuds or a watch at the same time, sharing up to 65W in total. The main USB-C port delivers up to 65W over USB Power Delivery 3.0 — enough for many USB-C laptops and tablets — and Samsung Super Fast Charging 2.0 at up to 45W for compatible Galaxy phones. This version has a European two-pin (EU) plug: it works in the UK with a standard EU-to-UK travel adapter, and it is ideal if you travel in Europe. Model EP-T6530NBEGEU in Black. No cable is included. USB-C 65W · USB-C 25W · USB-A 15W Three Ports, Each With a Job The first USB-C port is the powerful one: up to 65W over USB PD 3.0 for laptops, tablets and other PD devices, and up to 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 for Galaxy phones that support it, such as the S-series Ultra models. The second USB-C port supplies up to 25W, which is Super Fast Charging for most Galaxy phones and fast charging for iPhone 8 and later with a USB-C to Lightning or USB-C cable. The USB-A port gives up to 15W Adaptive Fast Charging for older phones, earbuds, watches and accessories. When more than one port is in use, the adapter shares its 65W automatically — for example 40W + 25W across both USB-C ports, or 35W + 25W + 5W with all three — so the device on the first USB-C port should be the one that needs the most power. EU Plug · 100–240V Read Before Ordering: Plug and Cable This is the European version of the Samsung Trio, with a two-pin EU plug. It does not fit a UK three-pin socket directly — plug it into an inexpensive EU-to-UK travel adapter and it works exactly the same. The adapter accepts 100–240V, so it runs on mains power anywhere in the world with the right plug adapter, which makes it a good travel charger. Samsung ships the Trio without a cable. Use the USB-C cable that came with your phone or laptop; for the full 65W PD or 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 you need a 5A-rated USB-C to USB-C cable, while a standard 3A USB-C cable is fine for 25W, and a USB-A cable for the 15W port. PD 3.0 · PPS · Protection Works Beyond Samsung Because the USB-C ports follow the USB Power Delivery 3.0 and PPS standards, the Trio is not only for Galaxy devices. It fast-charges iPhones, iPads, Pixel phones, Nintendo Switch, USB-C headphones and many USB-C laptops that draw up to 65W — check your laptop's charger rating; if it is 65W or lower, the Trio can replace it. Each port negotiates the right voltage with the connected device, so it is safe to plug in anything from a watch to a laptop. Samsung builds in protection against overcurrent, short circuits and overheating. In practice that means one adapter in the bag instead of three, with a single plug adapter needed when you are at home in the UK. Right choice if you… ✔ Want to charge a laptop, phone and earbuds from one adapter ✔ Have a Galaxy phone that supports 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 ✔ Travel in Europe, or already use an EU-to-UK adapter ✔ Want an official Samsung charger at a low price Consider something else if… ✘ You want a UK three-pin plug without an adapter ✘ Your laptop needs more than 65W ✘ You do not have a USB-C cable — none is included Samsung 65W Trio — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model 65W Power Adapter Trio MPN EP-T6530NBEGEU EAN / GTIN Printed on retail packaging Colour Black Plug EU two-pin (Type C) · use EU-to-UK adapter in the UK Ports 2 × USB-C · 1 × USB-A USB-C1 PD 3.0 up to 65W · PPS up to 45W · Super Fast Charging 2.0 up to 45W USB-C2 PD 3.0 / PPS / Super Fast Charging up to 25W USB-A Adaptive Fast Charging / QC up to 15W Multi-Port Output C1+C2 40W+25W · C1+A 50W+15W · C2+A 25W+15W · all three 35W+25W+5W Input 100–240V Cable Not included (5A USB-C cable needed for 65W / 45W) Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box —Samsung 65W Trio power adapter (EU plug) — Black —Quick start guide —No cable included Frequently Asked Questions Does it have a UK plug? No. This is the EU version with a two-pin European plug. It works in UK sockets with a standard EU-to-UK travel adapter, and accepts 100–240V. Is a cable included? No. Samsung supplies the Trio without a cable. For 65W PD or 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 use a 5A-rated USB-C to USB-C cable; a standard USB-C cable works for 25W. Can it charge my laptop? Yes, if your laptop charges over USB-C and needs 65W or less. Use the first USB-C port, which supplies up to 65W over USB Power Delivery 3.0. Does it support the Galaxy S26 Ultra at 60W? No. The Trio supports Super Fast Charging 2.0 at up to 45W. Samsung recommends its EP-T6010 adapter for the 60W Super Fast Charging 3.0 of the Galaxy S26 Ultra; the Trio still charges it quickly at up to 45W. Can I charge three devices at once? Yes. Total output is 65W, shared automatically — with all three ports in use the outputs are up to 35W, 25W and 5W. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung 65W Trio — UK three-pin plug version —All wall chargers at maibo —USB-C fast charging cables —Official Samsung 65W Power Adapter Trio page Browse the full charging and cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-65w-trio-eu-plug/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/s-l1600-3.jpg","22.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Samsung","EP-T6530NBEGEU","87","" "61086","Lexar Professional USB-C Dual-Slot Card Reader – SD & microSD UHS-II","The Lexar Professional USB-C Dual-Slot Reader is a pocket-sized card reader for photographers, videographers and drone pilots who move files from SD and microSD cards. Both slots support UHS-II cards at up to 312MB/s read, and they are backwards compatible with ordinary UHS-I cards at up to 170MB/s, so one reader covers a camera's SD card and a drone or action camera's microSD. The USB-C cable is built into the body, so there is no separate lead to forget, and an LED shows when a transfer is in progress. It runs on USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps) and works in USB-C ports on Mac and Windows computers. Model LRW470U-RNHNU. UHS-II · Up to 312MB/s Fast Enough for Modern Cards A card is only as fast as the reader you copy it with. Built-in laptop slots and cheap readers are usually UHS-I and cap transfers at around 90 to 100MB/s, which wastes the speed of a UHS-II card. The Lexar Professional reader supports UHS-II in both slots, reading at up to 312MB/s, so a full card of RAW photos or 4K video offloads in a fraction of the time. With standard UHS-I cards it reaches up to 170MB/s with cards designed for that speed, and otherwise runs at the card's own rated speed — every SD and microSD card works, it is just a question of how fast. Real-world speed also depends on the computer's USB-C port: the reader uses USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps), and in an older USB 2.0 port it still works but at USB 2.0 speed. SD + microSD · Dual Slot One Reader for Camera, Drone and Action Cam Most people who shoot seriously end up with both card sizes: a full-size SD card in the camera and a microSD in a drone, action camera or phone. This reader takes both natively — one SD/SDHC/SDXC slot and one microSD/SDHC/SDXC slot — so there is no need for a microSD-to-SD adapter or a second reader. That is handy at the end of a day when you want to back up the camera and the drone together. It works with cards from any brand, including SanDisk, Lexar, Samsung and Kingston. Plug it in and the cards appear as normal drives, ready to copy or import into Lightroom, Photos or your editing software; no drivers or software are needed. Built-in USB-C Cable · 25g Small Enough to Live in Your Camera Bag At 25 grams with the cable attached, the reader slips into a pocket or a camera bag compartment and stays there. The USB-C cable is part of the body rather than a separate lead, so it cannot be left behind, and the reversible USB-C plug goes in either way round. It plugs straight into USB-C ports on current MacBooks, Windows laptops and many tablets; it is also compatible with Thunderbolt 3 and 4 ports. If your computer only has full-size USB-A ports, you will need a USB-C to USB-A adapter. An LED activity light lets you see when data is being read or written — wait for it to stop before removing a card, and eject the card in your operating system first to protect your files. Right choice if you… ✔ Use both SD and microSD cards across camera, drone or action cam ✔ Have UHS-II cards and want to use their full read speed ✔ Work on a laptop with USB-C ports ✔ Want a compact reader with no loose cable to lose Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer only has USB-A ports — you will need an adapter ✘ You use CFexpress or CompactFlash cards — this reader takes SD and microSD only ✘ You need more than 5Gbps for very fast cards — look for a USB 3.2 Gen 2 reader Lexar Professional USB-C Dual-Slot Reader — Technical Specifications BrandLexar ModelProfessional USB-C Dual-Slot Reader MPNLRW470U-RNHNU UPC843367124923 Card Slots1 × SD/SDHC/SDXC · 1 × microSD/SDHC/SDXC PerformanceUp to 312MB/s (UHS-II) · up to 170MB/s (UHS-I) InterfaceUSB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps) · backwards compatible with USB 2.0 ConnectorBuilt-in USB Type-C cable IndicatorLED activity light Dimensions41.4 × 135 × 10.6mm (with cable) Weight25g CompatibilitymacOS · Windows · USB-C / Thunderbolt 3 and 4 ports WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Lexar, two-year limited) In the Box —Lexar Professional USB-C Dual-Slot Reader with built-in USB-C cable —Documentation Frequently Asked Questions Does it work with UHS-I cards?Yes. Both slots are backwards compatible with UHS-I SD and microSD cards, at up to 170MB/s with cards rated for that speed and otherwise at the card's own speed. Will it work with my computer's USB-A port?The reader has a built-in USB-C plug. For a USB-A port you need a USB-C to USB-A adapter; speed then depends on that port. Can I use it with Mac and Windows?Yes. It works with macOS and Windows computers that have a USB-C port, with no drivers needed. It is also compatible with Thunderbolt 3 and 4 ports. Do I need a microSD adapter?No. The reader has a dedicated microSD slot as well as a full-size SD slot. What is the warranty?Lexar covers the reader with a two-year limited manufacturer warranty. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Lexar) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —SanDisk Extreme 64GB SDXC — fast SD card for 4K video —microSD cards —SD cards —Official Lexar Professional USB-C Dual-Slot Reader page Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-professional-usb-c-dual-slot-reader/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/RW470_Pro_USBC_Dual_Slot_Reader_Photo1.png","18.88","Storage & Memory > Card Readers & Adapters","Lexar","LRW470U-RNHNU","88","" "61084","SanDisk Extreme 64GB SDXC Memory Card – 170MB/s, UHS-I U3 V30","The SanDisk Extreme 64GB SDXC card is the standard choice for cameras that shoot 4K video and fast bursts of photos. It is rated UHS Speed Class 3 (U3) and Video Speed Class 30 (V30), the ratings camera makers ask for when recording 4K UHD, and it writes at up to 80MB/s so it keeps up with continuous shooting. When you get home, SanDisk QuickFlow technology lets it read at up to 170MB/s in a compatible reader, so a full card of photos and clips offloads quickly. Like every Extreme card it is built for the outdoors — temperature-proof, waterproof, shockproof and X-ray proof. Model SDSDXV2-064G-GNCIN, in SanDisk retail packaging. U3 · V30 · 80MB/s Write Fast Enough for 4K Video and Bursts What matters most inside the camera is the minimum sustained write speed, because that decides whether video records smoothly or stops with a 'card too slow' error. V30 guarantees at least 30MB/s sustained writing, which covers 4K UHD recording on the vast majority of mirrorless cameras, DSLRs, drones and action cameras, and U3 is the matching UHS rating. Peak write speed of up to 80MB/s helps when you shoot bursts of RAW or high-resolution JPEG photos, clearing the camera's buffer faster so you can keep shooting. The 64GB capacity holds several thousand photos or roughly an hour or more of 4K video depending on the camera's bitrate — a sensible size for a day out, and a card you can afford to carry a spare of. 170MB/s Read · QuickFlow Quicker Offloads at the Computer Getting files off the card is where time is often lost. The SanDisk Extreme reads at up to 170MB/s using SanDisk QuickFlow technology, so a full 64GB card copies to a computer in minutes rather than a quarter of an hour. The headline read speed needs a reader that supports it, such as SanDisk's own Professional PRO-READER; in a standard UHS-I card reader or a laptop's built-in slot, the card still works normally but transfers at the reader's maximum, typically up to around 90 to 100MB/s. That is worth knowing before comparing numbers: the speed you see depends on the reader as much as the card. Either way, the card is a clear step up from the cheaper Class 10 and U1 cards often bundled with cameras. Rugged · Temperature-Proof · Waterproof Built for Shooting Outdoors SanDisk designs the Extreme range for the conditions photographers actually work in. The card is temperature-proof, waterproof, shockproof and X-ray proof, so a cold morning shoot, rain, a dropped camera bag or an airport scanner are not a threat to your files. It is a full-size SD card, so it fits cameras and devices with an SD slot; for phones, drones and action cameras that use microSD, look for a microSD card instead. A write-protect switch on the side lets you lock the card so photos cannot be deleted or overwritten by accident. SanDisk backs the Extreme SD range with a limited lifetime manufacturer warranty in the UK. As with any memory card, copy important photos to a computer or cloud storage regularly rather than relying on the card as your only copy. Right choice if you… ✔ Shoot 4K video on a mirrorless camera, DSLR or camcorder ✔ Take bursts of photos and want the buffer to clear quickly ✔ Shoot outdoors and want a card built for rough conditions ✔ Want a reliable, recognised card at a sensible size and price Consider something else if… ✘ Your device takes microSD — this is a full-size SD card ✘ You shoot high-bitrate 4K or long bursts — the SanDisk Extreme PRO writes faster ✘ Your camera records 8K or uses UHS-II — look for a V60/V90 UHS-II card SanDisk Extreme 64GB SDXC — Technical Specifications BrandSanDisk ModelExtreme SDXC UHS-I MPNSDSDXV2-064G-GNCIN EAN0619659188610 Capacity64GB FormatSDXC · full-size SD Read SpeedUp to 170MB/s (SanDisk QuickFlow, compatible reader required) Write SpeedUp to 80MB/s Speed ClassClass 10 · UHS Speed Class 3 (U3) · Video Speed Class 30 (V30) BusUHS-I DurabilityTemperature-proof · waterproof · shockproof · X-ray proof Dimensions32 × 24 × 2.1mm Weight1.6g WarrantyManufacturer warranty (SanDisk, limited lifetime) In the Box —SanDisk Extreme 64GB SDXC memory card —Retail packaging and documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is it fast enough for 4K video?Yes. It is rated V30 and U3, which guarantees at least 30MB/s sustained writing — the rating most cameras require for 4K UHD recording. Will I get 170MB/s on my computer?Only with a reader that supports SanDisk QuickFlow, such as the SanDisk Professional PRO-READER. In a standard UHS-I reader or built-in laptop slot it transfers at the reader's maximum, typically up to around 90 to 100MB/s. Does it fit my phone or drone?Only if the device has a full-size SD slot. Phones, most drones and action cameras use microSD cards instead. What is the difference from the SanDisk Extreme PRO?Both are U3 V30 cards. The Extreme PRO has higher read and write speeds, which helps with long bursts and high-bitrate 4K; the Extreme is the value choice for most cameras. What warranty does it have?It is covered by SanDisk's limited lifetime manufacturer warranty in the UK. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (SanDisk) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All SD cards at maibo —microSD cards — for phones, drones and action cameras —Card readers and adapters —Official SanDisk Extreme SD UHS-I page Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-64gb-sdxc/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/extreme-uhs-i-sd-170mbps-64gb-front.png.wdthumb.1280.1280.png","28.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXV2-064G-GNCIN","88","" "61078","JBL Wave 200TWS True Wireless Earbuds – Black","The JBL Wave 200TWS Black are easy, everyday true wireless earbuds with the punchy JBL Deep Bass Sound that JBL is known for. 8mm dynamic drivers deliver full, bass-forward sound for music, podcasts and videos; the earbuds last up to 5 hours on a charge and the pocket-sized case adds another 15, for 20 hours in total. Dual Connect lets you use either earbud on its own or both together, touch controls handle music, calls and your voice assistant, and the IPX2 rating means rain and sweat are not a problem on the walk to work or at the gym. The case charges over USB-C, and 15 minutes in the case gives another hour of listening. Model JBLW200TWSBLK in Black. JBL Deep Bass · 8mm Drivers The Sound People Buy JBL For JBL tunes its everyday earbuds for energy rather than clinical flatness, and the Wave 200TWS follow that recipe: 8mm dynamic drivers with JBL Deep Bass Sound give pop, hip-hop, electronic and rock a full, lively low end, while vocals stay clear on top. The silicone ear tips — three sizes are in the box — matter as much as the drivers: a good seal is what makes bass feel solid and keeps outside noise down. These earbuds do not have active noise cancelling, so the fit is what isolates you; take a minute to try the tip sizes and pick the one that seals without pressure. The stem design sits naturally in the ear and points the microphone towards your mouth for calls. 5h + 15h · Speed Charge · USB-C A Working Day of Listening Each charge gives up to 5 hours of music in the earbuds — enough for a long commute in and out, or a full afternoon at the desk. Drop them into the case and it tops them up, with a further 15 hours stored in the case for 20 hours in total. If you are about to leave and the battery is flat, 15 minutes of charging gives about an hour of playback, and a full charge of the case takes around two hours. The case uses USB-C, the same connector as most current phones, so one cable charges everything. Dual Connect adds flexibility: use one earbud on its own for calls or when you need to hear what is going on around you, while the other stays charging in the case. Touch Controls · IPX2 · Bluetooth 5.0 Simple to Use, Built for Every Day Tap the earbuds to play and pause, skip tracks, answer and end calls, and call up Siri or Google Assistant without taking out your phone. Bluetooth 5.0 pairs quickly with iPhone, Android phones, tablets and laptops, with a working range of around 10 metres. The IPX2 rating means the earbuds resist light rain and sweat, so they are fine for a run or the gym — but they are not designed to be submerged or rinsed under a tap. With a total weight of about 47.5g including the case, the whole set disappears into a pocket. For the best experience, pair the earbuds with one device at a time and keep the case closed when not in use so they stay charged. Right choice if you… ✔ Want genuine JBL true wireless earbuds at an everyday price ✔ Like a bass-forward sound for music and videos ✔ Want to use one earbud at a time for calls ✔ Need sweat resistance for walks, commutes and the gym Consider something else if… ✘ You need active noise cancelling — these rely on the ear-tip seal ✘ You want an app with EQ and multipoint connection ✘ You swim or rinse your earbuds — IPX2 covers sweat and light rain only JBL Wave 200TWS Black — Technical Specifications BrandJBL ModelWave 200TWS MPNJBLW200TWSBLK EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack Driver8mm dynamic · JBL Deep Bass Sound Frequency Response20Hz – 20kHz Impedance16 ohm Sensitivity108dB SPL @ 1kHz Bluetooth5.0 · A2DP 1.3, AVRCP 1.6, HFP 1.7 · approx. 10m range BatteryUp to 5h earbuds + 15h case (20h total) ChargingUSB-C · 2h full charge · 15 min = 1h playback ControlsTouch · calls, music, voice assistant Water ResistanceIPX2 WeightApprox. 47.5g (earbuds and case) Noise CancellingNo WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box —JBL Wave 200TWS earbuds with charging case — Black —USB-C charging cable —3 sizes of ear tips —Quick start guide and safety sheet Frequently Asked Questions How long does the battery last?Up to 5 hours in the earbuds and a further 15 hours in the charging case, 20 hours in total. A 15-minute charge gives about 1 hour of playback; a full charge takes around 2 hours. Can I use just one earbud?Yes. Dual Connect lets you use either earbud on its own or both together, for music or calls. Do they have noise cancelling?No. The Wave 200TWS do not have active noise cancelling; three sizes of silicone ear tips help create a seal that blocks outside noise. Are they waterproof?They are rated IPX2, which covers sweat and light rain. They should not be submerged or rinsed under water. Do they work with iPhone and Android?Yes. They connect over Bluetooth 5.0 to iPhone, Android phones, tablets and laptops, and support Siri and Google Assistant via touch controls. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (JBL) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —All wireless earbuds at maibo —Bluetooth headphones —Wired earphones —Official JBL Wave 200TWS product page Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-wave-200tws-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/p9st5b7.jpg","24.88","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","JBL","JBLW200TWSBLK","88","" "61073","Kingston DataTraveler Max 256GB USB-A Flash Drive – USB 3.2 Gen 2","The Kingston DataTraveler Max 256GB is one of the fastest USB flash drives ever made — a USB-A stick that behaves more like a portable SSD. Using the USB 3.2 Gen 2 standard, it reads at up to 1,000MB/s and writes at up to 900MB/s, so a 4GB video file copies in a few seconds rather than minutes. The ridged casing protects the connector with a sliding cap, and a keyring loop means it travels on your keys rather than getting lost in a drawer. Kingston has now discontinued the Type-A model in the UK and most retailers have sold out, so this is a chance to get one while stock lasts. Model DTMAXA/256GB, brand new in Kingston retail packaging. 1,000MB/s Read · 900MB/s Write SSD Speed in a Pocket-Sized Stick Most USB sticks write at 30 to 150MB/s, which is why copying a folder of photos or a film to them can take long enough to make a coffee. The DataTraveler Max is in a different class: up to 1,000MB/s read and 900MB/s write, the kind of speed normally associated with an external SSD. In practice that turns large transfers — a camera card's worth of RAW photos, a 4K video project, a backup of a work folder, an OS installer — from a wait into a moment. It is equally quick reading the files back, so you can open large documents or edit media directly from the drive. To get those speeds, plug it into a USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) port; most recent desktops and laptops have at least one, often marked with SS10. On older USB 3.0 ports it still works and is still quick, but the port caps the speed; on USB 2.0 it runs at USB 2.0 speed. Ridged Casing · Sliding Cap · Keyring Loop Built to Be Carried Every Day Kingston gave the DataTraveler Max a distinctive ridged casing that is easy to grip when pulling it out of a port, and a sliding cap design that protects the USB-A connector when it is not in use — there is no separate cap to lose. A keyring loop lets you keep it on your keys, a lanyard or a bag zip, which is the simplest way to make sure the files you need are always with you. At around 14 grams it adds almost nothing to a keyring. The drive needs no software or drivers: plug it into a Windows, macOS, Linux or ChromeOS computer and it appears as a normal drive, ready to drag and drop. It comes formatted out of the box and can be reformatted to suit the systems you use, for example exFAT for sharing between Windows and Mac. 256GB · USB-A · Discontinued Who It Suits — and the Stock Situation 256GB is a practical size for working files, a large photo library or a full backup of a laptop's documents, and the USB-A connector fits the full-size ports found on most desktops, many laptops, docks, TVs and games consoles. If your laptop only has USB-C ports, use a small USB-C to USB-A adapter, or look for a native USB-C drive. Kingston has moved its range on and the Type-A DataTraveler Max is no longer widely available in the UK — major retailers list it as end of life or out of stock. The units we hold are brand new, sealed in Kingston retail packaging, and sold while stock lasts. Like all flash storage, it is a convenient way to move and carry files, not a substitute for a proper backup — keep a second copy of anything you cannot afford to lose. Right choice if you… ✔ Move large files — video, RAW photos, backups — and hate waiting ✔ Have a computer with a USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) USB-A port ✔ Want SSD-class speed in something that lives on your keyring ✔ Want a fast drive that is now hard to find in the UK Consider something else if… ✘ Your devices only have USB-C ports — you will need an adapter ✘ You only move documents occasionally — a standard USB 3.0 stick is far cheaper ✘ You only have USB 2.0 ports — the drive's speed will be capped by the port Kingston DataTraveler Max 256GB — Technical Specifications BrandKingston ModelDataTraveler Max (Type-A) MPNDTMAXA/256GB EAN / UPC740617328370 Capacity256GB InterfaceUSB 3.2 Gen 2 · USB Type-A SpeedUp to 1,000MB/s read · up to 900MB/s write (USB 3.2 Gen 2 port) DesignRidged casing · sliding cap · keyring loop WeightApprox. 14g CompatibilityWindows · macOS · Linux · ChromeOS StatusDiscontinued by Kingston — while stock lasts WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Kingston) In the Box —Kingston DataTraveler Max 256GB USB-A flash drive —Documentation Frequently Asked Questions Will I get 1,000MB/s on my computer?Only from a USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) USB-A port. On USB 3.0 / USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports the drive still works quickly but the port limits the speed, and on USB 2.0 it runs at USB 2.0 speed. Does it work with a Mac or a USB-C laptop?Yes with macOS, Windows, Linux and ChromeOS. The plug is USB-A, so a laptop with only USB-C ports needs a USB-C to USB-A adapter. Do I need to install software?No. It is plug-and-play and appears as a normal drive. It can be reformatted, for example to exFAT, to share files between Windows and Mac. Is this model still made?Kingston has discontinued the Type-A DataTraveler Max in the UK and most retailers have sold out. Our units are brand new and sealed, sold while stock lasts. What is the warranty?It is covered by Kingston's manufacturer warranty. ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Kingston) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Kingston DataTraveler Max 512GB — USB-C version —All USB flash drives at maibo —SSD & NVMe drives — for even larger, faster storage —microSD cards —Official Kingston DataTraveler Max page Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/kingston-datatraveler-max-256gb-usb-a/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/10/ktc-product-usb-dtmaxa-256gb-1-zm-lg.jpg","78.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","Kingston","DTMAXA/256GB","88","" "61043","Logitech C922 Pro Stream 1080p Webcam – Black","The Logitech C922 Pro Stream webcam is the webcam that became the default for streamers on Twitch and YouTube, and it remains one of the most dependable ways to look sharp on camera without a studio. It records and streams in Full HD 1080p at 30 frames per second, or switches to 720p at a hyper-fast 60fps for especially smooth motion. A glass lens with autofocus keeps you in focus as you move, a 78° diagonal field of view frames you and your desk comfortably, and automatic light correction adjusts to dim or uneven lighting. Two omni-directional microphones capture your voice in stereo from multiple angles. It plugs in over USB and works with Windows and macOS, with Logitech's free software for fine-tuning. This is model 960-001091 in Black. 1080p/30fps · 720p/60fps Choose Detail or Smoothness The C922 gives you two ways to present yourself. Full HD 1080p at 30fps captures the most detail — the right choice for video calls, recorded tutorials and streams where you are mostly still and want the sharpest image. Switch to 720p at 60fps and motion becomes noticeably smoother, which is why many game streamers prefer it: fast head movements and gestures look fluid rather than choppy, and the lower resolution uses less upload bandwidth, which helps keep a stream stable on a modest connection. Most streaming software, including OBS, lets you pick the mode directly. For everyday video meetings on Teams, Zoom or Google Meet, the C922 simply works as a standard USB webcam and delivers a clear, natural-looking picture that is a clear step up from most built-in laptop cameras. Glass Lens · Autofocus · Light Correction Sharp in Less-Than-Perfect Light Most home setups are not lit like a studio: a window behind you, a single ceiling light, a desk lamp to one side. The C922's automatic light correction adjusts exposure and brightness to those conditions so your face stays visible rather than turning into a silhouette or washing out. The glass lens with autofocus keeps you sharp as you lean in and out, and a 78° diagonal field of view is wide enough to include your upper body and some of your background without the fisheye distortion of ultra-wide cameras. With Logitech's software you can adjust zoom, framing, brightness and colour to suit your room, and the settings stay applied in the apps you use. Adding a simple front light or lamp still makes the biggest single difference to image quality with any webcam, but the C922 copes well without one. Dual Stereo Mics · USB Plug and Play Clear Voice and Simple Setup Two omni-directional microphones, one on each side of the lens, record in stereo and pick up your voice from multiple angles, so you sound natural even if you turn your head. For casual streaming and everyday calls this removes the need for a separate microphone; serious streamers who want broadcast-quality audio often pair it with a dedicated mic, and the C922's picture holds up alongside one. Setup is plug-and-play: connect the USB cable and Windows or macOS recognises the camera immediately, with no driver installation. It works with the usual calling and streaming apps, including OBS, Teams, Zoom and Google Meet. Logitech's free Logi Tune and Capture software add finer control over framing, zoom and image settings, and Capture adds simple recording and editing while you stream. Right choice if you… ✔ Stream on Twitch or YouTube and want smooth 720p/60fps or sharp 1080p ✔ Want a clear upgrade over your laptop's built-in camera ✔ Work or study from home in less-than-ideal lighting ✔ Want built-in stereo microphones and plug-and-play setup Consider something else if… ✘ You want 4K video and HDR — the Logitech Brio 4K is built for that ✘ You need 1080p at 60fps — the C922 reaches 60fps at 720p ✘ You want a business webcam with a privacy shutter — the Logitech C930c is designed for the office Logitech C922 Pro Stream Webcam — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelC922 Pro Stream Webcam MPN960-001091 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack Video1080p at 30fps · 720p at 60fps LensGlass lens · autofocus Field of View78° diagonal ImageAutomatic light correction Microphones2 × omni-directional · stereo ConnectionUSB · plug-and-play SoftwareLogi Tune / Logitech Capture (optional) CompatibilityWindows · macOS WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech C922 Pro Stream webcam with attached USB-A cable —Mini tabletop tripod —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is a tripod included?Yes. A mini tabletop tripod is included for placing the camera on a desk or shelf, in addition to the universal monitor clip on the camera itself. Can it record at 1080p and 60fps?No. The C922 records and streams at 1080p at 30fps, or at 720p at 60fps. Choose 720p/60 for smoother motion and 1080p/30 for more detail. Does it work with OBS, Teams and Zoom?Yes. It works as a standard USB webcam with OBS, Streamlabs, Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and other apps on Windows and macOS. Do I need to install software?No. It is plug-and-play. Logitech's free Logi Tune and Capture software are optional and add control over framing, zoom and image settings. Does it have a built-in microphone?Yes — two omni-directional microphones that record in stereo, one on each side of the lens. How does it cope with poor lighting?Automatic light correction adjusts exposure and brightness for dim or uneven lighting, and autofocus keeps you sharp as you move. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — 4K and HDR —Logitech C930c — business webcam with privacy shutter —Logitech H390 USB Headset — complete your setup —Official Logitech C922 Pro Stream product page Browse the full webcam range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-c922-pro-stream-webcam/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/c922-gallery-1.png","88.88","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001091","88","" "61031","Logitech M330 Silent Plus Wireless Mouse – Red","The Logitech M330 Silent Plus Red is a comfortable everyday wireless mouse that is almost silent to use. Logitech's SilentTouch technology removes over 90% of the clicking sound while keeping the feel of every click, so it suits open-plan offices, libraries, late-night work at home and video calls. The shape is contoured for the right hand, guiding it into a natural, relaxed position, with a textured grip and a rubber scroll wheel that moves in controlled, line-by-line steps. It connects with a small USB receiver — plug it in and it works on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS, with no software needed — and runs for up to 18 months on a single AA battery thanks to an on/off switch and automatic sleep. This is model 910-004911 in Red. SilentTouch · 90% Quieter You Feel the Click, You Barely Hear It A normal mouse click is a sharp mechanical snap, and across a working day it adds up — for you and for anyone nearby. SilentTouch damps the switch so the sound drops by over 90%, while a clear point of actuation remains under your finger so you still know every click registered. The difference is immediately obvious in a quiet office, on a call where your microphone would otherwise pick up the clicks, in a shared study space, or at home when others are asleep. The scroll wheel is quiet too: a rubber wheel with a gentle tactile step that moves line by line, which makes it easy to scroll precisely through a document or a spreadsheet without overshooting. Right-Hand Contour · Textured Grip Comfortable for Hours of Work or Study The M330 Silent Plus has an asymmetric shape designed for the right hand: the body slopes to support the hand in a natural position rather than holding it flat, and a patterned texture on the sides improves grip. It is a full-sized mouse for a small to medium hand, larger than a travel mouse but lighter and simpler than a premium desk mouse — a good fit for home working, students and office desks where comfort matters more than extra buttons. Logitech's high-precision optical tracking works smoothly on almost any everyday surface, from a desk to a notebook. For a glossy glass desk, use a mouse mat, as with most optical mice. Because the shape is right-handed, left-handed users should look at a symmetrical mouse instead. USB Receiver · 18 Months on AA Plug In, Switch On, Forget About It Setup takes seconds: plug the small USB receiver into a USB-A port on your computer and the mouse works straight away on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS, with no drivers or software to install. The wireless connection reaches up to 10 metres. The receiver stores inside the mouse when you travel, so it does not get lost. Power comes from one AA battery, which Logitech rates at up to 18 months of use, helped by an on/off switch underneath and an automatic sleep mode when the mouse is idle. There is nothing to charge and no cable. One thing to know before ordering: this is a receiver-based mouse without Bluetooth, so it needs a USB-A port — for a laptop with only USB-C ports, use a small USB-C to USB-A adapter. Right choice if you… ✔ Work or study somewhere quiet and want near-silent clicks ✔ Want a comfortable right-handed mouse at an everyday price ✔ Prefer plug-and-play with no software or pairing ✔ Would rather change a battery once or twice a year than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ You need Bluetooth — the Logitech Pebble 2 M350s connects without a receiver ✘ You are left-handed — the M330 is a right-handed shape ✘ You want extra programmable buttons — the Logitech MX Master 4 has them Logitech M330 Silent Plus Red — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelM330 Silent Plus Wireless Mouse MPN910-004911 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourRed ClicksSilentTouch · over 90% noise reduction TrackingLogitech high-precision optical tracking Scroll WheelRubber · line-by-line Buttons3 (left, right, scroll-wheel click) ConnectionUSB receiver (USB-A) · 2.4 GHz · up to 10m · no Bluetooth Battery1 × AA · up to 18 months · on/off switch · auto-sleep Hand OrientationRight-handed CompatibilityWindows · macOS · Linux · ChromeOS WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech M330 Silent Plus wireless mouse — Red —USB receiver —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions How quiet is it?Logitech SilentTouch technology reduces the clicking sound by over 90% compared with a standard mouse, while keeping the feel of each click. Does it have Bluetooth?No. It connects with the included USB receiver, which needs a USB-A port. For a laptop with only USB-C ports, use a USB-C to USB-A adapter. What battery does it use and how long does it last?One AA battery, rated by Logitech for up to 18 months of use thanks to the on/off switch and automatic sleep mode. Do I need to install software?No. Plug in the receiver and it works on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS. Is it suitable for left-handed users?No. The M330 Silent Plus has an asymmetric shape designed for the right hand. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — slim Bluetooth alternative —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact and colourful —Logitech MX Master 4 — advanced desk mouse —Official Logitech M330 Silent Plus product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-m330-silent-plus-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/m330-red-gallery-1.png","28.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-004911","88","" "61030","Logitech M330 Silent Plus Wireless Mouse – Blue","The Logitech M330 Silent Plus Blue is a comfortable everyday wireless mouse that is almost silent to use. Logitech's SilentTouch technology removes over 90% of the clicking sound while keeping the feel of every click, so it suits open-plan offices, libraries, late-night work at home and video calls. The shape is contoured for the right hand, guiding it into a natural, relaxed position, with a textured grip and a rubber scroll wheel that moves in controlled, line-by-line steps. It connects with a small USB receiver — plug it in and it works on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS, with no software needed — and runs for up to 18 months on a single AA battery thanks to an on/off switch and automatic sleep. This is model 910-004910 in Blue. SilentTouch · 90% Quieter You Feel the Click, You Barely Hear It A normal mouse click is a sharp mechanical snap, and across a working day it adds up — for you and for anyone nearby. SilentTouch damps the switch so the sound drops by over 90%, while a clear point of actuation remains under your finger so you still know every click registered. The difference is immediately obvious in a quiet office, on a call where your microphone would otherwise pick up the clicks, in a shared study space, or at home when others are asleep. The scroll wheel is quiet too: a rubber wheel with a gentle tactile step that moves line by line, which makes it easy to scroll precisely through a document or a spreadsheet without overshooting. Right-Hand Contour · Textured Grip Comfortable for Hours of Work or Study The M330 Silent Plus has an asymmetric shape designed for the right hand: the body slopes to support the hand in a natural position rather than holding it flat, and a patterned texture on the sides improves grip. It is a full-sized mouse for a small to medium hand, larger than a travel mouse but lighter and simpler than a premium desk mouse — a good fit for home working, students and office desks where comfort matters more than extra buttons. Logitech's high-precision optical tracking works smoothly on almost any everyday surface, from a desk to a notebook. For a glossy glass desk, use a mouse mat, as with most optical mice. Because the shape is right-handed, left-handed users should look at a symmetrical mouse instead. USB Receiver · 18 Months on AA Plug In, Switch On, Forget About It Setup takes seconds: plug the small USB receiver into a USB-A port on your computer and the mouse works straight away on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS, with no drivers or software to install. The wireless connection reaches up to 10 metres. The receiver stores inside the mouse when you travel, so it does not get lost. Power comes from one AA battery, which Logitech rates at up to 18 months of use, helped by an on/off switch underneath and an automatic sleep mode when the mouse is idle. There is nothing to charge and no cable. One thing to know before ordering: this is a receiver-based mouse without Bluetooth, so it needs a USB-A port — for a laptop with only USB-C ports, use a small USB-C to USB-A adapter. Right choice if you… ✔ Work or study somewhere quiet and want near-silent clicks ✔ Want a comfortable right-handed mouse at an everyday price ✔ Prefer plug-and-play with no software or pairing ✔ Would rather change a battery once or twice a year than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ You need Bluetooth — the Logitech Pebble 2 M350s connects without a receiver ✘ You are left-handed — the M330 is a right-handed shape ✘ You want extra programmable buttons — the Logitech MX Master 4 has them Logitech M330 Silent Plus Blue — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelM330 Silent Plus Wireless Mouse MPN910-004910 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlue ClicksSilentTouch · over 90% noise reduction TrackingLogitech high-precision optical tracking Scroll WheelRubber · line-by-line Buttons3 (left, right, scroll-wheel click) ConnectionUSB receiver (USB-A) · 2.4 GHz · up to 10m · no Bluetooth Battery1 × AA · up to 18 months · on/off switch · auto-sleep Hand OrientationRight-handed CompatibilityWindows · macOS · Linux · ChromeOS WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech M330 Silent Plus wireless mouse — Blue —USB receiver —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions How quiet is it?Logitech SilentTouch technology reduces the clicking sound by over 90% compared with a standard mouse, while keeping the feel of each click. Does it have Bluetooth?No. It connects with the included USB receiver, which needs a USB-A port. For a laptop with only USB-C ports, use a USB-C to USB-A adapter. What battery does it use and how long does it last?One AA battery, rated by Logitech for up to 18 months of use thanks to the on/off switch and automatic sleep mode. Do I need to install software?No. Plug in the receiver and it works on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS. Is it suitable for left-handed users?No. The M330 Silent Plus has an asymmetric shape designed for the right hand. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — slim Bluetooth alternative —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact and colourful —Logitech MX Master 4 — advanced desk mouse —Official Logitech M330 Silent Plus product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-m330-silent-plus-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/m330-blue-gallery-1.png","28.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-004910","88","" "61019","Logitech MX Ergo S Wireless Trackball – Graphite","The Logitech MX Ergo S Graphite is Logitech's most advanced ergonomic trackball — the updated version of the original MX Ergo. Your hand rests on a sculpted, rubber-gripped body and your thumb moves the cursor, so the arm stays still. The base tilts the whole trackball to 20 degrees, a more natural handshake-like position that ergonomists have certified and that Logitech measured as reducing forearm muscle strain by 27%. The 'S' brings three changes: clicks that are 80% quieter than the MX Ergo, USB-C charging in place of the old micro-USB, and the Logi Bolt receiver alongside Bluetooth. Six buttons are customisable, a Precision Mode button slows the cursor instantly for fine work, and a full charge lasts up to 120 days. This is model 910-007260 in Graphite. 20° Tilt · Thumb Trackball Why the Tilt Matters Holding an ordinary mouse flat twists the forearm so the palm faces the desk, and over a working day that twist is a common source of forearm and wrist ache. The MX Ergo S sits on a magnetic metal base that lets you use it flat or tilted to 20 degrees, rotating your hand towards a more relaxed, handshake-like angle. Combined with thumb control — the arm and wrist stay still while the thumb rolls the ball — Logitech measured 27% less forearm muscle strain, and the design is certified by ergonomists. The sculpted body with a soft rubber grip suits medium to large hands. There is a short adjustment period with any trackball, usually a few days, after which fine positioning becomes natural. Because the trackball never moves, it also works where a mouse cannot: a crowded desk, a lap or the arm of a sofa. Quiet Clicks · Precision Mode · 6 Buttons What the 'S' Adds Over the Original MX Ergo The MX Ergo S keeps the shape, tilt and ball that made the MX Ergo a favourite of people with forearm and wrist discomfort, and updates the details. The clicks are 80% quieter than the original while keeping the same satisfying feel — useful in shared offices and on calls. Charging moves to USB-C, so it uses the same cable as a modern phone or laptop. The Precision Mode button next to the ball switches instantly between normal cursor speed and a slow, high-precision mode for detailed work such as photo editing or selecting small elements; press it again to return. Six buttons — including back, forward and the tilting scroll wheel — can be assigned to shortcuts and Smart Actions in the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS. The tracking range is 512 to 2,048 DPI. Logi Bolt + Bluetooth · 120 Days · USB-C Connection and Charging — Read Before Ordering The MX Ergo S connects through the included Logi Bolt USB receiver, which plugs into a USB-A port, or over Bluetooth Low Energy. It pairs with two devices and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button, and with Logitech Flow you can move the cursor and copy files between computers running Logi Options+. It works with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, ChromeOS, Android and Linux. The built-in battery is rated at up to 120 days on a full charge, and one minute of charging gives around 24 hours of use. A charging cable is not included in the box — any USB-C to USB-C or USB-A to USB-C cable works, such as one from a phone or laptop. The MX Ergo S is shaped for the right hand only; there is no left-handed version. Right choice if you… ✔ Get forearm or wrist ache from a normal mouse ✔ Want an adjustable tilt and a rechargeable battery in a trackball ✔ Work across two computers and want Easy-Switch and Flow ✔ Need precise control for detailed work with Precision Mode Consider something else if… ✘ You want a simpler, lower-cost trackball — the Logitech ERGO M575S uses one AA battery ✘ You are left-handed — the MX Ergo S is right-handed only ✘ You do not have a USB-C cable — one is not included Logitech MX Ergo S Graphite — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelMX Ergo S Advanced Wireless Trackball MPN910-007260 EAN / GTIN5099206124547 ColourGraphite TrackingThumb-operated trackball · Logitech Advanced Optical Tracking · 512–2,048 DPI TiltMagnetic metal base · 0° or 20° Buttons8 · quiet clicks · 6 customisable (left/right click, back/forward, tilting scroll wheel with middle click, Precision Mode, Easy-Switch) ConnectionLogi Bolt USB-A receiver (included) · Bluetooth Low Energy Multi-Device2 devices · Easy-Switch · Logitech Flow BatteryRechargeable · up to 120 days · 1-minute charge = ~24 hours ChargingUSB-C · cable not included Weight164g (259g with metal base) Dimensions132.5 × 99.8 × 51.4mm Hand OrientationRight-handed CompatibilityWindows · macOS · iPadOS · ChromeOS · Android · Linux WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech MX Ergo S advanced wireless trackball — Graphite —Logi Bolt USB receiver —User documentation —Charging cable not included — any USB-C cable works Frequently Asked Questions How does the MX Ergo S differ from the original MX Ergo?It keeps the shape, 20-degree tilt and trackball, and adds clicks that are 80% quieter, USB-C charging instead of micro-USB, and a Logi Bolt receiver. Is a charging cable included?No. Logitech ships the MX Ergo S without a cable. Any USB-C to USB-C or USB-A to USB-C cable charges it; one minute gives about 24 hours of use and a full charge lasts up to 120 days. Can I adjust the angle?Yes. The magnetic metal base lets you use it flat or tilted to 20 degrees for a more natural wrist position. How many computers can it control?It pairs with two devices and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button, via the Logi Bolt receiver or Bluetooth. Logitech Flow lets you move between computers running Logi Options+. Is there a left-handed model?No. The MX Ergo S is designed for the right hand only. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech MX Ergo — the original model —Logitech ERGO M575S — simpler AA-powered trackball —Logitech MX Master 4 — advanced ergonomic mouse —Official Logitech MX Ergo S product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-ergo-s-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/mx-ergo-s-graphite-gallery-1.png","78.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007260","88","" "61006","Logitech G502 X Wired Gaming Mouse – Black","The Logitech G502 X Wired Black is the corded version of the redesigned G502 X — the modern successor to the G502, the best-selling gaming mouse Logitech has made. It keeps the sculpted right-handed shape and the full set of controls, and cuts the weight down to 89g with a thin-wall exoskeleton and a lightened scroll wheel. Inside are Logitech's LIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical switches and the HERO 25K sensor. There are 13 programmable controls, a dual-mode scroll wheel that tilts left and right, and a DPI-shift button you can move, reverse or remove. Being wired, there is no battery to charge and nothing to pair — plug it in and play. This is model 910-006138 in Black. 89g · Thin-Wall Exoskeleton The G502 Shape, Much Lighter The original G502 HERO weighs 121g before its removable weights are added; the G502 X Wired comes in at 89g. Logitech got there with a thin-wall exoskeleton that uses the minimum material while staying rigid, and a lightened scroll wheel. The result is the same familiar sculpted shape — a deep thumb rest on the left and a high, supportive back — that is noticeably quicker to move and stop, and less tiring over long sessions. The trade-off is that the G502 X family no longer uses removable weights, so if you liked tuning the weight of the old G502, that option is gone. The shape is designed for the right hand only and suits palm and claw grips with medium to large hands. It glides on PTFE feet for smooth, consistent movement on cloth and hard pads. LIGHTFORCE · HERO 25K Optical Speed With a Mechanical Click LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches register each click optically, which is faster and immune to the double-clicking that eventually wears out traditional microswitches, while a built-in mechanical element keeps the crisp, tactile feel competitive players expect. The HERO 25K sensor tracks up to 25,600 DPI with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration, so the cursor goes exactly where your hand does. DPI levels, button assignments and profiles are set in the free Logitech G HUB software on Windows and macOS and stored in the mouse's onboard memory, so your setup comes with you to another PC. Because it is corded, the connection is instant and there is never a battery to watch — a practical advantage for players who simply want the G502 X experience without charging or a receiver. 13 Controls · Tilt Wheel · DPI-Shift Every Control the G502 Is Known For Thirteen programmable controls cover the main clicks, a scroll wheel that clicks and tilts left and right, forward and back, DPI up and down and a DPI-shift 'sniper' button that drops sensitivity while held for precise aiming. The DPI-shift button has been redesigned: remove it and reverse it to bring it closer to your thumb, or fit the included blank cover if you never use it and want to avoid accidental presses. The scroll wheel switches with a click between ratcheted steps for precise scrolling and a hyper-fast free spin for long pages. In G HUB every control can be assigned to keys, macros and game-specific profiles — which is why the G502 remains a favourite for MMOs, strategy games and productivity as well as shooters. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the G502 X shape and controls without paying for wireless ✔ Prefer a cable — no battery to charge, no receiver to lose ✔ Want many programmable buttons for MMOs, strategy or productivity ✔ Found the original G502 HERO too heavy Consider something else if… ✘ You want wireless — the G502 X LIGHTSPEED is the same mouse without a cable ✘ You want RGB lighting — the G502 X PLUS adds it ✘ You want adjustable weights — the G502 HERO still has them Logitech G502 X Wired Black — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 X Wired Gaming Mouse MPN910-006138 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack Weight89g SensorHERO 25K · up to 25,600 DPI · zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Controls13 programmable Scroll WheelDual-mode (ratchet / free spin) · tilt left and right ConnectionWired USB LightingNone Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB (optional) · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G502 X Wired gaming mouse — Black —DPI-shift button cover —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 X Wired and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED?The same shape, switches, sensor and 13 controls. The LIGHTSPEED is wireless with a rechargeable battery; the Wired version is lighter at 89g and plugs in with a cable, with nothing to charge. Does it have adjustable weights like the G502 HERO?No. The G502 X family dropped the removable weights in favour of a lighter fixed build at 89g. The G502 HERO still has them. Does it have RGB lighting?No. The G502 X Wired has no RGB. The wireless G502 X PLUS is the version with LIGHTSYNC RGB. Do I need software?No. It works as soon as it is plugged in. The free Logitech G HUB software on Windows and macOS lets you customise DPI, buttons and profiles, which are then stored on the mouse. Can I use it left-handed?No. It has a sculpted right-handed shape with the thumb rest and side buttons on the left. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X Wired — White —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — wireless version —Logitech G502 HERO — with adjustable weights —Official Logitech G502 X product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-x-wired-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/g502x-corded-gallery-1-black.png","51.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006138","88","" "61005","Logitech G502 X Wired Gaming Mouse – White","The Logitech G502 X Wired White is the corded version of the redesigned G502 X — the modern successor to the G502, the best-selling gaming mouse Logitech has made. It keeps the sculpted right-handed shape and the full set of controls, and cuts the weight down to 89g with a thin-wall exoskeleton and a lightened scroll wheel. Inside are Logitech's LIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical switches and the HERO 25K sensor. There are 13 programmable controls, a dual-mode scroll wheel that tilts left and right, and a DPI-shift button you can move, reverse or remove. Being wired, there is no battery to charge and nothing to pair — plug it in and play. This is model 910-006147 in White. 89g · Thin-Wall Exoskeleton The G502 Shape, Much Lighter The original G502 HERO weighs 121g before its removable weights are added; the G502 X Wired comes in at 89g. Logitech got there with a thin-wall exoskeleton that uses the minimum material while staying rigid, and a lightened scroll wheel. The result is the same familiar sculpted shape — a deep thumb rest on the left and a high, supportive back — that is noticeably quicker to move and stop, and less tiring over long sessions. The trade-off is that the G502 X family no longer uses removable weights, so if you liked tuning the weight of the old G502, that option is gone. The shape is designed for the right hand only and suits palm and claw grips with medium to large hands. It glides on PTFE feet for smooth, consistent movement on cloth and hard pads. LIGHTFORCE · HERO 25K Optical Speed With a Mechanical Click LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches register each click optically, which is faster and immune to the double-clicking that eventually wears out traditional microswitches, while a built-in mechanical element keeps the crisp, tactile feel competitive players expect. The HERO 25K sensor tracks up to 25,600 DPI with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration, so the cursor goes exactly where your hand does. DPI levels, button assignments and profiles are set in the free Logitech G HUB software on Windows and macOS and stored in the mouse's onboard memory, so your setup comes with you to another PC. Because it is corded, the connection is instant and there is never a battery to watch — a practical advantage for players who simply want the G502 X experience without charging or a receiver. 13 Controls · Tilt Wheel · DPI-Shift Every Control the G502 Is Known For Thirteen programmable controls cover the main clicks, a scroll wheel that clicks and tilts left and right, forward and back, DPI up and down and a DPI-shift 'sniper' button that drops sensitivity while held for precise aiming. The DPI-shift button has been redesigned: remove it and reverse it to bring it closer to your thumb, or fit the included blank cover if you never use it and want to avoid accidental presses. The scroll wheel switches with a click between ratcheted steps for precise scrolling and a hyper-fast free spin for long pages. In G HUB every control can be assigned to keys, macros and game-specific profiles — which is why the G502 remains a favourite for MMOs, strategy games and productivity as well as shooters. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the G502 X shape and controls without paying for wireless ✔ Prefer a cable — no battery to charge, no receiver to lose ✔ Want many programmable buttons for MMOs, strategy or productivity ✔ Found the original G502 HERO too heavy Consider something else if… ✘ You want wireless — the G502 X LIGHTSPEED is the same mouse without a cable ✘ You want RGB lighting — the G502 X PLUS adds it ✘ You want adjustable weights — the G502 HERO still has them Logitech G502 X Wired White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 X Wired Gaming Mouse MPN910-006147 EAN / GTIN5099206096325 ColourWhite Weight89g SensorHERO 25K · up to 25,600 DPI · zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Controls13 programmable Scroll WheelDual-mode (ratchet / free spin) · tilt left and right ConnectionWired USB LightingNone Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB (optional) · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G502 X Wired gaming mouse — White —DPI-shift button cover —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 X Wired and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED?The same shape, switches, sensor and 13 controls. The LIGHTSPEED is wireless with a rechargeable battery; the Wired version is lighter at 89g and plugs in with a cable, with nothing to charge. Does it have adjustable weights like the G502 HERO?No. The G502 X family dropped the removable weights in favour of a lighter fixed build at 89g. The G502 HERO still has them. Does it have RGB lighting?No. The G502 X Wired has no RGB. The wireless G502 X PLUS is the version with LIGHTSYNC RGB. Do I need software?No. It works as soon as it is plugged in. The free Logitech G HUB software on Windows and macOS lets you customise DPI, buttons and profiles, which are then stored on the mouse. Can I use it left-handed?No. It has a sculpted right-handed shape with the thumb rest and side buttons on the left. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X Wired — Black —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — wireless version —Logitech G502 HERO — with adjustable weights —Official Logitech G502 X product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-x-wired-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/g502x-corded-gallery-1-white.png","51.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006147","88","" "60996","Logitech G502 X PLUS LIGHTSPEED Wireless RGB Gaming Mouse – Black/Purple","The Logitech G502 X PLUS Black/Purple is the top model of the G502 X family: the redesigned wireless G502 with LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting added. It keeps the sculpted right-handed shape that made the G502 the best-selling gaming mouse Logitech has made, and pairs it with LIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical switches, a HERO sensor, LIGHTSPEED wireless that Logitech rates 68% faster than the previous generation, and USB-C charging. An 8-LED RGB array with 16.8 million colours sits across the top, and play detection dims it automatically while you move the mouse to save battery. There are 13 programmable controls, a dual-mode tilt wheel and a removable, reversible DPI-shift button. This is model 910-007811 in Black/Purple. LIGHTSYNC RGB · Play Detection What the PLUS Adds — and What It Costs in Battery The difference between the G502 X PLUS and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED is lighting. The PLUS has an 8-LED LIGHTSYNC RGB array with 16.8 million colours, which you can sync with other Logitech G gear, match to your setup or drive from music and media in G HUB. Lighting uses power, so Logitech rates the battery at up to 130 hours with RGB switched off and around 37 hours with RGB always on. Play detection helps: while your hand is moving the mouse, the lights dim automatically, and they come back when you stop, so in real gaming you get well above the always-on figure. If you never use the lighting, the non-RGB G502 X LIGHTSPEED gives you the same mouse with a longer battery. With a Logitech POWERPLAY mat (sold separately), battery stops being a question at all: the mouse charges wirelessly while you play. LIGHTFORCE · HERO · LIGHTSPEED Switches, Sensor and the 2026 Firmware Update LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches register clicks optically — faster, and immune to the double-clicking that wears out traditional microswitches — while a mechanical element keeps a crisp, tactile click. The HERO sensor tracks with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration. It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI; in September 2026 Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update for the G502 X family that raises the ceiling to 44,000 DPI and adds separate X and Y sensitivity, so update the mouse in G HUB to get it. LIGHTSPEED is Logitech's tournament-grade 2.4 GHz connection, with no practical difference from a cable. There is no Bluetooth: the mouse connects through the included USB receiver or by the USB-C cable, and you can keep playing wired while it charges. 13 Controls · Tilt Wheel · DPI-Shift The G502 Control Layout, Refined Thirteen programmable controls cover the main clicks, a scroll wheel that clicks and tilts left and right, forward and back, DPI up and down, and a DPI-shift 'sniper' button that drops sensitivity while held. That DPI-shift button has been redesigned: remove it and reverse it to sit closer to your thumb, or swap in the included blank cover if you never use it and want to avoid accidental presses. The scroll wheel switches between precise ratchet steps and a hyper-fast free spin. Every control can be mapped to keys, macros and game-specific profiles in Logitech G HUB, and profiles are stored on the mouse so they work on any PC. Unlike the original G502, the G502 X family does not use removable weights; the shape is sculpted for the right hand only, with a thumb rest on the left side. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the full G502 X with RGB lighting to match your setup ✔ Want lots of programmable buttons for MMOs, strategy or productivity ✔ Plan to use a POWERPLAY mat, so battery life is never an issue ✔ Have a right hand and a palm or claw grip Consider something else if… ✘ You do not care about lighting — the G502 X LIGHTSPEED has a longer battery for less ✘ You want the lightest possible mouse for fast shooters — the PRO X Superlight 2 is 60g ✘ You need Bluetooth or adjustable weights — the G502 X PLUS has neither Logitech G502 X PLUS Black/Purple — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 X PLUS LIGHTSPEED Wireless RGB Gaming Mouse MPN910-007811 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack/Purple SensorHERO · up to 25,600 DPI out of the box · up to 44,000 DPI via 2026 G HUB firmware update SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Controls13 programmable Scroll WheelDual-mode (ratchet / free spin) · tilt left and right LightingLIGHTSYNC RGB · 8 LEDs · play detection WirelessLIGHTSPEED 2.4 GHz · no Bluetooth BatteryUp to 130 hours (RGB off) · around 37 hours (RGB always on) ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G502 X PLUS wireless gaming mouse — Black/Purple —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —DPI-shift button cover —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 X PLUS and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED?The same shape, sensor, switches and 13 controls. The PLUS adds an 8-LED LIGHTSYNC RGB array; the LIGHTSPEED has no lighting and a longer battery. How long does the battery last with RGB on?Logitech rates up to 130 hours with RGB off and around 37 hours with RGB always on. Play detection dims the lighting while you move the mouse, so real-world battery sits between the two. Is it 25K or 44K DPI?It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI. Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update in September 2026 that raises it to 44,000 DPI with separate X and Y sensitivity. Does it support Bluetooth?No. It connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by the USB-C cable. Can it charge wirelessly?Yes, on a Logitech POWERPLAY wireless charging mat, sold separately. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X PLUS — Black —Logitech G502 X PLUS — White —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — non-RGB version —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — 60g lightweight alternative —Official Logitech G502 X PLUS product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-x-plus-black-purple/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/g502-x-plus-top-angle-black-purple-gallery-1.png","108.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007811","88","" "60985","Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse – Black","The Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED Black is the wireless version of the redesigned G502 X — the modern successor to the G502, the best-selling gaming mouse Logitech has made. It keeps the famous sculpted right-handed shape and the mass of controls players love, and rebuilds the internals: LIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical switches, a HERO sensor, LIGHTSPEED wireless that Logitech rates 68% faster than the previous generation, USB-C charging and up to 140 hours of battery. There are 13 programmable controls, a dual-mode scroll wheel that tilts left and right, and a redesigned DPI-shift button you can move or remove. It is compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mat. This is the non-RGB version at 102g; model 910-006181 in Black. 13 Controls · Dual-Mode Wheel · DPI-Shift A Button for Everything, Where Your Hand Already Is The G502 has always been the mouse for players who want more than two side buttons. The G502 X LIGHTSPEED has 13 programmable controls: the main clicks, a scroll wheel that clicks and tilts left and right, forward and back buttons, a DPI-shift 'sniper' button, DPI up and down, and more, all assignable to keys, macros and game-specific profiles in Logitech G HUB. The scroll wheel switches between precise ratcheted steps and a hyper-fast free spin for long pages or weapon wheels. The DPI-shift button — which drops sensitivity while held for precise aiming — has been redesigned: it can be removed and reversed to sit closer to your thumb, or replaced with the included blank cover if you never use it and want to avoid accidental presses. Profiles are stored on the mouse, so your setup works on any PC without installing software. LIGHTFORCE · HERO Sensor · LIGHTSPEED What Is Inside — and the 2026 Firmware Update LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches register clicks optically, which is faster and immune to the double-clicking that wears out traditional microswitches, while a mechanical element keeps the crisp, tactile click. The HERO sensor tracks with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration. It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI; in September 2026 Logitech announced a firmware update for the G502 X family, delivered through G HUB, that raises the ceiling to 44,000 DPI and adds separate X and Y sensitivity control. Install G HUB and check for updates to get it — the rollout is under way. LIGHTSPEED wireless is Logitech's tournament-grade 2.4 GHz connection; Logitech rates the updated protocol as responding 68% faster than the previous generation, with no practical difference from a cable. Note that there is no Bluetooth: the mouse connects through the included USB receiver or by cable. 102g · 140 Hours · USB-C · POWERPLAY Weight, Battery and How It Differs from the Old G502 At 102g the G502 X LIGHTSPEED is noticeably lighter than the original G502 LIGHTSPEED, and unlike the older model it does not use removable weights — the weight system was dropped in favour of a lighter, fixed build. If you liked tuning the weight, that is the main thing you give up. The battery is rated at up to 140 hours, and without RGB lighting it lasts longer than the G502 X PLUS. It charges over USB-C, and you can keep playing wired while it charges. With a Logitech POWERPLAY mat (sold separately) it charges wirelessly while you play and never needs plugging in. The shape is sculpted for the right hand, with a thumb rest on the left side; it is not suitable for left-handed use. It suits palm and claw grips and medium to large hands best. Right choice if you… ✔ Want lots of programmable buttons for MMOs, strategy games or productivity ✔ Love the G502 shape and want it wireless, lighter and with USB-C ✔ Want long battery life without RGB draining it ✔ Have a right hand and a palm or claw grip Consider something else if… ✘ You want RGB lighting — the G502 X PLUS adds it ✘ You want the lightest possible mouse for fast shooters — the PRO X Superlight 2 is 60g ✘ You need Bluetooth or adjustable weights — this model has neither Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED Black — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 X LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse MPN910-006181 EAN / GTIN5099206096387 ColourBlack Weight102g SensorHERO · up to 25,600 DPI out of the box · up to 44,000 DPI via 2026 G HUB firmware update SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Controls13 programmable Scroll WheelDual-mode (ratchet / free spin) · tilt left and right WirelessLIGHTSPEED 2.4 GHz · no Bluetooth BatteryRechargeable · up to 140 hours ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) LightingNone Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED wireless gaming mouse — Black —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —DPI-shift button cover —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 X LIGHTSPEED and the G502 X PLUS?They share the same shape, sensor, switches and 13 controls. The PLUS adds RGB lighting, which shortens battery life slightly. The LIGHTSPEED is the non-RGB version with the longer battery. Does it have adjustable weights like the old G502?No. The G502 X family dropped the removable weight system in favour of a lighter fixed build at 102g. Does it support Bluetooth?No. It connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by the USB-C cable. Is it 25K or 44K DPI?It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI. Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update in September 2026 that raises the ceiling to 44,000 DPI and adds separate X and Y sensitivity; update the mouse in G HUB to get it. Can I use it left-handed?No. The G502 X has a sculpted right-handed shape with a thumb rest and side buttons on the left. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — White —Logitech G502 X PLUS — RGB version —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — 60g lightweight alternative —Official Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-x-lightspeed-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/g502-x-lightspeed-mouse-top-angle-black-gallery-1.png","78.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006181","88","" "60984","Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse – White","The Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED White is the wireless version of the redesigned G502 X — the modern successor to the G502, the best-selling gaming mouse Logitech has made. It keeps the famous sculpted right-handed shape and the mass of controls players love, and rebuilds the internals: LIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical switches, a HERO sensor, LIGHTSPEED wireless that Logitech rates 68% faster than the previous generation, USB-C charging and up to 140 hours of battery. There are 13 programmable controls, a dual-mode scroll wheel that tilts left and right, and a redesigned DPI-shift button you can move or remove. It is compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mat. This is the non-RGB version at 102g; model 910-006190 in White. 13 Controls · Dual-Mode Wheel · DPI-Shift A Button for Everything, Where Your Hand Already Is The G502 has always been the mouse for players who want more than two side buttons. The G502 X LIGHTSPEED has 13 programmable controls: the main clicks, a scroll wheel that clicks and tilts left and right, forward and back buttons, a DPI-shift 'sniper' button, DPI up and down, and more, all assignable to keys, macros and game-specific profiles in Logitech G HUB. The scroll wheel switches between precise ratcheted steps and a hyper-fast free spin for long pages or weapon wheels. The DPI-shift button — which drops sensitivity while held for precise aiming — has been redesigned: it can be removed and reversed to sit closer to your thumb, or replaced with the included blank cover if you never use it and want to avoid accidental presses. Profiles are stored on the mouse, so your setup works on any PC without installing software. LIGHTFORCE · HERO Sensor · LIGHTSPEED What Is Inside — and the 2026 Firmware Update LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches register clicks optically, which is faster and immune to the double-clicking that wears out traditional microswitches, while a mechanical element keeps the crisp, tactile click. The HERO sensor tracks with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration. It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI; in September 2026 Logitech announced a firmware update for the G502 X family, delivered through G HUB, that raises the ceiling to 44,000 DPI and adds separate X and Y sensitivity control. Install G HUB and check for updates to get it — the rollout is under way. LIGHTSPEED wireless is Logitech's tournament-grade 2.4 GHz connection; Logitech rates the updated protocol as responding 68% faster than the previous generation, with no practical difference from a cable. Note that there is no Bluetooth: the mouse connects through the included USB receiver or by cable. 102g · 140 Hours · USB-C · POWERPLAY Weight, Battery and How It Differs from the Old G502 At 102g the G502 X LIGHTSPEED is noticeably lighter than the original G502 LIGHTSPEED, and unlike the older model it does not use removable weights — the weight system was dropped in favour of a lighter, fixed build. If you liked tuning the weight, that is the main thing you give up. The battery is rated at up to 140 hours, and without RGB lighting it lasts longer than the G502 X PLUS. It charges over USB-C, and you can keep playing wired while it charges. With a Logitech POWERPLAY mat (sold separately) it charges wirelessly while you play and never needs plugging in. The shape is sculpted for the right hand, with a thumb rest on the left side; it is not suitable for left-handed use. It suits palm and claw grips and medium to large hands best. Right choice if you… ✔ Want lots of programmable buttons for MMOs, strategy games or productivity ✔ Love the G502 shape and want it wireless, lighter and with USB-C ✔ Want long battery life without RGB draining it ✔ Have a right hand and a palm or claw grip Consider something else if… ✘ You want RGB lighting — the G502 X PLUS adds it ✘ You want the lightest possible mouse for fast shooters — the PRO X Superlight 2 is 60g ✘ You need Bluetooth or adjustable weights — this model has neither Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 X LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse MPN910-006190 EAN / GTIN5099206096400 ColourWhite Weight102g SensorHERO · up to 25,600 DPI out of the box · up to 44,000 DPI via 2026 G HUB firmware update SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Controls13 programmable Scroll WheelDual-mode (ratchet / free spin) · tilt left and right WirelessLIGHTSPEED 2.4 GHz · no Bluetooth BatteryRechargeable · up to 140 hours ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) LightingNone Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED wireless gaming mouse — White —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —DPI-shift button cover —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 X LIGHTSPEED and the G502 X PLUS?They share the same shape, sensor, switches and 13 controls. The PLUS adds RGB lighting, which shortens battery life slightly. The LIGHTSPEED is the non-RGB version with the longer battery. Does it have adjustable weights like the old G502?No. The G502 X family dropped the removable weight system in favour of a lighter fixed build at 102g. Does it support Bluetooth?No. It connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by the USB-C cable. Is it 25K or 44K DPI?It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI. Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update in September 2026 that raises the ceiling to 44,000 DPI and adds separate X and Y sensitivity; update the mouse in G HUB to get it. Can I use it left-handed?No. The G502 X has a sculpted right-handed shape with a thumb rest and side buttons on the left. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — Black —Logitech G502 X PLUS — RGB version —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — 60g lightweight alternative —Official Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-x-lightspeed-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/g502-x-lightspeed-mouse-top-angle-white-gallery-1.png","78.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006190","88","" "60972","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 Wireless Gaming Mouse – Pink","The Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 Pink is the second generation of the mouse that became the default choice of professional esports players. It keeps the 60g weight and the low, symmetrical shape that made the original Superlight famous, and replaces almost everything inside it: the HERO 2 sensor tracks at up to 44,000 DPI, LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches combine optical speed with a crisp mechanical click, LIGHTSPEED wireless reaches polling rates of up to 8 kHz, and the battery now runs up to 95 hours and charges over USB-C instead of the old micro-USB. It is compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mat. There is no RGB lighting and nothing to add weight — every gram is spent on performance. This is model 910-006797 in Pink. 60g · Symmetrical Pro Shape Why 60 Grams Matters in Competitive Play In fast shooters such as Valorant, Counter-Strike 2 and Fortnite, most aim happens in short, sharp movements — a flick to a target and an immediate stop. A lighter mouse starts moving and stops more easily, which makes those flicks quicker and less tiring over a long session. At 60g the Superlight 2 is light enough to feel almost weightless without the holes or honeycomb shells many lightweight mice use to save weight, so it stays solid and easy to clean. The shape is low and symmetrical, designed with pro players to suit palm, claw and fingertip grips. Zero-additive PTFE feet let it glide smoothly on cloth and hard pads alike. The two side buttons sit on the left, so the shape works best in the right hand; left-handed players can use the body comfortably but will not have thumb buttons under their thumb. HERO 2 · LIGHTFORCE · LIGHTSPEED What Changed Inside Over the First Superlight The HERO 2 sensor tracks at over 888 inches per second with up to 44,000 DPI and no smoothing, acceleration or filtering, so the cursor goes exactly where your hand does. X and Y sensitivity can be set independently and lift-off distance can be tuned to your grip in the free Logitech G HUB software. LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches replace traditional microswitches: they actuate optically for speed and immunity to double-clicking, while keeping a crisp, tactile click. LIGHTSPEED wireless is Logitech's tournament-grade connection, designed to stay reliable even in crowded wireless environments. Early units shipped with lower ceilings (32,000 DPI and 2 kHz polling), and Logitech has since raised them through firmware — update the mouse in G HUB to unlock 44K DPI and up to 8 kHz polling. The settings are stored on the mouse itself, so they travel with it to another PC. 95 Hours · USB-C · POWERPLAY Battery, Charging and What Is in the Box The battery is rated at up to 95 hours of continuous use, and charging now uses USB-C — the included cable charges the mouse and lets you keep playing wired while it does. Higher polling rates use more power, so expect shorter battery life at 8 kHz than at the standard 1 kHz. The Superlight 2 is also compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mouse pad (sold separately): the box includes an optional aperture door with a PTFE foot that replaces the bottom cover so the mouse can charge on the pad while you play. Also in the box are the LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, an extension adapter that lets you place the receiver close to the mouse on your desk, and optional grip tape for extra hold. The connection is LIGHTSPEED only — there is no Bluetooth — so the receiver or the cable is needed to use it. Right choice if you… ✔ Play competitive shooters and want a very light, fast wireless mouse ✔ Want pro-level wireless with no measurable lag compared with wired ✔ Prefer a clean design without RGB lighting or holes in the shell ✔ Own a first-generation Superlight and want USB-C and longer battery life Consider something else if… ✘ You need Bluetooth — this mouse uses the LIGHTSPEED receiver only ✘ You want many programmable buttons for MMOs — it has five ✘ You want a heavier mouse with adjustable weights — the Logitech G502 is built for that Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 Pink — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelPRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse MPN910-006797 EAN / GTIN5099206113169 ColourPink Weight60g SensorHERO 2 · up to 44,000 DPI · 888+ IPS · zero smoothing, acceleration or filtering SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Buttons5 programmable WirelessLIGHTSPEED · up to 8 kHz polling (firmware update) · no Bluetooth BatteryRechargeable · up to 95 hours ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) FeetZero-additive PTFE LightingNone SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 wireless gaming mouse — Pink —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-A to USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —Optional grip tape —Optional aperture door with PTFE foot (for POWERPLAY) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Does it support Bluetooth?No. The PRO X Superlight 2 connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by cable. It does not have Bluetooth. Why does my mouse show 32,000 DPI instead of 44,000?Early units shipped with 32,000 DPI and 2 kHz polling. Logitech has since raised the limits to 44,000 DPI and up to 8 kHz through a firmware update — install Logitech G HUB and update the mouse to unlock them. What is the difference from the first PRO X Superlight?The Superlight 2 adds the HERO 2 sensor, LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches, higher polling rates, USB-C charging instead of micro-USB, longer battery life of up to 95 hours and POWERPLAY compatibility, at the same 60g. Can it charge on a POWERPLAY mat?Yes. Fit the included aperture door with PTFE foot to the underside and the mouse charges wirelessly on a Logitech POWERPLAY mat, sold separately. Is it suitable for left-handed players?The body is symmetrical, but the two side buttons are on the left, so it is designed for right-handed use. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — White —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — Black —Logitech G PRO X Superlight — first generation —Logitech G502 HERO — heavier, adjustable-weight alternative —Official Logitech G PRO X Superlight 2 product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pro-x-superlight-2-pink/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pro-x-superlight-2-mice-top-angle-pink-gallery-1.png","101.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006797","88","" "60971","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 Wireless Gaming Mouse – Black","The Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 Black is the second generation of the mouse that became the default choice of professional esports players. It keeps the 60g weight and the low, symmetrical shape that made the original Superlight famous, and replaces almost everything inside it: the HERO 2 sensor tracks at up to 44,000 DPI, LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches combine optical speed with a crisp mechanical click, LIGHTSPEED wireless reaches polling rates of up to 8 kHz, and the battery now runs up to 95 hours and charges over USB-C instead of the old micro-USB. It is compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mat. There is no RGB lighting and nothing to add weight — every gram is spent on performance. This is model 910-006631 in Black. 60g · Symmetrical Pro Shape Why 60 Grams Matters in Competitive Play In fast shooters such as Valorant, Counter-Strike 2 and Fortnite, most aim happens in short, sharp movements — a flick to a target and an immediate stop. A lighter mouse starts moving and stops more easily, which makes those flicks quicker and less tiring over a long session. At 60g the Superlight 2 is light enough to feel almost weightless without the holes or honeycomb shells many lightweight mice use to save weight, so it stays solid and easy to clean. The shape is low and symmetrical, designed with pro players to suit palm, claw and fingertip grips. Zero-additive PTFE feet let it glide smoothly on cloth and hard pads alike. The two side buttons sit on the left, so the shape works best in the right hand; left-handed players can use the body comfortably but will not have thumb buttons under their thumb. HERO 2 · LIGHTFORCE · LIGHTSPEED What Changed Inside Over the First Superlight The HERO 2 sensor tracks at over 888 inches per second with up to 44,000 DPI and no smoothing, acceleration or filtering, so the cursor goes exactly where your hand does. X and Y sensitivity can be set independently and lift-off distance can be tuned to your grip in the free Logitech G HUB software. LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches replace traditional microswitches: they actuate optically for speed and immunity to double-clicking, while keeping a crisp, tactile click. LIGHTSPEED wireless is Logitech's tournament-grade connection, designed to stay reliable even in crowded wireless environments. Early units shipped with lower ceilings (32,000 DPI and 2 kHz polling), and Logitech has since raised them through firmware — update the mouse in G HUB to unlock 44K DPI and up to 8 kHz polling. The settings are stored on the mouse itself, so they travel with it to another PC. 95 Hours · USB-C · POWERPLAY Battery, Charging and What Is in the Box The battery is rated at up to 95 hours of continuous use, and charging now uses USB-C — the included cable charges the mouse and lets you keep playing wired while it does. Higher polling rates use more power, so expect shorter battery life at 8 kHz than at the standard 1 kHz. The Superlight 2 is also compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mouse pad (sold separately): the box includes an optional aperture door with a PTFE foot that replaces the bottom cover so the mouse can charge on the pad while you play. Also in the box are the LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, an extension adapter that lets you place the receiver close to the mouse on your desk, and optional grip tape for extra hold. The connection is LIGHTSPEED only — there is no Bluetooth — so the receiver or the cable is needed to use it. Right choice if you… ✔ Play competitive shooters and want a very light, fast wireless mouse ✔ Want pro-level wireless with no measurable lag compared with wired ✔ Prefer a clean design without RGB lighting or holes in the shell ✔ Own a first-generation Superlight and want USB-C and longer battery life Consider something else if… ✘ You need Bluetooth — this mouse uses the LIGHTSPEED receiver only ✘ You want many programmable buttons for MMOs — it has five ✘ You want a heavier mouse with adjustable weights — the Logitech G502 is built for that Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 Black — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelPRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse MPN910-006631 EAN / GTIN5099206104532 ColourBlack Weight60g SensorHERO 2 · up to 44,000 DPI · 888+ IPS · zero smoothing, acceleration or filtering SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Buttons5 programmable WirelessLIGHTSPEED · up to 8 kHz polling (firmware update) · no Bluetooth BatteryRechargeable · up to 95 hours ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) FeetZero-additive PTFE LightingNone SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 wireless gaming mouse — Black —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-A to USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —Optional grip tape —Optional aperture door with PTFE foot (for POWERPLAY) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Does it support Bluetooth?No. The PRO X Superlight 2 connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by cable. It does not have Bluetooth. Why does my mouse show 32,000 DPI instead of 44,000?Early units shipped with 32,000 DPI and 2 kHz polling. Logitech has since raised the limits to 44,000 DPI and up to 8 kHz through a firmware update — install Logitech G HUB and update the mouse to unlock them. What is the difference from the first PRO X Superlight?The Superlight 2 adds the HERO 2 sensor, LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches, higher polling rates, USB-C charging instead of micro-USB, longer battery life of up to 95 hours and POWERPLAY compatibility, at the same 60g. Can it charge on a POWERPLAY mat?Yes. Fit the included aperture door with PTFE foot to the underside and the mouse charges wirelessly on a Logitech POWERPLAY mat, sold separately. Is it suitable for left-handed players?The body is symmetrical, but the two side buttons are on the left, so it is designed for right-handed use. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — White —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — Pink —Logitech G PRO X Superlight — first generation —Logitech G502 HERO — heavier, adjustable-weight alternative —Official Logitech G PRO X Superlight 2 product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pro-x-superlight-2-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pro-x-superlight-2-mice-top-angle-black-gallery-1.png","101.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006631","88","" "60970","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 Wireless Gaming Mouse – White","The Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 White is the second generation of the mouse that became the default choice of professional esports players. It keeps the 60g weight and the low, symmetrical shape that made the original Superlight famous, and replaces almost everything inside it: the HERO 2 sensor tracks at up to 44,000 DPI, LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches combine optical speed with a crisp mechanical click, LIGHTSPEED wireless reaches polling rates of up to 8 kHz, and the battery now runs up to 95 hours and charges over USB-C instead of the old micro-USB. It is compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mat. There is no RGB lighting and nothing to add weight — every gram is spent on performance. This is model 910-006639 in White. 60g · Symmetrical Pro Shape Why 60 Grams Matters in Competitive Play In fast shooters such as Valorant, Counter-Strike 2 and Fortnite, most aim happens in short, sharp movements — a flick to a target and an immediate stop. A lighter mouse starts moving and stops more easily, which makes those flicks quicker and less tiring over a long session. At 60g the Superlight 2 is light enough to feel almost weightless without the holes or honeycomb shells many lightweight mice use to save weight, so it stays solid and easy to clean. The shape is low and symmetrical, designed with pro players to suit palm, claw and fingertip grips. Zero-additive PTFE feet let it glide smoothly on cloth and hard pads alike. The two side buttons sit on the left, so the shape works best in the right hand; left-handed players can use the body comfortably but will not have thumb buttons under their thumb. HERO 2 · LIGHTFORCE · LIGHTSPEED What Changed Inside Over the First Superlight The HERO 2 sensor tracks at over 888 inches per second with up to 44,000 DPI and no smoothing, acceleration or filtering, so the cursor goes exactly where your hand does. X and Y sensitivity can be set independently and lift-off distance can be tuned to your grip in the free Logitech G HUB software. LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches replace traditional microswitches: they actuate optically for speed and immunity to double-clicking, while keeping a crisp, tactile click. LIGHTSPEED wireless is Logitech's tournament-grade connection, designed to stay reliable even in crowded wireless environments. Early units shipped with lower ceilings (32,000 DPI and 2 kHz polling), and Logitech has since raised them through firmware — update the mouse in G HUB to unlock 44K DPI and up to 8 kHz polling. The settings are stored on the mouse itself, so they travel with it to another PC. 95 Hours · USB-C · POWERPLAY Battery, Charging and What Is in the Box The battery is rated at up to 95 hours of continuous use, and charging now uses USB-C — the included cable charges the mouse and lets you keep playing wired while it does. Higher polling rates use more power, so expect shorter battery life at 8 kHz than at the standard 1 kHz. The Superlight 2 is also compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mouse pad (sold separately): the box includes an optional aperture door with a PTFE foot that replaces the bottom cover so the mouse can charge on the pad while you play. Also in the box are the LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, an extension adapter that lets you place the receiver close to the mouse on your desk, and optional grip tape for extra hold. The connection is LIGHTSPEED only — there is no Bluetooth — so the receiver or the cable is needed to use it. Right choice if you… ✔ Play competitive shooters and want a very light, fast wireless mouse ✔ Want pro-level wireless with no measurable lag compared with wired ✔ Prefer a clean design without RGB lighting or holes in the shell ✔ Own a first-generation Superlight and want USB-C and longer battery life Consider something else if… ✘ You need Bluetooth — this mouse uses the LIGHTSPEED receiver only ✘ You want many programmable buttons for MMOs — it has five ✘ You want a heavier mouse with adjustable weights — the Logitech G502 is built for that Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelPRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse MPN910-006639 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourWhite Weight60g SensorHERO 2 · up to 44,000 DPI · 888+ IPS · zero smoothing, acceleration or filtering SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Buttons5 programmable WirelessLIGHTSPEED · up to 8 kHz polling (firmware update) · no Bluetooth BatteryRechargeable · up to 95 hours ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) FeetZero-additive PTFE LightingNone SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 wireless gaming mouse — White —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-A to USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —Optional grip tape —Optional aperture door with PTFE foot (for POWERPLAY) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Does it support Bluetooth?No. The PRO X Superlight 2 connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by cable. It does not have Bluetooth. Why does my mouse show 32,000 DPI instead of 44,000?Early units shipped with 32,000 DPI and 2 kHz polling. Logitech has since raised the limits to 44,000 DPI and up to 8 kHz through a firmware update — install Logitech G HUB and update the mouse to unlock them. What is the difference from the first PRO X Superlight?The Superlight 2 adds the HERO 2 sensor, LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches, higher polling rates, USB-C charging instead of micro-USB, longer battery life of up to 95 hours and POWERPLAY compatibility, at the same 60g. Can it charge on a POWERPLAY mat?Yes. Fit the included aperture door with PTFE foot to the underside and the mouse charges wirelessly on a Logitech POWERPLAY mat, sold separately. Is it suitable for left-handed players?The body is symmetrical, but the two side buttons are on the left, so it is designed for right-handed use. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — Black —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — Pink —Logitech G PRO X Superlight — first generation —Logitech G502 HERO — heavier, adjustable-weight alternative —Official Logitech G PRO X Superlight 2 product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pro-x-superlight-2-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pro-x-superlight-2-mice-top-angle-white-gallery-1.png","101.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006639","88","" "60955","Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Wireless Mouse – Tonal White","The Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal White is the second generation of Logitech's slim, pebble-shaped mouse — the one people buy because it looks good on a desk and disappears into a bag. It keeps the flat, rounded body that made the original Pebble so popular and adds three things the first version lacked: Easy-Switch between three devices, a middle button you can reassign, and a battery life stretched to up to 24 months on a single AA. The clicks are close to silent, with 90% less click noise than a standard mouse, so it is welcome in a shared office, a library or next to someone asleep. It connects over Bluetooth to laptops, tablets and phones, and its symmetrical shape works in either hand. The body is made with recycled plastic, and the battery comes already fitted — take it out of the box and pair it. This Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal White is model 910-007013. Slim · Portable · Ambidextrous A Mouse Shaped for Carrying Most mice are built to fill the hand on a desk, which is exactly what makes them awkward to carry. The Pebble 2 goes the other way: a low, flat, rounded body that slides into a laptop sleeve, the front pocket of a bag or a jacket without a bulge. The trade-off is worth knowing: because it is slim, the hand rests over it with the fingers doing the work rather than the palm filling a tall shape. For everyday office work, browsing and study that is comfortable; if you spend eight hours a day in spreadsheets and want full palm support, a larger mouse such as the Logitech MX Master is the better tool. The symmetrical design means it works equally well in the left or right hand, which also makes it a good choice for a shared desk. Logitech makes the Pebble 2 with recycled plastic — 76% in Tonal Graphite and 58% in Tonal White and Tonal Rose — and packages it in FSC-certified paper. Silent Touch · Customisable Middle Button Quiet Clicks and One Button That Is Yours Silent Touch technology damps the switches so the clicks lose around 90% of their noise while still giving a clear feel that the click has registered. On a train, in a quiet office, on a video call or in a shared bedroom, the difference is obvious within a minute. The middle button under the scroll wheel is the main upgrade over the original Pebble M350: with the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS you can reassign it to a shortcut you use constantly — copy, paste, switch windows, open a specific app or mute your microphone. The optical sensor tracks from 400 up to 4,000 DPI and can be adjusted in the same app; the default setting suits everyday work, and a higher setting helps on large or high-resolution monitors where you want the cursor to cross the screen with less hand movement. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 24 Months on AA Connection and Battery — Read Before Ordering The Pebble 2 connects over Bluetooth and remembers three devices — for example a work laptop, a personal laptop and an iPad — switching between them with the Easy-Switch button underneath. It works with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, ChromeOS and Android. There is no USB receiver in the box: this model is designed around Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop and tablet has built in. It is compatible with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but not with the older Logitech Unifying receiver. Power comes from one AA battery, which arrives already installed — Logitech rates it at up to 24 months, helped by automatic sleep when the mouse is idle. There is nothing to charge and no cable; when the battery eventually runs out, it is swapped in seconds under the top shell. Range is up to 10 metres. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a slim mouse that disappears into a laptop bag ✔ Work somewhere quiet and want near-silent clicks ✔ Move between a laptop, a second computer and a tablet ✔ Would rather change a battery every couple of years than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer has no Bluetooth — there is no receiver in the box ✘ You want full palm support for long desk days — the Logitech MX Master is built for that ✘ You want to reuse an old Unifying receiver — the Pebble 2 is not compatible with it Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelPebble Mouse 2 M350s MPN910-007013 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourTonal White SensorOptical · 400–4,000 DPI Buttons3 · Silent Touch · customisable middle button ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy · Logi Bolt compatible (receiver not included) Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch Battery1 × AA (pre-installed) · up to 24 months RangeUp to 10m DesignSlim · ambidextrous · made with recycled plastic CompatibilityWindows · macOS · iPadOS · ChromeOS · Android WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal White —1 × AA battery (pre-installed) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The Pebble 2 M350s connects over Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop and tablet has. It works with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but not with the older Unifying receiver. What is new compared with the original Pebble M350?Easy-Switch between three devices, a customisable middle button, quieter clicks and longer battery life of up to 24 months. The slim, rounded shape stays the same. How long does the battery last?Up to 24 months on one AA battery according to Logitech, which comes already installed. There is nothing to charge. Can I use it with an iPad or Android phone?Yes. It works with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, ChromeOS and Android over Bluetooth, and remembers up to three devices. Is it suitable for left-handed users?Yes. The symmetrical shape works equally well in either hand. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — Tonal Rose —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — Tonal Graphite —Logitech Pebble M350 — the original model —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact alternative —Official Logitech Pebble Mouse 2 M350s product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pebble-2-m350s-tonal-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pebble-mouse-2-m350s-tonal-white-top-angle-gallery-1.png","12.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007013","88","" "60954","Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Wireless Mouse – Tonal Graphite","The Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Graphite is the second generation of Logitech's slim, pebble-shaped mouse — the one people buy because it looks good on a desk and disappears into a bag. It keeps the flat, rounded body that made the original Pebble so popular and adds three things the first version lacked: Easy-Switch between three devices, a middle button you can reassign, and a battery life stretched to up to 24 months on a single AA. The clicks are close to silent, with 90% less click noise than a standard mouse, so it is welcome in a shared office, a library or next to someone asleep. It connects over Bluetooth to laptops, tablets and phones, and its symmetrical shape works in either hand. The body is made with recycled plastic, and the battery comes already fitted — take it out of the box and pair it. This Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Graphite is model 910-007015. Slim · Portable · Ambidextrous A Mouse Shaped for Carrying Most mice are built to fill the hand on a desk, which is exactly what makes them awkward to carry. The Pebble 2 goes the other way: a low, flat, rounded body that slides into a laptop sleeve, the front pocket of a bag or a jacket without a bulge. The trade-off is worth knowing: because it is slim, the hand rests over it with the fingers doing the work rather than the palm filling a tall shape. For everyday office work, browsing and study that is comfortable; if you spend eight hours a day in spreadsheets and want full palm support, a larger mouse such as the Logitech MX Master is the better tool. The symmetrical design means it works equally well in the left or right hand, which also makes it a good choice for a shared desk. Logitech makes the Pebble 2 with recycled plastic — 76% in Tonal Graphite and 58% in Tonal White and Tonal Rose — and packages it in FSC-certified paper. Silent Touch · Customisable Middle Button Quiet Clicks and One Button That Is Yours Silent Touch technology damps the switches so the clicks lose around 90% of their noise while still giving a clear feel that the click has registered. On a train, in a quiet office, on a video call or in a shared bedroom, the difference is obvious within a minute. The middle button under the scroll wheel is the main upgrade over the original Pebble M350: with the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS you can reassign it to a shortcut you use constantly — copy, paste, switch windows, open a specific app or mute your microphone. The optical sensor tracks from 400 up to 4,000 DPI and can be adjusted in the same app; the default setting suits everyday work, and a higher setting helps on large or high-resolution monitors where you want the cursor to cross the screen with less hand movement. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 24 Months on AA Connection and Battery — Read Before Ordering The Pebble 2 connects over Bluetooth and remembers three devices — for example a work laptop, a personal laptop and an iPad — switching between them with the Easy-Switch button underneath. It works with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, ChromeOS and Android. There is no USB receiver in the box: this model is designed around Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop and tablet has built in. It is compatible with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but not with the older Logitech Unifying receiver. Power comes from one AA battery, which arrives already installed — Logitech rates it at up to 24 months, helped by automatic sleep when the mouse is idle. There is nothing to charge and no cable; when the battery eventually runs out, it is swapped in seconds under the top shell. Range is up to 10 metres. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a slim mouse that disappears into a laptop bag ✔ Work somewhere quiet and want near-silent clicks ✔ Move between a laptop, a second computer and a tablet ✔ Would rather change a battery every couple of years than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer has no Bluetooth — there is no receiver in the box ✘ You want full palm support for long desk days — the Logitech MX Master is built for that ✘ You want to reuse an old Unifying receiver — the Pebble 2 is not compatible with it Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Graphite — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelPebble Mouse 2 M350s MPN910-007015 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourTonal Graphite SensorOptical · 400–4,000 DPI Buttons3 · Silent Touch · customisable middle button ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy · Logi Bolt compatible (receiver not included) Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch Battery1 × AA (pre-installed) · up to 24 months RangeUp to 10m DesignSlim · ambidextrous · made with recycled plastic CompatibilityWindows · macOS · iPadOS · ChromeOS · Android WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Graphite —1 × AA battery (pre-installed) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The Pebble 2 M350s connects over Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop and tablet has. It works with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but not with the older Unifying receiver. What is new compared with the original Pebble M350?Easy-Switch between three devices, a customisable middle button, quieter clicks and longer battery life of up to 24 months. The slim, rounded shape stays the same. How long does the battery last?Up to 24 months on one AA battery according to Logitech, which comes already installed. There is nothing to charge. Can I use it with an iPad or Android phone?Yes. It works with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, ChromeOS and Android over Bluetooth, and remembers up to three devices. Is it suitable for left-handed users?Yes. The symmetrical shape works equally well in either hand. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — Tonal Rose —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — Tonal White —Logitech Pebble M350 — the original model —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact alternative —Official Logitech Pebble Mouse 2 M350s product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pebble-2-m350s-tonal-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pebble-mouse-2-m350s-tonal-graphite-top-angle-gallery-1.png","12.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007015","88","" "60953","Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Wireless Mouse – Tonal Rose","The Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Rose is the second generation of Logitech's slim, pebble-shaped mouse — the one people buy because it looks good on a desk and disappears into a bag. It keeps the flat, rounded body that made the original Pebble so popular and adds three things the first version lacked: Easy-Switch between three devices, a middle button you can reassign, and a battery life stretched to up to 24 months on a single AA. The clicks are close to silent, with 90% less click noise than a standard mouse, so it is welcome in a shared office, a library or next to someone asleep. It connects over Bluetooth to laptops, tablets and phones, and its symmetrical shape works in either hand. The body is made with recycled plastic, and the battery comes already fitted — take it out of the box and pair it. This Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Rose is model 910-007014. Slim · Portable · Ambidextrous A Mouse Shaped for Carrying Most mice are built to fill the hand on a desk, which is exactly what makes them awkward to carry. The Pebble 2 goes the other way: a low, flat, rounded body that slides into a laptop sleeve, the front pocket of a bag or a jacket without a bulge. The trade-off is worth knowing: because it is slim, the hand rests over it with the fingers doing the work rather than the palm filling a tall shape. For everyday office work, browsing and study that is comfortable; if you spend eight hours a day in spreadsheets and want full palm support, a larger mouse such as the Logitech MX Master is the better tool. The symmetrical design means it works equally well in the left or right hand, which also makes it a good choice for a shared desk. Logitech makes the Pebble 2 with recycled plastic — 76% in Tonal Graphite and 58% in Tonal White and Tonal Rose — and packages it in FSC-certified paper. Silent Touch · Customisable Middle Button Quiet Clicks and One Button That Is Yours Silent Touch technology damps the switches so the clicks lose around 90% of their noise while still giving a clear feel that the click has registered. On a train, in a quiet office, on a video call or in a shared bedroom, the difference is obvious within a minute. The middle button under the scroll wheel is the main upgrade over the original Pebble M350: with the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS you can reassign it to a shortcut you use constantly — copy, paste, switch windows, open a specific app or mute your microphone. The optical sensor tracks from 400 up to 4,000 DPI and can be adjusted in the same app; the default setting suits everyday work, and a higher setting helps on large or high-resolution monitors where you want the cursor to cross the screen with less hand movement. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 24 Months on AA Connection and Battery — Read Before Ordering The Pebble 2 connects over Bluetooth and remembers three devices — for example a work laptop, a personal laptop and an iPad — switching between them with the Easy-Switch button underneath. It works with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, ChromeOS and Android. There is no USB receiver in the box: this model is designed around Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop and tablet has built in. It is compatible with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but not with the older Logitech Unifying receiver. Power comes from one AA battery, which arrives already installed — Logitech rates it at up to 24 months, helped by automatic sleep when the mouse is idle. There is nothing to charge and no cable; when the battery eventually runs out, it is swapped in seconds under the top shell. Range is up to 10 metres. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a slim mouse that disappears into a laptop bag ✔ Work somewhere quiet and want near-silent clicks ✔ Move between a laptop, a second computer and a tablet ✔ Would rather change a battery every couple of years than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer has no Bluetooth — there is no receiver in the box ✘ You want full palm support for long desk days — the Logitech MX Master is built for that ✘ You want to reuse an old Unifying receiver — the Pebble 2 is not compatible with it Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Rose — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelPebble Mouse 2 M350s MPN910-007014 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourTonal Rose SensorOptical · 400–4,000 DPI Buttons3 · Silent Touch · customisable middle button ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy · Logi Bolt compatible (receiver not included) Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch Battery1 × AA (pre-installed) · up to 24 months RangeUp to 10m DesignSlim · ambidextrous · made with recycled plastic CompatibilityWindows · macOS · iPadOS · ChromeOS · Android WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s Tonal Rose —1 × AA battery (pre-installed) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The Pebble 2 M350s connects over Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop and tablet has. It works with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but not with the older Unifying receiver. What is new compared with the original Pebble M350?Easy-Switch between three devices, a customisable middle button, quieter clicks and longer battery life of up to 24 months. The slim, rounded shape stays the same. How long does the battery last?Up to 24 months on one AA battery according to Logitech, which comes already installed. There is nothing to charge. Can I use it with an iPad or Android phone?Yes. It works with Windows, macOS, iPadOS, ChromeOS and Android over Bluetooth, and remembers up to three devices. Is it suitable for left-handed users?Yes. The symmetrical shape works equally well in either hand. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — Tonal Graphite —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — Tonal White —Logitech Pebble M350 — the original model —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact alternative —Official Logitech Pebble Mouse 2 M350s product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pebble-2-m350s-tonal-rose/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pebble-mouse-2-m350s-tonal-rose-top-angle-gallery-1.png","12.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007014","88","" "60928","Logitech ERGO M575S Wireless Trackball – Graphite","The Logitech ERGO M575S Graphite trackball turns the usual mouse around: instead of moving your hand across the desk, your hand rests on a sculpted body and your thumb rolls a ball to move the cursor. The arm stays still, the wrist stays supported, and the whole thing needs no more desk space than the mouse itself — so it works on a cramped desk, a sofa arm or a lap. The M575S is the 2024 update of Logitech's long-running ERGO M575: the same well-proven shape, now with clicks that are 80% quieter and the newer Logi Bolt receiver in the box alongside Bluetooth. It was developed with Logitech's Ergo Lab and certified by ergonomists, and Logitech measured 25% less forearm muscle strain than a standard mouse. A single AA battery, included, lasts up to 18 months. This is model 910-007029 in Graphite with a blue ball. Thumb Trackball · Ergonomic Shape Why a Trackball Is Easier on the Arm With a normal mouse, every cursor movement is an arm movement — small, but repeated thousands of times a day, and it is that repetition that leads to the ache in the forearm and shoulder many office workers know. The M575S removes it. The body stays in one place and the thumb does the moving, so the forearm can rest in a relaxed, supported position all day. The shape is sculpted to fill the palm and tilt the hand slightly, which Logitech's Ergo Lab found reduces forearm muscle strain by 25% compared with a standard mouse. There is an adjustment period — most people take a few days to feel at home with thumb control, and fine positioning such as selecting text improves quickly with use. The ball is 2.4cm, tracks at up to 2,000 DPI, and the cursor speed can be set in the free Logi Options+ app. Because the mouse never moves, it also works on surfaces a normal mouse cannot use: a sofa, a bed, a lap, glass or a crowded desk with no room to move. Quiet Clicks · 3 Customisable Buttons What the 'S' Adds Over the Original M575 The M575S keeps the shape, ball and battery life that made the original ERGO M575 a favourite, and changes two things. First, the clicks: Logitech rebuilt the switches so they are 80% quieter while keeping a clear, satisfying click feel — useful in a shared office, on calls, or late at night at home. Second, the receiver: the original M575 shipped with a Unifying receiver, while the M575S comes with Logi Bolt, Logitech's newer, more secure receiver technology. Note that the two are not interchangeable: the M575S does not pair with an old Unifying receiver you may already have plugged in — use the Bolt receiver in the box or Bluetooth. There are five buttons in total: left, right, the scroll wheel click and Back and Forward beside it. Three of them — Back, Forward and the middle click — can be reassigned in Logi Options+ to shortcuts and Smart Actions that chain several steps into one press. Logi Bolt + Bluetooth · 18 Months on AA Connection, Power and Cleaning The M575S connects two ways. The included Logi Bolt receiver plugs into a USB-A port and gives a strong, encrypted link that suits busy offices and computers without Bluetooth. Bluetooth Low Energy works with laptops and tablets directly, with no receiver needed. Range is up to 10 metres. It works with Windows 10 and 11, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android. Power comes from one AA battery, included in the box, which Logitech rates at up to 18 months — there is nothing to charge and no cable. When it eventually runs out, you swap the battery in seconds. Trackballs need occasional cleaning, and the M575S makes it easy: the ball pops out from underneath with a push of a finger, and a quick wipe of the ball and the three small support points inside restores smooth movement. Doing this every few weeks keeps tracking as smooth as the day you bought it. This model is shaped for the right hand only; there is no left-handed version of the M575S. Right choice if you… ✔ Get forearm, wrist or shoulder ache from a normal mouse ✔ Have a small or crowded desk — the trackball never moves ✔ Want quiet clicks for a shared office or calls ✔ Would rather change a battery every year or so than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ You are left-handed — the M575S is right-handed only ✘ You want to reuse an old Unifying receiver — the M575S uses Logi Bolt instead ✘ You want an adjustable tilt and a rechargeable battery — the Logitech MX Ergo trackball offers both Logitech ERGO M575S Graphite — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelERGO M575S Wireless Trackball MPN910-007029 EAN / GTIN5099206111622 ColourGraphite · blue ball TrackingThumb-operated trackball · 2.4cm ball · up to 2,000 DPI Buttons5 · quiet clicks · 3 customisable (Back, Forward, middle click) ConnectionLogi Bolt USB-A receiver (included) · Bluetooth Low Energy RangeUp to 10m Battery1 × AA (included) · up to 18 months Hand OrientationRight-handed Dimensions134 × 100 × 48mm Weight145g CompatibilityWindows 10/11 · macOS · ChromeOS · iPadOS · Android SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) — optional WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech ERGO M575S wireless trackball — Graphite —Logi Bolt USB receiver —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions How long does it take to get used to a trackball?Most people are comfortable within a few days. Moving the cursor with the thumb feels unusual at first; precise tasks such as selecting text improve quickly with practice, and cursor speed can be adjusted in Logi Options+. What is the difference between the M575S and the original M575?The shape, ball and battery life are the same. The M575S has quieter clicks — 80% quieter according to Logitech — and ships with a Logi Bolt receiver instead of the older Unifying receiver. Will it work with my old Unifying receiver?No. The M575S uses Logi Bolt, which is not compatible with Unifying receivers. Use the Bolt receiver supplied in the box, or connect over Bluetooth. How do I clean the trackball?Push the ball out from the opening underneath, wipe the ball and the small support points inside with a dry cloth, and pop it back in. Doing this every few weeks keeps tracking smooth. Is there a left-handed version?No. The ERGO M575S is designed for the right hand only. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech ERGO M575S — Off-White —Logitech ERGO M575 — the original model —Logitech MX Ergo — adjustable, rechargeable trackball —Official Logitech ERGO M575S product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-ergo-m575s-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/ergo-m575s-m575sp-graphite-blue-ball-gallery-1.png","38.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007029","88","" "60927","Logitech ERGO M575S Wireless Trackball – Off-White","The Logitech ERGO M575S Off-White trackball turns the usual mouse around: instead of moving your hand across the desk, your hand rests on a sculpted body and your thumb rolls a ball to move the cursor. The arm stays still, the wrist stays supported, and the whole thing needs no more desk space than the mouse itself — so it works on a cramped desk, a sofa arm or a lap. The M575S is the 2024 update of Logitech's long-running ERGO M575: the same well-proven shape, now with clicks that are 80% quieter and the newer Logi Bolt receiver in the box alongside Bluetooth. It was developed with Logitech's Ergo Lab and certified by ergonomists, and Logitech measured 25% less forearm muscle strain than a standard mouse. A single AA battery, included, lasts up to 18 months. This is model 910-007030 in Off-White with a blue ball. Thumb Trackball · Ergonomic Shape Why a Trackball Is Easier on the Arm With a normal mouse, every cursor movement is an arm movement — small, but repeated thousands of times a day, and it is that repetition that leads to the ache in the forearm and shoulder many office workers know. The M575S removes it. The body stays in one place and the thumb does the moving, so the forearm can rest in a relaxed, supported position all day. The shape is sculpted to fill the palm and tilt the hand slightly, which Logitech's Ergo Lab found reduces forearm muscle strain by 25% compared with a standard mouse. There is an adjustment period — most people take a few days to feel at home with thumb control, and fine positioning such as selecting text improves quickly with use. The ball is 2.4cm, tracks at up to 2,000 DPI, and the cursor speed can be set in the free Logi Options+ app. Because the mouse never moves, it also works on surfaces a normal mouse cannot use: a sofa, a bed, a lap, glass or a crowded desk with no room to move. Quiet Clicks · 3 Customisable Buttons What the 'S' Adds Over the Original M575 The M575S keeps the shape, ball and battery life that made the original ERGO M575 a favourite, and changes two things. First, the clicks: Logitech rebuilt the switches so they are 80% quieter while keeping a clear, satisfying click feel — useful in a shared office, on calls, or late at night at home. Second, the receiver: the original M575 shipped with a Unifying receiver, while the M575S comes with Logi Bolt, Logitech's newer, more secure receiver technology. Note that the two are not interchangeable: the M575S does not pair with an old Unifying receiver you may already have plugged in — use the Bolt receiver in the box or Bluetooth. There are five buttons in total: left, right, the scroll wheel click and Back and Forward beside it. Three of them — Back, Forward and the middle click — can be reassigned in Logi Options+ to shortcuts and Smart Actions that chain several steps into one press. Logi Bolt + Bluetooth · 18 Months on AA Connection, Power and Cleaning The M575S connects two ways. The included Logi Bolt receiver plugs into a USB-A port and gives a strong, encrypted link that suits busy offices and computers without Bluetooth. Bluetooth Low Energy works with laptops and tablets directly, with no receiver needed. Range is up to 10 metres. It works with Windows 10 and 11, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android. Power comes from one AA battery, included in the box, which Logitech rates at up to 18 months — there is nothing to charge and no cable. When it eventually runs out, you swap the battery in seconds. Trackballs need occasional cleaning, and the M575S makes it easy: the ball pops out from underneath with a push of a finger, and a quick wipe of the ball and the three small support points inside restores smooth movement. Doing this every few weeks keeps tracking as smooth as the day you bought it. This model is shaped for the right hand only; there is no left-handed version of the M575S. Right choice if you… ✔ Get forearm, wrist or shoulder ache from a normal mouse ✔ Have a small or crowded desk — the trackball never moves ✔ Want quiet clicks for a shared office or calls ✔ Would rather change a battery every year or so than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ You are left-handed — the M575S is right-handed only ✘ You want to reuse an old Unifying receiver — the M575S uses Logi Bolt instead ✘ You want an adjustable tilt and a rechargeable battery — the Logitech MX Ergo trackball offers both Logitech ERGO M575S Off-White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelERGO M575S Wireless Trackball MPN910-007030 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourOff-White · blue ball TrackingThumb-operated trackball · 2.4cm ball · up to 2,000 DPI Buttons5 · quiet clicks · 3 customisable (Back, Forward, middle click) ConnectionLogi Bolt USB-A receiver (included) · Bluetooth Low Energy RangeUp to 10m Battery1 × AA (included) · up to 18 months Hand OrientationRight-handed Dimensions134 × 100 × 48mm Weight145g CompatibilityWindows 10/11 · macOS · ChromeOS · iPadOS · Android SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) — optional WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech ERGO M575S wireless trackball — Off-White —Logi Bolt USB receiver —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions How long does it take to get used to a trackball?Most people are comfortable within a few days. Moving the cursor with the thumb feels unusual at first; precise tasks such as selecting text improve quickly with practice, and cursor speed can be adjusted in Logi Options+. What is the difference between the M575S and the original M575?The shape, ball and battery life are the same. The M575S has quieter clicks — 80% quieter according to Logitech — and ships with a Logi Bolt receiver instead of the older Unifying receiver. Will it work with my old Unifying receiver?No. The M575S uses Logi Bolt, which is not compatible with Unifying receivers. Use the Bolt receiver supplied in the box, or connect over Bluetooth. How do I clean the trackball?Push the ball out from the opening underneath, wipe the ball and the small support points inside with a dry cloth, and pop it back in. Doing this every few weeks keeps tracking smooth. Is there a left-handed version?No. The ERGO M575S is designed for the right hand only. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech ERGO M575S — Graphite —Logitech ERGO M575 — the original model —Logitech MX Ergo — adjustable, rechargeable trackball —Official Logitech ERGO M575S product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-ergo-m575s-off-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/ergo-m575s-m575sp-off-white-blue-ball-gallery-1.png","38.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007030","88","" "60909","Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse – Off-White","The Logitech Mobi Fold mouse Off-White solves the reason most people leave their mouse at home: a normal mouse is too bulky to carry just in case. Mobi Fold folds flat, small enough for the smallest pocket of a laptop bag or a jacket, and unfolds into an arched shape that fills the hand properly. Unfolding switches it on and folding switches it off, so there is no power button to forget and the battery is not drained in the bag. Instead of a scroll wheel it has an Adaptive Touch Scroll surface that moves line by line or races through long pages. The clicks are quiet for cafés, trains and shared offices, the 4,000 DPI sensor is precise on most surfaces, and it pairs with a laptop, tablet and phone at once. At 79g with around a month per charge, it is the mouse you actually take with you. This is model 910-007631 in Off-White. Foldable · Unfold to Power On A Mouse Built Around Being Carried Most travel mice make the mouse smaller and accept that it becomes uncomfortable. Mobi Fold takes the other route: it is full-sized in use and small only when folded. Opened, the body forms an arch that supports the palm the way a desk mouse does, and Logitech's own ErgoLab study found 22% less forearm muscle strain than using a laptop's built-in trackpad. Closed, it lies flat and slips into a pocket, a pen slot or a laptop sleeve. The fold is also the power switch — unfold it and it wakes and reconnects, fold it and it turns off — which means it never flattens its battery rattling around in a bag and there is no tiny switch to find underneath. The shape is ambidextrous, so it works in either hand, and at 79 grams you will not notice it in your bag. It is built for travel wear, and Logitech states it is tested to withstand the equivalent of 15 years of daily folding. Adaptive Touch Scroll · 4K DPI · Quiet Clicks No Scroll Wheel — Here Is How It Scrolls A scroll wheel is the part that makes a mouse thick, so Mobi Fold replaces it with a touch-sensitive strip where the wheel would be. Slide a finger slowly and it steps line by line for precise editing; swipe quickly and it speeds through long web pages, documents and spreadsheets. It takes a few minutes to get used to if you have used a wheel all your life, and this is worth knowing before buying: if you rely on a physical, clicking wheel, Mobi Fold will feel different. The optical sensor tracks at up to 4,000 DPI, adjustable in steps from 400, and works on most everyday surfaces — tables, trays, notebooks and trouser legs. For a glossy glass table use a mat, as with any optical mouse. The clicks are quiet by design, so it does not announce itself in a library, a meeting or a shared room. There are four buttons, and two of them can be customised with the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 30 Days Connection and Charging — Read Before Ordering Mobi Fold connects over Bluetooth and remembers three devices — for example a laptop, a tablet and a phone — switching between them with Easy-Switch. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android, and with smartphones that support a Bluetooth mouse. There is no USB receiver in the box: this version is Bluetooth only, so the device you use it with needs Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop, tablet and phone has. The battery is rechargeable over USB-C and rated at around a month per full charge; one minute of charging gives about 22 hours of use, so a flat battery is fixed in the time it takes to make a coffee. No charging cable or adapter is included — any USB-C cable from a phone or laptop charges it. If you need a receiver-based connection for a busy office or a computer without Bluetooth, Logitech sells a separate Mobi Fold for Business version with a Logi Bolt receiver. Right choice if you… ✔ Work from a laptop on trains, in cafés or at hot desks and dislike the trackpad ✔ Want a mouse small enough that you never leave it behind ✔ Move between a laptop, a tablet and a phone ✔ Want quiet clicks in shared spaces and a battery you barely think about Consider something else if… ✘ You want a physical scroll wheel — the Logitech POP Mouse keeps one in a compact body ✘ You need a USB receiver — this version is Bluetooth only ✘ You want a full-size desk mouse with many buttons — the Logitech MX Master 4 is built for that Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse Off-White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelMobi Fold ultra-portable wireless mouse MPN910-007631 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourOff-White DesignFoldable · unfold to power on, fold to power off · ambidextrous SensorOptical · 400–4,000 DPI ScrollingAdaptive Touch Scroll (no physical wheel) Buttons4 · quiet clicks · 2 customisable in Logi Options+ ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy 5.0 · no USB receiver included Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch BatteryRechargeable · ~30 days per charge · 1-minute charge = ~22 hours ChargingUSB-C · cable not included Weight79g DimensionsUnfolded 122 × 57 × 33mm CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · iPadOS · Android · Bluetooth-mouse-capable phones WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech Mobi Fold mouse — Off-White —User documentation —No USB receiver and no charging cable included — Bluetooth connection; any USB-C cable charges it Frequently Asked Questions How do I turn it on?Unfold it. Mobi Fold powers on when it is opened into its arched shape and powers off when folded flat, so there is no separate switch and the battery is not used while it is packed away. There is no scroll wheel — how do I scroll?Slide a finger along the touch strip where the wheel would normally be. A slow slide scrolls line by line; a quick swipe scrolls fast through long pages. Most people are comfortable with it within a few minutes. Is a USB receiver or charging cable included?No to both. This version connects over Bluetooth only, and it charges from any USB-C cable, such as the one from a phone or laptop. One minute of charging gives about 22 hours of use. Can I use it with my phone and tablet?Yes. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with Easy-Switch. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android, and with phones that support a Bluetooth mouse. How long does the battery last?Around a month per full charge under normal use, according to Logitech. Folding it switches it off, which helps the charge last. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse — Lilac —Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse — Graphite —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact with a scroll wheel —Logitech MX Master 4 — full-size desk mouse —Official Logitech Mobi Fold product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mobi-fold-mouse-off-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/mobi-fold-off-white-top-angle-gallery-1.png","68.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007631","88","" "60908","Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse – Graphite","The Logitech Mobi Fold mouse Graphite solves the reason most people leave their mouse at home: a normal mouse is too bulky to carry just in case. Mobi Fold folds flat, small enough for the smallest pocket of a laptop bag or a jacket, and unfolds into an arched shape that fills the hand properly. Unfolding switches it on and folding switches it off, so there is no power button to forget and the battery is not drained in the bag. Instead of a scroll wheel it has an Adaptive Touch Scroll surface that moves line by line or races through long pages. The clicks are quiet for cafés, trains and shared offices, the 4,000 DPI sensor is precise on most surfaces, and it pairs with a laptop, tablet and phone at once. At 79g with around a month per charge, it is the mouse you actually take with you. This is model 910-007604 in Graphite. Foldable · Unfold to Power On A Mouse Built Around Being Carried Most travel mice make the mouse smaller and accept that it becomes uncomfortable. Mobi Fold takes the other route: it is full-sized in use and small only when folded. Opened, the body forms an arch that supports the palm the way a desk mouse does, and Logitech's own ErgoLab study found 22% less forearm muscle strain than using a laptop's built-in trackpad. Closed, it lies flat and slips into a pocket, a pen slot or a laptop sleeve. The fold is also the power switch — unfold it and it wakes and reconnects, fold it and it turns off — which means it never flattens its battery rattling around in a bag and there is no tiny switch to find underneath. The shape is ambidextrous, so it works in either hand, and at 79 grams you will not notice it in your bag. It is built for travel wear, and Logitech states it is tested to withstand the equivalent of 15 years of daily folding. Adaptive Touch Scroll · 4K DPI · Quiet Clicks No Scroll Wheel — Here Is How It Scrolls A scroll wheel is the part that makes a mouse thick, so Mobi Fold replaces it with a touch-sensitive strip where the wheel would be. Slide a finger slowly and it steps line by line for precise editing; swipe quickly and it speeds through long web pages, documents and spreadsheets. It takes a few minutes to get used to if you have used a wheel all your life, and this is worth knowing before buying: if you rely on a physical, clicking wheel, Mobi Fold will feel different. The optical sensor tracks at up to 4,000 DPI, adjustable in steps from 400, and works on most everyday surfaces — tables, trays, notebooks and trouser legs. For a glossy glass table use a mat, as with any optical mouse. The clicks are quiet by design, so it does not announce itself in a library, a meeting or a shared room. There are four buttons, and two of them can be customised with the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 30 Days Connection and Charging — Read Before Ordering Mobi Fold connects over Bluetooth and remembers three devices — for example a laptop, a tablet and a phone — switching between them with Easy-Switch. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android, and with smartphones that support a Bluetooth mouse. There is no USB receiver in the box: this version is Bluetooth only, so the device you use it with needs Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop, tablet and phone has. The battery is rechargeable over USB-C and rated at around a month per full charge; one minute of charging gives about 22 hours of use, so a flat battery is fixed in the time it takes to make a coffee. No charging cable or adapter is included — any USB-C cable from a phone or laptop charges it. If you need a receiver-based connection for a busy office or a computer without Bluetooth, Logitech sells a separate Mobi Fold for Business version with a Logi Bolt receiver. Right choice if you… ✔ Work from a laptop on trains, in cafés or at hot desks and dislike the trackpad ✔ Want a mouse small enough that you never leave it behind ✔ Move between a laptop, a tablet and a phone ✔ Want quiet clicks in shared spaces and a battery you barely think about Consider something else if… ✘ You want a physical scroll wheel — the Logitech POP Mouse keeps one in a compact body ✘ You need a USB receiver — this version is Bluetooth only ✘ You want a full-size desk mouse with many buttons — the Logitech MX Master 4 is built for that Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse Graphite — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelMobi Fold ultra-portable wireless mouse MPN910-007604 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourGraphite DesignFoldable · unfold to power on, fold to power off · ambidextrous SensorOptical · 400–4,000 DPI ScrollingAdaptive Touch Scroll (no physical wheel) Buttons4 · quiet clicks · 2 customisable in Logi Options+ ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy 5.0 · no USB receiver included Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch BatteryRechargeable · ~30 days per charge · 1-minute charge = ~22 hours ChargingUSB-C · cable not included Weight79g DimensionsUnfolded 122 × 57 × 33mm CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · iPadOS · Android · Bluetooth-mouse-capable phones WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech Mobi Fold mouse — Graphite —User documentation —No USB receiver and no charging cable included — Bluetooth connection; any USB-C cable charges it Frequently Asked Questions How do I turn it on?Unfold it. Mobi Fold powers on when it is opened into its arched shape and powers off when folded flat, so there is no separate switch and the battery is not used while it is packed away. There is no scroll wheel — how do I scroll?Slide a finger along the touch strip where the wheel would normally be. A slow slide scrolls line by line; a quick swipe scrolls fast through long pages. Most people are comfortable with it within a few minutes. Is a USB receiver or charging cable included?No to both. This version connects over Bluetooth only, and it charges from any USB-C cable, such as the one from a phone or laptop. One minute of charging gives about 22 hours of use. Can I use it with my phone and tablet?Yes. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with Easy-Switch. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android, and with phones that support a Bluetooth mouse. How long does the battery last?Around a month per full charge under normal use, according to Logitech. Folding it switches it off, which helps the charge last. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse — Lilac —Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse — Off-White —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact with a scroll wheel —Logitech MX Master 4 — full-size desk mouse —Official Logitech Mobi Fold product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mobi-fold-mouse-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/mobi-fold-graphite-top-angle-gallery-1.png","68.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007604","88","" "60907","Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse – Lilac","The Logitech Mobi Fold mouse Lilac solves the reason most people leave their mouse at home: a normal mouse is too bulky to carry just in case. Mobi Fold folds flat, small enough for the smallest pocket of a laptop bag or a jacket, and unfolds into an arched shape that fills the hand properly. Unfolding switches it on and folding switches it off, so there is no power button to forget and the battery is not drained in the bag. Instead of a scroll wheel it has an Adaptive Touch Scroll surface that moves line by line or races through long pages. The clicks are quiet for cafés, trains and shared offices, the 4,000 DPI sensor is precise on most surfaces, and it pairs with a laptop, tablet and phone at once. At 79g with around a month per charge, it is the mouse you actually take with you. This is model 910-007624 in Lilac. Foldable · Unfold to Power On A Mouse Built Around Being Carried Most travel mice make the mouse smaller and accept that it becomes uncomfortable. Mobi Fold takes the other route: it is full-sized in use and small only when folded. Opened, the body forms an arch that supports the palm the way a desk mouse does, and Logitech's own ErgoLab study found 22% less forearm muscle strain than using a laptop's built-in trackpad. Closed, it lies flat and slips into a pocket, a pen slot or a laptop sleeve. The fold is also the power switch — unfold it and it wakes and reconnects, fold it and it turns off — which means it never flattens its battery rattling around in a bag and there is no tiny switch to find underneath. The shape is ambidextrous, so it works in either hand, and at 79 grams you will not notice it in your bag. It is built for travel wear, and Logitech states it is tested to withstand the equivalent of 15 years of daily folding. Adaptive Touch Scroll · 4K DPI · Quiet Clicks No Scroll Wheel — Here Is How It Scrolls A scroll wheel is the part that makes a mouse thick, so Mobi Fold replaces it with a touch-sensitive strip where the wheel would be. Slide a finger slowly and it steps line by line for precise editing; swipe quickly and it speeds through long web pages, documents and spreadsheets. It takes a few minutes to get used to if you have used a wheel all your life, and this is worth knowing before buying: if you rely on a physical, clicking wheel, Mobi Fold will feel different. The optical sensor tracks at up to 4,000 DPI, adjustable in steps from 400, and works on most everyday surfaces — tables, trays, notebooks and trouser legs. For a glossy glass table use a mat, as with any optical mouse. The clicks are quiet by design, so it does not announce itself in a library, a meeting or a shared room. There are four buttons, and two of them can be customised with the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 30 Days Connection and Charging — Read Before Ordering Mobi Fold connects over Bluetooth and remembers three devices — for example a laptop, a tablet and a phone — switching between them with Easy-Switch. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android, and with smartphones that support a Bluetooth mouse. There is no USB receiver in the box: this version is Bluetooth only, so the device you use it with needs Bluetooth, which nearly every laptop, tablet and phone has. The battery is rechargeable over USB-C and rated at around a month per full charge; one minute of charging gives about 22 hours of use, so a flat battery is fixed in the time it takes to make a coffee. No charging cable or adapter is included — any USB-C cable from a phone or laptop charges it. If you need a receiver-based connection for a busy office or a computer without Bluetooth, Logitech sells a separate Mobi Fold for Business version with a Logi Bolt receiver. Right choice if you… ✔ Work from a laptop on trains, in cafés or at hot desks and dislike the trackpad ✔ Want a mouse small enough that you never leave it behind ✔ Move between a laptop, a tablet and a phone ✔ Want quiet clicks in shared spaces and a battery you barely think about Consider something else if… ✘ You want a physical scroll wheel — the Logitech POP Mouse keeps one in a compact body ✘ You need a USB receiver — this version is Bluetooth only ✘ You want a full-size desk mouse with many buttons — the Logitech MX Master 4 is built for that Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse Lilac — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelMobi Fold ultra-portable wireless mouse MPN910-007624 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourLilac DesignFoldable · unfold to power on, fold to power off · ambidextrous SensorOptical · 400–4,000 DPI ScrollingAdaptive Touch Scroll (no physical wheel) Buttons4 · quiet clicks · 2 customisable in Logi Options+ ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy 5.0 · no USB receiver included Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch BatteryRechargeable · ~30 days per charge · 1-minute charge = ~22 hours ChargingUSB-C · cable not included Weight79g DimensionsUnfolded 122 × 57 × 33mm CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · iPadOS · Android · Bluetooth-mouse-capable phones WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech Mobi Fold mouse — Lilac —User documentation —No USB receiver and no charging cable included — Bluetooth connection; any USB-C cable charges it Frequently Asked Questions How do I turn it on?Unfold it. Mobi Fold powers on when it is opened into its arched shape and powers off when folded flat, so there is no separate switch and the battery is not used while it is packed away. There is no scroll wheel — how do I scroll?Slide a finger along the touch strip where the wheel would normally be. A slow slide scrolls line by line; a quick swipe scrolls fast through long pages. Most people are comfortable with it within a few minutes. Is a USB receiver or charging cable included?No to both. This version connects over Bluetooth only, and it charges from any USB-C cable, such as the one from a phone or laptop. One minute of charging gives about 22 hours of use. Can I use it with my phone and tablet?Yes. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with Easy-Switch. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iPadOS and Android, and with phones that support a Bluetooth mouse. How long does the battery last?Around a month per full charge under normal use, according to Logitech. Folding it switches it off, which helps the charge last. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse — Graphite —Logitech Mobi Fold Mouse — Off-White —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact with a scroll wheel —Logitech MX Master 4 — full-size desk mouse —Official Logitech Mobi Fold product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mobi-fold-mouse-lilac/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/mobi-fold-lilac-top-angle-gallery-1.png","68.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007624","88","" "60901","Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac Wireless Mouse – White Silver","The Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac is the first MX Master you can feel as well as use. Under the thumb sits a Haptic Sense Panel that gives a small, precise pulse when an image snaps to a grid, a slider hits its mark, you switch devices or the battery needs charging. Beside it is a new button that opens the Actions Ring — a circle of your chosen tools and shortcuts that appears right at the cursor, so you stop travelling to menus. Everything that made the MX Master 3S the default for designers, developers and analysts carries over and improves: the MagSpeed wheel that scrolls a thousand lines a second, an 8,000 DPI Darkfield sensor that works even on glass, Quiet Click buttons, three-device switching and around 70 days per charge. This is the Mac edition, model 910-007576 in White Silver: the same hardware as the standard MX Master 4, finished to match Apple devices and supplied for Bluetooth use, without a USB receiver in the box. Haptic Sense Panel · Actions Ring What Is Actually New on the MX Master 4 Two things separate the MX Master 4 from the 3S. The first is haptics. A panel under your thumb produces short, localised vibrations tied to what is happening on screen — a snap when an object aligns in a design app, a tick as you step through a slider, a pulse when you switch to another computer or the battery runs low. It sounds like a gimmick until you notice you are no longer looking to confirm things happened. Intensity is adjustable, and plugins add support for third-party apps through Logi Options+. The second is the Actions Ring. Press the dedicated button and a ring of shortcuts appears around the cursor — tools, filters, commands, whatever you assign, and it can change per app. Logitech's own study of 37 MX users found up to 33% time saved on common actions; your saving depends on what you put in the ring. Both features are set up in the free Logi Options+ app for macOS. 8K DPI Darkfield · MagSpeed · Quiet Click The Fundamentals, Refined The Darkfield sensor tracks at up to 8,000 DPI on almost any surface, including glass desks of 4mm or thicker — the surface that defeats most optical mice. High DPI matters on large and high-resolution monitors, where it lets a small hand movement cross the whole screen without losing pixel-level precision. The MagSpeed wheel is machined steel held by electromagnets rather than a mechanical ratchet. In ratchet mode it clicks line by line for precise work; flick it and it switches to free-spin, running through up to a thousand lines a second — a long spreadsheet or a code file in one motion — and it does this almost silently. A thumb wheel on the side scrolls horizontally, which is the control people miss most when they go back to an ordinary mouse after using a timeline or a wide spreadsheet. Quiet Click buttons keep the tactile feel of a click with far less noise, so the mouse does not carry across a shared office or into a call. There are eight buttons in total, all customisable per application in Options+. Bluetooth · Mac & iPad · 70 Days What the 'for Mac' Edition Changes — Read Before Ordering The mouse inside is identical to the standard MX Master 4. The difference is what comes with it. The Mac edition connects over Bluetooth only and does not include a USB receiver — Macs and iPads have Bluetooth built in, so for most Apple users nothing is missing. It is compatible with a Logi Bolt receiver if you already own one or buy it separately, but the Bluetooth connection is what it is designed around. If you want a receiver in the box — for a desktop PC without Bluetooth, or a busy office where a dedicated receiver gives a steadier link — the standard MX Master 4 includes a Logi Bolt USB-C receiver. It pairs with up to three devices, for example a MacBook, an iMac and an iPad, and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button or from the Actions Ring; Logitech Flow moves the cursor and copies files between Macs running Options+. The battery is rated at up to 70 days per charge, and one minute on a USB-C cable gives around three hours. A charging cable is not included — any USB-C cable, such as a MacBook or iPhone cable, works. Requirements: macOS 13 or later, or iPadOS 15 or later. Right choice if you… ✔ Work in design, video, spreadsheets or code and want shortcuts at the cursor ✔ Use large or multiple monitors, or work on a glass desk ✔ Work on a MacBook, iMac or iPad and want a mouse finished to match ✔ Want the newest MX Master without a USB receiver taking up a port Consider something else if… ✘ You need a USB receiver in the box, for example for a PC without Bluetooth — choose the standard MX Master 4, which includes one ✘ You are left-handed — the MX Master 4 is a right-handed ergonomic shape ✘ You want a small travel mouse — at 150g it is a full-size desk mouse; the Logitech POP Mouse is far smaller Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelMX Master 4 for Mac MPN910-007576 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourWhite Silver SensorDarkfield high precision · up to 8,000 DPI · tracks on glass (4mm minimum) Buttons8 · Quiet Click · customisable in Logi Options+ HapticsHaptic Sense Panel · adjustable intensity ScrollMagSpeed electromagnetic wheel · up to 1,000 lines per second · thumb wheel ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy · Logi Bolt compatible (receiver not included) Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch · Logitech Flow BatteryRechargeable · up to 70 days · 1-minute quick charge = ~3 hours ChargingUSB-C · cable not included Weight150g Dimensions128.15 × 88.35 × 50.8mm CompatibilitymacOS 13 or later · iPadOS 15 or later (Bluetooth required) SoftwareLogi Options+ for macOS — haptics, Actions Ring and customisation WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac — White Silver —User documentation —No USB receiver and no charging cable included — Bluetooth connection; any USB-C cable charges it Frequently Asked Questions Is a charging cable included?No. Logitech ships the MX Master 4 without a charging cable. It charges from any standard USB-C cable, such as the one from a phone or laptop, and one minute of charging gives around three hours of use. Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The Mac edition connects over Bluetooth, which every current Mac and iPad has built in. It works with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but if you want one in the box choose the standard MX Master 4, which is the same mouse with a USB-C receiver included. Do the haptics and Actions Ring need software?Yes — both are set up in the free Logi Options+ app for macOS. Without it, the mouse still works fully as a mouse, including the MagSpeed wheel and thumb wheel. Does it work on a glass desk?Yes. The Darkfield sensor tracks on glass that is at least 4mm thick, as well as on wood, fabric and most other surfaces. How is this different from the standard MX Master 4?The hardware is identical — same haptics, Actions Ring, 8K sensor, MagSpeed wheel and battery. The Mac edition comes in Apple-matched finishes, Space Black and White Silver, and ships without the Logi Bolt USB-C receiver that the standard version includes. Choose the Mac edition for a Bluetooth-only Apple setup, the standard one if you want the receiver. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech MX Master 3S — Graphite —Logitech MX Master 4 — standard edition with USB-C receiver, Pale Grey —Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — complete your desk setup —Official Logitech MX Master 4 product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-master-4-for-mac-white-silver/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/mx-master-4-mac-white-silver-top-angle-gallery-1.png","108.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007576","88","" "60898","Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac Wireless Mouse – Space Black","The Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac is the first MX Master you can feel as well as use. Under the thumb sits a Haptic Sense Panel that gives a small, precise pulse when an image snaps to a grid, a slider hits its mark, you switch devices or the battery needs charging. Beside it is a new button that opens the Actions Ring — a circle of your chosen tools and shortcuts that appears right at the cursor, so you stop travelling to menus. Everything that made the MX Master 3S the default for designers, developers and analysts carries over and improves: the MagSpeed wheel that scrolls a thousand lines a second, an 8,000 DPI Darkfield sensor that works even on glass, Quiet Click buttons, three-device switching and around 70 days per charge. This is the Mac edition, model 910-007577 in Space Black: the same hardware as the standard MX Master 4, finished to match Apple devices and supplied for Bluetooth use, without a USB receiver in the box. Haptic Sense Panel · Actions Ring What Is Actually New on the MX Master 4 Two things separate the MX Master 4 from the 3S. The first is haptics. A panel under your thumb produces short, localised vibrations tied to what is happening on screen — a snap when an object aligns in a design app, a tick as you step through a slider, a pulse when you switch to another computer or the battery runs low. It sounds like a gimmick until you notice you are no longer looking to confirm things happened. Intensity is adjustable, and plugins add support for third-party apps through Logi Options+. The second is the Actions Ring. Press the dedicated button and a ring of shortcuts appears around the cursor — tools, filters, commands, whatever you assign, and it can change per app. Logitech's own study of 37 MX users found up to 33% time saved on common actions; your saving depends on what you put in the ring. Both features are set up in the free Logi Options+ app for macOS. 8K DPI Darkfield · MagSpeed · Quiet Click The Fundamentals, Refined The Darkfield sensor tracks at up to 8,000 DPI on almost any surface, including glass desks of 4mm or thicker — the surface that defeats most optical mice. High DPI matters on large and high-resolution monitors, where it lets a small hand movement cross the whole screen without losing pixel-level precision. The MagSpeed wheel is machined steel held by electromagnets rather than a mechanical ratchet. In ratchet mode it clicks line by line for precise work; flick it and it switches to free-spin, running through up to a thousand lines a second — a long spreadsheet or a code file in one motion — and it does this almost silently. A thumb wheel on the side scrolls horizontally, which is the control people miss most when they go back to an ordinary mouse after using a timeline or a wide spreadsheet. Quiet Click buttons keep the tactile feel of a click with far less noise, so the mouse does not carry across a shared office or into a call. There are eight buttons in total, all customisable per application in Options+. Bluetooth · Mac & iPad · 70 Days What the 'for Mac' Edition Changes — Read Before Ordering The mouse inside is identical to the standard MX Master 4. The difference is what comes with it. The Mac edition connects over Bluetooth only and does not include a USB receiver — Macs and iPads have Bluetooth built in, so for most Apple users nothing is missing. It is compatible with a Logi Bolt receiver if you already own one or buy it separately, but the Bluetooth connection is what it is designed around. If you want a receiver in the box — for a desktop PC without Bluetooth, or a busy office where a dedicated receiver gives a steadier link — the standard MX Master 4 includes a Logi Bolt USB-C receiver. It pairs with up to three devices, for example a MacBook, an iMac and an iPad, and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button or from the Actions Ring; Logitech Flow moves the cursor and copies files between Macs running Options+. The battery is rated at up to 70 days per charge, and one minute on a USB-C cable gives around three hours. A charging cable is not included — any USB-C cable, such as a MacBook or iPhone cable, works. Requirements: macOS 13 or later, or iPadOS 15 or later. Right choice if you… ✔ Work in design, video, spreadsheets or code and want shortcuts at the cursor ✔ Use large or multiple monitors, or work on a glass desk ✔ Work on a MacBook, iMac or iPad and want a mouse finished to match ✔ Want the newest MX Master without a USB receiver taking up a port Consider something else if… ✘ You need a USB receiver in the box, for example for a PC without Bluetooth — choose the standard MX Master 4, which includes one ✘ You are left-handed — the MX Master 4 is a right-handed ergonomic shape ✘ You want a small travel mouse — at 150g it is a full-size desk mouse; the Logitech POP Mouse is far smaller Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelMX Master 4 for Mac MPN910-007577 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourSpace Black SensorDarkfield high precision · up to 8,000 DPI · tracks on glass (4mm minimum) Buttons8 · Quiet Click · customisable in Logi Options+ HapticsHaptic Sense Panel · adjustable intensity ScrollMagSpeed electromagnetic wheel · up to 1,000 lines per second · thumb wheel ConnectionBluetooth Low Energy · Logi Bolt compatible (receiver not included) Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch · Logitech Flow BatteryRechargeable · up to 70 days · 1-minute quick charge = ~3 hours ChargingUSB-C · cable not included Weight150g Dimensions128.15 × 88.35 × 50.8mm CompatibilitymacOS 13 or later · iPadOS 15 or later (Bluetooth required) SoftwareLogi Options+ for macOS — haptics, Actions Ring and customisation WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech MX Master 4 for Mac — Space Black —User documentation —No USB receiver and no charging cable included — Bluetooth connection; any USB-C cable charges it Frequently Asked Questions Is a charging cable included?No. Logitech ships the MX Master 4 without a charging cable. It charges from any standard USB-C cable, such as the one from a phone or laptop, and one minute of charging gives around three hours of use. Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The Mac edition connects over Bluetooth, which every current Mac and iPad has built in. It works with a Logi Bolt receiver bought separately, but if you want one in the box choose the standard MX Master 4, which is the same mouse with a USB-C receiver included. Do the haptics and Actions Ring need software?Yes — both are set up in the free Logi Options+ app for macOS. Without it, the mouse still works fully as a mouse, including the MagSpeed wheel and thumb wheel. Does it work on a glass desk?Yes. The Darkfield sensor tracks on glass that is at least 4mm thick, as well as on wood, fabric and most other surfaces. How is this different from the standard MX Master 4?The hardware is identical — same haptics, Actions Ring, 8K sensor, MagSpeed wheel and battery. The Mac edition comes in Apple-matched finishes, Space Black and White Silver, and ships without the Logi Bolt USB-C receiver that the standard version includes. Choose the Mac edition for a Bluetooth-only Apple setup, the standard one if you want the receiver. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech MX Master 3S — Graphite —Logitech MX Master 4 — standard edition with USB-C receiver, Pale Grey —Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — complete your desk setup —Official Logitech MX Master 4 product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-master-4-for-mac-space-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/mx-master-4-mac-space-black-top-angle-gallery-1.png","108.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007577","88","" "60891","Logitech MX Master 4 Wireless Mouse – Pale Grey","The Logitech MX Master 4 wireless mouse is the first MX Master you can feel as well as use. Under the thumb sits a Haptic Sense Panel that gives a small, precise pulse when an image snaps to a grid, a slider hits its mark, you switch devices or the battery needs charging. Beside it is a new button that opens the Actions Ring — a circle of your chosen tools and shortcuts that appears right at the cursor, so you stop travelling to menus. Everything that made the MX Master 3S the default for designers, developers and analysts carries over and improves: the MagSpeed wheel that scrolls a thousand lines a second, an 8,000 DPI Darkfield sensor that works even on glass, Quiet Click buttons, three-device switching and around 70 days per charge. It now connects through a Logi Bolt receiver with a USB-C plug, and Logitech rates the connection as twice as strong as the 3S. This is model 910-007563 in Pale Grey. Haptic Sense Panel · Actions Ring What Is Actually New on the MX Master 4 Two things separate the MX Master 4 from the 3S. The first is haptics. A panel under your thumb produces short, localised vibrations tied to what is happening on screen — a snap when an object aligns in a design app, a tick as you step through a slider, a pulse when you switch to another computer or the battery runs low. It sounds like a gimmick until you notice you are no longer looking to confirm things happened. Intensity is adjustable, and plugins add support for third-party apps through Logi Options+. On Windows 11, Logitech also supports the operating system's native Advanced Haptics, controlled from Windows settings, after the Windows update from the end of March 2026 and a firmware update through Options+. The second is the Actions Ring. Press the dedicated button and a ring of shortcuts appears around the cursor — tools, filters, commands, whatever you assign, and it can change per app. Logitech's own study of 37 MX users found up to 33% time saved on common actions; your saving depends on what you put in the ring. Both features need the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS. 8K DPI Darkfield · MagSpeed · Quiet Click The Fundamentals, Refined The Darkfield sensor tracks at up to 8,000 DPI on almost any surface, including glass desks of 4mm or thicker — the surface that defeats most optical mice. High DPI matters on large and high-resolution monitors, where it lets a small hand movement cross the whole screen without losing pixel-level precision. The MagSpeed wheel is machined steel held by electromagnets rather than a mechanical ratchet. In ratchet mode it clicks line by line for precise work; flick it and it switches to free-spin, running through up to a thousand lines a second — a long spreadsheet or a code file in one motion — and it does this almost silently. A thumb wheel on the side scrolls horizontally, which is the control people miss most when they go back to an ordinary mouse after using a timeline or a wide spreadsheet. Quiet Click buttons keep the tactile feel of a click with far less noise, so the mouse does not carry across a shared office or into a call. There are eight buttons in total, all customisable per application in Options+. Logi Bolt USB-C · 3 Devices · 70 Days Connection and Power — Read Before Ordering The MX Master 4 connects two ways: through the included Logi Bolt receiver, or over Bluetooth. The Bolt receiver now has a USB-C plug rather than USB-A, which suits modern laptops. If your computer only has the older rectangular USB-A ports, use Bluetooth instead or a small USB-C to USB-A adapter. The mouse pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button or from the Actions Ring, and Logitech Flow lets you move the cursor, and copy and paste files and text, between computers running Options+. The battery is built in and rated at up to 70 days on a full charge; one minute on a USB-C cable gives about three hours of use, and you can keep working while it charges. One point that catches buyers out: a charging cable is not included in the box. Any standard USB-C cable works — most people already have one from a phone or laptop. It works out of the box with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Linux, iPadOS and Android for basic functions; haptics, Actions Ring and button customisation need Options+ on Windows or macOS. Right choice if you… ✔ Work in design, video, spreadsheets or code and want shortcuts at the cursor ✔ Use large or multiple monitors, or work on a glass desk ✔ Move between two or three computers during the day ✔ Want the newest MX Master rather than the previous 3S Consider something else if… ✘ You do not need haptics or the Actions Ring — the MX Master 3S offers the same shape and sensor for less ✘ You are left-handed — the MX Master 4 is a right-handed ergonomic shape ✘ You want a small travel mouse — at 150g it is a full-size desk mouse; the Logitech POP Mouse is far smaller Logitech MX Master 4 Wireless Mouse — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelMX Master 4 MPN910-007563 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourPale Grey SensorDarkfield high precision · up to 8,000 DPI · tracks on glass (4mm minimum) Buttons8 · Quiet Click · customisable in Logi Options+ HapticsHaptic Sense Panel · adjustable · Windows 11 native haptics supported ScrollMagSpeed electromagnetic wheel · up to 1,000 lines per second · thumb wheel ConnectionLogi Bolt USB-C receiver (included) · Bluetooth Low Energy Multi-DeviceUp to 3 devices · Easy-Switch · Logitech Flow BatteryRechargeable · up to 70 days · 1-minute quick charge = ~3 hours ChargingUSB-C · cable not included Weight150g Dimensions128.15 × 88.35 × 50.8mm CompatibilityWindows 10/11 · macOS 12+ · ChromeOS · Linux · iPadOS 15+ · Android 12+ (basic functions without software) SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) for haptics, Actions Ring and customisation WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech MX Master 4 wireless mouse — Pale Grey —Logi Bolt USB-C receiver —User documentation —USB-C charging cable not included — any standard USB-C cable works Frequently Asked Questions Is a charging cable included?No. Logitech ships the MX Master 4 without a charging cable. It charges from any standard USB-C cable, such as the one from a phone or laptop, and one minute of charging gives around three hours of use. My computer only has USB-A ports — will it work?Yes. The included Logi Bolt receiver has a USB-C plug, so on a USB-A-only computer either connect over Bluetooth, which most computers support, or use a small USB-C to USB-A adapter for the receiver. Do the haptics and Actions Ring need software?Yes — both are set up in the free Logi Options+ app for Windows and macOS. Without it, the mouse still works fully as a mouse, including the MagSpeed wheel and thumb wheel. On Windows 11 the native Advanced Haptics feature can also be used after the Windows update from late March 2026 and a firmware update in Options+. Does it work on a glass desk?Yes. The Darkfield sensor tracks on glass that is at least 4mm thick, as well as on wood, fabric and most other surfaces. How is it different from the MX Master 3S?The MX Master 4 adds the Haptic Sense Panel and the Actions Ring button, moves the Bolt receiver to USB-C with a connection Logitech rates as twice as strong, and has quieter clicks. It is slightly heavier at 150g against 141g. The shape, 8K sensor, MagSpeed wheel and 70-day battery are shared. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech MX Master 3S — Graphite —Logitech MX Master 3 — Black —Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — complete your desk setup —Official Logitech MX Master 4 product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-master-4-wireless-mouse-pale-grey/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/mx-master-4-pale-grey-top-angle-gallery-1.png","98.98","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007563","88","" "60885","Logitech H151 Stereo Headset with Mic – Black","The Logitech H151 stereo headset is the simplest way to get a proper microphone and headphones on a call: one plug, no software, no batteries. It connects through a single 3.5mm jack, the round headset socket found on nearly every laptop, many smartphones and most tablets, so the same headset moves between the work laptop, a personal phone and a child's school tablet. The microphone sits on a flexible boom that rotates through 180°, so it can be worn on the left or the right, and it reduces background noise so your voice comes through clearly. A small control on the cable adjusts the volume and mutes the microphone, so you can silence yourself instantly without hunting for the button in a call window. Stereo sound handles music and video between meetings, and soft foam ear cushions on an adjustable headband keep it comfortable. It is the step up from Logitech's H111, adding those in-line controls, and it is the sensible everyday headset for home working, online lessons and calls on the move. Single 3.5mm Jack — Check Your Socket One Plug for Sound and Microphone The H151 has one 3.5mm plug that carries both the headphone audio and the microphone signal. Look closely and you will see three black bands on the metal tip rather than two — that is what lets one plug do both jobs. Laptops, smartphones with a headphone jack and tablets all use this combined type of socket, usually marked with a small headset icon, so the H151 works in them directly with both sound and microphone. The one place to check before ordering is an older desktop PC. Many desktop towers have two separate round sockets instead — a green one for headphones and a pink one for the microphone. Plugged into only the green socket you will hear audio but the microphone will not work. The fix is a simple 3.5mm headset splitter, sometimes called a Y-adapter, which splits the single plug into separate headphone and microphone plugs. They are inexpensive and widely available. If your computer has a single socket with a headset symbol, you need nothing extra. For phones without a headphone jack, the H151 needs a USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter. 180° Rotating Microphone Heard Clearly, on Either Side The difference between a headset microphone and a laptop's built-in one is distance. The laptop microphone is half a metre away and hears the whole room; the H151's microphone sits on a boom a few centimetres from your mouth, so your voice dominates and the keyboard, fan and background conversation fall away. The boom is flexible, so you can bend it to the right position for your face, and it is designed to reduce background noise. It also rotates through 180°, which means the microphone can sit on either the left or the right — useful if you hold a pen in one hand, share a desk layout, or simply prefer one side. When you are only listening, the boom tucks up out of the way. For online lessons, customer calls, Teams and Zoom meetings or a family video call, this is the upgrade that makes the other people stop asking you to repeat yourself. Stereo · In-Line Controls · Foam Cushions Light Enough to Forget You Are Wearing It The H151 is built to be light and simple rather than heavy and elaborate. The headband has a wide range of adjustment, which is why it fits adults and older children alike, and the ultra-soft foam ear cushions rest gently on the ears for hours without the heat that leatherette can build up. Stereo drivers give proper left and right sound, so music and video are more than an afterthought between calls. The in-line control on the cable gives you volume up, volume down and microphone mute within easy reach — the fastest way to go silent when someone walks into the room, and far quicker than finding the mute button in a meeting window. It works independently of the call app, so the controls behave the same whether you are on Teams, Zoom, a phone call or a video. That simplicity is also why schools and offices buy it in bulk — there is almost nothing that can go wrong. Right choice if you… ✔ Need a headset for a laptop, tablet or phone with a single headset socket ✔ Want one headset to move between several devices ✔ Want volume and mute on the cable instead of on the screen ✔ Want something with nothing to install, pair or charge Consider something else if… ✘ Your desktop PC has separate pink and green sockets — you will need a 3.5mm headset splitter ✘ You want a USB connection and leatherette cushions for a desk-only setup — the Logitech H390 USB headset fits that ✘ Your phone has no headphone jack — you will need a USB-C or Lightning adapter Logitech H151 Stereo Headset — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelH151 Stereo Headset MPN981-000589 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack TypeWired stereo headset with boom microphone ConnectorSingle 3.5mm combined headset jack ControlsIn-line · volume up / down · microphone mute MicrophoneNoise-cancelling · flexible boom · rotates 180° (left or right) AudioStereo ComfortAdjustable headband · ultra-soft foam ear cushions CompatibilityComputers, smartphones and tablets with a 3.5mm headset socket WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech H151 stereo headset — Black —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions The sound works but the microphone does not — why?This almost always means the headset is plugged into a headphone-only socket. The H151 uses a single combined plug for sound and microphone. On a desktop PC with separate green and pink sockets, use a 3.5mm headset splitter (Y-adapter) so the microphone connects to the pink socket. Also check that the H151 is selected as the microphone in your computer's sound settings or your call app. Will it work with my phone?Yes, if the phone has a 3.5mm headphone jack. Phones without one need a USB-C to 3.5mm or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter that supports a microphone. Does it need software or batteries?No. It is a plain wired headset — plug it in and it works on Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iOS devices with a headset socket. Can I wear the microphone on the right?Yes. The boom rotates through 180°, so the microphone can sit on the left or the right, and it tucks up out of the way when you are only listening. What is the difference between the H151 and the H111?Both use a single 3.5mm jack and a 180° rotating microphone. The H151 adds in-line volume and mute controls on the cable; the H111 has no controls but a longer 2.35m cable. Choose the H151 if you want to mute and adjust volume without touching the screen. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Black —Logitech H111 3.5mm Wired Headset — without in-line controls —Logitech C270 HD Webcam — complete your call setup —Official Logitech H151 product page Browse the full headsets and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-h151-stereo-headset-with-mic/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/h151-gallery-01.png","16.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Logitech","981-000589","88","" "60872","Logitech H390 USB Headset with Noise-Cancelling Mic (Off-White)","The Logitech H390 USB Headset Off-White is one of the most widely deployed office headsets there is, and the reason is that it removes every excuse for bad call audio. Plug it into a USB-A port and it works — no drivers, no pairing, no battery to run flat halfway through a meeting. The boom microphone sits on the left and cancels much of the background noise around you, then rotates up and out of the way when you just want to listen. Volume and mute live on a small control on the cable, so you can silence yourself without hunting for the button in Teams or Zoom. Fine-tuned 30mm drivers handle voices clearly and music well enough for the gaps between calls. This is model 981-001286 in Off-White, supplied new in Logitech retail packaging. Noise-Cancelling Boom Mic Why a Boom Mic Beats a Laptop Mic A laptop's built-in microphone sits half a metre from your mouth and hears everything else in the room at nearly the same level — the keyboard you are typing on, the fan, a conversation behind you. The H390 puts the microphone on a boom a couple of centimetres from your mouth, so your voice is by far the loudest thing it hears, and its noise-cancelling design further reduces sound arriving from the sides and behind. The practical difference on a call is large: colleagues hear you clearly instead of asking you to repeat yourself, and the constant rustle of a home office or open-plan floor drops away. The boom is rigid enough to stay exactly where you put it, and it rotates up into the headband when you are not speaking, which is how most people wear it between calls. It is mounted on the left side, so wear the headset with the boom on your left for the correct orientation. USB-A · Plug and Play · In-Line Controls Nothing to Set Up, Nothing to Charge The H390 connects over USB-A and is recognised straight away by Windows, macOS and ChromeOS as a standard audio device — there is no software to install and no pairing step. Because it draws power from the USB port, it never needs charging and it never drops out mid-call because a battery has run down, which is the single biggest reason businesses still buy wired headsets for their teams. USB also carries the audio digitally, so the sound is not affected by the quality of the computer's own headphone socket. The 1.9m cable is long enough to lean back or stand up during a long call without pulling the laptop off the desk. A small control on the cable adjusts volume up and down and mutes the microphone. Having mute on the cable rather than on screen matters more than it sounds: it is the fastest way to silence yourself when someone walks in, without clicking around a meeting window. One thing to check before ordering: the plug is USB-A, the larger rectangular type. Many newer laptops only have USB-C ports and will need a USB-C to USB-A adapter, or the separate USB-C version of this headset. 30mm Drivers · Comfort Built for a Full Day of Calls Logitech tuned the 30mm drivers for voice first, so speech comes through clear and intelligible, with enough range for music and video between meetings. The frequency response runs from 20Hz to 20kHz. For comfort, the headband adjusts to your head size and the ear cushions are mounted on swivels, so they angle to sit flat against your ears rather than pressing at one edge. The cushions are leatherette, which wipes clean easily — a practical point for a headset that may be shared on a hot desk. The H390 is an on-ear design: the cushions rest on the ear rather than surrounding it. That keeps it light and cool for long sessions and lets you stay aware of the room, but it does not seal out noise the way a large over-ear headset does. For most office and home working that is the right trade; if you work somewhere very loud, an over-ear headset will isolate better. Right choice if you… ✔ Spend your day on Teams, Zoom or phone calls and want to be heard clearly ✔ Want a headset that never needs charging or pairing ✔ Are equipping a team or a hot desk and want something simple and easy to clean ✔ Have a computer with a USB-A port Consider something else if… ✘ Your laptop only has USB-C ports — you will need an adapter, or the USB-C version of the H390 ✘ You want to move around freely — this is a wired headset ✘ You work somewhere very loud — the on-ear cushions do not isolate like an over-ear headset Logitech H390 USB Headset Off-White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelH390 USB Computer Headset MPN981-001286 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourOff-White Wearing StyleOn-ear · adjustable headband · swivel-mounted leatherette cushions Drivers30mm Frequency Response20Hz – 20kHz Impedance32Ω MicrophoneNoise-cancelling · rigid rotating boom · left side ControlsIn-line · volume up / down · mic mute ConnectionUSB-A · plug and play Cable Length1.9m CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · USB-A port required WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech H390 USB headset — Off-White —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Will it work with my USB-C laptop?This version has a USB-A plug. If your laptop only has USB-C ports, use a USB-C to USB-A adapter — it works normally through one — or choose the separate USB-C version of the H390. Do I need to install software?No. Windows, macOS and ChromeOS recognise the H390 as a standard USB audio device as soon as it is plugged in. If your call app is still using the laptop speakers, select the H390 as the speaker and microphone in the app's audio settings. Does it work with Teams and Zoom?Yes. It works with Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet, Webex and other calling apps as a standard USB headset. The in-line volume and mute controls work alongside them. Does it cover my ears or sit on them?It sits on them. The H390 is an on-ear headset, which keeps it light and cool and lets you hear the room around you. It does not block outside noise the way a large over-ear headset does. Is the colour the only difference between versions?Yes. Every colour of the H390 USB-A headset has the same drivers, microphone, controls and cable. Choose the one you prefer — Off-White is shown here, and the other colours are linked below. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Black —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Rose —Logitech H111 Wired Headset — 3.5mm —Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — complete your call setup —Official Logitech H390 product page Browse the full headsets and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-h390-usb-headset-off-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/h390-gallery-offwhite-1-1.png","28.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Logitech","981-001286","88","" "60871","Logitech H390 USB Headset with Noise-Cancelling Mic (Rose)","The Logitech H390 USB Headset Rose is one of the most widely deployed office headsets there is, and the reason is that it removes every excuse for bad call audio. Plug it into a USB-A port and it works — no drivers, no pairing, no battery to run flat halfway through a meeting. The boom microphone sits on the left and cancels much of the background noise around you, then rotates up and out of the way when you just want to listen. Volume and mute live on a small control on the cable, so you can silence yourself without hunting for the button in Teams or Zoom. Fine-tuned 30mm drivers handle voices clearly and music well enough for the gaps between calls. This is model 981-001281 in Rose, supplied new in Logitech retail packaging. Noise-Cancelling Boom Mic Why a Boom Mic Beats a Laptop Mic A laptop's built-in microphone sits half a metre from your mouth and hears everything else in the room at nearly the same level — the keyboard you are typing on, the fan, a conversation behind you. The H390 puts the microphone on a boom a couple of centimetres from your mouth, so your voice is by far the loudest thing it hears, and its noise-cancelling design further reduces sound arriving from the sides and behind. The practical difference on a call is large: colleagues hear you clearly instead of asking you to repeat yourself, and the constant rustle of a home office or open-plan floor drops away. The boom is rigid enough to stay exactly where you put it, and it rotates up into the headband when you are not speaking, which is how most people wear it between calls. It is mounted on the left side, so wear the headset with the boom on your left for the correct orientation. USB-A · Plug and Play · In-Line Controls Nothing to Set Up, Nothing to Charge The H390 connects over USB-A and is recognised straight away by Windows, macOS and ChromeOS as a standard audio device — there is no software to install and no pairing step. Because it draws power from the USB port, it never needs charging and it never drops out mid-call because a battery has run down, which is the single biggest reason businesses still buy wired headsets for their teams. USB also carries the audio digitally, so the sound is not affected by the quality of the computer's own headphone socket. The 1.9m cable is long enough to lean back or stand up during a long call without pulling the laptop off the desk. A small control on the cable adjusts volume up and down and mutes the microphone. Having mute on the cable rather than on screen matters more than it sounds: it is the fastest way to silence yourself when someone walks in, without clicking around a meeting window. One thing to check before ordering: the plug is USB-A, the larger rectangular type. Many newer laptops only have USB-C ports and will need a USB-C to USB-A adapter, or the separate USB-C version of this headset. 30mm Drivers · Comfort Built for a Full Day of Calls Logitech tuned the 30mm drivers for voice first, so speech comes through clear and intelligible, with enough range for music and video between meetings. The frequency response runs from 20Hz to 20kHz. For comfort, the headband adjusts to your head size and the ear cushions are mounted on swivels, so they angle to sit flat against your ears rather than pressing at one edge. The cushions are leatherette, which wipes clean easily — a practical point for a headset that may be shared on a hot desk. The H390 is an on-ear design: the cushions rest on the ear rather than surrounding it. That keeps it light and cool for long sessions and lets you stay aware of the room, but it does not seal out noise the way a large over-ear headset does. For most office and home working that is the right trade; if you work somewhere very loud, an over-ear headset will isolate better. Right choice if you… ✔ Spend your day on Teams, Zoom or phone calls and want to be heard clearly ✔ Want a headset that never needs charging or pairing ✔ Are equipping a team or a hot desk and want something simple and easy to clean ✔ Have a computer with a USB-A port Consider something else if… ✘ Your laptop only has USB-C ports — you will need an adapter, or the USB-C version of the H390 ✘ You want to move around freely — this is a wired headset ✘ You work somewhere very loud — the on-ear cushions do not isolate like an over-ear headset Logitech H390 USB Headset Rose — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelH390 USB Computer Headset MPN981-001281 EAN / GTIN5099206107298 ColourRose Wearing StyleOn-ear · adjustable headband · swivel-mounted leatherette cushions Drivers30mm Frequency Response20Hz – 20kHz Impedance32Ω MicrophoneNoise-cancelling · rigid rotating boom · left side ControlsIn-line · volume up / down · mic mute ConnectionUSB-A · plug and play Cable Length1.9m CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · USB-A port required WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech H390 USB headset — Rose —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Will it work with my USB-C laptop?This version has a USB-A plug. If your laptop only has USB-C ports, use a USB-C to USB-A adapter — it works normally through one — or choose the separate USB-C version of the H390. Do I need to install software?No. Windows, macOS and ChromeOS recognise the H390 as a standard USB audio device as soon as it is plugged in. If your call app is still using the laptop speakers, select the H390 as the speaker and microphone in the app's audio settings. Does it work with Teams and Zoom?Yes. It works with Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet, Webex and other calling apps as a standard USB headset. The in-line volume and mute controls work alongside them. Does it cover my ears or sit on them?It sits on them. The H390 is an on-ear headset, which keeps it light and cool and lets you hear the room around you. It does not block outside noise the way a large over-ear headset does. Is the colour the only difference between versions?Yes. Every colour of the H390 USB-A headset has the same drivers, microphone, controls and cable. Choose the one you prefer — Rose is shown here, and the other colours are linked below. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Black —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Off-White —Logitech H111 Wired Headset — 3.5mm —Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — complete your call setup —Official Logitech H390 product page Browse the full headsets and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-h390-usb-headset-rose/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/h390-gallery-rose-1-1.png","28.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Logitech","981-001281","88","" "60863","Xiaomi Piston Type-C Earphones with Mic – Black","The Xiaomi Piston Type-C earphones take the Piston design that made Xiaomi's earphones a byword for value — a small, weighty metal housing and an angled nozzle that sits securely in the ear — and fit them with a USB-C plug. That matters because most phones sold today have no headphone jack. Instead of carrying a dongle that goes missing, you plug these straight into the charging port. Because a USB-C port carries a digital signal, the earphones contain their own decoding chip that turns it into sound, so the phone does not have to. The box, which reads Mi In-Ear Headphones (Type-C), also lists a metal composite diaphragm in the drivers. An in-line remote with a built-in microphone handles calls and playback without taking the phone out of your pocket. Black, supplied brand new and sealed in the original Xiaomi retail box. USB-C · Built-in Decoding Chip Why USB-C Earphones Need Their Own Chip A 3.5mm headphone jack outputs an analogue audio signal — the phone has already converted the music into the electrical waveform that drives the speakers. A USB-C port does not work that way. It sends digital data, and something has to turn that data into sound. On phones without a headphone jack, that job moves into the earphones themselves, and the Xiaomi Piston Type-C carries a decoding chip in the plug for exactly this reason. The practical effect is simple: you plug the earphones into the charging port and they work, with no adapter in between. It also means the sound is not dependent on the quality of a phone's own audio circuitry. One consequence worth knowing is that you cannot charge the phone and use these earphones at the same time through a single port, since both need the USB-C socket. If you listen for long periods on a low battery, that is the one trade-off against a wireless or jack-based alternative. Piston Housing · Metal Diaphragm The Shape That Made the Piston Famous The Piston name comes from the housing — a short metal cylinder that looks like an engine piston, with the sound nozzle set at an angle so it points into the ear canal rather than straight at the side of the head. That angle is what makes the fit feel secure without pushing the ear tip deep into the ear, and it is why Pistons stay in place while walking. The metal body gives the earphones a solid, slightly weighty feel compared with all-plastic earphones at the same price, and it resists the scuffing that makes cheap earphones look worn within weeks. Inside, the box lists a metal composite diaphragm — a stiffer driver membrane that holds its shape better at higher volumes, which helps the sound stay clear rather than muddy when you turn it up on a train. The sound is tuned the way Pistons are known for: full, present bass without drowning the vocals. Getting the ear tip size right makes the biggest single difference to both comfort and bass — if the low end sounds thin, try a larger tip for a better seal. In-Line Remote · Microphone Calls and Control Without the Phone A small remote sits on the cable below the right earpiece, with a single control button and a built-in microphone. One press answers or ends a call and plays or pauses music, so you can take a call with the phone still in your pocket or bag. The microphone sits at roughly mouth height on the cable, which picks up your voice more clearly than a phone's own microphone held away from your face. As with any wired earphones, button behaviour depends on the phone: the answer, end and play/pause functions are the ones that work reliably across Android devices, and the exact actions can vary from one model to another. The cable itself is a simple round design that coils easily into a pocket. There is nothing to charge and nothing to pair — plug in and the earphones are ready, which is still the most dependable way to listen when a wireless battery would already have run flat. Right choice if you… ✔ Have a phone without a headphone jack and are tired of losing the adapter ✔ Want a spare pair for the bag, the car or the office at a low price ✔ Prefer earphones that never need charging or pairing ✔ Use a Xiaomi, Redmi or POCO phone and want Xiaomi's own earphones Consider something else if… ✘ Your device has a 3.5mm headphone jack instead of USB-C — the Xiaomi Piston 3 with a 3.5mm plug fits it directly ✘ You need to charge the phone while listening — both use the same USB-C port ✘ You want noise cancellation — these isolate passively through the ear tips only Xiaomi Piston Type-C Earphones — Technical Specifications BrandXiaomi ModelPiston — Mi In-Ear Headphones (Type-C) EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack TypeWired in-ear earphones with microphone ConnectorUSB Type-C · built-in digital decoding chip DiaphragmMetal composite Impedance32Ω Frequency Response20Hz – 20kHz Cable LengthApprox. 1.25m ControlsIn-line remote · single button · built-in microphone HousingPiston metal housing · angled nozzle CompatibilityUSB-C phones and tablets with USB-C digital audio · Xiaomi / Redmi / POCO WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Xiaomi) In the Box —Xiaomi Piston Type-C earphones — Black —Silicone ear tips · original Xiaomi retail box Frequently Asked Questions Will these work with my phone?They work with phones and tablets that have a USB-C port and support USB-C digital audio, which covers the great majority of current Android phones, including Xiaomi, Redmi and POCO models. They will not work with a device that only has a 3.5mm headphone jack or a Lightning port. If your phone has a 3.5mm jack, the Xiaomi Piston 3 with a 3.5mm plug is the right choice. Do I need an adapter?No. The plug is USB-C and the decoding chip that converts the digital signal into sound is built into the earphones, so they plug straight into the phone's charging port with nothing in between. Can I charge my phone while using them?Not through a single port — the earphones and the charger both use the USB-C socket. If you need to do both, a USB-C splitter adapter or a wireless charger solves it. What does the button on the cable do?A single press answers or ends a call and plays or pauses music. The microphone next to it picks up your voice for calls. Exact button behaviour can vary slightly between phone models. How is this different from the Xiaomi Piston 3?The main difference is the plug. The Piston 3 uses a 3.5mm headphone jack; this Piston Type-C uses USB-C with a built-in decoding chip for phones that have no headphone jack. Choose by the socket on your device. ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Xiaomi) Delivery5–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Xiaomi Piston 3 Wired Earphones — 3.5mm plug —OnePlus Bullets Type-C Earphones —Xiaomi 67W Car Charger USB-A + Type-C —Xiaomi official website Browse the full earphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-piston-type-c-earphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/s-l1600.jpg","10.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Xiaomi","XIAOMI-PISTON-TYPEC-BLK","88","" "60846","Logitech POP Wireless Mouse – Off-White","The Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Off-White is a small, quiet Bluetooth mouse built for people who work from a laptop in more than one place — the kitchen table, a café, a hot desk — and want something that looks like theirs rather than like office equipment. This is model 910-007411. The clicks are near-silent thanks to SilentTouch, so it does not announce itself in a library or a shared room. The SmartWheel scrolls line by line when you move it gently and free-spins through long pages when you flick it. The top button is yours to assign: an emoji for chats, or a working shortcut such as Mic Mute or Snip Screen through the free Logi Options+ app. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with a button, and a single AA battery — included — lasts up to 24 months. Connection is Bluetooth only: there is no USB receiver in the box. SilentTouch · Compact Shape Quiet Enough for Shared Spaces A standard mouse click is a sharp mechanical snap, and in a quiet room it carries further than people realise — across an open-plan office, through a video call, or next to someone asleep. SilentTouch damps the switch so each click is a soft tap you feel more than hear, while keeping a clear point of actuation so you still know the click registered. The body is compact and gently contoured so it sits in the palm without the flat, blocky feel of many travel mice, which matters over a full working day rather than a quick session. It is small enough to drop into a handbag, a laptop sleeve or a coat pocket, and the optical sensor tracks well on the smaller and less ideal surfaces you meet away from a desk — a café table, a tray table, a notebook cover. For a glossy glass desk, use a mouse mat, as with most optical mice. SmartWheel · Action Button Two Controls That Save Real Time The SmartWheel reads how you move it. Nudge it and it steps line by line for precise editing in a document or a spreadsheet; flick it and it switches to speed scrolling, running through a long web page or a hundred-row list in one motion. There is no mode switch to remember — the wheel changes behaviour with your finger. The button on top, just behind the wheel, is the one that gives the POP Mouse its name. Out of the box it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. Through the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS you can reassign it to something more practical: Mic Mute for calls, Snip Screen for screenshots, or another shortcut you reach for many times a day. Most people end up using it for the call-mute shortcut, which is easier to hit in a hurry than a keyboard combination. Without Logi Options+ the mouse works normally as a standard Bluetooth mouse; the app is only needed to customise the button. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 24 Months One Mouse Across Your Devices The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth and remembers up to three devices — a work laptop, a personal laptop and a tablet, for example. A button underneath switches between them, so moving from one machine to another is a press rather than a trip into Bluetooth settings. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. With Logi Options+ installed on two computers, Logitech Flow lets you move the cursor from one screen to the other and even copy and paste between them. One practical point to know before you order: the connection is Bluetooth only and there is no USB receiver in the box, so the device you use it with needs Bluetooth — nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has it, but some older or budget desktop towers do not. Power comes from a single AA battery, which is included, and Logitech rates it at up to 24 months of use thanks to automatic sleep between sessions. No charging cable, no charging routine. Right choice if you… ✔ Work from a laptop in different places and want a small mouse that travels well ✔ Share a room or take calls and want clicks that do not carry ✔ Move between a laptop, a second computer and a tablet during the day ✔ Would rather change an AA battery every couple of years than charge a mouse every week Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer has no Bluetooth — there is no USB receiver in the box ✘ You want a full-size ergonomic mouse for long desk days — the Logitech MX Master 3S is built for that ✘ You play games — the POP Mouse is designed for work and everyday use, not low-latency gaming Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Off-White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelPOP Wireless Mouse MPN910-007411 EAN / GTIN5099206126398 ColourOff-White SensorOptical · up to 4000 DPI Buttons4 · customisable top emoji / action button ClicksSilentTouch quiet clicks Scroll WheelSmartWheel · precision and speed scrolling ConnectionBluetooth · no USB receiver included Multi-DeviceEasy-Switch between up to 3 devices · Logitech Flow Battery1 × AA (included) · up to 24 months CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · Android · iPadOS SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) — optional WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Off-White —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth, and the box contains the mouse, an AA battery and documentation only. Nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has Bluetooth built in. If your computer does not, this is not the right mouse for it without a Bluetooth adapter. What does the top button do?By default it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. With the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS you can assign it to a shortcut instead — Mic Mute, Snip Screen or another command you use often. On other systems it works as a standard button without customisation. How long does the battery last?Logitech rates it at up to 24 months on a single AA battery, which is included. Real life depends on how many hours a day you use it. When it runs out, you replace the AA — there is nothing to charge. Can I use it with my iPad and my laptop?Yes. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button underneath. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. Is this the same as the older POP Mouse?No. This is the current POP Wireless Mouse range (model numbers 910-0074xx) in solid colours such as Off-White. The earlier POP Mouse (910-0065xx) came in two-tone designs and is listed separately on maibo. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Rose —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Graphite —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Lilac —Logitech POP Mouse — earlier two-tone design, Yellow —Logitech MX Master 3S — full-size alternative —Official Logitech POP Mouse product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pop-wireless-mouse-off-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pop-mouse-top-angle-off-white-gallery-1.png","17.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007411","88","" "60845","Logitech POP Wireless Mouse – Graphite","The Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Graphite is a small, quiet Bluetooth mouse built for people who work from a laptop in more than one place — the kitchen table, a café, a hot desk — and want something that looks like theirs rather than like office equipment. This is model 910-007412. The clicks are near-silent thanks to SilentTouch, so it does not announce itself in a library or a shared room. The SmartWheel scrolls line by line when you move it gently and free-spins through long pages when you flick it. The top button is yours to assign: an emoji for chats, or a working shortcut such as Mic Mute or Snip Screen through the free Logi Options+ app. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with a button, and a single AA battery — included — lasts up to 24 months. Connection is Bluetooth only: there is no USB receiver in the box. SilentTouch · Compact Shape Quiet Enough for Shared Spaces A standard mouse click is a sharp mechanical snap, and in a quiet room it carries further than people realise — across an open-plan office, through a video call, or next to someone asleep. SilentTouch damps the switch so each click is a soft tap you feel more than hear, while keeping a clear point of actuation so you still know the click registered. The body is compact and gently contoured so it sits in the palm without the flat, blocky feel of many travel mice, which matters over a full working day rather than a quick session. It is small enough to drop into a handbag, a laptop sleeve or a coat pocket, and the optical sensor tracks well on the smaller and less ideal surfaces you meet away from a desk — a café table, a tray table, a notebook cover. For a glossy glass desk, use a mouse mat, as with most optical mice. SmartWheel · Action Button Two Controls That Save Real Time The SmartWheel reads how you move it. Nudge it and it steps line by line for precise editing in a document or a spreadsheet; flick it and it switches to speed scrolling, running through a long web page or a hundred-row list in one motion. There is no mode switch to remember — the wheel changes behaviour with your finger. The button on top, just behind the wheel, is the one that gives the POP Mouse its name. Out of the box it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. Through the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS you can reassign it to something more practical: Mic Mute for calls, Snip Screen for screenshots, or another shortcut you reach for many times a day. Most people end up using it for the call-mute shortcut, which is easier to hit in a hurry than a keyboard combination. Without Logi Options+ the mouse works normally as a standard Bluetooth mouse; the app is only needed to customise the button. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 24 Months One Mouse Across Your Devices The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth and remembers up to three devices — a work laptop, a personal laptop and a tablet, for example. A button underneath switches between them, so moving from one machine to another is a press rather than a trip into Bluetooth settings. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. With Logi Options+ installed on two computers, Logitech Flow lets you move the cursor from one screen to the other and even copy and paste between them. One practical point to know before you order: the connection is Bluetooth only and there is no USB receiver in the box, so the device you use it with needs Bluetooth — nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has it, but some older or budget desktop towers do not. Power comes from a single AA battery, which is included, and Logitech rates it at up to 24 months of use thanks to automatic sleep between sessions. No charging cable, no charging routine. Right choice if you… ✔ Work from a laptop in different places and want a small mouse that travels well ✔ Share a room or take calls and want clicks that do not carry ✔ Move between a laptop, a second computer and a tablet during the day ✔ Would rather change an AA battery every couple of years than charge a mouse every week Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer has no Bluetooth — there is no USB receiver in the box ✘ You want a full-size ergonomic mouse for long desk days — the Logitech MX Master 3S is built for that ✘ You play games — the POP Mouse is designed for work and everyday use, not low-latency gaming Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Graphite — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelPOP Wireless Mouse MPN910-007412 EAN / GTIN5099206126381 ColourGraphite SensorOptical · up to 4000 DPI Buttons4 · customisable top emoji / action button ClicksSilentTouch quiet clicks Scroll WheelSmartWheel · precision and speed scrolling ConnectionBluetooth · no USB receiver included Multi-DeviceEasy-Switch between up to 3 devices · Logitech Flow Battery1 × AA (included) · up to 24 months CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · Android · iPadOS SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) — optional WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Graphite —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth, and the box contains the mouse, an AA battery and documentation only. Nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has Bluetooth built in. If your computer does not, this is not the right mouse for it without a Bluetooth adapter. What does the top button do?By default it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. With the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS you can assign it to a shortcut instead — Mic Mute, Snip Screen or another command you use often. On other systems it works as a standard button without customisation. How long does the battery last?Logitech rates it at up to 24 months on a single AA battery, which is included. Real life depends on how many hours a day you use it. When it runs out, you replace the AA — there is nothing to charge. Can I use it with my iPad and my laptop?Yes. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button underneath. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. Is this the same as the older POP Mouse?No. This is the current POP Wireless Mouse range (model numbers 910-0074xx) in solid colours such as Graphite. The earlier POP Mouse (910-0065xx) came in two-tone designs and is listed separately on maibo. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Rose —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Off-White —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Lilac —Logitech POP Mouse — earlier two-tone design, Yellow —Logitech MX Master 3S — full-size alternative —Official Logitech POP Mouse product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pop-wireless-mouse-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pop-mouse-top-angle-graphite-gallery-1.png","17.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007412","88","" "60844","Logitech POP Wireless Mouse – Rose","The Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Rose is a small, quiet Bluetooth mouse built for people who work from a laptop in more than one place — the kitchen table, a café, a hot desk — and want something that looks like theirs rather than like office equipment. This is model 910-007413. The clicks are near-silent thanks to SilentTouch, so it does not announce itself in a library or a shared room. The SmartWheel scrolls line by line when you move it gently and free-spins through long pages when you flick it. The top button is yours to assign: an emoji for chats, or a working shortcut such as Mic Mute or Snip Screen through the free Logi Options+ app. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with a button, and a single AA battery — included — lasts up to 24 months. Connection is Bluetooth only: there is no USB receiver in the box. SilentTouch · Compact Shape Quiet Enough for Shared Spaces A standard mouse click is a sharp mechanical snap, and in a quiet room it carries further than people realise — across an open-plan office, through a video call, or next to someone asleep. SilentTouch damps the switch so each click is a soft tap you feel more than hear, while keeping a clear point of actuation so you still know the click registered. The body is compact and gently contoured so it sits in the palm without the flat, blocky feel of many travel mice, which matters over a full working day rather than a quick session. It is small enough to drop into a handbag, a laptop sleeve or a coat pocket, and the optical sensor tracks well on the smaller and less ideal surfaces you meet away from a desk — a café table, a tray table, a notebook cover. For a glossy glass desk, use a mouse mat, as with most optical mice. SmartWheel · Action Button Two Controls That Save Real Time The SmartWheel reads how you move it. Nudge it and it steps line by line for precise editing in a document or a spreadsheet; flick it and it switches to speed scrolling, running through a long web page or a hundred-row list in one motion. There is no mode switch to remember — the wheel changes behaviour with your finger. The button on top, just behind the wheel, is the one that gives the POP Mouse its name. Out of the box it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. Through the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS you can reassign it to something more practical: Mic Mute for calls, Snip Screen for screenshots, or another shortcut you reach for many times a day. Most people end up using it for the call-mute shortcut, which is easier to hit in a hurry than a keyboard combination. Without Logi Options+ the mouse works normally as a standard Bluetooth mouse; the app is only needed to customise the button. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 24 Months One Mouse Across Your Devices The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth and remembers up to three devices — a work laptop, a personal laptop and a tablet, for example. A button underneath switches between them, so moving from one machine to another is a press rather than a trip into Bluetooth settings. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. With Logi Options+ installed on two computers, Logitech Flow lets you move the cursor from one screen to the other and even copy and paste between them. One practical point to know before you order: the connection is Bluetooth only and there is no USB receiver in the box, so the device you use it with needs Bluetooth — nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has it, but some older or budget desktop towers do not. Power comes from a single AA battery, which is included, and Logitech rates it at up to 24 months of use thanks to automatic sleep between sessions. No charging cable, no charging routine. Right choice if you… ✔ Work from a laptop in different places and want a small mouse that travels well ✔ Share a room or take calls and want clicks that do not carry ✔ Move between a laptop, a second computer and a tablet during the day ✔ Would rather change an AA battery every couple of years than charge a mouse every week Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer has no Bluetooth — there is no USB receiver in the box ✘ You want a full-size ergonomic mouse for long desk days — the Logitech MX Master 3S is built for that ✘ You play games — the POP Mouse is designed for work and everyday use, not low-latency gaming Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Rose — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelPOP Wireless Mouse MPN910-007413 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourRose SensorOptical · up to 4000 DPI Buttons4 · customisable top emoji / action button ClicksSilentTouch quiet clicks Scroll WheelSmartWheel · precision and speed scrolling ConnectionBluetooth · no USB receiver included Multi-DeviceEasy-Switch between up to 3 devices · Logitech Flow Battery1 × AA (included) · up to 24 months CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · Android · iPadOS SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) — optional WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Rose —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth, and the box contains the mouse, an AA battery and documentation only. Nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has Bluetooth built in. If your computer does not, this is not the right mouse for it without a Bluetooth adapter. What does the top button do?By default it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. With the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS you can assign it to a shortcut instead — Mic Mute, Snip Screen or another command you use often. On other systems it works as a standard button without customisation. How long does the battery last?Logitech rates it at up to 24 months on a single AA battery, which is included. Real life depends on how many hours a day you use it. When it runs out, you replace the AA — there is nothing to charge. Can I use it with my iPad and my laptop?Yes. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button underneath. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. Is this the same as the older POP Mouse?No. This is the current POP Wireless Mouse range (model numbers 910-0074xx) in solid colours such as Rose. The earlier POP Mouse (910-0065xx) came in two-tone designs and is listed separately on maibo. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Graphite —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Off-White —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Lilac —Logitech POP Mouse — earlier two-tone design, Yellow —Logitech MX Master 3S — full-size alternative —Official Logitech POP Mouse product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pop-wireless-mouse-rose/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/pop-mouse-top-angle-rose-gallery-1.png","17.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007413","88","" "60838","Logitech Brio 4K Webcam – Graphite (960-001718)","The Logitech Brio 4K webcam is the camera for people who are tired of looking washed out, backlit or grainy on video calls. It records at up to 4K Ultra HD, but resolution is not really the point — most video platforms will never send your image at 4K. What changes the picture is the combination of HDR and Logitech's RightLight 3, which adjusts exposure in real time so that a bright window behind you, a dim room in the evening or harsh overhead lighting stops dictating how you look. Three field-of-view presets let you choose between a tight head-and-shoulders frame and a wide view that shows the whiteboard or the product in your hand. Two noise-reducing microphones pick up your voice from around a metre away while suppressing background noise. This is model 960-001718, Logitech's current Brio 4K in Graphite — supplied new and sealed. HDR · RightLight 3 Why Lighting Matters More Than 4K Most people who upgrade a webcam expect resolution to be the improvement. In practice, lighting is what separates a professional-looking image from an amateur one, and it is where cheaper cameras fail first. Sit with a window behind you and a standard webcam exposes for the bright sky, turning your face into a silhouette. Sit under a single ceiling light and it crushes the shadows under your eyes. The Brio 4K handles both with two technologies working together. HDR captures the bright and dark parts of the frame at once and combines them, so the window stays visible and your face stays properly exposed. RightLight 3 continuously adjusts brightness, contrast and white balance as conditions change — a cloud passing, a lamp switched on, the light fading through an afternoon — without you touching a setting. The practical effect is that you stop needing a ring light or a carefully arranged desk to look presentable. That is the upgrade most buyers actually notice within the first call, well before they notice the pixel count. 4K at 30fps · Up to 90fps What the Resolution Figures Mean The Brio 4K records at 4096 × 2160 using a 13-megapixel sensor, and it reaches up to 90 frames per second. Those two figures are worth separating, because they do not happen at the same time. At full 4K resolution the camera runs at 30fps, which is standard for video calls and recording. The 90fps figure applies at lower resolutions, where the reduced data per frame allows a much higher frame rate — useful for smooth streaming, fast movement and slow-motion recording. If you have seen a listing that describes this camera as '4K at 90fps', that combination is not what it does. The honest way to think about it: record at 4K when you want detail in a recorded video or a still you plan to crop; drop to a lower resolution at a higher frame rate when you want fluid motion for streaming. For everyday calls on Teams, Zoom or Google Meet, the platform decides the resolution it sends — typically 1080p or lower — so the quality gain you see comes mostly from the sensor, HDR and autofocus rather than the 4K figure itself. The 5× digital zoom works by cropping into that 4K image, which is why it holds up better than digital zoom on a 1080p camera. 3 Fields of View · Dual Mics Framing and Audio You Can Choose Most webcams have one fixed field of view, and it is usually wrong for somebody. The Brio 4K offers three presets. At 65° diagonal you get a classic head-and-shoulders frame that keeps the focus on you and hides the room behind — the right choice for one-to-one calls and interviews. At 78° the frame opens up to show more of your setting while keeping eye contact natural. At 90° you get the full context: a whiteboard, a product you are demonstrating, or two people sitting side by side. Switching between them is done in the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS; without the app the camera works perfectly as a plug-and-play webcam at its default view. Autofocus keeps you sharp as you lean forward or hold something up to the lens. Two omnidirectional microphones pick up voices from around one metre away, and noise reduction suppresses the steady background sounds of an office or home — keyboard clatter, a fan, distant traffic. For a single person at a desk they are genuinely good enough to skip a separate microphone. For a shared room or a noisy open-plan office, a headset still gives cleaner audio. Right choice if you… ✔ Work in difficult light — a window behind you, a dim room, or harsh overhead lighting ✔ Present or demonstrate on camera and need a wide 90° view for a whiteboard or product ✔ Record or stream content where 4K detail or smooth high-frame-rate motion matters ✔ Want a camera good enough that you stop reaching for a ring light before every call Consider something else if… ✘ You only take occasional calls in good light — a 1080p camera such as the Logitech C920e costs less and looks very similar on Teams and Zoom ✘ You expected 4K at 90fps — the camera records 4K at 30fps; the higher frame rates apply at lower resolutions ✘ You work in a loud shared space — the built-in microphones are good, but a headset still gives cleaner call audio there Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelBrio 4K Webcam MPN960-001718 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourGraphite Max Resolution4K Ultra HD — 4096 × 2160 Sensor13 megapixel Frame Rate4K at 30fps · up to 90fps at lower resolutions Image ProcessingHDR · RightLight 3 automatic light correction FocusAutofocus Zoom5× digital Field of View65° / 78° / 90° diagonal presets (via Logi Options+) MicrophonesDual omnidirectional · noise reduction · ~1m pickup ConnectionUSB-C port on camera · plug and play SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) — optional Compatible WithMicrosoft Teams · Zoom · Google Meet · most video platforms WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box — Logitech Brio 4K webcam — Graphite — USB cable — User documentation Frequently Asked Questions How is this different from the Logitech BRIO 4K Pro (960-001106)? They are different models from the same 4K webcam family. This listing is model 960-001718, which Logitech currently sells simply as the Brio 4K, in Graphite. The BRIO 4K Pro, model 960-001106, is an earlier edition and is listed separately on maibo. If you need a specific model number — for example to match cameras already deployed across an office — order by the MPN rather than the name, since Logitech has renamed the range over time. Does it really record 4K at 90fps? No — and it is worth being clear about this because some listings imply it. The camera records full 4K at 30fps. The 90fps figure is available at lower resolutions, where each frame carries less data. Use 4K when you want maximum detail, and a lower resolution at a higher frame rate when you want smooth motion for streaming. Will I actually see 4K on Teams or Zoom? Usually not. Video call platforms decide the resolution they transmit, typically 1080p or lower, to keep calls stable. You will still see a clear improvement over a basic webcam, but it comes from the sensor quality, HDR, RightLight 3 and autofocus rather than the 4K figure. Full 4K matters most when you record video locally or stream through software that supports it. Do I need Logi Options+ software? No. The webcam is plug and play and works immediately with Teams, Zoom, Google Meet and other video apps. Logi Options+ is a free app for Windows and macOS that unlocks the three field-of-view presets (65°, 78° and 90°) and lets you fine-tune image settings. Install it if you want to change the framing; skip it if the default view suits you. Are the built-in microphones good enough to skip a headset? For one person at a desk in a reasonably quiet room, yes. The two microphones pick up your voice from about a metre away and reduce steady background noise such as a fan or keyboard. In a busy open-plan office or a shared room, a headset microphone close to your mouth will still sound cleaner, simply because it is nearer to you than to the noise. Condition Brand New — Sealed Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech BRIO 4K Pro Webcam (960-001106) — Logitech C920e HD 1080p Webcam — lower-cost alternative — Logitech StreamCam 1080p 60fps — Graphite — Browse all webcams at maibo — Official Logitech Brio 4K product page — full specifications Browse the full webcam range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-brio-4k-webcam-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/brio-stream-4k-ultra-hd-webcam-gallery-1.png","99.98","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001718","88","" "60760","Belkin BoostCharge Braided USB-C to USB-C Cable 100W – 1m White","Everyone owns one cable that does everything, and it is usually the one that fails first. The Belkin BoostCharge Braided USB-C to USB-C (CAB014bt1MWH) is built for that job: a 100W-rated braided cable that charges a laptop as happily as a phone, tested past 30,000 bends, in Belkin's 100% plastic-free packaging. Belkin's braided 60W cable sells for £12.99 at Belkin UK — this 100W-rated one is £8.88, brand new. Laptop-grade, phone-friendly 100W Power Delivery rating Rated for up to 100W USB PD — enough for a MacBook Pro or Dell XPS at full speed, and it simply idles lower for phones and earbuds. One cable for the whole desk. Built for the drawer test Braided, 30,000+ bend tested Belkin's double-braided jacket survives the backpack, the car door and the toddler. For Apple, Samsung, Google, Motorola, Sony and LG — anything with USB-C at both ends. Technical Specifications Brand Belkin Range BoostCharge Braided (CAB014) SKU / MPN CAB014bt1MWH Power rating 100W USB Power Delivery Length 1m / 3.3ft Colour White Data transfer USB 2.0 · up to 480 Mbps Durability Durability tested to 30,000+ bends · braided jacket Warranty 2-year Belkin manufacturer warranty EAN / GTIN Printed on retail packaging Condition Brand New — Sealed Delivery 4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will it charge my laptop at full speed? Yes — the CAB014 is rated for 100W USB Power Delivery, which covers MacBook Pro, most Windows ultrabooks and every USB-C phone and tablet. Your charger sets the actual speed; the cable will not be the bottleneck. Does it transfer data too? Yes, at USB 2.0 speeds (up to 480 Mbps) — fine for photos and files. If you need 10Gbps+ video-drive speeds you want a USB 3.x cable instead; for charging, this is the stronger build. Is the packaging really plastic-free? Yes — this revision ships in Belkin's 100% plastic-free retail box, which is also why the box looks different from older Belkin cable packaging. Why is it cheaper here than at Belkin? Belkin UK sells its braided 60W 1m cable at £12.99. We buy genuine Belkin stock in volume through authorised supply and sell this 100W-rated braided cable for £8.88 with tracked UK delivery. Pairs with the Xiaomi 33W charger bundle, the Xiaomi 67W HyperCharge Combo and the Samsung 40W car charger.","https://maibo.uk/product/belkin-boostcharge-braided-usb-c-cable-100w-1m-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/belkin-boostcharge-braided-usb-c-cable-100w-1m-white-1.png","10.88","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Belkin","CAB014bt1MWH","167","" "60761","Belkin BoostCharge Pro Braided USB-C Cable 60W – 1m White","The white cable for the white desk setup. The Belkin BoostCharge Pro Braided USB-C to USB-C 60W (CAB004bt1MWH) is the cable Belkin quotes at 350,000+ bends — a double-braided, Intertek-certified 60W link for iPhone, Galaxy and iPad. Belkin UK sells this exact 1m cable at £12.99; here it is £12.88, brand new in Belkin's international retail box. Certified, not hopefulIntertek-certified 60WCharges an iPhone 16 from 0–50% in 25 minutes with a 60W charger, per Belkin's own testing. PCR recycled materials, Global Recycled Standard logo on the box. The last cable to fray350,000+ bend testedBelkin's double-braided jacket is rated for 350,000+ bends and 20,000+ plug cycles — the difference between a cable that lasts a phone upgrade cycle and one that lasts three. Technical Specifications BrandBelkin RangeBoostCharge Pro Braided (CAB004) SKU / MPNCAB004bt1MWH Power rating60W USB Power Delivery Length1m / 3.3ft ColourWhite Data transferUSB 2.0 · up to 480 Mbps DurabilityTested to 350,000+ bends and 20,000+ plugs · PCR materials · Intertek certified Warranty2-year Belkin manufacturer warranty EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will 60W charge my laptop?Yes for most ultrabooks — 60W covers MacBook Air, iPad Pro and the majority of USB-C laptops. Belkin quotes an iPhone 16 from 0–50% in 25 minutes with a 60W charger. Gaming laptops wanting 100W+ should look at a higher-rated cable. Does it transfer data too?Yes, at USB 2.0 speeds (up to 480 Mbps) — fine for photos and files; this cable's job is charging, and there it is certified and E-Marker protected. Why does the box show a dollar price?This batch ships in Belkin's international (US) retail packaging — the box prints Belkin's own $19.99 MSRP. Same genuine cable, same 2-year Belkin warranty; only the box artwork differs from UK-market print. Why is it cheaper here than at Belkin?Belkin UK lists this 1m braided 60W cable at £12.99. We buy genuine Belkin stock in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — £12.88, tracked UK delivery. Same cable, other colours and lengths: 1m Black and 1.5m Black. Add the Xiaomi 33W charger bundle for the wall end.","https://maibo.uk/product/belkin-boostcharge-pro-braided-usb-c-cable-60w-1m-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/belkin-boostcharge-pro-braided-usb-c-cable-60w-1m-white-1.png","12.88","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Belkin","CAB004bt1MWH","168","" "60762","Belkin BoostCharge Pro Braided USB-C Cable 60W – 1m Black","Black, braided, boring in the best way. The Belkin BoostCharge Pro Braided USB-C to USB-C 60W (CAB004bt1MBK) is the 1m workhorse Belkin rates at 350,000+ bends and certifies through Intertek — the cable you buy once for the bedside or the office bag. Belkin UK sells it at £12.99; here it is £10.88, brand new. Certified, not hopefulIntertek-certified 60WCharges an iPhone 16 from 0–50% in 25 minutes with a 60W charger, per Belkin's own testing. PCR recycled materials, CE + UKCA marked retail box. The last cable to fray350,000+ bend testedBelkin's double-braided jacket is rated for 350,000+ bends and 20,000+ plug cycles — the difference between a cable that lasts a phone upgrade cycle and one that lasts three. Technical Specifications BrandBelkin RangeBoostCharge Pro Braided (CAB004) SKU / MPNCAB004bt1MBK Power rating60W USB Power Delivery Length1m / 3.3ft ColourBlack Data transferUSB 2.0 · up to 480 Mbps DurabilityTested to 350,000+ bends and 20,000+ plugs · PCR materials · Intertek certified Warranty2-year Belkin manufacturer warranty EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will 60W charge my laptop?Yes for most ultrabooks — 60W covers MacBook Air, iPad Pro and the majority of USB-C laptops. Belkin quotes an iPhone 16 from 0–50% in 25 minutes with a 60W charger. Gaming laptops wanting 100W+ should look at a higher-rated cable. Does it transfer data too?Yes, at USB 2.0 speeds (up to 480 Mbps) — fine for photos and files; this cable's job is charging, and there it is certified and E-Marker protected. Is this the UK retail version?Yes — this batch carries CE and UKCA markings on the box, the standard European/UK Belkin retail packaging. Why is it cheaper here than at Belkin?Belkin UK lists this exact cable at £12.99. We buy genuine Belkin stock in volume through authorised supply and sell it for £10.88 with tracked UK delivery. Same cable, other options: 1m White and 1.5m Black. Add the Xiaomi 33W charger bundle for the wall end.","https://maibo.uk/product/belkin-boostcharge-pro-braided-usb-c-cable-60w-1m-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/belkin-boostcharge-pro-braided-usb-c-cable-60w-1m-black-1.png","10.88","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Belkin","CAB004bt1MBK","168","" "60763","Belkin BoostCharge Pro Braided USB-C Cable 60W – 1.5m Black","One metre is always ten centimetres too short — the socket is behind the sofa, the desk is deeper than the cable. The Belkin BoostCharge Pro Braided USB-C to USB-C 60W in 1.5m (CAB004bt1.5MBK) is the in-between length Belkin UK does not even stock: longer than the standard 1m (£12.99), cheaper than the 2m (£14.99), same 350,000+ bend braided build. Here £12.88, brand new. The length that fits real desks1.5m — the missing sizeBelkin UK sells 1m and 2m only. This 1.5m sits exactly where most desk and bedside runs actually land — slack without the coil of a 2m. Certified, not hopefulIntertek-certified 60WCharges an iPhone 16 from 0–50% in 25 minutes with a 60W charger, per Belkin's testing; 350,000+ bends, 20,000+ plug cycles, PCR materials. Technical Specifications BrandBelkin RangeBoostCharge Pro Braided (CAB004) SKU / MPNCAB004bt1.5MBK Power rating60W USB Power Delivery Length1.5m / 4.9ft ColourBlack Data transferUSB 2.0 · up to 480 Mbps DurabilityTested to 350,000+ bends and 20,000+ plugs · PCR materials · Intertek certified Warranty2-year Belkin manufacturer warranty EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will 60W charge my laptop?Yes for most ultrabooks — 60W covers MacBook Air, iPad Pro and the majority of USB-C laptops. Belkin quotes an iPhone 16 from 0–50% in 25 minutes with a 60W charger. Gaming laptops wanting 100W+ should look at a higher-rated cable. Does it transfer data too?Yes, at USB 2.0 speeds (up to 480 Mbps) — fine for photos and files; this cable's job is charging, and there it is certified and E-Marker protected. Why can't I find the 1.5m at Belkin UK?Belkin's UK store lists this cable in 1m and 2m only — the 1.5m is a retail-channel length. Same CAB004 family, same warranty, just the size Belkin's own store skips. Why is it cheaper here than at Belkin?Belkin UK charges £12.99 for the shorter 1m and £14.99 for the 2m. This 1.5m is £12.88 — genuine volume-sourced Belkin stock with tracked UK delivery. Shorter runs: 1m Black and 1m White. Add the Xiaomi 67W HyperCharge Combo for the wall end.","https://maibo.uk/product/belkin-boostcharge-pro-braided-usb-c-cable-60w-1-5m-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/belkin-boostcharge-pro-braided-usb-c-cable-60w-1-5m-black-1.png","12.88","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Belkin","CAB004bt1.5MBK","168","" "60757","Xiaomi 33W Nano Adapter + 3A Braided USB-C Cable Bundle – UK Plug","Most people buy a fast charger, then discover the cable in their drawer is the bottleneck. This bundle solves both in one box: the Xiaomi 33W Nano Power Adapter (USB-C, UK plug) plus Xiaomi's 3A braided USB-C to USB-C cable (1m). Bought separately at Xiaomi UK they are £9.99 + £4.99 = £14.98; Xiaomi's own bundle is £12.98; here the same pair is £10.88, brand new. Small plug, serious output 33W in a nano body GaN-class compact design — 48.6 × 32.2 × 40.4 mm excluding prongs — that still pushes 11V/3A (33W max). It disappears behind a bedside table and doesn't block the second socket. Not just for Xiaomi QC + PD + PPS protocols A smart chip detects what you plug in and negotiates the right profile — Samsung and Google phones fast-charge over PD/PPS, iPhones over PD, Xiaomi phones at their full 33W. The cable that keeps up 3A braided USB-C to USB-C, 1m Braided jacket instead of the rubber that frays at the neck after six months. Rated 3A — matched to the adapter's output, so the pair actually delivers what the box promises. One box, no guesswork Ready to charge out of the box Adapter and cable are Xiaomi-matched — the typical setup for a Redmi or POCO owner replacing a lost charger, or anyone who wants a proper spare for the office or guest room. Technical Specifications BrandXiaomi Bundle contents33W Nano Power Adapter (USB-C, UK plug) · 3A braided USB-C to USB-C cable, 1m Adapter output5V/3A · 9V/3A (27W max) · 11V/3A (33W max) · 12V/1.5A ProtocolsQC · PD · PPS Input100–240V~, 50/60Hz, 0.8A Adapter dimensions48.6 × 32.2 × 40.4 mm (excl. prongs) · white, PCR material CableUSB-C to USB-C · 3A · 1m · braided SKUXM-33W-3A-UK EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging (per item) ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will it fast-charge my Samsung or iPhone? Yes. The adapter supports PD and PPS as well as QC, so Samsung phones fast-charge via PPS, iPhones via PD (USB-C models with the included cable), and Xiaomi/Redmi/POCO phones reach the full 33W. Is it a UK three-pin plug? Yes — this is the official Xiaomi UK version with a UK three-pin plug, not an EU adapter with a travel converter. Can it charge a laptop? It will trickle-charge USB-C laptops that accept PD, but 33W is phone-and-tablet territory. For laptop-grade car or wall charging, look at a 65W+ adapter instead. Why is it cheaper here than at Xiaomi? Separately these two cost £14.98 at Xiaomi UK, and Xiaomi's own bundle is £12.98. We buy genuine Xiaomi stock in volume through authorised supply and sell the same pair for £10.88 with tracked UK delivery. Need more power? The Xiaomi 67W HyperCharge Combo is the bigger sibling for HyperCharge phones, the Xiaomi 67W Car Charger covers the drive, and the Xiaomi 6A USB-A to USB-C cable is the spare for older USB-A plugs.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-33w-nano-adapter-3a-usb-c-cable-bundle/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/xiaomi-33w-nano-3a-cable-bundle.jpg","10.88","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Xiaomi","XM-33W-3A-UK","168","" "60754","Xiaomi 67W Car Charger – USB-A + Type-C Dual Port (CC07ZM)","You get in the car with 15% battery, the sat-nav goes on, and the school run becomes a race against the red battery icon. The Xiaomi 67W Car Charger (BHR6814GL) ends that maths: a Type-C port pushing 67W MAX from the 12V socket — Xiaomi quotes a Xiaomi 12 to 100% in 39 minutes — plus a USB-A port so the passenger charges too. Xiaomi UK sells it at £17.99; here it is £16.88, brand new. Full-speed from the 12V socket Type-C 67W MAX The Type-C port delivers 11V/6.1A for Xiaomi HyperCharge phones and 20V/2.5A for laptops and other USB-C devices — motorway-service charging without leaving the car. Driver and passenger Dual-port, 55W together Use Type-C and USB-A at the same time and the charger splits up to 55W between them — phone on navigation up front, tablet or power bank in the back. In the box — and it matters 6A E-Marker cable included The bundled Type-C to Type-C cable carries a built-in E-Marker chip rated for 6A. Most random glovebox cables cap at 3A — use the included one and you actually get the wattage you paid for. Glance, don't guess Colour lighting display The illuminated ring shifts from blue to gold as your device fills up — battery status at a glance, no need to wake the screen while driving. Technical Specifications BrandXiaomi ModelCC07ZM SKUBHR6814GL EAN / GTIN6941812704226 Input12V/7.5A (standard car 12V socket) Type-C output11V/6.1A MAX · 20V/2.5A MAX (67W MAX) USB-A output5V/2A MAX · 9V/2A MAX Dual-port output55W MAX combined Operating temperature0°C – 30°C Dimensions75.13 × 33.29 × 33.29 mm In the box67W car charger · 6A Type-C to Type-C cable (E-Marker) · user manual ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will it fast-charge a non-Xiaomi phone or a laptop? Yes. The full 67W profile (11V/6.1A) is for Xiaomi HyperCharge devices, but the Type-C port also outputs 20V/2.5A — up to 50W for laptops, tablets and other USB-C phones, which covers most devices at their own top car-charging speed. Do I need to buy a cable? No — a Type-C to Type-C cable with a built-in 6A E-Marker chip is in the box. Xiaomi recommends using it: a standard 3A cable will silently cap your charging speed. What does the coloured light ring mean? It is a live battery indicator: the ring glows blue at lower charge levels and shifts to gold as the connected device fills up — you see charging status without touching your phone. Can it charge two devices at once? Yes — Type-C and USB-A work simultaneously with up to 55W shared between them. Phone on the Type-C, dash cam or power bank on the USB-A is the typical setup. Why is it cheaper here than at Xiaomi? Xiaomi UK lists it at £17.99. We buy genuine Xiaomi stock in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — same sealed box, £16.88, tracked UK delivery. Pairs naturally with the Xiaomi 67W HyperCharge Combo for the same speed at home, the Xiaomi Mi 100W Car Charger if you also drive with a laptop, and the Xiaomi 6A USB-A to USB-C cable for the second port.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-67w-car-charger-usb-a-type-c/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/xiaomi-67w-car-charger-bhr6814gl.png","16.88","Charging & Cables > Car Chargers","Xiaomi","BHR6814GL","168","" "60751","Xiaomi Electric Precision Screwdriver – 24-in-1 Rechargeable Kit","Precision electronics come apart with dozens of tiny screws — and go back together with sore wrists. The Xiaomi Electric Precision Screwdriver (BHR5474GL) does the turning for you: a 170 rpm magnetic motor, an all-metal gearbox, and 24 S2-steel bits in a pop-up aluminium case, driving 400+ screws per USB-C charge. Xiaomi UK sells it at £35.99; here it is £28.88, brand new. Real motor, real control 170 rpm, two-speed torque The magnetic motor and all-metal gearbox keep bit wobble under 0.2 mm, and torque is switchable: 0.05 Nm for watches, glasses and phone internals, 0.2 Nm for laptops and speakers. Screws seat cleanly instead of stripping. 24 bits, 9 types S2 steel, 60HRC hard Twenty-four S2 tool-steel bits cover phones, laptops, consoles, cameras, drones, watches and toys — including six 45 mm long bits for deep recesses the stubby ones cannot reach. All held magnetically in the case, none rolling off the desk. Award-lineage design Pop-up aluminium case, USB-C The push-to-release anodised case comes from Xiaomi's multi-award-winning Mi Precision Screwdriver design. Simple L/R soft-touch buttons drive screws in and out, and one Type-C charge handles 400+ precision screws. Right choice if you… ✔ Repair phones, laptops, consoles, drones or watches ✔ Want torque protection so delicate screws never strip ✔ Are tired of wrist-turning fifty screws per teardown ✔ Like £28.88 against Xiaomi UK's £35.99 Consider something else if… ✖ You are drilling walls or building furniture — that is power-drill work, not precision torque ✖ You prefer the classic manual feel — the Mi Precision 24-in-1 manual kit is the award-winning original ✖ You need measuring, not turning — see the Xiaomi Smart Laser Measure Technical Specifications BrandXiaomi ModelBHR5474GL EAN / GTIN6934177756474 MotorMagnetic motor · up to 170 rpm · all-metal gearbox TorqueTwo-speed: 0.05 Nm (precision) · 0.2 Nm (electronics) PrecisionBit concentricity ≤0.2 mm Bits24 × S2 tool steel (60HRC) · 6 × 45 mm long + 18 × 28 mm BatteryRechargeable lithium · 400+ precision screws per charge · 13 safety tests ChargingUSB-C · status indicator CaseUnibody anodised aluminium · push pop-up · magnetic bit storage ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions How is this different from the manual Mi Precision kit? Same award-winning pop-up case idea, but this one has a 170 rpm motor doing the turning, with torque control to protect delicate screws. If you prefer the classic hand-tool feel, we also stock the manual 24-in-1 kit. Will it damage tiny screws in phones or watches? That is what the two-speed torque is for: the 0.05 Nm setting is gentle enough for smartphones, watches and glasses, and stops rather than strips. Power off, and it works as a normal manual driver too. How long does a charge last? Xiaomi rates it at 400+ precision screws per full charge — several complete teardowns. It charges over USB-C with the same cable as your phone, with an indicator for battery status. What devices can I open with it? The 24 bit types cover most standard electronics: smartphones, laptops, cameras, game consoles, drones, watches, glasses and small appliances. Six long 45 mm bits reach into deep recesses. Why is it cheaper here than at Xiaomi? Xiaomi UK's own store lists it at £35.99. We buy genuine Xiaomi stock in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — same sealed box, £28.88, tracked UK delivery.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-electric-precision-screwdriver-24-in-1/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/xiaomi-electric-precision-screwdriver-bhr5474gl.png","28.88","Smart Lifestyle","Xiaomi","BHR5474GL","167","" "60748","Xiaomi Smart Laser Measure – 40m Bluetooth Laser Distance Meter","A tape measure needs two hands, a helper and a clear run to the wall. The Xiaomi Smart Laser Measure (BHR5596GL) needs one press: point, click, and the distance — from 5 cm to 40 metres — reads out to ±3 mm on its LCD. Pair it with the Xiaomi Home app and it draws your floor plan for you. Xiaomi UK sells it at £34.99; here it is £24.88, brand new. One-tap ranging 5 cm to 40 m, ±3 mm A short press fires the Class II laser and the length reads out in real time — a room, a warehouse bay, a window recess. The dual-emission, single-receiver laser head keeps precision within ±3 mm across the full range. App superpowers Floor plans draw themselves Over Bluetooth, the Xiaomi Home app adds ten smart functions: measurements sync automatically, lengths combine into area and volume, and readings drop straight onto a floor plan you sketch in the app. Your phone even works as a remote trigger for awkward fixed-point measurements. Pocket hardware One button, USB-C, 3000 readings Aluminium and engineering plastic in a matte finish, a bright LCD showing current and past readings, and a single button that does everything. The 370 mAh battery takes about 3,000 measurements per USB-C charge — the same cable as your phone. Right choice if you… ✔ Measure rooms, furniture or DIY jobs single-handed ✔ Want floor plans and area/volume maths done in the app ✔ Are moving home, decorating or fitting wardrobes ✔ Like £24.88 against Xiaomi UK's £34.99 Consider something else if… ✖ You need site-survey ranges beyond 40 m — that is dedicated surveying kit territory ✖ You want a laser LEVEL for hanging shelves — different tool entirely ✖ You measure outdoors in strong sun on dark surfaces often — all laser measures struggle there Technical Specifications BrandXiaomi ModelBHR5596GL (device MJJGCJYD001QW) EAN / GTIN6934177761218 Range0.05 – 40 m Accuracy±3 mm LaserClass II · dual-emission, single receiver DisplayHigh-brightness LCD · current + history, unit, battery, Bluetooth ConnectivityBluetooth · Mi Home / Xiaomi Home app (10 smart functions) Battery370 mAh lithium · ~3,000 measurements per charge · USB-C BuildAluminium alloy + engineering plastics · matte finish ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Do I need the app to use it? No — it works fully standalone: press, read the LCD, done. The Xiaomi Home app (v6.9.200+) is optional and adds the clever parts: synced history, area/volume calculation, floor-plan mapping and remote-trigger measuring. How accurate is it really? ±3 mm on normal indoor surfaces across the 40 m range. Like every laser measure, glass, mirrors, strong sunlight or very dark surfaces can throw readings — indoors on walls and furniture it is tighter than any tape. How is it charged? USB-C — the same cable as your phone. One charge of the 370 mAh battery is rated for about 3,000 measurements, so for occasional DIY it lasts months. Is it complicated to operate? One button does everything: long-press two seconds for on/off, short press to measure, double-tap to switch the measuring benchmark between the front and back edge of the device. Why is it cheaper here than at Xiaomi? Xiaomi UK's own store lists it at £34.99. We buy genuine Xiaomi stock in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — same sealed box, £24.88, tracked UK delivery.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-smart-laser-measure-40m-bluetooth/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/xiaomi-smart-laser-measure-bhr5596gl.png","24.88","Smart Lifestyle > Travel & Outdoor Tech","Xiaomi","BHR5596GL","168","" "60742","Official Xiaomi 67W HyperCharge Combo – UK Charger + USB-C Cable","Xiaomi's fast charging only works when both halves of the equation are right — the adapter and the cable have to speak HyperCharge together. This combo is Xiaomi's own answer: the official 67W HyperCharge UK charger (model MDY-15-EU) with the matching USB-C cable in one sealed box. Xiaomi UK sells it at £39.99; here it is £18.88, brand new. HyperCharge Up to 67W — minutes, not hours On a compatible Xiaomi, Redmi or POCO phone the fast output runs 5–20V at up to 6.2A — 67W at peak. That is a lunch-break top-up instead of an overnight wait. Anything else plugged in charges safely at the standard 15W rate. Complete combo Charger + cable, UK plug The box has both halves: the UK three-pin 67W adapter and Xiaomi's matching high-current USB-A to USB-C cable. No hunting for a cable that can actually carry the amps — the pair is engineered together. Travel-ready 102 g, universal voltage Pocket-sized at roughly 5 × 6 cm and 102 grams, with 100–240V input — so with a travel adapter it works anywhere in the world, and at home it disappears behind the nightstand. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Xiaomi, Redmi or POCO phone with turbo / HyperCharge ✔ Want the charger AND the right cable in one genuine box ✔ Need a UK three-pin plug — not an EU import with an adapter ✔ Like £18.88 against Xiaomi UK's £39.99 Consider something else if… ✖ You charge a Samsung — the Samsung 45W set speaks its native protocol ✖ You want it for the car — see the Xiaomi 100W car charger ✖ You only need a spare lead — browse our cable range Technical Specifications BrandXiaomi ModelMDY-15-EU (UK three-pin plug) PortUSB-A Fast output5.0–20.0V · 6.2–3.25A · 67W max (HyperCharge) Standard output5.0V · 3.0A · 15W Input100–240V · 50/60Hz · 1.7A Dimensions / Weight49.3 × 62.5 × 28 mm (excl. prongs) · 102 g In the box67W charger · USB-A to USB-C cable · user manual · warranty notice EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ConditionBrand New — Sealed Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Which phones actually get the 67W speed? Xiaomi, Redmi and POCO models that support 67W (or 33W) turbo charging over USB-A — the HyperCharge handshake is Xiaomi's own. Other devices charge at the standard 15W rate, which is still respectable everyday speed. Is the cable included? Yes — the box contains the charger and Xiaomi's matching USB-A to USB-C cable, plus the manual and warranty notice. Full-speed charging needs a high-current cable, which is exactly why Xiaomi bundles the right one. Is this the UK plug version? Yes — three-pin UK plug, straight into the wall. No EU two-pin adapter dangling off your socket. Will it harm a phone that doesn't support HyperCharge? No. The 67W rate only engages when the phone requests it; everything else negotiates the safe standard output. It behaves like a quality 15W charger for non-Xiaomi devices. Why is it cheaper here than at Xiaomi? Xiaomi UK's own store lists this combo at £39.99. We buy genuine accessories in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — same sealed box, £18.88, tracked UK delivery.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-67w-hypercharge-combo-uk-charger-usb-c-cable/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/xiaomi-67w-hypercharge-combo-uk-v2-1.png","18.88","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Xiaomi","MDY-15-EU","168","" "60737","Official OnePlus SUPERVOOC 100W USB-A to USB-C Cable 1m – Red","OnePlus SUPERVOOC 100W USB-A to USB-C Cable 1m – Red Most replacement cables quietly throttle a OnePlus phone to ordinary speeds — the fast-charge handshake only works through OnePlus's own wiring. This is the official OnePlus SUPERVOOC USB-A to USB-C cable (model DL129, part 5461100530): the signature red 1-metre lead that carries up to 10A for full SUPERVOOC charging. OnePlus's US store lists it at $19.99 and is out of stock; here it is £8.88, brand new and sealed. Full-speed charging 10A SUPERVOOC current Paired with a SUPERVOOC or Warp adapter, this cable carries up to 10 amps — the full fast-charge rate your OnePlus was designed for, up to 100W-class speeds. Plugged into anything else, it still charges at a standard 3A, so it never becomes the weak link. Built like the original The signature red lead The same sturdy cord and reinforced plugs as the cable that ships in the box, in OnePlus's unmistakable red. One metre is the practical length — desk, nightstand, car — without a coil of slack to manage. Data too 480 Mbps, reversible Type-C Sync photos and files at USB 480 Mbps, with a reversible USB-C tip that goes in right side up every time. One cable for charging and transfers. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a OnePlus with SUPERVOOC / Warp Charge and a USB-A adapter ✔ Lost or wore out the red cable that came in the box ✔ Want the genuine OnePlus part — not a lookalike that caps at 3A ✔ Like £8.88 against OnePlus's own $19.99 (currently out of stock there) Consider something else if… ✖ Your adapter is USB-C — you want the C-to-C 65W or C-to-C 160W cable ✖ You need the wall plug too — see the Warp Charge UK adapter set ✖ You need fast video-out or SSD speeds — this is a charging-first USB 2.0 cable Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model / Part DL129 · 5461100530 EAN / GTIN 6921815625872 Connectors USB-A to USB-C (reversible) Length 100 cm Colour Red Max current 10A with SUPERVOOC / Warp adapter · 3A on other chargers Data transfer USB 2.0 · 480 Mbps Condition Brand New — Sealed Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Do I need a special adapter to get full speed? Yes — the 10A fast-charge rate needs a SUPERVOOC or Warp Charge USB-A adapter (the one that came with your phone, or our Warp UK adapter set). On a generic charger it behaves like a quality standard cable at up to 3A. Does it work with non-OnePlus phones? Yes. Any USB-C device charges from it at standard rates (up to 3A) and syncs data normally. The 10A magic is reserved for SUPERVOOC / Warp handshakes on OnePlus (and compatible OPPO) devices. Which OnePlus models does it fast-charge? Any OnePlus that fast-charges from a USB-A SUPERVOOC / Warp adapter — the red-cable generations from Dash and Warp Charge through SUPERVOOC. If your phone shipped with a red A-to-C cable, this is its official replacement. Is this the C-to-C cable? No — this is USB-A to USB-C, for the classic USB-A wall adapters. If your charger has a USB-C socket, you want our OnePlus C-to-C 65W or C-to-C 160W instead. Is it genuine OnePlus? Yes — genuine OnePlus part 5461100530 in sealed packaging. Lookalike red cables rarely carry the 10A wiring, which is exactly the part you are paying for.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-supervooc-100w-usb-a-to-usb-c-cable-1m-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/oneplus-supervooc-cable-red-2.png","8.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","OnePlus","5461100530","167","" "60729","Official Samsung S Pen Galaxy Tab S11 / S11 Ultra – White","Samsung redesigned the S Pen for the Tab S11 generation — a hexagonal body modelled on a classic pencil, with a cone-shaped tip for smoother, more precise strokes. This is the official S Pen for the Galaxy Tab S11 and Tab S11 Ultra in White (EJ-PX730BWEGEU), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging. Samsung sells it at £59; here it is £38.88. Pencil-first design Hexagonal grip, cone tip The six-sided barrel sits in the hand the way a wooden pencil does — steady, familiar, no rolling off the desk. Samsung pairs it with a cone-shaped tip and 4,096 pressure levels, so note-taking and sketching on the Tab S11's AMOLED feel natural from the first stroke. Built for real life IP68, magnetic side mount IP68-rated against dust and water (1.5 m freshwater, 30 minutes), so a splash or a dusty café table is not a drama. It snaps magnetically along the side of the tablet — grey face against the device — staying visible and within reach instead of buried in a bag. Serviceable Replaceable tip The tip is a wear part and Samsung designed it to be swapped: pull the old one out, press the new one in until it seats. Treat the fine tip with a light hand — it is engineered for the S11's screen, not as a prybar — and the pen will outlast the tablet. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy Tab S11 or Tab S11 Ultra ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came in the box ✔ Want the genuine Samsung part, sealed — not an unbranded stylus ✔ Like £38.88 against Samsung's £59 store price Consider something else if… ✖ You have a Tab S9 or Tab S10 — those use the Tab S9 / S10 S Pen ✖ You have a Tab S9 FE or S10 FE — you want the FE-series S Pen ✖ You write on a Galaxy S23 / S24 Ultra phone — see the phone S Pen range Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S11 · Tab S11 Ultra (only) ModelEJ-PX730BWEGEU ColourWhite EAN / GTIN8806097743439 Dimensions / Weight146.9 × 7.7 mm · 8 g Pressure levels4,096 Water resistanceIP68 (1.5 m freshwater, 30 min) TipCone-shaped, user-replaceable (S11-generation tip) ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Which tablets does it work with? The Galaxy Tab S11 and Tab S11 Ultra only. It is not compatible with the Tab S9 / S10 generation — those use a different S Pen — and its tip is a new S11-generation design that does not fit older pens. Does it need charging or pairing? No setup screens — it writes on a compatible Tab S11 straight out of the box, and clips magnetically to the side of the tablet when you are done (grey face against the device). Can I replace the tip? Yes. Samsung designed the tip to be pulled out and a fresh one pressed in until it seats. Note the S11 tip is model-specific — tips from older S Pens do not fit. Handle the fine tip gently; it is the part that wears. Is it the same pen that ships with the Tab S11? Yes — EJ-PX730BWEGEU is Samsung's official part for the S11 generation, in sealed Samsung retail packaging: the same hexagonal body, cone tip and IP68 rating as the in-box pen. Why is it cheaper here than at Samsung? Samsung's store price is £59. We buy genuine Samsung accessories in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — same sealed box, £38.88, tracked UK delivery.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-s-pen-galaxy-tab-s11-series-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-tab-s11-s-pen-white-548765529.png","38.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PX730BWEGEU","67","" "60715","Official Samsung S Pen Tab S9 / Tab S10 Series – Blue","A Galaxy Tab without its S Pen is a screen you can only tap. This is the official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy Tab S9 and Tab S10 series in Blue (EJ-PX710BLEGEU) — the same pressure-and-tilt-sensitive stylus that ships in the box, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. Samsung lists it at £59 RRP; we sell it for £28.88, brand new and sealed. Precision Pressure and tilt, like pen on paper The S Pen reads both pressure and tilt, so strokes thicken and shade exactly the way a real nib would. Paired with Samsung Notes or a drawing app, it turns the Tab S9's AMOLED into a sketchbook that keeps up with your hand. Built for real life IP68 and a magnetic home IP68-rated against dust and water — tested to 1.5 m of freshwater for 30 minutes — so a rainy commute is not a problem. Snap it to the tablet's magnetic holder and it charges in place, up or down, ready for the next idea. Air Command Shortcuts at the tip Air Command opens a customisable shortcut menu over Bluetooth Low Energy — your most-used S Pen actions one click away. It draws from the pen's own charge, which tops up whenever the pen is docked. Blue is the quiet standout of the three - a soft slate tone that matches the Tab S9 FE-era colourways without shouting. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy Tab S9, S9+, S9 Ultra or a Tab S10 series tablet ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came in the box ✔ Want the genuine Samsung part, sealed — not an unbranded stylus ✔ Like the £28.88 price against Samsung's £59 RRP Consider something else if… ✖ You have a Tab S9 FE or S10 FE — those use the FE-series S Pen ✖ You write on a Galaxy S23 or S24 Ultra phone — see our phone S Pen range ✖ You need a Z Fold pen — the Fold Edition is a different part Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S9 · S9+ · S9 Ultra · Tab S10 series ModelEJ-PX710BLEGEU ColourBlue EAN / GTIN8806095837789 Weight8.75 g Water resistanceIP68 (1.5 m freshwater, 30 min) ConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy (Air Command) · charges on the tablet's magnetic holder ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will it pair with my tablet automatically? Yes. Snap it onto the magnetic S Pen holder and the tablet pairs and charges it automatically — no Bluetooth menus. If an old pen is still paired, the tablet switches to the new one on first docking. Does it work with the Tab S9 FE or S10 FE? No. The FE tablets use their own FE-series S Pen. If you have an FE, you want this pen instead. This listing (EJ-PX710BLEGEU) is for the Tab S9, S9+, S9 Ultra and Tab S10 series. Do I ever need to charge it? Writing and drawing need no charge at all — that part works passively. The small internal battery only powers Air Command and remote functions, and it tops up automatically whenever the pen sits on the magnetic holder. Is it really the same pen that ships with the tablet? Yes — EJ-PX710BLEGEU is Samsung's official replacement part for the in-box pen, in sealed Samsung retail packaging. Pressure response, tilt and the click mechanism behave identically. Why is it cheaper here than at Samsung? Samsung's RRP is £59 and their store price is around £35. We buy genuine Samsung accessories in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — same sealed box, £28.88, tracked UK delivery.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-s-pen-tab-s9-tab-s10-series-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-tab-s9-s10-s-pen-blue-544004016.png","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PX710BLEGEU","68","" "60714","Official Samsung S Pen Tab S9 / Tab S10 Series – Beige","A Galaxy Tab without its S Pen is a screen you can only tap. This is the official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy Tab S9 and Tab S10 series in Beige (EJ-PX710BUEGEU) — the same pressure-and-tilt-sensitive stylus that ships in the box, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. Samsung lists it at £59 RRP; we sell it for £28.88, brand new and sealed. Precision Pressure and tilt, like pen on paper The S Pen reads both pressure and tilt, so strokes thicken and shade exactly the way a real nib would. Paired with Samsung Notes or a drawing app, it turns the Tab S9's AMOLED into a sketchbook that keeps up with your hand. Built for real life IP68 and a magnetic home IP68-rated against dust and water — tested to 1.5 m of freshwater for 30 minutes — so a rainy commute is not a problem. Snap it to the tablet's magnetic holder and it charges in place, up or down, ready for the next idea. Air Command Shortcuts at the tip Air Command opens a customisable shortcut menu over Bluetooth Low Energy — your most-used S Pen actions one click away. It draws from the pen's own charge, which tops up whenever the pen is docked. Beige is the warm, paper-like neutral Samsung pairs with its cream tablets - it reads as stationery, not gadget. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy Tab S9, S9+, S9 Ultra or a Tab S10 series tablet ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came in the box ✔ Want the genuine Samsung part, sealed — not an unbranded stylus ✔ Like the £28.88 price against Samsung's £59 RRP Consider something else if… ✖ You have a Tab S9 FE or S10 FE — those use the FE-series S Pen ✖ You write on a Galaxy S23 or S24 Ultra phone — see our phone S Pen range ✖ You need a Z Fold pen — the Fold Edition is a different part Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S9 · S9+ · S9 Ultra · Tab S10 series ModelEJ-PX710BUEGEU ColourBeige EAN / GTIN8806095105758 Weight8.75 g Water resistanceIP68 (1.5 m freshwater, 30 min) ConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy (Air Command) · charges on the tablet's magnetic holder ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 working days · fully tracked Frequently Asked Questions Will it pair with my tablet automatically? Yes. Snap it onto the magnetic S Pen holder and the tablet pairs and charges it automatically — no Bluetooth menus. If an old pen is still paired, the tablet switches to the new one on first docking. Does it work with the Tab S9 FE or S10 FE? No. The FE tablets use their own FE-series S Pen. If you have an FE, you want this pen instead. This listing (EJ-PX710BUEGEU) is for the Tab S9, S9+, S9 Ultra and Tab S10 series. Do I ever need to charge it? Writing and drawing need no charge at all — that part works passively. The small internal battery only powers Air Command and remote functions, and it tops up automatically whenever the pen sits on the magnetic holder. Is it really the same pen that ships with the tablet? Yes — EJ-PX710BUEGEU is Samsung's official replacement part for the in-box pen, in sealed Samsung retail packaging. Pressure response, tilt and the click mechanism behave identically. Why is it cheaper here than at Samsung? Samsung's RRP is £59 and their store price is around £35. We buy genuine Samsung accessories in volume through authorised supply and pass the margin on — same sealed box, £28.88, tracked UK delivery.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-s-pen-tab-s9-tab-s10-series-beige/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-tab-s9-s10-s-pen-beige-537732364.png","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PX710BUEGEU","68","" "60703","Official Samsung S Pen Tab S9 FE / S10 FE Stylus – Beige","Losing the S Pen is the classic Galaxy Tab story — it slips down the sofa, stays in a train seat pocket, or walks off with a colleague. This is the official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy Tab S9 FE, S9 FE+, S10 FE and S10 FE+ in Beige (EJ-PX510BUEGEU): the exact stylus the tablet shipped with, brand new and sealed, for £32.88 against Samsung’s £46 list price. Precision Writes like the one in the box — because it is Full pressure and tilt sensitivity, the same low-latency EMR digitiser layer the Tab FE screen was built around. Notes, annotation in Samsung Notes, sketching in PENUP or Clip Studio — it behaves identically to the pen your tablet came with, because it is the identical part. No charging No battery inside — nothing to charge, ever Unlike the Galaxy phone S Pens, the Tab FE stylus uses passive EMR technology: it draws its power from the screen itself. There is no battery to charge, degrade or die mid-lecture. Pick it up after six months in a drawer and it works instantly. Built for real life IP68 and magnetic — made to survive daily carry The pen is IP68 rated against dust and water, and snaps magnetically onto the side of the tablet so it travels with the device instead of separately from it. The Beige finish matches the silver and cream Tab FE colourways particularly well. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen your Tab FE came with ✔ Want a spare for work, lectures or the living room ✔ Prefer the official part over an unbranded stylus ✔ Own a Tab S9 FE, S9 FE+, S10 FE or S10 FE+ Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer it in Grey — see the S Pen for Tab S9 FE in Gray ✖ You have a standard Tab S9/S10 (non-FE) — that model uses a different S Pen ✖ You need a phone S Pen — see our full S Pen range Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S9 FE, S9 FE+, S10 FE, S10 FE+ TechnologyEMR — battery-free, no charging required Water resistanceIP68 ColourBeige MPNEJ-PX510BUEGEU EAN / GTIN8806095211190 WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Tab S9 FE / S10 FE series, Beige (EJ-PX510BUEGEU) Frequently Asked Questions Does this S Pen need charging or pairing? No. The Tab FE S Pen is battery-free EMR — it takes its power from the tablet screen. There is nothing to charge and no Bluetooth pairing; it works the moment it touches the display. Which tablets does it fit exactly? Galaxy Tab S9 FE, Tab S9 FE+, Tab S10 FE and Tab S10 FE+. It is not for the standard Tab S9/S10 series, which uses a different (Bluetooth) S Pen. Does pressure sensitivity work for drawing apps? Yes — full pressure and tilt response in Samsung Notes, PENUP, Clip Studio Paint and other stylus-aware Android apps, identical to the pen the tablet shipped with. Will it survive water and drops? It carries the same IP68 dust and water resistance rating as the tablet itself — rain, spills and washed hands are fine. Like any stylus, the nib is the wear part. Does it attach to the tablet? Yes — it clips magnetically to the side of the Tab FE (and to compatible Samsung book covers), so it charges nothing but always travels with the tablet. ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung S Pen for Tab S9 FE / FE+ — Gray —All replacement Galaxy S Pens — official Samsung stock —Browse all Smartphone Accessories at maibo Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-s-pen-tab-s9-fe-s10-fe-stylus-beige/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s-pen-tab-s9-fe-beige-538597009.png","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PX510BUEGEU","68","" "60639","Official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case – Yellow","The official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra silicone case in Yellow — a warm pastel, the rarest of the five colours — is one of those accessories Samsung quietly discontinued while people were still asking for it. This is the genuine article, EF-PS928TYEGWW, brand new in retail packaging, available while our stock lasts. If you have been hunting the original case rather than a third-party lookalike, this is it. Feel Silicone that feels like the phone was born with it Samsung's own silicone has a texture third-party cases rarely match — silky rather than rubbery, warm in the hand, and grippy without dragging on a pocket lining. The back and sides gain a soft-touch finish that makes the large S24 Ultra noticeably easier to hold one-handed, and unlike cheap TPU it doesn't collect a sticky film over time. Fit Cut for the S24 Ultra — nothing blocked, nothing loose Because this is Samsung's own mould, every opening lands exactly where it should: USB-C, speakers, microphones and the S Pen silo are all fully clear, and the buttons keep their factory click. The case hugs the titanium frame snugly enough that it never works loose, yet peels off in seconds when you want the phone naked. Slim enough that wireless charging and Samsung DeX work straight through it. Colour Yellow — the story of this shade Yellow is the warmest shade of the five — a muted, buttery pastel rather than a highlighter tone. It was the shortest-lived colour at retail, which makes it the hardest of the range to find brand new in retail packaging today. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the official Samsung case, not a third-party copy ✔ Prefer a soft-touch grip over hard polycarbonate ✔ Carry the phone in a pocket and want it slim ✔ Use wireless charging or DeX daily ✔ Missed this colour at retail before Samsung discontinued it Consider something else if… ✖ You want card storage or a cover screen — see the S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case ✖ You need drop-rated rugged armour for site work ✖ You have a different Galaxy model — this fits the S24 Ultra only Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilitySamsung Galaxy S24 Ultra (SM-S928 series) MaterialSilicone, soft-touch finish ColourYellow MPNEF-PS928TYEGWW EAN / GTIN8806095426754 WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case, Yellow (EF-PS928TYEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does wireless charging work through this case? Yes. The silicone is thin enough for Qi wireless charging and Wireless PowerShare without removing the case — it is Samsung's own case, designed around its own charging hardware. Can I still use the S Pen normally? Yes. The S Pen silo cutout is exact — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Will it fit over a screen protector? Yes. The case grips the back and sides only, so film and glass screen protectors are unaffected. The front edge sits proud of the display to keep it off flat surfaces. Does silicone pick up dust and lint? Like all silicone cases it attracts some pocket lint, but the soft-touch coating on Samsung's version sheds it more easily than bare silicone — a wipe with a slightly damp cloth restores it. Why is this case discontinued? Samsung retires official accessories when the next flagship launches. The S24 Ultra silicone line is no longer sold by Samsung UK, so remaining stock is what is left in the supply chain — once it is gone, it is gone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black —Replacement Galaxy S Pens — official Samsung stock —Browse all Cases at maibo Browse the full smartphone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s24-ultra-silicone-case-yellow/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s24-ultra-silicone-case-yellow-860-1.png","22.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-PS928TYEGWW","68","" "60637","Official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case – Lime","The official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra silicone case in Lime — a soft matcha green, the boldest shade of the range — is one of those accessories Samsung quietly discontinued while people were still asking for it. This is the genuine article, EF-PS928TGEGWW, brand new in retail packaging, available while our stock lasts. If you have been hunting the original case rather than a third-party lookalike, this is it. Feel Silicone that feels like the phone was born with it Samsung's own silicone has a texture third-party cases rarely match — silky rather than rubbery, warm in the hand, and grippy without dragging on a pocket lining. The back and sides gain a soft-touch finish that makes the large S24 Ultra noticeably easier to hold one-handed, and unlike cheap TPU it doesn't collect a sticky film over time. Fit Cut for the S24 Ultra — nothing blocked, nothing loose Because this is Samsung's own mould, every opening lands exactly where it should: USB-C, speakers, microphones and the S Pen silo are all fully clear, and the buttons keep their factory click. The case hugs the titanium frame snugly enough that it never works loose, yet peels off in seconds when you want the phone naked. Slim enough that wireless charging and Samsung DeX work straight through it. Colour Lime — the story of this shade Lime is the boldest pick in the range — a soft pastel green that Samsung also used across its S24-era accessories. It photographs brighter than it looks in hand; in person it sits closer to matcha than neon, which is why it became the sleeper favourite of the five colours. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the official Samsung case, not a third-party copy ✔ Prefer a soft-touch grip over hard polycarbonate ✔ Carry the phone in a pocket and want it slim ✔ Use wireless charging or DeX daily ✔ Missed this colour at retail before Samsung discontinued it Consider something else if… ✖ You want card storage or a cover screen — see the S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case ✖ You need drop-rated rugged armour for site work ✖ You have a different Galaxy model — this fits the S24 Ultra only Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilitySamsung Galaxy S24 Ultra (SM-S928 series) MaterialSilicone, soft-touch finish ColourLime MPNEF-PS928TGEGWW EAN / GTINPrinted on retail box WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case, Lime (EF-PS928TGEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does wireless charging work through this case? Yes. The silicone is thin enough for Qi wireless charging and Wireless PowerShare without removing the case — it is Samsung's own case, designed around its own charging hardware. Can I still use the S Pen normally? Yes. The S Pen silo cutout is exact — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Will it fit over a screen protector? Yes. The case grips the back and sides only, so film and glass screen protectors are unaffected. The front edge sits proud of the display to keep it off flat surfaces. Does silicone pick up dust and lint? Like all silicone cases it attracts some pocket lint, but the soft-touch coating on Samsung's version sheds it more easily than bare silicone — a wipe with a slightly damp cloth restores it. Why is this case discontinued? Samsung retires official accessories when the next flagship launches. The S24 Ultra silicone line is no longer sold by Samsung UK, so remaining stock is what is left in the supply chain — once it is gone, it is gone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black —Replacement Galaxy S Pens — official Samsung stock —Browse all Cases at maibo Browse the full smartphone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s24-ultra-silicone-case-lime/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s24-ultra-silicone-case-lime-820.png","22.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-PS928TGEGWW","68","" "60638","Official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case – White","The official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra silicone case in White — the clean, minimal option that suits every phone colour — is one of those accessories Samsung quietly discontinued while people were still asking for it. This is the genuine article, EF-PS928TWEGWW, brand new in retail packaging, available while our stock lasts. If you have been hunting the original case rather than a third-party lookalike, this is it. Feel Silicone that feels like the phone was born with it Samsung's own silicone has a texture third-party cases rarely match — silky rather than rubbery, warm in the hand, and grippy without dragging on a pocket lining. The back and sides gain a soft-touch finish that makes the large S24 Ultra noticeably easier to hold one-handed, and unlike cheap TPU it doesn't collect a sticky film over time. Fit Cut for the S24 Ultra — nothing blocked, nothing loose Because this is Samsung's own mould, every opening lands exactly where it should: USB-C, speakers, microphones and the S Pen silo are all fully clear, and the buttons keep their factory click. The case hugs the titanium frame snugly enough that it never works loose, yet peels off in seconds when you want the phone naked. Slim enough that wireless charging and Samsung DeX work straight through it. Colour White — the story of this shade White is the cleanest way to wear the S24 Ultra — a warm off-white silicone that pairs with every phone colour Samsung shipped. It shows handling marks slightly more readily than the darker shades, but silicone wipes clean with a damp cloth in seconds. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the official Samsung case, not a third-party copy ✔ Prefer a soft-touch grip over hard polycarbonate ✔ Carry the phone in a pocket and want it slim ✔ Use wireless charging or DeX daily ✔ Missed this colour at retail before Samsung discontinued it Consider something else if… ✖ You want card storage or a cover screen — see the S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case ✖ You need drop-rated rugged armour for site work ✖ You have a different Galaxy model — this fits the S24 Ultra only Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilitySamsung Galaxy S24 Ultra (SM-S928 series) MaterialSilicone, soft-touch finish ColourWhite MPNEF-PS928TWEGWW EAN / GTIN8806095426761 WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case, White (EF-PS928TWEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does wireless charging work through this case? Yes. The silicone is thin enough for Qi wireless charging and Wireless PowerShare without removing the case — it is Samsung's own case, designed around its own charging hardware. Can I still use the S Pen normally? Yes. The S Pen silo cutout is exact — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Will it fit over a screen protector? Yes. The case grips the back and sides only, so film and glass screen protectors are unaffected. The front edge sits proud of the display to keep it off flat surfaces. Does silicone pick up dust and lint? Like all silicone cases it attracts some pocket lint, but the soft-touch coating on Samsung's version sheds it more easily than bare silicone — a wipe with a slightly damp cloth restores it. Why is this case discontinued? Samsung retires official accessories when the next flagship launches. The S24 Ultra silicone line is no longer sold by Samsung UK, so remaining stock is what is left in the supply chain — once it is gone, it is gone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black —Replacement Galaxy S Pens — official Samsung stock —Browse all Cases at maibo Browse the full smartphone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s24-ultra-silicone-case-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s24-ultra-silicone-case-white-847.png","22.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-PS928TWEGWW","68","" "60636","Official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case – Violet","The official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra silicone case in Violet — a soft lavender that lifts the titanium frame — is one of those accessories Samsung quietly discontinued while people were still asking for it. This is the genuine article, EF-PS928TVEGWW, brand new in retail packaging, available while our stock lasts. If you have been hunting the original case rather than a third-party lookalike, this is it. Feel Silicone that feels like the phone was born with it Samsung's own silicone has a texture third-party cases rarely match — silky rather than rubbery, warm in the hand, and grippy without dragging on a pocket lining. The back and sides gain a soft-touch finish that makes the large S24 Ultra noticeably easier to hold one-handed, and unlike cheap TPU it doesn't collect a sticky film over time. Fit Cut for the S24 Ultra — nothing blocked, nothing loose Because this is Samsung's own mould, every opening lands exactly where it should: USB-C, speakers, microphones and the S Pen silo are all fully clear, and the buttons keep their factory click. The case hugs the titanium frame snugly enough that it never works loose, yet peels off in seconds when you want the phone naked. Slim enough that wireless charging and Samsung DeX work straight through it. Colour Violet — the story of this shade Violet is the lighter of the two purple shades in the range — a soft lavender tone that reads pastel rather than loud. Against the S24 Ultra's titanium frame it gives the phone a completely different, lighter character than the factory colours. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the official Samsung case, not a third-party copy ✔ Prefer a soft-touch grip over hard polycarbonate ✔ Carry the phone in a pocket and want it slim ✔ Use wireless charging or DeX daily ✔ Missed this colour at retail before Samsung discontinued it Consider something else if… ✖ You want card storage or a cover screen — see the S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case ✖ You need drop-rated rugged armour for site work ✖ You have a different Galaxy model — this fits the S24 Ultra only Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilitySamsung Galaxy S24 Ultra (SM-S928 series) MaterialSilicone, soft-touch finish ColourViolet MPNEF-PS928TVEGWW EAN / GTIN8806095426778 WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case, Violet (EF-PS928TVEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does wireless charging work through this case? Yes. The silicone is thin enough for Qi wireless charging and Wireless PowerShare without removing the case — it is Samsung's own case, designed around its own charging hardware. Can I still use the S Pen normally? Yes. The S Pen silo cutout is exact — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Will it fit over a screen protector? Yes. The case grips the back and sides only, so film and glass screen protectors are unaffected. The front edge sits proud of the display to keep it off flat surfaces. Does silicone pick up dust and lint? Like all silicone cases it attracts some pocket lint, but the soft-touch coating on Samsung's version sheds it more easily than bare silicone — a wipe with a slightly damp cloth restores it. Why is this case discontinued? Samsung retires official accessories when the next flagship launches. The S24 Ultra silicone line is no longer sold by Samsung UK, so remaining stock is what is left in the supply chain — once it is gone, it is gone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black —Replacement Galaxy S Pens — official Samsung stock —Browse all Cases at maibo Browse the full smartphone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s24-ultra-silicone-case-violet/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s24-ultra-silicone-case-violet-835.png","22.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-PS928TVEGWW","68","" "60635","Official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case – Dark Violet","The official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra silicone case in Dark Violet — the deep, muted shade Samsung matched to the Titanium Violet phone — is one of those accessories Samsung quietly discontinued while people were still asking for it. This is the genuine article, EF-PS928TEEGWW, brand new in retail packaging, available while our stock lasts. If you have been hunting the original case rather than a third-party lookalike, this is it. Feel Silicone that feels like the phone was born with it Samsung's own silicone has a texture third-party cases rarely match — silky rather than rubbery, warm in the hand, and grippy without dragging on a pocket lining. The back and sides gain a soft-touch finish that makes the large S24 Ultra noticeably easier to hold one-handed, and unlike cheap TPU it doesn't collect a sticky film over time. Fit Cut for the S24 Ultra — nothing blocked, nothing loose Because this is Samsung's own mould, every opening lands exactly where it should: USB-C, speakers, microphones and the S Pen silo are all fully clear, and the buttons keep their factory click. The case hugs the titanium frame snugly enough that it never works loose, yet peels off in seconds when you want the phone naked. Slim enough that wireless charging and Samsung DeX work straight through it. Colour Dark Violet — the story of this shade Dark Violet is the shade Samsung designed alongside the S24 Ultra's Titanium Violet finish — deep and muted, reading almost charcoal indoors and warming to a rich violet in daylight. It is the most understated colour in the range, and the one that disappears most gracefully into a work setting. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the official Samsung case, not a third-party copy ✔ Prefer a soft-touch grip over hard polycarbonate ✔ Carry the phone in a pocket and want it slim ✔ Use wireless charging or DeX daily ✔ Missed this colour at retail before Samsung discontinued it Consider something else if… ✖ You want card storage or a cover screen — see the S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case ✖ You need drop-rated rugged armour for site work ✖ You have a different Galaxy model — this fits the S24 Ultra only Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilitySamsung Galaxy S24 Ultra (SM-S928 series) MaterialSilicone, soft-touch finish ColourDark Violet MPNEF-PS928TEEGWW EAN / GTIN8806095426792 WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Silicone Case, Dark Violet (EF-PS928TEEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does wireless charging work through this case? Yes. The silicone is thin enough for Qi wireless charging and Wireless PowerShare without removing the case — it is Samsung's own case, designed around its own charging hardware. Can I still use the S Pen normally? Yes. The S Pen silo cutout is exact — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Will it fit over a screen protector? Yes. The case grips the back and sides only, so film and glass screen protectors are unaffected. The front edge sits proud of the display to keep it off flat surfaces. Does silicone pick up dust and lint? Like all silicone cases it attracts some pocket lint, but the soft-touch coating on Samsung's version sheds it more easily than bare silicone — a wipe with a slightly damp cloth restores it. Why is this case discontinued? Samsung retires official accessories when the next flagship launches. The S24 Ultra silicone line is no longer sold by Samsung UK, so remaining stock is what is left in the supply chain — once it is gone, it is gone. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black —Replacement Galaxy S Pens — official Samsung stock —Browse all Cases at maibo Browse the full smartphone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s24-ultra-silicone-case-dark-violet/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s24-ultra-silicone-case-dark-violet-810.png","22.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-PS928TEEGWW","68","" "60521","SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go USB Type-C 512GB – 2-in-1 Flash Drive","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 512GB — the 2-in-1 flash drive with a USB-C connector on one end and USB-A on the other. Move photos and files straight off a USB-C phone or tablet, then plug the same stick into any computer. USB 3.2 Gen 1 speeds up to 400 MB/s, swivel cover, keyring hole, free SanDisk Memory Zone auto-backup app. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ USB-C + USB-A in one stick — phone to computer with no cables, no cloud, no email ✓ USB 3.2 Gen 1 — reads up to 400 MB/s for fast offloads ✓ Swivel cover protects both connectors · keyring hole for the road ✓ Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) ⚠️ Discontinued line — limited stock remaining. The full phone, the 'storage almost full' warning, the video that will not send — the SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 512GB exists for exactly that moment. Flip the swivel cover one way and the USB-C connector plugs straight into your phone or tablet; move the files across, flip the cover the other way, and the USB-A end plugs into any computer made in the last two decades. No cables, no cloud subscriptions, no waiting for uploads. USB 3.2 Gen 1 keeps transfers at up to 400 MB/s, the free SanDisk Memory Zone app can back your phone up automatically every time you plug in, and the keyring hole means the drive lives with your keys instead of a drawer. SanDisk has since discontinued this much-loved line — this is brand new, sealed retail stock, dispatched from our UK warehouse while it lasts. Two Connectors, One Stick Phone to Computer, No Cables A USB-C connector on one end and USB-A on the other means the Dual Drive Go speaks to both halves of your life: the USB-C phone or tablet in your pocket, and the USB-A laptops, desktops, TVs and car stereos everywhere else. Offload holiday photos from the phone at the airport, hand the same stick to someone with a ten-year-old laptop, plug it into the TV for a film — one drive covers all of it, with no adapters and no pairing. USB 3.2 Gen 1 Speed Up to 400 MB/s Reads Moving a phone full of photos over Bluetooth or cloud upload takes an evening; over USB 3.2 Gen 1 it takes minutes. Read speeds up to 400 MB/s make offloads and transfers quick in both directions, and the free SanDisk Memory Zone app for Android turns the plug-in moment into an automatic backup — photos, videos, documents and contacts copied across without you thinking about it. Built for a Keyring Swivel Cover, Go Anywhere The integrated swivel cover protects whichever connector you are not using — no caps to lose — and the reinforced keyring hole means the drive travels with your keys. At 6.5 grams it disappears in a pocket. iPhone 15 and newer (USB-C) owners can browse the drive through the Apple Files app; Android users get the full Memory Zone experience. Right choice if you… ✔ Keep running out of phone storage and want a no-cloud fix ✔ Move files between USB-C devices and older USB-A computers ✔ Want automatic phone backups every time you plug in ✔ Carry your storage on a keyring rather than in a drawer ✔ Want the classic Go line while sealed stock lasts Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Want an all-metal build — see the Ultra Dual Drive Luxe, also at maibo ✖ Need hardware encryption or password protection ✖ Want to record video directly to the drive from an iPhone SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 512GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk (genuine original) Model Ultra Dual Drive Go USB Type-C MPN SDDDC3-512G-G46 GTIN / UPC Not stated Capacity 512GB Connectors USB-C + USB-A (dual-sided, swivel cover) Interface USB 3.2 Gen 1 (backwards compatible with USB 2.0) Read speed Up to 400 MB/s App SanDisk Memory Zone (Android) — automatic backup iPhone Works with iPhone 15 and newer via Apple Files app Weight 6.5 g Dimensions 44.45 × 12.19 × 8.64 mm Warranty 5-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 512GB USB Type-C flash drive · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does it work with iPhone? With iPhone 15 and newer (USB-C models), yes — browse and copy files through the Apple Files app. Direct video recording to the drive is not supported. Older Lightning iPhones are not compatible. What is the difference between the Go and the Luxe? Same 2-in-1 USB-C/USB-A idea. The Go is the lightweight 6.5g plastic version with swivel cover; the Luxe is the all-metal version. Both are genuine SanDisk — we stock both at maibo. Do I need software to use it? No — it works as a normal flash drive on Windows, Mac and Android out of the box. The optional free Memory Zone app adds automatic backup on Android. Why is it marked discontinued? SanDisk has retired the Go line from production. Our units are brand new, sealed retail stock — once this batch sells through, restocks are unlikely. Is this a genuine sealed unit? Yes. Genuine SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go (SDDDC3-512G-G46), brand new in sealed retail packaging, covered by SanDisk's 5-year warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 64GB (all-metal) — USB-C/USB-A— SanDisk Ultra Fit 1TB USB 3.2 Flash Drive— Browse all storage and memory at maibo View the Ultra Dual Drive Go on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-dual-drive-go-usb-type-c-512gb/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/841270259.webp","88.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC3-512G-G46","50","" "60520","SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go USB Type-C 256GB – 2-in-1 Flash Drive","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 256GB — the 2-in-1 flash drive with a USB-C connector on one end and USB-A on the other. Move photos and files straight off a USB-C phone or tablet, then plug the same stick into any computer. USB 3.2 Gen 1 speeds up to 400 MB/s, swivel cover, keyring hole, free SanDisk Memory Zone auto-backup app. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ USB-C + USB-A in one stick — phone to computer with no cables, no cloud, no email ✓ USB 3.2 Gen 1 — reads up to 400 MB/s for fast offloads ✓ Swivel cover protects both connectors · keyring hole for the road ✓ Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) ⚠️ Discontinued line — limited stock remaining. The full phone, the 'storage almost full' warning, the video that will not send — the SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 256GB exists for exactly that moment. Flip the swivel cover one way and the USB-C connector plugs straight into your phone or tablet; move the files across, flip the cover the other way, and the USB-A end plugs into any computer made in the last two decades. No cables, no cloud subscriptions, no waiting for uploads. USB 3.2 Gen 1 keeps transfers at up to 400 MB/s, the free SanDisk Memory Zone app can back your phone up automatically every time you plug in, and the keyring hole means the drive lives with your keys instead of a drawer. SanDisk has since discontinued this much-loved line — this is brand new, sealed retail stock, dispatched from our UK warehouse while it lasts. Two Connectors, One Stick Phone to Computer, No Cables A USB-C connector on one end and USB-A on the other means the Dual Drive Go speaks to both halves of your life: the USB-C phone or tablet in your pocket, and the USB-A laptops, desktops, TVs and car stereos everywhere else. Offload holiday photos from the phone at the airport, hand the same stick to someone with a ten-year-old laptop, plug it into the TV for a film — one drive covers all of it, with no adapters and no pairing. USB 3.2 Gen 1 Speed Up to 400 MB/s Reads Moving a phone full of photos over Bluetooth or cloud upload takes an evening; over USB 3.2 Gen 1 it takes minutes. Read speeds up to 400 MB/s make offloads and transfers quick in both directions, and the free SanDisk Memory Zone app for Android turns the plug-in moment into an automatic backup — photos, videos, documents and contacts copied across without you thinking about it. Built for a Keyring Swivel Cover, Go Anywhere The integrated swivel cover protects whichever connector you are not using — no caps to lose — and the reinforced keyring hole means the drive travels with your keys. At 6.5 grams it disappears in a pocket. iPhone 15 and newer (USB-C) owners can browse the drive through the Apple Files app; Android users get the full Memory Zone experience. Right choice if you… ✔ Keep running out of phone storage and want a no-cloud fix ✔ Move files between USB-C devices and older USB-A computers ✔ Want automatic phone backups every time you plug in ✔ Carry your storage on a keyring rather than in a drawer ✔ Want the classic Go line while sealed stock lasts Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Want an all-metal build — see the Ultra Dual Drive Luxe, also at maibo ✖ Need hardware encryption or password protection ✖ Want to record video directly to the drive from an iPhone SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 256GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk (genuine original) Model Ultra Dual Drive Go USB Type-C MPN SDDDC3-256G-G46 GTIN / UPC 619659177621 Capacity 256GB Connectors USB-C + USB-A (dual-sided, swivel cover) Interface USB 3.2 Gen 1 (backwards compatible with USB 2.0) Read speed Up to 400 MB/s App SanDisk Memory Zone (Android) — automatic backup iPhone Works with iPhone 15 and newer via Apple Files app Weight 6.5 g Dimensions 44.45 × 12.19 × 8.64 mm Warranty 5-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 256GB USB Type-C flash drive · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does it work with iPhone? With iPhone 15 and newer (USB-C models), yes — browse and copy files through the Apple Files app. Direct video recording to the drive is not supported. Older Lightning iPhones are not compatible. What is the difference between the Go and the Luxe? Same 2-in-1 USB-C/USB-A idea. The Go is the lightweight 6.5g plastic version with swivel cover; the Luxe is the all-metal version. Both are genuine SanDisk — we stock both at maibo. Do I need software to use it? No — it works as a normal flash drive on Windows, Mac and Android out of the box. The optional free Memory Zone app adds automatic backup on Android. Why is it marked discontinued? SanDisk has retired the Go line from production. Our units are brand new, sealed retail stock — once this batch sells through, restocks are unlikely. Is this a genuine sealed unit? Yes. Genuine SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go (SDDDC3-256G-G46), brand new in sealed retail packaging, covered by SanDisk's 5-year warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 64GB (all-metal) — USB-C/USB-A— SanDisk Ultra Fit 1TB USB 3.2 Flash Drive— Browse all storage and memory at maibo View the Ultra Dual Drive Go on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-dual-drive-go-usb-type-c-256gb/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/841270259.webp","48.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC3-256G-G46","49","619659177621" "60519","SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go USB Type-C 64GB – 2-in-1 Flash Drive","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 64GB — the 2-in-1 flash drive with a USB-C connector on one end and USB-A on the other. Move photos and files straight off a USB-C phone or tablet, then plug the same stick into any computer. USB 3.2 Gen 1 speeds up to 300 MB/s, swivel cover, keyring hole, free SanDisk Memory Zone auto-backup app. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ USB-C + USB-A in one stick — phone to computer with no cables, no cloud, no email ✓ USB 3.2 Gen 1 — reads up to 300 MB/s for fast offloads ✓ Swivel cover protects both connectors · keyring hole for the road ✓ Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) ⚠️ Discontinued line — limited stock remaining. The full phone, the 'storage almost full' warning, the video that will not send — the SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 64GB exists for exactly that moment. Flip the swivel cover one way and the USB-C connector plugs straight into your phone or tablet; move the files across, flip the cover the other way, and the USB-A end plugs into any computer made in the last two decades. No cables, no cloud subscriptions, no waiting for uploads. USB 3.2 Gen 1 keeps transfers at up to 300 MB/s, the free SanDisk Memory Zone app can back your phone up automatically every time you plug in, and the keyring hole means the drive lives with your keys instead of a drawer. SanDisk has since discontinued this much-loved line — this is brand new, sealed retail stock, dispatched from our UK warehouse while it lasts. Two Connectors, One Stick Phone to Computer, No Cables A USB-C connector on one end and USB-A on the other means the Dual Drive Go speaks to both halves of your life: the USB-C phone or tablet in your pocket, and the USB-A laptops, desktops, TVs and car stereos everywhere else. Offload holiday photos from the phone at the airport, hand the same stick to someone with a ten-year-old laptop, plug it into the TV for a film — one drive covers all of it, with no adapters and no pairing. USB 3.2 Gen 1 Speed Up to 300 MB/s Reads Moving a phone full of photos over Bluetooth or cloud upload takes an evening; over USB 3.2 Gen 1 it takes minutes. Read speeds up to 300 MB/s make offloads and transfers quick in both directions, and the free SanDisk Memory Zone app for Android turns the plug-in moment into an automatic backup — photos, videos, documents and contacts copied across without you thinking about it. Built for a Keyring Swivel Cover, Go Anywhere The integrated swivel cover protects whichever connector you are not using — no caps to lose — and the reinforced keyring hole means the drive travels with your keys. At 6.5 grams it disappears in a pocket. iPhone 15 and newer (USB-C) owners can browse the drive through the Apple Files app; Android users get the full Memory Zone experience. Right choice if you… ✔ Keep running out of phone storage and want a no-cloud fix ✔ Move files between USB-C devices and older USB-A computers ✔ Want automatic phone backups every time you plug in ✔ Carry your storage on a keyring rather than in a drawer ✔ Want the classic Go line while sealed stock lasts Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Want an all-metal build — see the Ultra Dual Drive Luxe, also at maibo ✖ Need hardware encryption or password protection ✖ Want to record video directly to the drive from an iPhone SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 64GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk (genuine original) Model Ultra Dual Drive Go USB Type-C MPN SDDDC3-064G-G46 GTIN / UPC Not stated Capacity 64GB Connectors USB-C + USB-A (dual-sided, swivel cover) Interface USB 3.2 Gen 1 (backwards compatible with USB 2.0) Read speed Up to 300 MB/s App SanDisk Memory Zone (Android) — automatic backup iPhone Works with iPhone 15 and newer via Apple Files app Weight 6.5 g Dimensions 44.45 × 12.19 × 8.64 mm Warranty 5-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 64GB USB Type-C flash drive · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does it work with iPhone? With iPhone 15 and newer (USB-C models), yes — browse and copy files through the Apple Files app. Direct video recording to the drive is not supported. Older Lightning iPhones are not compatible. What is the difference between the Go and the Luxe? Same 2-in-1 USB-C/USB-A idea. The Go is the lightweight 6.5g plastic version with swivel cover; the Luxe is the all-metal version. Both are genuine SanDisk — we stock both at maibo. Do I need software to use it? No — it works as a normal flash drive on Windows, Mac and Android out of the box. The optional free Memory Zone app adds automatic backup on Android. Why is it marked discontinued? SanDisk has retired the Go line from production. Our units are brand new, sealed retail stock — once this batch sells through, restocks are unlikely. Is this a genuine sealed unit? Yes. Genuine SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go (SDDDC3-064G-G46), brand new in sealed retail packaging, covered by SanDisk's 5-year warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 64GB (all-metal) — USB-C/USB-A— SanDisk Ultra Fit 1TB USB 3.2 Flash Drive— Browse all storage and memory at maibo View the Ultra Dual Drive Go on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-dual-drive-go-usb-type-c-64gb/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/841270259.webp","22.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC3-064G-G46","50","" "60500","HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S – USB-C Gaming Earbuds with Mic – Red","The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S USB-C gaming earbuds — Red — the digital big brother of the Cloud Earbuds III: USB-C connection with integrated surround sound, an omnidirectional MEMS microphone with noise suppression, HyperX-tuned 14mm drivers and in-line controls with instant surround access. Patented Intra-Concha tips in four sizes (XS–L), hardshell case included. Zero latency, no batteries, no pairing. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ USB-C digital audio with integrated surround sound — no sound card, no dongle ✓ MEMS microphone with noise suppression — clearer comms than standard earbud mics ✓ Patented Intra-Concha ear tips in 4 sizes (XS–L) — pressure-free fit for long sessions ✓ Plug-and-play on USB-C: PC, handhelds and mobile · Brand New — Retail Packaging The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S takes everything the Cloud Earbuds III does well and moves it onto USB-C. The digital connection carries integrated surround sound — positional audio that a 3.5mm jack simply cannot deliver without an external sound card — while the omnidirectional MEMS microphone with noise suppression keeps your voice clean in busy rooms and on the move. Underneath it is the same HyperX recipe: 14mm HyperX-tuned drivers, the patented Intra-Concha ear tip design in four sizes that rests in the outer ear instead of pressing into the canal, in-line controls with one-touch surround access, and a hardshell case for the journey. Wired means zero latency, no batteries and no pairing — plug into any USB-C port on PC, handheld or phone and play. This is the Red version, brand new and sealed in original HyperX retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. USB-C + Surround Digital Audio, Positional Edge Moving from analogue 3.5mm to USB-C changes what the earbuds can do. The digital connection carries HyperX's integrated surround sound processing, so footsteps, reloads and flanking players sit around you rather than flatly left-and-right — the positional information competitive play depends on, with no external sound card and no software to install. The in-line control includes one-touch surround toggle, so you can switch between stereo music and surround gaming instantly. MEMS Mic + Noise Suppression Comms That Cut Through Standard earbud microphones pick up everything — traffic, keyboards, the bus. The Cloud Earbuds III S uses an omnidirectional MEMS microphone paired with noise suppression, keeping your voice in front and the background behind. For party chat on handhelds, calls between matches or a quick meeting from a laptop USB-C port, it delivers noticeably cleaner pickup than the average in-line mic, with mute and volume on the same control. HyperX Comfort Recipe Intra-Concha Fit, Pocket-Ready The patented Intra-Concha ear tip design rests in the concha — the outer bowl of the ear — relieving the pressure that standard canal buds build over long sessions. Four silicone tip sizes from XS to L are included (medium preinstalled). The angled USB-C connector resists snags on handhelds and phones, and the hardshell case keeps everything safe in a backpack. Zero batteries, zero pairing, zero lag. Right choice if you… ✔ Game on USB-C devices — PC, handhelds, modern phones and tablets ✔ Want surround sound from earbuds without a sound card or dongle ✔ Need cleaner voice pickup — the MEMS mic with noise suppression delivers it ✔ Want zero-latency wired audio with no batteries to charge ✔ Find full-size headsets too heavy for travel and mobile play Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Need a 3.5mm jack — Nintendo Switch jack or controller use points to the standard Cloud Earbuds III ✖ Want Bluetooth — these are wired by design, for zero latency ✖ Prefer an over-ear headset with a boom mic for long desktop sessions HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S — Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud Earbuds III S MPN BN7S2AA GTIN / UPC 199251353215 Colour Red Form factor Wired USB-C in-ear gaming earbuds Driver HyperX-tuned, 14mm Connection USB-C, angled connector Surround sound Integrated — one-touch access on in-line control Microphone In-line omnidirectional MEMS with noise suppression Controls Volume, mute, multifunction, surround toggle Ear tips Silicone, 4 sizes (XS–L), medium preinstalled Compatibility USB-C devices: PC, handhelds, mobile and tablets Warranty 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty In the Box — HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S — Red · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — 4 sizes of silicone ear tips, XS–L (medium preinstalled) — Hardshell carrying case — Quick start guide Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the Cloud Earbuds III S and the Cloud Earbuds III? The S is the USB-C digital version: integrated surround sound, a MEMS microphone with noise suppression, and a surround toggle on the in-line control. The standard III is the analogue 3.5mm version for jack-equipped devices and controllers. Same comfort recipe on both. Does it work with the Nintendo Switch? On USB-C handhelds and the Switch dock's USB ports behaviour varies by model and system software — for guaranteed Switch compatibility through the 3.5mm jack, the standard Cloud Earbuds III is the safer pick. The S is at home on PC, USB-C phones, tablets and PC handhelds. Do I need drivers or software? No. The Cloud Earbuds III S is plug-and-play over USB-C — surround sound and the microphone work straight from the in-line control, with no app required. Does the surround sound work for music too? The one-touch control lets you toggle surround on and off, so you can keep music in standard stereo and switch surround on when you game. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. This is a brand new HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S in Red, in original sealed HyperX retail packaging (BN7S2AA), covered by the standard 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud Earbuds III (3.5mm) – Black — HyperX Cloud Earbuds III (3.5mm) – Red — HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset — Black View the HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S on hyperx.com — official product page Browse the full gaming range at maibo or the complete headphones and audio collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-s-usb-c-gaming-earbuds-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-s-red-bn7s2aa-1.jpg","28.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","BN7S2AA","50","199251353215" "60499","HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S – USB-C Gaming Earbuds with Mic – Black","The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S USB-C gaming earbuds — Black — the digital big brother of the Cloud Earbuds III: USB-C connection with integrated surround sound, an omnidirectional MEMS microphone with noise suppression, HyperX-tuned 14mm drivers and in-line controls with instant surround access. Patented Intra-Concha tips in four sizes (XS–L), hardshell case included. Zero latency, no batteries, no pairing. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ USB-C digital audio with integrated surround sound — no sound card, no dongle ✓ MEMS microphone with noise suppression — clearer comms than standard earbud mics ✓ Patented Intra-Concha ear tips in 4 sizes (XS–L) — pressure-free fit for long sessions ✓ Plug-and-play on USB-C: PC, handhelds and mobile · Brand New — Retail Packaging The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S takes everything the Cloud Earbuds III does well and moves it onto USB-C. The digital connection carries integrated surround sound — positional audio that a 3.5mm jack simply cannot deliver without an external sound card — while the omnidirectional MEMS microphone with noise suppression keeps your voice clean in busy rooms and on the move. Underneath it is the same HyperX recipe: 14mm HyperX-tuned drivers, the patented Intra-Concha ear tip design in four sizes that rests in the outer ear instead of pressing into the canal, in-line controls with one-touch surround access, and a hardshell case for the journey. Wired means zero latency, no batteries and no pairing — plug into any USB-C port on PC, handheld or phone and play. This is the Black version, brand new and sealed in original HyperX retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. USB-C + Surround Digital Audio, Positional Edge Moving from analogue 3.5mm to USB-C changes what the earbuds can do. The digital connection carries HyperX's integrated surround sound processing, so footsteps, reloads and flanking players sit around you rather than flatly left-and-right — the positional information competitive play depends on, with no external sound card and no software to install. The in-line control includes one-touch surround toggle, so you can switch between stereo music and surround gaming instantly. MEMS Mic + Noise Suppression Comms That Cut Through Standard earbud microphones pick up everything — traffic, keyboards, the bus. The Cloud Earbuds III S uses an omnidirectional MEMS microphone paired with noise suppression, keeping your voice in front and the background behind. For party chat on handhelds, calls between matches or a quick meeting from a laptop USB-C port, it delivers noticeably cleaner pickup than the average in-line mic, with mute and volume on the same control. HyperX Comfort Recipe Intra-Concha Fit, Pocket-Ready The patented Intra-Concha ear tip design rests in the concha — the outer bowl of the ear — relieving the pressure that standard canal buds build over long sessions. Four silicone tip sizes from XS to L are included (medium preinstalled). The angled USB-C connector resists snags on handhelds and phones, and the hardshell case keeps everything safe in a backpack. Zero batteries, zero pairing, zero lag. Right choice if you… ✔ Game on USB-C devices — PC, handhelds, modern phones and tablets ✔ Want surround sound from earbuds without a sound card or dongle ✔ Need cleaner voice pickup — the MEMS mic with noise suppression delivers it ✔ Want zero-latency wired audio with no batteries to charge ✔ Find full-size headsets too heavy for travel and mobile play Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Need a 3.5mm jack — Nintendo Switch jack or controller use points to the standard Cloud Earbuds III ✖ Want Bluetooth — these are wired by design, for zero latency ✖ Prefer an over-ear headset with a boom mic for long desktop sessions HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S — Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud Earbuds III S MPN BN7S1AA GTIN / UPC 199251353208 Colour Black Form factor Wired USB-C in-ear gaming earbuds Driver HyperX-tuned, 14mm Connection USB-C, angled connector Surround sound Integrated — one-touch access on in-line control Microphone In-line omnidirectional MEMS with noise suppression Controls Volume, mute, multifunction, surround toggle Ear tips Silicone, 4 sizes (XS–L), medium preinstalled Compatibility USB-C devices: PC, handhelds, mobile and tablets Warranty 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty In the Box — HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S — Black · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — 4 sizes of silicone ear tips, XS–L (medium preinstalled) — Hardshell carrying case — Quick start guide Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the Cloud Earbuds III S and the Cloud Earbuds III? The S is the USB-C digital version: integrated surround sound, a MEMS microphone with noise suppression, and a surround toggle on the in-line control. The standard III is the analogue 3.5mm version for jack-equipped devices and controllers. Same comfort recipe on both. Does it work with the Nintendo Switch? On USB-C handhelds and the Switch dock's USB ports behaviour varies by model and system software — for guaranteed Switch compatibility through the 3.5mm jack, the standard Cloud Earbuds III is the safer pick. The S is at home on PC, USB-C phones, tablets and PC handhelds. Do I need drivers or software? No. The Cloud Earbuds III S is plug-and-play over USB-C — surround sound and the microphone work straight from the in-line control, with no app required. Does the surround sound work for music too? The one-touch control lets you toggle surround on and off, so you can keep music in standard stereo and switch surround on when you game. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. This is a brand new HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S in Black, in original sealed HyperX retail packaging (BN7S1AA), covered by the standard 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud Earbuds III (3.5mm) – Black— HyperX Cloud Earbuds III (3.5mm) – Red— HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset — Black View the HyperX Cloud Earbuds III S on hyperx.com — official product page Browse the full gaming range at maibo or the complete headphones and audio collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-s-usb-c-gaming-earbuds-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-s-black-bn7s1aa-1.jpg","28.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","BN7S1AA","50","199251353208" "60471","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case – Red","The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Red — Samsung's premium hard case with a woven carbon-texture finish, a slim rigid shell and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories firmly. Precise cutouts for the camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Woven carbon-texture hard shell — premium look, rigid protection, minimal bulk ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessories ✓ Genuine Samsung — exact S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Red colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case is the premium tier of Samsung's own S26 Ultra case line-up. Where the silicone case goes soft-touch, the Carbon goes technical: a slim, rigid shell wrapped in a woven carbon-texture finish that catches the light along the weave, over a built-in magnet ring that snaps the phone into perfect alignment on wireless chargers and carries magnetic stands, mounts and wallets. It adds real protection with almost no bulk, and because it is Samsung's own case the cutouts land exactly where they should — camera array framed cleanly, buttons crisp, S Pen silo completely clear. This is the Red version, brand new and sealed in original Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Carbon-Texture Shell Premium Look, Rigid Protection The woven carbon-pattern finish is what sets this case apart from the rest of Samsung's line-up — a technical, high-end texture that catches the light along the weave and hides everyday scuffs far better than plain plastic or silicone. Underneath it is a slim, rigid shell that shields the S26 Ultra's back and corners from knocks and scratches while keeping the phone's profile essentially unchanged. It is the case for someone who wants their Ultra protected without hiding it inside a bulky bumper. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the shell does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the coil, so charging starts reliably at full speed every time. And it opens the door to the magnetic accessory ecosystem: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach straight onto the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off — no adhesive plates, no fiddling. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers keep the factory click, and nothing obstructs the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to the S26 palette — this is the Red version — with the fit and finish third-party carbon-style cases imitate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Want Samsung's premium case tier — the carbon texture stands apart from silicone ✔ Use wireless charging and want reliable, full-speed alignment every time ✔ Run magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a rigid shell over a soft case, with minimal added bulk ✔ Want genuine Samsung cutouts and button feel Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a Galaxy S26 or S26+ — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Prefer the softer grip of silicone — see Samsung's Silicone Magnet Case instead ✖ Need rugged drop-rated protection for building sites or extreme sports Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Carbon Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-KS948SREGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Red Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Rigid shell with woven carbon-texture finish Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — charge through the case Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Red · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case work with MagSafe-style accessories? Yes — the built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment, and aligns the phone on Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Is it real carbon fibre? Samsung describes it as its Carbon Magnet Case with a woven carbon-texture finish over a rigid shell. Signal-sensitive areas are engineered so mobile reception, NFC and wireless charging all work normally through the case. What is the difference between the Carbon and the Silicone Magnet Case? Both have the built-in magnet ring. The Carbon is the premium rigid version with the woven texture finish; the Silicone is the soft-touch, grippier version. Same fit, same magnet function — different feel and look. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra. Samsung makes a separate Carbon Magnet Case for the base S26 (EF-KS942). Is the Red case a genuine sealed Samsung product? Yes. This is Samsung's official Carbon Magnet Case (EF-KS948SREGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Red case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-red-ef-ks948sregww-1.png","49.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-KS948SREGWW","50","" "60470","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case – Dark Blue","The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Dark Blue — Samsung's premium hard case with a woven carbon-texture finish, a slim rigid shell and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories firmly. Precise cutouts for the camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Woven carbon-texture hard shell — premium look, rigid protection, minimal bulk ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessories ✓ Genuine Samsung — exact S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Dark Blue colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case is the premium tier of Samsung's own S26 Ultra case line-up. Where the silicone case goes soft-touch, the Carbon goes technical: a slim, rigid shell wrapped in a woven carbon-texture finish that catches the light along the weave, over a built-in magnet ring that snaps the phone into perfect alignment on wireless chargers and carries magnetic stands, mounts and wallets. It adds real protection with almost no bulk, and because it is Samsung's own case the cutouts land exactly where they should — camera array framed cleanly, buttons crisp, S Pen silo completely clear. This is the Dark Blue version, brand new and sealed in original Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Carbon-Texture Shell Premium Look, Rigid Protection The woven carbon-pattern finish is what sets this case apart from the rest of Samsung's line-up — a technical, high-end texture that catches the light along the weave and hides everyday scuffs far better than plain plastic or silicone. Underneath it is a slim, rigid shell that shields the S26 Ultra's back and corners from knocks and scratches while keeping the phone's profile essentially unchanged. It is the case for someone who wants their Ultra protected without hiding it inside a bulky bumper. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the shell does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the coil, so charging starts reliably at full speed every time. And it opens the door to the magnetic accessory ecosystem: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach straight onto the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off — no adhesive plates, no fiddling. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers keep the factory click, and nothing obstructs the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to the S26 palette — this is the Dark Blue version — with the fit and finish third-party carbon-style cases imitate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Want Samsung's premium case tier — the carbon texture stands apart from silicone ✔ Use wireless charging and want reliable, full-speed alignment every time ✔ Run magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a rigid shell over a soft case, with minimal added bulk ✔ Want genuine Samsung cutouts and button feel Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a Galaxy S26 or S26+ — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Prefer the softer grip of silicone — see Samsung's Silicone Magnet Case instead ✖ Need rugged drop-rated protection for building sites or extreme sports Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Carbon Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-KS948SCEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Dark Blue Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Rigid shell with woven carbon-texture finish Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — charge through the case Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Dark Blue · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case work with MagSafe-style accessories? Yes — the built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment, and aligns the phone on Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Is it real carbon fibre? Samsung describes it as its Carbon Magnet Case with a woven carbon-texture finish over a rigid shell. Signal-sensitive areas are engineered so mobile reception, NFC and wireless charging all work normally through the case. What is the difference between the Carbon and the Silicone Magnet Case? Both have the built-in magnet ring. The Carbon is the premium rigid version with the woven texture finish; the Silicone is the soft-touch, grippier version. Same fit, same magnet function — different feel and look. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra. Samsung makes a separate Carbon Magnet Case for the base S26 (EF-KS942). Is the Dark Blue case a genuine sealed Samsung product? Yes. This is Samsung's official Carbon Magnet Case (EF-KS948SCEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Dark Blue case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-dark-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-dark-blue-ef-ks948scegww-1.png","49.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-KS948SCEGWW","50","" "60469","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case – Black","The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Black — Samsung's premium hard case with a woven carbon-texture finish, a slim rigid shell and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories firmly. Precise cutouts for the camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Woven carbon-texture hard shell — premium look, rigid protection, minimal bulk ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessories ✓ Genuine Samsung — exact S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Black colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case is the premium tier of Samsung's own S26 Ultra case line-up. Where the silicone case goes soft-touch, the Carbon goes technical: a slim, rigid shell wrapped in a woven carbon-texture finish that catches the light along the weave, over a built-in magnet ring that snaps the phone into perfect alignment on wireless chargers and carries magnetic stands, mounts and wallets. It adds real protection with almost no bulk, and because it is Samsung's own case the cutouts land exactly where they should — camera array framed cleanly, buttons crisp, S Pen silo completely clear. This is the Black version, brand new and sealed in original Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Carbon-Texture Shell Premium Look, Rigid Protection The woven carbon-pattern finish is what sets this case apart from the rest of Samsung's line-up — a technical, high-end texture that catches the light along the weave and hides everyday scuffs far better than plain plastic or silicone. Underneath it is a slim, rigid shell that shields the S26 Ultra's back and corners from knocks and scratches while keeping the phone's profile essentially unchanged. It is the case for someone who wants their Ultra protected without hiding it inside a bulky bumper. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the shell does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the coil, so charging starts reliably at full speed every time. And it opens the door to the magnetic accessory ecosystem: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach straight onto the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off — no adhesive plates, no fiddling. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers keep the factory click, and nothing obstructs the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to the S26 palette — this is the Black version — with the fit and finish third-party carbon-style cases imitate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Want Samsung's premium case tier — the carbon texture stands apart from silicone ✔ Use wireless charging and want reliable, full-speed alignment every time ✔ Run magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a rigid shell over a soft case, with minimal added bulk ✔ Want genuine Samsung cutouts and button feel Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a Galaxy S26 or S26+ — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Prefer the softer grip of silicone — see Samsung's Silicone Magnet Case instead ✖ Need rugged drop-rated protection for building sites or extreme sports Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Carbon Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-KS948SNEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Black Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Rigid shell with woven carbon-texture finish Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — charge through the case Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Black · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case work with MagSafe-style accessories? Yes — the built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment, and aligns the phone on Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Is it real carbon fibre? Samsung describes it as its Carbon Magnet Case with a woven carbon-texture finish over a rigid shell. Signal-sensitive areas are engineered so mobile reception, NFC and wireless charging all work normally through the case. What is the difference between the Carbon and the Silicone Magnet Case? Both have the built-in magnet ring. The Carbon is the premium rigid version with the woven texture finish; the Silicone is the soft-touch, grippier version. Same fit, same magnet function — different feel and look. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra. Samsung makes a separate Carbon Magnet Case for the base S26 (EF-KS942). Is the Black case a genuine sealed Samsung product? Yes. This is Samsung's official Carbon Magnet Case (EF-KS948SNEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Black case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-black-ef-ks948snegww-1.png","49.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-KS948SNEGWW","50","" "60468","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case – Dark Gray","The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Dark Gray — Samsung's premium hard case with a woven carbon-texture finish, a slim rigid shell and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories firmly. Precise cutouts for the camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Woven carbon-texture hard shell — premium look, rigid protection, minimal bulk ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessories ✓ Genuine Samsung — exact S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Dark Gray colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) The Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case is the premium tier of Samsung's own S26 Ultra case line-up. Where the silicone case goes soft-touch, the Carbon goes technical: a slim, rigid shell wrapped in a woven carbon-texture finish that catches the light along the weave, over a built-in magnet ring that snaps the phone into perfect alignment on wireless chargers and carries magnetic stands, mounts and wallets. It adds real protection with almost no bulk, and because it is Samsung's own case the cutouts land exactly where they should — camera array framed cleanly, buttons crisp, S Pen silo completely clear. This is the Dark Gray version, brand new and sealed in original Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Carbon-Texture Shell Premium Look, Rigid Protection The woven carbon-pattern finish is what sets this case apart from the rest of Samsung's line-up — a technical, high-end texture that catches the light along the weave and hides everyday scuffs far better than plain plastic or silicone. Underneath it is a slim, rigid shell that shields the S26 Ultra's back and corners from knocks and scratches while keeping the phone's profile essentially unchanged. It is the case for someone who wants their Ultra protected without hiding it inside a bulky bumper. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the shell does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the coil, so charging starts reliably at full speed every time. And it opens the door to the magnetic accessory ecosystem: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach straight onto the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off — no adhesive plates, no fiddling. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers keep the factory click, and nothing obstructs the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to the S26 palette — this is the Dark Gray version — with the fit and finish third-party carbon-style cases imitate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Want Samsung's premium case tier — the carbon texture stands apart from silicone ✔ Use wireless charging and want reliable, full-speed alignment every time ✔ Run magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a rigid shell over a soft case, with minimal added bulk ✔ Want genuine Samsung cutouts and button feel Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a Galaxy S26 or S26+ — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Prefer the softer grip of silicone — see Samsung's Silicone Magnet Case instead ✖ Need rugged drop-rated protection for building sites or extreme sports Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Carbon Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-KS948SSEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Dark Gray Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Rigid shell with woven carbon-texture finish Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — charge through the case Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case — Dark Gray · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Carbon Magnet Case work with MagSafe-style accessories? Yes — the built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment, and aligns the phone on Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Is it real carbon fibre? Samsung describes it as its Carbon Magnet Case with a woven carbon-texture finish over a rigid shell. Signal-sensitive areas are engineered so mobile reception, NFC and wireless charging all work normally through the case. What is the difference between the Carbon and the Silicone Magnet Case? Both have the built-in magnet ring. The Carbon is the premium rigid version with the woven texture finish; the Silicone is the soft-touch, grippier version. Same fit, same magnet function — different feel and look. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra. Samsung makes a separate Carbon Magnet Case for the base S26 (EF-KS942). Is the Dark Gray case a genuine sealed Samsung product? Yes. This is Samsung's official Carbon Magnet Case (EF-KS948SSEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Dark Gray case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-dark-gray/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-carbon-magnet-case-dark-gray-ef-ks948ssegww-1.png","49.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-KS948SSEGWW","50","" "60453","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Coral Red","The official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Coral Red — genuine Samsung protection with a smooth soft-touch silicone finish and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone perfectly on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories securely. Slim, grippy and cut precisely for the S26 Ultra's camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessory attachment ✓ Smooth soft-touch silicone — comfortable grip, durable wear-resistant finish ✓ Genuine Samsung — precise S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Coral Red colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Magnetic accessories finally arrived properly on the Galaxy side, and Samsung's own Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case is the cleanest way in. A magnet ring is built directly into the case, so the phone snaps into perfect alignment on wireless chargers — no more waking up to a phone that missed the charging coil — and magnetic rings, stands and wallets attach and detach with a satisfying click. Around that ring is what Samsung's silicone cases are known for: a smooth, soft-touch finish that grips without dragging on pockets, a slim profile that keeps the S26 Ultra's lines intact, and precise cutouts for the camera array, buttons and S Pen. This is the Coral Red version — a genuine Samsung accessory, brand new and sealed in original retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the case body does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charging coil, so charging starts reliably every time and at full speed — misalignment is the usual reason a phone charges slowly or not at all overnight. And it turns the S26 Ultra into a platform for the growing ecosystem of magnetic accessories: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach directly to the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off. Soft-Touch Silicone Grip Without the Bulk Samsung's silicone finish is smooth to the touch but grippy in the hand — the phone feels planted rather than slippery, and the case slides in and out of pockets without snagging. The finish is durable and resists the wear, shine and discolouration that cheap silicone develops within weeks. The slim profile adds protection against everyday knocks and scratches while keeping the S26 Ultra's shape and weight essentially unchanged. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone itself. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers press with the same feel as the bare phone, and nothing blocks the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to Samsung's S26 series palette — this is the Coral Red version — it fits the phone the way third-party cases approximate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S26 Ultra and use (or plan to use) wireless charging ✔ Want magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a genuine Samsung case with exact cutouts over third-party guesswork ✔ Like a slim, soft-touch feel rather than a bulky rugged shell ✔ Want a colour that matches the official S26 palette Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a different Galaxy model — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Need heavy-duty drop protection for building sites or extreme sports ✖ Don't use wireless charging or magnetic accessories and want the thinnest possible cover Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Silicone Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-ES948COEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Coral Red Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Soft-touch silicone Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — magnet ring aligns phone on the charging coil Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Coral Red · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the magnet ring work with MagSafe-style accessories? The built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment. Most accessories built for the popular magnetic standard attach and hold on this case; charging alignment works with Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Does the case interfere with wireless charging? The opposite — the magnet ring is there to help. It pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charger coil, which is what reliable, full-speed wireless charging depends on. Charge through the case; no need to remove it. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — the camera opening, dimensions and button positions are unique to the Ultra. Samsung makes separate versions for the other S26 models. Is this a genuine Samsung case? Yes. This is Samsung's official Silicone Magnet Case (EF-ES948COEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Does the S Pen still work with the case on? Yes. The case leaves the S Pen silo completely clear — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Violet— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Coral Red case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-coral-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-coral-red-ef-es948coegww-1.png","36.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-ES948COEGWW","50","" "60452","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Light Blue","The official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Light Blue — genuine Samsung protection with a smooth soft-touch silicone finish and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone perfectly on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories securely. Slim, grippy and cut precisely for the S26 Ultra's camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessory attachment ✓ Smooth soft-touch silicone — comfortable grip, durable wear-resistant finish ✓ Genuine Samsung — precise S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Light Blue colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Magnetic accessories finally arrived properly on the Galaxy side, and Samsung's own Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case is the cleanest way in. A magnet ring is built directly into the case, so the phone snaps into perfect alignment on wireless chargers — no more waking up to a phone that missed the charging coil — and magnetic rings, stands and wallets attach and detach with a satisfying click. Around that ring is what Samsung's silicone cases are known for: a smooth, soft-touch finish that grips without dragging on pockets, a slim profile that keeps the S26 Ultra's lines intact, and precise cutouts for the camera array, buttons and S Pen. This is the Light Blue version — a genuine Samsung accessory, brand new and sealed in original retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the case body does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charging coil, so charging starts reliably every time and at full speed — misalignment is the usual reason a phone charges slowly or not at all overnight. And it turns the S26 Ultra into a platform for the growing ecosystem of magnetic accessories: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach directly to the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off. Soft-Touch Silicone Grip Without the Bulk Samsung's silicone finish is smooth to the touch but grippy in the hand — the phone feels planted rather than slippery, and the case slides in and out of pockets without snagging. The finish is durable and resists the wear, shine and discolouration that cheap silicone develops within weeks. The slim profile adds protection against everyday knocks and scratches while keeping the S26 Ultra's shape and weight essentially unchanged. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone itself. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers press with the same feel as the bare phone, and nothing blocks the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to Samsung's S26 series palette — this is the Light Blue version — it fits the phone the way third-party cases approximate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S26 Ultra and use (or plan to use) wireless charging ✔ Want magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a genuine Samsung case with exact cutouts over third-party guesswork ✔ Like a slim, soft-touch feel rather than a bulky rugged shell ✔ Want a colour that matches the official S26 palette Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a different Galaxy model — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Need heavy-duty drop protection for building sites or extreme sports ✖ Don't use wireless charging or magnetic accessories and want the thinnest possible cover Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Silicone Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-ES948CLEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Light Blue Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Soft-touch silicone Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — magnet ring aligns phone on the charging coil Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Light Blue · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the magnet ring work with MagSafe-style accessories? The built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment. Most accessories built for the popular magnetic standard attach and hold on this case; charging alignment works with Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Does the case interfere with wireless charging? The opposite — the magnet ring is there to help. It pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charger coil, which is what reliable, full-speed wireless charging depends on. Charge through the case; no need to remove it. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — the camera opening, dimensions and button positions are unique to the Ultra. Samsung makes separate versions for the other S26 models. Is this a genuine Samsung case? Yes. This is Samsung's official Silicone Magnet Case (EF-ES948CLEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Does the S Pen still work with the case on? Yes. The case leaves the S Pen silo completely clear — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Violet— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Light Blue case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-light-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-light-blue-ef-es948clegww-1.png","36.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-ES948CLEGWW","50","" "60451","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Gray","The official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Gray — genuine Samsung protection with a smooth soft-touch silicone finish and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone perfectly on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories securely. Slim, grippy and cut precisely for the S26 Ultra's camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessory attachment ✓ Smooth soft-touch silicone — comfortable grip, durable wear-resistant finish ✓ Genuine Samsung — precise S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Gray colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Magnetic accessories finally arrived properly on the Galaxy side, and Samsung's own Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case is the cleanest way in. A magnet ring is built directly into the case, so the phone snaps into perfect alignment on wireless chargers — no more waking up to a phone that missed the charging coil — and magnetic rings, stands and wallets attach and detach with a satisfying click. Around that ring is what Samsung's silicone cases are known for: a smooth, soft-touch finish that grips without dragging on pockets, a slim profile that keeps the S26 Ultra's lines intact, and precise cutouts for the camera array, buttons and S Pen. This is the Gray version — a genuine Samsung accessory, brand new and sealed in original retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the case body does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charging coil, so charging starts reliably every time and at full speed — misalignment is the usual reason a phone charges slowly or not at all overnight. And it turns the S26 Ultra into a platform for the growing ecosystem of magnetic accessories: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach directly to the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off. Soft-Touch Silicone Grip Without the Bulk Samsung's silicone finish is smooth to the touch but grippy in the hand — the phone feels planted rather than slippery, and the case slides in and out of pockets without snagging. The finish is durable and resists the wear, shine and discolouration that cheap silicone develops within weeks. The slim profile adds protection against everyday knocks and scratches while keeping the S26 Ultra's shape and weight essentially unchanged. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone itself. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers press with the same feel as the bare phone, and nothing blocks the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to Samsung's S26 series palette — this is the Gray version — it fits the phone the way third-party cases approximate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S26 Ultra and use (or plan to use) wireless charging ✔ Want magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a genuine Samsung case with exact cutouts over third-party guesswork ✔ Like a slim, soft-touch feel rather than a bulky rugged shell ✔ Want a colour that matches the official S26 palette Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a different Galaxy model — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Need heavy-duty drop protection for building sites or extreme sports ✖ Don't use wireless charging or magnetic accessories and want the thinnest possible cover Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Silicone Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-ES948CJEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Gray Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Soft-touch silicone Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — magnet ring aligns phone on the charging coil Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Gray · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the magnet ring work with MagSafe-style accessories? The built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment. Most accessories built for the popular magnetic standard attach and hold on this case; charging alignment works with Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Does the case interfere with wireless charging? The opposite — the magnet ring is there to help. It pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charger coil, which is what reliable, full-speed wireless charging depends on. Charge through the case; no need to remove it. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — the camera opening, dimensions and button positions are unique to the Ultra. Samsung makes separate versions for the other S26 models. Is this a genuine Samsung case? Yes. This is Samsung's official Silicone Magnet Case (EF-ES948CJEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Does the S Pen still work with the case on? Yes. The case leaves the S Pen silo completely clear — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Violet— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Gray case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-gray/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-gray-ef-es948cjegww-1.png","36.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-ES948CJEGWW","50","" "60450","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Black","The official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Black — genuine Samsung protection with a smooth soft-touch silicone finish and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone perfectly on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories securely. Slim, grippy and cut precisely for the S26 Ultra's camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessory attachment ✓ Smooth soft-touch silicone — comfortable grip, durable wear-resistant finish ✓ Genuine Samsung — precise S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Black colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Magnetic accessories finally arrived properly on the Galaxy side, and Samsung's own Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case is the cleanest way in. A magnet ring is built directly into the case, so the phone snaps into perfect alignment on wireless chargers — no more waking up to a phone that missed the charging coil — and magnetic rings, stands and wallets attach and detach with a satisfying click. Around that ring is what Samsung's silicone cases are known for: a smooth, soft-touch finish that grips without dragging on pockets, a slim profile that keeps the S26 Ultra's lines intact, and precise cutouts for the camera array, buttons and S Pen. This is the Black version — a genuine Samsung accessory, brand new and sealed in original retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the case body does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charging coil, so charging starts reliably every time and at full speed — misalignment is the usual reason a phone charges slowly or not at all overnight. And it turns the S26 Ultra into a platform for the growing ecosystem of magnetic accessories: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach directly to the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off. Soft-Touch Silicone Grip Without the Bulk Samsung's silicone finish is smooth to the touch but grippy in the hand — the phone feels planted rather than slippery, and the case slides in and out of pockets without snagging. The finish is durable and resists the wear, shine and discolouration that cheap silicone develops within weeks. The slim profile adds protection against everyday knocks and scratches while keeping the S26 Ultra's shape and weight essentially unchanged. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone itself. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers press with the same feel as the bare phone, and nothing blocks the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to Samsung's S26 series palette — this is the Black version — it fits the phone the way third-party cases approximate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S26 Ultra and use (or plan to use) wireless charging ✔ Want magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a genuine Samsung case with exact cutouts over third-party guesswork ✔ Like a slim, soft-touch feel rather than a bulky rugged shell ✔ Want a colour that matches the official S26 palette Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a different Galaxy model — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Need heavy-duty drop protection for building sites or extreme sports ✖ Don't use wireless charging or magnetic accessories and want the thinnest possible cover Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Silicone Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-ES948CBEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Black Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Soft-touch silicone Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — magnet ring aligns phone on the charging coil Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Black · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the magnet ring work with MagSafe-style accessories? The built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment. Most accessories built for the popular magnetic standard attach and hold on this case; charging alignment works with Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Does the case interfere with wireless charging? The opposite — the magnet ring is there to help. It pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charger coil, which is what reliable, full-speed wireless charging depends on. Charge through the case; no need to remove it. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — the camera opening, dimensions and button positions are unique to the Ultra. Samsung makes separate versions for the other S26 models. Is this a genuine Samsung case? Yes. This is Samsung's official Silicone Magnet Case (EF-ES948CBEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Does the S Pen still work with the case on? Yes. The case leaves the S Pen silo completely clear — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Violet— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Black case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-black-ef-es948cbegww-1.png","36.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-ES948CBEGWW","50","" "60449","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case – Blue Violet","The official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Blue Violet — genuine Samsung protection with a smooth soft-touch silicone finish and a built-in magnet ring that aligns the phone perfectly on wireless chargers and holds magnetic accessories securely. Slim, grippy and cut precisely for the S26 Ultra's camera, buttons and S Pen. Brand new, sealed Samsung retail packaging. ✓ Built-in magnet ring — perfect wireless charging alignment, secure magnetic accessory attachment ✓ Smooth soft-touch silicone — comfortable grip, durable wear-resistant finish ✓ Genuine Samsung — precise S26 Ultra fit around camera, buttons and S Pen silo ✓ Blue Violet colourway · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Magnetic accessories finally arrived properly on the Galaxy side, and Samsung's own Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case is the cleanest way in. A magnet ring is built directly into the case, so the phone snaps into perfect alignment on wireless chargers — no more waking up to a phone that missed the charging coil — and magnetic rings, stands and wallets attach and detach with a satisfying click. Around that ring is what Samsung's silicone cases are known for: a smooth, soft-touch finish that grips without dragging on pockets, a slim profile that keeps the S26 Ultra's lines intact, and precise cutouts for the camera array, buttons and S Pen. This is the Blue Violet version — a genuine Samsung accessory, brand new and sealed in original retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. Built-In Magnet Ring Snap-On Charging and Accessories The magnet ring embedded in the case body does two jobs. On a wireless charger it pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charging coil, so charging starts reliably every time and at full speed — misalignment is the usual reason a phone charges slowly or not at all overnight. And it turns the S26 Ultra into a platform for the growing ecosystem of magnetic accessories: rings, kickstands, car mounts and wallets attach directly to the back of the case and hold firmly until you pull them off. Soft-Touch Silicone Grip Without the Bulk Samsung's silicone finish is smooth to the touch but grippy in the hand — the phone feels planted rather than slippery, and the case slides in and out of pockets without snagging. The finish is durable and resists the wear, shine and discolouration that cheap silicone develops within weeks. The slim profile adds protection against everyday knocks and scratches while keeping the S26 Ultra's shape and weight essentially unchanged. Genuine Samsung Fit Made for the S26 Ultra This is Samsung's own case, engineered alongside the phone itself. The camera opening frames the S26 Ultra's lens array exactly, the button covers press with the same feel as the bare phone, and nothing blocks the S Pen, speakers, microphones or USB-C port. Colour-matched to Samsung's S26 series palette — this is the Blue Violet version — it fits the phone the way third-party cases approximate but rarely match. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S26 Ultra and use (or plan to use) wireless charging ✔ Want magnetic accessories — car mounts, stands, wallets — on your Galaxy ✔ Prefer a genuine Samsung case with exact cutouts over third-party guesswork ✔ Like a slim, soft-touch feel rather than a bulky rugged shell ✔ Want a colour that matches the official S26 palette Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Have a different Galaxy model — this case fits the S26 Ultra only ✖ Need heavy-duty drop protection for building sites or extreme sports ✖ Don't use wireless charging or magnetic accessories and want the thinnest possible cover Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung (genuine original accessory) Model Silicone Magnet Case for Galaxy S26 Ultra MPN EF-ES948CVEGWW GTIN / EAN Not stated Colour Blue Violet Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Material Soft-touch silicone Magnet Built-in magnet ring — wireless charging alignment + magnetic accessory attachment Wireless charging Fully compatible — magnet ring aligns phone on the charging coil Cutouts Camera array, buttons, S Pen, USB-C, speakers and microphones Warranty Samsung manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra Silicone Magnet Case — Blue Violet · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) Frequently Asked Questions Does the magnet ring work with MagSafe-style accessories? The built-in magnet ring holds magnetic rings, stands, car mounts and wallets designed for magnetic attachment. Most accessories built for the popular magnetic standard attach and hold on this case; charging alignment works with Samsung and Qi wireless chargers. Does the case interfere with wireless charging? The opposite — the magnet ring is there to help. It pulls the S26 Ultra into exact alignment with the charger coil, which is what reliable, full-speed wireless charging depends on. Charge through the case; no need to remove it. Will it fit the Galaxy S26 or S26+? No. This case is moulded specifically for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — the camera opening, dimensions and button positions are unique to the Ultra. Samsung makes separate versions for the other S26 models. Is this a genuine Samsung case? Yes. This is Samsung's official Silicone Magnet Case (EF-ES948CVEGWW), brand new in sealed Samsung retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Does the S Pen still work with the case on? Yes. The case leaves the S Pen silo completely clear — the pen ejects, docks and charges exactly as it does without a case. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black— Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Violet— Browse all mobile phone accessories at maibo View the Blue Violet case on samsung.com — official product page Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-blue-violet/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/samsung-s26-ultra-silicone-magnet-case-blue-violet-ef-es948cvegww-1.png","36.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-ES948CVEGWW","50","" "60439","SanDisk High Endurance 512GB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk High Endurance 512GB microSDXC memory card — purpose-built for dash cams and home security cameras that record continuously. Rated for up to 40,000 hours of Full HD recording, with UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, and a V30/U3/Class 10 rating that keeps 4K and Full HD capture smooth. Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof (−25°C to 85°C). Full-size SD adapter included. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ Engineered for continuous recording — up to 40,000 hours of write-and-rewrite endurance ✓ V30 / U3 / Class 10 — sustained 30MB/s minimum write for 4K and Full HD video ✓ Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof — built for cars in summer and winter alike ✓ Full-size SD adapter included · Brand New — Retail Packaging Ordinary microSD cards are designed for occasional photos and app storage — a dash cam or security camera writes video to the card all day, every day, and wears a standard card out long before its time. The SanDisk High Endurance 512GB microSDXC card is built for exactly that duty cycle: rated for up to 40,000 hours of continuous Full HD recording, it writes, overwrites and keeps going. UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, with a guaranteed V30/U3 floor of 30MB/s sustained write, keep 4K and Full HD footage recording without dropped frames. And because a card that lives on a dashboard sees temperature swings a phone never will, it is rated from −25°C to 85°C and is water, shock and X-ray proof. This is the 512GB version, brand new in sealed SanDisk retail packaging with the full-size SD adapter included, dispatched from our UK warehouse. High Endurance Rating Up to 40,000 Hours of Recording Continuous video recording is the hardest workload a memory card faces — the same cells are written and rewritten thousands of times. SanDisk's High Endurance line is engineered specifically for this write-intensive cycle, and the 512GB capacity is rated for up to 40,000 hours of Full HD recording before wear becomes a factor. For a dash cam recording your daily commute or a security camera running around the clock, that translates to years of dependable loop recording — the footage you need is there when an incident actually happens, which is the entire point of the card. V30 / U3 Speed Class Smooth 4K and Full HD Capture The card runs on the UHS-I bus with sequential read speeds up to 100MB/s and write speeds up to 40MB/s. More important for video work is the guaranteed floor: the V30 and U3 ratings certify that sustained write speed never drops below 30MB/s, which is what keeps 4K and Full HD recording free of dropped frames and corrupted segments. The 100MB/s read speed also means that when you do need to pull an hour of footage off the card, the transfer is quick. Built for Harsh Conditions Heat, Cold, Water, Shock, X-Ray A dash cam card bakes on a dashboard in summer and freezes overnight in winter. The High Endurance card is rated for operation from −25°C to 85°C and storage from −40°C to 85°C, and it is water proof, shock proof and X-ray proof. The included full-size SD adapter (with write-protect switch) lets the same card work in cameras, laptops and card readers that take full-size SD. Right choice if you… ✔ Run a dash cam, home security camera or CCTV system that records continuously ✔ Have worn out standard microSD cards with loop recording before ✔ Record in Full HD or 4K and need the V30/U3 sustained-write guarantee ✔ Need a card that survives dashboard heat and winter cold ✔ Want the SD adapter in the box for full-size SD devices Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Shoot burst photography or 8K video — the Extreme PRO line has faster peak writes ✖ Need A2 app performance for running phone apps from the card ✖ Mostly transfer large files and want maximum read speed over endurance SanDisk High Endurance 512GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Model High Endurance MPN SDSQQNR-512G-GN6IA GTIN / UPC 619659205003 Capacity 512GB Card type microSDXC with full-size SD adapter Bus / speed class UHS-I · Class 10 / U3 / V30 Read speed Up to 100 MB/s Write speed Up to 40 MB/s (minimum sustained 30 MB/s) Endurance rating Up to 40,000 hours Full HD recording Durability Water proof, shock proof, X-ray proof Operating temperature −25°C to 85°C Storage temperature −40°C to 85°C Software RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery download offer Warranty 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk High Endurance 512GB microSDXC memory card · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — Full-size SD adapter with write-protect switch — RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery software download offer Frequently Asked Questions Is the 512GB High Endurance card right for my dash cam? Yes — this is exactly what the High Endurance line is designed for. The 512GB capacity is rated for up to 40,000 hours of Full HD recording, and the V30/U3 rating guarantees the sustained write speed that continuous loop recording needs. Check your dash cam's maximum supported capacity in its manual before choosing a size. What is the difference between High Endurance and SanDisk Ultra or Extreme cards? Ultra and Extreme cards are optimised for peak speed — photos, app loading, file transfers. High Endurance is optimised for write cycles: it tolerates the constant overwrite pattern of dash cams and security cameras that wears standard cards out. If the card will live in a device that records around the clock, High Endurance is the right line. Does it work in security cameras and CCTV systems? Yes. Any security camera, home monitoring camera or CCTV recorder that accepts a microSDXC card can use it, and the included full-size SD adapter covers devices with a standard SD slot. How many days of footage does it hold? As a rule of thumb in Full HD (1080p at typical dash cam bitrates), each 8GB stores roughly one hour of footage — so the 512GB card holds in the region of 64 hours before the loop overwrites the oldest clips. Lower resolutions stretch this considerably. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. Brand new SanDisk High Endurance 512GB in original sealed retail packaging, covered by the 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC Card— Browse all microSD cards at maibo View the SanDisk High Endurance microSD range on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full microSD card range at maibo or the complete storage and memory collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-high-endurance-512gb-microsdxc-memory-card-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/sandisk-high-endurance-512gb-microsdxc-sdsqqnr-512g-front.png","129.99","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQQNR-512G-GN6IA","50","619659205003" "60438","SanDisk High Endurance 256GB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk High Endurance 256GB microSDXC memory card — purpose-built for dash cams and home security cameras that record continuously. Rated for up to 20,000 hours of Full HD recording, with UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, and a V30/U3/Class 10 rating that keeps 4K and Full HD capture smooth. Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof (−25°C to 85°C). Full-size SD adapter included. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ Engineered for continuous recording — up to 20,000 hours of write-and-rewrite endurance ✓ V30 / U3 / Class 10 — sustained 30MB/s minimum write for 4K and Full HD video ✓ Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof — built for cars in summer and winter alike ✓ Full-size SD adapter included · Brand New — Retail Packaging Ordinary microSD cards are designed for occasional photos and app storage — a dash cam or security camera writes video to the card all day, every day, and wears a standard card out long before its time. The SanDisk High Endurance 256GB microSDXC card is built for exactly that duty cycle: rated for up to 20,000 hours of continuous Full HD recording, it writes, overwrites and keeps going. UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, with a guaranteed V30/U3 floor of 30MB/s sustained write, keep 4K and Full HD footage recording without dropped frames. And because a card that lives on a dashboard sees temperature swings a phone never will, it is rated from −25°C to 85°C and is water, shock and X-ray proof. This is the 256GB version, brand new in sealed SanDisk retail packaging with the full-size SD adapter included, dispatched from our UK warehouse. High Endurance Rating Up to 20,000 Hours of Recording Continuous video recording is the hardest workload a memory card faces — the same cells are written and rewritten thousands of times. SanDisk's High Endurance line is engineered specifically for this write-intensive cycle, and the 256GB capacity is rated for up to 20,000 hours of Full HD recording before wear becomes a factor. For a dash cam recording your daily commute or a security camera running around the clock, that translates to years of dependable loop recording — the footage you need is there when an incident actually happens, which is the entire point of the card. V30 / U3 Speed Class Smooth 4K and Full HD Capture The card runs on the UHS-I bus with sequential read speeds up to 100MB/s and write speeds up to 40MB/s. More important for video work is the guaranteed floor: the V30 and U3 ratings certify that sustained write speed never drops below 30MB/s, which is what keeps 4K and Full HD recording free of dropped frames and corrupted segments. The 100MB/s read speed also means that when you do need to pull an hour of footage off the card, the transfer is quick. Built for Harsh Conditions Heat, Cold, Water, Shock, X-Ray A dash cam card bakes on a dashboard in summer and freezes overnight in winter. The High Endurance card is rated for operation from −25°C to 85°C and storage from −40°C to 85°C, and it is water proof, shock proof and X-ray proof. The included full-size SD adapter (with write-protect switch) lets the same card work in cameras, laptops and card readers that take full-size SD. Right choice if you… ✔ Run a dash cam, home security camera or CCTV system that records continuously ✔ Have worn out standard microSD cards with loop recording before ✔ Record in Full HD or 4K and need the V30/U3 sustained-write guarantee ✔ Need a card that survives dashboard heat and winter cold ✔ Want the SD adapter in the box for full-size SD devices Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Shoot burst photography or 8K video — the Extreme PRO line has faster peak writes ✖ Need A2 app performance for running phone apps from the card ✖ Mostly transfer large files and want maximum read speed over endurance SanDisk High Endurance 256GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Model High Endurance MPN SDSQQNR-256G-GN6IA GTIN / UPC 619659173227 Capacity 256GB Card type microSDXC with full-size SD adapter Bus / speed class UHS-I · Class 10 / U3 / V30 Read speed Up to 100 MB/s Write speed Up to 40 MB/s (minimum sustained 30 MB/s) Endurance rating Up to 20,000 hours Full HD recording Durability Water proof, shock proof, X-ray proof Operating temperature −25°C to 85°C Storage temperature −40°C to 85°C Software RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery download offer Warranty 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk High Endurance 256GB microSDXC memory card · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — Full-size SD adapter with write-protect switch — RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery software download offer Frequently Asked Questions Is the 256GB High Endurance card right for my dash cam? Yes — this is exactly what the High Endurance line is designed for. The 256GB capacity is rated for up to 20,000 hours of Full HD recording, and the V30/U3 rating guarantees the sustained write speed that continuous loop recording needs. Check your dash cam's maximum supported capacity in its manual before choosing a size. What is the difference between High Endurance and SanDisk Ultra or Extreme cards? Ultra and Extreme cards are optimised for peak speed — photos, app loading, file transfers. High Endurance is optimised for write cycles: it tolerates the constant overwrite pattern of dash cams and security cameras that wears standard cards out. If the card will live in a device that records around the clock, High Endurance is the right line. Does it work in security cameras and CCTV systems? Yes. Any security camera, home monitoring camera or CCTV recorder that accepts a microSDXC card can use it, and the included full-size SD adapter covers devices with a standard SD slot. How many days of footage does it hold? As a rule of thumb in Full HD (1080p at typical dash cam bitrates), each 8GB stores roughly one hour of footage — so the 256GB card holds in the region of 32 hours before the loop overwrites the oldest clips. Lower resolutions stretch this considerably. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. Brand new SanDisk High Endurance 256GB in original sealed retail packaging, covered by the 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC Card— Browse all microSD cards at maibo View the SanDisk High Endurance microSD range on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full microSD card range at maibo or the complete storage and memory collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-high-endurance-256gb-microsdxc-memory-card-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/sandisk-high-endurance-256gb-microsdxc-sdsqqnr-256g-front.png","69.99","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQQNR-256G-GN6IA","50","619659173227" "60437","SanDisk High Endurance 64GB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk High Endurance 64GB microSDXC memory card — purpose-built for dash cams and home security cameras that record continuously. Rated for up to 5,000 hours of Full HD recording, with UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, and a V30/U3/Class 10 rating that keeps 4K and Full HD capture smooth. Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof (−25°C to 85°C). Full-size SD adapter included. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ Engineered for continuous recording — up to 5,000 hours of write-and-rewrite endurance ✓ V30 / U3 / Class 10 — sustained 30MB/s minimum write for 4K and Full HD video ✓ Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof — built for cars in summer and winter alike ✓ Full-size SD adapter included · Brand New — Retail Packaging Ordinary microSD cards are designed for occasional photos and app storage — a dash cam or security camera writes video to the card all day, every day, and wears a standard card out long before its time. The SanDisk High Endurance 64GB microSDXC card is built for exactly that duty cycle: rated for up to 5,000 hours of continuous Full HD recording, it writes, overwrites and keeps going. UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, with a guaranteed V30/U3 floor of 30MB/s sustained write, keep 4K and Full HD footage recording without dropped frames. And because a card that lives on a dashboard sees temperature swings a phone never will, it is rated from −25°C to 85°C and is water, shock and X-ray proof. This is the 64GB version, brand new in sealed SanDisk retail packaging with the full-size SD adapter included, dispatched from our UK warehouse. High Endurance Rating Up to 5,000 Hours of Recording Continuous video recording is the hardest workload a memory card faces — the same cells are written and rewritten thousands of times. SanDisk's High Endurance line is engineered specifically for this write-intensive cycle, and the 64GB capacity is rated for up to 5,000 hours of Full HD recording before wear becomes a factor. For a dash cam recording your daily commute or a security camera running around the clock, that translates to years of dependable loop recording — the footage you need is there when an incident actually happens, which is the entire point of the card. V30 / U3 Speed Class Smooth 4K and Full HD Capture The card runs on the UHS-I bus with sequential read speeds up to 100MB/s and write speeds up to 40MB/s. More important for video work is the guaranteed floor: the V30 and U3 ratings certify that sustained write speed never drops below 30MB/s, which is what keeps 4K and Full HD recording free of dropped frames and corrupted segments. The 100MB/s read speed also means that when you do need to pull an hour of footage off the card, the transfer is quick. Built for Harsh Conditions Heat, Cold, Water, Shock, X-Ray A dash cam card bakes on a dashboard in summer and freezes overnight in winter. The High Endurance card is rated for operation from −25°C to 85°C and storage from −40°C to 85°C, and it is water proof, shock proof and X-ray proof. The included full-size SD adapter (with write-protect switch) lets the same card work in cameras, laptops and card readers that take full-size SD. Right choice if you… ✔ Run a dash cam, home security camera or CCTV system that records continuously ✔ Have worn out standard microSD cards with loop recording before ✔ Record in Full HD or 4K and need the V30/U3 sustained-write guarantee ✔ Need a card that survives dashboard heat and winter cold ✔ Want the SD adapter in the box for full-size SD devices Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Shoot burst photography or 8K video — the Extreme PRO line has faster peak writes ✖ Need A2 app performance for running phone apps from the card ✖ Mostly transfer large files and want maximum read speed over endurance SanDisk High Endurance 64GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Model High Endurance MPN SDSQQNR-064G-GN6IA GTIN / UPC 619659173081 Capacity 64GB Card type microSDXC with full-size SD adapter Bus / speed class UHS-I · Class 10 / U3 / V30 Read speed Up to 100 MB/s Write speed Up to 40 MB/s (minimum sustained 30 MB/s) Endurance rating Up to 5,000 hours Full HD recording Durability Water proof, shock proof, X-ray proof Operating temperature −25°C to 85°C Storage temperature −40°C to 85°C Software RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery download offer Warranty 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk High Endurance 64GB microSDXC memory card · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — Full-size SD adapter with write-protect switch — RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery software download offer Frequently Asked Questions Is the 64GB High Endurance card right for my dash cam? Yes — this is exactly what the High Endurance line is designed for. The 64GB capacity is rated for up to 5,000 hours of Full HD recording, and the V30/U3 rating guarantees the sustained write speed that continuous loop recording needs. Check your dash cam's maximum supported capacity in its manual before choosing a size. What is the difference between High Endurance and SanDisk Ultra or Extreme cards? Ultra and Extreme cards are optimised for peak speed — photos, app loading, file transfers. High Endurance is optimised for write cycles: it tolerates the constant overwrite pattern of dash cams and security cameras that wears standard cards out. If the card will live in a device that records around the clock, High Endurance is the right line. Does it work in security cameras and CCTV systems? Yes. Any security camera, home monitoring camera or CCTV recorder that accepts a microSDXC card can use it, and the included full-size SD adapter covers devices with a standard SD slot. How many days of footage does it hold? As a rule of thumb in Full HD (1080p at typical dash cam bitrates), each 8GB stores roughly one hour of footage — so the 64GB card holds in the region of 8 hours before the loop overwrites the oldest clips. Lower resolutions stretch this considerably. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. Brand new SanDisk High Endurance 64GB in original sealed retail packaging, covered by the 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC Card— Browse all microSD cards at maibo View the SanDisk High Endurance microSD range on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full microSD card range at maibo or the complete storage and memory collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-high-endurance-64gb-microsdxc-memory-card-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/sandisk-high-endurance-64gb-microsdxc-sdsqqnr-064g-front.png","26.99","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQQNR-064G-GN6IA","50","619659173081" "60436","SanDisk High Endurance 32GB microSDHC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk High Endurance 32GB microSDHC memory card — purpose-built for dash cams and home security cameras that record continuously. Rated for up to 2,500 hours of Full HD recording, with UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, and a V30/U3/Class 10 rating that keeps 4K and Full HD capture smooth. Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof (−25°C to 85°C). Full-size SD adapter included. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ Engineered for continuous recording — up to 2,500 hours of write-and-rewrite endurance ✓ V30 / U3 / Class 10 — sustained 30MB/s minimum write for 4K and Full HD video ✓ Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof — built for cars in summer and winter alike ✓ Full-size SD adapter included · Brand New — Retail Packaging Ordinary microSD cards are designed for occasional photos and app storage — a dash cam or security camera writes video to the card all day, every day, and wears a standard card out long before its time. The SanDisk High Endurance 32GB microSDHC card is built for exactly that duty cycle: rated for up to 2,500 hours of continuous Full HD recording, it writes, overwrites and keeps going. UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, with a guaranteed V30/U3 floor of 30MB/s sustained write, keep 4K and Full HD footage recording without dropped frames. And because a card that lives on a dashboard sees temperature swings a phone never will, it is rated from −25°C to 85°C and is water, shock and X-ray proof. This is the 32GB version, brand new in sealed SanDisk retail packaging with the full-size SD adapter included, dispatched from our UK warehouse. High Endurance Rating Up to 2,500 Hours of Recording Continuous video recording is the hardest workload a memory card faces — the same cells are written and rewritten thousands of times. SanDisk's High Endurance line is engineered specifically for this write-intensive cycle, and the 32GB capacity is rated for up to 2,500 hours of Full HD recording before wear becomes a factor. For a dash cam recording your daily commute or a security camera running around the clock, that translates to years of dependable loop recording — the footage you need is there when an incident actually happens, which is the entire point of the card. V30 / U3 Speed Class Smooth 4K and Full HD Capture The card runs on the UHS-I bus with sequential read speeds up to 100MB/s and write speeds up to 40MB/s. More important for video work is the guaranteed floor: the V30 and U3 ratings certify that sustained write speed never drops below 30MB/s, which is what keeps 4K and Full HD recording free of dropped frames and corrupted segments. The 100MB/s read speed also means that when you do need to pull an hour of footage off the card, the transfer is quick. Built for Harsh Conditions Heat, Cold, Water, Shock, X-Ray A dash cam card bakes on a dashboard in summer and freezes overnight in winter. The High Endurance card is rated for operation from −25°C to 85°C and storage from −40°C to 85°C, and it is water proof, shock proof and X-ray proof. The included full-size SD adapter (with write-protect switch) lets the same card work in cameras, laptops and card readers that take full-size SD. Right choice if you… ✔ Run a dash cam, home security camera or CCTV system that records continuously ✔ Have worn out standard microSD cards with loop recording before ✔ Record in Full HD or 4K and need the V30/U3 sustained-write guarantee ✔ Need a card that survives dashboard heat and winter cold ✔ Want the SD adapter in the box for full-size SD devices Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Shoot burst photography or 8K video — the Extreme PRO line has faster peak writes ✖ Need A2 app performance for running phone apps from the card ✖ Mostly transfer large files and want maximum read speed over endurance SanDisk High Endurance 32GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Model High Endurance MPN SDSQQNR-032G-GN6IA GTIN / UPC 619659173067 Capacity 32GB Card type microSDHC with full-size SD adapter Bus / speed class UHS-I · Class 10 / U3 / V30 Read speed Up to 100 MB/s Write speed Up to 40 MB/s (minimum sustained 30 MB/s) Endurance rating Up to 2,500 hours Full HD recording Durability Water proof, shock proof, X-ray proof Operating temperature −25°C to 85°C Storage temperature −40°C to 85°C Software RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery download offer Warranty 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk High Endurance 32GB microSDHC memory card · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — Full-size SD adapter with write-protect switch — RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery software download offer Frequently Asked Questions Is the 32GB High Endurance card right for my dash cam? Yes — this is exactly what the High Endurance line is designed for. The 32GB capacity is rated for up to 2,500 hours of Full HD recording, and the V30/U3 rating guarantees the sustained write speed that continuous loop recording needs. Check your dash cam's maximum supported capacity in its manual before choosing a size. What is the difference between High Endurance and SanDisk Ultra or Extreme cards? Ultra and Extreme cards are optimised for peak speed — photos, app loading, file transfers. High Endurance is optimised for write cycles: it tolerates the constant overwrite pattern of dash cams and security cameras that wears standard cards out. If the card will live in a device that records around the clock, High Endurance is the right line. Does it work in security cameras and CCTV systems? Yes. Any security camera, home monitoring camera or CCTV recorder that accepts a microSDHC card can use it, and the included full-size SD adapter covers devices with a standard SD slot. How many days of footage does it hold? As a rule of thumb in Full HD (1080p at typical dash cam bitrates), each 8GB stores roughly one hour of footage — so the 32GB card holds in the region of 4 hours before the loop overwrites the oldest clips. Lower resolutions stretch this considerably. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. Brand new SanDisk High Endurance 32GB in original sealed retail packaging, covered by the 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC Card— Browse all microSD cards at maibo View the SanDisk High Endurance microSD range on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full microSD card range at maibo or the complete storage and memory collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-high-endurance-32gb-microsdhc-memory-card-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/sandisk-high-endurance-32gb-microsdhc-sdsqqnr-032g-front.png","22.99","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQQNR-032G-GN6IA","50","619659173067" "60412","HyperX Cloud Earbuds III – Wired Gaming Earbuds with Mic 3.5mm – Red","The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III wired gaming earbuds — Red — HyperX-tuned 14.3mm dynamic drivers for rich, balanced game audio, patented Intra-Concha ear tips in four sizes (XS–L) for all-day comfort, and an in-line omnidirectional mic with multifunction controls. Wired 3.5mm with a 90-degree angled plug — zero latency, no batteries, no pairing. Hardshell carrying case included. Red. ✓ HyperX-tuned 14.3mm drivers — powerful bass, clear highs, precise in-game cue detection ✓ Patented Intra-Concha ear tips in 4 sizes (XS–L) — stable, pressure-free fit for long sessions ✓ In-line omnidirectional mic with multifunction button and mic mute — clear, hands-free comms ✓ 3.5mm plug-and-play on PC, Mac, Nintendo Switch and console controllers · Brand New — Retail Packaging The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III bring the signature comfort and audio tuning of HyperX's Cloud headset line into a pocket-ready wired earbud — built for gaming on the go across Nintendo Switch, handhelds, console controllers, PC and Mac. Instead of chasing wireless features, HyperX doubled down on what a wired gaming earbud does best: zero-latency audio through a 90-degree angled 3.5mm plug, HyperX-tuned 14.3mm dynamic drivers that keep footsteps and directional cues legible without a sound card, and a patented Intra-Concha ear tip design in four sizes that rests in the outer ear rather than pressing deep into the canal. At 21.2 grams with a cable lighter than 30 grams, they disappear in use and pack into the included hardshell case when the session ends. This is the Red version, brand new and sealed in original HyperX retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. HyperX-Tuned 14.3mm Drivers Rich, Balanced Game Audio The Cloud Earbuds III use 14.3mm dynamic drivers tuned by HyperX for the same balance the Cloud headset family is known for: powerful bass that gives explosions and engines weight, clear highs that keep footsteps and reloads legible, and a controlled midrange for voice chat and streams. Frequency response spans 20 Hz–20 kHz with 108 dB SPL/mW sensitivity and a 32-ohm impedance, so they run at full volume from a phone, Switch or controller jack without an amplifier — and the tonal balance is deliberately kept even, so directional in-game cues sit exactly where competitive players expect them rather than being drowned by boosted bass. Intra-Concha Comfort 4 Tip Sizes, All-Day Fit Standard canal earbuds create pressure that builds over a long session. HyperX's patented Intra-Concha ear tip design rests in the concha — the outer bowl of the ear — relieving that pressure while keeping a stable, secure fit. Four silicone tip sizes from XS to L are included (medium preinstalled), so each ear gets a proper match. Because the seal is deliberately not airtight, a controlled amount of ambient sound passes through: you stay aware of announcements, doorbells and travel surroundings without pausing the game. At 21.2 grams total, the earbuds weigh a fraction of a full-size headset. Zero-Latency Wired Plug, Go, Play — Any Device The 90-degree angled 3.5mm TRRS plug is designed for handheld gaming — it sits flat against a Switch or phone, resisting snags and pulls. Connection is true plug-and-play across PC, Mac, Nintendo Switch, console controllers and any device with a 3.5mm jack: no pairing, no batteries, no dropped connections and zero wireless lag between the game and your ears. The in-line control houses an omnidirectional electret mic, a multifunction button and a mic mute switch, so you can answer calls, control playback and mute yourself instantly without reaching for the device. Right choice if you… ✔ Game on Nintendo Switch, handhelds or console controllers with a 3.5mm jack ✔ Want zero-latency audio — wired means no Bluetooth delay between game and ear ✔ Find a full-size headset too heavy or hot for long or mobile sessions ✔ Need a working in-line mic for party chat and calls ✔ Want a hardshell case in the box so the earbuds survive a backpack Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Need a wireless or Bluetooth connection — these are wired 3.5mm only ✖ Your device has no 3.5mm jack and you don't want to use a USB-C adapter ✖ Want active noise cancellation — isolation here is passive and deliberately light ✖ Prefer an over-ear headset with a boom mic for competitive PC voice comms HyperX Cloud Earbuds III — Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud Earbuds III MPN BN7S0AA GTIN / UPC 199251353192 Colour Red Form factor Wired in-ear gaming earbuds Driver Dynamic, 14.3mm Frequency response 20 Hz – 20 kHz Impedance 32 Ω Sensitivity 108 dB SPL/mW at 1 kHz Connection 3.5mm TRRS plug (4-pole CTIA), 90-degree angled Microphone In-line, omnidirectional electret condenser, −42 dBV Controls Multifunction button, microphone mute Ear tips Silicone, 4 sizes (XS–L), medium preinstalled Cable 1.2 m, built-in Weight 21.2 g Compatibility PC, Mac, Nintendo Switch, console controllers, 3.5mm mobile devices Warranty 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty In the Box — HyperX Cloud Earbuds III — Red · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — 4 sizes of silicone ear tips, XS–L (medium preinstalled) — Hardshell carrying case — Quick start guide Frequently Asked Questions Do the Cloud Earbuds III work with PS5 and Xbox? Yes — through the 3.5mm jack on the DualSense or Xbox controller. Plug the earbuds into the controller and both game audio and the in-line microphone work for party chat. The same applies to any controller or handheld with a standard 3.5mm headset jack. Will they work with a phone that has no headphone jack? Yes, with a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (not included). The plug is a standard 4-pole CTIA TRRS, which is what phone adapters expect — audio and microphone both pass through a compliant adapter. What is the difference between the Cloud Earbuds III and the Cloud Earbuds II? The Cloud Earbuds III are the 2026 generation: larger 14.3mm drivers (vs 14mm tuning of the II), the new patented Intra-Concha tip design in four sizes rather than three, an added mic mute on the in-line control, and a hardshell case in the box. Both are wired 3.5mm. What is the difference between this and the Cloud Earbuds III S? The Cloud Earbuds III S is the USB-C version with digital audio and mic noise suppression. This model — the Cloud Earbuds III — is the analogue 3.5mm version: maximum compatibility with Switch, controllers and any 3.5mm jack, with zero-latency analogue audio and no drivers or software needed. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. This is a brand new HyperX Cloud Earbuds III in Red in original sealed HyperX retail packaging, covered by the standard 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud Earbuds II – In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset — Black — HyperX Cloud Earbuds II – In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset — Red — HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset — Black/Red — HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset — Black View the HyperX Cloud Earbuds III on hyperx.com - official product pageBrowse the full gaming range at maibo or the complete headphones and audio collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-wired-gaming-earbuds-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-red-bn7s0aa-1.jpg","28.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","BN7S0AA","50","199251353192" "60411","HyperX Cloud Earbuds III – Wired Gaming Earbuds with Mic 3.5mm – Black","The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III wired gaming earbuds — Black — HyperX-tuned 14.3mm dynamic drivers for rich, balanced game audio, patented Intra-Concha ear tips in four sizes (XS–L) for all-day comfort, and an in-line omnidirectional mic with multifunction controls. Wired 3.5mm with a 90-degree angled plug — zero latency, no batteries, no pairing. Hardshell carrying case included. Black. ✓ HyperX-tuned 14.3mm drivers — powerful bass, clear highs, precise in-game cue detection ✓ Patented Intra-Concha ear tips in 4 sizes (XS–L) — stable, pressure-free fit for long sessions ✓ In-line omnidirectional mic with multifunction button and mic mute — clear, hands-free comms ✓ 3.5mm plug-and-play on PC, Mac, Nintendo Switch and console controllers · Brand New — Retail Packaging The HyperX Cloud Earbuds III bring the signature comfort and audio tuning of HyperX's Cloud headset line into a pocket-ready wired earbud — built for gaming on the go across Nintendo Switch, handhelds, console controllers, PC and Mac. Instead of chasing wireless features, HyperX doubled down on what a wired gaming earbud does best: zero-latency audio through a 90-degree angled 3.5mm plug, HyperX-tuned 14.3mm dynamic drivers that keep footsteps and directional cues legible without a sound card, and a patented Intra-Concha ear tip design in four sizes that rests in the outer ear rather than pressing deep into the canal. At 21.2 grams with a cable lighter than 30 grams, they disappear in use and pack into the included hardshell case when the session ends. This is the Black version, brand new and sealed in original HyperX retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. HyperX-Tuned 14.3mm Drivers Rich, Balanced Game Audio The Cloud Earbuds III use 14.3mm dynamic drivers tuned by HyperX for the same balance the Cloud headset family is known for: powerful bass that gives explosions and engines weight, clear highs that keep footsteps and reloads legible, and a controlled midrange for voice chat and streams. Frequency response spans 20 Hz–20 kHz with 108 dB SPL/mW sensitivity and a 32-ohm impedance, so they run at full volume from a phone, Switch or controller jack without an amplifier — and the tonal balance is deliberately kept even, so directional in-game cues sit exactly where competitive players expect them rather than being drowned by boosted bass. Intra-Concha Comfort 4 Tip Sizes, All-Day Fit Standard canal earbuds create pressure that builds over a long session. HyperX's patented Intra-Concha ear tip design rests in the concha — the outer bowl of the ear — relieving that pressure while keeping a stable, secure fit. Four silicone tip sizes from XS to L are included (medium preinstalled), so each ear gets a proper match. Because the seal is deliberately not airtight, a controlled amount of ambient sound passes through: you stay aware of announcements, doorbells and travel surroundings without pausing the game. At 21.2 grams total, the earbuds weigh a fraction of a full-size headset. Zero-Latency Wired Plug, Go, Play — Any Device The 90-degree angled 3.5mm TRRS plug is designed for handheld gaming — it sits flat against a Switch or phone, resisting snags and pulls. Connection is true plug-and-play across PC, Mac, Nintendo Switch, console controllers and any device with a 3.5mm jack: no pairing, no batteries, no dropped connections and zero wireless lag between the game and your ears. The in-line control houses an omnidirectional electret mic, a multifunction button and a mic mute switch, so you can answer calls, control playback and mute yourself instantly without reaching for the device. Right choice if you… ✔ Game on Nintendo Switch, handhelds or console controllers with a 3.5mm jack ✔ Want zero-latency audio — wired means no Bluetooth delay between game and ear ✔ Find a full-size headset too heavy or hot for long or mobile sessions ✔ Need a working in-line mic for party chat and calls ✔ Want a hardshell case in the box so the earbuds survive a backpack Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Need a wireless or Bluetooth connection — these are wired 3.5mm only ✖ Your device has no 3.5mm jack and you don't want to use a USB-C adapter ✖ Want active noise cancellation — isolation here is passive and deliberately light ✖ Prefer an over-ear headset with a boom mic for competitive PC voice comms HyperX Cloud Earbuds III — Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud Earbuds III MPN BN7R9AA GTIN / UPC Not stated Colour Black Form factor Wired in-ear gaming earbuds Driver Dynamic, 14.3mm Frequency response 20 Hz – 20 kHz Impedance 32 Ω Sensitivity 108 dB SPL/mW at 1 kHz Connection 3.5mm TRRS plug (4-pole CTIA), 90-degree angled Microphone In-line, omnidirectional electret condenser, −42 dBV Controls Multifunction button, microphone mute Ear tips Silicone, 4 sizes (XS–L), medium preinstalled Cable 1.2 m, built-in Weight 21.2 g Compatibility PC, Mac, Nintendo Switch, console controllers, 3.5mm mobile devices Warranty 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty In the Box — HyperX Cloud Earbuds III — Black · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — 4 sizes of silicone ear tips, XS–L (medium preinstalled) — Hardshell carrying case — Quick start guide Frequently Asked Questions Do the Cloud Earbuds III work with PS5 and Xbox? Yes — through the 3.5mm jack on the DualSense or Xbox controller. Plug the earbuds into the controller and both game audio and the in-line microphone work for party chat. The same applies to any controller or handheld with a standard 3.5mm headset jack. Will they work with a phone that has no headphone jack? Yes, with a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (not included). The plug is a standard 4-pole CTIA TRRS, which is what phone adapters expect — audio and microphone both pass through a compliant adapter. What is the difference between the Cloud Earbuds III and the Cloud Earbuds II? The Cloud Earbuds III are the 2026 generation: larger 14.3mm drivers (vs 14mm tuning of the II), the new patented Intra-Concha tip design in four sizes rather than three, an added mic mute on the in-line control, and a hardshell case in the box. Both are wired 3.5mm. What is the difference between this and the Cloud Earbuds III S? The Cloud Earbuds III S is the USB-C version with digital audio and mic noise suppression. This model — the Cloud Earbuds III — is the analogue 3.5mm version: maximum compatibility with Switch, controllers and any 3.5mm jack, with zero-latency analogue audio and no drivers or software needed. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. This is a brand new HyperX Cloud Earbuds III in Black in original sealed HyperX retail packaging, covered by the standard 2-year HyperX manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud Earbuds II – In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset — Black — HyperX Cloud Earbuds II – In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset — Red — HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset — Black/Red — HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset — Black View the HyperX Cloud Earbuds III on hyperx.com - official product pageBrowse the full gaming range at maibo or the complete headphones and audio collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-wired-gaming-earbuds-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-iii-black-bn7r9aa-1.jpg","28.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","BN7R9AA","50","" "60403","Bose SoundTrue Ultra In-Ear Headphones for Apple iOS Devices – Frost Grey","The Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones for Apple iOS devices -Frost Grey— sealed acoustic design for deep, immersive sound, proprietary StayHear Ultra tips in three sizes for a stable all-day fit, and a 3-button inline remote optimised for Apple iPhone, iPod and iPad controls. Wired 3.5mm. Sweat resistant. Frost Grey. ✓ Sealed acoustic design — deep, rich bass and full frequency immersion ✓ StayHear Ultra tips (S/M/L) — stay-soft, secure fit for extended wear ✓ 3-button inline remote tuned for Apple iPhone, iPod and iPad — calls, music, volume ✓ Carrying case and clothing clip included · Brand New — Bulk Packaging ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones for Apple iOS devices represent Bose's approach to premium wired in-ear audio for Android users — a sealed acoustic design that immerses listeners in their music rather than letting ambient sound compete with it, paired with proprietary StayHear Ultra tips that sit in the outer ear rather than deep in the ear canal, providing a secure and comfortable fit without the discomfort of canal phones. The Android-specific version features a 3-button inline remote with a microphone, tuned to work with Apple iPhone, iPod and most iPad devices for full call control, track navigation and volume adjustment. Bose's SoundTrue Ultra was designed for users who wanted the clarity and depth of Bose sound in a wired in-ear format without the added weight or bulk of over-ear or on-ear headphones. The sweat-resistant build makes them suitable for gym use and commuting. Supplied in bulk packaging — brand new, genuine Bose, no retail box. Available while stock lasts. Sealed Acoustic Design Immersive Sound, Natural Isolation The SoundTrue Ultra's sealed acoustic design is the foundation of its sound performance. By forming a passive seal between the earphone and the ear canal, the design blocks ambient sound from entering and prevents the headphone's own sound output from leaking outwards. The result is that bass frequencies — which are the first to be lost in an open or semi-open earphone design — are preserved and delivered with the weight and body that Bose tunes for. For commuting, travel, office use or any environment with background noise, the sealed design means the music competes successfully with ambient sound at lower volume levels, reducing listening fatigue from prolonged high-volume use. Bose tuned the SoundTrue Ultra with a wide frequency response that prioritises natural-sounding lows and lifelike vocal midrange, with clear instrument separation in the upper frequencies. The sound character is warm, full and musical rather than analytically flat — closer to the Bose over-ear tuning philosophy applied to in-ear format. The sealed design also provides passive noise isolation without active noise cancellation electronics, keeping the product simple, lightweight and battery-free. StayHear Ultra Tips · S/M/L Outer Ear Fit — Comfort Without Canal Pressure Bose's StayHear Ultra tips are a proprietary ear tip design that distinguishes the SoundTrue Ultra from conventional in-ear canal headphones. Standard canal earphones insert a silicone or foam tip deep into the ear canal to form an acoustic seal, which provides excellent isolation but can cause discomfort or pressure during extended wear. StayHear tips instead rest in the outer ear — the tip curves gently to follow the contour of the ear's outer bowl (the concha), holding the earphone stable without inserting deeply into the canal. The seal is formed by the tip's soft outer edge conforming to the ear's natural shape rather than by canal insertion pressure. The result is a fit that stays secure during movement — including moderate gym use and commuting — while remaining comfortable for hours of continuous wear. Three sizes (S, M, L) are included to accommodate different ear geometries. The tips are made from a stay-soft material that maintains its pliability at body temperature rather than hardening with wear. Users who have found standard canal tips uncomfortable after extended use often find the StayHear design significantly more wearable. 3-Button Apple Remote · Inline Mic Apple iPhone, iPod and iPad Call Control The SoundTrue Ultra iOS version features a 3-button inline remote and microphone on the cable, positioned at approximately chin level for easy access without removing the phone from a pocket or bag. The Android remote layout provides volume up, volume down and a centre multifunction button — a single press answers or ends calls, a double press skips to the next track and a triple press goes to the previous track, with a long press activating the voice assistant on compatible devices. This remote is specifically tuned for the Android control standard (OMTP/CTIA) used by Samsung Galaxy devices and most Android phones — it will not provide full functionality on Apple devices, which use a different remote protocol. The inline microphone captures voice for calls and voice assistant commands. The sweat-resistant construction covers both the earphones and the cable, making them suitable for gym sessions and commuting in varied weather. The cable is approximately 121.92cm — practical for routing from a hip pocket to the ear without excess. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a iPhone, iPod or iPad device with a 3.5mm headphone jack ✔ Want Bose sound quality in a wired in-ear format — deep, immersive bass and clear mids ✔ Find standard canal earphones uncomfortable — StayHear tips rest in the outer ear, not deep in the canal ✔ Use headphones for calls and need a reliable inline microphone with Apple call controls ✔ Want genuine Bose build quality for gym, commute and daily use Consider something else if… ✖ You own an iPhone or iPad — the Android remote is not compatible with Apple devices; see the Bose SoundTrue Ultra Apple version (741629-0020) ✖ Your Samsung Galaxy has no 3.5mm jack (Note 10 and later, S20+) — these phones require a USB-C adapter for wired headphones ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the SoundTrue Ultra has passive isolation only; see Bose QuietComfort range for ANC Bose SoundTrue Ultra — Technical Specifications Brand Bose Model SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones Colour Frost Grey Compatible Devices Apple iPhone, iPod and most iPad devices · 3.5mm jack required Connection Wired · 3.5mm jack Ear Tips StayHear Ultra — S, M, L (3 pairs included) Inline Remote 3-button · Apple MFi · iOS tuned · built-in mic Noise Cancellation None — passive acoustic isolation Sweat Resistance Yes Cable Length ~121.92cm Weight 17.9g (including cable) MPN 741629-0020 EAN / GTIN 017817700436 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) In the Box — Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones — Frost Grey · Brand New — Bulk Packaging — 3 pairs StayHear Ultra tips (S, M, L) — Carrying case — Clothing clip Frequently Asked Questions Will the Apple iOS version remote work with Samsung or Android devices? No. The Android version (741629-0020) uses the CTIA/Android remote standard — volume and call controls will not function correctly on Apple devices. The Apple version (741629-0020) is a separate product with an Apple-compatible remote. For iPhone use, you need the Apple variant. My iPhone has no headphone jack — will these work? The SoundTrue Ultra is a wired 3.5mm headphone. Samsung removed the headphone jack from the Note 10 onwards (and S20 series onwards). If your phone has no 3.5mm jack, you will need a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter — the Samsung original adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) is the recommended option for full microphone and remote compatibility. What is the difference between the SoundTrue and SoundTrue Ultra? The SoundTrue Ultra is the higher-end model with improved StayHear Ultra tips (softer, more ergonomic fit), enhanced sweat resistance and a refined acoustic design compared to the original SoundTrue. The Ultra also includes a carry case as standard. Both are discontinued — the SoundTrue Ultra was Bose's premium in-ear wired offering for iOS users. Do these have active noise cancellation? No. The SoundTrue Ultra uses passive acoustic isolation — the sealed earphone design physically blocks ambient noise without electronics. For active noise cancellation in a Bose in-ear product, the QuietComfort 20 (wired) and QuietComfort Earbuds (wireless) are the relevant alternatives. What does bulk packaging mean? Bulk packaging means the headphones are brand new and unused — complete with all accessories (StayHear tips, carry case, clothing clip) — but supplied without the retail box. The product itself is identical to retail stock. This is genuine Bose product sourced from authorised supply channels. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Bose SoundSport Wireless In-Ear Headphones — Black — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — EE-UC10JUWEGWW — Browse all in-ear headphones at maibo — Browse all headphones and audio at maibo Bose official UK site Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-soundtrue-ultra-in-ear-headphones-for-apple-ios-devices-frost-grey/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/bose-soundtrue-ultra-frost-grey-apple-1.jpg","30.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Bose","741629-0020","50","017817700436" "60379","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – White","The Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen in White (model EJ-PS948) is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the S26 Ultra — the identical pen your phone shipped with, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity, needs no charging and no pairing, and carries the same IP68 water and dust rating as the phone itself. If your original pen has gone missing, this is the exact-fit official Samsung stylus that restores handwriting, sketching and Air Command tools in one step — slide it into the silo and it works. Note the honest caveat: like every S26 Ultra pen, it has no Bluetooth, so remote-shutter Air Actions are not part of this generation. Precision 4,096 Pressure Levels Paired with the S26 Ultra's digitiser, the S Pen registers 4,096 distinct levels of pressure — the difference between a faint pencil sketch line and a bold ink stroke comes down to how hard you press, exactly as it does on paper. Notes in Samsung Notes, PDF mark-up, photo retouching and Air Command shortcuts all respond to the same fine-grained input. Latency is tuned for the S26 Ultra's display, so the ink appears under the tip, not behind it. Zero Maintenance No Charging. No Pairing. This generation of S Pen is fully passive: it draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery inside to charge, deplete or degrade. There is no Bluetooth setup either — slide it into the S26 Ultra's silo and it is ready the moment you pull it out. For a replacement pen that is exactly what you want: no firmware, no re-pairing routine, no "pen not connected" warnings. It simply writes. Everyday-Proof IP68, Pocket to Desk Rated IP68 for water and dust resistance to the same standard as the phone itself, the S Pen keeps working with wet hands, light rain or an accidental splash at the desk. The White finish either matches the pen your S26 Ultra shipped with, or gives your spare a distinct look that is easy to spot on a busy desk. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S26 Ultra ✔ Want a spare pen for the office, car or bag ✔ Take handwritten notes, sketch or mark up documents daily ✔ Need the original White to match your phone's supplied pen Consider something else if… ✖ You own an S25 Ultra — you need the S25 Ultra S Pen instead ✖ You want Bluetooth Air Actions (remote shutter) — the S26 Ultra platform does not support them ✖ You need a tablet stylus — see the Tab S9 series S Pen Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra Colour White Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Pressure Sensitivity 4,096 levels Connectivity None required — no charging, no pairing (Bluetooth Air Actions not supported) Water Resistance IP68 MPN EJ-PS948BBEGEU EAN / GTIN Not stated by manufacturer Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra, White (EJ-PS948) — sealed Samsung retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with my S25 Ultra or S24 Ultra? No. This pen is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — earlier Ultra models use different pen hardware. If you have an S25 Ultra, the correct part is the EJ-PS938 S Pen, which we also stock. Does it support Bluetooth Air Actions, like remote camera shutter? No — and that is a platform decision, not a limitation of this unit. The Galaxy S26 Ultra's S Pen line has no Bluetooth, so Air Actions are not supported on any S26 Ultra pen. On-screen Air Command tools, notes, sketching and full pressure sensitivity all work as normal. Does it need charging or pairing before first use? No. The pen is fully passive — it takes its power from the phone's screen digitiser. Slide it into the silo or start writing straight away; there is nothing to set up, charge or update. Can I write with it when the screen or pen is wet? Yes. The pen carries an IP68 water and dust resistance rating, the same standard as the phone, so wet-hand use, light rain or splashes are not a problem. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen – White — Galaxy S24 Ultra S Pen – Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Series S Pen Stylus – White — Browse all S Pen styluses at maibo Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-s-pen-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/s26-ultra-s-pen-white-ej-ps948-1.png","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS948BWEGEU","50","" "60378","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Pink Gold","The Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen in Pink Gold (model EJ-PS948) is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the S26 Ultra — the identical pen your phone shipped with, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity, needs no charging and no pairing, and carries the same IP68 water and dust rating as the phone itself. If your original pen has gone missing, this is the exact-fit official Samsung stylus that restores handwriting, sketching and Air Command tools in one step — slide it into the silo and it works. Note the honest caveat: like every S26 Ultra pen, it has no Bluetooth, so remote-shutter Air Actions are not part of this generation. Precision 4,096 Pressure Levels Paired with the S26 Ultra's digitiser, the S Pen registers 4,096 distinct levels of pressure — the difference between a faint pencil sketch line and a bold ink stroke comes down to how hard you press, exactly as it does on paper. Notes in Samsung Notes, PDF mark-up, photo retouching and Air Command shortcuts all respond to the same fine-grained input. Latency is tuned for the S26 Ultra's display, so the ink appears under the tip, not behind it. Zero Maintenance No Charging. No Pairing. This generation of S Pen is fully passive: it draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery inside to charge, deplete or degrade. There is no Bluetooth setup either — slide it into the S26 Ultra's silo and it is ready the moment you pull it out. For a replacement pen that is exactly what you want: no firmware, no re-pairing routine, no "pen not connected" warnings. It simply writes. Everyday-Proof IP68, Pocket to Desk Rated IP68 for water and dust resistance to the same standard as the phone itself, the S Pen keeps working with wet hands, light rain or an accidental splash at the desk. The Pink Gold finish either matches the pen your S26 Ultra shipped with, or gives your spare a distinct look that is easy to spot on a busy desk. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S26 Ultra ✔ Want a spare pen for the office, car or bag ✔ Take handwritten notes, sketch or mark up documents daily ✔ Need the original Pink Gold to match your phone's supplied pen Consider something else if… ✖ You own an S25 Ultra — you need the S25 Ultra S Pen instead ✖ You want Bluetooth Air Actions (remote shutter) — the S26 Ultra platform does not support them ✖ You need a tablet stylus — see the Tab S9 series S Pen Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra Colour Pink Gold Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Pressure Sensitivity 4,096 levels Connectivity None required — no charging, no pairing (Bluetooth Air Actions not supported) Water Resistance IP68 MPN EJ-PS948BBEGEU EAN / GTIN Not stated by manufacturer Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra, Pink Gold (EJ-PS948) — sealed Samsung retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with my S25 Ultra or S24 Ultra? No. This pen is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — earlier Ultra models use different pen hardware. If you have an S25 Ultra, the correct part is the EJ-PS938 S Pen, which we also stock. Does it support Bluetooth Air Actions, like remote camera shutter? No — and that is a platform decision, not a limitation of this unit. The Galaxy S26 Ultra's S Pen line has no Bluetooth, so Air Actions are not supported on any S26 Ultra pen. On-screen Air Command tools, notes, sketching and full pressure sensitivity all work as normal. Does it need charging or pairing before first use? No. The pen is fully passive — it takes its power from the phone's screen digitiser. Slide it into the silo or start writing straight away; there is nothing to set up, charge or update. Can I write with it when the screen or pen is wet? Yes. The pen carries an IP68 water and dust resistance rating, the same standard as the phone, so wet-hand use, light rain or splashes are not a problem. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen – Pink Gold — Galaxy S24 Ultra S Pen – Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Series S Pen Stylus – Pink Gold — Browse all S Pen styluses at maibo Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-s-pen-pink-gold/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/s26-ultra-s-pen-pink-gold-ej-ps948-1.png","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS948BZEGEU","50","" "60377","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Light Blue","The Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen in Light Blue (model EJ-PS948) is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the S26 Ultra — the identical pen your phone shipped with, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity, needs no charging and no pairing, and carries the same IP68 water and dust rating as the phone itself. If your original pen has gone missing, this is the exact-fit official Samsung stylus that restores handwriting, sketching and Air Command tools in one step — slide it into the silo and it works. Note the honest caveat: like every S26 Ultra pen, it has no Bluetooth, so remote-shutter Air Actions are not part of this generation. Precision 4,096 Pressure Levels Paired with the S26 Ultra's digitiser, the S Pen registers 4,096 distinct levels of pressure — the difference between a faint pencil sketch line and a bold ink stroke comes down to how hard you press, exactly as it does on paper. Notes in Samsung Notes, PDF mark-up, photo retouching and Air Command shortcuts all respond to the same fine-grained input. Latency is tuned for the S26 Ultra's display, so the ink appears under the tip, not behind it. Zero Maintenance No Charging. No Pairing. This generation of S Pen is fully passive: it draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery inside to charge, deplete or degrade. There is no Bluetooth setup either — slide it into the S26 Ultra's silo and it is ready the moment you pull it out. For a replacement pen that is exactly what you want: no firmware, no re-pairing routine, no "pen not connected" warnings. It simply writes. Everyday-Proof IP68, Pocket to Desk Rated IP68 for water and dust resistance to the same standard as the phone itself, the S Pen keeps working with wet hands, light rain or an accidental splash at the desk. The Light Blue finish either matches the pen your S26 Ultra shipped with, or gives your spare a distinct look that is easy to spot on a busy desk. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S26 Ultra ✔ Want a spare pen for the office, car or bag ✔ Take handwritten notes, sketch or mark up documents daily ✔ Need the original Light Blue to match your phone's supplied pen Consider something else if… ✖ You own an S25 Ultra — you need the S25 Ultra S Pen instead ✖ You want Bluetooth Air Actions (remote shutter) — the S26 Ultra platform does not support them ✖ You need a tablet stylus — see the Tab S9 series S Pen Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra Colour Light Blue Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Pressure Sensitivity 4,096 levels Connectivity None required — no charging, no pairing (Bluetooth Air Actions not supported) Water Resistance IP68 MPN EJ-PS948BBEGEU EAN / GTIN 8806099022822 Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra, Light Blue (EJ-PS948) — sealed Samsung retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with my S25 Ultra or S24 Ultra? No. This pen is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — earlier Ultra models use different pen hardware. If you have an S25 Ultra, the correct part is the EJ-PS938 S Pen, which we also stock. Does it support Bluetooth Air Actions, like remote camera shutter? No — and that is a platform decision, not a limitation of this unit. The Galaxy S26 Ultra's S Pen line has no Bluetooth, so Air Actions are not supported on any S26 Ultra pen. On-screen Air Command tools, notes, sketching and full pressure sensitivity all work as normal. Does it need charging or pairing before first use? No. The pen is fully passive — it takes its power from the phone's screen digitiser. Slide it into the silo or start writing straight away; there is nothing to set up, charge or update. Can I write with it when the screen or pen is wet? Yes. The pen carries an IP68 water and dust resistance rating, the same standard as the phone, so wet-hand use, light rain or splashes are not a problem. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen – Light Blue — Galaxy S24 Ultra S Pen – Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Series S Pen Stylus – Light Blue — Browse all S Pen styluses at maibo Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-s-pen-light-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/s26-ultra-s-pen-light-blue-ej-ps948-1.png","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS948BLEGEU","49","8806099022822" "60376","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Silver","The Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen in Silver (model EJ-PS948) is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the S26 Ultra — the identical pen your phone shipped with, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity, needs no charging and no pairing, and carries the same IP68 water and dust rating as the phone itself. If your original pen has gone missing, this is the exact-fit official Samsung stylus that restores handwriting, sketching and Air Command tools in one step — slide it into the silo and it works. Note the honest caveat: like every S26 Ultra pen, it has no Bluetooth, so remote-shutter Air Actions are not part of this generation. Precision 4,096 Pressure Levels Paired with the S26 Ultra's digitiser, the S Pen registers 4,096 distinct levels of pressure — the difference between a faint pencil sketch line and a bold ink stroke comes down to how hard you press, exactly as it does on paper. Notes in Samsung Notes, PDF mark-up, photo retouching and Air Command shortcuts all respond to the same fine-grained input. Latency is tuned for the S26 Ultra's display, so the ink appears under the tip, not behind it. Zero Maintenance No Charging. No Pairing. This generation of S Pen is fully passive: it draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery inside to charge, deplete or degrade. There is no Bluetooth setup either — slide it into the S26 Ultra's silo and it is ready the moment you pull it out. For a replacement pen that is exactly what you want: no firmware, no re-pairing routine, no "pen not connected" warnings. It simply writes. Everyday-Proof IP68, Pocket to Desk Rated IP68 for water and dust resistance to the same standard as the phone itself, the S Pen keeps working with wet hands, light rain or an accidental splash at the desk. The Silver finish either matches the pen your S26 Ultra shipped with, or gives your spare a distinct look that is easy to spot on a busy desk. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S26 Ultra ✔ Want a spare pen for the office, car or bag ✔ Take handwritten notes, sketch or mark up documents daily ✔ Need the original Silver to match your phone's supplied pen Consider something else if… ✖ You own an S25 Ultra — you need the S25 Ultra S Pen instead ✖ You want Bluetooth Air Actions (remote shutter) — the S26 Ultra platform does not support them ✖ You need a tablet stylus — see the Tab S9 series S Pen Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra Colour Silver Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Pressure Sensitivity 4,096 levels Connectivity None required — no charging, no pairing (Bluetooth Air Actions not supported) Water Resistance IP68 MPN EJ-PS948BBEGEU EAN / GTIN 8806099022594 Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra, Silver (EJ-PS948) — sealed Samsung retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with my S25 Ultra or S24 Ultra? No. This pen is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — earlier Ultra models use different pen hardware. If you have an S25 Ultra, the correct part is the EJ-PS938 S Pen, which we also stock. Does it support Bluetooth Air Actions, like remote camera shutter? No — and that is a platform decision, not a limitation of this unit. The Galaxy S26 Ultra's S Pen line has no Bluetooth, so Air Actions are not supported on any S26 Ultra pen. On-screen Air Command tools, notes, sketching and full pressure sensitivity all work as normal. Does it need charging or pairing before first use? No. The pen is fully passive — it takes its power from the phone's screen digitiser. Slide it into the silo or start writing straight away; there is nothing to set up, charge or update. Can I write with it when the screen or pen is wet? Yes. The pen carries an IP68 water and dust resistance rating, the same standard as the phone, so wet-hand use, light rain or splashes are not a problem. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen – Silver — Galaxy S24 Ultra S Pen – Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Series S Pen Stylus – Silver — Browse all S Pen styluses at maibo Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-s-pen-silver/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/s26-ultra-s-pen-silver-ej-ps948-1.png","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS948BSEGEU","50","8806099022594" "60375","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Violet","The Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen in Violet (model EJ-PS948) is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the S26 Ultra — the identical pen your phone shipped with, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity, needs no charging and no pairing, and carries the same IP68 water and dust rating as the phone itself. If your original pen has gone missing, this is the exact-fit official Samsung stylus that restores handwriting, sketching and Air Command tools in one step — slide it into the silo and it works. Note the honest caveat: like every S26 Ultra pen, it has no Bluetooth, so remote-shutter Air Actions are not part of this generation. Precision 4,096 Pressure Levels Paired with the S26 Ultra's digitiser, the S Pen registers 4,096 distinct levels of pressure — the difference between a faint pencil sketch line and a bold ink stroke comes down to how hard you press, exactly as it does on paper. Notes in Samsung Notes, PDF mark-up, photo retouching and Air Command shortcuts all respond to the same fine-grained input. Latency is tuned for the S26 Ultra's display, so the ink appears under the tip, not behind it. Zero Maintenance No Charging. No Pairing. This generation of S Pen is fully passive: it draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery inside to charge, deplete or degrade. There is no Bluetooth setup either — slide it into the S26 Ultra's silo and it is ready the moment you pull it out. For a replacement pen that is exactly what you want: no firmware, no re-pairing routine, no "pen not connected" warnings. It simply writes. Everyday-Proof IP68, Pocket to Desk Rated IP68 for water and dust resistance to the same standard as the phone itself, the S Pen keeps working with wet hands, light rain or an accidental splash at the desk. The Violet finish either matches the pen your S26 Ultra shipped with, or gives your spare a distinct look that is easy to spot on a busy desk. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S26 Ultra ✔ Want a spare pen for the office, car or bag ✔ Take handwritten notes, sketch or mark up documents daily ✔ Need the original Violet to match your phone's supplied pen Consider something else if… ✖ You own an S25 Ultra — you need the S25 Ultra S Pen instead ✖ You want Bluetooth Air Actions (remote shutter) — the S26 Ultra platform does not support them ✖ You need a tablet stylus — see the Tab S9 series S Pen Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra Colour Violet Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Pressure Sensitivity 4,096 levels Connectivity None required — no charging, no pairing (Bluetooth Air Actions not supported) Water Resistance IP68 MPN EJ-PS948BBEGEU EAN / GTIN 8806099022488 Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra, Violet (EJ-PS948) — sealed Samsung retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with my S25 Ultra or S24 Ultra? No. This pen is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — earlier Ultra models use different pen hardware. If you have an S25 Ultra, the correct part is the EJ-PS938 S Pen, which we also stock. Does it support Bluetooth Air Actions, like remote camera shutter? No — and that is a platform decision, not a limitation of this unit. The Galaxy S26 Ultra's S Pen line has no Bluetooth, so Air Actions are not supported on any S26 Ultra pen. On-screen Air Command tools, notes, sketching and full pressure sensitivity all work as normal. Does it need charging or pairing before first use? No. The pen is fully passive — it takes its power from the phone's screen digitiser. Slide it into the silo or start writing straight away; there is nothing to set up, charge or update. Can I write with it when the screen or pen is wet? Yes. The pen carries an IP68 water and dust resistance rating, the same standard as the phone, so wet-hand use, light rain or splashes are not a problem. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen – Violet — Galaxy S24 Ultra S Pen – Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Series S Pen Stylus – Violet — Browse all S Pen styluses at maibo Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-s-pen-violet/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/s26-ultra-s-pen-violet-ej-ps948-1.png","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS948BVEGEU","50","8806099022488" "60364","Official Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen – Black","The Galaxy S26 Ultra S Pen in Black (model EJ-PS948) is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the S26 Ultra — the identical pen your phone shipped with, sealed in Samsung retail packaging. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure sensitivity, needs no charging and no pairing, and carries the same IP68 water and dust rating as the phone itself. If your original pen has gone missing, this is the exact-fit official Samsung stylus that restores handwriting, sketching and Air Command tools in one step — slide it into the silo and it works. Note the honest caveat: like every S26 Ultra pen, it has no Bluetooth, so remote-shutter Air Actions are not part of this generation. Precision 4,096 Pressure Levels Paired with the S26 Ultra's digitiser, the S Pen registers 4,096 distinct levels of pressure — the difference between a faint pencil sketch line and a bold ink stroke comes down to how hard you press, exactly as it does on paper. Notes in Samsung Notes, PDF mark-up, photo retouching and Air Command shortcuts all respond to the same fine-grained input. Latency is tuned for the S26 Ultra's display, so the ink appears under the tip, not behind it. Zero Maintenance No Charging. No Pairing. This generation of S Pen is fully passive: it draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery inside to charge, deplete or degrade. There is no Bluetooth setup either — slide it into the S26 Ultra's silo and it is ready the moment you pull it out. For a replacement pen that is exactly what you want: no firmware, no re-pairing routine, no "pen not connected" warnings. It simply writes. Everyday-Proof IP68, Pocket to Desk Rated IP68 for water and dust resistance to the same standard as the phone itself, the S Pen keeps working with wet hands, light rain or an accidental splash at the desk. The Black finish matches the original pen supplied with Black, Titanium and darker S26 Ultra colourways, so a replacement is visually indistinguishable from the one you lost. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S26 Ultra ✔ Want a spare pen for the office, car or bag ✔ Take handwritten notes, sketch or mark up documents daily ✔ Need the original Black to match your phone's supplied pen Consider something else if… ✖ You own an S25 Ultra — you need the S25 Ultra S Pen instead ✖ You want Bluetooth Air Actions (remote shutter) — the S26 Ultra platform does not support them ✖ You need a tablet stylus — see the Tab S9 series S Pen Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra Colour Black Compatibility Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra only Pressure Sensitivity 4,096 levels Connectivity None required — no charging, no pairing (Bluetooth Air Actions not supported) Water Resistance IP68 MPN EJ-PS948BBEGEU EAN / GTIN 8806099022938 Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — S Pen for Galaxy S26 Ultra, Black (EJ-PS948) — sealed Samsung retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with my S25 Ultra or S24 Ultra? No. This pen is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S26 Ultra — earlier Ultra models use different pen hardware. If you have an S25 Ultra, the correct part is the EJ-PS938 S Pen, which we also stock. Does it support Bluetooth Air Actions, like remote camera shutter? No — and that is a platform decision, not a limitation of this unit. The Galaxy S26 Ultra's S Pen line has no Bluetooth, so Air Actions are not supported on any S26 Ultra pen. On-screen Air Command tools, notes, sketching and full pressure sensitivity all work as normal. Does it need charging or pairing before first use? No. The pen is fully passive — it takes its power from the phone's screen digitiser. Slide it into the silo or start writing straight away; there is nothing to set up, charge or update. Can I write with it when the screen or pen is wet? Yes. The pen carries an IP68 water and dust resistance rating, the same standard as the phone, so wet-hand use, light rain or splashes are not a problem. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen – Black — Galaxy S24 Ultra S Pen – Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Series S Pen Stylus – Black — Browse all S Pen styluses at maibo Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s26-ultra-s-pen-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/s26-ultra-s-pen-black-ej-ps948.png","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS948BBEGEU","50","8806099022938" "60170","Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen - Light Silver","The official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen Light Silver — EJ-PS938BSEGWW, Samsung's genuine replacement stylus with 4,096 pressure levels, a 1–1.5mm fine tip, IP68 water resistance and Air Command support. No battery, no charging and no pairing: take it out and write. 2.92g. For Galaxy S25 Ultra only. ✓ Official Samsung S Pen — 4,096 pressure levels, 1–1.5mm fine tip ✓ No battery, no charging, no pairing — works the moment it touches the screen ✓ Air Command on-screen tool menu · IP68 water resistant · 2.92g ✓ Slots into the S25 Ultra silo · Light Silver · Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) only The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen in Light Silver is the official replacement for the stylus that ships inside the phone — the one people lose down the side of a sofa or leave in a hotel. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure through a 1 to 1.5mm tip, which is what makes handwriting in Samsung Notes feel like a pen on paper rather than a finger on glass: press harder and the line thickens smoothly rather than in steps. There is no battery inside and nothing to charge, because the pen draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer — pick it up and it works, and a replacement needs no setup at all. One thing to know before ordering, because it changed with this generation: Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S25 Ultra S Pen. Air Command, the on-screen tool menu, works exactly as before. Air Actions — the gesture controls and remote camera shutter that the S24 Ultra pen offered — are gone. IP68 rated, 2.92g, and it slots into the S25 Ultra's silo the same way the original does. No Bluetooth — Read This First What Changed From the S24 Ultra Pen Samsung dropped Bluetooth Low Energy from the S Pen with the S25 Ultra generation, and it is the single thing most likely to surprise someone upgrading. The S24 Ultra and S23 Ultra pens contained a small radio and a battery, which powered Air Actions: waving the pen to switch camera modes, clicking the button as a remote shutter for group photos, and using the pen as a presentation clicker. None of that works on the S25 Ultra S Pen, because there is no radio in it. What does still work is everything the pen does on the screen. Air Command — the floating menu of pen tools that appears when you pull the pen out or hover it near the display — is unaffected, because it runs on the phone rather than over Bluetooth. Smart Select, Screen Write, Translate, Write on Calendar, handwriting to text, and the button as a modifier for selecting and erasing all behave exactly as they did. In exchange, the pen no longer needs charging and never runs flat. If you specifically relied on the remote shutter or gesture controls, this generation does not offer them and no S Pen for the S25 Ultra will. 4,096 Pressure Levels · 1–1.5mm Tip Why It Feels Like Writing The pen contains a passive resonant circuit rather than a battery. The phone's digitiser emits a low-power electromagnetic field, the circuit in the pen absorbs energy from it and reflects a signal back, and the phone reads that signal to work out position, pressure and angle — a technology called electromagnetic resonance. Because the energy comes from the phone, there is no battery to charge, nothing to pair and no setup when you replace a lost pen. Pressure sensing across 4,096 levels means the phone is measuring how hard the tip is pressed in very fine increments and passing that to the app. In Samsung Notes a light stroke gives a thin line and a firm one gives a thick line, in a continuous gradient — the behaviour that makes handwriting look like handwriting rather than a uniform trace. The 1 to 1.5mm tip is fine enough to write at normal size without the letters running together, which matters if you take notes in the margins of a document or annotate a screenshot. Hovering the pen above the screen previews links and shows tooltips before you commit to a tap, and the barrel button acts as a modifier for selection and erase shortcuts inside supported apps. IP68 · 2.92g · Official Fit Why the Genuine One Matters Here The S Pen lives inside the phone, and that makes dimensional accuracy more important than it would be for a stylus you keep in a bag. The silo is a precisely toleranced channel with a spring-loaded catch at the end, and a pen that is fractionally too thick binds on the way in while one that is fractionally too thin fails to latch and works loose in a pocket. Samsung builds this pen to the S25 Ultra's own engineering drawings, so it seats, latches and ejects exactly like the pen that came with the phone. Third-party styluses sold for S25 Ultra compatibility vary in barrel diameter, tip material and pressure curve calibration, and the symptoms show up as a pen that catches in the silo, a line weight that jumps rather than flows, or a dead zone near the screen edges. IP68 covers dust and immersion in fresh water, so rain, a spilled drink or dropping the pen in a sink are survivable rather than terminal — dry it before sliding it back into the phone. At 2.92 grams it is light enough that long note-taking sessions do not tire the hand. Replacement tips are available separately for when the nib eventually wears down. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S25 Ultra and want the exact original replacement ✔ Want guaranteed fit in the silo — third-party pens can bind, fail to latch or work loose ✔ Write or sketch regularly — 4,096 pressure levels and a 1–1.5mm tip behave like a real pen ✔ Prefer a stylus that never needs charging — no battery, no pairing, nothing to go flat Consider something else if… ✘ You want Air Actions or the remote camera shutter — Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S25 Ultra S Pen, so no pen for this phone offers them ✘ You own an S24 Ultra, S23 Ultra or S22 Ultra — those use different S Pens; check your model before ordering ✘ You own a Galaxy S25 or S25+ — only the Ultra has an S Pen silo and digitiser Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen MPN EJ-PS938BSEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806097051664 Colour Light Silver Technology Passive EMR — powered by the phone's digitiser Pressure Levels 4,096 Tip Size 1 – 1.5mm Battery None — no charging required Bluetooth / BLE Not supported — no Air Actions, no remote shutter Air Command Supported — on-screen tool menu Water Resistance IP68 Weight 2.92g Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) only Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Light Silver (EJ-PS938BSEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does this S Pen have Bluetooth and Air Actions? No. Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S Pen with the S25 Ultra generation, so Air Actions, the remote camera shutter and the presentation clicker function are not available — and no S Pen made for the S25 Ultra offers them. Air Command, the on-screen menu of pen tools, works normally, as does writing, drawing, hovering and the barrel button for selection and erase. The upside is that the pen has no battery and never needs charging. Does it need charging or pairing? No. It is a passive EMR stylus that draws its operating energy from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery, nothing to charge and no pairing step. Take it out of the packaging, slide it into the silo or touch it to the screen, and it works immediately. Will my S24 Ultra or S23 Ultra S Pen work in an S25 Ultra? Samsung specifies a different S Pen for each generation, and this one is made for the S25 Ultra (SM-S938). Buying the pen matched to your phone is the only way to guarantee correct fit in the silo, correct latching and correct pressure calibration. Check the model number in Settings under About phone before ordering. Does the colour have to match my phone? No — every colour of S25 Ultra S Pen works identically in every colour of S25 Ultra. Samsung matches the pen colour to the phone finish for appearance only, and the small visible part when the pen is seated is the tip end. Choose whichever you prefer, or deliberately pick a contrasting colour to make the pen easier to spot when it is out of the phone. Can it get wet? The pen is IP68 rated, covering dust and immersion in fresh water. Rain, a spilled drink or dropping it in a sink are survivable. Salt water and chlorinated pool water fall outside the rating. Dry the pen with a cloth before sliding it back into the phone. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Black — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case — Black — Browse all Samsung accessories at maibo Browse the full Samsung accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s25-ultra-s-pen-light-silver/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/ae-galaxy-s25ultra-ejps938-ej-ps938bsegww-544591900.jpeg","24.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS938BSEGWW","1","8806097051664" "60166","Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen - Light Gray","The official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen - Light Gray — EJ-PS938BJEGWW, Samsung's genuine replacement stylus with 4,096 pressure levels, a 1–1.5mm fine tip, IP68 water resistance and Air Command support. No battery, no charging and no pairing: take it out and write. 2.92g. For Galaxy S25 Ultra only. ✓ Official Samsung S Pen — 4,096 pressure levels, 1–1.5mm fine tip ✓ No battery, no charging, no pairing — works the moment it touches the screen ✓ Air Command on-screen tool menu · IP68 water resistant · 2.92g ✓ Slots into the S25 Ultra silo · Light Gray · Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) only The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen in Light Gray is the official replacement for the stylus that ships inside the phone — the one people lose down the side of a sofa or leave in a hotel. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure through a 1 to 1.5mm tip, which is what makes handwriting in Samsung Notes feel like a pen on paper rather than a finger on glass: press harder and the line thickens smoothly rather than in steps. There is no battery inside and nothing to charge, because the pen draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer — pick it up and it works, and a replacement needs no setup at all. One thing to know before ordering, because it changed with this generation: Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S25 Ultra S Pen. Air Command, the on-screen tool menu, works exactly as before. Air Actions — the gesture controls and remote camera shutter that the S24 Ultra pen offered — are gone. IP68 rated, 2.92g, and it slots into the S25 Ultra's silo the same way the original does. No Bluetooth — Read This First What Changed From the S24 Ultra Pen Samsung dropped Bluetooth Low Energy from the S Pen with the S25 Ultra generation, and it is the single thing most likely to surprise someone upgrading. The S24 Ultra and S23 Ultra pens contained a small radio and a battery, which powered Air Actions: waving the pen to switch camera modes, clicking the button as a remote shutter for group photos, and using the pen as a presentation clicker. None of that works on the S25 Ultra S Pen, because there is no radio in it. What does still work is everything the pen does on the screen. Air Command — the floating menu of pen tools that appears when you pull the pen out or hover it near the display — is unaffected, because it runs on the phone rather than over Bluetooth. Smart Select, Screen Write, Translate, Write on Calendar, handwriting to text, and the button as a modifier for selecting and erasing all behave exactly as they did. In exchange, the pen no longer needs charging and never runs flat. If you specifically relied on the remote shutter or gesture controls, this generation does not offer them and no S Pen for the S25 Ultra will. 4,096 Pressure Levels · 1–1.5mm Tip Why It Feels Like Writing The pen contains a passive resonant circuit rather than a battery. The phone's digitiser emits a low-power electromagnetic field, the circuit in the pen absorbs energy from it and reflects a signal back, and the phone reads that signal to work out position, pressure and angle — a technology called electromagnetic resonance. Because the energy comes from the phone, there is no battery to charge, nothing to pair and no setup when you replace a lost pen. Pressure sensing across 4,096 levels means the phone is measuring how hard the tip is pressed in very fine increments and passing that to the app. In Samsung Notes a light stroke gives a thin line and a firm one gives a thick line, in a continuous gradient — the behaviour that makes handwriting look like handwriting rather than a uniform trace. The 1 to 1.5mm tip is fine enough to write at normal size without the letters running together, which matters if you take notes in the margins of a document or annotate a screenshot. Hovering the pen above the screen previews links and shows tooltips before you commit to a tap, and the barrel button acts as a modifier for selection and erase shortcuts inside supported apps. IP68 · 2.92g · Official Fit Why the Genuine One Matters Here The S Pen lives inside the phone, and that makes dimensional accuracy more important than it would be for a stylus you keep in a bag. The silo is a precisely toleranced channel with a spring-loaded catch at the end, and a pen that is fractionally too thick binds on the way in while one that is fractionally too thin fails to latch and works loose in a pocket. Samsung builds this pen to the S25 Ultra's own engineering drawings, so it seats, latches and ejects exactly like the pen that came with the phone. Third-party styluses sold for S25 Ultra compatibility vary in barrel diameter, tip material and pressure curve calibration, and the symptoms show up as a pen that catches in the silo, a line weight that jumps rather than flows, or a dead zone near the screen edges. IP68 covers dust and immersion in fresh water, so rain, a spilled drink or dropping the pen in a sink are survivable rather than terminal — dry it before sliding it back into the phone. At 2.92 grams it is light enough that long note-taking sessions do not tire the hand. Replacement tips are available separately for when the nib eventually wears down. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S25 Ultra and want the exact original replacement ✔ Want guaranteed fit in the silo — third-party pens can bind, fail to latch or work loose ✔ Write or sketch regularly — 4,096 pressure levels and a 1–1.5mm tip behave like a real pen ✔ Prefer a stylus that never needs charging — no battery, no pairing, nothing to go flat Consider something else if… ✘ You want Air Actions or the remote camera shutter — Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S25 Ultra S Pen, so no pen for this phone offers them ✘ You own an S24 Ultra, S23 Ultra or S22 Ultra — those use different S Pens; check your model before ordering ✘ You own a Galaxy S25 or S25+ — only the Ultra has an S Pen silo and digitiser Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen MPN EJ-PS938BJEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806097071020 Colour Light Gray Technology Passive EMR — powered by the phone's digitiser Pressure Levels 4,096 Tip Size 1 – 1.5mm Battery None — no charging required Bluetooth / BLE Not supported — no Air Actions, no remote shutter Air Command Supported — on-screen tool menu Water Resistance IP68 Weight 2.92g Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) only Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Light Gray (EJ-PS938BJEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does this S Pen have Bluetooth and Air Actions? No. Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S Pen with the S25 Ultra generation, so Air Actions, the remote camera shutter and the presentation clicker function are not available — and no S Pen made for the S25 Ultra offers them. Air Command, the on-screen menu of pen tools, works normally, as does writing, drawing, hovering and the barrel button for selection and erase. The upside is that the pen has no battery and never needs charging. Does it need charging or pairing? No. It is a passive EMR stylus that draws its operating energy from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery, nothing to charge and no pairing step. Take it out of the packaging, slide it into the silo or touch it to the screen, and it works immediately. Will my S24 Ultra or S23 Ultra S Pen work in an S25 Ultra? Samsung specifies a different S Pen for each generation, and this one is made for the S25 Ultra (SM-S938). Buying the pen matched to your phone is the only way to guarantee correct fit in the silo, correct latching and correct pressure calibration. Check the model number in Settings under About phone before ordering. Does the colour have to match my phone? No — every colour of S25 Ultra S Pen works identically in every colour of S25 Ultra. Samsung matches the pen colour to the phone finish for appearance only, and the small visible part when the pen is seated is the tip end. Choose whichever you prefer, or deliberately pick a contrasting colour to make the pen easier to spot when it is out of the phone. Can it get wet? The pen is IP68 rated, covering dust and immersion in fresh water. Rain, a spilled drink or dropping it in a sink are survivable. Salt water and chlorinated pool water fall outside the rating. Dry the pen with a cloth before sliding it back into the phone. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Black — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Light Silver — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case — Black — Browse all Samsung accessories at maibo Browse the full Samsung accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s25-ultra-s-pen-light-gray/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Official-Samsung-Galaxy-S25-Ultra-S-Pen-Light-Gray.avif","24.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS938BJEGWW","1","8806097071020" "60161","Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen - Black","The Official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen - Black — EJ-PS938BBEGWW, Samsung's genuine replacement stylus with 4,096 pressure levels, a 1–1.5mm fine tip, IP68 water resistance and Air Command support. No battery, no charging and no pairing: take it out and write. 2.92g. For Galaxy S25 Ultra only. ✓ Official Samsung S Pen — 4,096 pressure levels, 1–1.5mm fine tip ✓ No battery, no charging, no pairing — works the moment it touches the screen ✓ Air Command on-screen tool menu · IP68 water resistant · 2.92g ✓ Slots into the S25 Ultra silo · Black · Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) only The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen in Black is the official replacement for the stylus that ships inside the phone — the one people lose down the side of a sofa or leave in a hotel. It writes with 4,096 levels of pressure through a 1 to 1.5mm tip, which is what makes handwriting in Samsung Notes feel like a pen on paper rather than a finger on glass: press harder and the line thickens smoothly rather than in steps. There is no battery inside and nothing to charge, because the pen draws its power from the phone's digitiser layer — pick it up and it works, and a replacement needs no setup at all. One thing to know before ordering, because it changed with this generation: Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S25 Ultra S Pen. Air Command, the on-screen tool menu, works exactly as before. Air Actions — the gesture controls and remote camera shutter that the S24 Ultra pen offered — are gone. IP68 rated, 2.92g, and it slots into the S25 Ultra's silo the same way the original does. No Bluetooth — Read This First What Changed From the S24 Ultra Pen Samsung dropped Bluetooth Low Energy from the S Pen with the S25 Ultra generation, and it is the single thing most likely to surprise someone upgrading. The S24 Ultra and S23 Ultra pens contained a small radio and a battery, which powered Air Actions: waving the pen to switch camera modes, clicking the button as a remote shutter for group photos, and using the pen as a presentation clicker. None of that works on the S25 Ultra S Pen, because there is no radio in it. What does still work is everything the pen does on the screen. Air Command — the floating menu of pen tools that appears when you pull the pen out or hover it near the display — is unaffected, because it runs on the phone rather than over Bluetooth. Smart Select, Screen Write, Translate, Write on Calendar, handwriting to text, and the button as a modifier for selecting and erasing all behave exactly as they did. In exchange, the pen no longer needs charging and never runs flat. If you specifically relied on the remote shutter or gesture controls, this generation does not offer them and no S Pen for the S25 Ultra will. 4,096 Pressure Levels · 1–1.5mm Tip Why It Feels Like Writing The pen contains a passive resonant circuit rather than a battery. The phone's digitiser emits a low-power electromagnetic field, the circuit in the pen absorbs energy from it and reflects a signal back, and the phone reads that signal to work out position, pressure and angle — a technology called electromagnetic resonance. Because the energy comes from the phone, there is no battery to charge, nothing to pair and no setup when you replace a lost pen. Pressure sensing across 4,096 levels means the phone is measuring how hard the tip is pressed in very fine increments and passing that to the app. In Samsung Notes a light stroke gives a thin line and a firm one gives a thick line, in a continuous gradient — the behaviour that makes handwriting look like handwriting rather than a uniform trace. The 1 to 1.5mm tip is fine enough to write at normal size without the letters running together, which matters if you take notes in the margins of a document or annotate a screenshot. Hovering the pen above the screen previews links and shows tooltips before you commit to a tap, and the barrel button acts as a modifier for selection and erase shortcuts inside supported apps. IP68 · 2.92g · Official Fit Why the Genuine One Matters Here The S Pen lives inside the phone, and that makes dimensional accuracy more important than it would be for a stylus you keep in a bag. The silo is a precisely toleranced channel with a spring-loaded catch at the end, and a pen that is fractionally too thick binds on the way in while one that is fractionally too thin fails to latch and works loose in a pocket. Samsung builds this pen to the S25 Ultra's own engineering drawings, so it seats, latches and ejects exactly like the pen that came with the phone. Third-party styluses sold for S25 Ultra compatibility vary in barrel diameter, tip material and pressure curve calibration, and the symptoms show up as a pen that catches in the silo, a line weight that jumps rather than flows, or a dead zone near the screen edges. IP68 covers dust and immersion in fresh water, so rain, a spilled drink or dropping the pen in a sink are survivable rather than terminal — dry it before sliding it back into the phone. At 2.92 grams it is light enough that long note-taking sessions do not tire the hand. Replacement tips are available separately for when the nib eventually wears down. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen that came with your Galaxy S25 Ultra and want the exact original replacement ✔ Want guaranteed fit in the silo — third-party pens can bind, fail to latch or work loose ✔ Write or sketch regularly — 4,096 pressure levels and a 1–1.5mm tip behave like a real pen ✔ Prefer a stylus that never needs charging — no battery, no pairing, nothing to go flat Consider something else if… ✘ You want Air Actions or the remote camera shutter — Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S25 Ultra S Pen, so no pen for this phone offers them ✘ You own an S24 Ultra, S23 Ultra or S22 Ultra — those use different S Pens; check your model before ordering ✘ You own a Galaxy S25 or S25+ — only the Ultra has an S Pen silo and digitiser Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen MPN EJ-PS938BBEGWW Colour Black Technology Passive EMR — powered by the phone's digitiser Pressure Levels 4,096 Tip Size 1 – 1.5mm Battery None — no charging required Bluetooth / BLE Not supported — no Air Actions, no remote shutter Air Command Supported — on-screen tool menu Water Resistance IP68 Weight 2.92g Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) only Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Black (EJ-PS938BBEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Does this S Pen have Bluetooth and Air Actions? No. Samsung removed Bluetooth from the S Pen with the S25 Ultra generation, so Air Actions, the remote camera shutter and the presentation clicker function are not available — and no S Pen made for the S25 Ultra offers them. Air Command, the on-screen menu of pen tools, works normally, as does writing, drawing, hovering and the barrel button for selection and erase. The upside is that the pen has no battery and never needs charging. Does it need charging or pairing? No. It is a passive EMR stylus that draws its operating energy from the phone's digitiser layer, so there is no battery, nothing to charge and no pairing step. Take it out of the packaging, slide it into the silo or touch it to the screen, and it works immediately. Will my S24 Ultra or S23 Ultra S Pen work in an S25 Ultra? Samsung specifies a different S Pen for each generation, and this one is made for the S25 Ultra (SM-S938). Buying the pen matched to your phone is the only way to guarantee correct fit in the silo, correct latching and correct pressure calibration. Check the model number in Settings under About phone before ordering. Does the colour have to match my phone? No — every colour of S25 Ultra S Pen works identically in every colour of S25 Ultra. Samsung matches the pen colour to the phone finish for appearance only, and the small visible part when the pen is seated is the tip end. Choose whichever you prefer, or deliberately pick a contrasting colour to make the pen easier to spot when it is out of the phone. Can it get wet? The pen is IP68 rated, covering dust and immersion in fresh water. Rain, a spilled drink or dropping it in a sink are survivable. Salt water and chlorinated pool water fall outside the rating. Dry the pen with a cloth before sliding it back into the phone. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Light Gray — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra S Pen — Light Silver — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case — Black — Browse all Samsung accessories at maibo Browse the full Samsung accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s25-ultra-s-pen-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/ae-galaxy-s25ultra-ejps938-ej-ps938bbegww-544591861.jpeg","24.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS938BBEGWW","1","8806097071105" "60016","JBL Tune 720BT Wireless Over-Ear Headphones Black","The JBL Tune 720BT Wireless Over-Ear Headphones Black — 40mm drivers with JBL Pure Bass, Bluetooth 5.3 with multipoint, up to 76 hours of battery with a 5-minute Speed Charge for 3 hours of play, custom EQ through the free JBL Headphones app, Voice Aware for natural calls, and a detachable audio cable for wired listening. Folds flat. 220g. ✓ Up to 76 hours battery · 5-minute Speed Charge → 3 hours play · USB-C ✓ Over-ear 40mm drivers · JBL Pure Bass · detachable cable for wired listening ✓ Bluetooth 5.3 · multipoint — switches to your phone when a call comes in ✓ Custom EQ in the JBL Headphones app · Voice Aware · folds flat · 220g The JBL Tune 720BT sits at the top of JBL's Tune range for anyone who does not need active noise cancellation, and it earns that position on two things the smaller models cannot offer. The first is that it is over-ear rather than on-ear: the cups sit around the ear instead of pressing on it, which changes the comfort equation entirely over a long session and seals better for bass. The second is the detachable audio cable in the box — plug it in and the 720BT works as a wired pair of headphones, which covers an aeroplane entertainment system, a device with no Bluetooth, or a battery that has run flat. Around those two things sits the strongest specification in the range: 76 hours of playback, Bluetooth 5.3 with multipoint, a 5-minute charge that returns 3 hours, custom EQ through the free JBL Headphones app, and Voice Aware to stop you raising your voice on calls without realising. At 220g it stays light for an over-ear design, and it folds flat for a bag. Black. Over-Ear · 40mm · Wired Option What Over-Ear Actually Changes On-ear headphones rest their cushions directly on the ear and hold position by clamping. Over the first hour that is fine; by hour three most people are aware of the pressure. The Tune 720BT is circumaural — the cushions sit on the head around the ear rather than on the ear itself, so the clamping force is carried by the skull rather than by cartilage. That is the single biggest comfort difference between this and the Tune 510BT or 520BT, and it is why the 720BT suits a working day or a long flight where the smaller models suit a commute. The seal also matters acoustically: an enclosed cup traps low frequencies that leak away from an on-ear design, which is why the same 40mm driver and the same Pure Bass tuning produce fuller, more present bass here. The 32Ω impedance and 101dB sensitivity mean any phone or laptop drives them to full volume without an amplifier. In practice the cups on the 720BT are moderate rather than generous, so if you have larger ears the fit will be closer to the edge of the ear than the deep enclosure of a premium over-ear model — comfortable for most, but worth knowing. 76 Hours · 5 min = 3 Hours Battery You Stop Thinking About Seventy-six hours is the highest figure in the Tune range and it is measured at moderate volume, so real use at commuting levels — where volume goes up to compete with traffic and train noise — will land lower, realistically in the 55 to 65 hour band. Even taking the pessimistic end, that is around three weeks of daily commuting on one charge. The number stops being a specification and becomes a change in behaviour: you charge these when you remember to, not when you have to. The Speed Charge figure is the one that saves an actual morning — five minutes on USB-C returns roughly three hours of playback, enough to get through a commute from a flat battery while you find your keys. A full charge takes about two hours. And when the battery does run out at the worst possible moment, the detachable cable in the box means the headphones keep working wired rather than becoming useless — a genuine advantage over the Tune 520BT, which is Bluetooth only with no audio input at all. BT 5.3 · Multipoint · Voice Aware · App EQ Two Devices, Better Calls, Your Own Tuning Multipoint keeps the 720BT connected to two Bluetooth devices simultaneously — typically a laptop and a phone. Watch something on the laptop, and when a call arrives on the phone the headphones switch across on their own and hand back when the call ends. No disconnecting, no re-pairing, which is the friction that stops most people from using one pair across their devices in the first place. Voice Aware addresses a problem that is easy to overlook until it happens to you: with your ears covered, your own voice sounds muffled and you instinctively speak louder than you need to, which is why people on calls with headphones often sound like they are shouting. Voice Aware routes a measured amount of your own voice from the microphone back into the cups so you hear yourself naturally and speak at a normal level, and the amount is adjustable in the app. The free JBL Headphones app also carries a graphic EQ with presets and a custom curve saved to the headphones — so if the factory Pure Bass emphasis is heavier than you want for podcasts or acoustic material, you can pull it back permanently rather than living with it. Right choice if you… ✔ Wear headphones for hours at a time — over-ear cups carry the pressure on the head rather than on the ear ✔ Want a wired fallback — the detachable cable covers flights, devices without Bluetooth, and a flat battery ✔ Want the longest battery in the Tune range — 76 hours, roughly three weeks of daily commuting ✔ Move between a laptop and a phone — multipoint switches automatically when a call comes in Consider something else if… ✖ You need active noise cancellation — the 720BT has none; isolation comes from the seal of the cups alone. The JBL Tune 670NC or 770NC add ANC ✖ You want the smallest thing to carry — an over-ear design takes more bag space than the on-ear Tune 520BT even folded flat ✖ You want a hi-res codec — the 720BT runs SBC and AAC; there is no LDAC or aptX Technical Specifications Brand JBL (Harman) Model Tune 720BT MPN JBLT720BTBLK EAN / GTIN 6925281967061 Colour Black Type Over-ear (circumaural) · closed-back · wireless · foldable Drivers 40mm · JBL Pure Bass Frequency Response 20Hz – 20kHz Impedance 32Ω Sensitivity 101dB Bluetooth 5.3 · multipoint (2 devices) Battery Life Up to 76 hours Speed Charge 5 minutes → 3 hours playback Full Charge Time ~2 hours Charging USB-C Wired Option Yes — detachable audio cable included Controls Earcup buttons — playback · volume · calls · voice assistant Microphone Built-in · hands-free calls · Voice Aware App Support JBL Headphones app — EQ · Voice Aware level · voice prompts ANC None — passive isolation only Weight 220g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box — JBL Tune 720BT wireless over-ear headphones — Black — Detachable audio cable — USB-C charging cable — Quick start guide and safety documentation Frequently Asked Questions How does the 720BT compare to the Tune 510BT and 520BT? The 510BT and 520BT are on-ear, resting the cushions on your ear; the 720BT is over-ear, with the cups around the ear, which is more comfortable over long sessions and seals better for bass. Battery runs 40 hours on the 510BT, 57 on the 520BT and 76 on the 720BT. The 720BT is also the only one of the three with a detachable audio cable for wired listening — the 510BT and 520BT are Bluetooth only. All three share JBL Pure Bass tuning, and the 520BT and 720BT both add app EQ and Voice Aware. Do the Tune 720BT have noise cancellation? No. There is no active noise cancellation. The closed over-ear cups do block a reasonable amount of background noise passively — more than an on-ear design, because the seal is more complete — but ambient sound remains audible. For ANC in the same range, look at the JBL Tune 670NC or 770NC. Can I use them wired? Yes — a detachable audio cable is supplied in the box. Plug it into the headphones and into any 3.5mm output and they work as wired headphones. This covers aeroplane entertainment systems, older equipment without Bluetooth, and situations where the battery has run down. The cable is a separate item in the box, so keep it with the headphones if you expect to need it. What does Voice Aware do? With your ears covered, your own voice sounds muffled and you instinctively speak louder than you need to. Voice Aware picks your voice up on the microphone and plays a controlled amount of it back into the cups during calls, so you hear yourself at a natural level and speak normally. The amount fed back is adjustable in the JBL Headphones app. Do I need the JBL Headphones app? No — pair over Bluetooth and everything works: audio, calls, earcup controls, multipoint and voice assistant. The free app is what unlocks the graphic EQ and custom sound profiles, the Voice Aware level control, voice prompts in your language and battery display. Available on iOS and Android. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — JBL Tune 520BT Wireless On-Ear Headphones — Black — JBL Tune 510BT Wireless On-Ear Headphones — Black — Marshall Major IV Wireless Headphones — Black — Browse all headphones at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-720bt-wireless-over-ear-headphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/JBL-Tune-720BT-Wireless-Over-Ear-Headphones-Black.jpg","36.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","JBLT720BTBLK","1","6925281967061" "60007","HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset Black","The HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset Black — A59YZAA, with both 2.4GHz wireless and Bluetooth, up to 120 hours on 2.4GHz and 200 hours on Bluetooth, angled 53mm drivers, DTS Headphone:X on lifetime activation, a detachable 10mm boom microphone with LED mute indicator, and an aluminium frame with memory foam cushioning. PC, PS5, PS4, Switch, Mac and mobile. ✓ 2.4GHz and Bluetooth — 120 hours gaming, 200 hours on Bluetooth ✓ Angled 53mm drivers · DTS Headphone:X spatial audio, lifetime activation ✓ Mode selector, volume wheel, mute and multi-function button on the earcup ✓ Detachable 10mm mic with LED mute · aluminium frame · memory foam and leatherette The HyperX Cloud III S Wireless takes the Cloud III Wireless and adds the one thing it was missing: Bluetooth. That single change turns a dedicated gaming headset into one you keep on when you step away from the desk — 2.4GHz through the dongle for playing, Bluetooth for the phone, switched with a selector on the earcup rather than by unpairing anything. The battery follows the connection: up to 120 hours on 2.4GHz, and up to 200 hours on Bluetooth, where the lower power draw stretches things considerably further. Everything that made the Cloud III worth buying carries over — angled 53mm drivers tuned by HyperX's audio engineers, DTS Headphone:X spatial audio with a lifetime activation rather than a subscription, memory foam and leatherette cushioning, an aluminium frame that survives being thrown in a bag, and a detachable 10mm boom mic with a mesh pop filter and an LED that shows your mute state. Owners of an OMEN gaming laptop get Instant Pair as well, connecting without the dongle at all. Black. 2.4GHz + Bluetooth · 120 / 200 Hours Two Connections, Two Battery Figures The two wireless modes exist because they do different jobs. 2.4GHz through the supplied dongle sends uncompressed audio with latency low enough that footsteps and gunfire stay locked to the screen — this is what you play on, and it is why competitive players avoid Bluetooth for gaming. Bluetooth compresses the audio and adds tens of milliseconds of delay, which is irrelevant for music, podcasts and calls but noticeable in a shooter. The Cloud III S carries both and switches between them with a dedicated mode selector on the earcup, so moving from a PC session to a phone call means pressing a button rather than opening a Bluetooth menu. The battery figures differ for the same reason the modes do: 2.4GHz keeps a dedicated radio link running continuously and draws more power, giving up to 120 hours. Bluetooth draws considerably less, and HyperX quotes up to 200 hours in that mode. Both are measured at moderate volume, so heavy use runs lower — but even conservatively, 2.4GHz gaming lands around six weeks at three hours a night. Charging is USB-C. Owners of a compatible OMEN gaming laptop can use Instant Pair and skip the dongle entirely. 53mm Angled Drivers · DTS Lifetime Why the Drivers Sit at an Angle In most headsets the driver sits flat against the earcup and fires straight at the side of the head. The Cloud III S mounts its 53mm drivers at an angle so they aim into the ear canal rather than at the ear itself. That changes how the sound arrives: rather than hitting the outer ear square on and reflecting around inside the cup, the wavefront follows a path closer to how sound reaches you in a room. The result is a wider perceived soundstage and a clearer sense of direction — which in a game is the difference between knowing someone is nearby and knowing which side they are on. DTS Headphone:X builds a virtual 3D field on top of that, placing sounds above, behind and around you rather than only left and right, so you can tell that footsteps are on the floor above instead of simply somewhere to your left. The activation is a lifetime licence included with the headset, with nothing to renew and no trial period, and it applies on PC. On PS5 the console's own Tempest 3D audio handles spatial processing instead, and on Nintendo Switch the headset runs in standard stereo — both fine, just without the DTS layer. Aluminium Frame · Controls · 10mm Mic Built for Long Sessions and Real Use The frame is aluminium rather than plastic, which matters most at the headband slider and earcup yokes — the two points where gaming headsets fail. A plastic yoke develops stress whitening and eventually snaps after enough flexing; aluminium bends and returns. It is the reason Cloud headsets tend to still be working years later. Comfort comes from HyperX's signature memory foam in both headband and ear cushions, wrapped in leatherette, which settles into shape over the first few minutes of wear and spreads clamping force across a wider area instead of two pressure points. Leatherette also seals better than fabric, improving isolation and bass, at the cost of running warmer over several hours. The control set is where the Cloud III S pulls ahead of its predecessor: a wireless mode selector for switching between 2.4GHz and Bluetooth, a large tactile volume wheel, a dedicated mic mute button, and a multi-function button that handles media playback and call answer or end — the last of which only makes sense on a headset that has Bluetooth in the first place. The detachable 10mm boom mic has a metal mesh pop filter built into the tip to cut the burst on hard consonants, and an LED that lights when muted so you can check your own mute state without looking at software. Right choice if you… ✔ Want one headset for gaming and for your phone — 2.4GHz for play, Bluetooth for everything else, switched with a button ✔ Are tired of charging every few days — 120 hours gaming, 200 hours on Bluetooth ✔ Play long sessions and need comfort that holds — memory foam and leatherette over an aluminium frame ✔ Want spatial audio without a subscription — DTS Headphone:X lifetime activation included on PC Consider something else if… ✖ You play on Xbox — Xbox uses its own wireless protocol and accepts neither the 2.4GHz dongle nor standard Bluetooth audio; you need a Designed for Xbox headset ✖ You want a light headset — at 340g the Cloud III S is substantial; the Logitech G435 is 165g, roughly half, though it gives up the aluminium frame and boom mic to get there ✖ You want a wired fallback — there is no 3.5mm input here; the wired HyperX Cloud III covers USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud III S Wireless MPN A59YZAA Colour Black Drivers 53mm angled dynamic Spatial Audio DTS Headphone:X — lifetime activation (PC) Wireless 2.4GHz (USB dongle) · Bluetooth · Instant Pair (select OMEN laptops) Battery — 2.4GHz Up to 120 hours Battery — Bluetooth Up to 200 hours Charging USB-C Microphone Detachable 10mm boom · mesh pop filter · LED mute indicator Controls Wireless mode selector · volume wheel · mic mute · multi-function (media and calls) Frame Aluminium Cushioning HyperX memory foam · leatherette headband and ear cushions Weight Headset 340g · dongle 4.3g · boom mic 12g Platforms PC · PS5 · PS4 · Nintendo Switch · Mac · mobile Xbox Not compatible Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) In the Box — HyperX Cloud III S Wireless gaming headset — Black — Detachable 10mm boom microphone — 2.4GHz USB wireless dongle — USB-C charging cable Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the Cloud III S and the Cloud III Wireless? The Cloud III S adds Bluetooth. The Cloud III Wireless is 2.4GHz only, rated at up to 120 hours. The Cloud III S keeps that 2.4GHz mode and battery figure, then adds Bluetooth with up to 200 hours, Instant Pair for select OMEN laptops, a wireless mode selector and a multi-function button for media and call control. Drivers, DTS activation, aluminium frame and cushioning are the same on both. The names are close enough that retailer listings sometimes mix the two up, so check for the 'S' if Bluetooth is what you need. Does the Cloud III S work on Xbox? No. Xbox consoles use Microsoft's own proprietary wireless protocol and do not accept generic 2.4GHz dongles or standard Bluetooth audio, so neither mode will connect. The Cloud III S works on PC, PS5, PS4, Nintendo Switch, Mac and mobile. For Xbox you need a headset carrying Microsoft's Designed for Xbox licence. Can I use 2.4GHz and Bluetooth at the same time? The headset runs in one mode at a time and switches between them using the wireless mode selector on the earcup. Both connections stay configured, so moving from a PC game to a phone call is a button press rather than a re-pairing procedure — but the two audio streams are not mixed together simultaneously. Do I need an OMEN laptop to use this headset? No. Instant Pair is an extra convenience for owners of select OMEN gaming laptops, letting them connect without plugging in the dongle. On every other device you use the supplied 2.4GHz dongle or Bluetooth exactly as normal, with no loss of function. Is DTS Headphone:X a subscription? No. A lifetime activation is included with the headset — no trial period and nothing to renew. It applies on PC. On PS5 the console's Tempest 3D audio handles spatial processing instead, and on Nintendo Switch the headset runs in standard stereo. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud III Wireless Gaming Headset — Black/Red — HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset — Browse all gaming headsets at maibo Browse the full gaming headsets and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-iii-s-wireless-gaming-headset-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/HyperX-Cloud-III-S-Wireless-Gaming-Headset-Black.webp","138.88","Audio > Gaming > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","A59YZAA","1","0198415435590" "59998","HyperX Cloud III Wireless Gaming Headset Black/Red","The HyperX Cloud III Wireless Gaming Headset Black/Red — 77Z46AA, with angled 53mm drivers, DTS Headphone:X spatial audio on lifetime activation, up to 120 hours of battery on a single charge, 2.4GHz wireless, a detachable 10mm noise-cancelling microphone with LED mute indicator, memory foam and leatherette cushioning and an aluminium frame. PC, PS5, PS4 and Nintendo Switch. ✓ Up to 120 hours of battery — over a week of play on one charge · USB-C ✓ Angled 53mm drivers · DTS Headphone:X spatial audio, lifetime activation ✓ Detachable 10mm mic · metal mesh pop filter · LED mute indicator ✓ 2.4GHz USB-C dongle with USB-A adapter · PC, PS5, PS4, Switch · aluminium frame The HyperX Cloud III Wireless is the wireless successor to the Cloud II Wireless — a headset that earned its reputation on comfort and durability rather than on a feature list, and the Cloud III carries that forward while fixing the one thing that limits most wireless headsets: the battery. At up to 120 hours on a single charge, this is a headset you charge every few weeks rather than every few days, which changes how you use it. Around that sit angled 53mm drivers retuned by HyperX's audio engineers, DTS Headphone:X spatial audio with lifetime activation included rather than as a subscription, and the memory foam and leatherette cushioning that the Cloud line is known for. The frame is aluminium — genuinely metal rather than metal-effect plastic — which is why these survive being thrown in a bag. The 10mm detachable microphone is an upgrade over the Cloud II's, with a metal mesh pop filter built in and an LED on the tip that tells you at a glance whether you are muted. Connection is 2.4GHz through a USB-C dongle, with a USB-A adapter supplied for desktops and consoles. Black and red. 120 Hours · 2.4GHz Battery Measured in Weeks One hundred and twenty hours puts the Cloud III Wireless near the top of the wireless gaming headset field, and the practical effect is larger than the number suggests. At three hours a night it is around six weeks between charges. At that interval you stop thinking about the battery entirely — there is no evening where the headset dies mid-session because you forgot to plug it in, which is the single most common frustration with wireless headsets rated at 15 to 25 hours. HyperX measures the figure at 50% volume, so heavy use at high volume will come in lower, but even a conservative reading leaves you well clear of a week of daily play. Charging is over USB-C from the port on the left earcup, using the same cable as a phone or laptop. The wireless connection is 2.4GHz through a small USB-C dongle, which sends uncompressed audio with latency low enough that footsteps and gunfire stay locked to what is on screen — the reason competitive players use 2.4GHz rather than Bluetooth, which introduces tens of milliseconds of delay through audio compression. A USB-C to USB-A adapter is included, so the dongle works with a desktop PC or a PS5 as easily as with a USB-C laptop. 53mm Angled Drivers · DTS Why the Drivers Sit at an Angle In most headsets the driver sits flat against the earcup, firing straight at the side of the head. The Cloud III's 53mm drivers are mounted at an angle so that they aim into the ear canal rather than at the ear itself. That angle changes how sound arrives: instead of hitting the outer ear square on and reflecting around inside the cup, the wavefront travels a path closer to how sound reaches you in a room, which widens the perceived soundstage and improves the sense of where a sound is coming from. HyperX also retuned the drivers for the Cloud III rather than carrying the Cloud II's tuning across. DTS Headphone:X builds on this by processing stereo audio into a virtual 3D field, placing sounds above, behind and around you rather than only left and right — in practice that means hearing that someone is on the floor above rather than simply somewhere to your left. The activation is a lifetime licence included with the headset, not a trial or a subscription, and it applies on PC. On PS5 the console's own Tempest 3D audio handles spatial processing instead, and on Switch you get standard stereo — both perfectly good, just not the DTS layer. Aluminium Frame · Memory Foam · 10mm Mic Built to Be Worn and Carried The frame is aluminium rather than plastic, which matters most at the headband slider and the earcup yokes — the two points where gaming headsets fail. A plastic yoke develops stress whitening and eventually snaps after enough flexing; an aluminium one bends and returns. It is the reason Cloud headsets tend to still be working years after purchase. Comfort comes from HyperX's signature memory foam in both the headband and the ear cushions, wrapped in leatherette. Memory foam responds to the warmth and pressure of the head and settles into shape over the first few minutes of wear, which spreads clamping force over a wider area instead of concentrating it at two points — the mechanism behind the Cloud line's reputation for long sessions. Leatherette also seals better than fabric, improving passive isolation and bass response, at the cost of running warmer over several hours. The detachable 10mm microphone is larger than the Cloud II's and has a metal mesh pop filter built into the tip, which cuts the plosive burst on hard consonants that otherwise clips into a call. The LED on the tip lights when muted so you can see your own mute state without checking software. Controls are physical: a large volume wheel on the right earcup, and power plus mic mute on the left. Right choice if you… ✔ Are tired of charging a headset every few days — 120 hours means weeks between charges ✔ Play long sessions and need comfort that holds up — memory foam and leatherette over an aluminium frame ✔ Want spatial audio without a subscription — DTS Headphone:X lifetime activation is included on PC ✔ Play across PC and PlayStation — the dongle moves between them with the supplied USB-A adapter Consider something else if… ✖ You play on Xbox — Xbox uses its own wireless protocol and the 2.4GHz dongle will not connect; you need an Xbox-licensed headset ✖ You want Bluetooth as well, to pair with a phone — this model is 2.4GHz only. The HyperX Cloud III S adds Bluetooth alongside 2.4GHz ✖ You want a wired option as a fallback — the Cloud III Wireless has no 3.5mm input; the wired Cloud III covers that with USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud III Wireless MPN 77Z46AA Colour Black / Red Drivers 53mm angled · dynamic with neodymium magnets Spatial Audio DTS Headphone:X — lifetime activation (PC) Wireless 2.4GHz · USB-C dongle (no Bluetooth) Battery Life Up to 120 hours Charging USB-C (port on left earcup) Microphone Detachable 10mm · noise-cancelling · metal mesh pop filter · LED mute indicator Controls Right earcup: volume wheel · Left earcup: power, mic mute Frame Aluminium Cushioning HyperX memory foam · leatherette headband and ear cushions Platforms PC · PS5 · PS4 · Nintendo Switch Xbox Not compatible Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) In the Box — HyperX Cloud III Wireless gaming headset — Black/Red — Detachable 10mm noise-cancelling microphone — 2.4GHz USB-C wireless dongle — USB-C to USB-A adapter — USB charging cable Frequently Asked Questions Does the Cloud III Wireless work on Xbox? No. Xbox consoles use Microsoft's own proprietary wireless protocol and do not accept generic 2.4GHz dongles, so the Cloud III Wireless cannot connect to an Xbox. It works on PC, PS5, PS4 and Nintendo Switch. For Xbox you need a headset carrying Microsoft's Designed for Xbox licence. Does it have Bluetooth for pairing with a phone? No — the Cloud III Wireless is 2.4GHz only, through the supplied USB-C dongle. This is worth checking carefully, because the similarly named HyperX Cloud III S does add Bluetooth alongside 2.4GHz and is quoted at up to 200 hours on Bluetooth. Some retailer listings mix the two models up. If you need Bluetooth, the Cloud III S is the one to look for. Is DTS Headphone:X a subscription? No. A lifetime activation is included with the headset — there is no trial period and nothing to renew. It applies on PC. On PS5 the console's Tempest 3D audio provides spatial processing instead, and on Nintendo Switch the headset runs in standard stereo. Will the USB-C dongle work with my desktop PC or PS5? Yes. The dongle is USB-C, and a USB-C to USB-A adapter is supplied in the box for devices with standard USB-A ports — which covers most desktop PCs, the PS5 and the PS4. Plug the dongle in and the headset pairs to it automatically; there is no setup procedure. Can I plug in a cable if the battery runs out? There is no 3.5mm input, so the Cloud III Wireless cannot be used as a wired headset. The USB-C port is for charging. In practice the 120-hour battery makes this a rare situation, but if you specifically want a wired fallback, the wired HyperX Cloud III offers USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm connections. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset — Logitech G502 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse — Browse all gaming headsets at maibo Browse the full gaming headsets and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-iii-wireless-gaming-headset-black-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/HyperX-Cloud-III-Wireless-Gaming-Headset-BlackRed.webp","88.88","Audio > Gaming > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","77Z46AA","1","0197029611734" "59944","OnePlus Warp Charge 30W UK power adapter with red Dash data cable","The genuine OnePlus Warp Charge 30W UK power adapter with red Dash data cable — WC0506A51GB, OnePlus's original UK 3-pin fast charger delivering 5V/6A (30W) Warp Charge to supported OnePlus phones, supplied with the OnePlus red high-current USB-A to USB-C cable that Warp Charge requires. New, bulk packed. ✓ Genuine OnePlus Warp Charge 30 — 5V/6A output, UK 3-pin plug ✓ Includes the OnePlus red high-current cable — Warp Charge will not run without it ✓ Charge control in the adapter — the phone stays cool while charging fast ✓ Backwards compatible with Dash Charge phones · New, bulk packed The OnePlus Warp Charge 30W UK power adapter (WC0506A51GB) is OnePlus's original UK-plug fast charger for the Warp Charge 30 generation — supplied here as a complete set with the red OnePlus USB-A to USB-C cable that Warp Charge requires to operate. Warp Charge 30 delivers 5V at 6A, a low-voltage high-current approach that is fundamentally different from the high-voltage USB Power Delivery method used by most other manufacturers, and it is the reason a OnePlus phone stays noticeably cool during a fast charge rather than heating up. This set is the correct replacement for anyone who has lost or damaged the charger that came with a OnePlus 7, 7 Pro, 7T, 7T Pro, 8, 8 Pro or Nord, and it is backwards compatible with the earlier Dash Charge handsets — a OnePlus 6T or 5T will charge at full Dash speed from this adapter. Supplied new in bulk packaging rather than an individual retail box: the adapter and cable are unused and identical to the retail versions, and the lower price reflects the packaging only. 5V / 6A · Low Voltage, High Current Why the Phone Stays Cool Most fast charging standards, including USB Power Delivery and Quick Charge, raise the voltage — to 9V, 12V or 20V — and keep the current relatively low. That approach works, but the phone has to step the higher voltage back down to the battery's operating voltage internally, and that conversion generates heat inside the handset, right next to the battery. Warp Charge takes the opposite route: the adapter holds the output at 5V, close to the battery's own voltage, and pushes the current up to 6A instead. Because very little voltage conversion happens inside the phone, most of the heat is generated in the adapter, where it can dissipate harmlessly, rather than in the device in your hand. The practical result is that a OnePlus phone on Warp Charge stays cool enough to keep using at full performance while it charges — gaming or navigating during a charge does not throttle the charging rate the way it does on phones using high-voltage standards. The charging control circuitry sits in the adapter rather than the phone, which is also why the OnePlus adapter is not interchangeable with a generic 30W charger. The Red Cable Is Not Optional Why a Third-Party Cable Will Not Work A standard USB-A to USB-C cable is built around the USB specification's 3A ceiling. Warp Charge pushes 6A — double that — and a cable that is not built for it will either refuse to carry the current, get hot, or simply cause the phone to fall back to slow charging. The OnePlus red cable uses thicker conductors and a connector rated for the higher current, and it carries the identification the adapter looks for before it will enable Warp mode. This is why Warp Charge needs all three parts together: the OnePlus adapter, the OnePlus red cable, and a OnePlus phone that supports Warp. Substitute any one of them and the charge drops to standard 5V speed. This set includes the correct cable, which is the main reason to buy the pair rather than the adapter alone — buyers who already own a spare adapter but lost the red cable frequently find that a replacement generic cable makes their charging slower, not faster. The cable also works as a normal USB-A to USB-C data and charge cable with any other device. Compatibility · Dash Backwards What Charges Fast, What Charges Normally Full 30W Warp Charge is available on the OnePlus handsets built for it — the 7, 7 Pro, 7T, 7T Pro, 8, 8 Pro, 6T McLaren and Nord generation. The adapter is also backwards compatible with OnePlus's earlier Dash Charge system, so a OnePlus 3, 3T, 5, 5T, 6 or 6T will charge from it at full Dash speed (5V/4A, 20W) without any adapter or setting change — Dash and Warp share the same architecture and the same red cable form factor. Devices that are not OnePlus — an iPhone, a Samsung Galaxy, a tablet, a Bluetooth speaker — will charge from this adapter at standard 5V USB speed. They are perfectly safe to connect and will charge normally, but they will not reach 30W, because the fast-charge handshake is proprietary to OnePlus. If you own a newer OnePlus phone that uses SUPERVOOC 65W or above, this adapter will still charge it, but at Warp speeds rather than the phone's maximum. Check which system your handset uses before ordering if fast charging is the reason you are buying. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a OnePlus 7, 7 Pro, 7T, 7T Pro, 8, 8 Pro or Nord and need the original Warp Charge 30 replacement ✔ Lost the red cable and found that a generic replacement made charging slower — this set includes the correct one ✔ Own a Dash Charge OnePlus (3, 3T, 5, 5T, 6, 6T) — this adapter drives them at full Dash speed ✔ Want a second charger for the office or travel bag at bulk-packed pricing Consider something else if… ✖ You want fast charging on a Samsung, iPhone or other non-OnePlus device — Warp Charge is proprietary; those devices charge at standard 5V speed only ✖ Your OnePlus uses SUPERVOOC 65W or higher — this adapter will charge it, but not at the phone's maximum rate; see the OnePlus Warp Charge 65W set ✖ You need USB-C to USB-C or Power Delivery — this is a USB-A adapter with a USB-A to USB-C cable, and it does not implement USB PD Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model Warp Charge 30 Power Adapter + Red Cable Set MPN WC0506A51GB (UK plug) Output — Warp 5V / 6A — 30W Output — Standard 5V / 2A — non-OnePlus devices Plug Type UK 3-pin (Type G) Port 1 × USB-A Cable OnePlus red USB-A to USB-C · high-current rated Charging Standard Warp Charge 30 · Dash Charge backwards compatible Warp Charge Devices OnePlus 7 · 7 Pro · 7T · 7T Pro · 8 · 8 Pro · 6T McLaren · Nord Dash Charge Devices OnePlus 3 · 3T · 5 · 5T · 6 · 6T — charge at Dash speed (20W) USB Power Delivery Not supported Colour White adapter · red cable Condition New · bulk packed (no individual retail box) Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) In the Box — OnePlus Warp Charge 30W UK power adapter (WC0506A51GB) — OnePlus red USB-A to USB-C Warp / Dash cable Frequently Asked Questions Can I use my own USB-C cable instead of the red one? Not for Warp Charge. A standard cable is built for the USB specification's 3A limit, and Warp Charge runs at 6A. With a generic cable the phone falls back to normal 5V charging, so the charge takes far longer than it should. The red OnePlus cable is built with heavier conductors and the identification the adapter checks for before it enables Warp mode. Keep the red cable with the adapter — it is the part most people lose, and it is the part that makes the difference. Will this fast charge my Samsung or iPhone? It will charge them safely, but at standard 5V USB speed rather than 30W. Warp Charge uses a proprietary handshake between the OnePlus adapter, cable and phone, and non-OnePlus devices cannot negotiate it. For fast charging a Samsung Galaxy you need a Power Delivery PPS charger such as the Samsung 25W or 45W adapter; for an iPhone, a USB-C Power Delivery adapter. Will it work with my older OnePlus that used Dash Charge? Yes. Warp Charge is backwards compatible with Dash Charge, so a OnePlus 3, 3T, 5, 5T, 6 or 6T will charge from this adapter at full Dash speed (5V/4A, 20W) with no setting to change. The red cable is the same form factor for both systems. Why does my phone stay cool on Warp Charge when other fast chargers make it hot? Because the voltage conversion happens in the adapter rather than in the phone. Most fast-charge standards send high voltage to the handset and let the phone step it down internally, which generates heat next to the battery. Warp Charge keeps the output at 5V and raises the current instead, so the heat is produced in the adapter where it can escape. That is also why you can keep gaming or navigating during a Warp charge without the charging rate dropping. What does bulk packed mean? The adapter and cable arrive in plain protective packaging rather than an individual OnePlus retail box. Both items are new and unused, and identical to the versions sold in retail packaging. The lower price reflects the packaging, not the product. Condition New — Bulk Packed Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set — OnePlus Bullets Type-C Earphones — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Browse all chargers and cables at maibo Browse the full chargers and cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-warp-charge-30w-uk-power-adapter-with-red-dash-data-cable/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/OnePlus-Warp-Charge-30W-UK-Power-Adapter-with-Red-Dash-Data-Cable-Original-.jpg","18.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > Fast Charging Cables","OnePlus","WC0506A51GB","1","" "59694","Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case Black","The official Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case Black  — EF-PS938CBEGWW, Samsung's official slim silicone case for the Galaxy S25 Ultra. PC frame with silicone outer layer, precision cutouts for S Pen slot and all hardware, wireless charging compatible, and lightweight at approximately 30g. Exclusively compatible with Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938). Black. ✓ Official Samsung EF-PS938CBEGWW — PC + silicone construction, precise S25 Ultra fit ✓ S Pen slot and ejector cutout — insert and eject S Pen normally with case on ✓ Wireless charging compatible · slim profile · ~30g · matte black finish ✓ Compatible exclusively with Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) · Black The Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case in Black (EF-PS938CBEGWW) is Samsung's official slim silicone case for the Galaxy S25 Ultra — designed in-house to guarantee precise cutout alignment with every port, speaker, camera module and, critically, the S Pen slot and ejector on the S25 Ultra. The case uses a dual-layer construction: a rigid PC inner frame that maintains the case's shape and distributes impact loads around the phone's body, with a silicone outer layer that provides the soft-touch grip feel and absorbs minor knocks and scuffs. The matte black silicone surface resists fingerprints and provides a secure grip in hand, and its flexibility allows the case to be fitted and removed without the cracking risk of a rigid plastic shell. The precise engineering of the S Pen cutout is one of the main reasons to choose the official Samsung case over third-party alternatives for the S25 Ultra specifically — the S Pen ejector mechanism requires a specific clearance geometry that generic cases do not always maintain accurately, which can prevent full S Pen ejection or cause the S Pen to catch on the case edge. Wireless charging is not blocked by the case back. Compatible exclusively with Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938). PC Frame + Silicone · Dual Layer Construction and Protection The EF-PS938 uses a composite construction that is standard across Samsung's official silicone case range — a polycarbonate (PC) inner shell bonded to a thermoplastic silicone outer layer. The PC inner frame provides the structural rigidity that distributes drop impact forces around the phone's perimeter rather than concentrating them at the point of impact, which is the primary mechanism of drop protection in a slim case. Without the rigid inner frame, a pure silicone case would deform and allow the impact to reach the phone body directly. The silicone outer layer provides the tactile quality and grip that makes the case pleasant to hold — silicone's rubber-like coefficient of friction is substantially higher than bare glass or plastic, reducing the likelihood of the phone sliding off surfaces. The matte finish on the silicone surface reduces the oil smudging and fingerprinting that glossy finishes show prominently. At approximately 12mm total case thickness and 30g, the EF-PS938 adds minimal bulk to the S25 Ultra's profile — the combination of official Samsung fit and low-profile construction maintains the ergonomic feel of the device in hand rather than making it feel significantly larger or heavier. S Pen Cutout · Official Samsung Fit Why Official Fit Matters for S25 Ultra The Galaxy S25 Ultra's S Pen silo is the most dimensionally critical element of the case fit — it requires a precise cutout for the S Pen slot opening, a clearance channel along the S Pen housing depth, and an unobstructed access point for the spring-loaded ejector mechanism. Samsung designs the EF-PS938 using the exact S25 Ultra engineering drawings, with the case cutouts confirmed against the production device before release. Third-party cases manufactured to approximate S25 Ultra dimensions frequently have S Pen cutout tolerances that are either too tight — causing the S Pen to bind when inserting or ejecting — or too loose — allowing the case edge to interfere with the ejector spring travel. Samsung's official case eliminates this variability. All other hardware cutouts — the USB-C port, speaker grilles, microphones, side buttons and power key — are precisely positioned and correctly sized. The raised lip around the camera module provides additional protection for the rear camera array when the phone is placed face-up on a surface. The case provides protection around the phone's sides and back; the front screen is unprotected, as with most slim cases, and a separate screen protector is recommended for full-device protection. Wireless Charging · 45W Compatible Charges Through the Case The EF-PS938 case back does not block wireless charging — the S25 Ultra charges on any Qi wireless pad with the case fitted. Samsung's official cases are tested against the S25 Ultra's wireless charging coil and certified to not interfere with wireless charging at any tier — Samsung Wireless Fast Charging at 15W, standard Qi at 5W–10W, and Samsung's higher wireless charging speeds are all available through the case. Samsung 45W wired charging via USB-C is unaffected — the USB-C cutout provides full port access and the case adds no perceptible impedance to the USB-C connection. The EF-PS938 is also confirmed compatible with Samsung DeX — the USB-C pass-through allows DeX adapter connection with the case fitted. The Black finish is one of the core case colours in Samsung's S25 Ultra accessory range, designed to complement the Titanium Black S25 Ultra finish while also pairing neutrally with the other S25 Ultra titanium colourways. The silicone surface remains visually consistent over time — it does not yellow or discolour as some transparent or white silicone cases do with UV exposure. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S25 Ultra and want Samsung's official slim case — guaranteed S Pen compatibility and precise hardware cutouts ✔ Use the S Pen regularly — official cutout ensures S Pen inserts and ejects cleanly without case interference ✔ Want wireless charging convenience with the case on — no need to remove case to charge on a Qi pad ✔ Prefer a slim, lightweight silicone finish over a flip wallet case — back and sides protected, minimal bulk Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Galaxy S25 or S25+ — this case fits only S25 Ultra (SM-S938); S25 uses EF-PS931 and S25+ uses EF-PS936 ✖ You want screen protection from the front — this is a back cover only; add a screen protector separately for full device protection ✖ You want a card slot or flip cover — see the Samsung S25 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case for card + screen coverage Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case MPN EF-PS938CBEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806095879482 Colour Black Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938) only Material PC inner frame + silicone outer layer Case Type Back cover · sides and rear protection S Pen Compatible — precise slot and ejector cutout Wireless Charging Compatible · not blocked Dimensions 81.1 × 166.3 × 12mm Weight ~30g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra Silicone Case — Black (EF-PS938CBEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Will this case fit the Galaxy S25 or S25+? No — the EF-PS938 is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S25 Ultra (SM-S938). The S25 Ultra has different dimensions and a unique S Pen silo compared to the S25 and S25+. The S25 uses EF-PS931 and the S25+ uses EF-PS936. Always verify the model number before purchasing a Samsung official case. Does the S Pen still work normally with the case on? Yes — the EF-PS938 has a precision cutout for the S25 Ultra's S Pen slot and ejector mechanism. The S Pen can be inserted and ejected normally with the case fitted. Samsung tests S Pen insertion, ejection and magnetic reseating with the official case as part of its accessory certification process. Can I use Samsung Pay and wireless charging with this case? Yes to both. Wireless charging works through the case back on any Qi pad. Samsung Pay uses the NFC and MST sensors in the S25 Ultra — the silicone case does not block either. NFC contactless payments function normally with the case fitted. Will the silicone case discolour or yellow over time? The Black colourway is not subject to yellowing — yellowing from UV exposure affects transparent and light-coloured silicone cases. The black silicone pigmentation is stable under UV exposure. The matte silicone surface may pick up slight sheen in high-contact areas over extended use, which is normal for silicone materials and does not affect function or protection. Condition Brand New — Sealed · Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 5–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black — Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set — Black — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — Browse all Samsung accessories at maibo Browse the full Samsung accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-s25-ultra-silicone-case-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/54.png","19.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-PS938CBEGWW","1","8806095879482" "59679","OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds Obsidian Green","The OnePlus Buds 4 wireless earbuds in Obsidian Green — 11mm + 6mm coaxial dual drivers with dual DACs, 55dB hybrid ANC, LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res audio, 45-hour total battery with 10-minute fast charge, Bluetooth 5.4 with dual device connection, 47ms game mode, and IP55 water resistance. Obsidian Green. ✓ 11mm woofer + 6mm tweeter · dual DAC · LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res (24bit/192kHz) ✓ 55dB hybrid ANC · Adaptive Mode (ANC↔Transparency auto-switch) · 3-mic AI call ✓ 45hr total battery · 11hr earbuds · 10min fast charge → 11hr · IP55 ✓ BT 5.4 · dual device · 47ms game mode · 4.73g · volume swipe control The OnePlus Buds 4 are OnePlus's mid-range flagship TWS earbuds — a dual-driver, dual-DAC in-ear earbud that brings audio hardware typically found in significantly more expensive earbuds into the mid-range price bracket. The 11mm woofer handles bass and lower midrange while the 6mm tweeter manages upper midrange and high frequencies, with each driver powered by its own dedicated DAC to maintain signal separation and reduce crosstalk between frequency bands. LHDC 5.0 codec support enables near-lossless Hi-Res audio at 1Mbps and 24bit/192kHz on compatible devices — the highest data rate available in a consumer Bluetooth audio codec at launch. The 55dB hybrid ANC uses multiple microphone inputs and real-time processing to reduce background noise, with an Adaptive Mode that automatically switches between ANC and Transparency based on the acoustic environment. Battery life is 11 hours per earbud (ANC off) with a total of 45 hours including the case — and 10 minutes of charging delivers 11 hours of playback. Bluetooth 5.4 with dual device connection allows the earbuds to stay paired to two devices simultaneously. The 47ms game mode reduces audio latency for gaming and video. IP55 rated, 4.73g per earbud, Obsidian Green. Dual Drivers · Dual DAC · LHDC 5.0 Flagship Audio in the Mid-Range Most TWS earbuds at this price point use a single dynamic driver — one speaker element covering the full frequency range from bass to treble. A single driver must compromise somewhere: optimising for bass extension limits high-frequency clarity, and vice versa. The Buds 4's 11mm woofer and 6mm tweeter divide the frequency work so each driver operates in its optimal range — the woofer reproduces bass and lower midrange where a large driver excels, while the tweeter handles the upper frequencies where small, light drivers respond fastest. Each driver is powered by its own DAC, meaning the digital audio signal is converted to analogue separately for each frequency band before reaching the drivers — this eliminates the signal mixing that occurs when one DAC drives both elements, reducing crosstalk and improving stereo separation and imaging. LHDC 5.0 is currently the highest-bandwidth Bluetooth audio codec available at 1Mbps — compared to AAC's ~250kbps and LDAC's 990kbps ceiling, LHDC 5.0's 1Mbps bandwidth supports 24-bit depth at 192kHz sample rate, technically meeting the Hi-Res Audio standard without compression artefacts audible on modern audio tracks. LHDC 5.0 full-rate streaming requires a compatible OnePlus phone running OxygenOS 15.0 or later; on other Android or iOS devices, AAC or SBC is used but the dual-driver audio quality remains the same. 55dB ANC · Adaptive Mode Noise Cancellation That Adjusts Itself The Buds 4's hybrid ANC system combines feedforward microphones (outside the earbud, facing outward) with feedback microphones (inside the earbud, facing the ear canal) and a real-time processing algorithm to cancel noise across a 5.5kHz frequency range. The 55dB rated noise reduction applies primarily to constant low-frequency noise sources — aircraft and train cabin hum, road traffic at distance, HVAC systems, office background noise — where ANC is most effective. At higher frequencies, ANC effectiveness reduces; sudden impact sounds are not cancelled. Adaptive Mode is the Buds 4's environmental awareness feature: rather than requiring manual switching between ANC mode (maximum isolation) and Transparency mode (ambient sound pass-through), the algorithm monitors the acoustic environment continuously and transitions between modes automatically. In a quiet office, full ANC activates. Moving outdoors near traffic, the system shifts toward a blended mode that maintains some isolation while passing through directional sound cues. The 3-mic AI call system runs a separate algorithm during phone calls to identify the user's voice and filter out background noise from the outbound call audio — office noise, traffic and wind are reduced in the microphone signal before transmission, improving voice clarity for the person on the other end of the call. 45hr Battery · 10min Fast Charge Battery Life for Real Schedules The Buds 4 deliver 11 hours of continuous playback per earbud with ANC off and AAC codec — enough for most full working days without returning to the case. With ANC on, earbud battery drops to 6 hours per charge; the case top-up then extends total available listening time to 24 hours with ANC enabled (45 hours with ANC off). The battery figures are notably higher with ANC off because the ANC processing circuit runs continuously and draws significant current. The fast charging specification — 10 minutes in the case produces 11 hours of playback — is the most practically useful battery feature for daily use: on a morning commute where the earbuds have been forgotten on charge, 10 minutes in the case while getting ready provides a full day's listening. Full case charge time is approximately 1.5 hours. Bluetooth 5.4 dual device connection means the earbuds stay paired to two devices simultaneously — a phone and a laptop, for example — and audio switches between them without manually disconnecting and reconnecting. The 47ms game mode reduces Bluetooth audio latency, which keeps sound effects synchronised with on-screen action in games and reduces the perceptible delay in video playback. Right choice if you… ✔ Want dual-driver audio and strong ANC in the mid-range price bracket — hardware spec typically found at higher price points ✔ Use a OnePlus phone with OxygenOS 15+ — unlocks LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res, AI translation and full 400m range ✔ Need long battery with fast charging — 45hr total, 10min charge for 11hr playback covers any schedule ✔ Stay paired to phone and laptop simultaneously — dual device connection, no manual switching Consider something else if… ✖ You use an iPhone as your primary device — LHDC 5.0 and AI features do not work on iOS; AAC codec and standard ANC/touch functions work fully, but the audio uplift from LHDC is not available ✖ You need wireless charging for the case — the Buds 4 case charges via USB-C only ✖ You need over-ear ANC for maximum noise isolation in loud environments — in-ear ANC supplements passive isolation; for maximum ANC in very loud spaces, an over-ear model delivers more total isolation Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model Buds 4 MPN E513A Colour Obsidian Green Drivers 11mm woofer + 6mm tweeter (coaxial dual dynamic) DAC Dual DAC — independent per driver Codec LHDC 5.0 (1Mbps · 24bit/192kHz) · AAC · SBC ANC 55dB hybrid · Adaptive Mode (ANC↔Transparency auto) Microphones 3-mic system · AI call noise cancellation Battery — Earbuds 11hr (ANC off) · 6hr (ANC on) Battery — Total 45hr (ANC off) · 24hr (ANC on) Fast Charge 10 minutes → 11 hours playback Bluetooth 5.4 · dual device connection Latency 47ms (game mode) Water Resistance IP55 Weight (per earbud) 4.73g Controls Touch + volume swipe on stem Case Charging USB-C Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) In the Box — OnePlus Buds 4 earbuds — Obsidian Green (E513A) — Charging case — USB-C charging cable — Ear tips — multiple sizes Frequently Asked Questions Do the OnePlus Buds 4 work with iPhone and Samsung? Yes — the core functions work on any Bluetooth device. Audio playback, ANC, Transparency mode, touch controls, volume swipe, game mode and dual device connection all work on iPhone, Samsung Galaxy, and any other Bluetooth 5.x device. LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res codec and AI translation features require a compatible OnePlus phone running OxygenOS 15.0 or later. On all other devices, AAC codec is used — audio quality is still excellent from the dual-driver hardware, just without the Hi-Res uplift. How does the dual driver setup improve sound over a single driver? A single driver must reproduce the full frequency range — bass, midrange and treble — from one element. The 11mm woofer in the Buds 4 handles low and mid frequencies where a large driver moves more air for better bass extension, while the 6mm tweeter handles high frequencies where a small, lightweight driver responds faster for cleaner treble. Each driver has its own DAC, so the signal is split and converted independently before reaching each driver — reducing crosstalk and improving the separation between frequency bands. The result is cleaner bass that does not muddy the vocals, and treble that extends clearly without the harshness that a single driver pushed across all frequencies can produce. How long does the 10-minute fast charge actually last? OnePlus specifies 10 minutes in the case provides up to 11 hours of playback. This applies with ANC off and AAC codec. With ANC on, the same 10-minute charge provides proportionally less — approximately 6 hours based on the ANC-on battery ratio. The fast charge is from the case to the earbuds — the case itself must have charge available for this to work. A fully depleted case takes approximately 1.5 hours to charge via USB-C. Does the charging case support wireless charging? No — the Buds 4 case charges via USB-C only. Wireless charging is not supported on this model. For wireless case charging on OnePlus earbuds, check the OnePlus Buds Pro range which includes Qi wireless case charging on select models. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Bullets Type-C Earphones — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Browse all earbuds and audio at maibo Browse the full earbuds and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-buds-4-wireless-earbuds-obsidian-green/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/OnePlus-Buds-4-Wireless-Earbuds-45H-Playtime-55dB-ANC-Dual-Drivers-Hi-Res-LHD-green.webp","60.88","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","OnePlus","","1","" "59656","OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds Storm Gray","The OnePlus Buds 4 wireless earbuds in Storm Gray — 11mm + 6mm coaxial dual drivers with dual DACs, 55dB hybrid ANC, LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res audio, 45-hour total battery with 10-minute fast charge, Bluetooth 5.4 with dual device connection, 47ms game mode, and IP55 water resistance. Storm Gray. ✓ 11mm woofer + 6mm tweeter · dual DAC · LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res (24bit/192kHz) ✓ 55dB hybrid ANC · Adaptive Mode (ANC↔Transparency auto-switch) · 3-mic AI call ✓ 45hr total battery · 11hr earbuds · 10min fast charge → 11hr · IP55 ✓ BT 5.4 · dual device · 47ms game mode · 4.73g · volume swipe control The OnePlus Buds 4 are OnePlus's mid-range flagship TWS earbuds — a dual-driver, dual-DAC in-ear earbud that brings audio hardware typically found in significantly more expensive earbuds into the mid-range price bracket. The 11mm woofer handles bass and lower midrange while the 6mm tweeter manages upper midrange and high frequencies, with each driver powered by its own dedicated DAC to maintain signal separation and reduce crosstalk between frequency bands. LHDC 5.0 codec support enables near-lossless Hi-Res audio at 1Mbps and 24bit/192kHz on compatible devices — the highest data rate available in a consumer Bluetooth audio codec at launch. The 55dB hybrid ANC uses multiple microphone inputs and real-time processing to reduce background noise, with an Adaptive Mode that automatically switches between ANC and Transparency based on the acoustic environment. Battery life is 11 hours per earbud (ANC off) with a total of 45 hours including the case — and 10 minutes of charging delivers 11 hours of playback. Bluetooth 5.4 with dual device connection allows the earbuds to stay paired to two devices simultaneously. The 47ms game mode reduces audio latency for gaming and video. IP55 rated, 4.73g per earbud, Storm Gray. Dual Drivers · Dual DAC · LHDC 5.0 Flagship Audio in the Mid-Range Most TWS earbuds at this price point use a single dynamic driver — one speaker element covering the full frequency range from bass to treble. A single driver must compromise somewhere: optimising for bass extension limits high-frequency clarity, and vice versa. The Buds 4's 11mm woofer and 6mm tweeter divide the frequency work so each driver operates in its optimal range — the woofer reproduces bass and lower midrange where a large driver excels, while the tweeter handles the upper frequencies where small, light drivers respond fastest. Each driver is powered by its own DAC, meaning the digital audio signal is converted to analogue separately for each frequency band before reaching the drivers — this eliminates the signal mixing that occurs when one DAC drives both elements, reducing crosstalk and improving stereo separation and imaging. LHDC 5.0 is currently the highest-bandwidth Bluetooth audio codec available at 1Mbps — compared to AAC's ~250kbps and LDAC's 990kbps ceiling, LHDC 5.0's 1Mbps bandwidth supports 24-bit depth at 192kHz sample rate, technically meeting the Hi-Res Audio standard without compression artefacts audible on modern audio tracks. LHDC 5.0 full-rate streaming requires a compatible OnePlus phone running OxygenOS 15.0 or later; on other Android or iOS devices, AAC or SBC is used but the dual-driver audio quality remains the same. 55dB ANC · Adaptive Mode Noise Cancellation That Adjusts Itself The Buds 4's hybrid ANC system combines feedforward microphones (outside the earbud, facing outward) with feedback microphones (inside the earbud, facing the ear canal) and a real-time processing algorithm to cancel noise across a 5.5kHz frequency range. The 55dB rated noise reduction applies primarily to constant low-frequency noise sources — aircraft and train cabin hum, road traffic at distance, HVAC systems, office background noise — where ANC is most effective. At higher frequencies, ANC effectiveness reduces; sudden impact sounds are not cancelled. Adaptive Mode is the Buds 4's environmental awareness feature: rather than requiring manual switching between ANC mode (maximum isolation) and Transparency mode (ambient sound pass-through), the algorithm monitors the acoustic environment continuously and transitions between modes automatically. In a quiet office, full ANC activates. Moving outdoors near traffic, the system shifts toward a blended mode that maintains some isolation while passing through directional sound cues. The 3-mic AI call system runs a separate algorithm during phone calls to identify the user's voice and filter out background noise from the outbound call audio — office noise, traffic and wind are reduced in the microphone signal before transmission, improving voice clarity for the person on the other end of the call. 45hr Battery · 10min Fast Charge Battery Life for Real Schedules The Buds 4 deliver 11 hours of continuous playback per earbud with ANC off and AAC codec — enough for most full working days without returning to the case. With ANC on, earbud battery drops to 6 hours per charge; the case top-up then extends total available listening time to 24 hours with ANC enabled (45 hours with ANC off). The battery figures are notably higher with ANC off because the ANC processing circuit runs continuously and draws significant current. The fast charging specification — 10 minutes in the case produces 11 hours of playback — is the most practically useful battery feature for daily use: on a morning commute where the earbuds have been forgotten on charge, 10 minutes in the case while getting ready provides a full day's listening. Full case charge time is approximately 1.5 hours. Bluetooth 5.4 dual device connection means the earbuds stay paired to two devices simultaneously — a phone and a laptop, for example — and audio switches between them without manually disconnecting and reconnecting. The 47ms game mode reduces Bluetooth audio latency, which keeps sound effects synchronised with on-screen action in games and reduces the perceptible delay in video playback. Right choice if you… ✔ Want dual-driver audio and strong ANC in the mid-range price bracket — hardware spec typically found at higher price points ✔ Use a OnePlus phone with OxygenOS 15+ — unlocks LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res, AI translation and full 400m range ✔ Need long battery with fast charging — 45hr total, 10min charge for 11hr playback covers any schedule ✔ Stay paired to phone and laptop simultaneously — dual device connection, no manual switching Consider something else if… ✖ You use an iPhone as your primary device — LHDC 5.0 and AI features do not work on iOS; AAC codec and standard ANC/touch functions work fully, but the audio uplift from LHDC is not available ✖ You need wireless charging for the case — the Buds 4 case charges via USB-C only ✖ You need over-ear ANC for maximum noise isolation in loud environments — in-ear ANC supplements passive isolation; for maximum ANC in very loud spaces, an over-ear model delivers more total isolation Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model Buds 4 MPN E513A Colour Storm Gray Drivers 11mm woofer + 6mm tweeter (coaxial dual dynamic) DAC Dual DAC — independent per driver Codec LHDC 5.0 (1Mbps · 24bit/192kHz) · AAC · SBC ANC 55dB hybrid · Adaptive Mode (ANC↔Transparency auto) Microphones 3-mic system · AI call noise cancellation Battery — Earbuds 11hr (ANC off) · 6hr (ANC on) Battery — Total 45hr (ANC off) · 24hr (ANC on) Fast Charge 10 minutes → 11 hours playback Bluetooth 5.4 · dual device connection Latency 47ms (game mode) Water Resistance IP55 Weight (per earbud) 4.73g Controls Touch + volume swipe on stem Case Charging USB-C Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) In the Box — OnePlus Buds 4 earbuds — Storm Gray (E513A) — Charging case — USB-C charging cable — Ear tips — multiple sizes Frequently Asked Questions Do the OnePlus Buds 4 work with iPhone and Samsung? Yes — the core functions work on any Bluetooth device. Audio playback, ANC, Transparency mode, touch controls, volume swipe, game mode and dual device connection all work on iPhone, Samsung Galaxy, and any other Bluetooth 5.x device. LHDC 5.0 Hi-Res codec and AI translation features require a compatible OnePlus phone running OxygenOS 15.0 or later. On all other devices, AAC codec is used — audio quality is still excellent from the dual-driver hardware, just without the Hi-Res uplift. How does the dual driver setup improve sound over a single driver? A single driver must reproduce the full frequency range — bass, midrange and treble — from one element. The 11mm woofer in the Buds 4 handles low and mid frequencies where a large driver moves more air for better bass extension, while the 6mm tweeter handles high frequencies where a small, lightweight driver responds faster for cleaner treble. Each driver has its own DAC, so the signal is split and converted independently before reaching each driver — reducing crosstalk and improving the separation between frequency bands. The result is cleaner bass that does not muddy the vocals, and treble that extends clearly without the harshness that a single driver pushed across all frequencies can produce. How long does the 10-minute fast charge actually last? OnePlus specifies 10 minutes in the case provides up to 11 hours of playback. This applies with ANC off and AAC codec. With ANC on, the same 10-minute charge provides proportionally less — approximately 6 hours based on the ANC-on battery ratio. The fast charge is from the case to the earbuds — the case itself must have charge available for this to work. A fully depleted case takes approximately 1.5 hours to charge via USB-C. Does the charging case support wireless charging? No — the Buds 4 case charges via USB-C only. Wireless charging is not supported on this model. For wireless case charging on OnePlus earbuds, check the OnePlus Buds Pro range which includes Qi wireless case charging on select models. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Bullets Type-C Earphones — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Browse all earbuds and audio at maibo Browse the full earbuds and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-buds-4-wireless-earbuds-storm-gray/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/OnePlus-Buds-4-Wireless-Earbuds-45H-Playtime-55dB-ANC-Dual-Drivers-Hi-Res-LHDC-5.0-audio-Smart-Adaptive-Noise-Cancellation-Grey1.jpg","59.88","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","OnePlus","E513A","1","" "59534","Bose SoundSport wired in-ear headphones in Power Red","The Bose SoundSport wired in-ear headphones in Power Red — TriPort acoustic design for deep, clear sound, proprietary StayHear tips for a secure sport fit, and an inline microphone and remote. 3.5mm wired. Sweat resistant. Compatible with iOS devices and Android devices. Power Red. ✓ TriPort acoustic technology — deep natural bass and clear highs without distortion ✓ StayHear tips (S/M/L) — stay-soft, secure fit for sport and all-day wear ✓ Inline mic and remote · sweat and weather resistant · carry case included ✓ Compatible with iOS and Android devices · 3.5mm jack · Brand New — Bulk Packaging ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Bose SoundSport wired in-ear headphones in Power Red are Bose's sport-oriented wired in-ear headphones — designed to stay in place during exercise, survive sweat and weather exposure, and deliver the balanced, full-range sound that Bose is known for, in a lightweight wired format that requires no battery and no pairing. The TriPort acoustic architecture — Bose's proprietary port system that uses both the front and back of the driver to produce bass — delivers a deep, natural low end that most in-ear headphones of this size cannot achieve without colouring the midrange. StayHear tips rest in the outer ear rather than the ear canal, providing a secure fit that stays through movement without the pressure or discomfort of canal tips during long wear sessions. The inline microphone and remote allows call answer/end and basic playback control. Compatible with both iOS and Android devices — audio and microphone function on both platforms. Supplied in bulk packaging — brand new, genuine Bose, all accessories included, no retail box. Available while stock lasts. TriPort Technology Deep Bass from a Small Driver TriPort is Bose's proprietary acoustic architecture, originally developed for the QuietComfort over-ear headphone range and adapted for in-ear use in the SoundSport line. Conventional in-ear drivers produce bass by moving air in front of the driver — the size of the driver limits how much low-frequency air movement is possible, which is why small in-ear headphones typically sacrifice bass depth unless they are positioned deep in the ear canal (where canal pressure helps). TriPort uses additional acoustic ports behind the driver as well, drawing on both the front and rear of the driver to produce bass output beyond what the driver size alone would suggest. The result is a natural, full low end — not the exaggerated bass boost applied by competing sport earphones to compensate for a thin driver, but a balanced frequency response where bass, midrange and treble are proportional and lifelike. Vocals sit clearly in the mix, instrument separation is good, and the headphones do not fatigue on extended listening. For a wired sport earphone, the SoundSport delivers audio quality that users transitioning from wireless ANC headphones find genuinely comparable for music listening. StayHear Tips · Sweat Resistant Secure Fit Without Canal Pressure StayHear tips are Bose's proprietary ear tip design — a soft silicone shape that rests in the outer ear (the concha bowl) rather than inserting into the ear canal. The curved wing of the tip braces gently against the ear's outer geometry, creating a stable hold that does not dislodge during head movement, running or gym use without requiring canal insertion pressure. For users who find standard canal earphones uncomfortable during extended wear — particularly during exercise — StayHear's outer-ear approach eliminates the pressure and occlusion sensation of canal tips while still maintaining a secure enough fit for sport. Three sizes (S, M, L) are included to accommodate different ear shapes. The sweat and weather resistant construction covers both the earphone housing and the cable — acoustic ports are positioned to prevent sweat ingress, and a hydrophobic cloth inside the housing keeps moisture from the driver. The SoundSport is designed for gym and sport use rather than submersion — it survives sweat, light rain and outdoor workouts reliably, but is not rated for water immersion. iOS + Android Compatible Audio and Mic on Both Platforms The SoundSport wired in-ear headphones connect via a standard 3.5mm jack and function as audio output on any device with a 3.5mm port. The inline remote and microphone work with both iOS (iPhone, iPad, iPod) and Android devices — audio playback, call answer/end and microphone input are supported on both platforms. Volume button functionality through the inline remote may vary by Android device and software version; for most Android users, the centre button (play/pause, call answer/end) functions fully. The Power Red colour is a Bose design choice — it makes the earphones visually distinctive during workouts and in the gym, and is particularly suited to users who prefer a bold colour accessory rather than the more common black or white options. The included sport-inspired carry case protects the headphones when not in use and features a carabiner clip for attaching to a gym bag. The carry case is red to match the earphones. No battery, no pairing, no app — plug in and listen immediately. Right choice if you… ✔ Want Bose sound quality in a wired sport earphone — no battery, no pairing, always ready ✔ Use an iPhone, Android phone, or any device with a 3.5mm headphone jack ✔ Find standard canal earphones uncomfortable — StayHear tips rest in the outer ear ✔ Need sweat-resistant earphones for gym, running or outdoor workouts ✔ Want a bold Power Red colour to stand out from the standard black/white options Consider something else if… ✖ Your phone has no 3.5mm jack (Samsung Note 10+, S20 and later, iPhone 7+) — a USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter is required ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the SoundSport is open-fit with passive isolation only ✖ You want wireless freedom — see the Bose SoundSport Wireless or Samsung Galaxy Buds range Technical Specifications Brand Bose Model SoundSport in-ear headphones Colour Power Red Connection Wired · 3.5mm jack Compatibility iOS (iPhone, iPad, iPod) · Android · Universal 3.5mm Acoustic Technology TriPort Ear Tips StayHear — S, M, L (3 pairs included) Inline Remote Yes · built-in microphone Sweat Resistance Yes — sport and gym use Weight 17.86g (including cable) Cable Length ~106cm MPN 741776-0040 EAN / GTIN 017817699235 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) In the Box — Bose SoundSport in-ear headphones — Power Red · Brand New — Bulk Packaging — 3 pairs StayHear tips (S, M, L) — Sport carry case with carabiner clip — Clothing clip Frequently Asked Questions Do these work with both Android and iOS? Yes. Audio playback and microphone function on both iOS (iPhone, iPad, iPod) and Android devices. The inline remote centre button (play/pause, call answer/end) works on both platforms. Volume button response through the remote may vary by Android model and OS version. My phone has no 3.5mm jack — can I still use these? Yes, with an adapter. Samsung Galaxy Note 10 and later, S20 and later, and iPhone 7 and later require a USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter respectively. The Samsung original USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) is the recommended option for full mic compatibility on Samsung devices. Apple's Lightning to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter works for iPhone. Are the SoundSport earphones waterproof? Sweat and weather resistant — engineered for gym, running and outdoor workouts. They are not rated for submersion or water sports. The acoustic ports are positioned to resist sweat ingress and the housing includes a hydrophobic cloth to keep moisture away from the driver. What is the difference between SoundSport and SoundTrue Ultra? The SoundSport is tuned for active sport use — the StayHear tips provide a secure fit during movement and the construction prioritises sweat resistance. The SoundTrue Ultra uses StayHear Ultra tips, has a sealed acoustic design for deeper bass isolation, and is positioned more as a daily commuting and listening earphone. The SoundSport has a more open fit that maintains ambient awareness during outdoor exercise. What does bulk packaging mean? Brand new and unused — all accessories included (StayHear tips, carry case, clothing clip) — but without the retail box. Genuine Bose product, identical to retail stock in every way except the outer packaging. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Bose SoundSport Wireless In-Ear Headphones — Black — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — EE-UC10JUWEGWW — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Browse all headphones and audio at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-soundsport-wired-in-ear-headphones-in-power-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/1.webp","28.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Bose","741776-0040","1","017817699235" "59510","Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones for Apple iOS devices -Charcoal Black","The Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones for Apple iOS devices -Charcoal Black— sealed acoustic design for deep, immersive sound, proprietary StayHear Ultra tips in three sizes for a stable all-day fit, and a 3-button inline remote optimised for Apple iPhone, iPod and iPad controls. Wired 3.5mm. Sweat resistant. Charcoal Black. ✓ Sealed acoustic design — deep, rich bass and full frequency immersion ✓ StayHear Ultra tips (S/M/L) — stay-soft, secure fit for extended wear ✓ 3-button inline remote tuned for Apple iPhone, iPod and iPad — calls, music, volume ✓ Carrying case and clothing clip included · Brand New — Bulk Packaging ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones for Apple iOS devices represent Bose's approach to premium wired in-ear audio for Android users — a sealed acoustic design that immerses listeners in their music rather than letting ambient sound compete with it, paired with proprietary StayHear Ultra tips that sit in the outer ear rather than deep in the ear canal, providing a secure and comfortable fit without the discomfort of canal phones. The Android-specific version features a 3-button inline remote with a microphone, tuned to work with Apple iPhone, iPod and most iPad devices for full call control, track navigation and volume adjustment. Bose's SoundTrue Ultra was designed for users who wanted the clarity and depth of Bose sound in a wired in-ear format without the added weight or bulk of over-ear or on-ear headphones. The sweat-resistant build makes them suitable for gym use and commuting. Supplied in bulk packaging — brand new, genuine Bose, no retail box. Available while stock lasts. Sealed Acoustic Design Immersive Sound, Natural Isolation The SoundTrue Ultra's sealed acoustic design is the foundation of its sound performance. By forming a passive seal between the earphone and the ear canal, the design blocks ambient sound from entering and prevents the headphone's own sound output from leaking outwards. The result is that bass frequencies — which are the first to be lost in an open or semi-open earphone design — are preserved and delivered with the weight and body that Bose tunes for. For commuting, travel, office use or any environment with background noise, the sealed design means the music competes successfully with ambient sound at lower volume levels, reducing listening fatigue from prolonged high-volume use. Bose tuned the SoundTrue Ultra with a wide frequency response that prioritises natural-sounding lows and lifelike vocal midrange, with clear instrument separation in the upper frequencies. The sound character is warm, full and musical rather than analytically flat — closer to the Bose over-ear tuning philosophy applied to in-ear format. The sealed design also provides passive noise isolation without active noise cancellation electronics, keeping the product simple, lightweight and battery-free. StayHear Ultra Tips · S/M/L Outer Ear Fit — Comfort Without Canal Pressure Bose's StayHear Ultra tips are a proprietary ear tip design that distinguishes the SoundTrue Ultra from conventional in-ear canal headphones. Standard canal earphones insert a silicone or foam tip deep into the ear canal to form an acoustic seal, which provides excellent isolation but can cause discomfort or pressure during extended wear. StayHear tips instead rest in the outer ear — the tip curves gently to follow the contour of the ear's outer bowl (the concha), holding the earphone stable without inserting deeply into the canal. The seal is formed by the tip's soft outer edge conforming to the ear's natural shape rather than by canal insertion pressure. The result is a fit that stays secure during movement — including moderate gym use and commuting — while remaining comfortable for hours of continuous wear. Three sizes (S, M, L) are included to accommodate different ear geometries. The tips are made from a stay-soft material that maintains its pliability at body temperature rather than hardening with wear. Users who have found standard canal tips uncomfortable after extended use often find the StayHear design significantly more wearable. 3-Button Apple Remote · Inline Mic Apple iPhone, iPod and iPad Call Control The SoundTrue Ultra iOS version features a 3-button inline remote and microphone on the cable, positioned at approximately chin level for easy access without removing the phone from a pocket or bag. The Android remote layout provides volume up, volume down and a centre multifunction button — a single press answers or ends calls, a double press skips to the next track and a triple press goes to the previous track, with a long press activating the voice assistant on compatible devices. This remote is specifically tuned for the Android control standard (OMTP/CTIA) used by Samsung Galaxy devices and most Android phones — it will not provide full functionality on Apple devices, which use a different remote protocol. The inline microphone captures voice for calls and voice assistant commands. The sweat-resistant construction covers both the earphones and the cable, making them suitable for gym sessions and commuting in varied weather. The cable is approximately 121.92cm — practical for routing from a hip pocket to the ear without excess. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a iPhone, iPod or iPad device with a 3.5mm headphone jack ✔ Want Bose sound quality in a wired in-ear format — deep, immersive bass and clear mids ✔ Find standard canal earphones uncomfortable — StayHear tips rest in the outer ear, not deep in the canal ✔ Use headphones for calls and need a reliable inline microphone with Apple call controls ✔ Want genuine Bose build quality for gym, commute and daily use Consider something else if… ✖ You own an iPhone or iPad — the Android remote is not compatible with Apple devices; see the Bose SoundTrue Ultra Apple version (741629-0010) ✖ Your Samsung Galaxy has no 3.5mm jack (Note 10 and later, S20+) — these phones require a USB-C adapter for wired headphones ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the SoundTrue Ultra has passive isolation only; see Bose QuietComfort range for ANC Technical Specifications Brand Bose Model SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones Colour Charcoal Black Compatible Devices Apple iPhone, iPod and most iPad devices · 3.5mm jack required Connection Wired · 3.5mm jack Ear Tips StayHear Ultra — S, M, L (3 pairs included) Inline Remote 3-button · Apple MFi · iOS tuned · built-in mic Noise Cancellation None — passive acoustic isolation Sweat Resistance Yes Cable Length ~121.92cm Weight 17.9g (including cable) MPN 741629-0010 EAN / GTIN 017817697378 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) In the Box — Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones — Charcoal Black · Brand New — Bulk Packaging — 3 pairs StayHear Ultra tips (S, M, L) — Carrying case — Clothing clip Frequently Asked Questions Will the Apple iOS version remote work with Samsung or Android devices? No. The Android version (741629-0010) uses the CTIA/Android remote standard — volume and call controls will not function correctly on Apple devices. The Apple version (741629-0010) is a separate product with an Apple-compatible remote. For iPhone use, you need the Apple variant. My iPhone has no headphone jack — will these work? The SoundTrue Ultra is a wired 3.5mm headphone. Samsung removed the headphone jack from the Note 10 onwards (and S20 series onwards). If your phone has no 3.5mm jack, you will need a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter — the Samsung original adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) is the recommended option for full microphone and remote compatibility. What is the difference between the SoundTrue and SoundTrue Ultra? The SoundTrue Ultra is the higher-end model with improved StayHear Ultra tips (softer, more ergonomic fit), enhanced sweat resistance and a refined acoustic design compared to the original SoundTrue. The Ultra also includes a carry case as standard. Both are discontinued — the SoundTrue Ultra was Bose's premium in-ear wired offering for iOS users. Do these have active noise cancellation? No. The SoundTrue Ultra uses passive acoustic isolation — the sealed earphone design physically blocks ambient noise without electronics. For active noise cancellation in a Bose in-ear product, the QuietComfort 20 (wired) and QuietComfort Earbuds (wireless) are the relevant alternatives. What does bulk packaging mean? Bulk packaging means the headphones are brand new and unused — complete with all accessories (StayHear tips, carry case, clothing clip) — but supplied without the retail box. The product itself is identical to retail stock. This is genuine Bose product sourced from authorised supply channels. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Bose SoundSport Wireless In-Ear Headphones — Black — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — EE-UC10JUWEGWW — Browse all in-ear headphones at maibo — Browse all headphones and audio at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-soundtrue-ultra-in-ear-headphones-for-apple-ios-devices-charcoal-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/imgi_26_cq5dam.web_.1280.1280.png","39.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Bose","741629-0010","1","017817697378" "59500","Bose SoundTrue Ultra In-Ear Headphones for Android Devices - Charcoal Black","The Bose SoundTrue Ultra In-Ear Headphones for Android Devices - Charcoal Black— sealed acoustic design for deep, immersive sound, proprietary StayHear Ultra tips in three sizes for a stable all-day fit, and a 3-button inline remote optimised for Samsung Galaxy and Android controls. Wired 3.5mm. Sweat resistant. Charcoal Black. ✓ Sealed acoustic design — deep, rich bass and full frequency immersion ✓ StayHear Ultra tips (S/M/L) — stay-soft, secure fit for extended wear ✓ 3-button inline remote tuned for Samsung Galaxy and Android — calls, music, volume ✓ Carrying case and clothing clip included · Brand New — Bulk Packaging ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones for Samsung and Android devices represent Bose's approach to premium wired in-ear audio for Android users — a sealed acoustic design that immerses listeners in their music rather than letting ambient sound compete with it, paired with proprietary StayHear Ultra tips that sit in the outer ear rather than deep in the ear canal, providing a secure and comfortable fit without the discomfort of canal phones. The Android-specific version features a 3-button inline remote with a microphone, tuned to work with Samsung Galaxy and most Android devices for full call control, track navigation and volume adjustment. Bose's SoundTrue Ultra was designed for users who wanted the clarity and depth of Bose sound in a wired in-ear format without the added weight or bulk of over-ear or on-ear headphones. The sweat-resistant build makes them suitable for gym use and commuting. Supplied in bulk packaging — brand new, genuine Bose, no retail box. Available while stock lasts. Sealed Acoustic Design Immersive Sound, Natural Isolation The SoundTrue Ultra's sealed acoustic design is the foundation of its sound performance. By forming a passive seal between the earphone and the ear canal, the design blocks ambient sound from entering and prevents the headphone's own sound output from leaking outwards. The result is that bass frequencies — which are the first to be lost in an open or semi-open earphone design — are preserved and delivered with the weight and body that Bose tunes for. For commuting, travel, office use or any environment with background noise, the sealed design means the music competes successfully with ambient sound at lower volume levels, reducing listening fatigue from prolonged high-volume use. Bose tuned the SoundTrue Ultra with a wide frequency response that prioritises natural-sounding lows and lifelike vocal midrange, with clear instrument separation in the upper frequencies. The sound character is warm, full and musical rather than analytically flat — closer to the Bose over-ear tuning philosophy applied to in-ear format. The sealed design also provides passive noise isolation without active noise cancellation electronics, keeping the product simple, lightweight and battery-free. StayHear Ultra Tips · S/M/L Outer Ear Fit — Comfort Without Canal Pressure Bose's StayHear Ultra tips are a proprietary ear tip design that distinguishes the SoundTrue Ultra from conventional in-ear canal headphones. Standard canal earphones insert a silicone or foam tip deep into the ear canal to form an acoustic seal, which provides excellent isolation but can cause discomfort or pressure during extended wear. StayHear tips instead rest in the outer ear — the tip curves gently to follow the contour of the ear's outer bowl (the concha), holding the earphone stable without inserting deeply into the canal. The seal is formed by the tip's soft outer edge conforming to the ear's natural shape rather than by canal insertion pressure. The result is a fit that stays secure during movement — including moderate gym use and commuting — while remaining comfortable for hours of continuous wear. Three sizes (S, M, L) are included to accommodate different ear geometries. The tips are made from a stay-soft material that maintains its pliability at body temperature rather than hardening with wear. Users who have found standard canal tips uncomfortable after extended use often find the StayHear design significantly more wearable. 3-Button Android Remote · Inline Mic Samsung Galaxy and Android Call Control The SoundTrue Ultra Android version features a 3-button inline remote and microphone on the cable, positioned at approximately chin level for easy access without removing the phone from a pocket or bag. The Android remote layout provides volume up, volume down and a centre multifunction button — a single press answers or ends calls, a double press skips to the next track and a triple press goes to the previous track, with a long press activating the voice assistant on compatible devices. This remote is specifically tuned for the Android control standard (OMTP/CTIA) used by Samsung Galaxy devices and most Android phones — it will not provide full functionality on Apple devices, which use a different remote protocol. The inline microphone captures voice for calls and voice assistant commands. The sweat-resistant construction covers both the earphones and the cable, making them suitable for gym sessions and commuting in varied weather. The cable is approximately 121.92cm — practical for routing from a hip pocket to the ear without excess. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy or Android device with a 3.5mm headphone jack ✔ Want Bose sound quality in a wired in-ear format — deep, immersive bass and clear mids ✔ Find standard canal earphones uncomfortable — StayHear tips rest in the outer ear, not deep in the canal ✔ Use headphones for calls and need a reliable inline microphone with Android call controls ✔ Want genuine Bose build quality for gym, commute and daily use Consider something else if… ✖ You own an iPhone or iPad — the Android remote is not compatible with Apple devices; see the Bose SoundTrue Ultra Apple version (741629-0010) ✖ Your Samsung Galaxy has no 3.5mm jack (Note 10 and later, S20+) — these phones require a USB-C adapter for wired headphones ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the SoundTrue Ultra has passive isolation only; see Bose QuietComfort range for ANC Technical Specifications Brand Bose Model SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones Colour Charcoal Black Compatible Devices Samsung Galaxy and most Android devices · 3.5mm jack required Connection Wired · 3.5mm jack Ear Tips StayHear Ultra — S, M, L (3 pairs included) Inline Remote 3-button · Android/Samsung tuned · built-in mic Noise Cancellation None — passive acoustic isolation Sweat Resistance Yes Cable Length ~121.92cm Weight 17.9g (including cable) MPN 741629-0070 EAN / GTIN 017817697385 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) In the Box — Bose SoundTrue Ultra in-ear headphones — Charcoal Black · Brand New — Bulk Packaging — 3 pairs StayHear Ultra tips (S, M, L) — Carrying case — Clothing clip Frequently Asked Questions Will the Android version remote work with an iPhone? No. The Android version (741629-0070) uses the CTIA/Android remote standard — volume and call controls will not function correctly on Apple devices. The Apple version (741629-0010) is a separate product with an Apple-compatible remote. For iPhone use, you need the Apple variant. My Samsung Galaxy has no headphone jack — will these work? The SoundTrue Ultra is a wired 3.5mm headphone. Samsung removed the headphone jack from the Note 10 onwards (and S20 series onwards). If your phone has no 3.5mm jack, you will need a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter — the Samsung original adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) is the recommended option for full microphone and remote compatibility. What is the difference between the SoundTrue and SoundTrue Ultra? The SoundTrue Ultra is the higher-end model with improved StayHear Ultra tips (softer, more ergonomic fit), enhanced sweat resistance and a refined acoustic design compared to the original SoundTrue. The Ultra also includes a carry case as standard. Both are discontinued — the SoundTrue Ultra was Bose's premium in-ear wired offering for Android users. Do these have active noise cancellation? No. The SoundTrue Ultra uses passive acoustic isolation — the sealed earphone design physically blocks ambient noise without electronics. For active noise cancellation in a Bose in-ear product, the QuietComfort 20 (wired) and QuietComfort Earbuds (wireless) are the relevant alternatives. What does bulk packaging mean? Bulk packaging means the headphones are brand new and unused — complete with all accessories (StayHear tips, carry case, clothing clip) — but supplied without the retail box. The product itself is identical to retail stock. This is genuine Bose product sourced from authorised supply channels. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Bose) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Bose SoundSport Wireless In-Ear Headphones — Black — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — EE-UC10JUWEGWW — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Browse all headphones and audio at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-soundtrue-ultra-in-ear-headphones-for-android-devices-charcoal-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/imgi_23_cq5dam.web_.1920.1920.png","29.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Bose","741629-0070","1","017817697385" "59447","Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black | Official","The official Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case in black is Samsung's own flip cover with a difference: the Smart View window lets you answer calls, control music and check notifications with a tap — without ever opening the cover. Inside, a hidden slot carries one card, so your phone and your bank card travel as one. Designed by Samsung exclusively for the S24 Ultra, it keeps every port, button and the S Pen within reach, and wireless charging works straight through it. Smart ViewUse the phone with the cover closedThe interactive window shows the time, incoming calls, notifications and media controls through the closed cover. Tap to answer, swipe to dismiss, skip a track — the screen underneath stays protected and the battery benefits, because the display only lights the small window area instead of the full 6.8-inch panel. WalletHidden card slot insideA discreet pocket on the inner face holds one card — bank card, travel pass or office badge. It sits flush, invisible from outside, so you can leave the wallet at home for the school run or the gym without anyone knowing the card is there. Official fitSamsung-made, eco-conscious buildMade by Samsung for the S24 Ultra alone: precise cut-outs for every port and button, full S Pen access, and Qi wireless charging through the case. The material contains 26% post-consumer recycled content, UL verified — Samsung's eco-conscious build without compromising the premium feel. Right choice if you…✔ Want full screen protection without losing quick access to calls and music✔ Carry one essential card and would rather leave the wallet behind✔ Charge wirelessly and do not want to take the case off to do it✔ Prefer the official Samsung accessory over third-party lookalikes Consider something else if…✖ You prefer a slim open-front case — see the official S24 Ultra Silicone Case✖ You have the S23 Ultra — the S23 Ultra Smart View Wallet is the matching model✖ You need to carry several cards — the slot is designed for one S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet — Technical Specifications BrandSamsung (Official) CompatibilityGalaxy S24 Ultra only TypeFlip wallet cover with Smart View window Card Storage1 hidden interior slot Wireless ChargingQi compatible, case on Materials26% post-consumer recycled content (UL verified) ColourBlack MPNEF-ZS928CBEGWW EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case (Black) Frequently Asked Questions Does wireless charging work without removing the case?Yes. The case is Qi-compatible with the cover closed around the back. If you keep a card in the slot, remove the card before wireless charging — the coil can heat cards with magnetic strips. Can I answer calls without opening the cover?Yes — that is the point of Smart View. Incoming calls appear in the window; tap to answer and speak with the cover closed. Music controls and notifications work the same way. Will it fit the standard S24 or S24+?No. EF-ZS928 is cut exclusively for the S24 Ultra's dimensions, camera layout and S Pen. Each Galaxy model has its own Smart View case code. Does the S Pen still work with the case on?Fully. The S Pen silo stays open, and you can pull, use and dock the pen without touching the cover. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Official S24 Ultra Silicone Case (5 colours) —S23 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case —Samsung 25W Super Fast Charger Set —Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full mobile accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-s24-ultra-smart-view-wallet-case-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Samsung-Galaxy-S24-Ultra-Smart-View-Wallet-Case-%E2%80%94-Black.webp","29.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-ZS928CBEGWW","88","" "59368","Bose SoundSport Wireless Headphones in Blue (Aqua)","The Bose SoundSport Wireless in Aqua blue — the gym-legend sport earphone in its standout colour. StayHear+ tips hold through sprints, Bose’s energetic tuning keeps sessions moving, IPX4 shrugs off sweat and rain, and up to 6 hours per charge covers a week of workouts. A discontinued favourite, brand new in retail packaging while stock lasts.SoundBose energy, wire-freeDeep bass and clear highs at workout volume — the tuning that made SoundSport the default gym recommendation. Bluetooth with voice prompts, NFC quick-pair.FitStayHear+ — the famous holdThe umbrella-shaped tips (three sizes) anchor in the ear’s ridge, secure through jumps and sprints without canal pressure — the feature owners buy twice.ColourAqua — the one people noticeSoundSport’s signature colour: visible on a dark gym floor, easy to spot in a bag, and genuinely rare now the line is discontinued.Right choice if you…✔ Train hard and need earphones that stay put✔ Want the Aqua colourway while it still exists✔ Prefer a connected pair over droppable true-wireless buds✔ Love Bose tuning at the gymConsider something else if…✖ You want noise cancellation — see the Bose QuietComfort Earbuds✖ You prefer black — the same model in Black is in stock✖ You want wired reliability — the SoundSport Wired never chargesBose SoundSport Wireless (Aqua) — Technical SpecificationsBrandBoseTypeWireless in-ear sport headphones (neck cable)BatteryUp to 6 hours per chargeWater ResistanceIPX4 — sweat and weatherTipsStayHear+ — S / M / L includedPairingBluetooth with voice prompts · NFCColourAqua (Blue)MPN761529-0020EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Bose SoundSport Wireless headphones (Aqua)—StayHear+ tips — S / M / L—Clothing clip · USB charging cable · carry caseFrequently Asked QuestionsHow is this different from true wireless earbuds?A short neck cable connects the buds — no case to lose, no single-bud dropouts, and they hang safely when pulled out mid-set.Will they stay in during running and HIIT?StayHear+ tips anchor in the ear’s ridge rather than relying on canal friction — pick the right size and they hold through sprints.Why is a discontinued model still sold new?Sealed retail stock remains in distribution; we sell it brand new in original packaging while it lasts — the Aqua is the scarcer colour.iPhone and Android?Yes — standard Bluetooth on both, with the Bose Connect app available.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Bose SoundSport Wireless — Black—Bose SoundSport Wired (3.5mm)—Browse all Bluetooth Headphones at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-soundsport-wireless-headphones-in-blue-aqua/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/223545344.webp","88.88","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","Bose","761529-0020","1","0017817731348" "59356","Bose SoundSport Wireless Headphones Black","The Bose SoundSport Wireless brought Bose sound to the gym without wires — and became one of the most loved sport earphones Bose ever made. StayHear+ tips hold through sprints and burpees, the in-ear design stays light on a short neck cable, sweat and weather resistance shrugs off hard sessions, and the tuning is unmistakably Bose: full, energetic, motivating. A discontinued favourite, brand new in retail packaging while stock lasts.SoundBose energy, wire-freeDeep, powerful bass and clear highs at workout volume — the tuning that made SoundSport the default gym recommendation for years. Bluetooth pairing is quick, with voice prompts walking you through it.FitStayHear+ — the famous holdBose’s umbrella-shaped StayHear+ tips (three sizes) spread contact gently around the ear: secure through jumps and sprints without jamming into the canal. Many buyers return to this model purely for these tips.EnduranceSweat-proof, 6-hour batteryIPX4 sweat and weather resistance handles the hardest sessions and rainy runs; up to 6 hours per charge covers a week of workouts. NFC pairing and a clothing clip keep the experience fuss-free.Right choice if you…✔ Train hard and need earphones that stay put✔ Love Bose tuning and want it wire-free at the gym✔ Prefer a secure in-ear over true-wireless buds that can drop✔ Want a discontinued favourite at below-flagship moneyConsider something else if…✖ You want noise cancellation — see the Bose QuietComfort Earbuds✖ You want fully cordless — this model has a connecting cable between buds✖ You prefer wired reliability — the SoundSport Wired never needs chargingBose SoundSport Wireless — Technical SpecificationsBrandBoseTypeWireless in-ear sport headphones (neck cable)BatteryUp to 6 hours per chargeWater ResistanceIPX4 — sweat and weatherTipsStayHear+ — S / M / L includedPairingBluetooth with voice prompts · NFCColourBlackMPN761529-0010EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Bose SoundSport Wireless headphones (Black)—StayHear+ tips — S / M / L—Clothing clip · USB charging cable · carry caseFrequently Asked QuestionsHow is this different from true wireless earbuds?A short cable connects the two buds behind the neck — no case to lose, no single-bud dropouts, and the buds hang safely when you pull them out mid-set. Many athletes still prefer this format for exactly those reasons.Will they stay in during running and HIIT?That is the SoundSport’s reputation — StayHear+ tips anchor in the ear’s ridge rather than relying on canal friction. Pick the right size of the three included and they hold through sprints.Why is a discontinued model still sold new?Bose moved to true-wireless lines, but sealed retail stock remains in distribution. We sell it brand new in original packaging — while remaining stock lasts.Do they work with iPhone and Android?Yes — standard Bluetooth on both, with the Bose Connect app available for updates and settings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Bose SoundSport Wired (3.5mm)—Bose QuietComfort Earbuds (ANC)—Browse all Bluetooth Headphones at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-soundsport-wireless-headphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/bose-sound-sport-wireless-black-1.webp","58.88","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","Bose","761529-0010","1","0606034543089" "59220","Apple AirPods (3rd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case (2021)","The Apple AirPods (3rd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case are the sweet spot of the AirPods line: spatial audio with dynamic head tracking, Adaptive EQ that tunes music to your ear in real time, and the contoured open fit that made AirPods the default earbud — without the Pro's silicone tips or the Pro's price. Up to 30 hours of total listening with the MagSafe case, sweat and water resistance on both buds and case, and the instant Apple pairing that still has no equal. SoundSpatial audio & Adaptive EQPersonalised spatial audio with dynamic head tracking places sound around you — films feel like cinema, Dolby Atmos tracks open up. Adaptive EQ listens to how the bud sits in your ear and corrects the tuning in real time, so the sound stays consistent whoever is wearing them and however they sit. Battery30 hours with MagSafe caseUp to 6 hours per charge in the buds, up to 30 hours total with the case — and five minutes in the case buys around an hour of listening. The case charges on MagSafe, Qi pads or Lightning, so it tops up wherever your phone does. EverydayOpen fit, IPX4, instant pairingThe contoured open design rests in the ear without sealing it — comfortable for hours, aware of your surroundings. IPX4 on buds and case shrugs off rain and gym sweat. Flip the lid near an iPhone and they pair instantly, then follow you across iPad, Mac and Apple Watch automatically. Right choice if you…✔ Live in the Apple ecosystem and want seamless switching✔ Prefer an open fit over silicone tips in the ear canal✔ Want spatial audio for films and Dolby Atmos music✔ Charge wirelessly — the case sits on any MagSafe or Qi pad Consider something else if…✖ You need active noise cancellation — that is AirPods Pro territory✖ You mostly use Android — they work as standard Bluetooth buds, but the Apple magic stays home✖ You want a wired backup too — see the Bose SoundSport Wired Apple AirPods 3 (MagSafe) — Technical SpecificationsBrandApple (Official)GenerationAirPods 3rd generationCaseMagSafe Charging Case (Lightning, Qi, MagSafe)AudioSpatial audio with dynamic head tracking · Adaptive EQBatteryUp to 6h per charge · up to 30h with caseWater ResistanceIPX4 — buds and caseMPNMME73ZM/AEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Apple AirPods (3rd generation) —MagSafe Charging Case —Lightning to USB-C cable · documentation Frequently Asked Questions Do AirPods 3 have noise cancellation?No — ANC is an AirPods Pro feature. The 3rd generation's open fit is the opposite philosophy: you stay aware of your surroundings, which many prefer for commuting, offices and running outdoors. Can I use them with an Android phone?Yes, as regular Bluetooth earbuds with full sound quality. Apple-specific extras — instant pairing, automatic device switching, 'Hey Siri', spatial head tracking — need an Apple device. How does the MagSafe case charge?Three ways: it snaps onto any MagSafe charger, lies on any Qi wireless pad, or plugs in via Lightning. Five minutes of charge gives roughly an hour of listening. Are they sweat-proof for the gym?Both the buds and the case are rated IPX4 — resistant to sweat and splashes. Fine for workouts and rain; not for swimming or showers. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked 🍎 Verify authenticity: Check your serial number at checkcoverage.apple.com Also Available at maibo —Apple MagSafe Charger (2m) —Apple 40W USB-C Power Adapter —Browse all Wireless Earbuds at maibo Browse the full wireless earbuds range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-airpods-3-magsafe/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Apple-AirPods-with-MagSafe-Charging-Case-%E2%80%94-3rd-Generation-20212.jpg","84.88","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","Apple","MME73ZM/A","1","0194253085829" "58988","Official Samsung 40W USB-C Car Charger Fast Charge Adapter EP-L4020NBEGEU","The official Samsung 40W Car Charger (EP-L4020) is the modern two-seat solution: 25W Super Fast Charging on USB-C for the Galaxy up front, 15W Adaptive Fast on USB-A for whatever rides shotgun. Samsung’s own electronics, so the phone negotiates full speed instead of settling for generic.Super Fast25W USB-C — real SFCGalaxy Super Fast Charging needs proper PD/PPS negotiation — the L4020 speaks it natively, so an S-series tops up meaningfully even on short drives.Two ports15W USB-A alongsideThe second seat charges the passenger’s phone, a dashcam or earbuds at Adaptive Fast speed — no fighting over the socket.OfficialSamsung electronics insideVoltage negotiation, heat management and cutoffs engineered by the phone’s own maker — the difference between charging fast and charging safely fast.Right choice if you…✔ Drive with a Galaxy — 25W SFC is its native pace✔ Charge two devices at once✔ Want official Samsung, not petrol-station silicon✔ Use navigation heavily — charge faster than the screen drainsConsider something else if…✖ Your car has USB-C PD built in — check its wattage first✖ You only ever charge one old micro-USB device — the LN920 set is cheaper✖ You need a cable too — this is the adapter; pair with a Samsung 5A cableSamsung 40W Car Charger — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungOutput40W total — 25W USB-C (Super Fast) + 15W USB-A (AFC)PortsUSB-C + USB-ACompatibleGalaxy S/Note/Z series, any USB deviceMPNEP-L4020NBEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung 40W dual car charger (EP-L4020)Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it do 45W for Ultra models?No — the USB-C port tops at 25W Super Fast, which is the full rate for most Galaxys; only select Ultras negotiate 45W, and they fall back to 25W here.Which cable do I need for 25W?A USB-C to USB-C cable rated 3A+ — Samsung’s own cables guarantee the handshake.Will it fast-charge iPhones?Yes — the USB-C port speaks PD, which iPhones accept happily.Both ports at once — does speed drop?Each port holds its own budget: 25W + 15W simultaneously by design.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Samsung 60W dual car charger—Samsung LN920 15W set (with cable)—Browse all Car Chargers at maiboBrowse the full car charger range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-40w-usb-c-car-charger-fast-charge-adapter-ep-l4020nbegeu/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Official-Samsung-40W-Car-Charger-USB-C-Fast-Charge-Adapter-EP-L4020NBEGEU.png","14.88","Charging & Cables > Car Chargers","Samsung","EP-L4020NBEGEU","5","" "58982","Official Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Flip Case Wallet Cover – Black","The official Official Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Flip Case Wallet Cover – Black — EF-ZS918, Samsung's official flip wallet cover for the S23 Ultra. Interactive Smart View window for tap-to-answer and notification access without opening the cover, single card slot, front and back protection, and UL-certified recycled materials. Exclusively compatible with Galaxy S23 Ultra (SM-S918). ✓ Smart View interactive window — answer calls, control media, check notifications without opening ✓ Card slot · full front and rear protection · precision-fit for S23 Ultra cutouts ✓ UL-certified recycled and bio materials · official Samsung design ✓ Compatible exclusively with Galaxy S23 Ultra (SM-S918) · Black · EF-ZS918CBEGWW The Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case in Black is Samsung's official flip wallet cover for the Galaxy S23 Ultra — designed in-house alongside the phone to guarantee precise cutout alignment, button accessibility, and full compatibility with the S23 Ultra's features including wireless charging. The defining feature is the Smart View window — a clear panel in the front cover that displays a reduced-size interactive version of the phone's screen, allowing the user to answer calls, pause or skip music, check notifications and dismiss alarms by tapping directly on the window without opening the case. The cover closes magnetically over the screen and the phone detects the cover's position via its sensor, automatically activating Smart View mode when the cover is closed. A single card slot on the inside of the front cover holds one payment or ID card, consolidating phone and card into one pocket carry. The case covers both the front display and rear panel, providing full-body protection against drops and scratches — the flip cover protects the screen when the phone is placed face-down. Constructed using UL-certified recycled and bio materials as part of Samsung's Galaxy for the Planet sustainability programme. Available in Black, EF-ZS918CBEGWW. Compatible exclusively with Galaxy S23 Ultra (SM-S918) — not compatible with S23 or S23+. Smart View Window Full Phone Access Without Opening The Smart View window is a clear transparent panel positioned over a defined area of the phone's AMOLED display. When the cover is closed, the S23 Ultra detects the case via its Hall sensor and activates a dedicated Smart View UI that mirrors a portion of the full display through the window. The Smart View interface shows the time, date and notification icons at a glance, and expands to show incoming call information, playback controls, alarm details and other contextual information as events occur. Tapping the window registers as a touch input on the underlying display — the cover material is thin enough to register capacitive touch, allowing the user to answer calls with a single tap on the window, dismiss alarms, or control music playback without opening the case or activating the full display. For users who manage their phone primarily by sound and notification — calls, music, alarms — Smart View mode reduces the number of times the cover needs to be opened throughout the day, which also reduces wear on the hinge and magnetic closure. The window size and position are designed specifically for the S23 Ultra's screen dimensions and aspect ratio. Wallet · Card Slot · Protection One Pocket for Phone and Card The card slot on the inner face of the front cover holds one standard payment card, ID card or travel card. The slot is positioned so the card sits against the back of the phone when the cover is closed, which keeps the case's profile slim — the combined thickness of the case, phone and card is only marginally greater than the case and phone alone. Contactless payment via the card works by opening the cover and presenting the inner face of the cover to the reader — the card slot is accessible without removing the card. The case provides full front and rear coverage: the rear panel protects the back of the phone and the camera module surround, while the front cover protects the display from direct impacts and scratches when the phone is placed face-down on a surface. Samsung's official fit means all hardware cutouts — USB-C port, speakers, microphones, side buttons, and the S Pen slot and ejector — are precisely positioned and correctly sized, without the over-cutting or misalignment that can occur on third-party cases manufactured to general S23 Ultra dimensions. Wireless charging is not blocked by the case back and functions normally through it. Recycled Materials · Official Samsung Samsung Galaxy for the Planet The EF-ZS918 is manufactured using UL-certified recycled and bio materials as part of Samsung's Galaxy for the Planet initiative, which commits to incorporating recycled materials across Samsung's mobile accessories portfolio. UL certification is an independent verification standard — the materials used carry UL's Environmental Claim Validation (ECV) for recycled content, meaning the recycled content claims on the case have been independently verified rather than self-declared. The bio materials component refers to plant-derived material substituting a portion of the conventional plastic in the case body. The finish and construction quality of the EF-ZS918 is consistent with Samsung's other official Galaxy cases — the surface texture resists fingerprints and minor scuffs, the hinge mechanism provides firm resistance through its range of motion and holds the cover in the open position without drooping, and the magnetic closure engages with sufficient force to prevent the cover from opening in a bag or pocket while releasing easily with one-handed operation. The case is Samsung's own design — not licensed to third parties — and uses colour and finish specifications developed alongside the S23 Ultra industrial design team. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy S23 Ultra and want Samsung's official flip case — guaranteed fit, certified compatibility, correct cutouts ✔ Want to manage calls, music and notifications without opening the case — Smart View tap control covers daily phone use ✔ Want to carry one card with your phone — card slot eliminates a separate card holder for daily carry ✔ Want full front and rear protection — the flip cover protects the display, not just the back Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Galaxy S23 or S23+ — this case fits only the S23 Ultra (SM-S918); the S23 and S23+ use different case models ✖ You want a slim back cover without a front flap — see Samsung's Silicone Cover or Clear Case for the S23 Ultra ✖ You need to carry multiple cards — the card slot holds one card only Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case MPN EF-ZS918CBEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806094806748 Colour Black Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra (SM-S918) only Case Type Flip wallet · front + rear cover Smart View Window Yes — tap to answer, media control, notifications Card Slot 1 card (inside front cover) Closure Magnetic Wireless Charging Compatible — not blocked Materials UL-certified recycled and bio materials Weight ~75g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black (EF-ZS918CBEGWW) Frequently Asked Questions Will this case fit the Galaxy S23 or S23+? No. The EF-ZS918 is precision-designed for the Galaxy S23 Ultra (SM-S918) only. The S23 Ultra has different dimensions and a different S Pen slot compared to the S23 and S23+. The S23 uses EF-ZS911 and the S23+ uses EF-ZS916 — these are different products. Always verify the model number before purchasing a Samsung official case. Does the S Pen still work with this case on? Yes. The EF-ZS918 is designed with a cutout for the S Pen slot and ejector on the S23 Ultra — the S Pen can be inserted and ejected normally with the case fitted. Samsung's official cases are tested for full S Pen compatibility, including the ejection mechanism clearance and the magnetic re-seating of the S Pen tip in the slot. Does the magnetic closure affect the card in the card slot? Standard contactless bank cards and ID cards are not affected by the case's magnetic closure at normal everyday use distances. The magnet used for the cover closure is a small permanent magnet positioned at the edge of the cover — it is not strong enough to cause data corruption on standard chip-and-pin cards at the distances involved in normal carrying. Cards with older magnetic stripe data rather than chip technology are more susceptible to magnetic exposure, but the field from the closure magnet at the card's position in the slot is within safe limits for standard cards. Does wireless charging still work with this case? Yes. The case back does not block wireless charging — the S23 Ultra charges normally on a Qi wireless pad with the case fitted. The case material is thin enough that the wireless charging coils in the phone and charger maintain sufficient coupling for normal charging speeds. Samsung 45W wired charging and Samsung Wireless Fast Charging are both compatible with this case. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case — Black — Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — Browse all Samsung accessories at maibo Browse the full Samsung accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-galaxy-s23-ultra-smart-view-flip-case-wallet-cover-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/Samsung-Galaxy-S23-Ultra-Smart-Clear-View-Flip-Cover-Case-main.png","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","Official Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Flip Case Wallet Cover – Black","128","8806094806748" "58958","HyperX Cloud II Wired Gaming Headset – Gun Metal","The HyperX Cloud II is one of the most recommended gaming headsets ever made — and a decade on, the reasons have not changed: 53mm drivers with a warm, clear tuning, the Cloud line’s legendary memory-foam comfort, a detachable noise-cancelling mic, and the USB sound card that adds virtual 7.1 surround on PC. This is the Gun Metal edition, brand new — the headset half the internet learned to game on.Sound53mm drivers + virtual 7.1Big 53mm drivers deliver the Cloud II’s famous warm, detailed sound — footsteps readable, explosions weighty, music genuinely enjoyable. Plug the included USB sound card into a PC and hardware-driven virtual 7.1 surround widens the stage for positional play.ComfortThe legend is the foamMemory foam ear cushions and headband on an aluminium frame — the combination that made 'Cloud comfort' a phrase. Marathon sessions end because the game does, not because your ears do.VersatilityConsole-ready 3.5mm + USBUse the 3.5mm jack on PS5, PS4, Xbox controllers, Switch and phones; use the USB sound card on PC for 7.1 and independent mic/volume controls clipped to your shirt. The noise-cancelling mic detaches for music-only days.Right choice if you…✔ Want the proven classic, not an experiment✔ Play across PC and consoles with one headset✔ Value marathon comfort above RGB gimmicks✔ Need a clear noise-cancelling mic for team playConsider something else if…✖ You want the newer tuning and USB-C — see the HyperX Cloud III✖ You prefer the other finish — the Cloud II in Red is in stock✖ You need wireless freedom — see the Cloud II WirelessHyperX Cloud II (Gun Metal) — Technical SpecificationsBrandHyperXDrivers53mmSurroundVirtual 7.1 via USB sound card (PC)MicrophoneDetachable, noise-cancellingConnectivity3.5mm · USB audio control box (PC)FrameAluminium, memory foam cushionsColourGun MetalMPNHHSC1-BK-BK/GEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—HyperX Cloud II headset (Gun Metal)—Detachable noise-cancelling microphone—USB audio control box (7.1, mic/volume)—Spare velour ear cushions · airplane adapter · mesh bagFrequently Asked QuestionsCloud II or Cloud III — which should I buy?The III adds angled drivers, a better mic and native USB-C. The II answers with the classic warmer tuning, the 7.1 USB box and a lower price — and its comfort remains identical in reputation. Both are safe buys; the II is the value legend.Does 7.1 surround work on PS5 or Xbox?The virtual 7.1 is driven by the USB sound card on PC. On consoles the headset runs in rich stereo via 3.5mm — which many players prefer for accuracy anyway.Is the mic detachable and good for Discord?Yes — it unplugs entirely, and its noise-cancelling pickup keeps keyboard clatter out of your team’s ears. Certified clear for chat platforms since its launch era.Why buy a decade-old design new?Because it never stopped being good — HyperX kept it in production for years precisely because the comfort-sound-price triangle held. Sealed new stock, full warranty.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—HyperX Cloud II — Red—HyperX Cloud III Wired — Black/Red—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-ii-wired-gaming-headset-gun-metal/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/HyperX-Cloud-III-Wired-Gaming-Headset-PC-PS5-PS4-Black-DTS-Spatial-Audio.png","54.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","HHSC1-BK-BK/G","1","" "58920","Galaxy S24 Ultra S Pen – Light Gray","The official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy S24 Ultra in light gray — the exact stylus the phone shipped with, as a genuine replacement or a subtle colour accent. Bluetooth-enabled with Air Actions for camera and media control, pressure-sensitive on the 120Hz display, and cut to dock flush in the S24 Ultra’s silo, where it charges automatically.WritingPen-on-paper on the big screenThe fine pressure-sensitive tip makes Samsung Notes, screen-off memos and document markup feel like real handwriting on the Ultra’s 6.8-inch canvas, with Galaxy AI note features at the nib.Air ActionsBluetooth remote controlFire the camera shutter from across the room, gesture through lenses, skip tracks, drive slides — the BLE pen doubles as the remote people only miss once it is lost.FitDocks, charges, sealsMade by Samsung for the S24 Ultra silo: clicks in flush, charges while docked, preserves sealing. The light gray cap matches the Titanium Gray phone — or quietly marks your pen as yours.Right choice if you…✔ Lost or damaged your S24 Ultra’s original pen✔ Want the gray cap to match a Titanium Gray phone✔ Use Air Actions for camera and presentations✔ Want the genuine part, every feature intactConsider something else if…✖ You have the S23 Ultra — its pen is a different part: S23 Ultra S Pen✖ You have the S25 Ultra — see the S25 Ultra S Pen✖ You write mainly on a tablet — Tab pens are different partsS Pen S24 Ultra (Light Gray) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy S24 UltraConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy — Air ActionsTipFine, pressure sensitiveChargingIn-silo, automatic while dockedColourLight GrayMPNEJ-PS928BJEGWWEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Official Samsung S Pen for Galaxy S24 Ultra (Light Gray), retail packagingFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work with other Ultra models?The EJ-PS928 is coded for the S24 Ultra — silo fit, charging and Air Actions are matched to that phone. Each Ultra generation has its own pen.Do I need to pair it?No — dock it in the silo and the phone pairs and charges it automatically.Does the gray suit other S24 Ultra colours?Only the end cap shows when docked — on black or violet phones it reads as a subtle two-tone accent.Will every S Pen feature work?Yes — genuine Samsung part: screen-off memos, Air Command, hover translate, Air Actions, all exactly as the original.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case—S24 Ultra Silicone Case (5 colours)—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maiboBrowse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/galaxy-s24-ultra-s-pen-light-gray/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/tr-galaxy-s24ultra-ejps928-ej-ps928bjegww-543049296.avif","29.98","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS928BJEGWW","120","8806095258171" "58883","Samsung S Pen Edition for Galaxy Z Fold 5 – Black","The Samsung S Pen Fold Edition for the Galaxy Z Fold 5 turns one of the largest phone screens made into a genuine writing and drawing surface — safely. Its retractable 1.5mm tip is engineered specifically for the foldable AMOLED panel, giving way under pressure so the flexible screen never takes the damage a rigid stylus could cause. With 4,096 pressure levels, notes and sketches on the big inner display feel like a proper tablet, in a device that folds into your pocket. Screen-safeA tip built for foldablesOrdinary styluses are banned from foldable screens for a reason. The Fold Edition’s retractable 1.5mm tip is spring-cushioned: press hard and the tip yields before the panel does. It is the only pen class Samsung approves for writing on the Z Fold’s inner display.Precision4,096 pressure levelsLine weight follows your hand across the full 7.6-inch canvas — margin notes on contracts, quick wireframes, split-screen research with handwritten capture. The Fold 5 with a pen is the closest a phone gets to carrying a notepad.OfficialMade for the Z Fold 5Genuine Samsung part (EJ-PF946), tuned to the Fold 5’s digitiser. It pairs with Samsung’s Fold cases that carry a pen slot, so the stylus travels with the phone. Right choice if you…✔ Own a Z Fold 5 and want to write on that big inner screen✔ Annotate documents and sketch ideas on the move✔ Want the only pen class Samsung approves for foldables✔ Are replacing a lost Fold Edition pen Consider something else if…✖ You have an S23 Ultra — its silo pen is a different part: S Pen S23 Ultra✖ You expect Air Actions — the Fold Edition focuses on writing, not Bluetooth remote features✖ You have a different Fold generation — check the pen coded for your model S Pen Fold Edition (Z Fold 5) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy Z Fold 5 — inner (main) screenTipRetractable 1.5mm, foldable-safePressure Sensitivity4,096 levelsColourBlackMPNEJ-PF946BBEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Samsung S Pen Fold Edition for Galaxy Z Fold 5 (Black), retail packaging Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on the cover screen too?No — the Fold Edition writes on the inner (main) foldable display only. The cover screen does not have a digitiser layer.Can I use a normal S Pen or S23 Ultra pen on a Fold instead?No — standard hard-tip S Pens are not safe for the flexible inner panel and Samsung blocks them. Only the Fold Edition’s cushioned retractable tip is approved.Where do I keep it? The Fold has no pen slot.Correct — the Fold 5 has no internal silo. Samsung’s S Pen-compatible Fold 5 cases carry the pen on the phone; otherwise it travels in a pocket or bag like any pen.Does it need charging or pairing?No — it is powered by the screen’s digitiser. No battery, no Bluetooth, nothing to set up: open the phone and write.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S Pen S23 Ultra — Phantom Black—S Pen Tab S9 FE / FE+ — Gray—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-s-pen-edition-for-galaxy-z-fold-5-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Q5_004_S_Pen_Front_Black_RGB-1600x1200-1.jpg","34.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PF946BBEGEU","122","8806095037110" "58886","Samsung S Pen for Tab S9 FE/FE+ – Gray","The official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy Tab S9 FE and S9 FE+ in gray turns Samsung's most accessible big-screen tablet into a proper note-taking and creative tool. Write in Samsung Notes and watch handwriting convert to text, capture and annotate anything with Smart Select, and summon Air Command without leaving your app. It attaches magnetically to the tablet, needs no battery and no charging — pick it up and write. WritingHandwriting that becomes textPressure-sensitive precision makes notes feel natural, and Samsung Notes converts your handwriting to editable text as you go — lecture notes and meeting minutes come out ready to paste. Smart Select clips and annotates any part of the screen in two strokes.SimplicityNo battery, no charging, everThis S Pen uses Samsung’s EMR technology: the tablet powers the pen through the screen, so there is nothing to charge and no pairing to manage. It cannot go flat in an exam, a meeting or a flight — it simply always works.FitMagnetic attach, official fitMade by Samsung for the Tab S9 FE and FE+: it snaps magnetically to the tablet so it travels with the device, and the tip, weight and friction are tuned to the FE’s screen. Third-party pens write; the official pen belongs. Right choice if you…✔ Take notes or annotate PDFs on a Tab S9 FE / FE+✔ Lost the pen that came with the tablet✔ Want a second pen for home and bag✔ Prefer gear that never needs charging Consider something else if…✖ You have a Tab S6 (SM-T860/T865) — see the Tab S6 Digital Pen✖ You write on a Galaxy phone — phone S Pens are a different part✖ You need Bluetooth remote features — this EMR pen focuses on writing, not Air Actions S Pen Tab S9 FE / FE+ (Gray) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S9 FE and Tab S9 FE+TechnologyEMR — battery-free, no charging requiredAttachmentMagnetic, on-tabletColourGrayMPNEJ-PX510BJEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Samsung S Pen for Tab S9 FE / FE+ (Gray), retail packaging Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it need charging or pairing?No. It is an EMR stylus — the tablet powers it through the screen. There is no battery, no Bluetooth pairing and nothing to go flat.Will it work on the regular Tab S9 or other tablets?It is designed for the Tab S9 FE and FE+. S Pen compatibility varies across Samsung tablet lines — if you have a different model, message us with it and we will point you to the right pen.Does handwriting-to-text really work for messy writing?Samsung Notes’ conversion is notably forgiving — it handles quick, slanted note-taking well, and you can correct any word inline after conversion.Where does the pen live when I am not writing?It attaches magnetically to the tablet (and docks in the official FE covers), so it travels with the device instead of the bottom of a bag.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Samsung Tab S6 Digital Pen — Blue—S Pen S23 Ultra — Green—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-s-pen-for-tab-s9-fe-fe-gray/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/tr-galaxy-tab-s9-fe-s9-fe-plus-s-pen-ej-px510-ej-px510bjegww-538766697.avif","29.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PX510BJEGEU","111","580929223549" "58866","Apple MagSafe Charger – 2m","The Apple MagSafe Charger with 2 metre cable — magnetically aligns to your iPhone and charges wirelessly at up to 25W on iPhone 16 and later, or up to 15W on iPhone 12 to 15. Also charges any Qi or Qi2 device including AirPods with a wireless case. Power adapter not included — a 30W or higher USB-C adapter is required for 25W. ✓ Up to 25W on iPhone 16 and later — around 50% charge in 30 minutes ✓ Requires a 30W or higher USB-C adapter for 25W — a 20W adapter gives 15W ✓ 2 metre cable — reaches from a floor socket to a bedside table or desk ✓ Magnetic alignment · Qi2 and Qi compatible · charges AirPods wireless cases ⚠ You will need a 30W power adapter — it is not included Like every Apple MagSafe Charger, this one ships as a cable and puck only. The wattage of the adapter you plug it into sets the charging speed: 30W or higher gives the full 25W, a 20W adapter limits you to 15W, and an older 5W adapter will be very slow. If you do not already own a 30W or higher USB-C adapter, add one — it is the single thing that determines whether this charges fast. The Apple MagSafe Charger is the charger Apple designed around the ring of magnets built into every iPhone from the 12 onwards. Rather than hunting for the sweet spot on a flat pad, the puck snaps into position on its own and stays there — which is why MagSafe charges faster and more consistently than a generic wireless pad, where a phone knocked slightly out of alignment quietly stops charging overnight. This is the 2 metre version, the length that reaches a bedside table from a floor socket without an extension. On iPhone 16 and later it delivers up to 25W, enough for around 50 percent charge in half an hour. On iPhone 12 through 15 it charges at up to 15W. Two things worth knowing before you order, because they decide what speed you actually get: no power adapter is included, and reaching 25W requires a 30W or higher one. It also works as an ordinary Qi and Qi2 charger for AirPods cases and other wireless devices. The Adapter Sets the Speed Why Two People Get Different Results The MagSafe puck has no power source of its own — it passes through whatever the wall adapter gives it, and that is where nearly every complaint about slow MagSafe charging comes from. Apple's requirement for the full 25W is an adapter rated 30W or higher, supplying at least 15V at 2.0A. Plug the same charger into a 20W adapter, the kind sold with earlier iPhones, and Apple confirm you will get 15W rather than 25W — the charger is working correctly, it simply cannot draw power that the adapter does not supply. An old 5W iPhone brick will charge, but slowly enough to feel broken. This is worth checking before assuming a fault: look at the small print on your adapter for its wattage. If it says 20W, that is your ceiling. It is also why buying a MagSafe charger and an appropriate adapter together makes sense — one without the other does not deliver what the box promises. 25W vs 15W · Which iPhone What Your Phone Can Actually Take The second half of the equation is the phone. 25W MagSafe charging arrived with the iPhone 16 generation, and it is the first time an iPhone could fast charge wirelessly at all. On iPhone 12, 13, 14 and 15, this charger works perfectly but tops out at 15W — the newer charger does not raise the ceiling on an older handset, because the limit is in the phone. If you own an iPhone 15 and expected 25W, that is the reason. Even within the iPhone 16 range, 25W is a peak rather than a constant: Apple's own figures put the iPhone 16 and 16 Pro at 22.5W in practice, and iPhone Air at 20W. There is one more limit that catches people out because nothing on screen explains it — if you have a USB-C accessory such as wired headphones plugged into the phone while it charges on MagSafe, charging drops sharply to comply with regulatory limits: 7.5W on the iPhone 16 range, 10W on iPhone 17 Pro and Pro Max, 16W on iPhone 17 and iPhone Air. Unplug the accessory and full speed returns. Magnetic Alignment · 2m · Qi2 Why Magnets Beat a Flat Pad Wireless charging works by inductive coupling between a coil in the charger and a coil in the phone, and the efficiency of that coupling falls away quickly as the two coils move out of alignment. On a flat pad you are aligning them by eye, which is why a phone nudged an inch overnight can be at 20 percent in the morning. MagSafe removes the guesswork: a ring of magnets in the puck meets the matching ring in every iPhone from the 12 onwards, and the coils land concentric every time. That is where the speed advantage comes from as much as the wattage. The 2 metre cable is the practical reason to choose this version over the 1 metre — it reaches a bedside table from a skirting board socket, or across a desk, without an extension lead. The puck also works as a standard Qi and Qi2 charger for anything else that charges wirelessly, including AirPods cases and iPhone 8 onwards, though without magnets on those devices you place them by hand as you would on any pad. A case will not stop it working, but very thick cases, metal plates or magnetic mounts between the puck and the phone will weaken or block it. Right choice if you… ✔ Own an iPhone 16 or later and already have a 30W or higher USB-C adapter — this is the fastest wireless charging Apple offers ✔ Need the extra reach — 2 metres covers a bedside table or desk from a floor socket ✔ Are tired of waking up to a phone that stopped charging — magnets align the coils every time ✔ Want one charger for iPhone and AirPods — works as a standard Qi and Qi2 charger too Consider something else if… ✘ You only have a 20W adapter and are not buying a 30W one — you will get 15W, which the cheaper 1 metre model also delivers ✘ You own an iPhone 12 to 15 and are paying extra for 25W — those models cap at 15W regardless of the charger or adapter ✘ You want the fastest possible charging overall — a cable into the phone's USB-C port is still quicker than any wireless method Technical Specifications Brand Apple Product MagSafe Charger (2 m) Model A3250 Cable Length 2 metres · USB-C, fixed Max Output Up to 25W — iPhone 16 and later Output — iPhone 12–15 Up to 15W Adapter Required for 25W 30W or higher USB-C (15V / 2.0A minimum) — not included With a 20W Adapter 15W maximum Real-World Peaks iPhone 16 & 16 Pro 22.5W · iPhone Air 20W With Accessory Connected 7.5W (iPhone 16 range) · 10W (17 Pro / Pro Max) · 16W (17, Air) Wireless Standards MagSafe · Qi2 · Qi Also Charges iPhone 8 and later · AirPods with wireless charging case Magnetic Alignment iPhone 12 and later Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Apple) In the Box — Apple MagSafe Charger with 2 metre USB-C cable — Power adapter not included — a 30W or higher USB-C adapter is required for 25W charging Frequently Asked Questions It is charging slowly — is the charger faulty? Almost always it is the power adapter rather than the charger. Check the wattage printed on your adapter. A 30W or higher adapter is needed for 25W; a 20W adapter limits you to 15W; an older 5W adapter will be very slow. Then check three other things: your iPhone model, since 25W only applies to iPhone 16 and later; whether a USB-C accessory such as headphones is plugged into the phone, which drops charging to 7.5W on the iPhone 16 range; and whether anything thick or metal is between the puck and the phone. Is a power adapter included? No. Apple supplies the MagSafe Charger as a puck and cable only, with no wall adapter, so you use one you already own or buy separately. For the full 25W you need one rated 30W or higher, delivering at least 15V at 2.0A. Any brand of USB-C Power Delivery adapter at that rating will work — it does not have to be Apple's. Will I get 25W on my iPhone 14 or 15? No. 25W MagSafe charging is a feature of iPhone 16 and later. On iPhone 12, 13, 14 and 15 this charger works fully but at up to 15W, and no adapter will raise that — the limit is in the phone, not the charger. The 2 metre cable and magnetic alignment still apply, so it remains a good charger for those models; just at 15W. Why does charging slow down when my headphones are plugged in? This is an Apple regulatory limit rather than a fault, and nothing on screen explains it. With a USB-C or Lightning accessory connected to the phone, MagSafe charging is capped at 7.5W on iPhone 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro and 16 Pro Max, 10W on iPhone 17 Pro and 17 Pro Max, and 16W on iPhone 17 and iPhone Air. Unplug the accessory and normal speed resumes. Does it work through a case? Through most cases, yes, and best through MagSafe cases which contain their own magnet ring. Very thick cases, cases with metal plates for car mounts, wallets and anything magnetic between the puck and the phone will weaken the connection or stop charging altogether. If charging is intermittent, take the case off and test again to isolate it. Can I charge AirPods or an Android phone with it? Yes to AirPods with a wireless charging case, and to any Qi or Qi2 device including Android phones — the puck works as a standard wireless charger. Magnetic alignment only happens with iPhone 12 and later, so on other devices you position them by hand as you would on any pad, and charging runs at that device's standard Qi rate rather than 25W. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Apple) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Complete the Setup — 30W USB-C Power Adapter — required for 25W charging — Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter — UK plug — Apple 240W USB-C Charge Cable 2m — Browse all chargers and cables at maibo Browse the full charging range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-magsafe-charger-2m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Apple-MagSafe-Charger-%E2%80%93-2m-MGDM4.jpeg","24.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MGDM4ZM/A","118","0194252956915" "58848","Logitech MX Master 3S Wireless Mouse – Graphite","The Logitech MX Master 3S is the mouse serious desk workers graduate to: 8,000 DPI tracking on any surface including glass, Quiet Clicks that removed 90% of the click noise from its predecessor, and the MagSpeed wheel that spins through a thousand lines in a second then stops on a pixel. Multi-device across three machines, USB-C quick charging, and the sculpted shape that made the MX line the default for all-day hands.Precision8K DPI, any surfaceThe 8,000 DPI sensor tracks on wood, marble and even glass — no mouse pad politics. Sensitivity scales from pixel-precise retouching to high-DPI multi-monitor sweeps, adjustable per app in Logi Options+.FlowMagSpeed wheel + Quiet ClicksThe electromagnetic MagSpeed wheel free-spins through long documents and ratchets for line-by-line control, shifting automatically. Quiet Clicks keep the satisfying feel while cutting 90% of the sound — late-night work without the clack.Multi-deviceThree machines, one mousePair to three devices over Bluetooth or the included Logi Bolt receiver and switch with a button — or let Logitech Flow drag files between a Mac and a PC as if they were one machine. A one-minute USB-C charge buys three hours; a full charge lasts up to 70 days.Right choice if you…✔ Spend all day in spreadsheets, code or creative tools✔ Work across a laptop and a desktop (or Mac + PC)✔ Want near-silent clicks in shared spaces✔ Value the MX line’s sculpted, full-palm comfortConsider something else if…✖ You game competitively — see the G PRO X Superlight✖ You want a slim travel mouse — the Pebble M350 lives in a sleeve✖ You are left-handed — the MX shape is sculpted for the right handLogitech MX Master 3S — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitechSensor8,000 DPI Darkfield — tracks on glassClicksQuiet Clicks (90% less noise vs MX Master 3)WheelMagSpeed electromagnetic + thumb wheelConnectivityBluetooth LE / Logi Bolt USB receiver · 3 devicesBatteryUp to 70 days; 1-min charge = 3 hours (USB-C)ColourGraphiteMPN910-006559EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Logitech MX Master 3S mouse (Graphite)—Logi Bolt USB receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsWhat changed from the MX Master 3?Two things that matter daily: the sensor doubled to 8,000 DPI, and the main clicks became 90% quieter while keeping their tactile feel. Shape, wheels and battery carry over.Does it work on Mac and Windows?Both, plus Linux, ChromeOS and iPadOS — and Logitech Flow lets one mouse drive a Mac and a PC side by side, dragging files between them.Is it good for large hands?The MX Master shape is a full-palm sculpt and suits medium to large hands best — it is the opposite philosophy to flat travel mice.Bluetooth or the Bolt receiver — which should I use?Bluetooth keeps ports free; Bolt gives the most stable connection in congested offices. Both are included — many users pair the desktop by Bolt and the laptop by Bluetooth.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech MX Master 4 (Pale Grey)—Logitech Pebble M350 (travel)—Browse all Mice at maiboBrowse the full mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-master-3s-wireless-mouse-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/10238899.webp","88.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006559","112","5099206103726" "58834","Apple MagSafe Charger – 1m","The Apple MagSafe Charger (1m) snaps to the back of an iPhone with a satisfying magnetic click and delivers up to 15W of perfectly aligned wireless charging — no hunting for the coil, no half-charged mornings from a misplaced phone. The 1m cable is the tidy-desk length; genuine Apple, with the safety engineering lookalike pucks skip.AlignmentMagnets do the aimingMagSafe’s ring of magnets centres the coil perfectly every time — the historical failure of wireless charging (waking to 40% because the phone sat an inch off) simply disappears. Works through MagSafe-compatible cases.SpeedUp to 15W wirelessPaired with a 20W+ USB-C adapter, iPhones draw up to 15W — the fastest wireless charge Apple supports. AirPods with wireless cases charge on it too.GenuineApple engineeringTemperature management, foreign-object detection and firmware the clones skip — the difference between a charger and a warm coaster. USB-C end plugs into any modern adapter or laptop.Right choice if you…✔ Own an iPhone 12 or later and want drop-and-go charging✔ Want the 1m length for a tidy desk or nightstand✔ Charge AirPods (wireless case) on the same puck✔ Insist on genuine Apple safety engineeringConsider something else if…✖ You want more reach — the MagSafe Charger 2m adds a metre✖ You need an adapter too — pair it with the Apple 40W USB-C adapter✖ Your phone is Android — it will Qi-charge at lower speed, but MagSafe’s magic is the magnet ring iPhones carryApple MagSafe Charger (1m) — Technical SpecificationsBrandApple (Official)OutputUp to 15W wireless (iPhone)Cable1m, integrated, USB-C endCompatibilityiPhone 12 and later · AirPods wireless cases · Qi devicesMPNApple MagSafe Charger (1m)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Apple MagSafe Charger, 1m (USB-C)—Power adapter sold separatelyFrequently Asked QuestionsDo I need a special adapter?Any USB-C power adapter of 20W or more unlocks the full 15W; the Apple 20W or 40W adapters are the natural partners. No adapter is included in the box.Does it charge through a case?Yes, through MagSafe-compatible cases — the magnets grip through them. Thick non-MagSafe cases weaken alignment and speed.Will it charge my AirPods?Yes — any AirPods model with a wireless charging case sits on the puck and charges.1m or 2m?Purely reach: 1m suits a desk edge or nightstand with a close socket; 2m forgives distant sockets and sofa use. Same charger otherwise.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Apple MagSafe Charger (2m)—Apple 40W USB-C Power Adapter—Browse all Chargers at maiboBrowse the full charging range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-magsafe-charger-1m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Apple-MagSafe-Charger-%E2%80%93-1m-MGD74.jpeg","18.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","Apple MagSafe Charger – 1m","88","0195950636574" "58822","Samsung S Pen Stylus for Galaxy Tab S7 – Silver","The Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Tab S7 (Mystic Silver) is the genuine article your tablet shipped with: EMR technology that needs no battery to write, 4,096 pressure levels, and the magnetic back-attach that charges its Bluetooth gestures. Lost pens end tablet workflows — this is the official replacement that restores them.GenuineThe EJ-PT870, not a lookalikeThird-party styluses approximate; the official pen is what Tab S7/S7+ latency tuning, palm rejection and gesture features were built around.Precise4,096 pressure levelsWacom-class EMR digitising: pressure, tilt and hover work exactly as the tablet expects — notes, markup and art without compromise.No battery to dieEMR writing + magnetic chargeWriting needs no power at all; the small cell for air gestures recharges whenever the pen rests on the tablet’s magnetic back.Right choice if you…✔ Replace a lost or broken Tab S7/S7+ pen✔ Want full pressure/tilt/gesture function back✔ Buy official — the tablet’s tuning expects it✔ Note-takers, markers, sketchersConsider something else if…✖ Your tablet is a Tab S8/S9 — those ship with their own pen generations (compatible in writing, check gestures)✖ You have a Note phone — phone S Pens are a different size class: Note 9 S Pen✖ You only scroll and tap — a capacitive stylus is cheaperSamsung S Pen Tab S7 — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungColourMystic SilverCompatibleGalaxy Tab S7 / S7+ (writing also on later EMR Tabs)TechnologyEMR — battery-free writingPressure4,096 levels + tiltGesturesBluetooth air actions, magnetic chargingMPNEJ-PT870BSEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung S Pen for Tab S7 (Mystic Silver)—Spare nibs + tool (retail pack)Frequently Asked QuestionsWill it work on my Tab S8 or S9?Writing and pressure generally work across Samsung’s EMR tablets; air-gesture pairing is tuned per generation — for full function on newer Tabs, their own pen is the match.Does it need charging to write?No — EMR writing is battery-free forever. Only the Bluetooth gestures use the small cell, which tops up magnetically on the tablet.How do I pair it?Attach it to the magnetic strip on the tablet’s back — pairing and charging happen automatically.Are replacement nibs available?Yes — standard Samsung nib sets fit; the retail pack typically includes spares.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S Pen — Note 9 (Bluetooth)—S Pen — Note 8—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full mobile accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-s-pen-stylus-for-galaxy-tab-s7-silver/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/au-galaxy-tab-s7-s-pen-415391-ej-pt870bsegww-531236428.avif","32.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PT870BSEGEU","199","8806090639517" "58814","Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable – 2m – Space Grey","The Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 cable in Space Grey is the charging lead in Apple's classic dark grey — the match for Space Grey MacBooks and darker desk setups where a white cable looks out of place. It carries up to 140W over USB-C Power Delivery, enough for full-speed fast charging on the MacBook Pro 14" and 16", while the MagSafe 3 connector snaps in magnetically and breaks away cleanly if someone catches the cable — the difference between a near miss and a MacBook on the floor. Two metres of braided, tangle-resistant cable give real distance between socket and sofa, and the woven Space Grey finish resists the fraying that eventually kills ordinary rubber-jacketed leads. Power Up to 140W Fast Charging Supports the full 140W USB-C Power Delivery 3.1 that the 16" MacBook Pro can accept — with Apple's 140W adapter it takes the big MacBook Pro from flat to 50% in around half an hour. On the 14" MacBook Pro and MacBook Air it delivers their maximum supported speeds. The USB-C end is standard: it works with Apple's own adapters and with any quality third-party USB-C PD charger, so the cable stays useful even if you swap power bricks. Protection MagSafe 3 Magnetic Release The MagSafe 3 head guides itself into the charging port magnetically and holds firm while you work — but if the cable is snagged, kicked or tripped over, it releases instantly instead of dragging the laptop with it. This is the single most underrated reason to charge over MagSafe rather than USB-C on a MacBook. A small LED on the connector shows amber while charging and green when the battery is full, so you can check status without opening the lid. Design Space Grey Woven Finish Space Grey has been Apple's signature dark tone for a decade of MacBooks — this braided lead matches those machines and keeps a dark setup coherent, with no bright white cable cutting across it. The braided jacket resists tangling in a bag and wears far better than smooth rubber cables at the stress points near each connector. At 2 metres it reaches from a floor-level socket to a desk or sofa comfortably, without the strain that shortens a cable's life. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a MacBook Pro or Air with a MagSafe 3 port (2021 and later) ✔ Have a Space Grey MacBook and want the matching cable ✔ Need a second cable for the office, or a longer 2m reach at home ✔ Work around kids, pets or busy desks where cables get snagged Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer a light finish — see the Silver or Starlight version ✖ Your MacBook predates 2021 — older models charge over USB-C or MagSafe 2, not MagSafe 3 ✖ You still need the wall adapter — pair it with the Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter Technical Specifications Brand Apple Connectors USB-C to MagSafe 3 (magnetic) Max Power Up to 140W (USB-C Power Delivery 3.1) Length / Finish 2m · Space Grey woven Charge Indicator LED — amber charging · green full Compatibility MacBook Pro 14" / 16" (2021+) · MacBook Air with MagSafe 3 (2022+) MPN MNYC3ZM/A EAN / GTIN Not stated Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable — 2m, Space Grey (MNYC3ZM/A) Frequently Asked Questions Which MacBooks does it work with? Any Mac with a MagSafe 3 port: MacBook Pro 14" and 16" from 2021 onwards, and MacBook Air models from 2022 (M2) onwards. Older MacBooks use USB-C or the incompatible MagSafe 2 connector. Do I need Apple's 140W charger to use it? No — the USB-C end works with any USB-C Power Delivery charger, Apple or third-party. You only need the 140W adapter to reach maximum fast-charge speed on the 16" MacBook Pro; smaller adapters simply charge at their own rate. Why charge over MagSafe instead of USB-C? Two reasons: the magnetic breakaway protects your MacBook if the cable is snagged, and it leaves all your USB-C/Thunderbolt ports free for drives, displays and accessories. Only MagSafe supports the full 140W on the 16" MacBook Pro. What does the LED colour mean? Amber means the MacBook is charging; green means the battery is full. If the LED does not light, re-seat the connector or check the charger end. Is Space Grey different from Space Black or Midnight? Yes — Space Grey is a medium dark grey, noticeably lighter than Space Black (the deepest) and less blue than Midnight. All three dark tones are available at maibo if you are matching a different machine. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Silver — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Midnight — Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter — UK Plug — Browse all Fast Charging Cables at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-usb-c-to-magsafe-3-cable-2m-space-grey/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Apple-USB-C-to-MagSafe-3-Cable-%E2%80%93-2m-%E2%80%93-Space-Grey-MPL23.jpeg","28.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MNYC3ZM/A","88","0194253416869" "58741","Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Charging Cable – 2m – Midnight","The Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 cable in Midnight is the charging lead in Apple's deep blue-black finish — the match for the Midnight MacBook Air and darker setups where a white cable looks out of place. It carries up to 140W over USB-C Power Delivery, enough for full-speed fast charging on the MacBook Pro 14" and 16", while the MagSafe 3 connector snaps in magnetically and breaks away cleanly if someone catches the cable — the difference between a near miss and a MacBook on the floor. Two metres of braided, tangle-resistant cable give real distance between socket and sofa, and the woven Midnight finish resists the fraying that eventually kills ordinary rubber-jacketed leads. Power Up to 140W Fast Charging Supports the full 140W USB-C Power Delivery 3.1 that the 16" MacBook Pro can accept — with Apple's 140W adapter it takes the big MacBook Pro from flat to 50% in around half an hour. On the 14" MacBook Pro and MacBook Air it delivers their maximum supported speeds. The USB-C end is standard: it works with Apple's own adapters and with any quality third-party USB-C PD charger, so the cable stays useful even if you swap power bricks. Protection MagSafe 3 Magnetic Release The MagSafe 3 head guides itself into the charging port magnetically and holds firm while you work — but if the cable is snagged, kicked or tripped over, it releases instantly instead of dragging the laptop with it. This is the single most underrated reason to charge over MagSafe rather than USB-C on a MacBook. A small LED on the connector shows amber while charging and green when the battery is full, so you can check status without opening the lid. Design Midnight Woven Finish Midnight is Apple's deep blue-black — introduced with the Midnight MacBook Air, darker than Space Grey with a subtle blue cast under light. On a dark desk it disappears the way a white cable never can. The braided jacket resists tangling in a bag and wears far better than smooth rubber cables at the stress points near each connector. At 2 metres it reaches from a floor-level socket to a desk or sofa comfortably, without the strain that shortens a cable's life. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a MacBook Pro or Air with a MagSafe 3 port (2021 and later) ✔ Have a Midnight MacBook Air and want the matching cable ✔ Need a second cable for the office, or a longer 2m reach at home ✔ Work around kids, pets or busy desks where cables get snagged Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer a light finish — see the Silver or Starlight version ✖ Your MacBook predates 2021 — older models charge over USB-C or MagSafe 2, not MagSafe 3 ✖ You still need the wall adapter — pair it with the Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter Technical Specifications Brand Apple Connectors USB-C to MagSafe 3 (magnetic) Max Power Up to 140W (USB-C Power Delivery 3.1) Length / Finish 2m · Midnight woven Charge Indicator LED — amber charging · green full Compatibility MacBook Pro 14" / 16" (2021+) · MacBook Air with MagSafe 3 (2022+) MPN MPL43ZM/A EAN / GTIN Not stated Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable — 2m, Midnight (MPL43ZM/A) Frequently Asked Questions Which MacBooks does it work with? Any Mac with a MagSafe 3 port: MacBook Pro 14" and 16" from 2021 onwards, and MacBook Air models from 2022 (M2) onwards. Older MacBooks use USB-C or the incompatible MagSafe 2 connector. Do I need Apple's 140W charger to use it? No — the USB-C end works with any USB-C Power Delivery charger, Apple or third-party. You only need the 140W adapter to reach maximum fast-charge speed on the 16" MacBook Pro; smaller adapters simply charge at their own rate. Why charge over MagSafe instead of USB-C? Two reasons: the magnetic breakaway protects your MacBook if the cable is snagged, and it leaves all your USB-C/Thunderbolt ports free for drives, displays and accessories. Only MagSafe supports the full 140W on the 16" MacBook Pro. What does the LED colour mean? Amber means the MacBook is charging; green means the battery is full. If the LED does not light, re-seat the connector or check the charger end. Is Midnight different from Space Black or Space Grey? Yes — Midnight is a deep blue-black; Space Black is darker still with no blue cast, and Space Grey is noticeably lighter. All three are available at maibo if you are matching a different machine. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Silver — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Space Black — Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter — UK Plug — Browse all Fast Charging Cables at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-usb-c-to-magsafe-3-charging-cable-2m-midnight/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/Apple-USB-C-to-MagSafe-3-Charging-Cable-%E2%80%93-2m-%E2%80%93-Midnight-MPL43.jpeg","28.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MPL43ZM/A","88","0194253189633" "58717","HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset – Black/Red","The HyperX Cloud III carries one of gaming’s most trusted names: the Cloud line’s legendary comfort, rebuilt with angled 53mm drivers, a broadcast-grade 10mm detachable mic and plug-everywhere connectivity — 3.5mm, USB-C and USB-A in the box. PC, PS5, Xbox (3.5mm), Switch, phone: one wired headset, zero charging, tournament-grade consistency.SoundAngled 53mm driversLarger, angled drivers aim audio into the ear the way studio monitors aim at a listener — footsteps localise cleanly, explosions keep their weight, and DTS Headphone:X spatial audio (via USB on PC) widens the stage further.ComfortThe Cloud legacyMemory foam under soft leatherette, a steel-aluminium frame and the clamp tuning that made Cloud headsets the LAN-marathon default — hour six feels like hour one.Mic & plugsBroadcast mic, every platformThe detachable 10mm mic with built-in pop filter reads clear on Discord and broadcasts; an LED tip shows mute at a glance. 3.5mm covers consoles and controllers, USB-C/USB-A cover PC and docks — all adapters included.Right choice if you…✔ Play across PC, PS5, Switch and phone with one headset✔ Want the Cloud line’s famous long-session comfort✔ Need a mic teammates actually hear clearly✔ Prefer wired: zero latency, zero chargingConsider something else if…✖ You want wireless freedom — that is the Cloud III Wireless’s job✖ You need active noise cancellation for travel — gaming headsets isolate passively✖ You mostly listen to music on the move — see our Bluetooth headphonesHyperX Cloud III — Technical SpecificationsBrandHyperXDrivers53mm, angledMicrophoneDetachable 10mm, pop filter, mute LEDConnectivity3.5mm · USB-C · USB-A (adapters included)Spatial AudioDTS Headphone:X (USB on PC)FrameSteel & aluminium, memory foamColourBlack / RedMPN727A8AAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—HyperX Cloud III headset (Black/Red)—Detachable microphone—USB-C audio control cable · USB-A adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on PS5 and Xbox?PS5 fully via 3.5mm or USB; Xbox via the controller’s 3.5mm jack. Switch and phones connect by 3.5mm or USB-C — the Cloud III’s whole pitch is plug-anywhere.Is the mic really that good?The 10mm capsule with built-in pop filter is a clear step over typical headset mics — rounded lows, no plosive pops, and an LED on the tip so you never ask 'am I muted?' again.How does it compare to the Cloud II?Bigger angled drivers, better mic, USB-C out of the box and a refined frame — the II remains a classic, the III is simply more of what made it one.Can I use it for music and calls at a desk?Absolutely — the warm, bass-capable tuning and the comfortable clamp make it a fine all-day desk headset; the mic handles meetings as well as raids.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maibo—Logitech MX Master 3S MouseBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-iii-wired-gaming-headset-black-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/01/HyperX-Cloud-III-Wired-Black-Red.jpg","59.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","HyperX","727A8AA","1","0196786166357" "58684","Huawei AM116 Wired In-Ear Earphones with Mic – 3.5mm","Not every pair of earphones needs to be extraordinary. The Huawei AM116 Wired In-Ear Earphones with Mic – 3.5mm makes the case for doing the basics well — genuine OEM earphones from Huawei with a clean semi in-ear fit, inline controls for calls and playback, and a 3.5mm jack that works with anything. The metal housing keeps weight low and durability reasonable. The 1.2m cable is practical for everyday pocket-to-ear use. For Huawei and Honor device owners who want the original earphones their phone was designed around, or anyone who needs a reliable spare or replacement wired pair without spending more than necessary, the AM116 is the no-fuss answer. Genuine OEM Official Huawei — Not Aftermarket The AM116 is the official Huawei earphone — the same unit bundled with Huawei and Honor smartphones at launch. Aftermarket replacements that claim compatibility rarely match the microphone tuning, button response or sound balance of the original. For Huawei device owners who have lost or damaged their original earphones and want the genuine article back, the AM116 is the direct replacement. It is also a solid everyday wired option for anyone with a 3.5mm jack device who wants a simple, reliable pair without paying for features they do not need. Controls Mic · Volume · Call Button The inline control unit on the AM116's cable handles the essentials: volume up, volume down and a single call/play/pause button. Answer and end calls without taking the phone out of your pocket. Play and pause music with a single press. The microphone picks up voice clearly enough for calls and voice messages. For commuting, working at a desk, or any situation where you need hands-free call handling without the complexity and cost of Bluetooth earphones, the AM116's inline remote covers the core use cases simply and reliably. Fit + Build Semi In-Ear · Metal · 1.2m Cable The AM116 uses a semi in-ear (half in-ear) design — the earbuds rest at the entrance to the ear canal rather than seating deeply inside it. This makes them more comfortable for extended wear than full in-ear designs, and means they do not need silicone ear tips or come in multiple sizes. The metal housing keeps each earbud light and durable. The 1.2m cable length is appropriate for everyday smartphone use. No ear tips to lose, no batteries to charge, no pairing to manage — plug in and use. Great choice if you… ✔ Own a Huawei or Honor device and want the genuine OEM earphones ✔ Need a reliable wired spare or replacement at a practical price ✔ Make frequent calls and need inline mic + call controls ✔ Prefer semi in-ear comfort over sealed in-ear designs ✔ Have a 3.5mm device and want simple plug-and-play earphones Consider something else if… ✖ You need noise isolation — semi in-ear design lets ambient sound in ✖ You want audiophile-grade sound quality ✖ Your device has no 3.5mm jack — you need a USB-C adapter or Bluetooth earphones Technical Specifications Brand / Model Huawei AM116 Design Semi in-ear (half in-ear) · metal housing Connector 3.5mm (universal) Cable Length 1.2m Microphone Inline (built-in) Inline Controls Volume up/down · call answer/end · play/pause Weight Approx. 8g Colour Black Box Contents —Huawei AM116 earphones with inline remote Compatible With —Huawei P series · Mate series · Nova series —Honor series smartphones —Any Android smartphone with 3.5mm jack —Any device with 3.5mm headphone output Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Huawei Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Huawei AM116 — genuine, reliable, no fuss. The right earphones for Huawei and Honor owners who just want the real thing.","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-am116-wired-in-ear-earphones-with-mic-3-5mm/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/GENUINE-HUAWEI-AM116-EARPHONES-2.webp","8.98","Audio > Wired Earphones","Huawei","AM116","1","6901443064175" "58673","Samsung Galaxy Tab S9 Series S Pen Stylus – Black","The official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy Tab S9 series in black — the IP68-rated stylus the Tab S9, S9+ and S9 Ultra shipped with, as a genuine replacement. Battery-free EMR writing with 4,096 pressure levels, low latency on the Tab’s 120Hz screen, and magnetic attachment that pairs and stores it on the tablet’s back.WritingFlagship tablet, flagship pen4,096 pressure levels and the Tab S9’s low-latency panel put ink directly under the tip — notes, markup and art apps feel immediate. Handwriting-to-text, Smart Select and Air Command all work as shipped.DurabilityIP68 — like the tabletThis generation’s pen matches the Tab S9’s IP68 rating — rain, splashes and dusty bags are survivable events, not funerals.SimplicityMagnetic home, no charging for writingWriting is EMR — powered by the screen, nothing to charge. The pen snaps magnetically to the tablet’s back pad, where it lives, travels and tops up for its Bluetooth extras.Right choice if you…✔ Own a Tab S9 / S9+ / S9 Ultra and lost the pen✔ Take notes, annotate or draw on the 120Hz screen✔ Want the IP68 pen that matches the tablet✔ Prefer the genuine part over loose genericsConsider something else if…✖ You have the Tab S9 FE — its pen is different: Tab S9 FE S Pen✖ You have an older Tab S6 — see the Tab S6 Digital Pen✖ You write on a Galaxy phone — phone S Pens are separate partsS Pen Tab S9 Series (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S9 / S9+ / S9 UltraTechnologyEMR writing — battery-free; magnetic attachPressure4,096 levelsDurabilityIP68ColourBlackMPNEJ-PX710BBEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Tab S9 series (Black), retail packagingFrequently Asked QuestionsWhich tablets exactly does it fit?The Tab S9, S9+ and S9 Ultra. The S9 FE line uses a different pen — if unsure, message us with your model and we will confirm.Does it need charging to write?No — writing is EMR, powered by the screen. Docking it on the magnetic pad keeps its Bluetooth extras topped up.Is it really water resistant?Yes — IP68, matching the tablet. Rain and splashes are fine; it is not a swimming accessory.Is the tip replaceable?Yes — Samsung sells nib kits, so heavy note-taking wear does not retire the pen.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S Pen Tab S9 FE / FE+ — Gray—S Pen S23 Ultra — Phantom Black—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maiboBrowse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-tab-s9-s-pen-stylus-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/uk-wgalaxy-tab-s9-series-s-pen-ej-px710-ej-px710bbegeu-537732354.avif","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PX710BBEGEU","68","8806094954982" "58663","Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) – Starlight","The Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 cable in Starlight is the charging lead in Apple's warm, champagne-toned light finish — made to match Starlight MacBook Air models and lighter desk setups. It carries up to 140W over USB-C Power Delivery, enough for full-speed fast charging on the MacBook Pro 14" and 16", while the MagSafe 3 connector snaps in magnetically and breaks away cleanly if someone catches the cable — the difference between a near miss and a MacBook on the floor. Two metres of braided, tangle-resistant cable give real distance between socket and sofa, and the woven Starlight finish resists the fraying that eventually kills ordinary rubber-jacketed leads. Power Up to 140W Fast Charging Supports the full 140W USB-C Power Delivery 3.1 that the 16" MacBook Pro can accept — with Apple's 140W adapter it takes the big MacBook Pro from flat to 50% in around half an hour. On the 14" MacBook Pro and MacBook Air it delivers their maximum supported speeds. The USB-C end is standard: it works with Apple's own adapters and with any quality third-party USB-C PD charger, so the cable stays useful even if you swap power bricks. Protection MagSafe 3 Magnetic Release The MagSafe 3 head guides itself into the charging port magnetically and holds firm while you work — but if the cable is snagged, kicked or tripped over, it releases instantly instead of dragging the laptop with it. This is the single most underrated reason to charge over MagSafe rather than USB-C on a MacBook. A small LED on the connector shows amber while charging and green when the battery is full, so you can check status without opening the lid. Design Starlight Woven Finish Starlight is Apple's warm, subtly golden light tone — introduced with the Starlight MacBook Air and a natural match for lighter setups where pure white looks stark and dark cables look heavy. The braided jacket resists tangling in a bag and wears far better than smooth rubber cables at the stress points near each connector. At 2 metres it reaches from a floor-level socket to a desk or sofa comfortably, without the strain that shortens a cable's life. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a MacBook Pro or Air with a MagSafe 3 port (2021 and later) ✔ Have a Starlight MacBook Air and want the matching cable ✔ Need a second cable for the office, or a longer 2m reach at home ✔ Work around kids, pets or busy desks where cables get snagged Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer a dark finish — see the Space Black or Midnight version ✖ Your MacBook predates 2021 — older models charge over USB-C or MagSafe 2, not MagSafe 3 ✖ You still need the wall adapter — pair it with the Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter Technical Specifications Brand Apple Connectors USB-C to MagSafe 3 (magnetic) Max Power Up to 140W (USB-C Power Delivery 3.1) Length / Finish 2m · Starlight woven Charge Indicator LED — amber charging · green full Compatibility MacBook Pro 14" / 16" (2021+) · MacBook Air with MagSafe 3 (2022+) MPN MPL33ZM/A EAN / GTIN Not stated Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable — 2m, Starlight (MPL33ZM/A) Frequently Asked Questions Which MacBooks does it work with? Any Mac with a MagSafe 3 port: MacBook Pro 14" and 16" from 2021 onwards, and MacBook Air models from 2022 (M2) onwards. Older MacBooks use USB-C or the incompatible MagSafe 2 connector. Do I need Apple's 140W charger to use it? No — the USB-C end works with any USB-C Power Delivery charger, Apple or third-party. You only need the 140W adapter to reach maximum fast-charge speed on the 16" MacBook Pro; smaller adapters simply charge at their own rate. Why charge over MagSafe instead of USB-C? Two reasons: the magnetic breakaway protects your MacBook if the cable is snagged, and it leaves all your USB-C/Thunderbolt ports free for drives, displays and accessories. Only MagSafe supports the full 140W on the 16" MacBook Pro. What does the LED colour mean? Amber means the MacBook is charging; green means the battery is full. If the LED does not light, re-seat the connector or check the charger end. Is Starlight different from Silver or White? Yes — Starlight is a warm, subtly golden light tone, softer than plain Silver. It pairs with the Starlight MacBook Air; Silver, Midnight and Space Black versions are all available at maibo if you are matching a different machine. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Silver — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Midnight — Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter — UK Plug — Browse all Fast Charging Cables at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-usb-c-to-magsafe-3-cable-2m-starlight/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/USB-C-to-MagSafe-3-Cable-2m-Starlight-MPL33.jpeg","29.98","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MPL33ZM/A","88","0194253189572" "58625","Logitech G102 Gaming Wired Mouse – White","The Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC gaming wired mouse White — 8000 DPI gaming-grade optical sensor, 6 programmable buttons and LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting across 16.8 million colours. Mechanical spring-tensioned primary buttons for consistent click feel. Classic right-handed gaming shape. USB-A wired connection for zero-latency input. Compatible with Logitech G HUB software for full customisation. ✓ 8000 DPI gaming sensor — adjustable across 5 DPI presets via G HUB ✓ LIGHTSYNC RGB — 16.8 million colours, colour wave and custom effects ✓ Mechanical spring tensioning — consistent, reliable primary button feel ✓ 6 programmable buttons · USB-A wired · Logitech G HUB compatible The Logitech G102 Gaming Wired Mouse – White is Logitech's entry-level gaming mouse that consistently outperforms its price point — an 8000 DPI gaming-grade optical sensor, mechanical spring-tensioned primary buttons and LIGHTSYNC RGB in a classic right-handed shape that has been refined across multiple generations. The optical sensor tracks at up to 8000 DPI and reports position data at 1000Hz, meaning the cursor position is updated 1000 times per second — the same polling rate as mid-range and high-end Logitech gaming mice. DPI can be set across up to 5 presets and adjusted on the fly with the dedicated DPI shift button without entering any software. The primary left and right click buttons use mechanical springs behind the switches rather than the membrane tension found in office mice. Metal springs maintain consistent resistance over millions of actuations — the click feels the same after 10 million clicks as it did at first use, and the crisp tactile feedback improves input accuracy compared to membrane designs. LIGHTSYNC RGB covers the Logitech G logo and the scroll wheel, with colour wave effects and fully customisable static colours across 16.8 million colour options in Logitech G HUB. All 6 buttons are programmable through G HUB for macros, DPI shortcuts and application-specific commands. The USB-A wired connection provides a stable, zero-latency connection without batteries or pairing. The White colourway makes it one of the few Logitech gaming mice available in a clean, non-black finish. Genuine Logitech. 2-year warranty. 8000 DPI Sensor · 1000Hz Gaming-Grade Tracking — 5 DPI Presets The optical sensor in the G102 tracks at up to 8000 DPI — a resolution that allows very fine cursor movement per millimetre of physical mouse movement for precise aiming at low sensitivity settings, or fast sweeping movement at higher sensitivity. The practical range for most gaming use cases falls between 400 DPI (precise, slow movement for sniping) and 1600 DPI (standard desktop and general gaming sensitivity). The 8000 DPI ceiling gives scope for higher sensitivities if preferred. The 1000Hz USB polling rate means the PC receives position updates every 1ms — this is the gaming standard reporting rate and eliminates the input lag that 125Hz office mice introduce. Five DPI presets can be configured in Logitech G HUB and cycled through using the dedicated DPI button on the underside of the mouse without interrupting play. The gaming-grade sensor tracks accurately across most mousepad surfaces including cloth, hard and hybrid materials. Mechanical Spring Tensioning Consistent Click Feel — Long-Term Reliability Standard office mice use membrane or rubber dome switches under the primary buttons — the resistance and tactile feedback come from the deformation of a rubber dome, which fatigues and softens over time. The G102 uses metal springs behind the mechanical switches to tension the primary buttons. Metal springs do not fatigue — the spring rate remains constant across the rated life of the switch, maintaining consistent actuation force and tactile feedback regardless of how many clicks have been made. The clicks on a G102 feel crisp and defined rather than soft or mushy, and the feedback helps confirm intentional clicks while reducing accidental double-clicking. The defined actuation point also helps with precise single-click inputs in games where accidental double-clicks at a critical moment have consequences. Logitech rates the mechanical spring system for tens of millions of actuations. LIGHTSYNC RGB · G HUB 16.8M Colours · Full Customisation LIGHTSYNC is Logitech's RGB lighting system — the G102 features it on the Logitech G logo zone and the scroll wheel. In default mode out of the box, the lighting cycles through a colour wave effect. Through Logitech G HUB software (free, Windows and macOS), the lighting can be set to any of 16.8 million colours as a static colour, breathing pattern, colour cycle or custom effect. G HUB also handles DPI preset configuration, button remapping, and macro programming for all 6 buttons. The 6-button layout covers: left click, right click, scroll wheel click, scroll wheel up/down, two side buttons. The side buttons are positioned for right-thumb access and are programmable to any keyboard shortcut, macro or system command. The White colourway on the G102 is one of the few instances where Logitech offers a gaming mouse in a non-black finish — the RGB lighting reads differently against the white body than it does on the standard black version, producing a more vivid colour effect. Great choice if you… ✔ Want a gaming-grade sensor and mechanical buttons at an accessible price ✔ Prefer a White mouse to match a white gaming or desk setup ✔ Want LIGHTSYNC RGB that syncs with other Logitech G peripherals via G HUB ✔ Prefer a reliable wired connection over wireless for gaming ✔ Use a right-handed grip — classic symmetric right-handed shape Consider something else if… ✖ You need wireless freedom — see Logitech G305 LIGHTSPEED ✖ You prefer a left-handed design — the G102 is right-handed only ✖ You need on-board memory for profiles without G HUB — see Logitech G Pro Technical Specifications Brand / Model Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC Colour White Sensor Gaming-grade optical · up to 8000 DPI DPI Range 200 – 8000 DPI · 5 configurable presets Polling Rate 1000Hz (1ms report rate) Buttons 6 programmable (L/R click, scroll, 2× side, DPI) Primary Buttons Mechanical spring tensioning RGB Lighting LIGHTSYNC RGB · 16.8 million colours Connection USB-A wired Software Logitech G HUB (Windows · macOS) Hand Orientation Right-handed Warranty 2 Years Logitech Box Contents —Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC mouse — White —USB-A cable Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years Logitech Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g102-gaming-wired-mouse-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/535835867.webp","18.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005824","1","5099206089242" "58601","Apple 60W USB-C Charge Cable (1m)","The USB-C transition across Apple's device range means one cable now connects everything. The Apple 60W USB-C Charge Cable (1m) is Apple's official woven cable for that connection — USB-C on both ends, 60W charging, USB 2.0 data. Charge an iPhone 15, 16 or 17 at full fast-charge speed. Connect an iPad Pro or Air to a MacBook for direct transfer. Use it with a 61W or 67W USB-C charger and it delivers maximum charge rate to compatible devices. The woven construction resists the fraying that destroys rubber-sheathed cables over time. At 1 metre it is the right length for desk charging without being unwieldy. This is the cable Apple ships with its own chargers — the genuine article, not a compatibility claim. 60W Charging Fast Charge iPhone 15, 16, 17 60W is the rated maximum for this cable — sufficient to fast charge iPhone 15, 16 and 17 at their full USB-C fast charge speeds (up to 50% in around 30 minutes with a compatible 20W+ charger). For iPad and MacBook Air, 60W covers standard charging rates. Note: the cable itself carries up to 60W — actual charge speed depends on the charger. Pair with Apple's 20W, 30W or 61W USB-C chargers for best results on iPhone, iPad and MacBook respectively. The cable will not limit charging on devices that draw less power. Compatibility One Cable, Every USB-C Apple Device iPhone 15, 15 Plus, 15 Pro, 15 Pro Max and all iPhone 16 and 17 models use USB-C. iPad Pro (M1 and later), iPad Air (M1 and later), iPad mini (6th gen and later) and iPad (10th gen and later) all use USB-C. MacBook Air and MacBook Pro use USB-C for charging. AirPods Pro (2nd generation) charges via USB-C. This one cable covers all of them. It also works with any non-Apple USB-C device — Android phones, Windows laptops, USB-C hubs and accessories — making it a universal desk cable. Build Woven Construction · 1 Metre The woven outer sheath is significantly more resistant to wear, kinking and fraying than standard rubber or PVC cable sheathing. Apple's woven cables are engineered to withstand the daily plugging, unplugging, coiling and pocket carry that destroys cheaper cables within months. At 1 metre, the cable is practical for desk charging, nightstand use and laptop-to-phone transfers without excess cable to manage. White colourway matches Apple's devices and accessories. Great choice if you… ✔ Own an iPhone 15, 16 or 17 and want fast USB-C charging ✔ Need a reliable desk cable for iPhone, iPad and MacBook ✔ Want the genuine Apple cable with confirmed compatibility ✔ Need a 1m cable for desk, nightstand or laptop charging ✔ Charge AirPods Pro 2 via USB-C Consider something else if… ✖ You need 2m length — see the Apple USB-C Charge Cable 2m ✖ You need Thunderbolt / USB4 speed for display or high-speed transfer — this is USB 2.0 data ✖ You own an older iPhone with Lightning — see Apple Lightning cables ✖ You need 100W+ for MacBook Pro charging — use the 140W cable Technical Specifications Brand / Model Apple 60W USB-C Charge Cable Connectors USB-C (both ends) Max Power 60W Data Transfer USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) Length 1 metre Construction Woven Colour White Box Contents —Apple 60W USB-C Charge Cable 1m (White) Compatible With —iPhone 15 / 15 Plus / 15 Pro / 15 Pro Max —iPhone 16 / 16 Plus / 16 Pro / 16 Pro Max —iPhone 17 series —iPad Pro (M1+) · iPad Air (M1+) · iPad mini (6th gen+) · iPad (10th gen+) —MacBook Air · MacBook Pro (USB-C charging) —AirPods Pro (2nd generation) —Any USB-C device up to 60W Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Apple Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also available as Apple USB-C Charge Cable 2m. Browse the full USB-C cable range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-60w-usb-c-charge-cable-1m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-60W-USB-C-Charge-Cable-1m-MQKJ3.jpeg","12.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MW493ZM/A","1","194253494829" "58594","Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) – Space Black","The Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 cable in Space Black is the charging lead Apple designed for its darkest MacBook Pro finish — and the one to buy if a stock white cable looks out of place on your desk. It carries up to 140W over USB-C Power Delivery, enough for full-speed fast charging on the MacBook Pro 14" and 16", while the MagSafe 3 connector snaps in magnetically and breaks away cleanly if someone catches the cable — the difference between a near miss and a MacBook on the floor. Two metres of braided, tangle-resistant cable give real distance between socket and sofa, and the woven Space Black finish resists the fraying that eventually kills ordinary rubber-jacketed leads. Power Up to 140W Fast Charging Supports the full 140W USB-C Power Delivery 3.1 that the 16" MacBook Pro can accept — with Apple's 140W adapter it takes the big MacBook Pro from flat to 50% in around half an hour. On the 14" MacBook Pro and MacBook Air it delivers their maximum supported speeds. The USB-C end is standard: it works with Apple's own adapters and with any quality third-party USB-C PD charger, so the cable stays useful even if you swap power bricks. Protection MagSafe 3 Magnetic Release The MagSafe 3 head guides itself into the charging port magnetically and holds firm while you work — but if the cable is snagged, kicked or tripped over, it releases instantly instead of dragging the laptop with it. This is the single most underrated reason to charge over MagSafe rather than USB-C on a MacBook. A small LED on the connector shows amber while charging and green when the battery is full, so you can check status without opening the lid. Design Space Black Woven Finish Apple introduced this colour to match the Space Black MacBook Pro, and the difference on a desk is real — no bright white cable cutting across a dark setup. The braided jacket resists tangling in a bag and wears far better than smooth rubber cables at the stress points near each connector. At 2 metres it reaches from a floor-level socket to a desk or sofa comfortably, without the strain that shortens a cable's life. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a MacBook Pro or Air with a MagSafe 3 port (2021 and later) ✔ Have the Space Black MacBook Pro and want the matching cable ✔ Need a second cable for the office, or a longer 2m reach at home ✔ Work around kids, pets or busy desks where cables get snagged Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer the classic light finish — see the Silver or Starlight version ✖ Your MacBook predates 2021 — older models charge over USB-C or MagSafe 2, not MagSafe 3 ✖ You still need the wall adapter — pair it with the Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter Technical Specifications Brand Apple Connectors USB-C to MagSafe 3 (magnetic) Max Power Up to 140W (USB-C Power Delivery 3.1) Length / Finish 2m · Space Black woven Charge Indicator LED — amber charging · green full Compatibility MacBook Pro 14" / 16" (2021+) · MacBook Air with MagSafe 3 (2022+) MPN MUVQ3ZM/A EAN / GTIN Not stated Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable — 2m, Space Black (MUVQ3ZM/A) Frequently Asked Questions Which MacBooks does it work with? Any Mac with a MagSafe 3 port: MacBook Pro 14" and 16" from 2021 onwards, and MacBook Air models from 2022 (M2) onwards. Older MacBooks use USB-C or the incompatible MagSafe 2 connector. Do I need Apple's 140W charger to use it? No — the USB-C end works with any USB-C Power Delivery charger, Apple or third-party. You only need the 140W adapter to reach maximum fast-charge speed on the 16" MacBook Pro; smaller adapters simply charge at their own rate. Why charge over MagSafe instead of USB-C? Two reasons: the magnetic breakaway protects your MacBook if the cable is snagged, and it leaves all your USB-C/Thunderbolt ports free for drives, displays and accessories. Only MagSafe supports the full 140W on the 16" MacBook Pro. What does the LED colour mean? Amber means the MacBook is charging; green means the battery is full. If the LED does not light, re-seat the connector or check the charger end. Is Space Black different from Midnight or Space Grey? Yes — Space Black is the deepest of Apple's dark finishes, introduced alongside the Space Black MacBook Pro. Midnight has a blue-black tone and Space Grey is noticeably lighter; all three are available at maibo if you are matching a different machine. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Silver — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Midnight — Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter — UK Plug — Browse all Fast Charging Cables at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-usb-c-to-magsafe-3-cable-2m-space-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-USB-C-to-MagSafe-3-Cable-2m-%E2%80%93-Space-Black-MUVQ3.jpeg","28.88","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","muvq3zm","86","" "58572","Apple USB-C To USB-C Charge and Sync Cable - 1m","The Apple USB-C To USB-C Charge and Sync Cable - 1m is Apple's standard charge and sync cable for the USB-C device range. It handles 60W charging — sufficient to fast charge iPhone 15, 16 and 17 at full speed, and to charge iPad and MacBook Air at normal rates. USB 2.0 data transfer enables direct sync between iPhone and Mac, iPad-to-Mac file transfer, and connection to USB-C hubs and accessories. The cable is genuine Apple — tuned for Apple's charging protocols and the device-level power negotiation that third-party cables can mishandle on iPhone. At 1 metre it covers desk charging and laptop-to-phone transfers comfortably. The same cable works universally across every Apple USB-C device, making it a practical spare or replacement for any setup. 60W Charging Fast Charge iPhone, iPad, MacBook 60W is the cable's rated maximum — sufficient for iPhone 15, 16 and 17 fast charging (up to 50% in around 30 minutes with a 20W+ charger), standard iPad charging and MacBook Air charging. For MacBook Pro models that benefit from higher wattage, the cable will still charge them but at a reduced rate. Actual charge speed is always determined by the combination of cable and charger — the cable does not limit devices that draw less power than its 60W maximum. Sync + Transfer USB 2.0 Data — Charge and Sync USB 2.0 data transfer at up to 480 Mbps enables wired iPhone-to-Mac sync via Finder, iPad-to-Mac file transfer, connection to USB-C hubs, and data exchange between USB-C devices. For syncing music, photos and app data between iPhone and Mac this is the cable to use. Note: USB 2.0 is not suitable for high-speed video or large file transfers where USB 3 or Thunderbolt speeds are needed — for those tasks, use Apple's Thunderbolt cables. Genuine Apple Official — Confirmed Compatibility Apple USB-C cables are engineered to Apple's specific power delivery specifications. On iPhone, power negotiation between charger, cable and device determines whether fast charging activates — third-party cables can disrupt this negotiation and reduce charge speed or trigger repeated charging warnings. The official Apple cable eliminates these variables. At 1 metre and in white, it is the standard desk and nightstand length that matches Apple's devices and accessories. Great choice if you… ✔ Own an iPhone 15, 16 or 17 and want the genuine Apple cable ✔ Sync iPhone or iPad to Mac via wired connection ✔ Need a spare desk or travel cable for iPhone and iPad charging ✔ Want reliable USB-C charging across the full Apple device range ✔ Charge AirPods Pro 2 via USB-C Consider something else if… ✖ You need 2m length — see the Apple USB-C Charge Cable 2m ✖ You need Thunderbolt / USB 3 for fast video or large file transfer ✖ You want the woven braided build — see the Apple 60W USB-C Woven Cable 1m ✖ You own an older iPhone with Lightning — see Apple Lightning cables Technical Specifications Brand / Model Apple USB-C to USB-C Cable Connectors USB-C (both ends) Max Power 60W Data Transfer USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) Length 1 metre Construction Standard (non-woven) Colour White Box Contents —Apple USB-C to USB-C Cable 1m (White) Compatible With —iPhone 15 / 15 Plus / 15 Pro / 15 Pro Max —iPhone 16 / 16 Plus / 16 Pro / 16 Pro Max —iPhone 17 series —iPad Pro (M1+) · iPad Air (M1+) · iPad mini (6th gen+) · iPad (10th gen+) —MacBook Air · MacBook Pro (USB-C charging) —AirPods Pro (2nd generation) —Any USB-C device up to 60W Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Apple Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also available as Apple 60W USB-C Woven Cable 1m or Apple USB-C Charge Cable 2m. Browse the full USB-C cable range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-usb-c-to-usb-c-charge-and-sync-cable-1m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-USB-C-To-USB-C-Charge-and-Sync-Cable-1m.jpg","9.98","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MM093ZM/A","1","0194252750612" "58567","Apple USB-C to Lightning Charge and Sync Cable (1m)","The Apple USB-C to Lightning Charge and Sync Cable (1m) bridges Lightning iPhones to the USB-C world. If you use a MacBook, a USB-C wall charger or a USB-C hub as your charging source, this is the cable that connects your Lightning iPhone to them. With an 18W or 20W USB-C adapter, it enables fast charging on iPhone 8 through iPhone 14 — taking the battery from flat to 50% in around 30 minutes. USB 2.0 data transfer enables wired sync between iPhone and Mac via Finder. This is the official Apple cable for that connection — genuine Lightning authentication, Apple's power delivery specification, 1 metre, in white. If you own an iPhone 15, 16 or 17, those models use USB-C and require a USB-C to USB-C cable instead. Fast Charge 18W — 50% in ~30 Minutes Apple's USB-C to Lightning cable supports fast charging on iPhone 8 and all later Lightning iPhones — up to iPhone 14 Pro Max. Fast charging requires an 18W or higher USB-C Power Adapter (not included). With an 18W or 20W adapter, it charges a compatible iPhone from 0% to around 50% in approximately 30 minutes, compared to over 3 hours with a standard 5W USB-A charger. The iPhone's charge circuitry manages the charge rate — the cable and adapter establish the maximum available power, the phone draws what it needs. Connectivity Lightning to USB-C — Mac, Hub, Charger All modern MacBooks use USB-C ports exclusively. Without a USB-C to Lightning cable, connecting a Lightning iPhone to a MacBook requires an adapter — this cable eliminates that entirely. Connect Lightning iPhone directly to MacBook for wired sync in Finder, for charging from the MacBook's USB-C port, or for CarPlay in vehicles with USB-C. Works with any USB-C charger, hub or power bank with USB-C output. Also connects Lightning iPads and AirPods charging cases to USB-C sources. Genuine Apple MFi Certified — No Warnings Apple's Lightning connector includes an authentication chip that verifies the cable's legitimacy. Non-certified cables trigger an 'Accessory Not Supported' warning on iPhone and may be blocked from charging or syncing entirely. As an official Apple cable, the USB-C to Lightning Cable is fully MFi certified and passes Lightning authentication on every device without warnings or reduced functionality. It is built to Apple's specification for the Lightning connector — the same cable bundled with iPhones before the USB-C transition. Great choice if you… ✔ Own an iPhone 14 or earlier with Lightning connector ✔ Want to fast charge your Lightning iPhone from a USB-C adapter ✔ Connect your iPhone directly to a MacBook for sync ✔ Have a Lightning iPad, iPod or AirPods charging case ✔ Need a genuine Apple cable to avoid 'Accessory Not Supported' warnings Consider something else if… ✖ You own iPhone 15 or later — those use USB-C, see Apple USB-C Cable 1m ✖ You need 2m length — see the USB-C to Lightning Cable 2m ✖ Your charger is USB-A — you need a USB-A to Lightning cable instead Important: This cable has Lightning on one end and USB-C on the other. It is for iPhone 14, iPhone 13, iPhone 12, iPhone 11, iPhone X/XS/XR/8 and Lightning iPads. iPhone 15, iPhone 16 and iPhone 17 use USB-C on the phone end — those models require a USB-C to USB-C cable, not this one. Technical Specifications Brand / Model Apple USB-C to Lightning Cable Connectors USB-C (charger end) · Lightning (device end) Max Charge Power 18W (fast charge with 18W+ USB-C adapter) Data Transfer USB 2.0 (480 Mbps) Length 1 metre Certification MFi certified (genuine Apple) Colour White Box Contents —Apple USB-C to Lightning Cable 1m (White) Compatible With (Lightning devices) —iPhone 8 / X / XS / XR / 11 / 12 / 13 / 14 series —iPad (9th gen and earlier) · iPad mini (5th gen and earlier) —iPad Air (4th gen and earlier) · iPad Pro (2018 and earlier) —AirPods / AirPods Pro with Lightning charging case —iPod touch (7th gen) Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Apple Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Own an iPhone 15 or later? See the Apple USB-C to USB-C Cable 1m instead. Browse the full Apple cable range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-usb-c-to-lightning-charge-and-sync-cable-1m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-USB-C-to-Lightning-Charge-and-Sync-Cable-1m.jpg","9.98","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MK0X2ZM/A","1","0888462314619" "58562","Apple 96W USB-C Power Adapter","MacBook Pro owners know the difference a proper charger makes. The Apple 96W USB-C Power Adapter is Apple's recommended charger for the 14-inch MacBook Pro (2021 and later) — delivering 96W of USB-C output for fast charging that takes the battery from flat to 50% in approximately 30 minutes. At 96W it also fully charges the 16-inch MacBook Pro and handles every other USB-C Apple device: MacBook Air, iPad Pro, iPhone. The compact body with folding UK plug makes it practical for desk and travel use alike. As a genuine Apple adapter it handles Apple's USB Power Delivery negotiation correctly — third-party adapters at this wattage frequently deliver incorrect power profiles that reduce MacBook charge speed or cause thermal warnings. A cable is not included and must be purchased separately — a USB-C Charge Cable or USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable depending on your MacBook model. 96W Output Fast Charge MacBook Pro 14' & 16' 96W is the rated output for the MacBook Pro 14-inch (2021 and later) fast charging — taking the battery from 0% to around 50% in approximately 30 minutes when used with a compatible cable. The MacBook Pro 16-inch draws up to 140W at peak load, but 96W charges it at a reasonable rate during normal use and charges it fully when the lid is closed or the machine is idle. For MacBook Air (M1, M2, M3) the 96W adapter is more than sufficient and provides faster top-up charging than the standard 30W or 35W adapters. Actual charge speed is always determined by the Mac's own charging circuitry — 96W establishes the ceiling. Universal USB-C One Adapter — Every USB-C Device A single USB-C port charges any USB-C device — not just MacBooks. iPad Pro charges at its full rate from the 96W adapter. iPhone 15, 16 and 17 fast charge at up to 27W. AirPods Pro 2 charges via USB-C. Windows laptops, Android phones, USB-C tablets and accessories all draw what they need from the same adapter. For anyone carrying one charger for multiple devices, the 96W adapter is powerful enough to serve as a single-charger solution across a full desk or travel kit without compromise on any device. Genuine Apple Correct Power Profile · Folding UK Plug Apple's USB Power Delivery implementation requires that chargers negotiate the correct voltage and current profile for each device. Third-party high-wattage adapters frequently mishandle this negotiation on MacBook — resulting in reduced charge speeds, thermal events or persistent 'charging not optimised' warnings. The official Apple 96W adapter is tested to Apple's specification and handles the full Power Delivery profile correctly across every compatible device. The folding UK plug keeps the body compact for travel. White finish matches Apple's device range. Great choice if you… ✔ Own a MacBook Pro 14' (2021+) and want fast charging ✔ Want one adapter for MacBook, iPad Pro and iPhone ✔ Need a genuine Apple replacement for a lost or faulty charger ✔ Travel and need a compact folding-plug high-wattage charger ✔ Own a MacBook Pro 16' and want a spare or travel charger Consider something else if… ✖ You only charge iPhone or iPad — the 20W adapter is more practical ✖ You need to fast charge MacBook Pro 16' at maximum rate — that requires the 140W adapter ✖ You need multiple USB-C ports on one adapter — this has one port only Cable not included. A charging cable is required and sold separately. For MacBook Pro with MagSafe 3 port use a USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable. For MacBook Air and iPad Pro use a USB-C Charge Cable. Technical Specifications Brand / Model Apple 96W USB-C Power Adapter (A2166) Output 96W USB-C (single port) Charging Standard USB Power Delivery (USB-PD) Plug UK 3-pin folding (built-in) Cable Included No — sold separately Goods Location UK Warehouse Colour White Box Contents —Apple 96W USB-C Power Adapter (White) —Cable not included Compatible With —MacBook Pro 14' (2021+) — recommended —MacBook Pro 16' (charges at reduced rate vs 140W) —MacBook Air (M1 / M2 / M3) —iPad Pro (USB-C) · iPad Air (M1+) —iPhone 15 / 16 / 17 series —Any USB-C device up to 96W Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Apple Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full Apple charger range at maibo, including the 20W USB-C Power Adapter for iPhone.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-96w-usb-c-power-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-96W-USB-C-Power-Adapter-MW2L3_GEO_GB.jpeg","49.98","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Apple","MX0J2B/A","1","0190199351356" "58557","Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter – UK Plug","The MacBook Pro 16-inch is Apple's most power-hungry portable. Under heavy load — video rendering, compilation, sustained GPU work — it can draw close to 140W. The Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter is the only single-port USB-C adapter that keeps pace with that demand. At 140W it delivers Apple's maximum fast charging rate for the 16-inch: 0 to 50% in approximately 30 minutes when the machine is idle or lightly loaded. Lower-wattage adapters will charge a MacBook Pro 16' during light use, but under sustained load the battery drains even while plugged in — 140W prevents this. The same adapter handles every other USB-C Apple device without compromise: MacBook Pro 14' and MacBook Air charge faster from 140W than from their bundled adapters. iPad Pro, iPhone and AirPods all draw what they need. A cable is required and sold separately — use a USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable for MacBook Pro, or a USB-C Charge Cable for USB-C port charging. 140W — Full Power MacBook Pro 16' at Maximum Rate The MacBook Pro 16-inch (2021 and later) supports fast charging at up to 140W — the only Apple adapter that meets this specification is this one. Under sustained heavy workloads the MacBook Pro 16' can approach its maximum draw; a 96W adapter will charge the battery when the machine is idle but will fail to keep pace during intensive use, resulting in gradual battery drain even while plugged in. At 140W the adapter supplies more than the machine needs under all conditions, ensuring the battery tops up rather than drains regardless of workload. Apple recommends pairing with the USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable for optimal charging on the 16-inch. Universal Compatibility Every USB-C Apple Device — One Adapter MacBook Pro 14-inch charges faster from 140W than from its bundled 96W adapter. MacBook Air (M1, M2, M3) draws what it needs — 140W does not harm lower-draw devices. iPad Pro charges at its full rate. iPhone 15, 16 and 17 fast charge at up to 27W from the same adapter. For households or offices where multiple Apple devices share one desk charger, the 140W adapter covers every device without swapping. It also charges any USB-C device outside the Apple ecosystem — Windows laptops, Android phones, USB-C accessories — making it a practical single-adapter solution for mixed-device setups. Design Compact Body · Folding UK Plug At 140W the adapter is larger and heavier than Apple's lower-wattage chargers — approximately 360g — but remains considerably more compact than traditional laptop power bricks of equivalent wattage. The built-in folding UK three-pin plug keeps the body self-contained for travel without a separate plug adapter. The single USB-C port means one cable connection, one plug socket, no power strip required for basic desk charging. White finish is consistent with Apple's accessory range. Great choice if you… ✔ Own a MacBook Pro 16' (2021+) and want full fast charging ✔ Run heavy workloads on MacBook Pro 16' while plugged in ✔ Want one adapter that covers MacBook, iPad and iPhone ✔ Need a genuine Apple replacement charger for MacBook Pro 16' ✔ Travel and need maximum charging power in a compact form Consider something else if… ✖ You own MacBook Pro 14' — the 96W adapter is the right match ✖ You only charge iPhone or iPad — the 20W adapter is more practical ✖ You need multiple USB-C ports — this has one port only Cable not included. A charging cable is required and sold separately. For MacBook Pro with MagSafe 3 port use a USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable. For USB-C port charging use a USB-C Charge Cable. Technical Specifications Brand / ModelApple 140W USB-C Power Adapter (A2452) Output140W USB-C (single port) Charging StandardUSB Power Delivery (USB-PD) PlugUK 3-pin folding (built-in) WeightApprox. 360g Cable IncludedNo — sold separately Goods LocationUK Warehouse ColourWhite Box Contents —Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter (White) —Cable not included Compatible With —MacBook Pro 16' (2021+) — recommended · full fast charge —MacBook Pro 14' (2021+) —MacBook Air (M1 / M2 / M3) —iPad Pro (USB-C) · iPad Air (M1+) —iPhone 15 / 16 / 17 series —Any USB-C device up to 140W ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty1 Year Apple Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also available: Apple 96W USB-C Power Adapter for MacBook Pro 14'. Browse the full Apple charger range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-140w-usb-c-power-adapter-uk-plug/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-140W-USB-C-Power-Adapter-%E2%80%93-UK-Plug-MW2M3_AV1_GEO_GB.jpeg","69.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Apple","MLYU3B/A","1","0194252750636" "58552","Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) - Silver","The Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 cable in Silver is the classic light-finish charging lead — the natural match for Silver MacBooks and clean, bright desk setups. It carries up to 140W over USB-C Power Delivery, enough for full-speed fast charging on the MacBook Pro 14" and 16", while the MagSafe 3 connector snaps in magnetically and breaks away cleanly if someone catches the cable — the difference between a near miss and a MacBook on the floor. Two metres of braided, tangle-resistant cable give real distance between socket and sofa, and the woven Silver finish resists the fraying that eventually kills ordinary rubber-jacketed leads. Power Up to 140W Fast Charging Supports the full 140W USB-C Power Delivery 3.1 that the 16" MacBook Pro can accept — with Apple's 140W adapter it takes the big MacBook Pro from flat to 50% in around half an hour. On the 14" MacBook Pro and MacBook Air it delivers their maximum supported speeds. The USB-C end is standard: it works with Apple's own adapters and with any quality third-party USB-C PD charger, so the cable stays useful even if you swap power bricks. Protection MagSafe 3 Magnetic Release The MagSafe 3 head guides itself into the charging port magnetically and holds firm while you work — but if the cable is snagged, kicked or tripped over, it releases instantly instead of dragging the laptop with it. This is the single most underrated reason to charge over MagSafe rather than USB-C on a MacBook. A small LED on the connector shows amber while charging and green when the battery is full, so you can check status without opening the lid. Design Silver Woven Finish Silver is Apple's classic finish — the braided light-tone cable blends with Silver MacBooks and bright desks the way the original MagSafe leads always have. The braided jacket resists tangling in a bag and wears far better than smooth rubber cables at the stress points near each connector. At 2 metres it reaches from a floor-level socket to a desk or sofa comfortably, without the strain that shortens a cable's life. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a MacBook Pro or Air with a MagSafe 3 port (2021 and later) ✔ Have a Silver MacBook and want the matching cable ✔ Need a second cable for the office, or a longer 2m reach at home ✔ Work around kids, pets or busy desks where cables get snagged Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer a dark finish — see the Space Black or Midnight version ✖ Your MacBook predates 2021 — older models charge over USB-C or MagSafe 2, not MagSafe 3 ✖ You still need the wall adapter — pair it with the Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter Technical Specifications Brand Apple Connectors USB-C to MagSafe 3 (magnetic) Max Power Up to 140W (USB-C Power Delivery 3.1) Length / Finish 2m · Silver woven Charge Indicator LED — amber charging · green full Compatibility MacBook Pro 14" / 16" (2021+) · MacBook Air with MagSafe 3 (2022+) MPN MLYV3ZM/A EAN / GTIN Not stated Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable — 2m, Silver (MLYV3ZM/A) Frequently Asked Questions Which MacBooks does it work with? Any Mac with a MagSafe 3 port: MacBook Pro 14" and 16" from 2021 onwards, and MacBook Air models from 2022 (M2) onwards. Older MacBooks use USB-C or the incompatible MagSafe 2 connector. Do I need Apple's 140W charger to use it? No — the USB-C end works with any USB-C Power Delivery charger, Apple or third-party. You only need the 140W adapter to reach maximum fast-charge speed on the 16" MacBook Pro; smaller adapters simply charge at their own rate. Why charge over MagSafe instead of USB-C? Two reasons: the magnetic breakaway protects your MacBook if the cable is snagged, and it leaves all your USB-C/Thunderbolt ports free for drives, displays and accessories. Only MagSafe supports the full 140W on the 16" MacBook Pro. What does the LED colour mean? Amber means the MacBook is charging; green means the battery is full. If the LED does not light, re-seat the connector or check the charger end. Is Silver different from Starlight? Yes — Silver is Apple's cool, neutral light tone; Starlight is warmer with a subtle golden cast. Starlight, Midnight and Space Black versions are all available at maibo if you are matching a different machine. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Starlight — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable (2m) — Midnight — Apple 140W USB-C Power Adapter — UK Plug — Browse all Fast Charging Cables at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-usb-c-to-magsafe-3-cable-2m-silver/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-USB-C-to-MagSafe-3-Cable-2m-Silver-MLYV3.jpeg","28.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MLYV3ZM/A","88","0194253394992" "58542","Official Samsung S Pen Cream Stylus - For Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra","The official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy S23 Ultra in cream — the exact stylus your phone shipped with, as a genuine replacement or a colour match for the Cream colourway. Bluetooth-enabled with Air Actions for remote camera and media control, pressure-sensitive for natural writing and sketching, and cut to dock flush in the S23 Ultra's silo, where it charges automatically. WritingPen-on-paper precisionThe fine 0.7mm pressure-sensitive tip makes Samsung Notes and document markup feel like real handwriting, with ink staying under the tip on the 120Hz display. Screen-off memos work the moment the pen leaves the silo.Air ActionsBluetooth remote controlThe BLE-enabled S Pen doubles as a remote: fire the camera shutter from across the room, gesture to switch lenses, skip tracks or drive a presentation. The feature people forget — until the pen is lost.FitDocks, charges, sealsMade by Samsung for the S23 Ultra silo: clicks in flush, charges while docked and preserves the phone’s sealing exactly as the original did. The cream cap matches the Cream phone — or adds a quiet accent to any other colour. Right choice if you…✔ Own a Cream S23 Ultra and lost the matching pen✔ Want every original S Pen feature back, not a lookalike✔ Use Air Actions for camera and presentations✔ Like a light cap accent on a dark phone Consider something else if…✖ You want the original look — the Phantom Black S Pen✖ You fancy the green accent — the Green S Pen is also in stock✖ You have a different Galaxy model — each S Pen is model-specific Samsung S Pen S23 Ultra (Cream) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy S23 UltraConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy — Air ActionsTip0.7mm, pressure sensitiveChargingIn-silo, automatic while dockedColourCreamMPNEJ-PS918BUEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Official Samsung S Pen for Galaxy S23 Ultra (Cream), retail packaging Frequently Asked QuestionsWill it work with other Galaxy models?Basic writing may register, but the EJ-PS918 is designed and guaranteed for the S23 Ultra — silo fit, charging and Air Actions are matched to that phone. Buy the pen coded for your model.Do I need to pair it manually?No — dock it in the silo and the phone pairs and charges it automatically, with a prompt confirming when Air Actions are ready.Does the cream cap look odd on a black phone?Only the end cap is visible when docked, so it reads as a subtle two-tone accent — and makes your pen instantly recognisable on a meeting table.Will screen-off memo and all features work?Yes — genuine Samsung part, so every S Pen feature works exactly as the pen the phone shipped with.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S Pen S23 Ultra — Green—S Pen S23 Ultra — Phantom Black—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-s-pen-cream-stylus-for-samsung-galaxy-s23-ultra/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Official-Samsung-S-Pen-Cream-Stylus-For-Samsung-Galaxy-S23-Ultra-.jpg","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS918BUEGEU","1","8806094825640" "58516","Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter","The Apple 20W USB-C power adapter is the charger Apple stopped putting in the iPhone box — and the one the iPhone is actually designed around. USB-C Power Delivery takes an iPhone 12 or later from flat to around 50% in roughly 30 minutes, a different world from the old 5W cube. It fast-charges iPads and AirPods too, and because it is genuine Apple with a UK 3-pin plug, there is none of the guesswork that comes with unbranded adapters — correct voltage negotiation, correct safety margins, every time. Speed Fast Charge in 30 Minutes USB-C Power Delivery charges iPhone 12 and later up to 50% in approximately 30 minutes — the speed Apple quotes for its own fast-charge spec. That first half of the battery is where fast charging matters: ten minutes plugged in before leaving the house becomes hours of use. iPads and AirPods charge at their own maximum supported rate from the same adapter. Compatibility iPhone, iPad & Anything USB-C Works with every iPhone from the 12 onwards — USB-C models plug straight in, Lightning models need a USB-C to Lightning cable. It also charges iPad Pro, iPad Air and iPad mini, AirPods with USB-C or Lightning cases, and because USB-C PD is an open standard, Android phones and small accessories charge at their supported speed too. One adapter, whole household. Design Compact UK Plug Apple's minimal white design with a UK 3-pin plug — no travel adapter, no loose fit in British sockets. Light and small enough to live permanently in a bag or travel kit, and built to Apple's quality and safety standards, which is precisely the area where the £5 market-stall adapters cut corners. Right choice if you… ✔ Bought an iPhone and found no charger in the box ✔ Still charge overnight on an old 5W cube and want real speed ✔ Need a second charger for the office, bedside or travel bag ✔ Charge AirPods, iPad and iPhone from one adapter Consider something else if… ✖ You also charge an iPad Pro or MacBook Air — the Apple 40W Advanced adapter has the headroom ✖ You charge a MacBook Pro — see the Apple 140W USB-C adapter ✖ You need a cable too — this is the adapter only Technical Specifications Brand Apple Output 20W max (USB-C) Charging Standard USB-C Power Delivery Plug Type UK 3-pin (Type G) Colour White Cable Not included — adapter only MPN MUVT3B/A EAN / GTIN 0194252922859 Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter — UK Plug (adapter only) Frequently Asked Questions Does it fast-charge my iPhone at full speed? For iPhone 12 through standard 15/16 models, 20W delivers Apple's quoted fast-charge speed — flat to ~50% in about 30 minutes. Pro Max models can draw slightly more with bigger adapters, but the real-world difference is minutes, not multiples. Which cable do I need? USB-C iPhones (15 and later) use a USB-C to USB-C cable; older models use USB-C to Lightning. The adapter is sold without a cable — the one that came with your phone works. Is it safe to leave plugged in overnight? Yes — the iPhone manages its own charging curve and stops drawing power when full, and the genuine adapter meets Apple's safety standards. Overnight charging with optimised battery charging enabled is exactly the scenario Apple designs for. Will it charge my iPad properly? Yes — it is the same 20W adapter Apple sells for iPad. Larger iPad Pro models can accept more watts and charge somewhat faster on a 30–40W adapter, but 20W charges every iPad safely. How do I spot a fake 20W adapter? Weight and print quality are the giveaways — genuine adapters have crisp regulatory text, a model number (MUVT3B/A for UK) and proper weight from real transformer components. Counterfeits skimp on the safety circuitry you cannot see, which is the part that matters. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Apple Advanced 40W USB-C Power Adapter (up to 60W) — Apple USB-C to Lightning Cable — 1m — Apple EarPods USB-C Wired Earphones — Browse all Wall Chargers at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-20w-usb-c-power-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/20W-USB-C-Power-Adapter-MUVT3.jpeg","14.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Apple","MUVT3B/A","1","0194252922859" "58507","Apple EarPods USB-C Wired Earphones","The Apple EarPods USB-C are the wired earphones Apple ships alongside iPhone 15 and later — the classic EarPods, updated from Lightning to USB-C. They connect directly: plug in and audio plays immediately, without pairing, without charging, without Bluetooth latency. The EarPod shape is derived from thousands of ear measurements and directs sound into the ear canal rather than simply resting against it, with speakers tuned for deep, rich bass alongside clear midrange — the acoustic signature Apple has kept across the whole EarPods range. Genuine Apple, with the 3-button remote and microphone on the cable. Connection USB-C Direct — No Adapter Required The USB-C plug connects directly to iPhone 15 and all later models — the same connector used for charging. No Lightning adapter, no 3.5mm adapter, no pairing process. The audio path is digital from the phone to a DAC built into the EarPods cable, which converts the signal at the very end of the chain. That is also why they only work on USB-C ports, not 3.5mm jacks — and why they sound cleaner than most adapter chains. Design + Audio Ear Geometry Engineered — Deep Bass Tuned The EarPod shape is not circular because ears are not circular. Apple's ear-geometry research produced the angled, contoured housing that directs the speaker port toward the ear canal without requiring an in-ear seal — the EarPods sit in the outer ear, which many people find far more comfortable over long sessions than silicone tips. The open design also lets ambient sound through naturally, ideal when you need to stay aware of your surroundings. Controls 3-Button Remote — Siri Ready Centre button: press to play/pause, double-press to skip, triple-press to go back, hold for Siri; during calls it answers, ends and rejects. Volume up/down sit above and below. The integrated microphone handles calls, FaceTime, voice memos and dictation. Everything works natively with iPhone and iPad — no app, no setup — and the layout matches every previous EarPods generation, so your muscle memory carries over. Right choice if you… ✔ Own an iPhone 15, 16 or 17 and want simple, direct wired audio ✔ Want reliable earphones that never need charging ✔ Prefer an open-ear fit that doesn't block ambient sound ✔ Need a spare or replacement pair for travel, work or the gym ✔ Use a USB-C MacBook, iPad Pro or iPad Air Consider something else if… ✖ Your iPhone is 14 or older — you need the EarPods with Lightning connector ✖ Your device has a 3.5mm jack — the EarPods 3.5mm version is the match ✖ You're on Android and want Assistant controls — see the Google Pixel USB-C Earbuds ✖ You want noise cancellation or wireless freedom — that's AirPods territory Technical Specifications Brand / Model Apple EarPods (USB-C) · A3046 Connector USB-C (built-in DAC in cable) Fit Type Open-ear (EarPod geometry — no ear tips) Remote / Mic 3-button inline remote · built-in microphone · Siri via long press Water Resistance Sweat and water resistant Compatibility iPhone 15/16/17 · iPad Pro M4+ · iPad Air M2+ · MacBook · USB-C Android & Windows Not Compatible iPhone 14 and earlier (Lightning) · 3.5mm headphone jacks MPN MTJY3ZM/A EAN / GTIN 019594977621 Warranty Manufacturer warranty — 1 year (Apple) In the Box — Apple EarPods with USB-C connector (White) Frequently Asked Questions Do they work with Android phones? Yes — any USB-C device that supports USB Audio Class plays audio through them, including most Android phones and Windows laptops. The remote's play/pause and volume generally work; Siri activation is Apple-only. Will they work on my iPhone 13 or 14? No — those models have a Lightning port. You need the EarPods with Lightning connector instead (linked above). This USB-C version is for iPhone 15 and later. Is there any audio delay when watching video or gaming? No — the connection is wired and digital, so audio is perfectly in sync. This is one of the main advantages over Bluetooth earbuds for video and mobile gaming. Can I use them while charging the phone? They use the same USB-C port as the charger, so not simultaneously without a dual-port splitter. Most people charge before or after listening; for all-day desk use a MagSafe or wireless charger alongside solves it. Are they sweat-proof for the gym? They are sweat and water resistant — fine for workouts, running and rain. They are not waterproof, so keep them out of the shower and pool. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Verify authenticity: Genuine Apple accessories carry serialised packaging — buy from stock held in the UK, dispatched tracked. Also Available at maibo — Apple EarPods — Lightning Connector (iPhone 14 and earlier) — Apple EarPods — 3.5mm Jack — Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter — Browse all Wired Earphones at maibo Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-earpods-usb-c-wired-earphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-EarPods-USB-C-Wired-Earphones-MTJY3.jpeg","14.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Apple","MTJY3ZM/A","1","019594977621" "58503","Apple 240W USB-C Charge Cable (2m)","Apple 240W USB-C Charge Cable (2m) High-power USB-C charge cable designed for fast, stable and reliable everyday charging. Product Description The Apple 240W USB-C Charge Cable (2m) is designed to support high-power charging for modern USB-C devices, offering dependable performance and flexibility for daily use. With support for up to 240W power delivery, this cable is suitable for charging compatible laptops, tablets, and smartphones that require higher wattage. Featuring a 2-metre length, the Apple 240W USB-C Charge Cable (2m) provides added reach for convenient charging at home, in the office, or while travelling. The USB-C to USB-C design ensures broad compatibility with modern power adapters, monitors, and USB-C equipped devices. Built to meet Apple’s quality and performance standards, this cable delivers stable power transfer and reliable data handling during everyday charging tasks. Whether you are replacing an existing cable or adding a spare to your setup, the Apple 240W USB-C Charge Cable (2m) offers a practical solution for high-power charging needs. Key Features Supports Up to 240W Power – suitable for high-power USB-C devices USB-C to USB-C Design – compatible with modern charging standards 2 Metre Length – extended reach for flexible use Stable Power Delivery – reliable charging performance Apple Quality Build – designed for everyday durability Feature Highlight Designed for high-power fast charging Extra cable length for convenient placement Optimised for modern USB-C devices Buyer Tip For best results, use this cable with a USB-C power adapter that supports higher wattage output. Mini Benchmark Supports significantly higher power output compared to standard USB-C charging cables, making it suitable for laptops and power-hungry devices. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Use high-power USB-C devices Only charge low-power accessories Need a longer charging cable Prefer very short cables Want reliable everyday charging Require data-only cables Product Specifications Brand Apple Connector Type USB-C to USB-C Maximum Power Up to 240W Cable Length 2 metres","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-240w-usb-c-charge-cable-2m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Apple-240W-USB-C-Charge-Cable-2m.jpeg","18.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","","1","" "58461","Samsung Tab S6 Digital Pen – Blue (Compatible with SM-T860 / SM-T865)","The official Samsung Digital Pen for the Galaxy Tab S6 (SM-T860 / SM-T865) in Blue — the genuine replacement for the pen your tablet shipped with. Bluetooth-enabled with Air Actions for remote control, pressure-sensitive for natural note-taking and drawing, and magnetically attaching to the Tab S6’s back groove, where it charges wirelessly. Tab S6 pens are getting scarce as the model ages — this is original Samsung stock, brand new. WritingPressure-sensitive precision4,096 pressure levels and a fine 0.7mm tip make Samsung Notes, PENUP and document markup feel like pen on paper. Handwriting-to-text, Smart Select capture and Air Command all work exactly as they did with the original pen.Air ActionsBluetooth remote controlThe BLE pen doubles as a remote: fire the camera shutter, skip tracks, page through slides with a gesture. Pair once — by setting it on the charging groove — and it simply works.FitMagnetic attach, wireless chargeMade for the Tab S6’s recessed back groove: the pen snaps in magnetically and charges while attached, so it travels with the tablet and arrives charged. Third-party pens write; the original belongs. Right choice if you…✔ Own a Tab S6 (SM-T860 / SM-T865) and lost or wore out the pen✔ Want every original feature back — Air Actions included✔ Take notes or draw on the Tab S6’s AMOLED screen✔ Want genuine Samsung stock while it is still available Consider something else if…✖ You prefer Black — the same pen in Black is in stock✖ You have a Tab S9 FE — see the Tab S9 FE S Pen✖ Your tablet is a different Tab model — pens are model-specific; ask us Tab S6 Digital Pen (Blue) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S6 — SM-T860 / SM-T865ConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy — Air ActionsTip0.7mm, 4,096 pressure levelsChargingWireless, on the tablet’s magnetic grooveColourBlueMPNEJ-PT860 series (Blue variant)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Samsung Digital Pen for Galaxy Tab S6 (Blue), retail packaging Frequently Asked QuestionsWill it pair with my Tab S6 automatically?Yes — set it on the magnetic charging groove on the tablet’s back and the Tab S6 pairs and charges it. Air Actions are ready once the on-screen prompt confirms.Does it work with the Tab S6 Lite or Tab S7?No — this pen is coded for the original Tab S6 (SM-T860/T865). The S6 Lite and S7 use different pens; message us with your model and we will point you to the right one.How long does the pen battery last?The pen tops up every time it rests on the charging groove, so in normal use it is effectively always charged — a few minutes on the groove covers hours of Air Actions use.Why buy original instead of a cheap EMR pen?Generic pens can write, but they skip Bluetooth: no Air Actions, no camera remote, no button features — and fit/pressure tuning varies. This is the part the tablet was designed with.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Tab S6 Digital Pen — Black—S Pen Tab S9 FE / FE+ — Gray—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-tab-s6-digital-pen-blue-compatible-with-sm-t860-sm-t865/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Samsung-Tab-S6-Digital-Pen-%E2%80%93-Blue-Compatible-with-SM-T860-SM-T865.png","29.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","","1","" "58457","Samsung Tab S6 Digital Pen – Pink (Compatible with SM-T860 / SM-T865)","The Samsung Tab S6 Digital Pen – Pink (Compatible with SM-T860 / SM-T865)is the official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Tab S6 — magnetically attaches to the back of the tablet and charges wirelessly from it. 4096 pressure levels, Bluetooth Air Actions, and 0.7mm tip. Compatible with SM-T860 and SM-T865. ✓ Magnetic attachment and wireless charging from the back of the Galaxy Tab S6 — no cable needed ✓ Bluetooth Air Actions — remote camera shutter, app control and gesture commands ✓ 4096 pressure levels · 0.7mm tip · full angle detection for natural writing and drawing ✓ Compatible with Galaxy Tab S6 SM-T860 (Wi-Fi) and SM-T865 (LTE) only ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Retail Packaging. The Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 S Pen in Pink is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Tab S6 — a significant evolution from previous S Pen designs in that it charges wirelessly from the tablet itself rather than through a silo or separate cable. The S Pen magnetically snaps into a dedicated recess on the back of the Tab S6 and charges via the tablet's battery — removing the pen engages Bluetooth automatically. This means the pen is always within reach, always charged, and always paired, without any manual management. The Bluetooth capability enables Air Actions: a single button on the pen body triggers customisable commands including camera shutter, switching between front and rear cameras, launching apps, and controlling media — from up to 10 metres away. As an EMR stylus, the Tab S6 S Pen delivers 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt detection, identical to the Note series S Pen specification. The Pink / Rose Blush colour matches the Rose Blush Galaxy Tab S6 colour variant. Genuine Samsung. Available while stock lasts. Magnetic Attach · Wireless Charge Always Charged — No Silo, No Cable The Tab S6 S Pen's storage and charging solution is distinct from previous Samsung styluses. The Galaxy Note series stores the S Pen in an internal silo that provides charging via contact pins — the pen is fully enclosed inside the phone body. The Tab S6 has no internal silo; instead, the pen attaches magnetically to a shaped recess on the back of the tablet, held in place by a magnet and charged wirelessly through the tablet's surface via inductive charging. When the pen is placed on the back, the tablet recognises its presence and begins charging automatically — no contact pins, no cable, no manual connection. When the pen is removed from the back, the tablet detects the removal and activates Bluetooth pairing automatically. The charging is passive — placing the pen on the tablet's back between uses keeps it topped up continuously. This design keeps the pen accessible and charged without requiring a dedicated silo space in the tablet body, which would have added thickness to the Tab S6's thin profile. The magnetic hold is secure for normal carry in a bag or case, though the pen is not enclosed and can be dislodged if the tablet is dropped or stored without a case. Bluetooth Air Actions Remote Control for Camera and Apps The Tab S6 S Pen includes a Bluetooth Low Energy radio charged from the tablet via the magnetic recess. When the pen has Bluetooth charge, the button on the pen body acts as a remote control for the tablet at up to 10 metres. The default camera mode mapping is: single click = shutter release, double click = switch front/rear camera, click and hold = launch camera app. In gallery and media apps, click advances slides or tracks. These Air Actions are customisable through the S Pen settings — different apps can have different button mappings. For a 10.5-inch tablet, Air Actions are particularly useful for photography: placing the Tab S6 on a surface or stand and triggering the shutter remotely avoids camera shake from pressing the screen, and allows group shots where the photographer is in the frame. The pen charges rapidly from the tablet — 10 minutes on the back charges enough for approximately 30 minutes of Bluetooth use. If the Bluetooth battery depletes, the pen continues to function as a full EMR stylus for on-screen input without interruption. 4096 Pressure · 0.7mm Tip Note-Taking, Drawing and Annotation The Tab S6 S Pen uses the same EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) technology as the Note series, delivering 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt and angle detection. On the Tab S6's 10.5-inch Super AMOLED display — larger than any Note phone screen — the result is a writing and drawing experience that is the closest Samsung has come to paper in terms of input fidelity. 4096 pressure levels mean continuous, natural variation from a hairline at minimal pressure to a bold stroke at full pressure, without the stepped transitions of lower-resolution digitisers. Tilt detection means brush tools in Samsung Notes and third-party drawing apps respond to pen angle, simulating the behaviour of real calligraphy nibs, flat brushes and marker pens. The 0.7mm tip produces a fine point that is precise enough for detailed annotation of PDFs and documents, handwriting, and small-scale illustration without the tip obscuring the writing line. The EMR technology operates without battery — the pen draws its input power from the display's digitiser field, meaning zero input latency and no battery management required for stylus writing. Replacement tips are user-replaceable. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 SM-T860 or SM-T865 and need a replacement S Pen ✔ Want the Pink / Rose Blush colour to match the Rose Blush Tab S6 ✔ Use Samsung Notes, Adobe apps or other drawing software on your Tab S6 regularly ✔ Want Bluetooth Air Actions for remote camera shutter and app control ✔ Want a genuine Samsung S Pen — not a third-party stylus without Bluetooth or full pressure sensitivity Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Tab S6 Lite, Tab S7, Tab S8 or any other tablet — this pen is Tab S6 exclusive ✖ You own a Mountain Grey or Cloud Blue Tab S6 and want colour-matching — see the grey or blue S Pen variants ✖ You need S Pen Pro with multi-device compatibility — the Tab S6 S Pen is Tab S6 only Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy Tab S6 Colour Pink / Rose Blush Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 SM-T860 (Wi-Fi) · SM-T865 (LTE) Tip Size 0.7mm Pressure Sensitivity 4096 levels Bluetooth Yes — Bluetooth Low Energy · Air Actions Bluetooth Range Up to 10 metres Charging Wireless — magnetically attaches to back of Tab S6 Weight 6.5g MPN EJ-PT860BAEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806090099021 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 S Pen — Pink / Rose Blush — Replacement tip · tip removal tool Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with the Galaxy Tab S6 Lite, Tab S7 or Tab S8? No. The EJ-PT860 S Pen is designed specifically for the Galaxy Tab S6 (SM-T860 / SM-T865). The Tab S6 Lite uses a different S Pen (EJ-PP610). The Tab S7, Tab S8 and later models use the EJ-PT870 / EJ-PT730 series. Each generation uses a different magnetic recess geometry and charging system — the pens are not interchangeable. How does the Tab S6 S Pen charge? The S Pen charges wirelessly by resting in the magnetic recess on the back of the Galaxy Tab S6. Place the pen in the recess — it snaps in magnetically — and the tablet charges it automatically from its own battery. There is no cable or separate charger required. 10 minutes in the recess provides approximately 30 minutes of Bluetooth Air Actions use. Can I write on the Tab S6 screen if the S Pen Bluetooth battery is dead? Yes. The EMR stylus input function — writing, drawing, annotation — works at all times regardless of the Bluetooth battery state. The Bluetooth battery is only needed for the Air Actions remote button. Writing on screen uses the display's digitiser field and requires no battery in the pen. Does removing the S Pen from the back automatically do anything? Yes. Removing the S Pen from the magnetic recess wakes the Tab S6 screen if it is off, and opens the Air Command menu or the app configured to launch on pen removal — typically Samsung Notes. This behaviour is configurable in Settings → Advanced Features → S Pen. Is the Pink S Pen only for the Rose Blush Tab S6? No. The Pink / Rose Blush S Pen is functionally identical to the Mountain Grey and Cloud Blue variants and works with any Galaxy Tab S6. Colour is purely a preference — choose it to match a Rose Blush Tab S6 or simply as a personal choice. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Yellow/Blue — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Violet — Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen — Browse all Mobile Accessories at maibo Browse the full mobile phone and tablet accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-tab-s6-digital-pen-pink-compatible-with-sm-t860-sm-t865/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Samsung-Tab-S6-Digital-Pen-%E2%80%93-Pink-Compatible-with-SM-T860-SM-T865.png","29.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","","1","8806090099021" "58414","Official Google Pixel USB-C Earbuds Earphones","The Google Pixel USB-C earbuds are the wired earphones Google built for its own phones — and the answer for anyone whose handset lost the headphone jack. USB-C carries the music as a 24-bit digital signal all the way into the earbud, where a built-in DAC converts it right next to the driver. The result is cleaner vocal and instrument detail than analogue 3.5mm earphones at this price, with none of the noise a dongle conversion adds. There is no Bluetooth to pair, no battery to charge and no codec to think about: plug these USB-C wired earbuds into a Pixel or any compatible Android device and they simply work — every time, with zero delay and zero dropouts. Audio 24-Bit Digital USB-C Audio Traditional earphones receive an analogue signal that has already been converted inside the phone, picking up electrical noise on the way. These work the other way round: the digital-to-analogue converter sits inside the earbud housing, so the signal stays digital until the last possible moment. In practice that means tighter mids, clearer highs and noticeably better vocal separation than 3.5mm earphones in the same price range — and because conversion happens in the earbud, the quality is identical on every phone you plug into. Controls Inline Remote + Google Assistant The inline remote covers play/pause, track skip, volume and call answer/end without touching the phone. Press and hold to bring up Google Assistant — ask for directions, dictate a message or hear your notifications read out. Paired with a Pixel, the earbuds also support in-ear translation through Google Translate in over 40 languages. The built-in microphone captures voice clearly for calls and video meetings, which makes these as useful on a commute or at a desk as they are for music. Simplicity Plug In · No Pairing · No Charging Wired USB-C earphones hold a practical advantage over wireless that is easy to underestimate: they are always ready. No pairing process, no battery percentage to watch, no connection drops in crowded places and no latency when you watch video — the audio is perfectly in sync because it travels down a cable, not over the air. The adjustable loop design keeps each earbud seated without pushing deep into the ear canal, comfortable through long listening sessions. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Pixel or any USB-C Android phone without a headphone jack ✔ Want earphones that are always ready — no charging, no pairing ✔ Take calls and video meetings and need a reliable inline mic ✔ Use Google Assistant on the move — one press, no unlocking ✔ Prefer zero-latency wired audio for video and mobile gaming Consider something else if… ✖ You want fully wireless freedom — see the OnePlus Buds 4 ✖ Your phone still has a 3.5mm jack — the Samsung AKG EO-IG955 costs less ✖ You listen mainly to bass-heavy genres — a sealed in-ear like the Sennheiser MX 375 suits better ✖ You need noise isolation for flights — the open loop fit lets ambient sound in Technical Specifications Brand Google Model Pixel USB-C Earbuds Connection USB-C — 24-bit digital audio (DAC in earbud) Controls Inline remote — play/pause, volume, calls, Google Assistant Microphone Built-in, inline Fit Adjustable loop, open fit — White Compatibility Pixel phones · USB-C Android devices · USB-C laptops/tablets with USB audio support MPN GA00485-UK EAN / GTIN 0842776107053 Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Google Pixel USB-C Earbuds (White) — Documentation Frequently Asked Questions Do they work with phones other than Pixel? Yes. Audio and the inline remote work on most USB-C Android phones, tablets and laptops that support USB-C digital audio. Google Assistant works on Android devices with Assistant; the in-ear translation feature is a Pixel-exclusive extra. Do they need charging or Bluetooth pairing? No. These are wired earphones powered through the USB-C connector. There is no battery, no pairing process and no connection to drop — they are ready the moment you plug them in. How is USB-C audio different from a 3.5mm jack? With 3.5mm the phone converts the signal to analogue internally and sends it down the cable, where it can pick up noise. Here the signal travels digitally at 24-bit and the DAC inside the earbud does the conversion at the very end of the chain — cleaner detail, especially in vocals. Are they good for calls and video meetings? Yes — the inline microphone captures voice clearly and the remote answers and ends calls with one press. Because the connection is wired there is no audio lag in video meetings, and nothing to run out of battery mid-call. What is in-ear translation? Paired with a Pixel phone, the earbuds work with Google Translate for real-time conversation translation in over 40 languages — you hear the translation in your ear while the phone speaker plays your reply in the other language. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter — Official UK Plug — Google Pixel USB-C to USB-C Fast Charging Cable — 1m — Apple EarPods USB-C Wired Earphones — Browse all Wired Earphones at maibo Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-google-pixel-usb-c-earbuds-earphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/EBAYGenuine-Google-USB-Type-C-Earphones-.png","15.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Google","GA00485-UK","1","0842776107053" "58403","Razer DeathAdder Essential Wired Gaming Mouse – White","The Razer DeathAdder Essential is the shape that won: the DeathAdder’s right-handed ergonomic curve has sold tens of millions of units because hands simply agree with it. The Essential keeps that shape, a true 6,400 DPI optical sensor and mechanical switches rated for 10 million clicks — and strips the price, not the feel. This is the White version.The shapeLegendary DeathAdder ergonomicsThe gentle right-hand arch supports palm and claw grips alike through long sessions — the reason this silhouette became the default answer to “which mouse?”.The sensorTrue 6,400 DPI opticalAccurate, prediction-free tracking across five on-the-fly DPI stages — plenty for 1080p and 1440p play and precise desktop work.Built to last10M-click mechanical switchesRazer’s mechanical switches and a simple five-button layout: fewer gimmicks, longer life, lower price.Right choice if you…✔ Want the classic ergonomic gaming shape at entry price✔ Play FPS/MOBA at 1080p-1440p — 6,400 DPI covers it✔ Prefer simple and durable over feature-stuffed✔ Buy for an office or team — reliable in multiplesConsider something else if…✖ You want a thumb-paddle and deep customisation — the Basilisk V2✖ You want wireless esports-grade — the Viper Ultimate✖ You’re left-handed — this shape is right-hand onlyRazer DeathAdder Essential (White) — Technical SpecificationsBrandRazerColourWhiteSensorOptical, true 6,400 DPI (5 stages)SwitchesRazer Mechanical — 10M clicks ratedButtons5 programmableGripRight-handed ergonomic — palm/clawConnectionWired USBMPNRZ01-03850200-R3M1EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Razer DeathAdder Essential (White)Frequently Asked QuestionsIs 6,400 DPI enough for gaming?Yes — most competitive players use 400-1,600 DPI. High headline DPI numbers are marketing; sensor quality is what matters, and this one tracks clean.Essential vs the full DeathAdder V2/V3?Same shape, simpler internals: fewer buttons, standard cable, lower sensor ceiling — at a fraction of the price. The feel in hand is the famous part, and that’s intact.Does it need Synapse software?It works instantly plug-and-play; Synapse adds DPI tuning, button mapping and lighting control when you want it.Is it good for work too?The ergonomic arch makes it a comfortable all-day office mouse — plenty are bought never to see a game.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Razer DeathAdder Essential — Black—Razer Basilisk V2—Browse all Razer at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-deathadder-essential-wired-gaming-mouse-6400-dpi-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/12/Razer-DeathAdder-Essential-Wired-Gaming-Mouse-%E2%80%93-6400-DPI-%E2%80%93-White11.jpg","18.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Razer","RZ01-03850200-R3M1","88","8886419333326" "57854","Xiaomi Mi 100W Car Charger","The Xiaomi Mi 100W car charger — CC07ZM, a dual-port 12V car charger delivering up to 100W from the USB-C port on its own, or 68W across both ports together. USB-C Power Delivery 3.0 and USB-A Quick Charge 3.0, a ring LED indicator for night use, four-way circuit protection, and a 5A E-Marker USB-C cable included. ✓ USB-C 20V/5A — up to 100W on its own · 68W total when both ports are in use ✓ 5A E-Marker USB-C cable included — required to reach the full 100W ✓ PD 3.0 · QC 2.0/3.0 · FCP · Apple and Samsung fast charge protocols ✓ Ring LED indicator for night use · over-temperature, short-circuit, over-voltage and over-current protection The Xiaomi Mi 100W car charger is one of the few 12V chargers that can genuinely run a laptop rather than just topping up a phone. The USB-C port delivers 20V at 5A — 100W — which covers a USB-C laptop, a tablet, a phone at its maximum charging rate, or outdoor gear like a power bank or a torch. The USB-A port alongside it handles a second device on Quick Charge 3.0. One number is worth understanding before you buy, because it is the thing most listings gloss over: the 100W figure applies when the USB-C port is used on its own. Plug something into both ports and the combined output is 68W, shared between them. That is still substantial for a car charger, but it is not 100W plus another port's worth. The 5A E-Marker USB-C cable in the box is not an accessory you can skip — a standard USB-C cable caps at 3A and will hold the charger to around 60W regardless of what it is capable of. Four protection circuits cover over-temperature, short circuit, over-voltage and over-current, and the ring LED around the body makes the socket easy to find at night. 100W Single · 68W Dual Reading the Power Figures Correctly The USB-C port negotiates up to 20V at 5A, which is 100W — the same ceiling as most USB-C laptop chargers, and enough to charge a compatible laptop at full speed rather than trickling it. Xiaomi quotes a Mi 10 Ultra going from empty to full in 25 minutes on this charger. The USB-A port runs separately at 5V/3A or 9V/2A depending on what is connected. The point that matters in practice is what happens when both are occupied: total output across the two ports becomes 68W, allocated between them rather than added together. So a laptop on USB-C alongside a phone on USB-A will not both charge at their maximum rate simultaneously — the laptop drops back to make room. If your main use is charging one device fast, use the USB-C port alone and you have the full 100W. If you routinely charge two devices in the car, plan around 68W shared, which is still comfortably enough for two phones or a tablet and a phone. Input is 12V–24V at up to 9.5A, so the charger works in both a car and a truck or van running a 24V system. E-Marker Cable · Why It Is Included The Cable Is Part of the Specification The USB-C specification caps ordinary cables at 3A. To carry 5A safely, a cable must contain an E-Marker chip — a small controller that identifies the cable to the charger and the device and declares that it is rated for the higher current. Without that declaration the charger will not attempt 5A no matter what it is capable of, because it has no way to know the cable can handle it. At 20V and 3A the ceiling becomes 60W rather than 100W. This is why the E-Marker cable is supplied in the box rather than sold separately, and why substituting a generic USB-C cable quietly costs you 40W. If you later replace the cable, look specifically for one rated at 5A or 100W — the marking is usually printed on the connector housing or the packaging. Beyond the cable, the charger supports the common fast-charge protocols so it works properly with devices from different manufacturers: USB Power Delivery 3.0 for laptops, iPhones and most modern Android phones; Quick Charge 2.0 and 3.0 and Huawei's FCP on the USB-A side; plus Apple 2.4A, Samsung 5V/2A and standard DCP for older devices. Ring LED · Four-Way Protection Safety and Everyday Use Pushing 100W through a 12V socket generates real heat, and a car interior in summer is already a hot environment, so the protection circuitry here is doing more than ticking a box. Over-temperature protection reduces or cuts output if the charger exceeds its safe operating range — the failure mode that matters most in a car parked in the sun. Over-voltage protection guards against the spikes that vehicle electrical systems produce when starting the engine or switching heavy loads. Over-current and short-circuit protection cover a faulty cable or device. The ring-shaped LED around the charger body lights the socket area, which sounds like a small thing until you are reaching for the socket in the footwell at night. It displays white on standby so you can see at a glance that the charger is seated and receiving power. The body measures 75.15 × 33.3 × 33.3mm, sitting proud of the socket enough to grip and remove easily without protruding far into the cabin. One practical check before you buy: 100W output draws around 9.5A from a 12V socket, so if your car's accessory socket is on a 10A fuse the charger will run near that limit at full load. Most modern vehicles fuse the socket at 15A or 20A and have no issue. Right choice if you… ✔ Need to charge a USB-C laptop in the car — 100W matches most laptop mains chargers ✔ Want a charger that works properly across brands — PD 3.0, QC 3.0, FCP, Apple and Samsung protocols ✔ Charge two devices in the car — dual port at 68W shared covers a phone and a tablet comfortably ✔ Drive a van or truck on a 24V system — input range covers 12V to 24V Consider something else if… ✖ You expected 100W on both ports at once — the combined figure is 68W; 100W is available from USB-C only when the USB-A port is unused ✖ Your laptop needs more than 100W — high-power workstations and some 16-inch laptops draw 130W or more and will charge slowly or not at all ✖ You only ever charge one phone — a 30W or 45W car charger costs less and does that job just as well Technical Specifications Brand Xiaomi Model Mi 100W Car Charger (1A1C) MPN CC07ZM Input 12V – 24V / 9.5A USB-C Output Up to 20V / 5A — 100W max (single port) USB-A Output 5V / 3A · 9V / 2A Dual Port Total 68W max (shared between ports) Protocols USB PD 3.0 · QC 2.0 / 3.0 · FCP · Apple 2.4A · Samsung 5V/2A · DCP Cable Included USB-C to USB-C with E-Marker chip (5A rated) Indicator Ring-shaped LED · white on standby Protection Over-temperature · short-circuit · over-voltage · over-current Dimensions 75.15 × 33.3 × 33.3mm Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Xiaomi) In the Box — Xiaomi Mi 100W car charger (CC07ZM) — USB-C to USB-C cable with E-Marker chip (5A) — User manual Frequently Asked Questions Do I get 100W from both ports at the same time? No. The 100W figure applies to the USB-C port used on its own, with nothing in the USB-A port. As soon as both ports are occupied, the total output across the two becomes 68W, shared between them. This is normal for dual-port chargers and is a limit of the total power the unit can convert, not a fault. If you need the full 100W for a laptop, use the USB-C port alone. Can I use my own USB-C cable instead of the one supplied? You can, but you will lose power unless it is a 5A cable. Ordinary USB-C cables are built to the 3A limit in the USB specification, which caps output at around 60W. Reaching 100W requires a cable containing an E-Marker chip that identifies it as 5A-rated — the charger will not attempt the higher current otherwise. The supplied cable has this chip. If you replace it, look for one marked 5A or 100W. Will it charge my laptop? If your laptop charges over USB-C Power Delivery and its mains charger is rated at 100W or less, yes — this will charge it at full speed. That covers most 13 and 14-inch laptops and many 15-inch models. Laptops shipped with a 130W or larger charger will still receive power but will charge slowly, and may drain while running demanding workloads. Check the wattage printed on your laptop's original charger. Will it work in my car, or does it need anything special? It fits a standard 12V accessory socket, the type formerly called a cigarette lighter socket, and also works on 24V systems in vans and trucks. At full 100W output it draws around 9.5A from a 12V supply, so if your vehicle's accessory socket is protected by a 10A fuse it will be running close to that limit under heavy load. Most modern cars fuse the socket at 15A or 20A. Your vehicle handbook or the fuse box diagram will confirm the rating. Does it work with iPhone and Samsung, or only Xiaomi? It works with all of them. The charger supports USB Power Delivery 3.0, which is what iPhones and most Samsung Galaxy phones use for fast charging, alongside Quick Charge 2.0 and 3.0, Huawei FCP, Apple 2.4A and Samsung 5V/2A on the USB-A side. Each device negotiates the protocol and voltage it wants, so you get the fastest rate that device supports rather than a fixed output. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Xiaomi) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set — Black — OnePlus 160W USB-C Cable 10A — Huawei CP61 27W SuperCharge Wireless Charger — Browse all chargers and cables at maibo Browse the full chargers and cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-mi-100w-car-charger/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Xiaomi-Mi-100W-5A-Car-Charger-USB-C-Dual-Port-PD-QC-3.0-Fast-Charge-1A1C-1.png","15.88","Charging & Cables > Car Chargers","Xiaomi","CC07ZM","88","" "57826","Samsung 65W Trio Super Fast Charging Wall Charger (UK Plug) – 2× USB-C + USB-A","The Samsung 65W Trio power adapter replaces up to three chargers with one compact block. Its two USB-C ports and one USB-A port charge a laptop, a phone and earbuds or a watch at the same time, sharing up to 65W in total. The main USB-C port delivers up to 65W over USB Power Delivery 3.0 — enough for many USB-C laptops and tablets — and Samsung Super Fast Charging 2.0 at up to 45W for compatible Galaxy phones. This version has a UK three-pin plug, so it goes straight into any UK socket with no adapter. Model EP-T6530NBEGGB in Black. No cable is included. USB-C 65W · USB-C 25W · USB-A 15W Three Ports, Each With a Job The first USB-C port is the powerful one: up to 65W over USB PD 3.0 for laptops, tablets and other PD devices, and up to 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 for Galaxy phones that support it, such as the S-series Ultra models. The second USB-C port supplies up to 25W, which is Super Fast Charging for most Galaxy phones and fast charging for iPhone 8 and later with a USB-C to Lightning or USB-C cable. The USB-A port gives up to 15W Adaptive Fast Charging for older phones, earbuds, watches and accessories. When more than one port is in use, the adapter shares its 65W automatically — for example 40W + 25W across both USB-C ports, or 35W + 25W + 5W with all three — so the device on the first USB-C port should be the one that needs the most power. UK Plug · 100–240V Read Before Ordering: Plug and Cable This is the UK version of the Samsung Trio, with a standard three-pin UK plug that goes straight into the wall. The adapter accepts 100–240V, so with a simple plug adapter it also works abroad, which makes it a good travel charger. Samsung ships the Trio without a cable. Use the USB-C cable that came with your phone or laptop; for the full 65W PD or 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 you need a 5A-rated USB-C to USB-C cable, while a standard 3A USB-C cable is fine for 25W, and a USB-A cable for the 15W port. PD 3.0 · PPS · Protection Works Beyond Samsung Because the USB-C ports follow the USB Power Delivery 3.0 and PPS standards, the Trio is not only for Galaxy devices. It fast-charges iPhones, iPads, Pixel phones, Nintendo Switch, USB-C headphones and many USB-C laptops that draw up to 65W — check your laptop's charger rating; if it is 65W or lower, the Trio can replace it. Each port negotiates the right voltage with the connected device, so it is safe to plug in anything from a watch to a laptop. Samsung builds in protection against overcurrent, short circuits and overheating. In practice that means one adapter in the bag instead of three. Right choice if you… ✔ Want to charge a laptop, phone and earbuds from one adapter ✔ Have a Galaxy phone that supports 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 ✔ Want a UK three-pin plug that goes straight into the wall ✔ Want an official Samsung charger at a low price Consider something else if… ✘ You mainly travel in Europe — the EU-plug version is available too ✘ Your laptop needs more than 65W ✘ You do not have a USB-C cable — none is included Samsung 65W Trio — Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model 65W Power Adapter Trio MPN EP-T6530NBEGGB EAN / GTIN 8806092673878 Colour Black Plug UK three-pin (Type G) Ports 2 × USB-C · 1 × USB-A USB-C1 PD 3.0 up to 65W · PPS up to 45W · Super Fast Charging 2.0 up to 45W USB-C2 PD 3.0 / PPS / Super Fast Charging up to 25W USB-A Adaptive Fast Charging / QC up to 15W Multi-Port Output C1+C2 40W+25W · C1+A 50W+15W · C2+A 25W+15W · all three 35W+25W+5W Input 100–240V Cable Not included (5A USB-C cable needed for 65W / 45W) Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box —Samsung 65W Trio power adapter (UK plug) — Black —Quick start guide —No cable included Frequently Asked Questions Does it have a UK plug? Yes. This is the UK version with a standard three-pin plug. An EU two-pin version is also available. Is a cable included? No. Samsung supplies the Trio without a cable. For 65W PD or 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 use a 5A-rated USB-C to USB-C cable; a standard USB-C cable works for 25W. Can it charge my laptop? Yes, if your laptop charges over USB-C and needs 65W or less. Use the first USB-C port, which supplies up to 65W over USB Power Delivery 3.0. Does it support the Galaxy S26 Ultra at 60W? No. The Trio supports Super Fast Charging 2.0 at up to 45W. Samsung recommends its EP-T6010 adapter for the 60W Super Fast Charging 3.0 of the Galaxy S26 Ultra; the Trio still charges it quickly at up to 45W. Can I charge three devices at once? Yes. Total output is 65W, shared automatically — with all three ports in use the outputs are up to 35W, 25W and 5W. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung 65W Trio — EU two-pin plug version —All wall chargers at maibo —USB-C fast charging cables —Official Samsung 65W Power Adapter Trio page Browse the full charging and cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-65w-trio-super-fast-charging-wall-charger-usb-c-pd/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Genuine-Samsung-65W-Super-Fast-Charger-Triple-Port-Trio-PD-USB-C-Power-Adapter-1.png","29.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Samsung","EP-T6530NBEGGB","87","" "57816","Xiaomi Portable Electric Air Compressor 2 Pro – 150 PSI Tyre Inflator","The Xiaomi Air Compressor 2 Pro — Xiaomi's most powerful portable tyre inflator: 150 PSI maximum pressure, a 205 tyre re-inflated in 45 seconds, and up to 16 car tyres on one charge of its 7,500mAh battery pack. Six preset modes (car, motorbike, bicycle, e-scooter, ball, custom), ±1 PSI auto-stop precision, built-in emergency light with SOS mode, USB-C charging. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ 150 PSI max — re-inflates a car tyre in 45 seconds, flat tyre in 3.5 minutes ✓ Up to 16 car tyres per charge — 2,500mAh × 3 battery, USB-C recharging ✓ 6 preset modes with ±1 PSI auto-stop — set it and it stops itself, no over-inflation ✓ Dual-colour emergency light + SOS · Brand New — Retail Packaging A flat tyre on a dark road is exactly the moment you discover whether the gadget in your boot is a toy or a tool. The Xiaomi Air Compressor 2 Pro is the tool: 27mm high-precision alloy die-cast cylinders and a high-power magnetic motor push a 205/55 R16 tyre from 2.0 to 2.5 Bar in about 45 seconds, and take a completely flat one to driving pressure in around 3.5 minutes — roughly 2.2× faster than the standard Compressor 2. The triple 2,500mAh battery re-inflates up to 16 car tyres on a single USB-C charge, the real-time pressure display and ±1 PSI auto-stop take the guesswork out, and the dual-colour emergency light with SOS mode covers the worst-case scenario. Brand new and sealed in original Xiaomi retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse. 45-Second Re-Inflation Pro-Grade Pump Hardware The 2 Pro's 27mm alloy die-cast cylinders — up from 19mm on the standard model — and high-power magnetic motor are the reason it tops up a 205 car tyre in about 45 seconds and revives a fully flat one in around 3.5 minutes. At 150 PSI maximum it handles anything from a paddling pool to a road bike tyre at 80 PSI without breaking a sweat, and the pressure builds steadily rather than stalling as the tyre firms up. 16 Tyres Per Charge Triple-Cell Battery, USB-C Three 2,500mAh lithium cells running at 10.8V give the 2 Pro genuine road-trip endurance: roughly 16 car tyre top-ups, 30 road bike tyres or 138 basketballs on a single charge. It recharges over USB-C — the same cable as your phone — and a 4-segment indicator shows remaining charge at a glance, so it lives in the boot ready instead of flat when you need it. Set-and-Forget Precision 6 Modes, ±1 PSI Auto-Stop Pick car, motorbike, bicycle, e-scooter, ball or custom mode and the calibrated target pressure is set for you — or dial in anything from 3 to 150 PSI yourself. The real-time display shows progress, and inflation stops automatically within ±1 PSI of the target, so there is no standing over it and no risk of over-inflation. The dual-colour light illuminates night-time punctures and doubles as an SOS beacon. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a genuinely fast tyre inflator — 45 seconds, not ten minutes of buzzing ✔ Drive regularly and want a self-sufficient boot kit with emergency lighting ✔ Run bikes, an e-scooter or sports balls alongside the car — one device, six modes ✔ Want auto-stop precision instead of watching a gauge ✔ Prefer USB-C charging over 12V-socket-only pumps Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Only ever top up one bicycle occasionally — the standard Compressor 2 costs less ✖ Need to run air tools continuously — this is an inflator, not a workshop compressor ✖ Want a mains-powered garage unit rather than a portable battery device Xiaomi Air Compressor 2 Pro — Technical Specifications Brand Xiaomi (genuine original) Model Portable Electric Air Compressor 2 Pro MPN BHR9099GL GTIN / EAN 6941812797853 Max pressure 150 PSI / 10.3 Bar Pressure range 3–150 PSI (0.2–10.3 Bar), custom mode Re-inflation speed 205/55 R16 tyre, 2.0→2.5 Bar in ~45 seconds Flat tyre 0→2.5 Bar in ~3.5 minutes Battery 2,500mAh × 3 (10.8V) — up to 16 car tyres per charge Cylinders 27mm high-precision alloy die-cast Modes Car · Motorbike · Bicycle · E-scooter · Ball · Custom Precision ±1 PSI, auto-stop at target pressure Lighting Illumination light + dual-colour emergency light with SOS Charging USB-C Dimensions 152 × 100 × 63 mm Warranty Xiaomi manufacturer warranty In the Box — Xiaomi Air Compressor 2 Pro · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — Storage bag — High-pressure air hose + extension hose — Presta valve adapter, ball needle, quick-release air valve Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the 2 Pro and the standard Air Compressor 2? The 2 Pro is roughly 2.2× faster (27mm cylinders vs 19mm), re-inflates ~16 tyres per charge vs ~10, adds an inflation progress display, a dual-colour emergency light and an extension hose in the box. If you use it for a car regularly, the Pro is the one to have. Can it inflate a completely flat car tyre? Yes — a fully flat 205/55 R16 goes from 0 to 2.5 Bar in about 3.5 minutes. For everyday top-ups (2.0 to 2.5 Bar) it takes around 45 seconds. Does it stop by itself at the right pressure? Yes. Set the target (or pick a preset mode) and it auto-stops within ±1 PSI — no gauge-watching, no over-inflation. How is it charged? Over USB-C, like a phone. A full charge handles up to 16 car tyre top-ups, 30 road bike tyres or 138 basketballs. Is this a genuine sealed Xiaomi unit? Yes. This is the genuine Xiaomi Portable Electric Air Compressor 2 Pro (BHR9099GL), brand new in sealed Xiaomi retail packaging, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer Warranty (Xiaomi) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Browse the Smart Lifestyle range at maibo — USB-C chargers and cables at maibo View the Xiaomi Air Compressor 2 Pro on mi.com — official product page Browse the full smart lifestyle range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-air-compressor-2-pro-150psi-usbc/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Xiaomi-Air-Compressor-2-Pro-Portable-Pump-%E2%80%93-150-PSI-%E2%80%93-USB-C-Rechargeable-%E2%80%93-LED-Display-.png","42.88","Smart Lifestyle > Automotive Essentials","Xiaomi","BHR9099GL","1","6941812797853" "57759","Huawei 88W SuperCharge Car Charger USB-C Adapter Set","Huawei 88W SuperCharge Car Charger USB-C Adapter Set High-power car charging set designed for fast and reliable in-vehicle charging. Product Description The Huawei 88W SuperCharge Car Charger USB-C Adapter Set is designed for users who need fast and dependable charging while on the road. Suitable for use in vehicles with a standard car power socket, this charger set provides a practical solution for keeping compatible devices powered during travel. Featuring Huawei’s SuperCharge technology, it supports high-power charging when used with compatible Huawei devices. The included USB-C cable ensures ready-to-use convenience straight out of the box. Compact and durable, this car charger set is ideal for daily commuting, long drives, and professional use where reliable charging is essential. Is This Right For You? If you want fast charging in your car If you use compatible Huawei devices with SuperCharge support If you prefer a complete car charging set with cable included Key Features 88W Charging Power – suitable for high-power car charging SuperCharge Support – designed for compatible Huawei devices USB-C Output – modern charging interface Adapter Set – cable included for immediate use Compact Car Design – ideal for in-vehicle use Item Specifics Brand Huawei Product Type Car Charger Adapter Set Charging Technology SuperCharge Output Interface USB-C Reliable In-Car Charging Experience Designed for fast, stable charging during everyday driving and long journeys.","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-88w-supercharge-car-charger-usb-c-adapter-set/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Huawei-88W-Car-Charger-with-6A-USB-C-Fast-Charging-Cable-Original.png","24.88","Charging & Cables > Car Chargers","Huawei","Huawei 88W Car Charger Set","1","" "57707","PSP Memory Card Adapter Micro SD to MS Pro Duo – Sony PSP 1000 2000 3000","Product Description PSP Memory Card Adapter Micro SD to MS Pro Duo – Sony PSP 1000 2000 3000 Experience seamless compatibility and maximum storage flexibility with the PSP Memory Card Adapter MicroSD to MS Pro Duo — a must-have accessory for any Sony PSP 1000, 2000, or 3000 owner. Designed to deliver high performance with a compact form factor, this adapter allows you to convert a standard Micro SD (TF) card into a fully functional Memory Stick Pro Duo, enabling your PSP to run games, save progress, and store media effortlessly.Ideal for retro gamers and digital archivists, this PSP MicroSD adapter provides a cost-effective way to upgrade your console's storage capacity without relying on expensive and outdated Pro Duo cards. Whether you're replaying classic titles, installing homebrew apps, or watching movies on the go, this single-slot converter supports up to 32GB MicroSD — more than enough for a rich multimedia experience. Featuring plug-and-play simplicity, no additional drivers or software are needed. Just insert your Micro SD card into the adapter and slide it into your PSP’s memory slot. Compatible with a wide range of branded MicroSD cards (Class 10 recommended), the adapter offers fast read/write speeds and consistent performance during gameplay or file transfers. This memory converter also works with select Sony digital cameras and other devices using MS Pro Duo slots, expanding its utility beyond just gaming. Built with high-quality ABS plastic and gold-plated connectors, it ensures long-lasting durability and stable data transmission. Whether you're restoring an old PSP or preparing it for modding, this adapter is the smart and reliable solution. Say goodbye to overpriced Pro Duo cards and embrace a modern upgrade for your classic handheld device. Key Features Compatibility Sony PSP 1000 / 2000 / 3000 Series Card Type MicroSD to Memory Stick Pro Duo Max Capacity Up to 32GB Supported Build Material ABS Plastic Shell Connector Type Gold-Plated Contacts Delivery Time and Returns Estimated Delivery: 5–6 business days Returns: Free returns accepted within 30 days via our UK return centre Payment: Secure online payment via PayPal or  Credit Card ❓ FAQ Q: Does this support dual MicroSD cards? A: No, this model supports only one MicroSD card. Q: What’s the maximum supported size? A: Up to 32GB MicroSD (Class 10 recommended). Q: Is it compatible with PSP Go? A: No, PSP Go uses internal memory and different cards.","https://maibo.uk/product/psp-memory-card-adapter-micro-sd-to-ms-pro-duo-sony-psp-1000-2000-3000/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/4.png","3.88","Storage & Memory > Card Readers & Adapters","Sony","PSP Memory Card Adapter","1","" "57468","SanDisk Ultra Flair 1TB USB 3.0 Flash Drive High-Speed Metal USB Stick","The SanDisk Ultra Flair 1TB is the USB stick grown up: a solid one-piece metal body with no cap to lose, USB 3.0 with reads up to 150MB/s, and SanDisk reliability in the format everyone still reaches for when a file simply has to move. 1TB in a pocketable sliver of steel.FastUSB 3.0 — up to 150MB/sFilms, photo archives and project folders transfer in the time USB 2.0 sticks take to warm up — a feature-length film in well under a minute.MetalOne-piece, no capThe all-metal chassis shrugs off keyring life, and there’s no cap to lose in week one — the small design decision that decides how long a stick survives.HugeA terabyte on a keyringFull laptop backups, entire photo libraries, a studio’s delivery drive — capacities that were external-HDD territory now ride a keyring.Right choice if you…✔ Move big files between machines routinely✔ Want a stick that survives pockets and keyrings✔ Hand files to clients on something that feels professional✔ Back up documents the simple, offline wayConsider something else if…✖ You want encrypted/rugged portable storage at speed — a portable SSD is the class above✖ It’s for an iPhone backup — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ Budget rules everything — the Ultra CZ48 covers basics for lessSanDisk Ultra Flair 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity1TBInterfaceUSB 3.0 (USB-A), USB 2.0 compatibleRead speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, caplessMPNSDCZ73-1T00-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Flair 1TB USB 3.0 flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on USB 2.0 ports?Yes — fully backwards compatible, at USB 2.0 speeds. On USB 3.0 ports (blue) it runs at full pace.Mac, Windows, TV — what does it work with?Everything with a USB-A port: both desktop OSes out of the box, smart TVs, car stereos, consoles for media.How fast is 150MB/s in practice?A 4-5GB film copies in roughly half a minute from the drive; writes are slower than reads, as with all sticks in this class.Is the metal body just cosmetic?No — it’s the structure. One-piece metal resists the bend-and-crack failure plastic sticks suffer on keyrings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra Flair — 512GB—Ultra Flair — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-flair-1tb-usb-3-0-flash-drive-metal/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2193467819.webp","118.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDCZ73-1T00-G46","88","" "57467","SanDisk Ultra Flair 512GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive High-Speed Metal USB Stick","The SanDisk Ultra Flair 512GB is the USB stick grown up: a solid one-piece metal body with no cap to lose, USB 3.0 with reads up to 150MB/s, and SanDisk reliability in the format everyone still reaches for when a file simply has to move. 512GB in a pocketable sliver of steel.FastUSB 3.0 — up to 150MB/sFilms, photo archives and project folders transfer in the time USB 2.0 sticks take to warm up — a feature-length film in well under a minute.MetalOne-piece, no capThe all-metal chassis shrugs off keyring life, and there’s no cap to lose in week one — the small design decision that decides how long a stick survives.RoomyHalf a terabyte pocketedWorking project sets, media libraries and multi-machine backups in one stick — the sweet spot between capacity and cost.Right choice if you…✔ Move big files between machines routinely✔ Want a stick that survives pockets and keyrings✔ Hand files to clients on something that feels professional✔ Back up documents the simple, offline wayConsider something else if…✖ You want encrypted/rugged portable storage at speed — a portable SSD is the class above✖ It’s for an iPhone backup — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ Budget rules everything — the Ultra CZ48 covers basics for lessSanDisk Ultra Flair 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity512GBInterfaceUSB 3.0 (USB-A), USB 2.0 compatibleRead speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, caplessMPNSDCZ73-512G-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Flair 512GB USB 3.0 flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on USB 2.0 ports?Yes — fully backwards compatible, at USB 2.0 speeds. On USB 3.0 ports (blue) it runs at full pace.Mac, Windows, TV — what does it work with?Everything with a USB-A port: both desktop OSes out of the box, smart TVs, car stereos, consoles for media.How fast is 150MB/s in practice?A 4-5GB film copies in roughly half a minute from the drive; writes are slower than reads, as with all sticks in this class.Is the metal body just cosmetic?No — it’s the structure. One-piece metal resists the bend-and-crack failure plastic sticks suffer on keyrings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra Flair — 1TB—Ultra Flair — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-flair-512gb-usb-3-0-flash-drive-metal/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2193467819.webp","78.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","Sandisk Ultra Flair -512GB","88","" "57463","SanDisk 256GB Ultra Flair USB 3.0 Flash Drive – Metal High-Speed USB Stick – Silver/Black","The SanDisk 256GB Ultra Flair USB 3.0 Flash Drive – Metal High-Speed USB Stick – Silver/Black — up to 150MB/s read speed, durable metal casing, USB 3.0 (USB 3.2 Gen 1) USB-A connector, SanDisk SecureAccess 128-bit AES password protection. Compatible with Windows and macOS. Silver and Black. 5-year warranty. ✓ Up to 150MB/s read — up to 15× faster than standard USB 2.0 drives ✓ Durable metal casing — sleek silver and black, resistant to everyday knocks ✓ SanDisk SecureAccess — 128-bit AES password protection for private files ✓ USB-A · backward compatible with USB 2.0 · Windows and macOS · 5-year warranty The SanDisk Ultra Flair 256GB USB 3.0 flash drive is SanDisk's high-speed metal-bodied USB-A flash drive — designed for users who need a fast, durable, pocket-sized storage device for file transfers between computers, carrying large files, and backing up documents. The 150MB/s read speed is the defining performance specification: at this speed, a 10GB folder transfers in under 70 seconds, compared to the 5–10 minutes the same transfer takes on a standard USB 2.0 drive. The metal casing is the key durability differentiator over SanDisk's plastic-bodied Ultra range — the aluminium and stainless steel construction is more resistant to cracking and flexing from being carried in pockets, bags and keyrings than a plastic body. SanDisk SecureAccess software creates a password-protected vault on the drive using 128-bit AES encryption, allowing private files to be stored securely alongside accessible files on the same drive. The drive is USB 3.0 (officially USB 3.2 Gen 1) and backward compatible with USB 2.0 ports — it connects to any USB-A port on any Windows, macOS or Linux machine, at USB 3.0 speeds where the port supports it and at USB 2.0 speeds on older hardware. 5-year SanDisk limited warranty. 150MB/s Read · USB 3.0 Why Read Speed Matters on a USB Drive The 150MB/s read speed specification determines how fast files can be read from the drive — opening files directly from the drive, copying files from the drive to a computer, or loading an operating system or application stored on the drive. At 150MB/s, a 4GB video file copies from the drive to a laptop in approximately 27 seconds; the same file at 10MB/s USB 2.0 speed would take just under 7 minutes. The practical impact is most noticeable when copying large numbers of files or large individual files — for small documents and occasional casual use, the speed difference between USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 is less meaningful. USB 3.0 and USB 3.2 Gen 1 are the same standard — the same 5Gbps maximum bandwidth, the same physical connector. USB 3.0 was rebranded USB 3.2 Gen 1 in 2019. The Ultra Flair is backward compatible with USB 2.0 ports and will connect to any USB-A port on any device manufactured in the last 20 years, operating at the port's supported speed. Write speed on the Ultra Flair is lower than read speed — typical real-world write speeds are in the range of 40–60MB/s for large sequential files at 256GB capacity, still substantially faster than USB 2.0 drives. Metal Casing · Build Quality Why the Ultra Flair Costs More Than the Ultra SanDisk's USB drive range includes the plastic-bodied Ultra (CZ48 and CZ48) and the metal-bodied Ultra Flair (CZ73). The performance specifications are similar — both offer up to 150MB/s read. The Ultra Flair's premium is the casing material. USB flash drives are subjected to significant mechanical stress in everyday use — they are removed and inserted repeatedly, carried loose in pockets where they flex and knock against keys and coins, and occasionally dropped. Plastic casings crack and break under repeated flex stress; the USB connector can become loose from the body after extended use. The Ultra Flair's metal casing distributes impact and flex loads across the full housing, resisting the cracking and deformation that affects plastic-bodied drives. The sliding metal cap protects the USB connector when not in use, replacing the separate cap that is commonly lost on conventional flash drives — the cap is integrated into the drive's slide mechanism and cannot be misplaced. The silver and black finish is visually distinctive from generic plastic drives and reflects SanDisk's positioning of the Ultra Flair as the premium option in their flash drive range. SecureAccess · 128-bit AES Password Protection for Private Files SanDisk SecureAccess is a software application that installs from the drive and creates an encrypted folder — a vault — on the Ultra Flair. Files placed inside the vault are encrypted using 128-bit AES encryption and are only accessible by entering the correct password. Files stored outside the vault are not encrypted and remain accessible without a password. This two-tier structure allows the drive to carry both accessible files (documents, photos, presentations that anyone can open) and private files (sensitive documents, credentials, confidential work files) on the same drive, with the private files secured behind a password. 128-bit AES is the encryption standard used by financial institutions and government agencies — it is computationally infeasible to brute-force decrypt, meaning the vault's security is limited only by the strength of the password chosen. SecureAccess software is available for Windows 7, 8, 10, 11 and macOS 10.9 and later — a software download is required for Mac use. The vault password cannot be recovered if forgotten — files in the vault become permanently inaccessible without the correct password, so keeping a secure record of the password is important. Right choice if you… ✔ Transfer large files regularly and want USB 3.0 speed — 150MB/s read makes a practical difference for files above 1GB ✔ Want a durable drive for daily carry — metal casing handles pocket and bag use better than plastic-bodied alternatives ✔ Need a slide-cover connector — no separate cap to lose, connector protected when closed ✔ Need optional password protection for sensitive files — SecureAccess vault available on the same drive Consider something else if… ✖ You need USB-C connectivity — the Ultra Flair is USB-A only; a USB-A to USB-C adapter is required for USB-C-only laptops and tablets ✖ You need very high write speeds for large ongoing backups — consider SanDisk Extreme Pro USB 3.2 for 420MB/s write ✖ You need waterproof protection — the Ultra Flair is not rated for water submersion; the SanDisk Extreme Go has waterproofing Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk (Western Digital) Model Ultra Flair USB 3.0 Flash Drive MPN SDCZ73-256G-G46 EAN / GTIN 0619659154189 Capacity 256GB Read Speed Up to 150MB/s Write Speed Lower than read speed Interface USB 3.0 (USB 3.2 Gen 1) · USB-A · backward compatible USB 2.0 Casing Metal — Silver / Black Connector Protection Integrated slide cover Password Protection SanDisk SecureAccess · 128-bit AES encryption (software download required for Mac) OS Compatibility Windows 7+ · macOS 10.9+ · Linux Colour Silver / Black Warranty 5-year SanDisk limited warranty In the Box — SanDisk Ultra Flair 256GB USB 3.0 flash drive — Silver/Black (SDCZ73-256G-G46) Frequently Asked Questions Will this work with a USB-C laptop? The Ultra Flair uses a USB-A connector. Most USB-C laptops (MacBook, Dell XPS, Surface) have at least one USB-A port alongside USB-C. If your laptop has USB-C only, a USB-A to USB-C adapter connects the drive without any performance loss — the drive operates at full USB 3.0 speeds through the adapter. A USB hub with USB-A ports is the alternative for permanent desk use. What is the actual write speed? SanDisk specifies read speed (150MB/s) but not write speed for the Ultra Flair — write speed is lower than read. Real-world benchmarks for the 256GB Ultra Flair show sequential write speeds typically in the 40–60MB/s range for large files. This is substantially faster than USB 2.0 (8–10MB/s write) but lower than the read speed. For copying files onto the drive, allow more time than copying files off it. Does SanDisk SecureAccess work on Mac? Yes — SecureAccess supports macOS 10.9 and later, but a software download is required for Mac. On Windows, SecureAccess launches directly from the drive. Visit SanDisk's SecureAccess support page to download the Mac version. Once installed, the vault works identically on both platforms — files encrypted on Windows are accessible on Mac with the same password. Is the Ultra Flair waterproof? No — the Ultra Flair is not rated for water exposure. The metal casing provides impact and flex resistance, but the drive is not sealed against water ingress. Accidental brief splashes may not cause damage, but submersion or prolonged moisture exposure is not recommended. For waterproof flash drive options, the SanDisk Extreme Go has a water-resistant design. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 5 Years · SanDisk Limited Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk Ultra microSD cards — full range — Samsung EVO Plus microSD cards — Lexar flash storage range — Browse all storage and accessories at maibo Browse the full storage and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-256gb-ultra-flair-usb-3-0-flash-drive-metal-high-speed-usb-stick-silver-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2193467819.webp","38.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDCZ73-256G-G46","88","0619659154189" "57420","Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set – White (Bulk)","The Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set – White (Bulk)— official Samsung EP-TA845 adapter with USB-C to USB-C cable. Delivers 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 to compatible Samsung Galaxy devices, 25W to mid-tier Galaxy models, and standard USB-C PD charging to any other USB-C device. White. Bulk packaging. ✓ 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 — Note 10+, Note 20 series, S20 Ultra, S21–S25 Ultra, Z Fold/Flip, Tab S8/S9 ✓ PD 3.0 PPS — also charges MacBook, iPad, and all USB-C devices at supported wattage ✓ Includes USB-C to USB-C cable · UK 3-pin plug · compact design ✓ Official Samsung EP-TA845 · Brand New — Bulk Packaging The Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set is Samsung's official EP-TA845 adapter — the highest-output Samsung wall charger in the standard consumer range, and the charger required to achieve 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 on compatible Samsung Galaxy devices. Samsung's Super Fast Charging 2.0 protocol uses USB Power Delivery 3.0 with Programmable Power Supply (PPS), which allows the charger and device to negotiate exact voltage and current levels in small increments rather than fixed steps — reducing heat generation inside the device and improving charging efficiency across the battery's charge curve. The 45W adapter is backwards compatible with the full Samsung charging tier stack: devices that support only 25W Super Fast Charging receive 25W, and any device that supports standard USB-C PD is charged at the appropriate power level. As a USB-C PD 3.0 charger, the EP-TA845 also charges non-Samsung USB-C devices — MacBook Air, iPad Pro, Google Pixel, iPhone 15 and later — at the wattage those devices can accept. Supplied in bulk packaging, brand new, with USB-C to USB-C cable included. 45W · Super Fast Charging 2.0 Samsung's Maximum Standard Wired Speed 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 is Samsung's highest standard wired charging tier, introduced with the Galaxy Note 10+ in 2019 and extended across the S-series Ultra, Z Fold, and Z Flip lines since then. The protocol uses USB PD 3.0 PPS with output voltages of 9V, 15V and 20V at up to 3A via fixed PDO steps, plus a PPS range of 3.3–21V with finer current control for the direct-charging phase. On the Galaxy S23 Ultra, S24 Ultra and S25 Ultra, 45W charging delivers approximately 65% charge in 30 minutes from flat — roughly double the speed of a standard 15W charger over that window. On the Z Fold 6 and Z Flip 6, 45W is also the rated maximum. On Galaxy Tab S8, S9, and S10 series, 45W is the tablet's maximum charge rate. The EP-TA845 is also the charger Samsung bundles with the Galaxy S25 Ultra, S24 Ultra and Z Fold series — buying the adapter standalone or as a set gives the same charge rate as the charger that ships in the premium Samsung box, at a lower cost. PD 3.0 PPS · Universal One Charger for Samsung and Everything Else USB Power Delivery 3.0 with PPS is the most capable USB charging standard currently in widespread use — supported by Samsung, Apple, Google, OnePlus, Xiaomi, Sony and virtually every USB-C device made since 2020. The EP-TA845 is certified for PD 3.0 PPS, which means it negotiates the highest available charging speed with any PD-compatible device. MacBook Air (M-series) charges at up to 30W from this adapter — not at 45W because the MacBook requires the 20V/2.25A output PDO, and the MacBook's USB-C port accepts up to approximately 30W from single-port USB-C adapters in practice. iPad Pro and iPad Air USB-C models charge at their rated 18W–20W via USB-C. Google Pixel 8 and 9 series charge at up to 30W PPS. iPhone 15, 16 Pro and Pro Max charge at up to 27W USB-C PD. For users who charge multiple device types — Samsung phone, iPad, MacBook — the EP-TA845 replaces multiple single-purpose chargers with one compact adapter that handles the full range at the highest speed each device supports. Charging Speed Per Device What Speed Does My Samsung Get? Samsung's Super Fast Charging 2.0 at 45W: Galaxy Note 10+, Note 10+ 5G, Note 20 Ultra, S20 Ultra, S21 Ultra, S22 Ultra, S23 Ultra, S24 Ultra, S25 Ultra, Z Fold 2 through 6, Z Flip 3 through 6, Galaxy Tab S8+, S8 Ultra, S9+, S9 Ultra, S9 FE, S10+, S10 Ultra. Super Fast Charging at 25W: Galaxy S21, S21+, S22, S22+, S23, S23+, S24, S24+, S25, S25+, Note 10, Note 10 5G, S10 5G, A80, A90 5G — these devices cap at 25W regardless of the charger's 45W capability. Standard 15W Adaptive Fast Charging: Galaxy A series and older S-series phones that do not support Super Fast Charging — the adapter delivers 15W to these devices. For non-Samsung USB-C devices: the adapter supplies USB-C PD at the appropriate wattage the device requests, up to the adapter's 45W ceiling. The adapter never overpowers a device — PD negotiation means each device draws only what its charging circuit requests. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy Note 10+, S20–S25 Ultra, Z Fold/Flip, or Tab S8/S9 and want the full 45W charging speed ✔ Want one charger that handles Samsung, MacBook, iPad and iPhone at each device's maximum USB-C PD speed ✔ Need a replacement or spare for the charger that originally came with your Galaxy S or Z series device ✔ Want official Samsung quality — not a third-party adapter using the EP-TA845 model number Consider something else if… ✖ You only own a Galaxy S21, S22, S23 base or + — those models cap at 25W; the Samsung 25W adapter is sufficient and more compact ✖ You need to charge a MacBook Pro at full 67W or 96W — you need a dedicated 67W or 96W USB-C PD adapter for that ✖ You need a dual-port charger — the EP-TA845 is single-port USB-C only Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Travel Adapter Adapter MPN EP-TA845XWEGGB (UK) / EP-TA845XWEGWW (global) Colour White Max Output 45W Charging Standard Samsung Super Fast Charging 2.0 · USB PD 3.0 PPS Output Voltage (PDO) 9V / 15V / 20V · up to 3A (9V, 15V) · 2.25A (20V) Output Voltage (PPS) 3.3–11V / 3.3–16V / 3.3–21V · variable current Output Port USB-C (single port) Plug UK 3-pin 45W Compatible Devices Note 10+, Note 20 Ultra, S20–S25 Ultra, Z Fold 2–6, Z Flip 3–6, Tab S8+/S9+/S9 Ultra and above 25W Compatible Devices S21/S22/S23/S24/S25 base and +, Note 10, S10 5G, A80, A90 5G Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung EP-TA845 45W USB-C wall adapter — White · UK 3-pin · Brand New — Bulk Packaging — Samsung USB-C to USB-C cable Frequently Asked Questions Does my Samsung Galaxy get 45W from this charger? Only if your device supports Super Fast Charging 2.0. Galaxy S20–S25 Ultra, Note 10+, Note 20 Ultra, Z Fold 2–6, Z Flip 3–6, and Tab S8+/S9+ and above are 45W compatible. The S21, S22, S23, S24, S25 base and Plus models cap at 25W — this charger delivers 25W to those devices, not 45W. Check Samsung's spec page for your model to confirm which charging tier it supports. Will this charge a MacBook or iPad? Yes. The EP-TA845 is a USB PD 3.0 charger — it works with any USB-C PD device. MacBook Air (M-series) accepts up to approximately 30W from a single-port USB-C charger. iPad Pro USB-C models charge at their supported rate (18–20W). iPhone 15 and 16 series charge at up to 27W USB-C PD. The charger will not exceed what each device requests — it is safe to use across all USB-C devices. What does bulk packaging mean? Brand new and unused — the adapter and cable are genuine Samsung components, identical to retail stock. Supplied without an individual retail box. Bulk packaging is how Samsung supplies accessories to business and distribution channels — the product inside is exactly the same. What is the difference between Super Fast Charging and Super Fast Charging 2.0? Super Fast Charging (25W) uses USB PD 3.0 at fixed voltage steps. Super Fast Charging 2.0 (45W) adds PPS — Programmable Power Supply — which allows the charger and phone to negotiate voltage and current in fine increments, enabling higher peak power and more efficient battery-direct charging that reduces heat in the phone during the fast-charge phase. This adapter supports both tiers and delivers each to the appropriate device automatically. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Huawei CP61 27W SuperCharge Wireless Charger — Browse all chargers and accessories at maibo Browse the full chargers and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-45w-usb-c-super-fast-charging-set-white-bulk/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/uk-travel-adapter-ep-ta845-303971-ep-ta845xweggb-363992644.jpeg","15.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Samsung","45W White Set","88","" "57330","Xiaomi Mi Precision 24-in-1 Screwdriver Set– Electronics Repair Tool Kit","The Xiaomi Mi Precision 24-in-1 Screwdriver Set is the repair kit that lives in a drawer and earns its place every month: 24 precision S2-steel bits in a magnetic aluminium case, covering the tiny screws in phones, laptops, glasses, consoles, drones and toys. The driver is weighted and knurled for real control, the bits snap into their slots magnetically so none go missing, and the whole kit closes into a palm-sized block of aluminium. Coverage24 bits — the screws you actually meetPhillips, slotted, Torx, hex, Pentalobe and more: the set covers the fasteners in consumer electronics — laptop bottoms, phone frames, controller shells, glasses hinges, drone arms. One kit replaces the junk-drawer collection of orphan screwdrivers.QualityS2 steel, magnetic tipsBits are machined from S2 tool steel — the grade proper bit sets use — so they bite instead of rounding, and magnetised tips hold tiny screws through the nervous part of reassembly. The driver’s weighted aluminium body with a free-spinning cap gives watchmaker-style control.OrderA case that keeps itself tidyEvery bit has a magnetic slot in the aluminium case, visible at a glance — you know instantly if one is missing before the case closes. Palm-sized, flat, and tidy enough to live in a laptop bag. Right choice if you…✔ Fix your own laptops, phones, controllers and gadgets✔ Want one tidy kit instead of a drawer of odd drivers✔ Value S2-steel bits that do not round delicate screws✔ Need a thoughtful, useful gift for a tinkerer Consider something else if…✖ You repair daily and want power assist — see the Xiaomi Electric Precision Screwdriver✖ You need household/automotive sizes — this is a precision (small-screw) set✖ You need exotic security bits beyond the common 24 Xiaomi Mi Precision 24-in-1 — Technical SpecificationsBrandXiaomiBits24 precision bits, S2 tool steel, magneticDriverWeighted aluminium body, free-spinning capCaseAluminium, magnetic bit slotsUsePhones, laptops, consoles, drones, glasses, toysMPNPrinted on retail packagingEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Precision driver with aluminium body —24 S2-steel precision bits —Magnetic aluminium storage case Frequently Asked QuestionsWill it open an iPhone or MacBook?The set includes the Pentalobe and Torx sizes those devices use alongside standard Phillips and slotted bits — the common fasteners in Apple, Android and laptop hardware are covered.Manual or electric — which Xiaomi set should I buy?This manual set is the budget-friendly, maximum-control choice for occasional repairs. If you open devices weekly, the electric version drives screws faster and saves your wrist — both carry 24 S2 bits.Are the bits magnetic?Yes — the tips hold small screws securely, and each bit seats magnetically in the case so the set stays complete.Is it strong enough for stubborn screws?For precision fasteners, yes — S2 steel resists rounding and the knurled, weighted driver gives real torque for its class. It is not intended for large wood or machine screws.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Xiaomi Electric Precision Screwdriver 24-in-1—Xiaomi Smart Laser Measure—Browse all Smart Lifestyle at maibo Browse the full smart lifestyle range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-mi-precision-24-in-1-screwdriver-set-electronics-repair-tool-kit/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/xiaomi-mijia-electric-screwdriver-1000x1000-1.png","29.98","Smart Lifestyle > Travel & Outdoor Tech","Xiaomi","Xiaomi Mi Precision 24-in-1 Screwdriver Set","128","" "57338","Xiaomi Mi Precision 24-in-1 Screwdriver Set– Electronics Repair Tool Kit","The Xiaomi Mi Precision 24-in-1 Screwdriver Set is the repair kit that lives in a drawer and earns its place every month: 24 precision S2-steel bits in a magnetic aluminium case, covering the tiny screws in phones, laptops, glasses, consoles, drones and toys. The driver is weighted and knurled for real control, the bits snap into their slots magnetically so none go missing, and the whole kit closes into a palm-sized block of aluminium. Coverage24 bits — the screws you actually meetPhillips, slotted, Torx, hex, Pentalobe and more: the set covers the fasteners in consumer electronics — laptop bottoms, phone frames, controller shells, glasses hinges, drone arms. One kit replaces the junk-drawer collection of orphan screwdrivers.QualityS2 steel, magnetic tipsBits are machined from S2 tool steel — the grade proper bit sets use — so they bite instead of rounding, and magnetised tips hold tiny screws through the nervous part of reassembly. The driver’s weighted aluminium body with a free-spinning cap gives watchmaker-style control.OrderA case that keeps itself tidyEvery bit has a magnetic slot in the aluminium case, visible at a glance — you know instantly if one is missing before the case closes. Palm-sized, flat, and tidy enough to live in a laptop bag. Right choice if you…✔ Fix your own laptops, phones, controllers and gadgets✔ Want one tidy kit instead of a drawer of odd drivers✔ Value S2-steel bits that do not round delicate screws✔ Need a thoughtful, useful gift for a tinkerer Consider something else if…✖ You repair daily and want power assist — see the Xiaomi Electric Precision Screwdriver✖ You need household/automotive sizes — this is a precision (small-screw) set✖ You need exotic security bits beyond the common 24 Xiaomi Mi Precision 24-in-1 — Technical SpecificationsBrandXiaomiBits24 precision bits, S2 tool steel, magneticDriverWeighted aluminium body, free-spinning capCaseAluminium, magnetic bit slotsUsePhones, laptops, consoles, drones, glasses, toysMPNPrinted on retail packagingEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Precision driver with aluminium body —24 S2-steel precision bits —Magnetic aluminium storage case Frequently Asked QuestionsWill it open an iPhone or MacBook?The set includes the Pentalobe and Torx sizes those devices use alongside standard Phillips and slotted bits — the common fasteners in Apple, Android and laptop hardware are covered.Manual or electric — which Xiaomi set should I buy?This manual set is the budget-friendly, maximum-control choice for occasional repairs. If you open devices weekly, the electric version drives screws faster and saves your wrist — both carry 24 S2 bits.Are the bits magnetic?Yes — the tips hold small screws securely, and each bit seats magnetically in the case so the set stays complete.Is it strong enough for stubborn screws?For precision fasteners, yes — S2 steel resists rounding and the knurled, weighted driver gives real torque for its class. It is not intended for large wood or machine screws.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Xiaomi Electric Precision Screwdriver 24-in-1—Xiaomi Smart Laser Measure—Browse all Smart Lifestyle at maibo Browse the full smart lifestyle range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-mi-precision-24-in-1-screwdriver-set-electronics-repair-tool-kit/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/xiaomi-mijia-electric-screwdriver-1000x1000-1.png","169.90","Smart Lifestyle > Travel & Outdoor Tech","Xiaomi","EU4KANXT9IL5","130","" "57273","OPPO SUPERVOOC 65W USB-A to USB-C Charging Cable – 6.5A White","The OPPO SUPERVOOC 65W cable is the part of the fast-charging chain most people get wrong. SUPERVOOC pushes up to 6.5A of current — more than double what a standard 3A USB-C cable is built for — so a generic replacement cable either throttles your OPPO fast charging down to ordinary speeds or runs hot trying to keep up. This genuine OPPO DL129 USB-A to USB-C charging cable is built with the correct wire gauge and shielding for the full 6.5A, which means your Find, Reno, F-series or Realme phone charges at the speed OPPO designed — a 65W SUPERVOOC charger can take a flat battery to full in around half an hour with the right cable in the loop. Speed 65W SUPERVOOC Charging SUPERVOOC is OPPO's proprietary fast-charging protocol: charger, cable and phone negotiate the maximum safe power between them, and the weakest link sets the speed. Because this cable is rated for the full 65W at 6.5A, it never becomes that weak link — the charger delivers everything the phone can accept. With a generic cable the same charger quietly falls back to standard charging, and most people never realise why their 'fast charger' stopped feeling fast. Safety 6.5A High-Current Build Current is what stresses a cable — and 6.5A is more than double the 3A a typical USB-C lead is engineered for. The DL129 uses heavier-gauge conductors and proper shielding so it carries that current without heat build-up, voltage drop or long-term connector wear. It is CE, RoHS and FCC certified, and because SUPERVOOC runs high current at low voltage, the heat stays in the charger rather than in your phone's battery — one of the reasons OPPO batteries age well despite the charging speed. Compatibility Find · Reno · F Series · Realme Works across the OPPO SUPERVOOC family — Find X2 / X3 / X5 series, Reno4 through Reno8, F17 / F19 and SUPERVOOC-equipped Realme models — plus VOOC and Quick Charge devices at their supported speeds. On any other USB-C phone it still works as a normal charge and data cable, so it never becomes a drawer cable even if you change brands. USB-A connector fits OPPO wall chargers, car chargers and any USB-A power source. Right choice if you… ✔ Own an OPPO or Realme phone with SUPERVOOC / VOOC fast charging ✔ Replaced a lost or worn original cable and charging suddenly feels slow ✔ Want a certified spare for the car, office or bedside ✔ Use a SUPERVOOC wall or car charger with a USB-A output Consider something else if… ✖ You charge a OnePlus — the OnePlus Warp Charge 160W cable is the matching part ✖ Your charger is USB-C on both ends — see the Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C ✖ You need a Xiaomi turbo-charge lead — the Xiaomi 6A USB-C cable is the equivalent Technical Specifications Brand OPPO Charging Standard SUPERVOOC 65W · VOOC · Quick Charge compatible Current Rating 6.5A Connectors USB-A to USB-C Length / Colour 1m · White Data Transfer USB 2.0 charge & sync Certification CE · RoHS · FCC MPN DL129 EAN / GTIN Not stated Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — OPPO SUPERVOOC 65W USB-A to USB-C Cable — 1m, White (DL129) Frequently Asked Questions Why does my OPPO charge slowly with other cables? SUPERVOOC needs a 6.5A-rated cable to deliver full power. A standard USB-C cable is rated around 3A, so the charger detects it and falls back to normal charging speed to stay safe. Swap in a DL129-spec cable and full speed returns. Which phones does it fast-charge? OPPO SUPERVOOC models across the Find X2/X3/X5, Reno4–Reno8 and F17/F19 ranges, plus SUPERVOOC-equipped Realme phones. VOOC and Quick Charge devices charge at their own supported speeds. Does it work with non-OPPO phones? Yes — on any USB-C phone it works as a standard charge and data cable. The 65W SUPERVOOC speed only activates with an OPPO/Realme SUPERVOOC charger and device negotiating together. Do I need the OPPO charger as well, or just the cable? Both matter: the SUPERVOOC charger generates the power, the cable carries it, and the phone accepts it. If your original charger is fine and only the cable is worn or lost, this is the only part you need to replace. Does fast charging at 65W damage the battery? SUPERVOOC runs high current at low voltage, so most of the heat stays in the charger rather than the phone — heat being the main thing that ages a battery. Using the correctly rated cable is part of that safety design. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Warp Charge 160W USB-C to USB-C Cable — 10A — Xiaomi USB-A to USB-C Fast Charging Cable — 6A, 1m — Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Cable — Browse all Fast Charging Cables at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oppo-supervooc-65w-usb-a-to-usb-c-charging-cable-6-5a-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/OPPO-SUPERVOOC-65W-Cable-%E2%80%93-Official-USB-A-to-USB-C-6.5A-Fast-Charging-Lead-White-.jpg","4.99","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Oppo","Oppo 6.5A Type-C Cable","88","" "57244","Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter – Official UK Plug for Pixel 5 6 7 8 Pro","The Google 30W USB-C power adapter is the official fast charger engineered specifically for Pixel smartphones — stable, efficient 30W charging through a UK 3-pin plug, certified to Google's own standards. Pixel phones cap their charging speed just under 30W, which makes this the exact right size: full speed on every Pixel from the 5 to the 8 Pro, no oversized brick, no third-party guesswork. This listing is the adapter on its own — ideal if you already have a USB-C cable, with the cable and bundle versions linked below if you need the full set. Power 30W Fast Charging with PPS USB-C Power Delivery 3.0 with PPS delivers up to 30W — the maximum a Pixel will accept, taking a flat battery to around half charge in roughly 30 minutes on recent models. PPS lets the phone continuously fine-tune voltage during the charge, which keeps heat down and is the part many cheap '30W' adapters skip. Output steps: 5V/3A, 9V/3A, 15V/2A, 20V/1.5A. Compatibility Official Google Accessory Designed and certified by Google for Pixel 5, 6, 6a, 7, 7a, 8 and 8 Pro — and because USB-C PD is an open standard, it also charges the Pixel Tablet, Pixel Buds, iPads, USB-C iPhones and any other USB-C device at up to 30W. Voltage negotiation is automatic; the device only ever draws what it can safely accept. Design Compact UK Plug UK 3-pin plug fits directly into British wall sockets — no travel adapter, no wobble. The compact, lightweight white build matches the Pixel aesthetic and slips into a bag for the office or travel without claiming the space of a laptop brick. Pixel phones ship without a charger in the box; this is the one Google intends you to pair with them. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Pixel 5, 6, 6a, 7, 7a, 8 or 8 Pro and want official fast charging ✔ Already have a USB-C cable and only need the adapter ✔ Need a second charger for the office, bedside or travel bag ✔ Want one adapter that also fast-charges your earbuds and tablet Consider something else if… ✖ You need the cable too — the 30W charger + cable set (GA03499) costs less than buying separately ✖ You only need a replacement lead — see the Pixel USB-C to USB-C cable ✖ You travel in Europe — the EU plug version fits continental sockets Technical Specifications Brand Google Output 30W max — 5V/3A · 9V/3A · 15V/2A · 20V/1.5A Charging Standard USB-C Power Delivery 3.0 with PPS Plug / Input UK 3-pin (Type G) · 100–240V AC Colour White Cable Not included — adapter only (cable & bundle versions available separately) MPN GA03502-GB EAN / GTIN Not stated Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter — UK Plug (adapter only, no cable) Frequently Asked Questions Is a cable included? No — this listing is the adapter only, priced accordingly. If you need the lead as well, the charger + cable set (GA03499) linked above is the better-value option, or add the 1m Pixel USB-C cable separately. Will it fast-charge the Pixel 8 Pro at full speed? Yes — the 8 Pro tops out just under 30W, and this adapter's PD 3.0 + PPS profile is exactly what it needs. Bigger adapters do not charge a Pixel any faster; the phone sets the ceiling. Does it work with non-Pixel devices? Yes — USB-C PD is universal. Samsung and other Android phones, iPads, USB-C iPhones, earbuds and small laptops all charge at their own supported speed up to 30W. Any USB-C cable will do, or does it need a special one? Any decent USB-C to USB-C cable rated 3A or higher carries the full 30W. The official Pixel cable is a safe match, but this is a standard PD adapter — no proprietary cable tricks. What does bulk packaging mean? The adapter is brand new and unused, supplied in plain protective packaging rather than a printed retail box — the way genuine accessories are distributed to networks and repair channels. Same product, lower price. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Google Pixel 30W Charger + Cable Set (GA03499) — Google Pixel USB-C to USB-C Fast Charging Cable — 1m — Official Google Pixel USB-C Earbuds — Browse all Wall Chargers at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/google-30w-usb-c-power-adapter-official-uk-plug-for-pixel-5-6-7-8-pro/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Google-30W-USB-C-Fast-Charger-%E2%80%93-Official-UK-Plug-Power-Adapter-for-Pixel-5-6-7-8-Pro.png","12.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Google","Google 30W UK","118","" "57223","Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter with Cable – EU Plug – White","Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter with Cable – EU Plug – White A compact 30W USB-C charging solution designed for fast and reliable everyday charging. Product Description The Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter with Cable – EU Plug – White provides efficient and reliable charging for compatible USB-C devices. Designed to deliver up to 30W of power, it supports fast charging for smartphones, tablets, and other USB-C enabled accessories. This charger set includes a USB-C power adapter and a matching USB-C cable, offering a complete charging solution straight out of the box. The EU plug design makes it suitable for use across European regions at home, work, or while travelling. With a clean white finish and compact form factor, it fits easily into any charging setup without adding unnecessary bulk. Why Choose This Product A dependable USB-C charger set offering balanced power delivery and everyday usability for modern devices. Is This Right For You? If you use USB-C smartphones or tablets If you want a 30W charger for fast daily charging If you need an EU plug power adapter with cable included Key Features 30W Power Output – suitable for fast charging USB-C Interface – modern reversible connection EU Plug – compatible with European sockets USB-C Cable Included – complete charging set White Finish – clean and minimal design Item Specifics Brand Google Product Type USB-C Power Adapter Output Power 30W Plug Type EU Plug Technical Specifications Charging Interface USB-C Included Cable USB-C to USB-C Everyday Charging Experience Ideal for fast, reliable charging of USB-C devices at home, work, or while travelling.    ","https://maibo.uk/product/google-30w-usb-c-power-adapter-with-cable-eu-plug-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/2230468671.webp","17.99","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Google","Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter with Cable – EU Plug – White","88","" "57212","Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Fast Charging Cable – 1m White","Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Fast Charging Cable – 1m White Fast charging USB-C to USB-C cable designed for reliable power delivery and everyday use. Product Description The Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Fast Charging Cable – 1m White is engineered for dependable and efficient fast charging with modern USB-C devices. Featuring a USB-C to USB-C design and support for up to 5A current, this cable ensures stable power delivery for compatible smartphones, tablets, and accessories. With a length of 1 metre, this cable offers flexibility and convenience for everyday charging at home, in the office, or on the go. Its white finish provides a clean and modern appearance that complements a wide range of devices and accessories. Built with quality materials, the Samsung fast charging cable balances durability with flexibility, helping resist everyday wear and ensuring consistent power transfer. Whether you are replacing an existing cable or adding a reliable spare to your setup, the Samsung EP-DN980 provides a practical and efficient charging solution. Key Features USB-C to USB-C Connection – modern and widely compatible interface 5A Fast Charging Support – efficient power delivery 1 Metre Length – ideal for daily charging convenience Durable Construction – designed for everyday use White Finish – clean and minimalist design Feature Highlight Designed for fast and stable USB-C charging Reliable current delivery up to 5A Flexible everyday charging length Buyer Tip For optimal fast charging performance, pair this cable with a compatible USB-C fast charging adapter rated for 5A or higher. Mini Benchmark Offers faster and more stable charging compared to basic USB-C cables, especially when used with compatible fast charge power adapters. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Need a fast charging USB-C cable Only require data-only cables Want reliable everyday charging Prefer very short cables Use USB-C compatible devices daily Have only legacy ports Product Specifications Brand Samsung Model EP-DN980 Connector Type USB-C to USB-C Current Support Up to 5A Cable Length 1 metre FAQ – Frequently Asked Questions Q: Is this an original Samsung cable? Yes, this is a genuine OEM EP-DN980 Samsung cable in white. Q: Does it support 45W Super Fast Charging? Yes, with a compatible charger, it supports full 5A / 45W power delivery. Q: Can I use it for data sync? Yes, supports USB 2.0 data transfer and full charging functionality. Q: Is this retail or bulk packaging? This item is OEM bulk – brand new, no retail box included.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-ep-dn980-usb-c-to-usb-c-5a-fast-charging-cable-1m-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Samsung-EP-DN980-USB-C-to-USB-C-5A-Fast-Charging-Cable-%E2%80%93-1m-White.jpg","6.99","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Samsung","Samsung DN980 White","88","" "57189","Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Fast Charging Cable","Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Fast Charging Cable – 1m Black High-current USB-C charging cable designed for fast, stable and reliable everyday power delivery. Product Description The Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Fast Charging Cable – 1m Black is designed to support efficient and reliable fast charging for compatible USB-C devices. With support for up to 5A current, this cable enables stable power delivery when paired with suitable fast charging adapters. Featuring a USB-C to USB-C connection, the cable is ideal for charging smartphones, tablets, power banks and other modern USB-C devices. The 1-metre length offers a practical balance between flexibility and portability, making it suitable for home, office, or travel use. Built with Samsung’s quality standards, the cable combines durability with consistent performance, helping maintain reliable charging during everyday use. Whether used as a replacement or a spare, the Samsung EP-DN980 provides dependable fast charging with a clean black finish. Key Features USB-C to USB-C Interface – compatible with modern devices 5A Fast Charging Support – efficient power delivery 1 Metre Cable Length – ideal for daily charging needs Durable Construction – designed for everyday use Black Finish – clean and professional appearance Feature Highlight Supports high-current fast charging up to 5A Stable USB-C to USB-C power delivery Practical length for everyday charging Buyer Tip To achieve optimal fast charging speeds, use this cable with a compatible USB-C power adapter that supports 5A output. Mini Benchmark Delivers more stable and efficient charging compared to standard USB-C cables with lower current support. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Need fast USB-C charging Only require basic charging speeds Use USB-C devices daily Use legacy charging ports Prefer reliable and durable cables Need extra-long cables Product Specifications Brand Samsung Model EP-DN980 Connector Type USB-C to USB-C Current Support Up to 5A Cable Length 1 metre FAQ – Frequently Asked Questions Q: Is this an original Samsung cable? Yes, this is a 100% genuine OEM EP-DN980 Samsung USB-C cable in black. Q: Does it support 5A fast charging? Yes, with a compatible charger it supports up to 45W charging at 5 Amps. Q: Is this suitable for MacBooks and Chromebooks? Yes, it supports USB PD charging for most laptops and tablets. Q: Is this a retail or bulk item? This is OEM bulk (new, no retail packaging).","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-ep-dn980-usb-c-to-usb-c-5a-fast-charging-cable/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Samsung-EP-DN980-USB-C-to-USB-C-5A-Fast-Charging-Cable-scaled.webp","4.99","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Samsung","Samsung EP-DN980 Black","88","" "57164","HyperX Cloud II Gaming Headset – Wired Stereo Over-Ear Mic for PC PS4 PS5 Red","The HyperX Cloud II is one of the most recommended gaming headsets ever made — and a decade on, the reasons have not changed: 53mm drivers with a warm, clear tuning, the Cloud line’s legendary memory-foam comfort, a detachable noise-cancelling mic, and the USB sound card that adds virtual 7.1 surround on PC. This is the Red edition, brand new — the headset half the internet learned to game on.Sound53mm drivers + virtual 7.1Big 53mm drivers deliver the Cloud II’s famous warm, detailed sound — footsteps readable, explosions weighty, music genuinely enjoyable. Plug the included USB sound card into a PC and hardware-driven virtual 7.1 surround widens the stage for positional play.ComfortThe legend is the foamMemory foam ear cushions and headband on an aluminium frame — the combination that made 'Cloud comfort' a phrase. Marathon sessions end because the game does, not because your ears do.VersatilityConsole-ready 3.5mm + USBUse the 3.5mm jack on PS5, PS4, Xbox controllers, Switch and phones; use the USB sound card on PC for 7.1 and independent mic/volume controls clipped to your shirt. The noise-cancelling mic detaches for music-only days.Right choice if you…✔ Want the proven classic, not an experiment✔ Play across PC and consoles with one headset✔ Value marathon comfort above RGB gimmicks✔ Need a clear noise-cancelling mic for team playConsider something else if…✖ You want the newer tuning and USB-C — see the HyperX Cloud III✖ You prefer the other finish — the Cloud II in Gun Metal is in stock✖ You need wireless freedom — see the Cloud II WirelessHyperX Cloud II (Red) — Technical SpecificationsBrandHyperXDrivers53mmSurroundVirtual 7.1 via USB sound card (PC)MicrophoneDetachable, noise-cancellingConnectivity3.5mm · USB audio control box (PC)FrameAluminium, memory foam cushionsColourRedMPNKHX-HSCP-RDEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—HyperX Cloud II headset (Red)—Detachable noise-cancelling microphone—USB audio control box (7.1, mic/volume)—Spare velour ear cushions · airplane adapter · mesh bagFrequently Asked QuestionsCloud II or Cloud III — which should I buy?The III adds angled drivers, a better mic and native USB-C. The II answers with the classic warmer tuning, the 7.1 USB box and a lower price — and its comfort remains identical in reputation. Both are safe buys; the II is the value legend.Does 7.1 surround work on PS5 or Xbox?The virtual 7.1 is driven by the USB sound card on PC. On consoles the headset runs in rich stereo via 3.5mm — which many players prefer for accuracy anyway.Is the mic detachable and good for Discord?Yes — it unplugs entirely, and its noise-cancelling pickup keeps keyboard clatter out of your team’s ears. Certified clear for chat platforms since its launch era.Why buy a decade-old design new?Because it never stopped being good — HyperX kept it in production for years precisely because the comfort-sound-price triangle held. Sealed new stock, full warranty.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—HyperX Cloud II — Gun Metal—HyperX Cloud III Wired — Black/Red—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-ii-gaming-headset-wired-stereo-over-ear-mic-for-pc-ps4-ps5-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/415094155.webp","54.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","KHX-HSCP-RD","19","" "57174","HyperX Cloud II Gaming Headset – Wired Stereo Over-Ear Mic for PC PS4 PS5 Red","The HyperX Cloud II is one of the most recommended gaming headsets ever made — and a decade on, the reasons have not changed: 53mm drivers with a warm, clear tuning, the Cloud line’s legendary memory-foam comfort, a detachable noise-cancelling mic, and the USB sound card that adds virtual 7.1 surround on PC. This is the Red edition, brand new — the headset half the internet learned to game on.Sound53mm drivers + virtual 7.1Big 53mm drivers deliver the Cloud II’s famous warm, detailed sound — footsteps readable, explosions weighty, music genuinely enjoyable. Plug the included USB sound card into a PC and hardware-driven virtual 7.1 surround widens the stage for positional play.ComfortThe legend is the foamMemory foam ear cushions and headband on an aluminium frame — the combination that made 'Cloud comfort' a phrase. Marathon sessions end because the game does, not because your ears do.VersatilityConsole-ready 3.5mm + USBUse the 3.5mm jack on PS5, PS4, Xbox controllers, Switch and phones; use the USB sound card on PC for 7.1 and independent mic/volume controls clipped to your shirt. The noise-cancelling mic detaches for music-only days.Right choice if you…✔ Want the proven classic, not an experiment✔ Play across PC and consoles with one headset✔ Value marathon comfort above RGB gimmicks✔ Need a clear noise-cancelling mic for team playConsider something else if…✖ You want the newer tuning and USB-C — see the HyperX Cloud III✖ You prefer the other finish — the Cloud II in Gun Metal is in stock✖ You need wireless freedom — see the Cloud II WirelessHyperX Cloud II (Red) — Technical SpecificationsBrandHyperXDrivers53mmSurroundVirtual 7.1 via USB sound card (PC)MicrophoneDetachable, noise-cancellingConnectivity3.5mm · USB audio control box (PC)FrameAluminium, memory foam cushionsColourRedMPNKHX-HSCP-RDEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—HyperX Cloud II headset (Red)—Detachable noise-cancelling microphone—USB audio control box (7.1, mic/volume)—Spare velour ear cushions · airplane adapter · mesh bagFrequently Asked QuestionsCloud II or Cloud III — which should I buy?The III adds angled drivers, a better mic and native USB-C. The II answers with the classic warmer tuning, the 7.1 USB box and a lower price — and its comfort remains identical in reputation. Both are safe buys; the II is the value legend.Does 7.1 surround work on PS5 or Xbox?The virtual 7.1 is driven by the USB sound card on PC. On consoles the headset runs in rich stereo via 3.5mm — which many players prefer for accuracy anyway.Is the mic detachable and good for Discord?Yes — it unplugs entirely, and its noise-cancelling pickup keeps keyboard clatter out of your team’s ears. Certified clear for chat platforms since its launch era.Why buy a decade-old design new?Because it never stopped being good — HyperX kept it in production for years precisely because the comfort-sound-price triangle held. Sealed new stock, full warranty.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—HyperX Cloud II — Gun Metal—HyperX Cloud III Wired — Black/Red—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-ii-gaming-headset-wired-stereo-over-ear-mic-for-pc-ps4-ps5-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/415094155.webp","487.63","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","TMQLCWDURBB3","19","" "57140","HyperX Cloud Earbuds II In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset - Red","The HyperX Cloud Earbuds II are wired in-ear gaming earbuds with 14mm drivers tuned for handheld and mobile gaming — instant plug-and-play via 3.5mm, no charging or pairing required. Available in Red. ✓ 14mm drivers optimised for gaming audio — directional detail, clear mids and voice chat clarity ✓ Built-in microphone and multifunction button — calls, media control and in-game chat without touching the device ✓ 4 ear tip sizes · 90° low-profile plug · hard carrying case included ✓ Compatible with Nintendo Switch, Steam Deck, PS5 (DualSense), PC and any 3.5mm mobile device The HyperX Cloud Earbuds II In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset - Red are wired in-ear gaming earbuds designed for handheld console gaming and mobile use — specifically engineered for the Nintendo Switch, Steam Deck and PS5 DualSense controller, as well as smartphones and PC. Where over-ear gaming headsets are impractical for portable play, the Cloud Earbuds II deliver HyperX's gaming audio tuning in an earbud format that travels in a hard carrying case and connects via a standard 3.5mm plug. The 14mm drivers are larger than those found in typical earbuds and are tuned for the directional audio detail that matters in gaming — footstep positioning, environmental cues and voice chat clarity — rather than the bass-heavy consumer audio profile of many earphones. The redesigned 90-degree low-profile plug reduces cable snag and strain on the connector when the cable runs down to a handheld console or controller. Four ear tip sizes are included to cover a wide range of ear canal dimensions, and the built-in microphone with multifunction button allows instant switching between gaming and calls without touching the device. No drivers, no software, no charging required — plug in and play. 14mm Drivers Larger Drivers, Tuned for Gaming Most consumer earbuds use 9–11mm drivers tuned for music playback, with a bass-forward profile that works well for streaming but obscures the positional audio detail that gaming requires. The Cloud Earbuds II use 14mm drivers — larger than most earbuds in the category — and are tuned by HyperX specifically for gaming audio. The practical difference is audible in games that depend on spatial awareness: footstep direction, environmental audio cues, the distance and angle of sound effects, and clear voice communication in party chat. The larger driver also delivers more physical headroom before distortion at higher volume levels, which matters when gaming audio peaks on explosions or gunfire. The tuning does not sacrifice music listening quality — the earbuds work well for streaming, podcasts and everyday audio — but the priority is gaming performance rather than consumer audio aesthetics. At this driver size and price point, the Cloud Earbuds II sit in a category above budget gaming earbuds while remaining accessible. 90° Plug · 4 Tip Sizes Designed for Handheld Play The physical design of the Cloud Earbuds II addresses two specific problems with wired earbuds used for handheld gaming. The first is the connector: a standard straight 3.5mm plug sticks out perpendicular to the console's headphone port and is prone to being knocked, strained or broken when the cable runs downward to a pocket or lap. The 90-degree angled low-profile plug on the Cloud Earbuds II sits flush against the console body, reducing leverage on the connector and the cable management problem during play. The second issue is fit: earbud fit varies significantly between ear canal shapes, and a poor fit results in both reduced audio quality (bass and isolation both depend on seal) and physical discomfort during extended sessions. Four silicone tip sizes are included — XS, S, M, L — covering a wider size range than the two or three tips included with many budget earbuds. The flat cable construction reduces tangling compared to round cables, which is relevant when storing the earbuds in the included hard case between sessions. Built-in Mic · Hard Case Voice Chat · Calls · Portable Storage The built-in microphone is positioned on the cable inline, capturing voice audio for gaming party chat, Discord and phone calls. The multifunction button on the same inline control allows play/pause, call answer/end, and track skip functions on supported devices — removing the need to pick up the phone or touch the console for media control. The microphone quality is adequate for gaming voice chat and calls on mobile devices: clear enough for teammates to understand without background noise becoming intrusive, which is the practical threshold for this use case. The included hard-shell carrying case is a meaningful inclusion at this price point — most budget earbuds ship in cardboard or flimsy pouches that provide no protection. The rigid case protects the earbuds and cable in a bag or pocket, and stores the extra ear tips neatly. For Switch and Steam Deck users who carry their console in a bag, having the earbuds stored in a hard case rather than loose means they arrive undamaged and untangled at the start of each session. Right choice if you… ✔ Game on Nintendo Switch, Steam Deck or PS5 DualSense and want portable wired audio ✔ Want gaming-tuned earbuds for directional audio and voice chat rather than music-focused earphones ✔ Need instant plug-and-play with no charging, pairing or software required ✔ Want earbuds with a hard carrying case for daily carry in a bag ✔ Use your earbuds for both gaming and calls on a smartphone Consider something else if… ✖ You want wireless — see the HyperX Cloud Core or HyperX Cloud MIX Buds for wireless options ✖ You game primarily on PC at a desk — an over-ear headset with boom mic will deliver better audio isolation and voice quality ✖ Your device uses USB-C audio only — the Cloud Earbuds II requires a 3.5mm port or a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter Technical Specifications Brand HyperX (HP) Model Cloud Earbuds II Colour Red Driver Size 14mm Connectivity 3.5mm wired · 90° low-profile plug Microphone Built-in inline mic + multifunction button Ear Tips 4 sizes included (XS / S / M / L) Compatible Devices Nintendo Switch · Steam Deck · PS5 (DualSense) · PC · mobile (3.5mm) Includes Cloud Earbuds II · hard carrying case · quick start guide MPN 70N24AA EAN / GTIN 196786923265 Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (HyperX/HP) In the Box — HyperX Cloud Earbuds II — Red — Hard-shell carrying case — Ear tips — XS / S / M / L (4 sets) — Quick start guide Frequently Asked Questions Do the Cloud Earbuds II work with Nintendo Switch in handheld mode? Yes. The Nintendo Switch has a 3.5mm headphone port in handheld mode and the Cloud Earbuds II connect directly without any adapter. The built-in microphone also works for voice chat in games that support it. In docked mode, audio routes through HDMI to the TV — you would need to use the DualSense controller's 3.5mm port or a USB audio adapter for earbuds in docked play. Will these work with PS5? Yes, via the 3.5mm port on the PS5 DualSense controller. Plug the earbuds into the controller's headphone jack and audio routes through them immediately. The built-in microphone functions for party chat. PS5 does not have a dedicated front-panel 3.5mm port — the DualSense controller port is the standard connection point for wired earbuds. What does the multifunction button do? On mobile devices and compatible players: single press answers/ends calls and plays/pauses media; double press skips to the next track. Functionality depends on the device — full multifunction support requires a device that recognises the inline control standard (most Android and iOS devices do). On Nintendo Switch and Steam Deck, standard 3.5mm CTIA headphone controls are supported. My phone only has USB-C and no 3.5mm port — will these work? The Cloud Earbuds II use a 3.5mm connector and require either a 3.5mm port or a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (DAC adapter, not a passive cable). Many Android phones have removed the headphone jack — check your phone's specifications before purchasing. USB-C to 3.5mm adapters are widely available and typically cost £5–10; the Cloud Earbuds II will function correctly through a quality adapter. How do the Cloud Earbuds II compare to the original Cloud Earbuds? The Cloud Earbuds II adds a redesigned ear tip shape with four sizes (the original shipped with three), a 90-degree low-profile plug replacing the straight plug, a flat tangle-resistant cable, and a hard carrying case. The driver size (14mm) and 3.5mm wired connectivity remain the same. The II is the current model and supersedes the original. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (HyperX/HP) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud Core Wired Gaming Headset — Black — HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset — Black/Red — HyperX QuadCast S USB Condenser Microphone — Browse all Gaming accessories at maibo Browse the full gaming headset and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-ii-in-ear-wired-gaming-headset-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/HyperX-Cloud-Earbuds-II-%E2%80%93-In-Ear-Wired-Gaming-Headset-with-Mic-3.5mm-Red.webp","22.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","705L8AA","122","196786890161" "57121","HyperX Cloud Earbuds II – In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset with Mic 3.5mm Black","The HyperX Cloud Earbuds II are wired in-ear gaming earbuds with 14mm drivers tuned for handheld and mobile gaming — instant plug-and-play via 3.5mm, no charging or pairing required. Available in Black. ✓ 14mm drivers optimised for gaming audio — directional detail, clear mids and voice chat clarity ✓ Built-in microphone and multifunction button — calls, media control and in-game chat without touching the device ✓ 4 ear tip sizes · 90° low-profile plug · hard carrying case included ✓ Compatible with Nintendo Switch, Steam Deck, PS5 (DualSense), PC and any 3.5mm mobile device The HyperX Cloud Earbuds II – In-Ear Wired Gaming Headset with Mic 3.5mm Blackare wired in-ear gaming earbuds designed for handheld console gaming and mobile use — specifically engineered for the Nintendo Switch, Steam Deck and PS5 DualSense controller, as well as smartphones and PC. Where over-ear gaming headsets are impractical for portable play, the Cloud Earbuds II deliver HyperX's gaming audio tuning in an earbud format that travels in a hard carrying case and connects via a standard 3.5mm plug. The 14mm drivers are larger than those found in typical earbuds and are tuned for the directional audio detail that matters in gaming — footstep positioning, environmental cues and voice chat clarity — rather than the bass-heavy consumer audio profile of many earphones. The redesigned 90-degree low-profile plug reduces cable snag and strain on the connector when the cable runs down to a handheld console or controller. Four ear tip sizes are included to cover a wide range of ear canal dimensions, and the built-in microphone with multifunction button allows instant switching between gaming and calls without touching the device. No drivers, no software, no charging required — plug in and play. 14mm Drivers Larger Drivers, Tuned for Gaming Most consumer earbuds use 9–11mm drivers tuned for music playback, with a bass-forward profile that works well for streaming but obscures the positional audio detail that gaming requires. The Cloud Earbuds II use 14mm drivers — larger than most earbuds in the category — and are tuned by HyperX specifically for gaming audio. The practical difference is audible in games that depend on spatial awareness: footstep direction, environmental audio cues, the distance and angle of sound effects, and clear voice communication in party chat. The larger driver also delivers more physical headroom before distortion at higher volume levels, which matters when gaming audio peaks on explosions or gunfire. The tuning does not sacrifice music listening quality — the earbuds work well for streaming, podcasts and everyday audio — but the priority is gaming performance rather than consumer audio aesthetics. At this driver size and price point, the Cloud Earbuds II sit in a category above budget gaming earbuds while remaining accessible. 90° Plug · 4 Tip Sizes Designed for Handheld Play The physical design of the Cloud Earbuds II addresses two specific problems with wired earbuds used for handheld gaming. The first is the connector: a standard straight 3.5mm plug sticks out perpendicular to the console's headphone port and is prone to being knocked, strained or broken when the cable runs downward to a pocket or lap. The 90-degree angled low-profile plug on the Cloud Earbuds II sits flush against the console body, reducing leverage on the connector and the cable management problem during play. The second issue is fit: earbud fit varies significantly between ear canal shapes, and a poor fit results in both reduced audio quality (bass and isolation both depend on seal) and physical discomfort during extended sessions. Four silicone tip sizes are included — XS, S, M, L — covering a wider size range than the two or three tips included with many budget earbuds. The flat cable construction reduces tangling compared to round cables, which is relevant when storing the earbuds in the included hard case between sessions. Built-in Mic · Hard Case Voice Chat · Calls · Portable Storage The built-in microphone is positioned on the cable inline, capturing voice audio for gaming party chat, Discord and phone calls. The multifunction button on the same inline control allows play/pause, call answer/end, and track skip functions on supported devices — removing the need to pick up the phone or touch the console for media control. The microphone quality is adequate for gaming voice chat and calls on mobile devices: clear enough for teammates to understand without background noise becoming intrusive, which is the practical threshold for this use case. The included hard-shell carrying case is a meaningful inclusion at this price point — most budget earbuds ship in cardboard or flimsy pouches that provide no protection. The rigid case protects the earbuds and cable in a bag or pocket, and stores the extra ear tips neatly. For Switch and Steam Deck users who carry their console in a bag, having the earbuds stored in a hard case rather than loose means they arrive undamaged and untangled at the start of each session. Right choice if you… ✔ Game on Nintendo Switch, Steam Deck or PS5 DualSense and want portable wired audio ✔ Want gaming-tuned earbuds for directional audio and voice chat rather than music-focused earphones ✔ Need instant plug-and-play with no charging, pairing or software required ✔ Want earbuds with a hard carrying case for daily carry in a bag ✔ Use your earbuds for both gaming and calls on a smartphone Consider something else if… ✖ You want wireless — see the HyperX Cloud Core or HyperX Cloud MIX Buds for wireless options ✖ You game primarily on PC at a desk — an over-ear headset with boom mic will deliver better audio isolation and voice quality ✖ Your device uses USB-C audio only — the Cloud Earbuds II requires a 3.5mm port or a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter Technical Specifications Brand HyperX (HP) Model Cloud Earbuds II Colour Black Driver Size 14mm Connectivity 3.5mm wired · 90° low-profile plug Microphone Built-in inline mic + multifunction button Ear Tips 4 sizes included (XS / S / M / L) Compatible Devices Nintendo Switch · Steam Deck · PS5 (DualSense) · PC · mobile (3.5mm) Includes Cloud Earbuds II · hard carrying case · quick start guide MPN 70N24AA EAN / GTIN 196786923265 Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (HyperX/HP) In the Box — HyperX Cloud Earbuds II — Black — Hard-shell carrying case — Ear tips — XS / S / M / L (4 sets) — Quick start guide Frequently Asked Questions Do the Cloud Earbuds II work with Nintendo Switch in handheld mode? Yes. The Nintendo Switch has a 3.5mm headphone port in handheld mode and the Cloud Earbuds II connect directly without any adapter. The built-in microphone also works for voice chat in games that support it. In docked mode, audio routes through HDMI to the TV — you would need to use the DualSense controller's 3.5mm port or a USB audio adapter for earbuds in docked play. Will these work with PS5? Yes, via the 3.5mm port on the PS5 DualSense controller. Plug the earbuds into the controller's headphone jack and audio routes through them immediately. The built-in microphone functions for party chat. PS5 does not have a dedicated front-panel 3.5mm port — the DualSense controller port is the standard connection point for wired earbuds. What does the multifunction button do? On mobile devices and compatible players: single press answers/ends calls and plays/pauses media; double press skips to the next track. Functionality depends on the device — full multifunction support requires a device that recognises the inline control standard (most Android and iOS devices do). On Nintendo Switch and Steam Deck, standard 3.5mm CTIA headphone controls are supported. My phone only has USB-C and no 3.5mm port — will these work? The Cloud Earbuds II use a 3.5mm connector and require either a 3.5mm port or a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (DAC adapter, not a passive cable). Many Android phones have removed the headphone jack — check your phone's specifications before purchasing. USB-C to 3.5mm adapters are widely available and typically cost £5–10; the Cloud Earbuds II will function correctly through a quality adapter. How do the Cloud Earbuds II compare to the original Cloud Earbuds? The Cloud Earbuds II adds a redesigned ear tip shape with four sizes (the original shipped with three), a 90-degree low-profile plug replacing the straight plug, a flat tangle-resistant cable, and a hard carrying case. The driver size (14mm) and 3.5mm wired connectivity remain the same. The II is the current model and supersedes the original. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (HyperX/HP) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud Core Wired Gaming Headset — Black — HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset — Black/Red — HyperX QuadCast S USB Condenser Microphone — Browse all Gaming accessories at maibo Browse the full gaming headset and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-earbuds-ii-in-ear-wired-gaming-headset-with-mic-3-5mm-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/HyperX-Cloud-Earbuds-II-%E2%80%93-In-Ear-Wired-Gaming-Headset-with-Mic-3.5mm-Blackmain.webp","22.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","70N24AA","122","196786923265" "57079","Google Pixel 30W USB-C Charger – Genuine UK Plug with Cable (GA03499)","The genuine Google Pixel 30W USB-C Charger – Genuine UK Plug with Cable (GA03499) is the complete fast charging set for Pixel users — 30W USB-C Power Delivery adapter with UK 3-pin plug plus a 1m USB-C to USB-C cable, all official Google hardware. Everything you need to fast charge your Pixel, nothing you don't. Power 30W USB-C Power Delivery Delivers 30W via USB-C PD — the full fast charging speed for Pixel 6, 7, 8 and 9 series. Charges Pixel 8 from 0% to around 50% in approximately 30 minutes. Also works with any USB-C PD device up to 30W including tablets and earbuds cases. Complete Set Adapter + 1m Cable Included Includes both the 30W UK plug adapter and a 1m USB-C to USB-C cable — the same combination Google ships with Pixel phones. No need to hunt for a compatible cable separately. Plug in and charge at full speed immediately. Genuine Official Google GA03499 Model GA03499 — the authentic Google UK charger, not a third-party clone. Manufactured to Google's own safety and performance specifications. Safe for daily use with your Pixel without the risk of underpowered or counterfeit hardware damaging your device. Great choice if you… ✔ Use a Google Pixel 6, 7, 8 or 9 series phone ✔ Need a complete charger + cable set in one purchase ✔ Want genuine Google hardware, not a third-party copy ✔ Need a spare or replacement for home, office or travel ✔ Happy with bulk packaging (new & unused) Consider something else if… ✖ You need retail box packaging (gift purchase) ✖ You already have a cable — adapter only available separately ✖ You need more than 30W (e.g. laptop charging above 30W) ✖ You need a multi-port charger Technical Specifications Brand Google Model / MPN GA03499 (UK) Output Power 30W (USB-C Power Delivery) Connector USB-C Plug Type UK 3-Pin Cable Included 1m USB-C to USB-C Packaging Bulk — Brand New & Unused (no Google retail box) Colour White Goods Location Luton, United Kingdom What's Included — Google 30W USB-C Power Adapter (UK plug) — Google USB-C to USB-C Cable (1m) Compatible With — Google Pixel 6, 6 Pro, 6a — Google Pixel 7, 7 Pro, 7a — Google Pixel 8, 8 Pro, 8a — Google Pixel 9, 9 Pro, 9 Pro XL — Any USB-C PD device up to 30W Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty 12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Google Pixel 30W USB C Charger UK Plug with Cable is the complete genuine charging set for Pixel users — everything in one purchase. Just need the cable? The Google Pixel USB-C Cable 1m is available separately.","https://maibo.uk/product/google-pixel-30w-usb-c-charger-genuine-uk-plug-with-cable-ga03499/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Official-Google-Pixel-30W-USB-C-Fast-Charger-1m-USB-C-Cable-White-GA03499.png","18.99","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Google","Google Pixel 30W Charger with 1M Cable","87","" "57071","OnePlus Bullets Type-C Earphones","The OnePlus Bullets Type-C earphones — USB-C wired in-ear headphones with a built-in Cirrus Logic DAC for hi-res audio. 9mm film diaphragm driver, 1.15m tangle-free flat cable reinforced with Karbon fiber, three-button inline remote with microphone. Black. ✓ Built-in Cirrus Logic DAC — hi-res audio, independent L/R channel processing ✓ 9mm driver · Aryphan Polyarylate film diaphragm · 20–20,000Hz · 24Ω ✓ 1.15m flat cable · Karbon fiber reinforced · enamelled copper core · tangle-free ✓ 3-button inline remote + mic · USB-C · compatible with all USB-C OnePlus devices The OnePlus Bullets Type-C earphones are OnePlus's USB-C wired in-ear headphones — a step beyond a standard passive earphone because the USB-C connector houses an active Cirrus Logic DAC (digital-to-analogue converter) that handles the audio conversion digitally rather than relying on the phone's internal DAC. The result is that the Bullets Type-C bypasses whatever DAC quality the phone happens to have and handles its own signal processing, which gives consistent audio quality regardless of the device used. The 9mm driver uses an Aryphan Polyarylate film diaphragm — a high-stiffness polymer material that minimises distortion at the driver level for a cleaner frequency response across the 20–20,000Hz range. The 1.15m flat cable uses an enamelled copper wire core threaded through a Karbon fiber reinforcement — the flat geometry prevents the cable tangling in a pocket or bag, and the Karbon fiber adds tensile strength to the cable's structure without increasing stiffness. The three-button inline remote provides volume up/down, play/pause/skip, and call answer/end. L/R channels are processed independently with the microphone signal separated from the audio path, which improves both channel isolation and call clarity. Built-In Cirrus Logic DAC Audio Processing in the Earphone A conventional wired earphone with a 3.5mm jack receives an analogue signal — the phone's internal DAC converts the digital audio file to analogue, which then travels through the cable to the earphone driver. The quality of that analogue signal depends entirely on the phone's internal DAC. The OnePlus Bullets Type-C takes a different approach: they connect via USB-C and receive the audio as a digital signal, which is then converted to analogue by the Cirrus Logic DAC built into the connector housing. Cirrus Logic is one of the audio industry's primary DAC chip manufacturers — their CS series chips are used in high-end audio equipment. Moving the DAC into the earphone housing means the conversion quality is fixed by the Bullets' own hardware rather than varying with the phone. The independent left and right channel processing routes each stereo channel through its own signal path rather than splitting from a shared path at the connector, which reduces crosstalk between channels. The microphone signal is also separated from the audio output channels rather than carried on the same connection, which eliminates the interference that causes the audio colouration some users hear on cheaper USB-C earphones when the mic is active. 9mm Driver · Aryphan Diaphragm Driver and Diaphragm Materials The 9mm dynamic driver uses an Aryphan Polyarylate diaphragm — a high-performance thermoplastic polymer with high stiffness-to-weight ratio and low internal damping. Diaphragm material in a dynamic driver directly affects sound character: soft polymer diaphragms (standard PET, Mylar) dampen vibrations readily but can smear transient detail; rigid diaphragm materials like Aryphan maintain more precise pistonic movement for cleaner midrange and transient response, at the cost of some warmth. At 24Ω impedance, the Bullets Type-C are efficiently driven from any USB-C source — the DAC handles voltage swing requirements rather than the phone's headphone amplifier, making sensitivity consistent across devices. The 20–20,000Hz frequency range covers the full audible spectrum. Rated power at 3mW places these in the normal sensitivity range for in-ear monitors — they do not require a powerful amplifier to reach listening volume, which is the appropriate design for a DAC-equipped USB-C earphone where the signal chain is fixed by the internal DAC. Flat Cable · Karbon Fiber · Remote Cable Construction and Controls The 1.15m cable uses a flat cross-section rather than the conventional round cable profile found on most earphones. Flat cables resist the loop-and-knot tangling that occurs with round cables in pockets and bags — the wider, thinner geometry means the cable folds in one plane rather than coiling randomly in three dimensions. The cable core is enamelled copper wire — a copper conductor with a thin enamel insulation layer that maintains conductivity without the oxidation that bare copper develops at signal-carrying joints. The Karbon fiber threading in the outer jacket adds tensile strength along the cable's length, resisting the stretching and eventual conductor break that is the most common failure mode for earphone cables pulled from pockets. The 3-button inline remote provides full playback control — volume up, volume down, and a centre button for play/pause, track skip (double press), and call answer/end — on all OnePlus devices. Compatibility with non-OnePlus USB-C devices depends on the device's USB audio implementation; on most Android devices with USB-C audio support, all three buttons function correctly. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a USB-C OnePlus phone (any model from OnePlus 6T onwards) and want the official wired earphone ✔ Want a wired earphone with its own DAC rather than relying on the phone's internal audio processing ✔ Want a tangle-free flat cable — practical for everyday carry in pocket or bag ✔ Need a reliable inline remote and mic for calls — independent mic channel, clear voice quality Consider something else if… ✖ Your device does not support USB audio output — some USB-C devices (certain laptops, older Android) do not pass audio through USB-C without an adapter; check your device's USB audio specification ✖ You want wireless earphones — see OnePlus Bullets Wireless Z or Samsung Galaxy Buds range ✖ You want a 3.5mm earphone — the Bullets Type-C is USB-C only; use a Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm adapter if you prefer a 3.5mm earphone Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model Bullets Type-C Earphones MPN 1091100041 EAN / GTIN 8550431 Colour Black Connector USB-C DAC Built-in Cirrus Logic — hi-res audio, independent L/R channels Driver 9mm dynamic — Aryphan Polyarylate film diaphragm Frequency Range 20–20,000Hz Impedance 24Ω Rated Power 3mW Cable 1.15m · flat · enamelled copper · Karbon fiber reinforced Remote 3-button inline + microphone Weight 14g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) In the Box — OnePlus Bullets Type-C earphones — Black — Ear tips (multiple sizes) Frequently Asked Questions Will these work with non-OnePlus USB-C phones? Yes, on any Android device that supports USB audio output — which includes the majority of Android phones with USB-C from approximately 2018 onwards. Audio playback and the microphone work on Samsung Galaxy, Google Pixel, Xiaomi, and most other Android USB-C devices. The three-button remote's full functionality (volume up/down) may vary on non-OnePlus devices depending on the device's USB HID audio profile implementation; the centre button (play/pause, call answer) typically works across all compatible devices. Will these work with an iPhone or MacBook via USB-C? iPhone 15 and later have USB-C — audio output through USB-C is supported on iPhone 15 and 16 series, so these earphones will work for audio and mic. MacBook USB-C ports support USB audio output, so audio playback works. Full remote button functionality on Apple devices is not guaranteed, as iOS and macOS use Apple's own remote control protocol rather than the Android USB HID standard. Why does a USB-C earphone need a built-in DAC? USB-C carries digital audio data — the earphone must convert this to an analogue signal to drive the speaker driver. Without a built-in DAC, the earphone would need to rely on the phone's USB audio passthrough, which varies in quality between devices. The built-in Cirrus Logic DAC in the Bullets Type-C handles the digital-to-analogue conversion in the earphone connector itself, giving consistent audio quality regardless of the phone used. Can I charge my phone while using these earphones? No — the Bullets Type-C occupies the single USB-C port on OnePlus phones, so simultaneous charging and listening is not possible. OnePlus phones do not have a secondary audio port. If you need to charge and listen simultaneously, a USB-C audio adapter with a pass-through charging port is the solution. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W USB-C Cable — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — Browse all headphones and earphones at maibo Browse the full headphones and earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-bullets-type-c-earphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/353995409.webp","24.15","Audio > Wired Earphones","OnePlus","Q4RV118NS100","10","" "57047","Google Pixel USB-C to USB-C Fast Charging Cable – 1 m","The official Google Pixel USB-C to USB-C Fast Charging Cable 1m is the genuine replacement for the cable that ships with your Pixel phone — up to 60W fast charging, 480 Mbps data sync, and a reversible USB-C connector on both ends. No compatibility guesswork, no cheap third-party risk. Charging Up to 60W Fast Charge Supports USB Power Delivery up to 60W — pair it with the Google 30W or 45W USB-C adapter for full fast charging on Pixel 6, 7, 8, 8 Pro and later. Also charges any USB-C device up to 60W including tablets and laptops. Data 480 Mbps Sync Speed USB 2.0 data transfer at up to 480 Mbps — fast enough for photos, videos and file backups between your Pixel and a computer. Reliable connection with no signal drop during extended transfers. Build Genuine Google Quality This is the same cable Google includes in the Pixel box — not a third-party copy. Reinforced connectors, tested to Google's own specifications for daily plug-in and unplug cycles. Reversible USB-C on both ends so there is no wrong way to insert it. Great choice if you… ✔ Use a Google Pixel 6, 7, 8 or later ✔ Need a genuine replacement for a lost or broken cable ✔ Want reliable fast charging without third-party risk ✔ Need data sync as well as charging ✔ Prefer 1m for desk or bedside use Consider something else if… ✖ You need a longer cable — consider a 2m option ✖ You need USB 3.0+ speeds for large file transfers ✖ You need USB-A to USB-C (different cable type) Technical Specifications Brand Google Model / MPN GA03499 Connector Type USB-C to USB-C (reversible both ends) Max Charging Power Up to 60W (USB Power Delivery) Data Transfer USB 2.0 — up to 480 Mbps Cable Length 1 metre Colour White Goods Location Luton, United Kingdom Box Contents — Google USB-C to USB-C Fast Charging Cable (1m) Compatible With — Google Pixel 6, 6 Pro, 6a — Google Pixel 7, 7 Pro, 7a — Google Pixel 8, 8 Pro, 8a — Google Pixel 9, 9 Pro, 9 Pro XL — Any USB-C device up to 60W Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty 12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Google Pixel USB C to USB C Fast Charging Cable 1m is the genuine article — the same cable Google puts in the box. Need the charger too? See the Google Pixel 30W USB-C Charger Set.  ","https://maibo.uk/product/google-pixel-usb-c-to-usb-c-fast-charging-cable-1-m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Google-Pixel-USB-C-Charger-Cable-1m-Fast-Charging-Type-C-Lead-GA03499-.png","4.99","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Google","GA03499","88","0842776138088" "57027","Xiaomi USB-A to USB-C Fast Charging Cable 6A 1m","The genuine Xiaomi USB A to USB C Fast Charging Cable 6A 1m is the cable Xiaomi includes in the box with its fast charging phones — rated for 6A high-current delivery that standard 3A USB cables simply cannot match. If your Xiaomi is charging slowly, a cheap generic cable is almost certainly the reason. This is the fix, for £5.18. Current 6A — Double a Standard Cable Most USB-C cables are rated for 3A. Xiaomi's fast charging chargers push 6A — a standard cable will throttle your charge speed to protect itself. This genuine Xiaomi cable is built with the correct wire gauge to handle the full 6A safely, giving you the fast charging your phone is actually capable of. Compatibility USB-A to USB-C — Universal USB-A connector on one end means it works with virtually every charger, power bank, laptop USB port and car charger you already own. No need to buy a new adapter — just swap the cable. Also supports USB 2.0 data sync at up to 480 Mbps alongside charging. Value Genuine Xiaomi · £5.18 This is genuine Xiaomi — not an unbranded clone that claims 6A on the packaging but uses undersized wires. Bulk packaged (brand new and unused, no retail box) which keeps the cost down without affecting the cable itself. UK stock, ships in 4–5 working days. Great choice if you… ✔ Use a Xiaomi, Redmi or POCO phone with fast charging ✔ Have a fast charger but suspect the cable is slowing things down ✔ Need a reliable spare or replacement for home or travel ✔ Want USB-A compatibility with your existing chargers ✔ Happy with bulk packaging — saves money, same cable Consider something else if… ✖ You need USB-C to USB-C (different cable type) ✖ You need a cable longer than 1m ✖ You need retail box packaging for a gift Technical Specifications Brand Xiaomi Connector Type USB-A to USB-C (reversible USB-C end) Max Current 6A Data Transfer USB 2.0 — up to 480 Mbps Cable Length 1 metre Packaging Bulk — Brand New & Unused (no retail box) Colour White What's Included — Xiaomi USB-A to USB-C Fast Charging Cable (1m, White) Compatible With — Xiaomi 12, 13, 14 series & Redmi Note series — POCO X, F and M series — Samsung, Google Pixel, OnePlus (standard charge) — Any USB-C device up to 6A with USB-A charger Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty 12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Xiaomi USB A to USB C Fast Charging Cable 6A 1m is the simplest upgrade for any Xiaomi owner whose fast charging isn't as fast as it should be. At £5.18 it costs less than a coffee — and it will outlast several cheap alternatives.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-usb-a-to-usb-c-fast-charging-cable-6a-1m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Xiaomi-USB-A-to-USB-C-6A-Fast-Charging-Cable-%E2%80%93-Original-%E2%80%93-1M-%E2%80%93-White.png","5.18","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Xiaomi","Xiaomi 6a Cable","1","" "56975","OnePlus Warp Charge 65W USB-C Fast Charging Cable 6.5A","The OnePlus Warp Charge 65W USB-C Fast Charging Cable 6.5A — 6.5A at 10V for Warp Charge 65 speeds on compatible OnePlus devices. Premium silicone coating, high-grade copper and nickel core, reinforced USB-C connectors. Charging and data sync. 1 metre, red and white. ✓ 65W Warp Charge — 6.5A at 10V for compatible OnePlus devices ✓ Silicone outer coating · high-grade copper and nickel core · reinforced connector pins ✓ USB-C to USB-C · reversible connectors · data sync and charging ✓ Compatible: OnePlus 3 through 13 series · Nord · all USB-C OnePlus devices The OnePlus Warp Charge 65W USB-C to USB-C Cable is OnePlus's official cable for their Warp Charge 65 ecosystem — the 6.5A high-current cable required to deliver 65W charging speeds to compatible OnePlus devices. Warp Charge 65 achieves its speed the same way all OnePlus fast charging protocols do: by pushing high current at a fixed voltage (6.5A at 10V = 65W) rather than stepping up voltage as USB Power Delivery does. This means the cable's current rating is the critical variable — a standard USB-C cable rated at 3A cannot carry 6.5A, and a third-party 5A cable, while closer, is still below the 6.5A the protocol requires. OnePlus's D307 cable is constructed and tested to carry 6.5A continuously, with a silicone outer jacket for flexibility and durability, a high-grade copper and nickel core for consistent conductivity, and separately injection-moulded USB-C connector housings for strengthened pin retention. The cable also functions as a standard USB-C charging and data cable for any device — at 3A for non-Warp USB-C devices, and with full USB 2.0 data transfer capability. Universally compatible with any device that has a USB-C port. 65W · 6.5A at 10V Why 6.5A and Why the Cable Matters OnePlus Warp Charge 65 operates at 10V and 6.5A, delivering 65W to the phone. The power equation (watts = volts × amps) means that at a fixed 10V, the only variable the cable controls is how much current it can safely carry. A standard USB-C cable carries 3A — at 10V that is 30W, roughly half of Warp Charge 65's capability. A 5A cable reaches 50W at 10V, still short of 65W. Only a cable rated for 6.5A continuous current allows the full 65W to flow. OnePlus's D307 cable is the correct cable for any OnePlus device that supports Warp Charge 65, 45W or lower Warp/DASH tiers — the 6.5A rating covers the full current range across all OnePlus charging tiers up to 65W. For the 150W and 160W SUPERVOOC devices (OnePlus 10T, Ace Pro, Ace Racing) which require 10A, the separate OnePlus 160W cable is the appropriate choice. The D307 is the correct cable for the majority of OnePlus devices launched from 2016 through to current Nord and number series models. Silicone · Copper · Nickel Premium Construction Over Standard Cables The D307 cable uses a silicone outer jacket rather than the standard PVC or TPE coating found on most USB cables. Silicone is more flexible at low temperatures than PVC — it does not stiffen and crack in cold environments — and is more resistant to the kinking and memory deformation that PVC cables develop over time from being coiled or folded. The cable's internal conductors use high-grade copper combined with nickel, which improves both conductivity and corrosion resistance at the wire surface. Standard copper alone oxidises over time at cut ends and connector interfaces, gradually increasing resistance — nickel plating on the conductors slows this process. The USB-C connectors at each end are injection-moulded in a separate process to the cable housing, reinforcing the mechanical connection between the connector body and the cable strain relief — the point most prone to failure on high-use cables. OnePlus's red and white colour scheme on the D307 is consistent across all Warp Charge cables and visually distinguishes official Warp Charge cables from generic white or black USB-C cables in a multi-cable workspace or bag. Warp Charge Speed Per Device Compatible with Every USB-C OnePlus The D307 cable works with every USB-C OnePlus device ever made, delivering Warp Charge speeds at each device's supported tier. OnePlus 9 Pro, 9 and 8T reach 65W with a compatible 65W Warp Charge adapter. OnePlus 9R, Nord CE 2 and Nord 2 reach 65W. OnePlus 8 Pro, 8 and Nord reach 30W Warp Charge. OnePlus 7 Pro, 7T, 7T Pro reach 30W. OnePlus 6T, 6, 5T, 5, 3T and 3 reach DASH Charge speeds (20W). OnePlus 10 Pro reaches 80W (cable supports it; adapter must supply 80W). OnePlus 11, 12, 13 and current number series support up to 80–100W with a compatible charger and this cable's 6.5A is sufficient for those tiers. For 150W or 160W SUPERVOOC tiers (OnePlus 10T, Ace Pro, Ace Racing) the 10A cable is required. The cable also charges Samsung Galaxy, Google Pixel, iPhone 15 and later, MacBook, iPad and any USB-C device at standard 3A rates. Right choice if you… ✔ Own any USB-C OnePlus device from the 3 through 13 series — this cable is the correct Warp Charge cable for your device ✔ Need a spare or replacement cable — the original D307 cable included with most OnePlus phones since 2019 ✔ Want premium silicone construction over standard PVC — more flexible, more durable long term ✔ Want a USB-C cable that also charges Samsung, iPhone 15+, MacBook or any USB-C device at 3A Consider something else if… ✖ You own a OnePlus 10T, Ace Pro or Ace Racing (150W/160W SUPERVOOC) — those require the 10A cable, not this 6.5A cable, for full speed ✖ You need a cable longer than 1 metre — this cable is 1m only ✖ You need USB 3.0 or higher data transfer — this cable supports USB 2.0 (480Mbps) data transfer Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model Warp Charge Type-C to Type-C Cable (D307) MPN D307 EAN / GTIN 3772142022406 Colour Red / White Connectors USB-C (male) to USB-C (male) — reversible both ends Max Output 65W (6.5A at 10V) Standard USB-C Current 3A (non-Warp devices) Data Transfer USB 2.0 · 480Mbps Cable Jacket Premium silicone Core High-grade copper and nickel Length 1 metre Compatible Devices All USB-C OnePlus (3–13 series, Nord) · all USB-C devices at 3A Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) In the Box — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W USB-C to USB-C cable — D307, 1m, red/white Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between this cable and the OnePlus 160W 10A cable? This D307 cable is rated at 6.5A — the correct cable for Warp Charge 65W and all OnePlus devices up to 65W. The 160W cable is rated at 10A and is required for OnePlus 10T, Ace Pro and Ace Racing devices that support 150W or 160W SUPERVOOC. For all other OnePlus devices (OnePlus 3 through 11 series, Nord range), the D307 is the correct cable. Will this cable charge my OnePlus at 65W if I use a non-OnePlus charger? No. Warp Charge 65 requires both a compatible OnePlus Warp Charge 65 adapter and this cable. A third-party USB-PD charger — even one rated at 65W USB-PD — will not trigger Warp Charge on a OnePlus device, because Warp Charge is a proprietary protocol that only activates when the charger and cable are both OnePlus certified. With a third-party charger, the phone falls back to standard USB-C PD speeds. Is this cable compatible with the OnePlus 12 and 13? Yes for charging — the cable's USB-C connectors are universal. OnePlus 12 and 13 support up to 100W SUPERVOOC; this cable's 6.5A rating supports charging up to 65W on those devices. For the full 80–100W speeds on OnePlus 12 and 13, the 10A cable is the correct choice. For everyday charging at 65W, this cable works without issue. Can I use this cable to charge a MacBook or iPad? Yes. USB-C to USB-C is universal. The cable charges MacBooks, USB-C iPads, Samsung Galaxy, Google Pixel, iPhone 15 and later, and any other USB-C device at up to 3A standard USB-C. It also supports USB 2.0 data transfer for any USB-C device that uses USB 2.0 data sync. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set — OnePlus Warp Charge 160W USB-C Cable 10A — OnePlus Bullets Type-C Earphones — Browse all chargers and accessories at maibo Browse the full chargers and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-warp-charge-65w-usb-c-fast-charging-cable-6-5a/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/OnePlus-USB-A-to-USB-C-6.5A-Fast-Charging-Cable-%E2%80%93-Original-%E2%80%93-1M-%E2%80%93-Red.png","4.48","Charging & Cables > Fast Charging Cables","OnePlus","D307","87","3772142022406" "56950","OnePlus Warp Charge 160W USB-C to USB-C Ultra Fast Charging Cable 10A","The OnePlus Warp Charge 160W USB-C to USB-C Ultra Fast Charging Cable 10A delivers up to 10A current for SUPERVOOC fast charging on compatible OnePlus devices — reaching up to 160W with a supported charger. Standard 3A USB-C charging for all other devices. 1 metre, red. ✓ 160W max — 10A SUPERVOOC current for compatible OnePlus devices ✓ 3A standard USB-C charging for all other USB-C devices ✓ USB-C to USB-C · data transfer · 1 metre · red ✓ Official OnePlus cable — required with SUPERVOOC charger to achieve rated speed The OnePlus Warp Charge 160W USB-C to USB-C cable is OnePlus's high-current charging cable for their SUPERVOOC fast charging ecosystem. OnePlus SUPERVOOC achieves its extreme charging speeds — 150W for the OnePlus 10T, 160W for OnePlus Ace Racing and select Ace series — by running very high current through the cable rather than very high voltage, which keeps heat generation at the phone lower than comparable high-voltage fast charging systems. At 10A, the cable carries significantly more current than a standard USB-C cable rated at 3–5A, which means the cable itself must be rated to handle the thermal load of 10A continuously. OnePlus's official cable is specified and tested for this current level — using a generic USB-C cable, even one rated at 100W USB-PD, will not achieve SUPERVOOC speeds because the cable's current rating is the limiting factor in the charging circuit. The cable is 1 metre in length, USB-C on both ends, and also functions as a standard USB-C charging cable at 3A for any device without SUPERVOOC — laptops, tablets, earbuds, Android phones and any other USB-C device. 10A · Why Current Matters SUPERVOOC Uses Current, Not Voltage Most fast charging protocols — USB Power Delivery, Qualcomm Quick Charge, Samsung Super Fast Charging — achieve high wattages primarily by increasing voltage to 9V, 12V or 20V while keeping current at 3–5A. OnePlus SUPERVOOC takes the opposite approach: it keeps voltage low (typically 5V or split battery charging architecture) and pushes very high current — up to 10A — to achieve the rated wattage. Low-voltage high-current charging has a practical advantage: the voltage conversion happens in the charger rather than inside the phone, which means less heat is generated inside the battery during charging. The consequence of this architecture is that the cable becomes the critical component — a standard USB-C cable rated at 3A will limit the charging current to 3A regardless of what the charger and phone can negotiate, capping power delivery well below SUPERVOOC speeds. A 5A USB-PD cable (the cable included with many 100W USB-PD chargers) is also insufficient for 10A SUPERVOOC. Only a cable specifically rated and tested for 10A continuous current — like this OnePlus cable — allows the full SUPERVOOC protocol to operate. 160W SUPERVOOC Compatibility Which OnePlus Devices Get What Speed The maximum charging speed the cable enables depends entirely on what the charger and phone can negotiate — the cable's 10A rating is the upper limit that allows any SUPERVOOC speed below that ceiling. With an official OnePlus 160W SUPERVOOC charger: OnePlus Ace Racing and compatible 160W devices charge at 160W; OnePlus 10T and Ace Pro charge at 150W; OnePlus 10 Pro and 10R charge at 80W; OnePlus 9 Pro and 9 charge at 65W; OnePlus 8T charges at 65W; older OnePlus models charge at their supported Warp Charge or DASH Charge speed. With a non-OnePlus charger: if the charger supports USB PD, the cable supports up to 3A USB-PD current — sufficient for 60W USB-PD (20V/3A) on any USB-PD compatible device. The cable's USB-C to USB-C format means it is also compatible with MacBooks, iPads, Android tablets and any other USB-C device at standard USB-C charging rates. Build · Data · Universal USB-C Replacement or Spare Cable The OnePlus 160W cable uses a high-purity tinned copper core with high-performance shielding film for consistent current delivery at 10A without signal degradation. The cable has undergone OnePlus's testing programme covering plug-in and pull-out cycles (insertion durability), insulation and voltage resistance, insertion and extraction force, and flame retardance — standard cable safety and durability testing. The cable also supports USB 2.0 data transfer (480Mbps) alongside charging — it can sync files between a OnePlus phone and a USB-C laptop or charger hub with data pass-through. At 1 metre, the cable is practical for desk charging and bedside use. The red colour is consistent with OnePlus's Warp Charge cable colour identity across their accessory range. This cable is the correct replacement for the cable that ships in the box with OnePlus SUPERVOOC devices and is also sold as a standalone accessory for users who need a spare or have damaged their original. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a OnePlus SUPERVOOC device and need a spare or replacement cable to reach rated charging speeds ✔ Have a OnePlus 160W SUPERVOOC charger and need the correct 10A cable to use it at full power ✔ Want a USB-C to USB-C cable that also works for standard 3A USB-C charging of any device ✔ Need data transfer capability alongside charging — USB 2.0 480Mbps supported Consider something else if… ✖ You do not have a OnePlus SUPERVOOC charger — without the correct charger, the cable cannot deliver SUPERVOOC speeds regardless of its 10A rating ✖ You need USB 3.0 or higher data transfer speeds — this cable supports USB 2.0 (480Mbps) only ✖ You need a cable longer than 1 metre — this cable is 1m only Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model Warp Charge 160W USB-C to USB-C Cable Colour Red Connectors USB-C (male) to USB-C (male) Max Charging Power 160W (with compatible SUPERVOOC charger and device) Max Current 10A (SUPERVOOC) · 3A (standard USB-C) Data Transfer USB 2.0 · 480Mbps Length 1 metre Compatible Charging Speeds 160W / 150W / 80W / 65W SUPERVOOC · standard USB-C PD Compatible Devices All USB-C OnePlus devices · all USB-C devices (3A standard) Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) In the Box — OnePlus Warp Charge 160W USB-C to USB-C cable (1m, red) Frequently Asked Questions Can I use a generic USB-C cable instead of this one for SUPERVOOC? No. SUPERVOOC requires 10A current — the cable is the limiting factor. A standard USB-C cable rated at 3A will cap charging at 3A regardless of charger or phone capability. Even a 5A USB-PD cable (common with 100W USB-PD chargers) is below the 10A required for SUPERVOOC. Only a cable rated and tested for 10A — this OnePlus cable — allows the SUPERVOOC protocol to deliver its rated speed. Will this cable charge a Samsung, iPhone or MacBook? Yes — at standard USB-C rates. USB-C to USB-C is universal and the cable supports 3A standard USB-C charging for any device with a USB-C port. iPhone 15 and later, USB-C iPads, MacBooks, Samsung Galaxy, any Android phone or tablet with USB-C — all charge normally. SUPERVOOC speeds are only available on compatible OnePlus devices with a OnePlus SUPERVOOC charger. Do I need the OnePlus 160W charger to use this cable? To achieve 160W SUPERVOOC speeds, yes — both the cable and the charger must be OnePlus SUPERVOOC certified. The cable alone does not determine charging speed; the charger, cable and phone must all support the same protocol. With any USB-C charger that is not SUPERVOOC, the cable charges at up to 3A standard USB-C. What OnePlus devices support 160W SUPERVOOC? 160W SUPERVOOC is supported by OnePlus Ace Racing Edition and select Ace series devices. The OnePlus 10T and Ace Pro support 150W. OnePlus 10 Pro and 10R support 80W. OnePlus 9 Pro, 9, and 8T support 65W. All of these devices use this same cable — the cable's 10A rating covers all SUPERVOOC tiers. The phone and charger negotiate the appropriate speed for that device. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set — Huawei CP61 27W SuperCharge Wireless Charger — OnePlus Bullets Type-C Earphones — Browse all chargers and accessories at maibo Browse the full chargers and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-warp-charge-160w-usb-c-to-usb-c-ultra-fast-charging-cable-10a/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/10a.webp","7.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","OnePlus","OnePlus 10A Type-C","87","" "46497","Lexar NM Card 512GB – Nano Memory Card for Huawei (Up to 90MB/s Read)","Huawei's NM (Nano Memory) card is a proprietary storage format the same size as a nano SIM card — it slots directly into the SIM card tray on compatible devices. The Lexar NM Card 512GB – Nano Memory Card for Huawei (Up to 90MB/s Read) is the largest capacity NM card available and is DFH (Design For Huawei) certified — the only certification that confirms full compatibility and performance validation across Huawei and Honor devices. At 90MB/s read and 85MB/s write on the eMMC 5.1 protocol, it handles 4K video recording, high-resolution continuous photography and fast app data writes without bottlenecking the camera. For Huawei Mate, P, Nova and Enjoy series users whose internal storage is running low, this is the only way to add 512GB of storage without changing the device. Lexar's product has been tested in over 1,100 devices in Lexar Quality Labs and verified by Huawei's own laboratory — it is the only NM Card brand sold in Huawei's own retail stores. NM Card Format Nano SIM Size — Built Into the Phone The NM Card format was developed by Huawei as a storage expansion standard that shares the nano SIM card slot. It is 34% smaller than a microSD card — the same size as the nano SIM in your phone right now. On devices with a dual SIM tray, one SIM slot can be repurposed for an NM card, or the NM card and SIM can coexist in supported dual nano SIM + NM tray configurations. This integration means storage expansion does not require a separate memory card slot or any modification to the device — the phone's existing hardware supports it. No adapter, no protrusion, no compromise on the phone's IP rating or physical design. Performance 90MB/s Read · 85MB/s Write · 4K Ready 90MB/s sequential read and 85MB/s sequential write on the eMMC 5.1 protocol gives the NM Card sufficient bandwidth for 4K video recording at 60fps, 1080p slow-motion capture and rapid continuous photo bursts without the camera buffer stalling. For comparison, a standard microSD Class 10 card writes at 10MB/s minimum — this NM Card writes at nearly nine times that rate. File transfers to a computer are handled via Lexar's NM Card reader (sold separately), which connects via USB. Speeds are consistent across the 512GB capacity — performance does not degrade as the card fills. DFH Certified Huawei + Lexar Lab Verified DFH (Design For Huawei) certification is Huawei's own compatibility validation programme for third-party accessories. The Lexar NM Card is the only NM Card to achieve DFH certification — confirmed by both the Lexar Quality Lab (over 1,100 test devices) and Huawei's own laboratory. This certification guarantees that the card will perform correctly across supported Huawei device models, including correct recognition, stable read/write speeds and reliable long-term operation. Lexar's NM Card is also the only NM Card brand stocked in Huawei's own retail stores and Huawei Mall, with a documented 98% positive rating across Huawei's retail channels. Great choice if you… ✔ Own a compatible Huawei or Honor smartphone or tablet ✔ Need maximum storage expansion — 512GB in a single card ✔ Record 4K video or shoot high-res photo bursts on your Huawei device ✔ Want DFH-certified compatibility — tested by Huawei and Lexar labs ✔ Want 3-year warranty coverage on your storage card Consider something else if… ✖ Your device uses microSD — NM cards are Huawei/Honor exclusive ✖ You need a card reader for PC transfer — sold separately ✖ Your Huawei device does not have NM card slot support — check your model below NM Card compatibility check: NM Cards only work in Huawei and Honor devices with a dedicated NM Card slot. Not all Huawei models support NM Cards — please verify your specific device model in your phone's user manual or Huawei's official website before ordering. Key compatible series include: Huawei Mate 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 series, P30 / P40 / P50 series, Nova 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 series, and select MateBook and MatePad models. Technical Specifications Brand / Model Lexar NM Card 512GB Capacity 512GB Read Speed Up to 90MB/s Write Speed Up to 85MB/s Protocol eMMC 5.1 Form Factor NM Card (Nano Memory) — nano SIM size Certification DFH (Design For Huawei) certified Video 4K and 1080P recording supported Warranty 3 Years (Lexar) Box Contents —Lexar NM Card 512GB —Card reader not included — sold separately Compatible With (key models) —Huawei Mate 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 series —Huawei P30 / P40 / P50 series —Huawei Nova 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 series —Huawei Enjoy series (select models) —Huawei MateBook (select models) —Huawei MatePad / MateBook Pro (select models) —Select Honor smartphones and tablets Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 3 Years Lexar Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full memory card range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-nm-card-512gb-nano-memory-card-for-huawei-up-to-90mb-s-read/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2137320796.webp","91.69","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Lexar","9C3L0Q2LHZZR","98","" "46474","Lexar NM Card 128GB – Nano Memory Card for Huawei","The Lexar NM Card 128GB – Nano Memory Card for Huawei — designed exclusively for Huawei smartphones with NM card slots. 90MB/s read, 70MB/s write via eMMC 5.1 protocol. 45% smaller than a microSD card and identical in size to a Nano SIM, fitting directly into Huawei's combined SIM / NM card tray. Compatible with Mate 20 through Mate 60, P30 through P60, MateX series, Nova, Honor and Enjoy series. ✓ 90MB/s read · 70MB/s write via eMMC 5.1 ✓ Nano SIM size — fits directly into Huawei's NM card tray ✓ Supports Full HD and 4K video recording and playback ✓ Compatible with Huawei Mate · P · MateX · Nova · Honor series The Lexar NM Card 128GB nano memory card is a third-party alternative to Huawei's own NM (Nano Memory) cards, offering the same eMMC 5.1 interface performance at a significantly lower price than the official Huawei card. NM card is a storage format developed by Huawei and standardised by the SD Association in 2018. It uses the same physical dimensions as a Nano SIM card — the card fits directly into the combined SIM/NM tray found on compatible Huawei devices, so no additional slot or adapter is required. The format is exclusive to Huawei devices: unlike microSD, an NM card cannot be used in any non-Huawei device without a dedicated USB reader. The eMMC 5.1 protocol delivers read speeds of up to 90MB/s and write speeds of up to 70MB/s — fast enough for Full HD and 4K video recording at the bitrates used by Huawei smartphones, and for storing and accessing photos, music and application data. At 45% smaller than a microSD card, the NM card occupies minimal physical space inside the device. The Lexar NM Card is compatible with the full range of Huawei NM-capable devices: Mate 20 through Mate 60 series, P30 through P60 series, MateX through MateX5 foldable series, Nova, Honor and Enjoy series, and MatePad Pro tablets. It is not compatible with Huawei devices that use standard microSD (such as some budget Nova models that have a dedicated microSD slot rather than an NM slot). Genuine Lexar. Limited warranty. NM Card Format Nano SIM Size · Huawei-Only Slot NM (Nano Memory) is a proprietary storage format developed by Huawei. Unlike microSD, which is an open standard used across thousands of devices from hundreds of manufacturers, NM card is specific to Huawei smartphones and tablets that have been equipped with a combined SIM/NM card tray. The physical dimensions of an NM card are 12.3mm × 8.8mm × 0.67mm — identical to a Nano SIM card and approximately 45% smaller by footprint than a microSD card. This means it occupies the SIM card tray space rather than requiring a separate storage slot, which Huawei used to enable NM storage in devices that are thinner and have less internal space for components than they would need if a separate microSD slot were added. The NM card connects to the device via the eMMC 5.1 interface — the same protocol used for internal storage in smartphones — which provides the card's read and write speed characteristics. To use an NM card on a computer for file transfers, a dedicated Huawei NM card reader (sold separately) that connects via USB is required, as standard SD card readers and microSD adapters are not compatible with the NM card form factor. eMMC 5.1 · 90MB/s Fast Enough for 4K · Photos · Apps The eMMC 5.1 interface used by NM cards delivers sequential read speeds of up to 90MB/s and write speeds of up to 70MB/s. These figures are directly relevant to the practical use cases of a storage card in a smartphone. For photo and video capture, the write speed of 70MB/s comfortably exceeds the data rates produced by Huawei smartphones recording Full HD and 4K video at typical bitrates — Huawei's 4K@30fps mode produces a video stream of approximately 60–80Mbps (7.5–10MB/s), well within the card's write capability. For transferring files to a computer, the 90MB/s read speed allows large video files to be moved quickly when using a compatible Huawei NM USB card reader. For general storage of photos, music and application data, both figures are more than adequate. eMMC 5.1 is a mature, well-tested protocol that provides consistent performance without the throughput variability that can affect some memory card formats under sustained load — the card's performance in typical smartphone use is stable and predictable across a wide range of file sizes and access patterns. Huawei Compatibility Mate · P · MateX · Nova · Honor Series The Lexar NM Card is compatible with the full range of Huawei devices that use the NM card slot. Mate series: Mate 20, 20 Pro, 20 X, 30, 30 Pro, 30 5G, 40 Pro, 40 Pro+, 50, 50 Pro, 50 RS, 60, 60 Pro. P series: P30, P30 Pro, P40, P40 Pro, P40 Pro+, P50, P50 Pro, P50 Pocket, P60, P60 Pro, P60 Art. MateX foldable series: Mate X, Xs, X2, Xs2, X3, X5. Nova series: Nova 5, 5i Pro, 5 Pro, 5z, 6 SE, 7 SE. Honor series: Honor 30, 30 Pro, 30 Pro+, 30S, 30 Lite, Play4T Pro, X10, X10 Max. MatePad: MatePad Pro, MatePad Pro 5G. The key requirement is that the device must have a combined SIM/NM card tray rather than a separate microSD slot — NM and microSD are not interchangeable. To verify whether a specific Huawei model uses NM or microSD, check the device specifications on the Huawei UK support website. Some mid-range Huawei models (certain Nova and Honor budget lines) use standard microSD rather than NM card — in those cases, a standard microSD card is required instead. Great choice if you… ✔ Own a Huawei Mate 20 or newer, P30 or newer, or MateX series device ✔ Need to expand storage on a Huawei phone that uses the NM card slot ✔ Want a third-party alternative to the official Huawei NM card at a better price ✔ Store photos, 4K videos, music and app data on your Huawei device ✔ Want 90MB/s read for fast file transfer via a Huawei NM USB card reader Consider something else if… ✖ Your Huawei device uses a standard microSD slot — NM card will not fit; you need a microSD card ✖ You want to use this in a Samsung, iPhone or non-Huawei device — NM card is Huawei-only ✖ You need more than 128GB — see Lexar NM Card 256GB Technical Specifications Brand / Series Lexar NM Card (nCARD) Capacity 128GB Format NM (Nano Memory) — Huawei-compatible only Interface eMMC 5.1 Read Speed Up to 90MB/s Write Speed Up to 70MB/s Dimensions 12.3 × 8.8 × 0.67mm (Nano SIM size — 45% smaller than microSD) Video Support Full HD · 4K UHD Durability Shock-resistant · vibration-resistant · temperature-resistant Compatible Devices Huawei Mate 20–60 · P30–P60 · MateX/X2/X3/X5 · Nova · Honor · MatePad Pro Warranty Limited (Lexar) Box Contents —Lexar NM Card 128GB Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Limited (Lexar) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full memory card range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-nm-card-128gb-nano-memory-card-for-huawei/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/720176522.webp","25.18","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Lexar","408HB51ZI6VZ","129","" "46360","Sennheiser CX400 II Precision In-Ear only Headphones - Black UK","The Sennheiser CX400 II Precision is a discontinued Sennheiser classic that audiophiles kept buying long after production ended — and the reason is simple: at this size and price, very little matches its clarity. A dynamic driver tuned for precise bass and crisp highs, a passive noise-isolating fit, and an inline single-button remote with microphone for calls. Genuine last UK stock, brand new in retail packaging, while it lasts. SoundPrecision bass & crisp highsSennheiser's dynamic driver delivers powerful low-end with accurate detail across the range — deep electronic bass lands with weight, acoustic recordings keep their natural tone. The sealed in-ear fit does half the work: with outside noise blocked, you hear detail at lower, safer volumes. ControlInline mic & single-button remoteTake calls and control playback without reaching for the phone. The single-button remote keeps it universal — play, pause, answer, hang up — across Android and other 3.5mm devices, with a clean inline microphone for commutes and quick calls. FitErgonomic noise isolationThe ergonomic in-ear shape creates a natural passive seal that shuts out bus engines, office chatter and aircraft drone. Three silicone ear tip sizes (S/M/L) are included to dial in the seal, plus a carry pouch that keeps the cable untangled in a pocket or bag. Right choice if you…✔ Want noise isolation for commuting, flights or open offices✔ Need an inline mic and remote for calls on the move✔ Value Sennheiser tuning over fashion-brand sound✔ Are replacing a loved pair of CX-series earphones✔ Want audiophile clarity under £15 Consider something else if…✖ You dislike in-ear seals — the open-fit Sennheiser MX 375 rests in the outer ear✖ You want a music-only pair without remote — see the Sennheiser CX300 II✖ You need sport-secure fit for training — see the Bose SoundSport Wired Sennheiser CX400 II — Technical Specifications BrandSennheiser TypeWired in-ear, passive noise isolating Remote / MicSingle-button inline remote with microphone Connector3.5mm stereo jack Ear TipsSilicone, S / M / L included ColourBlack MPNCX 400-II Precision EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging Warranty12-Month Maibo Warranty In the Box —Sennheiser CX400 II Precision earphones (Black) —Silicone ear tips — S / M / L —Carry pouch Frequently Asked Questions Does the inline remote work with iPhones and Android?The single-button control (play/pause/answer) follows the universal 3.5mm standard, so it works on Android, laptops and most devices with a headphone jack. On phones without a jack, use the maker's 3.5mm adapter — remote support then depends on the adapter. How good is the noise isolation really?It is passive isolation from the sealed fit — no electronics, no hiss. With the right tip size it meaningfully quiets buses, trains and office noise; it will not erase low rumble the way powered ANC does, but it also never needs charging. What is the difference between the CX400 II and CX300 II?Both share Sennheiser's precision in-ear platform; the CX400 II adds the inline remote and microphone. If you never take calls on earphones, the CX300 II does the listening job for less. Why is a discontinued model still sold new?Sennheiser ended CX-series production, but sealed retail stock remains in the supply chain. We source it through the channels we have used since 2011 and sell it brand new in original packaging — while remaining stock lasts. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Sennheiser CX300 II Precision In-Ear —Sennheiser MX 375 Open-Ear Earbuds —Bose SoundSport Wired In-Ear —Browse all Wired Earphones at maibo Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sennheiser-cx400-ii-earphones-black-uk-stock/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3.png","13.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Sennheiser","Sennheiser CX 400 II- Black","27","" "46310","Sennheiser CX300 II Precision In-Ear Noise-Isolating Earphones – Black UK","The Sennheiser CX300 II Precision is the pure-listening version of a discontinued Sennheiser classic: the same precision in-ear platform as the CX400 II, with nothing on the cable but music. A dynamic driver tuned for powerful bass and accurate detail, a passive noise-isolating fit with three tip sizes, and a 3.5mm jack that works everywhere. Genuine last UK stock, brand new in retail packaging. SoundSennheiser precision tuningPowerful, controlled bass with the accurate mids and highs the CX series is remembered for. The sealed fit does the quiet work: with outside noise blocked, detail comes through at lower volumes — kinder to your ears on a long commute. FitPassive noise isolationThe ergonomic in-ear shape seals naturally against bus engines, office chatter and aircraft drone — no electronics, no hiss, nothing to charge. Three silicone tip sizes (S/M/L) are included to dial in the seal that suits your ear. SimplicityMusic-only, distraction-freeNo remote, no mic, no buttons — just a clean cable and a 3.5mm jack. For listeners who use earphones purely for music and podcasts, that simplicity is the feature: less to break, less to pay for. Right choice if you…✔ Listen to music and podcasts — and never take calls on earphones✔ Want noise isolation for commuting without ANC batteries✔ Value Sennheiser tuning at the lowest price it comes in✔ Are replacing a worn pair of CX-series earphones Consider something else if…✖ You take calls on the move — the CX400 II adds an inline mic & remote✖ You dislike in-ear seals — the open-fit Sennheiser MX 375 rests in the outer ear✖ You train hard in them — the Bose SoundSport Wired is built for sport Sennheiser CX300 II — Technical SpecificationsBrandSennheiserTypeWired in-ear, passive noise isolatingRemote / MicNone — music-only cableConnector3.5mm stereo jackEar TipsSilicone, S / M / L includedColourBlackMPNCX 300-II PrecisionEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo Warranty In the Box —Sennheiser CX300 II Precision earphones (Black) —Silicone ear tips — S / M / L Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the CX300 II and CX400 II?Same precision in-ear platform and tuning family; the CX400 II adds an inline single-button remote with microphone. If you only listen, the CX300 II does the job for less. How effective is the noise isolation?It is passive isolation from the sealed tip — with the right size fitted it meaningfully quiets buses, trains and open offices. It will not cancel deep rumble like powered ANC, but it never needs charging and adds no hiss. Will they work with a phone without a headphone jack?Yes, via your phone maker's USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter. Laptops, consoles and anything with a jack connect directly. Why is a discontinued model still sold new?Sennheiser ended CX-series production, but sealed retail stock remains in distribution. We sell it brand new in original packaging — while remaining stock lasts. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Sennheiser CX400 II (with mic & remote) —Sennheiser MX 375 Open-Ear Earbuds —Bose SoundSport Wired In-Ear —Browse all Wired Earphones at maibo Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sennheiser-cx300-ii-precision-in-ear-noise-isolating-earphones-black-uk/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/0df4fd3080970f6f729459f885dcb851.jpg","12.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Sennheiser","Sennheiser CX300 II Black","70","" "45949","Samsung 60W Dual USB Car Charger with Fast Charging","The Samsung 60W Dual Car Charger is the no-compromise socket: a Super Fast USB-C port with enough budget for the hungriest Galaxys and laptops-in-a-pinch, plus a fast USB-A alongside — 60W combined. For the car that doubles as an office between meetings, this is the charger that keeps up.Headroom60W across two portsEnough combined budget that nothing throttles: flagship phone at full Super Fast pace while a second device drinks from USB-A.Super Fast+Feeds the hungriest GalaxysThe USB-C port carries Samsung’s higher-wattage Super Fast tier — Ultra and tablet owners finally see their short-drive top-ups move.UniversalPD for everything elseiPhones, earbuds, dashcams, Switch — the USB-C speaks standard PD, so the whole family charges properly.Right choice if you…✔ Drive an Ultra or Galaxy Tab — use the full fast tier✔ Top up a laptop occasionally from the car✔ Charge two devices without compromise✔ Want the most capable Samsung car socket hereConsider something else if…✖ A standard Galaxy maxes at 25W anyway — the 40W L4020 saves money✖ You need cables in the box — pair with Samsung 5A cables✖ Micro-USB era devices — the LN920 set fits that worldSamsung 60W Dual Car Charger — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungOutput60W combined — Super Fast USB-C + fast USB-APortsUSB-C + USB-ACompatibleGalaxy flagships/tablets, PD devices, USB-A worldMPNOn retail packagingEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung 60W dual car chargerFrequently Asked QuestionsCan it charge a laptop?USB-C PD laptops accept it — slower than their mains brick but a genuine top-up on the road.What cable unlocks the top tier?A 5A-rated (e-marked) USB-C cable — standard 3A cables cap the handshake lower.60W from one port or shared?Shared budget across the pair — the C port takes the lion’s share when both are busy.Is it overkill for a normal Galaxy?For a 25W phone, yes — buy this for Ultra/Tab headroom or future-proofing, the 40W otherwise.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Samsung 40W car charger (EP-L4020)—Samsung LN930 fast set (with cable)—Browse all Car Chargers at maiboBrowse the full car charger range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-60w-dual-usb-car-charger-with-fast-charging/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/4222386067.webp","22.88","Charging & Cables > Car Chargers","Samsung","Samsung 60W Dual-Port Car Charger","1","" "45652","Logitech Spotlight Wireless Presentation Remote (Gold)","The Logitech Spotlight Wireless Presentation Remote (Gold)redefined the presenter remote. Instead of a red laser dot that disappears on screens and projectors, it uses software to place a real digital spotlight directly on your slide content — visible on any display, in any lighting condition. Magnify zooms in on specific slide areas in real time without switching to a different view. These are tools that change how audiences engage with a presentation, not just cosmetic upgrades to the click-forward, click-back paradigm. Spotlight Digital Highlight — No Laser Required Spotlight uses Logitech's software to render a translucent highlight circle directly on your screen — it tracks precisely with your hand movement and is visible on any display: projector, screen, television or monitor. Unlike laser pointers, it works on all surfaces and in all lighting conditions, and its size is adjustable. The audience sees exactly what you see, precisely where you intend. Magnify Zoom Into Any Slide Detail Magnify mode zooms into the area you are pointing to in real time — useful when presenting data tables, charts or diagrams where detail is important and not everyone in the room can see small text clearly. The zoom tracks your movements live, and you remain in control of both the zoom level and position from the remote. No need to switch to presenter view or zoom mode in your software manually. Connectivity 30m Range · USB + Bluetooth Dual connectivity — plug in the nano USB receiver for instant, driverless connection to any PC or Mac, or pair over Bluetooth for devices without USB ports (tablets, certain Mac setups, locked-down corporate laptops). 30-metre operating range gives you freedom to move around a large room without signal issues. The rechargeable lithium-polymer battery charges via the included cable and lasts for months between charges. Great choice if you… ✔ Present regularly to audiences — internal or external ✔ Want to highlight slide content without a laser pointer ✔ Present on screens, TVs or projectors of any type ✔ Need Bluetooth for tablet or Mac presentations ✔ Use PowerPoint, Keynote, Google Slides or PDF Consider something else if… ✖ You only need basic slide advance — simpler remotes cost less ✖ You can't install Logitech software (admin-locked PC) — spotlight/magnify won't work without software ✖ You need a physical laser pointer for whiteboard use Technical Specifications Brand / Model Logitech Spotlight Connectivity 2.4GHz USB receiver + Bluetooth (dual) Operating Range Up to 30 metres Key Features Digital spotlight · Magnify · Timer with vibration alerts Battery Built-in rechargeable Li-Polymer — months per charge Quick Charge 3 minutes charge = 3 hours use Dimensions 132 × 27.7 × 12.4mm · 49.5g Software Logitech Presentation (free download) Colour Black Box Contents — Logitech Spotlight presentation remote (Black) — Nano USB receiver — USB charging cable — Carrying pouch Compatible With — Windows 7 / 8 / 10 / 11 — macOS 10.10 or later — Android / iOS (Bluetooth) — PowerPoint · Keynote · Google Slides · PDF — Prezi · Slideshow Pro · other presentation apps Software Note Spotlight and Magnify features require Logitech Presentation software (free download) installed on the host computer. Without the software, the remote functions as a basic slide advancer with forward/back navigation. Admin access may be required to install the software on corporate or institutional computers. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years Logitech + 12 Months Seller Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Logitech Spotlight — the presenter remote that actually changes how your audience experiences your slides. Digital spotlight, magnify, timer. The red laser dot is obsolete.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-spotlight-wireless-presentation-remote-gold/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/4213178431.webp","79.99","Smart Lifestyle","Logitech","Logitech Spotlight Presentation Remote Wireless Control - Gold","1","" "45594","Logitech Spotlight Wireless Presentation Remote (Black)","The Logitech Spotlight Wireless Presentation Remote (Black)redefined the presenter remote. Instead of a red laser dot that disappears on screens and projectors, it uses software to place a real digital spotlight directly on your slide content — visible on any display, in any lighting condition. Magnify zooms in on specific slide areas in real time without switching to a different view. These are tools that change how audiences engage with a presentation, not just cosmetic upgrades to the click-forward, click-back paradigm. Spotlight Digital Highlight — No Laser Required Spotlight uses Logitech's software to render a translucent highlight circle directly on your screen — it tracks precisely with your hand movement and is visible on any display: projector, screen, television or monitor. Unlike laser pointers, it works on all surfaces and in all lighting conditions, and its size is adjustable. The audience sees exactly what you see, precisely where you intend. Magnify Zoom Into Any Slide Detail Magnify mode zooms into the area you are pointing to in real time — useful when presenting data tables, charts or diagrams where detail is important and not everyone in the room can see small text clearly. The zoom tracks your movements live, and you remain in control of both the zoom level and position from the remote. No need to switch to presenter view or zoom mode in your software manually. Connectivity 30m Range · USB + Bluetooth Dual connectivity — plug in the nano USB receiver for instant, driverless connection to any PC or Mac, or pair over Bluetooth for devices without USB ports (tablets, certain Mac setups, locked-down corporate laptops). 30-metre operating range gives you freedom to move around a large room without signal issues. The rechargeable lithium-polymer battery charges via the included cable and lasts for months between charges. Great choice if you… ✔ Present regularly to audiences — internal or external ✔ Want to highlight slide content without a laser pointer ✔ Present on screens, TVs or projectors of any type ✔ Need Bluetooth for tablet or Mac presentations ✔ Use PowerPoint, Keynote, Google Slides or PDF Consider something else if… ✖ You only need basic slide advance — simpler remotes cost less ✖ You can't install Logitech software (admin-locked PC) — spotlight/magnify won't work without software ✖ You need a physical laser pointer for whiteboard use Technical Specifications Brand / Model Logitech Spotlight Connectivity 2.4GHz USB receiver + Bluetooth (dual) Operating Range Up to 30 metres Key Features Digital spotlight · Magnify · Timer with vibration alerts Battery Built-in rechargeable Li-Polymer — months per charge Quick Charge 3 minutes charge = 3 hours use Dimensions 132 × 27.7 × 12.4mm · 49.5g Software Logitech Presentation (free download) Colour Black Box Contents — Logitech Spotlight presentation remote (Black) — Nano USB receiver — USB charging cable — Carrying pouch Compatible With — Windows 7 / 8 / 10 / 11 — macOS 10.10 or later — Android / iOS (Bluetooth) — PowerPoint · Keynote · Google Slides · PDF — Prezi · Slideshow Pro · other presentation apps Software Note Spotlight and Magnify features require Logitech Presentation software (free download) installed on the host computer. Without the software, the remote functions as a basic slide advancer with forward/back navigation. Admin access may be required to install the software on corporate or institutional computers. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years Logitech + 12 Months Seller Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Logitech Spotlight — the presenter remote that actually changes how your audience experiences your slides. Digital spotlight, magnify, timer. The red laser dot is obsolete.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-spotlight-wireless-presentation-remote-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/9ab0713d3f350e22c009a3775c78fa61-1.png","79.98","Smart Lifestyle","Logitech","910-004644","1","0097855127754" "45281","Samsung EHS64 3.5mm Earphones with Remote – Black","Samsung EHS64 3.5mm Earphones with Remote – Black Wired in-ear earphones with inline remote, designed for clear sound and everyday use. Product Description The Samsung EHS64 3.5mm Earphones with Remote – Black are designed to deliver reliable audio performance with a comfortable in-ear fit. Built for everyday listening, these wired earphones provide clear sound for music, calls, podcasts, and video playback. Featuring a standard 3.5mm audio jack, the Samsung EHS64 earphones are compatible with a wide range of smartphones, tablets, laptops, and other devices that support a headphone connection. The integrated inline remote allows convenient control of calls and playback without needing to access your device. With their lightweight design and ergonomic ear tips, these earphones are suitable for extended use at home, at work, or while travelling. The Samsung EHS64 Earphones offer a practical and dependable wired audio solution in a sleek black finish. Key Features In-Ear Wired Earphones – clear and balanced sound 3.5mm Audio Jack – broad device compatibility Inline Remote – easy call and playback control Comfortable Fit – suitable for long listening sessions Black Finish – clean and understated design Feature Highlight Reliable wired audio with no latency Inline remote for convenient control Comfort-focused in-ear design Buyer Tip For optimal comfort and sound isolation, ensure the earphones sit securely without applying pressure. Mini Benchmark Provides more consistent sound and call clarity compared to generic wired earbuds. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Prefer wired audio connections Only use wireless earbuds Need inline remote control Require active noise cancelling Listen to music and calls daily Want premium audio tuning Product Specifications Brand Samsung Model EHS64 Connector 3.5mm Audio Jack Colour Black","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-ehs64-3-5mm-earphones-with-remote-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/ehs64-black-1.jpeg","4.98","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","EHS64 Black","1","" "45251","SanDisk Extreme PRO 1TB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk Extreme PRO 1TB microSDXC is the top of SanDisk’s UHS-I line: a full terabyte with up to 200MB/s reads and 140MB/s writes via QuickFlow — the card for professionals who shoot 4K all day and offload on deadline. V30/U3 guarantees sustained recording, A2 keeps apps and games fast, and the full-size SD adapter in the box moves it between drone, action cam and DSLR. Genuine SanDisk with RescuePRO Deluxe recovery included. Speed200MB/s — PRO-grade offloadsExtreme PRO’s 200MB/s reads cut offload time meaningfully on big shoots: a day’s 4K footage lands on the laptop in the time Extreme-class cards are still halfway. Writes up to 140MB/s keep burst photography and high-bitrate video flowing without buffer stalls.Capacity1TB — the whole project on one cardRoughly 32 hours of 4K 30fps footage or a quarter-million photos. Multi-day shoots, drone expeditions and full game libraries live on a single card — no swaps, no 'which card was that on' moments.ReliabilityFour-proof, recovery includedTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof, built for professional abuse. At this capacity the included RescuePRO Deluxe recovery licence is real insurance — one recovered shoot pays for the card. Right choice if you…✔ Shoot professionally and offload on deadline✔ Want the fastest UHS-I microSD SanDisk makes✔ Need one card for drone, action cam and DSLR (adapter included)✔ Value guaranteed V30 sustained writes over marketing peaks Consider something else if…✖ You offload overnight anyway — the standard Extreme 1TB saves money for near-identical in-camera performance✖ 512GB covers your shoots — see the 512GB Extreme✖ You record dashcam/CCTV loops — High Endurance is the right line SanDisk Extreme PRO 1TB microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity1TB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 200MB/s (QuickFlow)Write SpeedUp to 140MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10AdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNSDSQXCD-1T00-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO 1TB UHS-I microSDXC card —Full-size SD adapter —RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery licence (download) Frequently Asked QuestionsExtreme PRO vs Extreme — is the difference worth it?In-camera, both guarantee V30 sustained writes, so recording quality is identical. The PRO earns its price on the offload side (200 vs 190MB/s reads, 140 vs 130MB/s writes) and in heavy burst work. If deadlines matter, PRO; if not, Extreme saves money.Do I get 200MB/s in any reader?Peak speed needs a QuickFlow-compatible reader such as SanDisk’s own; standard UHS-I hardware reaches ~104MB/s. In-camera recording performance is unaffected either way.Will my device support a 1TB card?Any microSDXC/exFAT device supports it — recent GoPros, DJI drones, Android phones, Switch and Steam Deck included.Is it suitable for Steam Deck or Switch?Yes — the A2 rating delivers fast random reads for game loading, and 1TB holds a serious library.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 1TB Extreme microSDXC—SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC—Browse all microSD Cards at maibo Browse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-pro-1tb-microsdxc-memory-card-sd-adapter-included/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SanDisk-Extreme-Pro-1TB-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter.webp","188.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXCD-1T00-GN6MA","192","" "45248","SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB microSDXC is the working professional’s capacity in SanDisk’s fastest UHS-I line: up to 200MB/s reads and 140MB/s writes with QuickFlow, V30/U3-guaranteed 4K recording, A2 app performance — and the SD adapter in the box. Half a terabyte that offloads on deadline.Speed200MB/s — PRO-grade offloadsQuickFlow pushes reads to 200MB/s with a compatible reader — a day’s 4K lands on the laptop while Extreme-class cards are still working. 140MB/s writes keep bursts and high-bitrate video fluid.Capacity512GB — the shoot-day sweet spotRoughly 16 hours of 4K 30fps or 100,000+ photos: a serious shoot day or a long trip per card, at a friendlier price per gigabyte than the 1TB flagship.ReliabilityFour-proof, recovery includedTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof, with RescuePRO Deluxe recovery in the box — one recovered shoot pays for the card.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot professionally and offload on deadline✔ Want SanDisk’s fastest UHS-I line at the practical capacity✔ Move one card between drone, action cam and DSLR✔ Value a guaranteed V30 floor over peak-figure marketingConsider something else if…✖ Deadlines are relaxed — the standard 512GB Extreme records identically for less✖ You need the full terabyte — see the Extreme PRO 1TB✖ You loop-record 24/7 — High Endurance is the purpose-built lineSanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity512GB (microSDXC)Read / WriteUp to 200MB/s / 140MB/s (QuickFlow)RatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10AdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNSDSQXCD-512G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB UHS-I microSDXC card—Full-size SD adapter—RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery licence (download)Frequently Asked QuestionsPRO vs standard Extreme — worth it at 512GB?In-camera both are V30, so recordings are identical. The PRO’s edge is offload speed and heavy burst work — if your time after the shoot matters, yes.Do I get 200MB/s in any reader?Peak needs a QuickFlow-compatible reader; standard UHS-I reaches ~104MB/s. In-camera performance is unaffected.How much 4K fits on 512GB?Roughly 16 hours of 4K 30fps footage, or over 100,000 high-resolution photos.Steam Deck / Switch suitable?Yes — A2 random reads suit game loading, and 512GB holds a serious library.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk Extreme PRO 1TB microSDXC—SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-pro-512gb-microsdxc-memory-card-sd-adapter-included/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SanDisk-Extreme-Pro-512GB-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter.webp","118.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXCD-512G-GN6MA","192","0619659188566" "45244","SanDisk Extreme PRO 256GB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk Extreme PRO 256GB microSDXC brings the PRO line’s 200MB/s QuickFlow reads to the 256GB capacity — V30/U3-guaranteed 4K recording, A2 app performance, four-proof durability, and the full-size SD adapter in the box. The card for shooters who offload on deadline.Speed200MB/s — PRO-grade offloadsQuickFlow pushes reads to 200MB/s with a compatible reader; writes up to 140MB/s keep bursts and high-bitrate video fluid, with V30 as the guaranteed sustained floor that stops recordings dropping frames.Capacity256GB — roughly 8 hours of 4KAbout 8 hours of 4K 30fps footage per card — sized for shooters who balance capacity against the discipline of regular offloads.ReliabilityFour-proof, recovery includedTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof, with the RescuePRO Deluxe recovery licence in the box — one recovered shoot pays for the card.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K professionally and offload on deadline✔ Want SanDisk’s fastest UHS-I line at this size✔ Need the SD adapter for drone-to-DSLR workflows✔ Value the guaranteed V30 floor over peak-figure marketingConsider something else if…✖ Deadlines are relaxed — the standard Extreme line records identically for less✖ You need more room — see the SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB✖ A smaller card suits your workflow — see the SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GBSanDisk Extreme PRO 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity256GB (microSDXC)Read / WriteUp to 200MB/s / 140MB/s (QuickFlow)RatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10AdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNSDSQXCD-256G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO 256GB UHS-I microSDXC card—Full-size SD adapter—RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery licence (download)Frequently Asked QuestionsPRO vs standard Extreme — worth it?In-camera both guarantee V30, so recordings are identical. The PRO earns its price on offload speed (200MB/s with a QuickFlow reader) and heavy burst work.Do I get 200MB/s in any reader?Peak needs a QuickFlow-compatible reader such as SanDisk’s own; standard UHS-I hardware reaches ~104MB/s. In-camera performance is unaffected.How much 4K fits on 256GB?Roughly 8 hours of 4K 30fps footage.Steam Deck / Switch suitable?Yes — the A2 rating delivers the fast random reads game loading wants.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB—SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-pro-256gb-microsdxc-memory-card-sd-adapter-included/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/SanDisk-Extreme-Pro-256GB-microSDXC-.jpg","78.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXCD-256G-GN6MA","192","0619659188542" "45243","SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included","The SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB microSDXC brings the PRO line’s 200MB/s QuickFlow reads to the 128GB capacity — V30/U3-guaranteed 4K recording, A2 app performance, four-proof durability, and the full-size SD adapter in the box. The card for shooters who offload on deadline.Speed200MB/s — PRO-grade offloadsQuickFlow pushes reads to 200MB/s with a compatible reader; writes up to 90MB/s keep bursts and high-bitrate video fluid, with V30 as the guaranteed sustained floor that stops recordings dropping frames.Capacity128GB — roughly 4 hours of 4KAbout 4 hours of 4K 30fps footage per card — sized for shooters who balance capacity against the discipline of regular offloads.ReliabilityFour-proof, recovery includedTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof, with the RescuePRO Deluxe recovery licence in the box — one recovered shoot pays for the card.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K professionally and offload on deadline✔ Want SanDisk’s fastest UHS-I line at this size✔ Need the SD adapter for drone-to-DSLR workflows✔ Value the guaranteed V30 floor over peak-figure marketingConsider something else if…✖ Deadlines are relaxed — the standard Extreme line records identically for less✖ You need more room — see the SanDisk Extreme PRO 256GB✖ A smaller card suits your workflow — see the SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GBSanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GB (microSDXC)Read / WriteUp to 200MB/s / 90MB/s (QuickFlow)RatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10AdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNSDSQXCD-128G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB UHS-I microSDXC card—Full-size SD adapter—RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery licence (download)Frequently Asked QuestionsPRO vs standard Extreme — worth it?In-camera both guarantee V30, so recordings are identical. The PRO earns its price on offload speed (200MB/s with a QuickFlow reader) and heavy burst work.Do I get 200MB/s in any reader?Peak needs a QuickFlow-compatible reader such as SanDisk’s own; standard UHS-I hardware reaches ~104MB/s. In-camera performance is unaffected.How much 4K fits on 128GB?Roughly 4 hours of 4K 30fps footage.Steam Deck / Switch suitable?Yes — the A2 rating delivers the fast random reads game loading wants.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk Extreme PRO 256GB—SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-pro-128gb-microsdxc-memory-card-sd-adapter-included/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/389923851.webp","48.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXCD-128G-GN6MA","192","619659188528" "45137","Logitech G502 X PLUS LIGHTSPEED Wireless RGB Gaming Mouse – White","The Logitech G502 X PLUS White is the top model of the G502 X family: the redesigned wireless G502 with LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting added. It keeps the sculpted right-handed shape that made the G502 the best-selling gaming mouse Logitech has made, and pairs it with LIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical switches, a HERO sensor, LIGHTSPEED wireless that Logitech rates 68% faster than the previous generation, and USB-C charging. An 8-LED RGB array with 16.8 million colours sits across the top, and play detection dims it automatically while you move the mouse to save battery. There are 13 programmable controls, a dual-mode tilt wheel and a removable, reversible DPI-shift button. This is model 910-006172 in White. LIGHTSYNC RGB · Play Detection What the PLUS Adds — and What It Costs in Battery The difference between the G502 X PLUS and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED is lighting. The PLUS has an 8-LED LIGHTSYNC RGB array with 16.8 million colours, which you can sync with other Logitech G gear, match to your setup or drive from music and media in G HUB. Lighting uses power, so Logitech rates the battery at up to 130 hours with RGB switched off and around 37 hours with RGB always on. Play detection helps: while your hand is moving the mouse, the lights dim automatically, and they come back when you stop, so in real gaming you get well above the always-on figure. If you never use the lighting, the non-RGB G502 X LIGHTSPEED gives you the same mouse with a longer battery. With a Logitech POWERPLAY mat (sold separately), battery stops being a question at all: the mouse charges wirelessly while you play. LIGHTFORCE · HERO · LIGHTSPEED Switches, Sensor and the 2026 Firmware Update LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches register clicks optically — faster, and immune to the double-clicking that wears out traditional microswitches — while a mechanical element keeps a crisp, tactile click. The HERO sensor tracks with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration. It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI; in September 2026 Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update for the G502 X family that raises the ceiling to 44,000 DPI and adds separate X and Y sensitivity, so update the mouse in G HUB to get it. LIGHTSPEED is Logitech's tournament-grade 2.4 GHz connection, with no practical difference from a cable. There is no Bluetooth: the mouse connects through the included USB receiver or by the USB-C cable, and you can keep playing wired while it charges. 13 Controls · Tilt Wheel · DPI-Shift The G502 Control Layout, Refined Thirteen programmable controls cover the main clicks, a scroll wheel that clicks and tilts left and right, forward and back, DPI up and down, and a DPI-shift 'sniper' button that drops sensitivity while held. That DPI-shift button has been redesigned: remove it and reverse it to sit closer to your thumb, or swap in the included blank cover if you never use it and want to avoid accidental presses. The scroll wheel switches between precise ratchet steps and a hyper-fast free spin. Every control can be mapped to keys, macros and game-specific profiles in Logitech G HUB, and profiles are stored on the mouse so they work on any PC. Unlike the original G502, the G502 X family does not use removable weights; the shape is sculpted for the right hand only, with a thumb rest on the left side. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the full G502 X with RGB lighting to match your setup ✔ Want lots of programmable buttons for MMOs, strategy or productivity ✔ Plan to use a POWERPLAY mat, so battery life is never an issue ✔ Have a right hand and a palm or claw grip Consider something else if… ✘ You do not care about lighting — the G502 X LIGHTSPEED has a longer battery for less ✘ You want the lightest possible mouse for fast shooters — the PRO X Superlight 2 is 60g ✘ You need Bluetooth or adjustable weights — the G502 X PLUS has neither Logitech G502 X PLUS White — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 X PLUS LIGHTSPEED Wireless RGB Gaming Mouse MPN910-006172 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourWhite SensorHERO · up to 25,600 DPI out of the box · up to 44,000 DPI via 2026 G HUB firmware update SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Controls13 programmable Scroll WheelDual-mode (ratchet / free spin) · tilt left and right LightingLIGHTSYNC RGB · 8 LEDs · play detection WirelessLIGHTSPEED 2.4 GHz · no Bluetooth BatteryUp to 130 hours (RGB off) · around 37 hours (RGB always on) ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G502 X PLUS wireless gaming mouse — White —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —DPI-shift button cover —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 X PLUS and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED?The same shape, sensor, switches and 13 controls. The PLUS adds an 8-LED LIGHTSYNC RGB array; the LIGHTSPEED has no lighting and a longer battery. How long does the battery last with RGB on?Logitech rates up to 130 hours with RGB off and around 37 hours with RGB always on. Play detection dims the lighting while you move the mouse, so real-world battery sits between the two. Is it 25K or 44K DPI?It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI. Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update in September 2026 that raises it to 44,000 DPI with separate X and Y sensitivity. Does it support Bluetooth?No. It connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by the USB-C cable. Can it charge wirelessly?Yes, on a Logitech POWERPLAY wireless charging mat, sold separately. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X PLUS — Black/Purple —Logitech G502 X PLUS — Black —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — non-RGB version —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — 60g lightweight alternative —Official Logitech G502 X PLUS product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-x-plus-lightspeed-wireless-rgb-gaming-mouse-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/d2e6dd2f2f2da7be0b24337b234b5497.png","112.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006172","88","" "45062","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Wireless Gaming Mouse – White","The Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Wireless Gaming Mouse – White— under 63 grams, HERO 25K sensor up to 25,400 DPI, LIGHTSPEED wireless at 1ms report rate, and up to 70 hours battery life. Built to the specification of professional esports players. Zero-additive PTFE feet, symmetrical shell, 5 programmable buttons. ✓ Under 63g — ~25% lighter than the standard PRO Wireless ✓ HERO 25K sensor · up to 25,400 DPI · 1:1 tracking accuracy at any speed ✓ LIGHTSPEED wireless · 1ms report rate · up to 70 hours battery ✓ Zero-additive PTFE feet · symmetrical design · Windows + Mac compatible The Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT wireless gaming mouse in White was designed with a single objective: remove every gram that does not directly contribute to competitive performance. The original G PRO Wireless — itself a benchmark wireless gaming mouse — weighed 80 grams. The PRO X SUPERLIGHT achieved under 63 grams without any compromise in sensor performance, wireless reliability or build quality. The weight reduction came from removing all structural redundancy: no RGB lighting, no honeycomb shell, no side grips — a solid but minimal shell built around the HERO 25K sensor and LIGHTSPEED wireless system. The HERO 25K delivers up to 25,400 DPI with 1:1 tracking accuracy at any movement speed, with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration. LIGHTSPEED wireless operates at a 1ms report rate, identical to a wired connection, on a 2.4GHz channel that automatically selects the clearest frequency. The POWERPLAY wireless charging mat compatible design means the battery can be sustained indefinitely during desktop use if paired with the compatible charging surface. Logitech built this mouse in direct collaboration with professional esports players — the specification reflects what those players requested after years of competition-focused feedback. Under 63g · No Compromises Why Weight Matters in Competitive Gaming Mouse weight affects competitive gaming performance in two distinct ways. First, a lighter mouse requires less muscular effort to accelerate and decelerate across the mousepad — at the high movement speeds involved in precise FPS aiming, the force required to stop a heavier mouse at the correct pixel introduces small but consistent aim errors. Second, lighter mice reduce hand and wrist fatigue during long sessions, which maintains aim consistency over hours of play where heavier mice cause degradation. The PRO X SUPERLIGHT's sub-63g weight is not achieved through structural weakness (no honeycomb cutouts that compromise rigidity and accumulate debris) or reduced features (no loss of sensor quality, wireless performance or button count compared to its predecessor). The weight reduction is structural: Logitech redesigned the internal architecture to eliminate material that added weight without adding function. The result is a mouse that weighs approximately what a standard optical wired mouse weighed in 2005, despite housing a wireless radio, a rechargeable battery, a high-end optical sensor and five mechanical switches. Zero-additive PTFE feet — pure PTFE without fillers — provide a consistent, low-friction glide surface that does not degrade with use at the rate of standard blended PTFE feet. HERO 25K Sensor · 25,400 DPI 1:1 Tracking at Any Speed The HERO 25K (High Efficiency Rated Optical) sensor is Logitech's top-tier optical sensor, developed to address the two main failure modes of gaming sensors: tracking inaccuracy at high movement speeds, and power consumption. HERO achieves 1:1 tracking accuracy — the cursor moves exactly the distance the physical mouse moves, with no smoothing, no filtering and no acceleration — across its full DPI range from 100 to 25,400 DPI and across the full range of movement speeds that competitive players generate. Many sensors apply motion filtering at high speeds that slightly smooths cursor position to compensate for tracking errors; HERO does not, which means every micro-movement registers exactly. The sensor's power efficiency is also exceptional — it consumes approximately ten times less power than sensors of comparable accuracy in previous generations, which directly enables the 70-hour battery life without a heavier battery. DPI is configurable through Logitech G HUB software in 50-DPI increments, allowing precise tuning to any sensitivity preference. The sensor's polling rate is 1ms (1000Hz) — the cursor position updates every millisecond, matching the performance of wired gaming mice. LIGHTSPEED Wireless · 1ms Wireless as Fast as Wired LIGHTSPEED is Logitech's proprietary 2.4GHz wireless protocol, designed specifically for gaming input devices. The fundamental performance requirement is end-to-end latency of 1ms — the same report rate as a USB wired gaming mouse. LIGHTSPEED achieves this through frequency hopping: the dongle continuously monitors the 2.4GHz spectrum and switches to the least congested channel, avoiding interference from other 2.4GHz devices (WiFi, other wireless peripherals) that could introduce latency spikes. The USB LIGHTSPEED dongle is small and designed for laptop use — it stores in the underside of the mouse for travel. Battery life of up to 70 hours means that for most players, the mouse needs charging once or twice a week at most. Charging is via the included USB-C cable — the mouse can be used wired while charging. The PRO X SUPERLIGHT is also compatible with Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mousepad system, which charges the mouse continuously while it is on the pad, eliminating battery management entirely during desktop gaming sessions. Right choice if you… ✔ Play FPS games competitively and want the lightest possible wireless mouse without sensor compromise ✔ Want wireless performance that matches wired — 1ms LIGHTSPEED, no latency penalty ✔ Play long sessions and want reduced hand fatigue from a lighter mouse ✔ Prefer a clean white mouse with no RGB lighting — minimal, understated design ✔ Use either right or left hand — the symmetrical shell accommodates both Consider something else if… ✖ You want RGB lighting — the PRO X SUPERLIGHT has none; weight was prioritised over lighting ✖ You want the current model — the PRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 (910-006636) is the successor with the HERO 2 sensor; the original SUPERLIGHT is discontinued ✖ You prefer a larger mouse with side grips — the SUPERLIGHT is a compact, bare-shell design suited to claw and fingertip grip styles Technical Specifications Brand Logitech G Model G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Wireless Gaming Mouse Colour White Sensor HERO 25K DPI Range 100 – 25,400 DPI (adjustable in 50 DPI steps) Wireless LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz · 1ms report rate Battery Life Up to 70 hours Charging USB-C · POWERPLAY compatible Weight <63g (without cable) Buttons 5 programmable Feet Zero-additive PTFE RGB Lighting None Compatibility Windows 10+ · macOS 10.15+ · USB port required MPN 910-005940 EAN / GTIN 0097855159625 Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box — Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT wireless gaming mouse — White — USB LIGHTSPEED dongle — USB-C charging cable — USB-A dongle extender Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the PRO X SUPERLIGHT and PRO X SUPERLIGHT 2? The PRO X SUPERLIGHT 2 (910-006636) is the successor, released in 2023. Key differences: the SUPERLIGHT 2 uses the newer HERO 2 sensor (25,600 DPI ceiling, improved accuracy), weighs under 60g (a further ~3g reduction), and adds a dedicated DPI button on the underside. Both use LIGHTSPEED wireless at 1ms. The original SUPERLIGHT remains competitive — the HERO 25K sensor is excellent and the weight difference is marginal for most players. Is the PRO X SUPERLIGHT left-hand compatible? Yes. The PRO X SUPERLIGHT has a symmetrical shell — it is equally usable with either hand. There are no thumb buttons on the right side that would obstruct a left-handed grip. The two side buttons are on the left side of the mouse only, accessible to right-handed users as standard thumb buttons. Can I use the PRO X SUPERLIGHT while it charges? Yes. Connecting the USB-C charging cable allows the mouse to be used wired while the battery charges. The cable is a standard USB-C cable — any quality USB-C cable works, not only the included one. Does the PRO X SUPERLIGHT work with Mac? Yes. The mouse functions as a plug-and-play wireless mouse on macOS 10.15 and later without any software. Logitech G HUB software (available free from Logitech) provides full DPI customisation, button remapping and profile management on both Windows and macOS. Does the PRO X SUPERLIGHT have RGB lighting? No. Logitech removed RGB lighting from the PRO X SUPERLIGHT to save weight — the G PRO logo illumination present on predecessor models was eliminated. The white colour provides a clean, premium aesthetic without lighting. Users who want RGB should look at the Logitech G502 X PLUS or G303 SHROUD Edition. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech G502 HERO High Performance Gaming Mouse — HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset — Razer Basilisk V3 Customisable Gaming Mouse — Browse all Gaming accessories at maibo Browse the full gaming peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g-pro-x-superlight-wireless-gaming-mouse-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1018029804.webp","94.98","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005940","88","0097855159625" "44967","Marshall Major IV Wireless Bluetooth Headphones Brown","The Marshall Major IV Wireless Bluetooth Headphones Brown — on-ear Bluetooth 5.0 headphones with 80+ hours of wireless playtime, wireless Qi charging, and Marshall's signature multi-directional control knob. Foldable design, built-in mic, 3.5mm wired mode for use when the battery runs out. ✓ 80+ hours wireless playtime — charge weekly, not daily ✓ Wireless Qi charging + USB-C — place on any Qi pad or plug in ✓ Marshall multi-directional control knob · built-in mic · 3.5mm wired fallback ✓ Foldable on-ear design · warm brown Marshall aesthetic with gold accents ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Retail Packaging. The Marshall Major IV wireless headphones in Brown are Marshall's fourth generation of the Major on-ear headphone — the model that established Marshall as a credible player in the consumer wireless headphone market. The Major IV's headline specification is its battery life: 80+ hours of wireless playtime is exceptional for an on-ear headphone at this price point, placing it among the longest-lasting wireless headphones available in any category. In practical terms, 80 hours means a weekly charge for most users rather than the daily or every-other-day charging that most wireless headphones require. The Major IV is also one of very few on-ear headphones in its price category to offer wireless Qi charging — placing the folded headphones on any Qi charging pad recharges them without cables, in addition to USB-C wired charging. The sound character is classic Marshall: tuned for rock, electronic and bass-forward music with a warm, driven low end and clear mid-range that suits guitar-heavy material. The multi-directional control knob on the right earcup provides play/pause, track skip, volume and call answer in a single physical control — a tactile alternative to touch surfaces. When the battery runs out entirely, the 3.5mm input allows wired use without Bluetooth. Genuine Marshall. Available while stock lasts. 80+ Hours · Wireless Charging Charge Weekly, Not Daily The 80+ hour wireless battery life of the Major IV is the product's most significant differentiator in its category. Most consumer wireless on-ear headphones offer 20–40 hours of playback — the Sony WH-1000XM5 (30 hours), Bose QuietComfort 45 (24 hours) and JBL Tune 760NC (35 hours) are representative. The Major IV's 80+ hour figure means that a user who listens for 3–4 hours per day can go approximately three weeks between charges before the battery depletes. For a headphone without active noise cancellation or complex DSP processing — two features that significantly increase power draw — this battery life is achievable at on-ear headphone power consumption levels. The wireless Qi charging addresses the friction of cable charging: fold the headphones, place them on a Qi charging pad (the same pad used for compatible smartphones and earbuds), and they charge overnight without managing a cable. USB-C charging provides the wired option for faster top-up or when away from a wireless pad. The combination of long battery life and cable-free charging means the Major IV requires minimal battery management for most users — it is consistently available without the daily discipline of plugging in. Marshall Sound · 40mm Drivers Tuned for Rock, Bass and Warmth Marshall's audio tuning philosophy descends from their amplifier heritage — the company has built guitar amplifiers since 1962 and applies a similar tonal character to their headphone line. The Major IV uses 40mm dynamic drivers with a frequency response tuned to be warm and punchy rather than analytically flat. The low end is present and textured without overwhelming the mid-range, which gives guitar, bass and drums a satisfying physicality. Vocals and mid-frequency instruments sit clearly in the mix without the recessed, scooped mid characteristic of some consumer headphones tuned for bass impact at the expense of instrument separation. The high end is detailed enough for acoustic and classical listening without the brightness that causes fatigue on extended listening sessions. This tuning works well for rock, pop, electronic, hip-hop and any genre where the rhythm section is central — it is less analytically precise than flat-reference monitoring headphones but more engaging for casual and recreational listening. On-ear design rather than over-ear means some ambient noise passes through, which keeps spatial awareness available — useful for commuting and office use where complete isolation is undesirable. The on-ear cushions are suppled with a soft, textured material consistent with Marshall's visual identity. Control Knob · Foldable · Wired Mode Practical Design for Daily Carry The multi-directional control knob on the right earcup is Marshall's signature control interface across their headphone range — a physical dial that tilts and clicks to control all primary functions without touching a flat surface. Left and right tilts skip tracks backwards and forwards; up and down adjust volume; pressing inward plays, pauses or answers calls. For users who find touch controls unreliable or disorienting in cold weather or with gloves, the physical knob provides immediate, tactile confirmation of every action without looking at the headphones or removing them from the ear. The foldable design rotates the earcups flat and folds the headband inward, producing a compact format for bag storage — the headphones do not include a carry case but the flat-fold format is bag-friendly without one. The 3.5mm input on the left earcup provides a wired listening mode for use on aircraft with standard audio jacks, in situations where Bluetooth is unavailable, or when the battery is fully depleted — the Major IV functions as a wired headphone entirely passively in this mode, requiring no battery. The built-in microphone on the right earcup captures voice for calls and voice assistants. Right choice if you… ✔ Want wireless headphones you charge weekly rather than daily ✔ Listen to rock, electronic, hip-hop or bass-forward music and want Marshall's warm, driven tuning ✔ Want wireless Qi charging — place on a charging pad, no cables ✔ Prefer physical control knob over touch surfaces for reliable track and volume control ✔ Want Marshall's warm brown vintage aesthetic — textured brown vinyl with gold accents, distinct from the classic black version Consider something else if… ✖ You need active noise cancellation — the Major IV has none; see Sony WH-1000XM series or Bose QuietComfort ✖ You prefer over-ear for better passive isolation and longer comfort sessions — the Major IV is on-ear ✖ You want the current model — the Marshall Major V is the successor with updated features; the Major IV is discontinued Technical Specifications Brand Marshall Model Major IV Colour Brown Type On-ear · foldable Drivers 40mm dynamic Connectivity Bluetooth 5.0 · 3.5mm wired Battery Life 80+ hours wireless Charging Wireless Qi + USB-C Controls Multi-directional control knob Microphone Built-in Noise Cancellation None MPN 1006127 EAN / GTIN 7340055388665 Warranty 1-year manufacturer warranty (Marshall) In the Box — Marshall Major IV wireless headphones — Brown — USB-C charging cable — 3.5mm audio cable Frequently Asked Questions Do the Marshall Major IV have active noise cancellation? No. The Major IV are on-ear headphones with no active noise cancellation. They provide some passive isolation from ambient noise through the physical seal of the earcups, but environmental sound is audible at normal listening volumes — suitable for commuting and office use where some awareness is wanted, but not for blocking out loud environments like aircraft cabins. Can I use the Major IV as wired headphones if the battery dies? Yes. The 3.5mm input on the left earcup allows fully passive wired operation — the headphones function without any battery when connected via cable. This makes them usable on aircraft with standard seat audio jacks and in any situation where the battery has depleted. The included 3.5mm cable is a straight cable. How does the wireless Qi charging work? Fold the headphones flat, place them on any Qi-compatible wireless charging pad, and they begin charging automatically. The same charging pad used for compatible smartphones works for the Major IV. Qi charging is slower than USB-C wired charging — USB-C is the faster option for rapid top-up, while Qi is most practical for overnight charging without managing a cable. What is the difference between the Major IV and Major V? The Marshall Major V is the successor model, released in 2023. Key differences: the Major V adds Bluetooth multipoint (connecting to two devices simultaneously), increases battery to 100+ hours, and retains the same 40mm driver design. The Major IV lacks multipoint Bluetooth — it connects to one device at a time. Both share wireless Qi charging, USB-C and the multi-directional control knob. For users who do not need multipoint Bluetooth, the Major IV delivers equivalent sound quality. How does the multi-directional control knob work? The knob on the right earcup tilts in four directions and presses inward. Left tilt = previous track; right tilt = next track; up tilt = volume up; down tilt = volume down; press inward = play/pause or answer/end call. Long press activates your phone's voice assistant. All actions have tactile confirmation from the physical knob movement. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1-year manufacturer warranty (Marshall) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Bose SoundSport Wireless In-Ear Headphones — Brown — HyperX Cloud Core Wired Gaming Headset — Brown — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Browse all headphones and audio at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/marshall-major-iv-wireless-bluetooth-headphones-brown/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/marhsall-4-brown.jpg","48.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Marshall","Marshall Major IV -Brown","87","7340055388665" "44950","Marshall Major IV Wireless Bluetooth Headphones – Black","The Marshall Major IV Wireless Bluetooth Headphones – Black— on-ear Bluetooth 5.0 headphones with 80+ hours of wireless playtime, wireless Qi charging, and Marshall's signature multi-directional control knob. Foldable design, built-in mic, 3.5mm wired mode for use when the battery runs out. ✓ 80+ hours wireless playtime — charge weekly, not daily ✓ Wireless Qi charging + USB-C — place on any Qi pad or plug in ✓ Marshall multi-directional control knob · built-in mic · 3.5mm wired fallback ✓ Foldable on-ear design · classic Marshall black aesthetic ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Retail Packaging. The Marshall Major IV wireless headphones in Black are Marshall's fourth generation of the Major on-ear headphone — the model that established Marshall as a credible player in the consumer wireless headphone market. The Major IV's headline specification is its battery life: 80+ hours of wireless playtime is exceptional for an on-ear headphone at this price point, placing it among the longest-lasting wireless headphones available in any category. In practical terms, 80 hours means a weekly charge for most users rather than the daily or every-other-day charging that most wireless headphones require. The Major IV is also one of very few on-ear headphones in its price category to offer wireless Qi charging — placing the folded headphones on any Qi charging pad recharges them without cables, in addition to USB-C wired charging. The sound character is classic Marshall: tuned for rock, electronic and bass-forward music with a warm, driven low end and clear mid-range that suits guitar-heavy material. The multi-directional control knob on the right earcup provides play/pause, track skip, volume and call answer in a single physical control — a tactile alternative to touch surfaces. When the battery runs out entirely, the 3.5mm input allows wired use without Bluetooth. Genuine Marshall. Available while stock lasts. 80+ Hours · Wireless Charging Charge Weekly, Not Daily The 80+ hour wireless battery life of the Major IV is the product's most significant differentiator in its category. Most consumer wireless on-ear headphones offer 20–40 hours of playback — the Sony WH-1000XM5 (30 hours), Bose QuietComfort 45 (24 hours) and JBL Tune 760NC (35 hours) are representative. The Major IV's 80+ hour figure means that a user who listens for 3–4 hours per day can go approximately three weeks between charges before the battery depletes. For a headphone without active noise cancellation or complex DSP processing — two features that significantly increase power draw — this battery life is achievable at on-ear headphone power consumption levels. The wireless Qi charging addresses the friction of cable charging: fold the headphones, place them on a Qi charging pad (the same pad used for compatible smartphones and earbuds), and they charge overnight without managing a cable. USB-C charging provides the wired option for faster top-up or when away from a wireless pad. The combination of long battery life and cable-free charging means the Major IV requires minimal battery management for most users — it is consistently available without the daily discipline of plugging in. Marshall Sound · 40mm Drivers Tuned for Rock, Bass and Warmth Marshall's audio tuning philosophy descends from their amplifier heritage — the company has built guitar amplifiers since 1962 and applies a similar tonal character to their headphone line. The Major IV uses 40mm dynamic drivers with a frequency response tuned to be warm and punchy rather than analytically flat. The low end is present and textured without overwhelming the mid-range, which gives guitar, bass and drums a satisfying physicality. Vocals and mid-frequency instruments sit clearly in the mix without the recessed, scooped mid characteristic of some consumer headphones tuned for bass impact at the expense of instrument separation. The high end is detailed enough for acoustic and classical listening without the brightness that causes fatigue on extended listening sessions. This tuning works well for rock, pop, electronic, hip-hop and any genre where the rhythm section is central — it is less analytically precise than flat-reference monitoring headphones but more engaging for casual and recreational listening. On-ear design rather than over-ear means some ambient noise passes through, which keeps spatial awareness available — useful for commuting and office use where complete isolation is undesirable. The on-ear cushions are suppled with a soft, textured material consistent with Marshall's visual identity. Control Knob · Foldable · Wired Mode Practical Design for Daily Carry The multi-directional control knob on the right earcup is Marshall's signature control interface across their headphone range — a physical dial that tilts and clicks to control all primary functions without touching a flat surface. Left and right tilts skip tracks backwards and forwards; up and down adjust volume; pressing inward plays, pauses or answers calls. For users who find touch controls unreliable or disorienting in cold weather or with gloves, the physical knob provides immediate, tactile confirmation of every action without looking at the headphones or removing them from the ear. The foldable design rotates the earcups flat and folds the headband inward, producing a compact format for bag storage — the headphones do not include a carry case but the flat-fold format is bag-friendly without one. The 3.5mm input on the left earcup provides a wired listening mode for use on aircraft with standard audio jacks, in situations where Bluetooth is unavailable, or when the battery is fully depleted — the Major IV functions as a wired headphone entirely passively in this mode, requiring no battery. The built-in microphone on the right earcup captures voice for calls and voice assistants. Right choice if you… ✔ Want wireless headphones you charge weekly rather than daily ✔ Listen to rock, electronic, hip-hop or bass-forward music and want Marshall's warm, driven tuning ✔ Want wireless Qi charging — place on a charging pad, no cables ✔ Prefer physical control knob over touch surfaces for reliable track and volume control ✔ Want Marshall's classic black aesthetic — logo, texture and design language from the amplifier heritage Consider something else if… ✖ You need active noise cancellation — the Major IV has none; see Sony WH-1000XM series or Bose QuietComfort ✖ You prefer over-ear for better passive isolation and longer comfort sessions — the Major IV is on-ear ✖ You want the current model — the Marshall Major V is the successor with updated features; the Major IV is discontinued Technical Specifications Brand Marshall Model Major IV Colour Black Type On-ear · foldable Drivers 40mm dynamic Connectivity Bluetooth 5.0 · 3.5mm wired Battery Life 80+ hours wireless Charging Wireless Qi + USB-C Controls Multi-directional control knob Microphone Built-in Noise Cancellation None MPN 1005773 EAN / GTIN 7340055379458 Warranty 1-year manufacturer warranty (Marshall) In the Box — Marshall Major IV wireless headphones — Black — USB-C charging cable — 3.5mm audio cable Frequently Asked Questions Do the Marshall Major IV have active noise cancellation? No. The Major IV are on-ear headphones with no active noise cancellation. They provide some passive isolation from ambient noise through the physical seal of the earcups, but environmental sound is audible at normal listening volumes — suitable for commuting and office use where some awareness is wanted, but not for blocking out loud environments like aircraft cabins. Can I use the Major IV as wired headphones if the battery dies? Yes. The 3.5mm input on the left earcup allows fully passive wired operation — the headphones function without any battery when connected via cable. This makes them usable on aircraft with standard seat audio jacks and in any situation where the battery has depleted. The included 3.5mm cable is a straight cable. How does the wireless Qi charging work? Fold the headphones flat, place them on any Qi-compatible wireless charging pad, and they begin charging automatically. The same charging pad used for compatible smartphones works for the Major IV. Qi charging is slower than USB-C wired charging — USB-C is the faster option for rapid top-up, while Qi is most practical for overnight charging without managing a cable. What is the difference between the Major IV and Major V? The Marshall Major V is the successor model, released in 2023. Key differences: the Major V adds Bluetooth multipoint (connecting to two devices simultaneously), increases battery to 100+ hours, and retains the same 40mm driver design. The Major IV lacks multipoint Bluetooth — it connects to one device at a time. Both share wireless Qi charging, USB-C and the multi-directional control knob. For users who do not need multipoint Bluetooth, the Major IV delivers equivalent sound quality. How does the multi-directional control knob work? The knob on the right earcup tilts in four directions and presses inward. Left tilt = previous track; right tilt = next track; up tilt = volume up; down tilt = volume down; press inward = play/pause or answer/end call. Long press activates your phone's voice assistant. All actions have tactile confirmation from the physical knob movement. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1-year manufacturer warranty (Marshall) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Bose SoundSport Wireless In-Ear Headphones — Black — HyperX Cloud Core Wired Gaming Headset — Black — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Browse all headphones and audio at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/marshall-major-iv-wireless-bluetooth-headphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Marshall-Major-IV-On-Ear-Bluetooth-Headphones-Wireless-Earphones-Black-3.jpg","48.80","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Marshall","1005773","1","7340055379458" "44745","Logitech G502 X PLUS LIGHTSPEED Wireless RGB Gaming Mouse -Black","The Logitech G502 X PLUS Black is the top model of the G502 X family: the redesigned wireless G502 with LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting added. It keeps the sculpted right-handed shape that made the G502 the best-selling gaming mouse Logitech has made, and pairs it with LIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical switches, a HERO sensor, LIGHTSPEED wireless that Logitech rates 68% faster than the previous generation, and USB-C charging. An 8-LED RGB array with 16.8 million colours sits across the top, and play detection dims it automatically while you move the mouse to save battery. There are 13 programmable controls, a dual-mode tilt wheel and a removable, reversible DPI-shift button. This is model 910-006162 in Black. LIGHTSYNC RGB · Play Detection What the PLUS Adds — and What It Costs in Battery The difference between the G502 X PLUS and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED is lighting. The PLUS has an 8-LED LIGHTSYNC RGB array with 16.8 million colours, which you can sync with other Logitech G gear, match to your setup or drive from music and media in G HUB. Lighting uses power, so Logitech rates the battery at up to 130 hours with RGB switched off and around 37 hours with RGB always on. Play detection helps: while your hand is moving the mouse, the lights dim automatically, and they come back when you stop, so in real gaming you get well above the always-on figure. If you never use the lighting, the non-RGB G502 X LIGHTSPEED gives you the same mouse with a longer battery. With a Logitech POWERPLAY mat (sold separately), battery stops being a question at all: the mouse charges wirelessly while you play. LIGHTFORCE · HERO · LIGHTSPEED Switches, Sensor and the 2026 Firmware Update LIGHTFORCE hybrid switches register clicks optically — faster, and immune to the double-clicking that wears out traditional microswitches — while a mechanical element keeps a crisp, tactile click. The HERO sensor tracks with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration. It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI; in September 2026 Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update for the G502 X family that raises the ceiling to 44,000 DPI and adds separate X and Y sensitivity, so update the mouse in G HUB to get it. LIGHTSPEED is Logitech's tournament-grade 2.4 GHz connection, with no practical difference from a cable. There is no Bluetooth: the mouse connects through the included USB receiver or by the USB-C cable, and you can keep playing wired while it charges. 13 Controls · Tilt Wheel · DPI-Shift The G502 Control Layout, Refined Thirteen programmable controls cover the main clicks, a scroll wheel that clicks and tilts left and right, forward and back, DPI up and down, and a DPI-shift 'sniper' button that drops sensitivity while held. That DPI-shift button has been redesigned: remove it and reverse it to sit closer to your thumb, or swap in the included blank cover if you never use it and want to avoid accidental presses. The scroll wheel switches between precise ratchet steps and a hyper-fast free spin. Every control can be mapped to keys, macros and game-specific profiles in Logitech G HUB, and profiles are stored on the mouse so they work on any PC. Unlike the original G502, the G502 X family does not use removable weights; the shape is sculpted for the right hand only, with a thumb rest on the left side. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the full G502 X with RGB lighting to match your setup ✔ Want lots of programmable buttons for MMOs, strategy or productivity ✔ Plan to use a POWERPLAY mat, so battery life is never an issue ✔ Have a right hand and a palm or claw grip Consider something else if… ✘ You do not care about lighting — the G502 X LIGHTSPEED has a longer battery for less ✘ You want the lightest possible mouse for fast shooters — the PRO X Superlight 2 is 60g ✘ You need Bluetooth or adjustable weights — the G502 X PLUS has neither Logitech G502 X PLUS Black — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 X PLUS LIGHTSPEED Wireless RGB Gaming Mouse MPN910-006162 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack SensorHERO · up to 25,600 DPI out of the box · up to 44,000 DPI via 2026 G HUB firmware update SwitchesLIGHTFORCE hybrid optical-mechanical Controls13 programmable Scroll WheelDual-mode (ratchet / free spin) · tilt left and right LightingLIGHTSYNC RGB · 8 LEDs · play detection WirelessLIGHTSPEED 2.4 GHz · no Bluetooth BatteryUp to 130 hours (RGB off) · around 37 hours (RGB always on) ChargingUSB-C · POWERPLAY compatible (mat sold separately) Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB · onboard memory CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G502 X PLUS wireless gaming mouse — Black —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —USB-C charging / data cable —Receiver extension adapter —DPI-shift button cover —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 X PLUS and the G502 X LIGHTSPEED?The same shape, sensor, switches and 13 controls. The PLUS adds an 8-LED LIGHTSYNC RGB array; the LIGHTSPEED has no lighting and a longer battery. How long does the battery last with RGB on?Logitech rates up to 130 hours with RGB off and around 37 hours with RGB always on. Play detection dims the lighting while you move the mouse, so real-world battery sits between the two. Is it 25K or 44K DPI?It ships with a maximum of 25,600 DPI. Logitech announced a G HUB firmware update in September 2026 that raises it to 44,000 DPI with separate X and Y sensitivity. Does it support Bluetooth?No. It connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by the USB-C cable. Can it charge wirelessly?Yes, on a Logitech POWERPLAY wireless charging mat, sold separately. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X PLUS — Black/Purple —Logitech G502 X PLUS — White —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — non-RGB version —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — 60g lightweight alternative —Official Logitech G502 X PLUS product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-x-plus-lightspeed-wireless-rgb-gaming-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/1450415378.png","104.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006162","88","" "44721","Lexar 1667x 256GB PRO SDXC SD Card V60","The Lexar Professional 1667x is the working photographer’s SD card: UHS-II with up to 250MB/s reads for fast offloads, and a V60 rating that guarantees a sustained 60MB/s minimum write — the certification that matters for 4K video and long burst sequences. This is the 256GB capacity.SustainedV60 — a guarantee, not a peakMarketing speeds are peaks; V60 is a floor. The card never drops below 60MB/s sustained write, which is what keeps 4K recording and deep RAW bursts from stuttering mid-take.Fast offloadUHS-II, up to 250MB/s readThe second row of pins doubles the interface. With a UHS-II reader, a full shoot transfers in a fraction of the time — the difference between editing tonight and editing tomorrow.CompatibleWorks in UHS-I gear tooUHS-II cards are backwards compatible: in a UHS-I camera or reader it simply runs at UHS-I speeds. Buy for the camera you’re upgrading to, not just the one you have.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K video or RAW bursts — V60 sustained write is the spec that counts✔ Have (or plan) a UHS-II camera or card reader✔ Offload big shoots on deadline✔ Want a professional-line card from a flash veteranConsider something else if…✖ Your camera caps at UHS-I and you’ll never upgrade — a cheaper UHS-I card performs the same there✖ You need microSD for a drone or action cam — see the Lexar 1066x microSD✖ Casual photos only — V60 is overkill for snapshotsLexar Professional 1667x 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity256GBTypeSDXC UHS-IIRead speedUp to 250MB/sVideo classV60 — 60MB/s sustained write guaranteedSpeed classC10 · U3Use case4K video, RAW burst photographyMPNLSD256CBNA1667EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar Professional 1667x 256GB SDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my UHS-I camera?Yes — it runs at UHS-I speeds there. You get the full 250MB/s only with UHS-II slots and readers.What does V60 actually guarantee?A minimum sustained write of 60MB/s — enough for most 4K recording formats. Peak speeds vary; the V-rating is the promise that matters for video.Is 256GB the right size for video?As a rule of thumb, 4K at typical bitrates consumes roughly 30-45GB per hour — size your card to your shoot length and how often you offload.1667x SD or 1066x microSD?Full-size SD for cameras; microSD for drones, action cams and phones. The 1667x is the faster UHS-II professional line of the two.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar 1667x — 64GB—Lexar 1667x — 128GB—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-1667x-256gb-pro-sdxc-sd-card-v60/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Lexar-1667x-256GB-PRO-SDXC-SD-Card-V60.jpg","138.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","Lexar","LSD256CBNA1667","1","843367114986" "44720","Lexar 1667x 64GB PRO SDXC SD Card V60","The Lexar Professional 1667x is the working photographer’s SD card: UHS-II with up to 250MB/s reads for fast offloads, and a V60 rating that guarantees a sustained 60MB/s minimum write — the certification that matters for 4K video and long burst sequences. This is the 64GB capacity.SustainedV60 — a guarantee, not a peakMarketing speeds are peaks; V60 is a floor. The card never drops below 60MB/s sustained write, which is what keeps 4K recording and deep RAW bursts from stuttering mid-take.Fast offloadUHS-II, up to 250MB/s readThe second row of pins doubles the interface. With a UHS-II reader, a full shoot transfers in a fraction of the time — the difference between editing tonight and editing tomorrow.CompatibleWorks in UHS-I gear tooUHS-II cards are backwards compatible: in a UHS-I camera or reader it simply runs at UHS-I speeds. Buy for the camera you’re upgrading to, not just the one you have.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K video or RAW bursts — V60 sustained write is the spec that counts✔ Have (or plan) a UHS-II camera or card reader✔ Offload big shoots on deadline✔ Want a professional-line card from a flash veteranConsider something else if…✖ Your camera caps at UHS-I and you’ll never upgrade — a cheaper UHS-I card performs the same there✖ You need microSD for a drone or action cam — see the Lexar 1066x microSD✖ Casual photos only — V60 is overkill for snapshotsLexar Professional 1667x 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity64GBTypeSDXC UHS-IIRead speedUp to 250MB/sVideo classV60 — 60MB/s sustained write guaranteedSpeed classC10 · U3Use case4K video, RAW burst photographyMPNLSD64GCB1667EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar Professional 1667x 64GB SDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my UHS-I camera?Yes — it runs at UHS-I speeds there. You get the full 250MB/s only with UHS-II slots and readers.What does V60 actually guarantee?A minimum sustained write of 60MB/s — enough for most 4K recording formats. Peak speeds vary; the V-rating is the promise that matters for video.Is 64GB the right size for video?As a rule of thumb, 4K at typical bitrates consumes roughly 30-45GB per hour — size your card to your shoot length and how often you offload.1667x SD or 1066x microSD?Full-size SD for cameras; microSD for drones, action cams and phones. The 1667x is the faster UHS-II professional line of the two.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar 1667x — 128GB—Lexar 1667x — 256GB—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-1667x-64gb-pro-sdxc-sd-card-v60/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1871387747.webp","68.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","Lexar","LSD64GCB1667","87","" "44691","Logitech C270 HD Webcam – 720p Widescreen Video Calling with Mic Black","The Logitech C270 HD Webcam – 720p Widescreen Video Calling with Mic Black — 720p video at 30fps, 55° field of view, fixed focus lens optimised for 0.1–5m, dual noise-reducing omnidirectional microphones, USB 2.0 plug-and-play. Compatible with Windows, macOS and Linux. Approximately 75g. Black. ✓ 720p HD at 30fps · 55° field of view · fixed focus optimised for 0.1–5m desk range ✓ Dual noise-reducing omnidirectional microphones · hands-free calls and voice input ✓ USB 2.0 plug-and-play — no driver installation · Windows, macOS, Linux ✓ Universal clip — fits flat monitors, laptop screens and shelves · ~75g The Logitech C270 is Logitech's entry-level HD webcam — a straightforward 720p USB webcam designed for video calling, online classes, remote work and casual streaming where the priority is reliable plug-and-play functionality at a compact size and modest price. The C270i delivers 1280×720 HD video at 30 frames per second through a fixed-focus lens calibrated for the 0.1–5 metre working range that covers standard desk and monitor positions. Fixed focus means the lens is set at the factory for clear capture in this distance range without the camera needing to hunt for focus during use — a practical advantage for calls where a small subject movement might cause an autofocus system to briefly defocus. The dual noise-reducing omnidirectional microphones captures voice for calls without requiring a separate headset or microphone. USB 2.0 plug-and-play: connect to any USB-A port on Windows, macOS or Linux and the camera is immediately available as a video input device — no driver download or software installation required. The universal clip fits flat panel monitors, laptop lids and can stand on a shelf or desk. Zoom, Microsoft Teams, Google Meet and all standard video conferencing platforms recognise the C270i immediately on connection. 720p · Fixed Focus · 55° FOV Video Specs for Everyday Calls The C270i captures at 1280×720 pixels — HD resolution that is a substantial improvement over the VGA (640×480) built-in cameras found in many older laptops and the lowest-tier webcams. At 30fps, video is smooth and natural for face-to-face calling. The 55° diagonal field of view is calibrated for a single user at standard desk distance — it shows the face, upper body and a moderate band of background without the perspective distortion that wider angle lenses introduce at close range. Fixed focus at 0.1–5m is the appropriate optical design for a webcam used at a desk: the camera is factory-set to be sharp across this entire range, which means it is in focus from the moment it is connected without any focus hunting or adjustment delay. The focus will not drift during a call when the user moves slightly. The C270i does not include RightLight or automatic exposure correction — lighting conditions affect the image quality directly, and users in poorly lit rooms or with bright backgrounds will see the effect in the video output. For best results, face toward a light source (window or lamp in front rather than behind). MJPEG and YUY2 output formats ensure compatibility with all standard video capture and conferencing software. Built-In Mic · Plug-and-Play Ready in Seconds, No Setup The dual noise-reducing omnidirectional microphones captures audio from all directions around the webcam — voice from the front, at the typical call distance of 60–80cm from monitor height. The microphone is a single-channel mono unit, which is standard for entry-level webcams. It provides adequate voice clarity for standard video calls in quiet-to-moderate room environments. In noisy rooms or open-plan offices, a headset microphone will perform better as it captures voice from a much shorter distance. The USB 2.0 connection uses the USB Audio Class and USB Video Class standards, which are built into Windows 7 and later, macOS 10.7 and later, and most Linux distributions — no manufacturer driver download is required, and no Logitech software needs to be installed for basic camera and microphone operation. The camera appears immediately in the system as a standard webcam and USB audio input device. Logitech's optional Capture software and G HUB provide additional controls (zoom, brightness, contrast) but are not required for use. The universal clip mechanism on the base of the C270i adjusts to grip flat panel monitor tops, laptop lids, and desktop monitors of different thicknesses. The camera can also be placed on a flat surface facing forward. C270 vs C920e · Choosing the Right Level 720p Entry-Level vs 1080p Business The C270 sits at the entry level of Logitech's webcam range and is the most widely deployed budget USB webcam in education and home office settings globally. Its combination of 720p HD video, noise-reducing dual microphones and RightLight 2 automatic exposure correction covers the requirements of most everyday video call users — anyone upgrading from a built-in laptop camera will notice an immediate improvement in both video sharpness and audio clarity. The step up from the C270 to the C920e adds 1080p Full HD resolution (approximately 2.25× the pixel count), a glass lens instead of a plastic lens for sharper image with less chromatic aberration, HD autofocus, and a wider 78° field of view. In practice, the video quality difference is visible in the sharpness of fine detail — hair, fabric texture, background objects — and in colour accuracy at distance. For professional video calls, client-facing meetings, content creation, or environments where the user appears on screen frequently, the C920e's image quality difference justifies the price premium. For internal calls, online classes, and occasional video meetings where basic HD video is sufficient, the C270 is an effective and proven choice. Both cameras are plug-and-play, both work on all platforms, and both are certified for Zoom, Teams and Meet. Right choice if you… ✔ Need a basic 720p USB webcam for video calls that works instantly without any software setup ✔ Sit at a fixed distance from the screen in reasonable lighting — fixed focus, no autofocus hunting ✔ Want the lowest-cost Logitech webcam that still delivers HD video over a built-in laptop camera ✔ Use any platform — Zoom, Teams, Meet, Webex, Skype — all recognise it immediately Consider something else if… ✖ You need 1080p Full HD — the C270i captures at 720p only; see the Logitech C920e for 1080p with glass lens and RightLight 2 ✖ You work in variable or challenging lighting — RightLight 2 automatic exposure correction; the C920e's RightLight 2 handles backlit and low-light conditions significantly better ✖ You need high-quality microphone audio — the single mono mic is adequate for calls but not for recording or streaming where audio quality matters Technical Specifications Brand Logitech Model C270 HD Webcam MPN 960-001063 EAN / GTIN 5099206064201 Video Resolution 720p (1280×720) at 30fps Field of View 55° diagonal Focus Fixed · optimised for 0.1–5m Video Format MJPEG · YUY2 Microphone Dual omnidirectional · noise-reducing Connection USB 2.0 · plug-and-play Light Correction RightLight 2 — automatic exposure correction OS Compatibility Windows 7+ · macOS 10.7+ · Linux Weight ~75g Warranty 3-year Logitech limited hardware warranty In the Box — Logitech C270i HD webcam with integrated USB cable and universal clip Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the C270i and the C270? The C270i is the IPTV-optimised variant (MPN 960-001063) with a dual noise-reducing microphones and RightLight 2 automatic exposure correction. The standard C270 (MPN 960-000694 or 960-001063) includes a dual-microphone arrangement with noise reduction and RightLight 2. For standard desk video calls in reasonable lighting, both deliver equivalent 720p/30fps video. If lighting conditions vary or call audio quality is important, the C270 or C920e is the better choice. Does the C270i work with a USB-C laptop? The C270i uses a USB-A connector. Most USB-C laptops include at least one USB-A port. If your laptop has USB-C only, a USB-A to USB-C adapter or a USB hub with USB-A ports connects the camera without issue — it is USB 2.0 and functions on any USB port including via adapter. Does the C270i require Logitech software? No — the C270i is fully plug-and-play on Windows 7+, macOS 10.7+ and Linux. No driver or software installation required. The video feed is available in any application immediately on connection. Logitech's optional software provides additional controls but is not needed for basic camera and microphone operation. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 3-year Logitech limited hardware warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech C920e HD 1080p Webcam — Logitech C930c HD 1080p Webcam — Carl Zeiss Lens — Logitech H111 Stereo Headset — Browse all webcams and peripherals at maibo Browse the full webcams and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-c270-hd-webcam-720p-widescreen-video-calling-with-mic-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1633350074_825671.jpeg","16.88","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001063","88","5099206064201" "44677","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Taupe","The Sony SRS-XB13 is the small speaker that sounds like Sony meant it: EXTRA BASS processing and a Sound Diffusion Processor push genuinely room-filling sound from a can-sized body, while IP67 waterproofing and a 16-hour battery make it the take-everywhere default. This is the Taupe version.EXTRA BASSBig low-end, small bodySony’s EXTRA BASS tuning and passive radiator squeeze real warmth from the compact driver — the XB13’s party trick is sounding a size bigger than it is.AnywhereIP67 + strapDustproof, submersible to a metre, with a multiway strap that hangs it from a tent pole, shower rail or bike bar. Weather is not its problem.Stamina16 hours per chargeLongest battery in its size class territory — a weekend of sessions on one USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want the best-known compact speaker names in your palm✔ Value battery — 16h beats most small rivals✔ Take it to showers, beaches, bikes (IP67 + strap)✔ Can pair two for stereo later (Speaker Add)Consider something else if…✖ You want bigger room sound — the JBL Flip 6 class above✖ You want a carabiner built in — the JBL Clip 4 clips natively✖ You need speakerphone — check mic needs before decidingSony SRS-XB13 (Taupe) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourTaupeSoundEXTRA BASS · Sound Diffusion Processor · passive radiatorBatteryUp to 16 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersibleExtrasMultiway strap · Speaker Add stereo pairingBluetooth4.2MPNSRS-XB13 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony SRS-XB13 (Taupe)—Multiway strap—USB-C cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow loud is it for its size?It fills a kitchen, bathroom or picnic blanket with ease and holds composure at volume — physics caps a can-sized speaker before a Flip-sized one, but the XB13 pushes that cap impressively.Can I pair two XB13s?Yes — Speaker Add links two units as a stereo pair, which is the real upgrade path: buy a second colour later.Does it survive the shower?IP67 — water jets, steam and a dunk in the pool are all within spec.XB13 or JBL Clip 4?Same pocket class: the XB13 brings longer battery and stereo pairing; the Clip 4 brings the built-in carabiner. Pick by which feature you’ll actually use.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony SRS-XB13 — Black—Sony SRS-XB13 — Blue—Sony SRS-XB13 — Coral Pink—Browse the Audio range at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-srs-xb13-bluetooth-portable-speaker-taupe/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Sony-SRS-XB13-Bluetooth-Portable-Speaker-Taupe1.jpg","38.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Sony","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Taupe","1","" "44672","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Powder Blue","The Sony SRS-XB13 is the small speaker that sounds like Sony meant it: EXTRA BASS processing and a Sound Diffusion Processor push genuinely room-filling sound from a can-sized body, while IP67 waterproofing and a 16-hour battery make it the take-everywhere default. This is the Powder Blue version.EXTRA BASSBig low-end, small bodySony’s EXTRA BASS tuning and passive radiator squeeze real warmth from the compact driver — the XB13’s party trick is sounding a size bigger than it is.AnywhereIP67 + strapDustproof, submersible to a metre, with a multiway strap that hangs it from a tent pole, shower rail or bike bar. Weather is not its problem.Stamina16 hours per chargeLongest battery in its size class territory — a weekend of sessions on one USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want the best-known compact speaker names in your palm✔ Value battery — 16h beats most small rivals✔ Take it to showers, beaches, bikes (IP67 + strap)✔ Can pair two for stereo later (Speaker Add)Consider something else if…✖ You want bigger room sound — the JBL Flip 6 class above✖ You want a carabiner built in — the JBL Clip 4 clips natively✖ You need speakerphone — check mic needs before decidingSony SRS-XB13 (Powder Blue) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourPowder BlueSoundEXTRA BASS · Sound Diffusion Processor · passive radiatorBatteryUp to 16 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersibleExtrasMultiway strap · Speaker Add stereo pairingBluetooth4.2MPNSRS-XB13 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony SRS-XB13 (Powder Blue)—Multiway strap—USB-C cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow loud is it for its size?It fills a kitchen, bathroom or picnic blanket with ease and holds composure at volume — physics caps a can-sized speaker before a Flip-sized one, but the XB13 pushes that cap impressively.Can I pair two XB13s?Yes — Speaker Add links two units as a stereo pair, which is the real upgrade path: buy a second colour later.Does it survive the shower?IP67 — water jets, steam and a dunk in the pool are all within spec.XB13 or JBL Clip 4?Same pocket class: the XB13 brings longer battery and stereo pairing; the Clip 4 brings the built-in carabiner. Pick by which feature you’ll actually use.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony SRS-XB13 — Black—Sony SRS-XB13 — Blue—Sony SRS-XB13 — Coral Pink—Browse the Audio range at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-srs-xb13-bluetooth-portable-speaker-powder-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Sony-SRS-XB13-Bluetooth-Portable-Speaker-Powder-Blue.jpg","38.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Sony","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Powder Blue","1","" "44665","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Lemon Yellow","The Sony SRS-XB13 is the small speaker that sounds like Sony meant it: EXTRA BASS processing and a Sound Diffusion Processor push genuinely room-filling sound from a can-sized body, while IP67 waterproofing and a 16-hour battery make it the take-everywhere default. This is the Lemon Yellow version.EXTRA BASSBig low-end, small bodySony’s EXTRA BASS tuning and passive radiator squeeze real warmth from the compact driver — the XB13’s party trick is sounding a size bigger than it is.AnywhereIP67 + strapDustproof, submersible to a metre, with a multiway strap that hangs it from a tent pole, shower rail or bike bar. Weather is not its problem.Stamina16 hours per chargeLongest battery in its size class territory — a weekend of sessions on one USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want the best-known compact speaker names in your palm✔ Value battery — 16h beats most small rivals✔ Take it to showers, beaches, bikes (IP67 + strap)✔ Can pair two for stereo later (Speaker Add)Consider something else if…✖ You want bigger room sound — the JBL Flip 6 class above✖ You want a carabiner built in — the JBL Clip 4 clips natively✖ You need speakerphone — check mic needs before decidingSony SRS-XB13 (Lemon Yellow) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourLemon YellowSoundEXTRA BASS · Sound Diffusion Processor · passive radiatorBatteryUp to 16 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersibleExtrasMultiway strap · Speaker Add stereo pairingBluetooth4.2MPNSRS-XB13 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony SRS-XB13 (Lemon Yellow)—Multiway strap—USB-C cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow loud is it for its size?It fills a kitchen, bathroom or picnic blanket with ease and holds composure at volume — physics caps a can-sized speaker before a Flip-sized one, but the XB13 pushes that cap impressively.Can I pair two XB13s?Yes — Speaker Add links two units as a stereo pair, which is the real upgrade path: buy a second colour later.Does it survive the shower?IP67 — water jets, steam and a dunk in the pool are all within spec.XB13 or JBL Clip 4?Same pocket class: the XB13 brings longer battery and stereo pairing; the Clip 4 brings the built-in carabiner. Pick by which feature you’ll actually use.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony SRS-XB13 — Black—Sony SRS-XB13 — Blue—Sony SRS-XB13 — Coral Pink—Browse the Audio range at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-srs-xb13-bluetooth-portable-speaker-lemon-yellow/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Sony-SRS-XB13-Bluetooth-Portable-Speaker-Lemon-Yellow.jpg","38.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Sony","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Lemon Yellow","1","" "44654","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Blue","The Sony SRS-XB13 is the small speaker that sounds like Sony meant it: EXTRA BASS processing and a Sound Diffusion Processor push genuinely room-filling sound from a can-sized body, while IP67 waterproofing and a 16-hour battery make it the take-everywhere default. This is the Blue version.EXTRA BASSBig low-end, small bodySony’s EXTRA BASS tuning and passive radiator squeeze real warmth from the compact driver — the XB13’s party trick is sounding a size bigger than it is.AnywhereIP67 + strapDustproof, submersible to a metre, with a multiway strap that hangs it from a tent pole, shower rail or bike bar. Weather is not its problem.Stamina16 hours per chargeLongest battery in its size class territory — a weekend of sessions on one USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want the best-known compact speaker names in your palm✔ Value battery — 16h beats most small rivals✔ Take it to showers, beaches, bikes (IP67 + strap)✔ Can pair two for stereo later (Speaker Add)Consider something else if…✖ You want bigger room sound — the JBL Flip 6 class above✖ You want a carabiner built in — the JBL Clip 4 clips natively✖ You need speakerphone — check mic needs before decidingSony SRS-XB13 (Blue) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourBlueSoundEXTRA BASS · Sound Diffusion Processor · passive radiatorBatteryUp to 16 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersibleExtrasMultiway strap · Speaker Add stereo pairingBluetooth4.2MPNSRS-XB13 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony SRS-XB13 (Blue)—Multiway strap—USB-C cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow loud is it for its size?It fills a kitchen, bathroom or picnic blanket with ease and holds composure at volume — physics caps a can-sized speaker before a Flip-sized one, but the XB13 pushes that cap impressively.Can I pair two XB13s?Yes — Speaker Add links two units as a stereo pair, which is the real upgrade path: buy a second colour later.Does it survive the shower?IP67 — water jets, steam and a dunk in the pool are all within spec.XB13 or JBL Clip 4?Same pocket class: the XB13 brings longer battery and stereo pairing; the Clip 4 brings the built-in carabiner. Pick by which feature you’ll actually use.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony SRS-XB13 — Black—Sony SRS-XB13 — Coral Pink—Sony SRS-XB13 — Lemon Yellow—Browse the Audio range at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-srs-xb13-bluetooth-portable-speaker-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Sony-SRS-XB13-Bluetooth-Portable-Speaker-Blue1.jpg","30.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Sony","SRSXB13L","13","027242921214" "44651","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Coral Pink","The Sony SRS-XB13 is the small speaker that sounds like Sony meant it: EXTRA BASS processing and a Sound Diffusion Processor push genuinely room-filling sound from a can-sized body, while IP67 waterproofing and a 16-hour battery make it the take-everywhere default. This is the Coral Pink version.EXTRA BASSBig low-end, small bodySony’s EXTRA BASS tuning and passive radiator squeeze real warmth from the compact driver — the XB13’s party trick is sounding a size bigger than it is.AnywhereIP67 + strapDustproof, submersible to a metre, with a multiway strap that hangs it from a tent pole, shower rail or bike bar. Weather is not its problem.Stamina16 hours per chargeLongest battery in its size class territory — a weekend of sessions on one USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want the best-known compact speaker names in your palm✔ Value battery — 16h beats most small rivals✔ Take it to showers, beaches, bikes (IP67 + strap)✔ Can pair two for stereo later (Speaker Add)Consider something else if…✖ You want bigger room sound — the JBL Flip 6 class above✖ You want a carabiner built in — the JBL Clip 4 clips natively✖ You need speakerphone — check mic needs before decidingSony SRS-XB13 (Coral Pink) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourCoral PinkSoundEXTRA BASS · Sound Diffusion Processor · passive radiatorBatteryUp to 16 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersibleExtrasMultiway strap · Speaker Add stereo pairingBluetooth4.2MPNSRS-XB13 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony SRS-XB13 (Coral Pink)—Multiway strap—USB-C cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow loud is it for its size?It fills a kitchen, bathroom or picnic blanket with ease and holds composure at volume — physics caps a can-sized speaker before a Flip-sized one, but the XB13 pushes that cap impressively.Can I pair two XB13s?Yes — Speaker Add links two units as a stereo pair, which is the real upgrade path: buy a second colour later.Does it survive the shower?IP67 — water jets, steam and a dunk in the pool are all within spec.XB13 or JBL Clip 4?Same pocket class: the XB13 brings longer battery and stereo pairing; the Clip 4 brings the built-in carabiner. Pick by which feature you’ll actually use.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony SRS-XB13 — Black—Sony SRS-XB13 — Blue—Sony SRS-XB13 — Lemon Yellow—Browse the Audio range at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-srs-xb13-bluetooth-portable-speaker-coral-pink/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/4075220271.webp","38.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Sony","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Coral Pink","1","" "44628","Sony SRS-XB13 Bluetooth Portable Speaker Black","The Sony SRS-XB13 is the small speaker that sounds like Sony meant it: EXTRA BASS processing and a Sound Diffusion Processor push genuinely room-filling sound from a can-sized body, while IP67 waterproofing and a 16-hour battery make it the take-everywhere default. This is the Black version.EXTRA BASSBig low-end, small bodySony’s EXTRA BASS tuning and passive radiator squeeze real warmth from the compact driver — the XB13’s party trick is sounding a size bigger than it is.AnywhereIP67 + strapDustproof, submersible to a metre, with a multiway strap that hangs it from a tent pole, shower rail or bike bar. Weather is not its problem.Stamina16 hours per chargeLongest battery in its size class territory — a weekend of sessions on one USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want the best-known compact speaker names in your palm✔ Value battery — 16h beats most small rivals✔ Take it to showers, beaches, bikes (IP67 + strap)✔ Can pair two for stereo later (Speaker Add)Consider something else if…✖ You want bigger room sound — the JBL Flip 6 class above✖ You want a carabiner built in — the JBL Clip 4 clips natively✖ You need speakerphone — check mic needs before decidingSony SRS-XB13 (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourBlackSoundEXTRA BASS · Sound Diffusion Processor · passive radiatorBatteryUp to 16 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersibleExtrasMultiway strap · Speaker Add stereo pairingBluetooth4.2MPNSRS-XB13 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony SRS-XB13 (Black)—Multiway strap—USB-C cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow loud is it for its size?It fills a kitchen, bathroom or picnic blanket with ease and holds composure at volume — physics caps a can-sized speaker before a Flip-sized one, but the XB13 pushes that cap impressively.Can I pair two XB13s?Yes — Speaker Add links two units as a stereo pair, which is the real upgrade path: buy a second colour later.Does it survive the shower?IP67 — water jets, steam and a dunk in the pool are all within spec.XB13 or JBL Clip 4?Same pocket class: the XB13 brings longer battery and stereo pairing; the Clip 4 brings the built-in carabiner. Pick by which feature you’ll actually use.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony SRS-XB13 — Blue—Sony SRS-XB13 — Coral Pink—Sony SRS-XB13 — Lemon Yellow—Browse the Audio range at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-srs-xb13-bluetooth-portable-speaker-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3053893816.webp","30.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Sony","SRSXB13B","14","4548736122239" "44624","Logitech C270i HD Webcam","The Logitech C270i HD webcam — 720p video at 30fps, 60° field of view, fixed focus lens optimised for 0.4–5m, built-in omnidirectional microphone, USB 2.0 plug-and-play. Compatible with Windows, macOS and Linux. Approximately 75g. Black. ✓ 720p HD at 30fps · 60° field of view · fixed focus optimised for 0.4–5m desk range ✓ Built-in omnidirectional microphone · hands-free calls and voice input ✓ USB 2.0 plug-and-play — no driver installation · Windows, macOS, Linux ✓ Universal clip — fits flat monitors, laptop screens and shelves · ~75g The Logitech C270i is Logitech's entry-level HD webcam — a straightforward 720p USB webcam designed for video calling, online classes, remote work and casual streaming where the priority is reliable plug-and-play functionality at a compact size and modest price. The C270i delivers 1280×720 HD video at 30 frames per second through a fixed-focus lens calibrated for the 0.4–5 metre working range that covers standard desk and monitor positions. Fixed focus means the lens is set at the factory for clear capture in this distance range without the camera needing to hunt for focus during use — a practical advantage for calls where a small subject movement might cause an autofocus system to briefly defocus. The built-in omnidirectional microphone captures voice for calls without requiring a separate headset or microphone. USB 2.0 plug-and-play: connect to any USB-A port on Windows, macOS or Linux and the camera is immediately available as a video input device — no driver download or software installation required. The universal clip fits flat panel monitors, laptop lids and can stand on a shelf or desk. Zoom, Microsoft Teams, Google Meet and all standard video conferencing platforms recognise the C270i immediately on connection. 720p · Fixed Focus · 60° FOV Video Specs for Everyday Calls The C270i captures at 1280×720 pixels — HD resolution that is a substantial improvement over the VGA (640×480) built-in cameras found in many older laptops and the lowest-tier webcams. At 30fps, video is smooth and natural for face-to-face calling. The 60° diagonal field of view is calibrated for a single user at standard desk distance — it shows the face, upper body and a moderate band of background without the perspective distortion that wider angle lenses introduce at close range. Fixed focus at 0.4–5m is the appropriate optical design for a webcam used at a desk: the camera is factory-set to be sharp across this entire range, which means it is in focus from the moment it is connected without any focus hunting or adjustment delay. The focus will not drift during a call when the user moves slightly. The C270i does not include RightLight or automatic exposure correction — lighting conditions affect the image quality directly, and users in poorly lit rooms or with bright backgrounds will see the effect in the video output. For best results, face toward a light source (window or lamp in front rather than behind). MJPEG and YUY2 output formats ensure compatibility with all standard video capture and conferencing software. Built-In Mic · Plug-and-Play Ready in Seconds, No Setup The built-in omnidirectional microphone captures audio from all directions around the webcam — voice from the front, at the typical call distance of 60–80cm from monitor height. The microphone is a single-channel mono unit, which is standard for entry-level webcams. It provides adequate voice clarity for standard video calls in quiet-to-moderate room environments. In noisy rooms or open-plan offices, a headset microphone will perform better as it captures voice from a much shorter distance. The USB 2.0 connection uses the USB Audio Class and USB Video Class standards, which are built into Windows 7 and later, macOS 10.7 and later, and most Linux distributions — no manufacturer driver download is required, and no Logitech software needs to be installed for basic camera and microphone operation. The camera appears immediately in the system as a standard webcam and USB audio input device. Logitech's optional Capture software and G HUB provide additional controls (zoom, brightness, contrast) but are not required for use. The universal clip mechanism on the base of the C270i adjusts to grip flat panel monitor tops, laptop lids, and desktop monitors of different thicknesses. The camera can also be placed on a flat surface facing forward. C270i vs C270 · What's Different The IPTV Variant Explained The C270i is Logitech's IPTV-optimised variant of the C270 platform, originally developed for the Asian market and set-top box / IPTV device pairing applications. The differences from the standard C270 are: the C270i uses a fixed-focus lens rather than the C270's fixed focus with a slightly different calibration range; the microphone on the C270i is a mono omnidirectional unit rather than the C270's dual-microphone arrangement with noise reduction; and the C270i does not include the RightLight 2 automatic exposure correction that the C270 provides. For standard video call use at a desk with reasonable lighting, the C270i performs identically to the C270 in most conditions — both capture 720p at 30fps with a similar field of view. The C270i is a practical choice when the primary requirement is a reliable, compact 720p webcam for Zoom, Teams, Meet or Webex at an accessible price, and the advanced features of the C920e (1080p, glass lens, RightLight 2) are not required. The C270i is plug-and-play on all platforms and works immediately with any video conferencing software. Right choice if you… ✔ Need a basic 720p USB webcam for video calls that works instantly without any software setup ✔ Sit at a fixed distance from the screen in reasonable lighting — fixed focus, no autofocus hunting ✔ Want the lowest-cost Logitech webcam that still delivers HD video over a built-in laptop camera ✔ Use any platform — Zoom, Teams, Meet, Webex, Skype — all recognise it immediately Consider something else if… ✖ You need 1080p Full HD — the C270i captures at 720p only; see the Logitech C920e for 1080p with glass lens and RightLight 2 ✖ You work in variable or challenging lighting — no automatic exposure correction; the C920e's RightLight 2 handles backlit and low-light conditions significantly better ✖ You need high-quality microphone audio — the single mono mic is adequate for calls but not for recording or streaming where audio quality matters Technical Specifications Brand Logitech Model C270i HD Webcam MPN 960-001084 EAN / GTIN 6920377904913 Video Resolution 720p (1280×720) at 30fps Field of View 60° diagonal Focus Fixed · optimised for 0.4–5m Video Format MJPEG · YUY2 Microphone Built-in omnidirectional · mono Connection USB 2.0 · plug-and-play Light Correction None — no RightLight OS Compatibility Windows 7+ · macOS 10.7+ · Linux Weight ~75g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box — Logitech C270i HD webcam with integrated USB cable and universal clip Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the C270i and the C270? The C270i is the IPTV-optimised variant (MPN 960-001084) with a mono microphone and no RightLight automatic exposure correction. The standard C270 (MPN 960-000694 or 960-001063) includes a dual-microphone arrangement with noise reduction and RightLight 2. For standard desk video calls in reasonable lighting, both deliver equivalent 720p/30fps video. If lighting conditions vary or call audio quality is important, the C270 or C920e is the better choice. Does the C270i work with a USB-C laptop? The C270i uses a USB-A connector. Most USB-C laptops include at least one USB-A port. If your laptop has USB-C only, a USB-A to USB-C adapter or a USB hub with USB-A ports connects the camera without issue — it is USB 2.0 and functions on any USB port including via adapter. Does the C270i require Logitech software? No — the C270i is fully plug-and-play on Windows 7+, macOS 10.7+ and Linux. No driver or software installation required. The video feed is available in any application immediately on connection. Logitech's optional software provides additional controls but is not needed for basic camera and microphone operation. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech C920e HD 1080p Webcam — Logitech C930c HD 1080p Webcam — Carl Zeiss Lens — Logitech H111 Stereo Headset — Browse all webcams and peripherals at maibo Browse the full webcams and peripherals range at maibo.          ","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-c270i-hd-webcam/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/Logitech-C270i-HD-Webcam.png","16.88","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001084","88","6920377904913" "44574","JBL Clip 4 Portable Bluetooth Speaker Blue","The JBL Clip 4 is the speaker you stop thinking about because it’s always with you: an integrated carabiner clips it to a backpack, belt loop, tent pole or shower rail, IP67 sealing shrugs off water and dust, and 10 hours of battery outlasts the day trip. Surprisingly big JBL Pro Sound from a palm-sized shell. This is the Blue version.Clip & goThe carabiner IS the speakerNo straps or cases — the redesigned integrated carabiner is part of the body. Clip it on and your music follows: bike rides, hikes, showers, hotel rooms.ToughIP67 — water and dust proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes, sealed against sand. Beach days and sudden rain are what it’s for, not what it fears.Loud for its sizeJBL Pro Sound, 10 hoursA proper JBL driver with punchy output that embarrasses its footprint, running up to 10 hours on a USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want music attached to a backpack, bike or shower✔ Travel light — the Clip disappears into any bag✔ Need genuinely tough — IP67, not splash-resistant marketing✔ Buying a gift that always lands wellConsider something else if…✖ You want room-filling sound for the garden — the Flip 6 is the bigger tool✖ You need speakerphone calls — the Clip 4 has no microphone✖ You want to stereo-pair two units — Clip 4 plays solo (no PartyBoost)JBL Clip 4 (Blue) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourBlueSoundJBL Pro Sound, integrated driver + passive radiatorBatteryUp to 10 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMountingIntegrated carabinerBluetooth5.1MPNJBLCLIP4 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Clip 4 (Blue)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it loud enough for outdoors?For a picnic blanket, a tent or a bike ride, comfortably. For a garden party, step up to the Flip 6 — different size class, different job.Can it take a shower or rain?Yes — IP67 means full submersion survival, so shower steam and rain are trivial.Does it have a mic for calls?No — it’s a music-only speaker; calls stay on your phone.Can I pair two Clip 4s together?No — the Clip 4 connects to one phone and plays solo. Stereo pairing lives in the Flip/Charge lines with PartyBoost.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Clip 4 — Black—JBL Clip 4 — Blue/Pink—JBL Flip 6 (bigger sound)—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-4-portable-bluetooth-speaker-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3969488488.webp","38.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP4BLU","64","" "44573","JBL Clip 4 Portable Bluetooth Speaker Blue Pink","The JBL Clip 4 is the speaker you stop thinking about because it’s always with you: an integrated carabiner clips it to a backpack, belt loop, tent pole or shower rail, IP67 sealing shrugs off water and dust, and 10 hours of battery outlasts the day trip. Surprisingly big JBL Pro Sound from a palm-sized shell. This is the Blue/Pink version.Clip & goThe carabiner IS the speakerNo straps or cases — the redesigned integrated carabiner is part of the body. Clip it on and your music follows: bike rides, hikes, showers, hotel rooms.ToughIP67 — water and dust proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes, sealed against sand. Beach days and sudden rain are what it’s for, not what it fears.Loud for its sizeJBL Pro Sound, 10 hoursA proper JBL driver with punchy output that embarrasses its footprint, running up to 10 hours on a USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want music attached to a backpack, bike or shower✔ Travel light — the Clip disappears into any bag✔ Need genuinely tough — IP67, not splash-resistant marketing✔ Buying a gift that always lands wellConsider something else if…✖ You want room-filling sound for the garden — the Flip 6 is the bigger tool✖ You need speakerphone calls — the Clip 4 has no microphone✖ You want to stereo-pair two units — Clip 4 plays solo (no PartyBoost)JBL Clip 4 (Blue/Pink) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourBlue/PinkSoundJBL Pro Sound, integrated driver + passive radiatorBatteryUp to 10 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMountingIntegrated carabinerBluetooth5.1MPNJBLCLIP4 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Clip 4 (Blue/Pink)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it loud enough for outdoors?For a picnic blanket, a tent or a bike ride, comfortably. For a garden party, step up to the Flip 6 — different size class, different job.Can it take a shower or rain?Yes — IP67 means full submersion survival, so shower steam and rain are trivial.Does it have a mic for calls?No — it’s a music-only speaker; calls stay on your phone.Can I pair two Clip 4s together?No — the Clip 4 connects to one phone and plays solo. Stereo pairing lives in the Flip/Charge lines with PartyBoost.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Clip 4 — Black—JBL Clip 4 — Blue—JBL Flip 6 (bigger sound)—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-4-portable-bluetooth-speaker-blue-pink/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3145299436.webp","38.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP4BLUP","68","" "44571","JBL Clip 4 Portable Bluetooth Speaker Pink","The JBL Clip 4 is the speaker you stop thinking about because it’s always with you: an integrated carabiner clips it to a backpack, belt loop, tent pole or shower rail, IP67 sealing shrugs off water and dust, and 10 hours of battery outlasts the day trip. Surprisingly big JBL Pro Sound from a palm-sized shell. This is the Pink version.Clip & goThe carabiner IS the speakerNo straps or cases — the redesigned integrated carabiner is part of the body. Clip it on and your music follows: bike rides, hikes, showers, hotel rooms.ToughIP67 — water and dust proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes, sealed against sand. Beach days and sudden rain are what it’s for, not what it fears.Loud for its sizeJBL Pro Sound, 10 hoursA proper JBL driver with punchy output that embarrasses its footprint, running up to 10 hours on a USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want music attached to a backpack, bike or shower✔ Travel light — the Clip disappears into any bag✔ Need genuinely tough — IP67, not splash-resistant marketing✔ Buying a gift that always lands wellConsider something else if…✖ You want room-filling sound for the garden — the Flip 6 is the bigger tool✖ You need speakerphone calls — the Clip 4 has no microphone✖ You want to stereo-pair two units — Clip 4 plays solo (no PartyBoost)JBL Clip 4 (Pink) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourPinkSoundJBL Pro Sound, integrated driver + passive radiatorBatteryUp to 10 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMountingIntegrated carabinerBluetooth5.1MPNJBLCLIP4 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Clip 4 (Pink)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it loud enough for outdoors?For a picnic blanket, a tent or a bike ride, comfortably. For a garden party, step up to the Flip 6 — different size class, different job.Can it take a shower or rain?Yes — IP67 means full submersion survival, so shower steam and rain are trivial.Does it have a mic for calls?No — it’s a music-only speaker; calls stay on your phone.Can I pair two Clip 4s together?No — the Clip 4 connects to one phone and plays solo. Stereo pairing lives in the Flip/Charge lines with PartyBoost.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Clip 4 — Black—JBL Clip 4 — Blue—JBL Flip 6 (bigger sound)—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-4-portable-bluetooth-speaker-pink/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/178071575.webp","34.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP4PINK","64","" "44566","JBL Clip 4 Portable Bluetooth Speaker Red","The JBL Clip 4 is the speaker you stop thinking about because it’s always with you: an integrated carabiner clips it to a backpack, belt loop, tent pole or shower rail, IP67 sealing shrugs off water and dust, and 10 hours of battery outlasts the day trip. Surprisingly big JBL Pro Sound from a palm-sized shell. This is the Red version.Clip & goThe carabiner IS the speakerNo straps or cases — the redesigned integrated carabiner is part of the body. Clip it on and your music follows: bike rides, hikes, showers, hotel rooms.ToughIP67 — water and dust proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes, sealed against sand. Beach days and sudden rain are what it’s for, not what it fears.Loud for its sizeJBL Pro Sound, 10 hoursA proper JBL driver with punchy output that embarrasses its footprint, running up to 10 hours on a USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want music attached to a backpack, bike or shower✔ Travel light — the Clip disappears into any bag✔ Need genuinely tough — IP67, not splash-resistant marketing✔ Buying a gift that always lands wellConsider something else if…✖ You want room-filling sound for the garden — the Flip 6 is the bigger tool✖ You need speakerphone calls — the Clip 4 has no microphone✖ You want to stereo-pair two units — Clip 4 plays solo (no PartyBoost)JBL Clip 4 (Red) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourRedSoundJBL Pro Sound, integrated driver + passive radiatorBatteryUp to 10 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMountingIntegrated carabinerBluetooth5.1MPNJBLCLIP4 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Clip 4 (Red)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it loud enough for outdoors?For a picnic blanket, a tent or a bike ride, comfortably. For a garden party, step up to the Flip 6 — different size class, different job.Can it take a shower or rain?Yes — IP67 means full submersion survival, so shower steam and rain are trivial.Does it have a mic for calls?No — it’s a music-only speaker; calls stay on your phone.Can I pair two Clip 4s together?No — the Clip 4 connects to one phone and plays solo. Stereo pairing lives in the Flip/Charge lines with PartyBoost.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Clip 4 — Black—JBL Clip 4 — Blue—JBL Flip 6 (bigger sound)—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-4-portable-bluetooth-speaker-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3034310826.webp","39.99","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP4RED","68","" "44516","JBL Clip 4 Portable Bluetooth Speaker Black","The JBL Clip 4 is the speaker you stop thinking about because it’s always with you: an integrated carabiner clips it to a backpack, belt loop, tent pole or shower rail, IP67 sealing shrugs off water and dust, and 10 hours of battery outlasts the day trip. Surprisingly big JBL Pro Sound from a palm-sized shell. This is the Black version.Clip & goThe carabiner IS the speakerNo straps or cases — the redesigned integrated carabiner is part of the body. Clip it on and your music follows: bike rides, hikes, showers, hotel rooms.ToughIP67 — water and dust proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes, sealed against sand. Beach days and sudden rain are what it’s for, not what it fears.Loud for its sizeJBL Pro Sound, 10 hoursA proper JBL driver with punchy output that embarrasses its footprint, running up to 10 hours on a USB-C charge.Right choice if you…✔ Want music attached to a backpack, bike or shower✔ Travel light — the Clip disappears into any bag✔ Need genuinely tough — IP67, not splash-resistant marketing✔ Buying a gift that always lands wellConsider something else if…✖ You want room-filling sound for the garden — the Flip 6 is the bigger tool✖ You need speakerphone calls — the Clip 4 has no microphone✖ You want to stereo-pair two units — Clip 4 plays solo (no PartyBoost)JBL Clip 4 (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourBlackSoundJBL Pro Sound, integrated driver + passive radiatorBatteryUp to 10 hours (USB-C)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMountingIntegrated carabinerBluetooth5.1MPNJBLCLIP4 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Clip 4 (Black)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it loud enough for outdoors?For a picnic blanket, a tent or a bike ride, comfortably. For a garden party, step up to the Flip 6 — different size class, different job.Can it take a shower or rain?Yes — IP67 means full submersion survival, so shower steam and rain are trivial.Does it have a mic for calls?No — it’s a music-only speaker; calls stay on your phone.Can I pair two Clip 4s together?No — the Clip 4 connects to one phone and plays solo. Stereo pairing lives in the Flip/Charge lines with PartyBoost.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Clip 4 — Blue—JBL Clip 4 — Blue/Pink—JBL Flip 6 (bigger sound)—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-clip-4-portable-bluetooth-speaker-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/3669913943.webp","34.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBLCLIP4BLK","67","" "44491","SanDisk Ultra 64GB Dual Drive Luxe Type","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 64GB solves the two-connector world with one swivel of metal: USB-C on one end, USB-A on the other, 150MB/s reads on both. Phone to laptop, laptop to TV, Android to the office PC — one drive moves files between every device you own without a cable in sight.Two-endedUSB-C + USB-A in oneThe reversible swivel exposes whichever connector the device wants. New MacBook and old desktop, Android phone and smart TV — all first-class citizens.Phone-readyOTG for Android & iPadPlug straight into a USB-C phone or tablet: offload photos, free up space, carry media — SanDisk’s Memory Zone app automates backups on Android.SolidAll-metal swivel bodyOne-piece metal shell, no cap, keyring hole — the Luxe build quality that survives actual pockets.Right choice if you…✔ Move files between USB-C phones and any computer✔ Live between a modern laptop and older machines✔ Free up phone storage without the cloud✔ Want one drive for every port in the houseConsider something else if…✖ All your devices are USB-A only — the Ultra Flair costs less✖ It’s for a Lightning iPhone — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ You need SSD-class speed — the Extreme Portable SSD is 7× fasterSanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GBConnectorsUSB-C + USB-A (swivel)InterfaceUSB 3.1 Gen 1Read speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, keyring holeAppSanDisk Memory Zone (Android backup)MPNSDDDC4-064G-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 64GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone?With USB-C iPhones (15 onwards) yes, natively. Lightning iPhones need the iXpand line instead.Can I move photos off my Android directly?Yes — plug the USB-C end in and move or copy via any file manager; Memory Zone automates it if you prefer.Both ends at once?No — one connector at a time, by design; the swivel protects whichever end is stowed.Is 150MB/s fast enough for 4K video files?For transport, comfortably. For editing directly off the drive, that’s portable-SSD work.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Dual Drive Luxe — 128GB—Dual Drive Luxe — 256GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-64gb-dual-drive-luxe-type/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/8355969-3.jpeg","22.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC4-064G-G46","88","0619659179021" "44489","SanDisk Ultra 128GB Dual Drive Luxe Type","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 128GB solves the two-connector world with one swivel of metal: USB-C on one end, USB-A on the other, 150MB/s reads on both. Phone to laptop, laptop to TV, Android to the office PC — one drive moves files between every device you own without a cable in sight.Two-endedUSB-C + USB-A in oneThe reversible swivel exposes whichever connector the device wants. New MacBook and old desktop, Android phone and smart TV — all first-class citizens.Phone-readyOTG for Android & iPadPlug straight into a USB-C phone or tablet: offload photos, free up space, carry media — SanDisk’s Memory Zone app automates backups on Android.SolidAll-metal swivel bodyOne-piece metal shell, no cap, keyring hole — the Luxe build quality that survives actual pockets.Right choice if you…✔ Move files between USB-C phones and any computer✔ Live between a modern laptop and older machines✔ Free up phone storage without the cloud✔ Want one drive for every port in the houseConsider something else if…✖ All your devices are USB-A only — the Ultra Flair costs less✖ It’s for a Lightning iPhone — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ You need SSD-class speed — the Extreme Portable SSD is 7× fasterSanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBConnectorsUSB-C + USB-A (swivel)InterfaceUSB 3.1 Gen 1Read speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, keyring holeAppSanDisk Memory Zone (Android backup)MPNSDDDC4-128G-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 128GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone?With USB-C iPhones (15 onwards) yes, natively. Lightning iPhones need the iXpand line instead.Can I move photos off my Android directly?Yes — plug the USB-C end in and move or copy via any file manager; Memory Zone automates it if you prefer.Both ends at once?No — one connector at a time, by design; the swivel protects whichever end is stowed.Is 150MB/s fast enough for 4K video files?For transport, comfortably. For editing directly off the drive, that’s portable-SSD work.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Dual Drive Luxe — 256GB—Dual Drive Luxe — 64GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-128gb-dual-drive-luxe-type/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/8355969-2.jpeg","28.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC4-128G-G46","88","619659179069" "44487","SanDisk Ultra 256GB Dual Drive Luxe Type","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 256GB solves the two-connector world with one swivel of metal: USB-C on one end, USB-A on the other, 150MB/s reads on both. Phone to laptop, laptop to TV, Android to the office PC — one drive moves files between every device you own without a cable in sight.Two-endedUSB-C + USB-A in oneThe reversible swivel exposes whichever connector the device wants. New MacBook and old desktop, Android phone and smart TV — all first-class citizens.Phone-readyOTG for Android & iPadPlug straight into a USB-C phone or tablet: offload photos, free up space, carry media — SanDisk’s Memory Zone app automates backups on Android.SolidAll-metal swivel bodyOne-piece metal shell, no cap, keyring hole — the Luxe build quality that survives actual pockets.Right choice if you…✔ Move files between USB-C phones and any computer✔ Live between a modern laptop and older machines✔ Free up phone storage without the cloud✔ Want one drive for every port in the houseConsider something else if…✖ All your devices are USB-A only — the Ultra Flair costs less✖ It’s for a Lightning iPhone — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ You need SSD-class speed — the Extreme Portable SSD is 7× fasterSanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity256GBConnectorsUSB-C + USB-A (swivel)InterfaceUSB 3.1 Gen 1Read speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, keyring holeAppSanDisk Memory Zone (Android backup)MPNSDDDC4-256G-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 256GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone?With USB-C iPhones (15 onwards) yes, natively. Lightning iPhones need the iXpand line instead.Can I move photos off my Android directly?Yes — plug the USB-C end in and move or copy via any file manager; Memory Zone automates it if you prefer.Both ends at once?No — one connector at a time, by design; the swivel protects whichever end is stowed.Is 150MB/s fast enough for 4K video files?For transport, comfortably. For editing directly off the drive, that’s portable-SSD work.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Dual Drive Luxe — 512GB—Dual Drive Luxe — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-256gb-dual-drive-luxe-type/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/8355969-1.jpeg","48.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC4-256G-G46","88","619659179144" "44479","SanDisk Ultra 512GB Dual Drive Luxe USB-C Flash Drive","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 512GB solves the two-connector world with one swivel of metal: USB-C on one end, USB-A on the other, 150MB/s reads on both. Phone to laptop, laptop to TV, Android to the office PC — one drive moves files between every device you own without a cable in sight.Two-endedUSB-C + USB-A in oneThe reversible swivel exposes whichever connector the device wants. New MacBook and old desktop, Android phone and smart TV — all first-class citizens.Phone-readyOTG for Android & iPadPlug straight into a USB-C phone or tablet: offload photos, free up space, carry media — SanDisk’s Memory Zone app automates backups on Android.SolidAll-metal swivel bodyOne-piece metal shell, no cap, keyring hole — the Luxe build quality that survives actual pockets.Right choice if you…✔ Move files between USB-C phones and any computer✔ Live between a modern laptop and older machines✔ Free up phone storage without the cloud✔ Want one drive for every port in the houseConsider something else if…✖ All your devices are USB-A only — the Ultra Flair costs less✖ It’s for a Lightning iPhone — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ You need SSD-class speed — the Extreme Portable SSD is 7× fasterSanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity512GBConnectorsUSB-C + USB-A (swivel)InterfaceUSB 3.1 Gen 1Read speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, keyring holeAppSanDisk Memory Zone (Android backup)MPNSDDDC4-512G-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 512GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone?With USB-C iPhones (15 onwards) yes, natively. Lightning iPhones need the iXpand line instead.Can I move photos off my Android directly?Yes — plug the USB-C end in and move or copy via any file manager; Memory Zone automates it if you prefer.Both ends at once?No — one connector at a time, by design; the swivel protects whichever end is stowed.Is 150MB/s fast enough for 4K video files?For transport, comfortably. For editing directly off the drive, that’s portable-SSD work.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Dual Drive Luxe — 1TB—Dual Drive Luxe — 256GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-512gb-dual-drive-luxe-usb-c-flash-drive/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/8355969.jpeg","88.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC4-512G-G46","88","619659179182" "44475","SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC Card","The SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC is the sensible everyday card: fast enough for Full HD video and quick app loading (A1-rated), honest about what it is — and from the brand that defined the format. For a phone that needs breathing room, a tablet, a Fire stick or a dashcam spare, 64GB of genuine SanDisk reliability does the job without paying for speed you will not use.Everyday speedUp to 140MB/s reads, A1 appsTransfers up to 140MB/s move a full card to a laptop in minutes, and the A1 rating guarantees the random read/write performance Android needs to run apps from the card smoothly. Class 10 / U1 covers Full HD video recording reliably.ReliabilityGenuine SanDisk, built to shrugTemperature-proof, waterproof, shock-proof and X-ray-proof — the same four-proof build as SanDisk’s premium lines. A memory card is the cheapest component that can lose your photos; genuine SanDisk is the boring, correct answer.FitThe right size for real life64GB holds tens of thousands of photos, hours of Full HD video or a healthy app library — the practical sweet spot for phones, tablets and media sticks that just need more room.Right choice if you…✔ Need more room in a phone, tablet or Fire stick✔ Record Full HD (not 4K) video✔ Run apps from the card on Android (A1)✔ Want genuine SanDisk at an everyday priceConsider something else if…✖ You shoot 4K — step up to the Extreme line (V30)✖ You need serious capacity — the Extreme 1TB exists for that✖ You loop-record dashcam 24/7 — High Endurance is the purpose-built lineSanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 140MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U1 · A1 · Class 10Best ForPhones, tablets, Full HD video, app storageMPNSDSQUAB-064G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk 64GB Ultra UHS-I microSDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsCan it record 4K video?It is rated U1 — dependable for Full HD. For 4K recording choose a V30-rated card like the SanDisk Extreme line; 4K on a U1 card risks dropped frames.Will apps run well from it on Android?Yes — the A1 rating exists exactly for that: guaranteed random I/O for launching and running apps from the card.Does it work in the Nintendo Switch?Yes — the Switch accepts any microSDXC card. For large game libraries a bigger capacity serves better, but 64GB runs fine.Is an SD adapter included?No — this listing is the card only. If you need the full-size SD form for cameras, our Extreme-line cards include adapters.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 512GB Extreme (V30, 4K)—Samsung 512GB PRO Plus microSDXC—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-64gb-ultra-microsdxc-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/SanDisk-64GB-Ultra-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter-Class-10-1.jpg","22.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQUAB-064G-GN6MA","1","0619659200558" "44470","SanDisk 128GB Ultra microSDXC Card","The SanDisk 128GB Ultra microSDXC is the everyday workhorse at the capacity that suits phones, tablets and media devices that just need more room: up to 140MB/s transfers, A1-rated app performance for Android, and genuine SanDisk four-proof reliability — honest about what it is, dependable at what it does.Everyday speedUp to 140MB/s reads, A1 appsQuick transfers to a laptop, and the A1 rating guarantees the random I/O Android needs to run apps from the card smoothly. Class 10 / U1 covers Full HD video recording reliably.Capacity128GB of breathing roomWeeks of photos, hours of Full HD or a solid app library — the practical answer for a phone that keeps nagging, a tablet full of downloads or a Fire stick full of apps.ReliabilityGenuine SanDisk, four-proofTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof — the same protection as SanDisk’s premium lines. The cheapest component that can lose your photos deserves the boring, correct brand.Right choice if you…✔ Need more room in a phone, tablet or media stick✔ Record Full HD (not 4K) video✔ Run apps from the card on Android (A1)✔ Want genuine SanDisk at an everyday priceConsider something else if…✖ You shoot 4K — the Extreme line (V30) is the right tool✖ You want pro offload speeds — see the Extreme PRO✖ You loop-record dashcam 24/7 — High Endurance is the purpose-built lineSanDisk 128GB Ultra microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 140MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U1 · A1 · Class 10Best ForPhones, tablets, Full HD video, app storageMPNSDSQUAB-128G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk 128GB Ultra UHS-I microSDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsCan it record 4K video?It is rated U1 — dependable for Full HD. For 4K choose a V30-rated card like the Extreme line; 4K on a U1 card risks dropped frames.Will apps run well from it on Android?Yes — the A1 rating exists exactly for that: guaranteed random I/O for launching and running apps from the card.Does it work in the Nintendo Switch?Yes — the Switch accepts any microSDXC card; 128GB holds a healthy library.Is an SD adapter included?No — this listing is the card only. Our Extreme-line cards include adapters.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC—SanDisk 256GB Extreme (V30, 4K)—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-128gb-ultra-microsdxc-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/SanDisk-128GB-Ultra-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-2.jpeg","29.98","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQUAB-128G-GN6MA","88","619659200558" "44462","SanDisk 256GB Ultra microSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk 256GB Ultra microSDXC is the everyday workhorse at the capacity that suits phones, tablets and media devices that just need more room: up to 150MB/s transfers, A1-rated app performance for Android, and genuine SanDisk four-proof reliability — honest about what it is, dependable at what it does.Everyday speedUp to 150MB/s reads, A1 appsQuick transfers to a laptop, and the A1 rating guarantees the random I/O Android needs to run apps from the card smoothly. Class 10 / U1 covers Full HD video recording reliably.Capacity256GB of breathing roomTens of thousands of photos or a serious app library — the practical answer for a phone that keeps nagging, a tablet full of downloads or a Fire stick full of apps.ReliabilityGenuine SanDisk, four-proofTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof — the same protection as SanDisk’s premium lines. The cheapest component that can lose your photos deserves the boring, correct brand.Right choice if you…✔ Need more room in a phone, tablet or media stick✔ Record Full HD (not 4K) video✔ Run apps from the card on Android (A1)✔ Want genuine SanDisk at an everyday priceConsider something else if…✖ You shoot 4K — the Extreme line (V30) is the right tool✖ You want pro offload speeds — see the Extreme PRO✖ You loop-record dashcam 24/7 — High Endurance is the purpose-built lineSanDisk 256GB Ultra microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity256GB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 150MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U1 · A1 · Class 10Best ForPhones, tablets, Full HD video, app storageMPNSDSQUAC-256G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk 256GB Ultra UHS-I microSDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsCan it record 4K video?It is rated U1 — dependable for Full HD. For 4K choose a V30-rated card like the Extreme line; 4K on a U1 card risks dropped frames.Will apps run well from it on Android?Yes — the A1 rating exists exactly for that: guaranteed random I/O for launching and running apps from the card.Does it work in the Nintendo Switch?Yes — the Switch accepts any microSDXC card; 256GB holds a healthy library.Is an SD adapter included?No — this listing is the card only. Our Extreme-line cards include adapters.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC—SanDisk 256GB Extreme (V30, 4K)—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-256gb-ultra-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/SanDisk-256GB-Ultra-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-2.jpeg","54.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQUAC-256G","88","619659200565" "44456","SanDisk 512GB Ultra microSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Ultra microSDXC 512GB is capacity first: 512GB of A1-rated storage with reads up to 150MB/s, built for the devices that eat space — tablets, phones, Switch libraries, dashboards of downloaded media. When the question is “how much fits”, this is the line that answers.Vast512GB in a fingernailRoughly 120+ films or a serious game library — the entire media problem of a tablet, phone or handheld console solved in one card.App-readyA1 performance classA1 certifies random-read performance for running apps from the card — Android adoptable storage and game libraries stay responsive.QuickUp to 150MB/s readFast enough that filling it is the only slow part — and SanDisk’s proof against water, temperature and X-rays keeps it safe in transit.Right choice if you…✔ Expand a tablet, phone or Switch to the maximum✔ Hoard media offline — flights, commutes, kids✔ Run apps off the card (A1)✔ Want maximum GB per pound in microSDConsider something else if…✖ You shoot 4K action/drone footage — the Extreme V30 guarantees sustained write✖ It’s for a dashcam — endurance-rated cards suit loop recording✖ Full-size SD camera — different slotSanDisk Ultra microSDXC 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity512GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 150MB/sRatingsC10 · U1 · A1DurabilityWater / temperature / X-ray proofMPNSDSQUAC-512G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra microSDXC 512GBFrequently Asked QuestionsWill my device support a card this big?Most devices from the last several years read SDXC to 1TB — check the maker’s spec for the stated maximum; Switch and modern Androids handle it.Ultra or Extreme for my use?Ultra: capacity and apps (A1/U1). Extreme: adds V30 sustained write for 4K recording and A2 app speed. Storage vs shooting decides it.Is it good for Nintendo Switch?Yes — capacity is exactly what a Switch library needs, and read speed covers game loading comfortably.Does it include an SD adapter?Packaging varies by region; the card itself is standard microSD and works in any adapter or reader.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra microSD — 1TB—Extreme microSD 128GB (V30)—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-512gb-ultra-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/SanDisk-512GB-Ultra-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-3.jpg","94.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQUAC-512G-GN6MA","88","0619659200572" "44291","Genuine Samsung EHS61 In-Ear Wired Earphones with Mic – White","Genuine Samsung EHS61 In-Ear Wired Earphones with Mic – White Wired in-ear earphones with built-in microphone designed for clear sound and everyday use. Product Description The Genuine Samsung EHS61 In-Ear Wired Earphones with Mic – White offer reliable audio performance with a comfortable in-ear fit for everyday listening. Built to provide clear and balanced sound, these wired earphones are ideal for music, calls, podcasts, and media playback. Featuring a standard 3.5mm audio connection, the Samsung EHS61 earphones are compatible with a wide range of devices that support a headphone jack. The integrated microphone makes it easy to take calls or use voice commands without needing an external mic or additional accessories. Designed with comfort in mind, these earphones include soft ear tips that help provide a snug fit while also helping reduce ambient noise. Whether you are commuting, working, or relaxing at home, the Samsung EHS61 In-Ear Wired Earphones deliver dependable performance in a sleek white finish. Key Features In-Ear Wired Earphones – clear and detailed audio Built-In Microphone – easy call and voice control 3.5mm Audio Connection – broad compatibility Comfortable Fit – ergonomic ear tips included Sleek White Finish – neutral and modern look Feature Highlight Reliable wired performance with zero delay Comfortable ergonomic fit for long listening sessions Integrated mic for hands-free calls Buyer Tip For best comfort, choose the ear tip size that provides a secure fit without pressing too hard. Mini Benchmark Offers consistent audio quality and reliable call performance compared to generic wired earbuds. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Use wired audio devices Prefer wireless earbuds Want hands-free mic support Need noise-cancelling features Listen to music or calls daily Require premium audio tuning Product Specifications Brand Samsung Model EHS61 Connector 3.5mm Audio Jack Product Type In-Ear Wired Earphones with Mic","https://maibo.uk/product/genuine-samsung-ehs61-in-ear-wired-earphones-with-mic-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Original-Samsung-EHS61ASFWE-Stereo-Headset-White-18012016-01-p.jpeg","3.48","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","EHS61--WHITE","88","" "43494","Lexar 1066X Compact Flash Card - 128gb","Lexar 1066X Compact Flash Card About capacity: 32GB=approximately 28GB-30GB 64GB=approximately 57GB-60GB 128GB=approximately 116GB-119GB 256GB=approximately 230GB-239GB   Warm Tips: How to verify the Capacity and Speed of the memory card? 1). Please use quality card reader to verify all memory card by H2testw on PC. Real memory card should pass H2testw with no error. 2). Please don't use cheap card reader to test Micro SD card, speed of Micro SD card will be reduced by low quality card reader. 3). Micro SD memory card speed is greatly affected by card reader and the capacity you choose , USB port ect. Low quality device will 100% slow down card speed,1MB=1000KB. .","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-1066x-compact-flash-card/?attribute_pa_capacity=128gb","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/4100520370.webp","","Storage & Memory > Compact Flash Memory","Lexar","HV4GRUDGNIO4","88","" "43485","JBL T500BT Bluetooth Headphone - blue","The JBL T500BT is the no-drama wireless headphone: flat-fold on-ear design at a feather 155 grams, JBL Pure Bass tuning, and up to 16 hours per charge. For podcasts on the walk, music at the desk and calls in between, it does the job the expensive models do — minus the features you weren’t using.Light155g on-ear comfortOn-ear and genuinely light: no clamp headache, no sweat-trap earcups — the headphone you forget you’re wearing on a long walk.SoundJBL Pure BassThe signature JBL tuning: warm, bass-forward, made for playlists and podcasts rather than lab charts. The sound most people actually want day to day.Simple16 hours, one buttonUp to 16 hours of playback, controls on the earcup, instant pairing. Charge it a couple of times a week and stop thinking about it.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless JBL sound at the entry price✔ Listen to podcasts and playlists all day✔ Prefer light on-ear to bulky over-ear✔ Need a dependable spare or first wireless headphoneConsider something else if…✖ You commute through real noise — the Tune 760NC adds ANC and triple the battery✖ You want earbuds for the gym — JBL W200TWS✖ You need a wired fallback jack — the T500BT is Bluetooth-onlyJBL T500BT — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOn-ear, wireless, flat-foldWeight~155gBatteryUp to 16 hoursConnectivityBluetoothSoundJBL Pure Bass, 32mm driversCallsBuilt-in microphone, earcup controlsMPNJBLT500BT seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL T500BT headphones—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow long does a full charge take?Around two hours from empty — and with 16 hours of playback, a couple of charges covers a typical week.Are they good for calls?Yes for everyday calls — the built-in mic and earcup buttons handle phone and video calls; a boom headset still wins for all-day meetings.On-ear vs over-ear — which suits me?On-ear is lighter and cooler; over-ear isolates better and suits long immersive sessions. For walks, desks and errands, on-ear usually wins.Can I use them with two devices?They pair with multiple devices but connect to one at a time — switching is a quick re-select in Bluetooth settings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Tune 760NC (ANC over-ear)—JBL Tune 110 wired earphones—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-t500bt-bluetooth-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=blue","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1660474093.webp","97.10","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","PU8FEJ8454GU","996","" "43486","JBL T500BT Bluetooth Headphone - white","The JBL T500BT is the no-drama wireless headphone: flat-fold on-ear design at a feather 155 grams, JBL Pure Bass tuning, and up to 16 hours per charge. For podcasts on the walk, music at the desk and calls in between, it does the job the expensive models do — minus the features you weren’t using.Light155g on-ear comfortOn-ear and genuinely light: no clamp headache, no sweat-trap earcups — the headphone you forget you’re wearing on a long walk.SoundJBL Pure BassThe signature JBL tuning: warm, bass-forward, made for playlists and podcasts rather than lab charts. The sound most people actually want day to day.Simple16 hours, one buttonUp to 16 hours of playback, controls on the earcup, instant pairing. Charge it a couple of times a week and stop thinking about it.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless JBL sound at the entry price✔ Listen to podcasts and playlists all day✔ Prefer light on-ear to bulky over-ear✔ Need a dependable spare or first wireless headphoneConsider something else if…✖ You commute through real noise — the Tune 760NC adds ANC and triple the battery✖ You want earbuds for the gym — JBL W200TWS✖ You need a wired fallback jack — the T500BT is Bluetooth-onlyJBL T500BT — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOn-ear, wireless, flat-foldWeight~155gBatteryUp to 16 hoursConnectivityBluetoothSoundJBL Pure Bass, 32mm driversCallsBuilt-in microphone, earcup controlsMPNJBLT500BT seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL T500BT headphones—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow long does a full charge take?Around two hours from empty — and with 16 hours of playback, a couple of charges covers a typical week.Are they good for calls?Yes for everyday calls — the built-in mic and earcup buttons handle phone and video calls; a boom headset still wins for all-day meetings.On-ear vs over-ear — which suits me?On-ear is lighter and cooler; over-ear isolates better and suits long immersive sessions. For walks, desks and errands, on-ear usually wins.Can I use them with two devices?They pair with multiple devices but connect to one at a time — switching is a quick re-select in Bluetooth settings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Tune 760NC (ANC over-ear)—JBL Tune 110 wired earphones—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-t500bt-bluetooth-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=white","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1608396579.webp","97.10","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","XKEV3YCCHD3T","997","" "43487","JBL T500BT Bluetooth Headphone - black","The JBL T500BT is the no-drama wireless headphone: flat-fold on-ear design at a feather 155 grams, JBL Pure Bass tuning, and up to 16 hours per charge. For podcasts on the walk, music at the desk and calls in between, it does the job the expensive models do — minus the features you weren’t using.Light155g on-ear comfortOn-ear and genuinely light: no clamp headache, no sweat-trap earcups — the headphone you forget you’re wearing on a long walk.SoundJBL Pure BassThe signature JBL tuning: warm, bass-forward, made for playlists and podcasts rather than lab charts. The sound most people actually want day to day.Simple16 hours, one buttonUp to 16 hours of playback, controls on the earcup, instant pairing. Charge it a couple of times a week and stop thinking about it.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless JBL sound at the entry price✔ Listen to podcasts and playlists all day✔ Prefer light on-ear to bulky over-ear✔ Need a dependable spare or first wireless headphoneConsider something else if…✖ You commute through real noise — the Tune 760NC adds ANC and triple the battery✖ You want earbuds for the gym — JBL W200TWS✖ You need a wired fallback jack — the T500BT is Bluetooth-onlyJBL T500BT — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOn-ear, wireless, flat-foldWeight~155gBatteryUp to 16 hoursConnectivityBluetoothSoundJBL Pure Bass, 32mm driversCallsBuilt-in microphone, earcup controlsMPNJBLT500BT seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL T500BT headphones—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow long does a full charge take?Around two hours from empty — and with 16 hours of playback, a couple of charges covers a typical week.Are they good for calls?Yes for everyday calls — the built-in mic and earcup buttons handle phone and video calls; a boom headset still wins for all-day meetings.On-ear vs over-ear — which suits me?On-ear is lighter and cooler; over-ear isolates better and suits long immersive sessions. For walks, desks and errands, on-ear usually wins.Can I use them with two devices?They pair with multiple devices but connect to one at a time — switching is a quick re-select in Bluetooth settings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Tune 760NC (ANC over-ear)—JBL Tune 110 wired earphones—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-t500bt-bluetooth-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/595858816.webp","97.10","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","1YT2T4LM19OE","995","" "43488","JBL T500BT Bluetooth Headphone - pink","The JBL T500BT is the no-drama wireless headphone: flat-fold on-ear design at a feather 155 grams, JBL Pure Bass tuning, and up to 16 hours per charge. For podcasts on the walk, music at the desk and calls in between, it does the job the expensive models do — minus the features you weren’t using.Light155g on-ear comfortOn-ear and genuinely light: no clamp headache, no sweat-trap earcups — the headphone you forget you’re wearing on a long walk.SoundJBL Pure BassThe signature JBL tuning: warm, bass-forward, made for playlists and podcasts rather than lab charts. The sound most people actually want day to day.Simple16 hours, one buttonUp to 16 hours of playback, controls on the earcup, instant pairing. Charge it a couple of times a week and stop thinking about it.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless JBL sound at the entry price✔ Listen to podcasts and playlists all day✔ Prefer light on-ear to bulky over-ear✔ Need a dependable spare or first wireless headphoneConsider something else if…✖ You commute through real noise — the Tune 760NC adds ANC and triple the battery✖ You want earbuds for the gym — JBL W200TWS✖ You need a wired fallback jack — the T500BT is Bluetooth-onlyJBL T500BT — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOn-ear, wireless, flat-foldWeight~155gBatteryUp to 16 hoursConnectivityBluetoothSoundJBL Pure Bass, 32mm driversCallsBuilt-in microphone, earcup controlsMPNJBLT500BT seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL T500BT headphones—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow long does a full charge take?Around two hours from empty — and with 16 hours of playback, a couple of charges covers a typical week.Are they good for calls?Yes for everyday calls — the built-in mic and earcup buttons handle phone and video calls; a boom headset still wins for all-day meetings.On-ear vs over-ear — which suits me?On-ear is lighter and cooler; over-ear isolates better and suits long immersive sessions. For walks, desks and errands, on-ear usually wins.Can I use them with two devices?They pair with multiple devices but connect to one at a time — switching is a quick re-select in Bluetooth settings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Tune 760NC (ANC over-ear)—JBL Tune 110 wired earphones—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-t500bt-bluetooth-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=pink","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/4115058134.webp","97.10","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","7ZSERCL9OFJA","994","" "43353","JBL W200TWS True Wireless Bluetooth Earphones with Mic – Charging Case - Black","The JBL W200TWS is true wireless without the flagship bill: JBL’s Deep Bass tuning in a pocketable charging case, around 20 hours of combined playback, and one-touch controls on each bud. For the gym bag, the commute and the desk drawer, it covers the true-wireless essentials and skips the premium padding.FreedomTrue wireless, pocket caseNo cable, no neckband — two independent buds and a case that charges them between sessions. The case is the battery bank: top-ups happen in your pocket, not at a socket.SoundJBL Deep Bass tuningThe same bass-forward JBL signature scaled to earbud drivers — made for workouts and commutes where energy beats analysis.Stamina~20 hours combinedHours per charge in the buds plus multiple refills in the case — a typical week of commuting before the case itself asks for USB-C.Right choice if you…✔ Want cable-free buds for gym and commute✔ Like JBL’s bass-forward signature✔ Need calls on the go — built-in mics with touch answer✔ Want true wireless at an honest priceConsider something else if…✖ You want ANC in earbuds — that’s a tier up in the JBL range✖ You prefer over-ear comfort and battery — the Tune 760NC✖ You lose small things — a wired pair like the C100SI costs a tenthJBL W200TWS — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBL (Harman)TypeTrue wireless in-ear + charging caseBattery~20 hours combined (buds + case)SoundJBL Deep Bass tuningCallsDual built-in microphones, touch controlsChargingUSB-C caseMPNJBLW200TWS seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL W200TWS earbuds—Charging case—Ear tips (sizes)—USB charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsCan I use one bud at a time?Yes — either bud works solo for calls or podcasts while the other charges, effectively doubling talk time.Are they okay for sport?In-ear fit with multiple tip sizes holds well for gym and running; they’re everyday buds rather than rated sports buds, so avoid swimming with them.How are they for calls?Fine for everyday calls in reasonable quiet; wind and traffic challenge all earbuds at this level.Do they auto-connect?Yes — open the case near a paired phone and they reconnect; pairing a new device is a long-press away.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Tune 760NC (ANC over-ear)—JBL T180A wired in-ear—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-w200tws-true-wireless-bluetooth-earphones-with-mic-charging-case/?attribute_pa_colors=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1533049729.webp","28.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","Black TWS200","999","" "42450","Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset - white","The Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED is the lightest wireless gaming headset Logitech has made: 165 grams — lighter than most phones — with both LIGHTSPEED wireless and Bluetooth in one headset, 18 hours of battery, and dual beamforming microphones instead of a boom arm. Built with 22% certified recycled plastic and designed to fit smaller heads too.Weight165g — it disappearsMost wireless gaming headsets weigh 280–350g. At 165g the G435 is in a different category: no clamp fatigue, no neck strain, sessions end because the game does.Two radiosLIGHTSPEED + BluetoothLow-latency LIGHTSPEED for PC and PS5 via the USB receiver, Bluetooth for your phone or tablet — one button swaps between them. Game on PC, take the call on mobile, same headset.No boom micDual beamforming micsTwo internal beamforming microphones pick up your voice and reject room noise — no arm in front of your face, nothing to flip or snap. Cleaner look on camera, less to break.Right choice if you…✔ Want all-day wireless comfort at the lowest weight going✔ Switch between PC/PS5 gaming and phone calls✔ Prefer no boom mic — on camera or on the move✔ Buying for a teenager — fits smaller heads, volume limiter includedConsider something else if…✖ Your lobby demands boom-mic clarity — the G733 adds Blue VO!CE✖ You want big-driver immersion and RGB — also the G733✖ Wired simplicity for less — the G335Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight165gWirelessLIGHTSPEED (USB receiver) + BluetoothBatteryUp to 18 hoursDrivers40mmMicrophonesDual beamforming (no boom)CompatibilityPC, PS5, PS4, mobile — not XboxMPN981-001050 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G435 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB-A LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does the mic compare to a boom mic?Beamforming mics are good for lobby chat and calls; a boom mic still wins in loud rooms. For most players the trade — no arm on your face — is worth it.Does it work on Xbox?No — PC, PS5/PS4 via the receiver, and anything with Bluetooth. Xbox uses its own wireless protocol.Can I use LIGHTSPEED and Bluetooth at once?You switch between them with a button press rather than mixing both streams simultaneously.Is it really suitable for smaller heads?Yes — the frame was deliberately sized down versus typical gaming headsets, and a volume limiter mode caps output at 85dB.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED (RGB, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G335 Wired—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g435-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=white","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/758071037.webp","136.35","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","0OP78ZI9MXZE","1937","" "42451","Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset - blue","The Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED is the lightest wireless gaming headset Logitech has made: 165 grams — lighter than most phones — with both LIGHTSPEED wireless and Bluetooth in one headset, 18 hours of battery, and dual beamforming microphones instead of a boom arm. Built with 22% certified recycled plastic and designed to fit smaller heads too.Weight165g — it disappearsMost wireless gaming headsets weigh 280–350g. At 165g the G435 is in a different category: no clamp fatigue, no neck strain, sessions end because the game does.Two radiosLIGHTSPEED + BluetoothLow-latency LIGHTSPEED for PC and PS5 via the USB receiver, Bluetooth for your phone or tablet — one button swaps between them. Game on PC, take the call on mobile, same headset.No boom micDual beamforming micsTwo internal beamforming microphones pick up your voice and reject room noise — no arm in front of your face, nothing to flip or snap. Cleaner look on camera, less to break.Right choice if you…✔ Want all-day wireless comfort at the lowest weight going✔ Switch between PC/PS5 gaming and phone calls✔ Prefer no boom mic — on camera or on the move✔ Buying for a teenager — fits smaller heads, volume limiter includedConsider something else if…✖ Your lobby demands boom-mic clarity — the G733 adds Blue VO!CE✖ You want big-driver immersion and RGB — also the G733✖ Wired simplicity for less — the G335Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight165gWirelessLIGHTSPEED (USB receiver) + BluetoothBatteryUp to 18 hoursDrivers40mmMicrophonesDual beamforming (no boom)CompatibilityPC, PS5, PS4, mobile — not XboxMPN981-001050 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G435 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB-A LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does the mic compare to a boom mic?Beamforming mics are good for lobby chat and calls; a boom mic still wins in loud rooms. For most players the trade — no arm on your face — is worth it.Does it work on Xbox?No — PC, PS5/PS4 via the receiver, and anything with Bluetooth. Xbox uses its own wireless protocol.Can I use LIGHTSPEED and Bluetooth at once?You switch between them with a button press rather than mixing both streams simultaneously.Is it really suitable for smaller heads?Yes — the frame was deliberately sized down versus typical gaming headsets, and a volume limiter mode caps output at 85dB.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED (RGB, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G335 Wired—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g435-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=blue","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2995909178.webp","134.64","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","FTILTB6ULYWK","1973","" "42452","Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset - black","The Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED is the lightest wireless gaming headset Logitech has made: 165 grams — lighter than most phones — with both LIGHTSPEED wireless and Bluetooth in one headset, 18 hours of battery, and dual beamforming microphones instead of a boom arm. Built with 22% certified recycled plastic and designed to fit smaller heads too.Weight165g — it disappearsMost wireless gaming headsets weigh 280–350g. At 165g the G435 is in a different category: no clamp fatigue, no neck strain, sessions end because the game does.Two radiosLIGHTSPEED + BluetoothLow-latency LIGHTSPEED for PC and PS5 via the USB receiver, Bluetooth for your phone or tablet — one button swaps between them. Game on PC, take the call on mobile, same headset.No boom micDual beamforming micsTwo internal beamforming microphones pick up your voice and reject room noise — no arm in front of your face, nothing to flip or snap. Cleaner look on camera, less to break.Right choice if you…✔ Want all-day wireless comfort at the lowest weight going✔ Switch between PC/PS5 gaming and phone calls✔ Prefer no boom mic — on camera or on the move✔ Buying for a teenager — fits smaller heads, volume limiter includedConsider something else if…✖ Your lobby demands boom-mic clarity — the G733 adds Blue VO!CE✖ You want big-driver immersion and RGB — also the G733✖ Wired simplicity for less — the G335Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight165gWirelessLIGHTSPEED (USB receiver) + BluetoothBatteryUp to 18 hoursDrivers40mmMicrophonesDual beamforming (no boom)CompatibilityPC, PS5, PS4, mobile — not XboxMPN981-001050 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G435 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB-A LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does the mic compare to a boom mic?Beamforming mics are good for lobby chat and calls; a boom mic still wins in loud rooms. For most players the trade — no arm on your face — is worth it.Does it work on Xbox?No — PC, PS5/PS4 via the receiver, and anything with Bluetooth. Xbox uses its own wireless protocol.Can I use LIGHTSPEED and Bluetooth at once?You switch between them with a button press rather than mixing both streams simultaneously.Is it really suitable for smaller heads?Yes — the frame was deliberately sized down versus typical gaming headsets, and a volume limiter mode caps output at 85dB.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED (RGB, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G335 Wired—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g435-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3656914316.webp","136.35","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","F36IMYMBLQT7","1845","" "42160","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone - white-20-pcs","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone   Product Parameters: 1.Product Brand:Samsung 2.Product Name:Samsung EO-EG920BW 3.Product Color:White/Black 4.Connection: Wired 5.Wearning Method: In-ear 6.Interface: 3.5mm 7.Sensitivity: 93dB 8.Frequency Response: 20-20000Hz 9.Length: 1.2m 10.Compatible with: Most of Smartphone/PC/Pad/Laptop Featrue: 1.2 Speakers in each headphone(Woofer & Tweeter Speakers) 2.Dynamic deep bass&high-resolution treble sound 3.1.5m Tangle-Tree flat cable ergonomic design for easy grip NOTICE:Samsung offcial special recommendation for Galaxy S6/S6Edge S7/S7Edge Package: 1*Original EO-EG920 Black 1*Original EO-EG920 White About this item In-ear design earphones with noise suppression technology and wind The cable has a specific structure which reduces tangles and 3 buttons to control the volume and calls Has a classic design with ergonomic shape and hands-free function The connection is made through the 3.5 mm jack input","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-eo-eg920bw-wired-earphone/?attribute_pa_color=white-20-pcs","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2653483356.webp","73.18","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","20pcs White EG920","100","" "42158","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone - white-5-pcs","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone   Product Parameters: 1.Product Brand:Samsung 2.Product Name:Samsung EO-EG920BW 3.Product Color:White/Black 4.Connection: Wired 5.Wearning Method: In-ear 6.Interface: 3.5mm 7.Sensitivity: 93dB 8.Frequency Response: 20-20000Hz 9.Length: 1.2m 10.Compatible with: Most of Smartphone/PC/Pad/Laptop Featrue: 1.2 Speakers in each headphone(Woofer & Tweeter Speakers) 2.Dynamic deep bass&high-resolution treble sound 3.1.5m Tangle-Tree flat cable ergonomic design for easy grip NOTICE:Samsung offcial special recommendation for Galaxy S6/S6Edge S7/S7Edge Package: 1*Original EO-EG920 Black 1*Original EO-EG920 White About this item In-ear design earphones with noise suppression technology and wind The cable has a specific structure which reduces tangles and 3 buttons to control the volume and calls Has a classic design with ergonomic shape and hands-free function The connection is made through the 3.5 mm jack input","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-eo-eg920bw-wired-earphone/?attribute_pa_color=white-5-pcs","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2653483356.webp","24.72","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","5pcs White EG920","100","" "42159","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone - white-50-pcs","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone   Product Parameters: 1.Product Brand:Samsung 2.Product Name:Samsung EO-EG920BW 3.Product Color:White/Black 4.Connection: Wired 5.Wearning Method: In-ear 6.Interface: 3.5mm 7.Sensitivity: 93dB 8.Frequency Response: 20-20000Hz 9.Length: 1.2m 10.Compatible with: Most of Smartphone/PC/Pad/Laptop Featrue: 1.2 Speakers in each headphone(Woofer & Tweeter Speakers) 2.Dynamic deep bass&high-resolution treble sound 3.1.5m Tangle-Tree flat cable ergonomic design for easy grip NOTICE:Samsung offcial special recommendation for Galaxy S6/S6Edge S7/S7Edge Package: 1*Original EO-EG920 Black 1*Original EO-EG920 White About this item In-ear design earphones with noise suppression technology and wind The cable has a specific structure which reduces tangles and 3 buttons to control the volume and calls Has a classic design with ergonomic shape and hands-free function The connection is made through the 3.5 mm jack input","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-eo-eg920bw-wired-earphone/?attribute_pa_color=white-50-pcs","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2653483356.webp","173.82","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","50pcs White EG920","100","" "42157","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone - white-10-pcs","SAMSUNG EO-EG920BW Wired Earphone   Product Parameters: 1.Product Brand:Samsung 2.Product Name:Samsung EO-EG920BW 3.Product Color:White/Black 4.Connection: Wired 5.Wearning Method: In-ear 6.Interface: 3.5mm 7.Sensitivity: 93dB 8.Frequency Response: 20-20000Hz 9.Length: 1.2m 10.Compatible with: Most of Smartphone/PC/Pad/Laptop Featrue: 1.2 Speakers in each headphone(Woofer & Tweeter Speakers) 2.Dynamic deep bass&high-resolution treble sound 3.1.5m Tangle-Tree flat cable ergonomic design for easy grip NOTICE:Samsung offcial special recommendation for Galaxy S6/S6Edge S7/S7Edge Package: 1*Original EO-EG920 Black 1*Original EO-EG920 White About this item In-ear design earphones with noise suppression technology and wind The cable has a specific structure which reduces tangles and 3 buttons to control the volume and calls Has a classic design with ergonomic shape and hands-free function The connection is made through the 3.5 mm jack input","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-eo-eg920bw-wired-earphone/?attribute_pa_color=white-10-pcs","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2653483356.webp","40.78","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","10pcs White EG920","100","" "42008","SanDisk SDIX60N USB3.0 Flash Drive iXPand OTG - 64gb , black","The SanDisk iXpand Go is the answer to a full iPhone: a flash drive with a Lightning connector on one end and USB 3.0 on the other. Plug it into the phone, and the iXpand app backs up photos, videos and contacts automatically — then plug the other end into any computer. No cloud subscription, no cable, no “storage almost full”.Two-headedLightning + USB 3.0Native Lightning speaks directly to iPhone and iPad; the USB 3.0 end moves it all to a computer at proper speed. The bridge Apple never put in the box.AutomaticOne-tap photo backupThe iXpand Drive app backs up the camera roll each time you plug in — and can free up phone space by moving, not just copying.OfflineYour photos, no subscriptionA one-time purchase that does what a monthly cloud fee does — with the copy physically in your pocket, airplane-mode proof.Right choice if you…✔ Own a Lightning iPhone/iPad that’s always full✔ Want photo backups without a cloud subscription✔ Move iPhone video projects to a computer often✔ Travel — backup without wifiConsider something else if…✖ Your iPhone is USB-C (iPhone 15 onwards) — this is the Lightning version✖ You’re all-in on iCloud and happy — this duplicates that job offline✖ You just need a computer stick — the Ultra FlairSanDisk iXpand Go — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskConnectorsLightning (MFi) + USB 3.0 Type-AAppiXpand Drive (iOS) — auto backup, space freeingWorks withLightning iPhones/iPads + any computerMPNSDIX60N seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk iXpand Go flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone 15/16?No — those use USB-C. This is the Lightning version, for iPhone 5 through 14 generations and Lightning iPads.Do I need the app?For backup and browsing on the phone, yes — the free iXpand Drive app handles it. On computers it mounts as a normal USB drive.Can it play files directly from the drive?Yes — the app plays videos and shows photos straight off the drive, saving phone space entirely.Is it MFi certified?Yes — official Apple MFi Lightning, not a knock-off connector that iOS updates break.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra Flair 128GB (computer stick)—Apple USB-C to Lightning cable—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-sdix60n-usb3-0-flash-drive-ixpand-otg/?attribute_pa_capacity=64gb&attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/62316971.webp","101.68","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","G8CCNX31G0X3","100","" "42009","SanDisk SDIX60N USB3.0 Flash Drive iXPand OTG - 128gb , black","The SanDisk iXpand Go is the answer to a full iPhone: a flash drive with a Lightning connector on one end and USB 3.0 on the other. Plug it into the phone, and the iXpand app backs up photos, videos and contacts automatically — then plug the other end into any computer. No cloud subscription, no cable, no “storage almost full”.Two-headedLightning + USB 3.0Native Lightning speaks directly to iPhone and iPad; the USB 3.0 end moves it all to a computer at proper speed. The bridge Apple never put in the box.AutomaticOne-tap photo backupThe iXpand Drive app backs up the camera roll each time you plug in — and can free up phone space by moving, not just copying.OfflineYour photos, no subscriptionA one-time purchase that does what a monthly cloud fee does — with the copy physically in your pocket, airplane-mode proof.Right choice if you…✔ Own a Lightning iPhone/iPad that’s always full✔ Want photo backups without a cloud subscription✔ Move iPhone video projects to a computer often✔ Travel — backup without wifiConsider something else if…✖ Your iPhone is USB-C (iPhone 15 onwards) — this is the Lightning version✖ You’re all-in on iCloud and happy — this duplicates that job offline✖ You just need a computer stick — the Ultra FlairSanDisk iXpand Go — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskConnectorsLightning (MFi) + USB 3.0 Type-AAppiXpand Drive (iOS) — auto backup, space freeingWorks withLightning iPhones/iPads + any computerMPNSDIX60N seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk iXpand Go flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone 15/16?No — those use USB-C. This is the Lightning version, for iPhone 5 through 14 generations and Lightning iPads.Do I need the app?For backup and browsing on the phone, yes — the free iXpand Drive app handles it. On computers it mounts as a normal USB drive.Can it play files directly from the drive?Yes — the app plays videos and shows photos straight off the drive, saving phone space entirely.Is it MFi certified?Yes — official Apple MFi Lightning, not a knock-off connector that iOS updates break.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra Flair 128GB (computer stick)—Apple USB-C to Lightning cable—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-sdix60n-usb3-0-flash-drive-ixpand-otg/?attribute_pa_capacity=128gb&attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/62316971.webp","123.10","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","0URSVDH8WLPH","99","" "42010","SanDisk SDIX60N USB3.0 Flash Drive iXPand OTG - 256gb , black","The SanDisk iXpand Go is the answer to a full iPhone: a flash drive with a Lightning connector on one end and USB 3.0 on the other. Plug it into the phone, and the iXpand app backs up photos, videos and contacts automatically — then plug the other end into any computer. No cloud subscription, no cable, no “storage almost full”.Two-headedLightning + USB 3.0Native Lightning speaks directly to iPhone and iPad; the USB 3.0 end moves it all to a computer at proper speed. The bridge Apple never put in the box.AutomaticOne-tap photo backupThe iXpand Drive app backs up the camera roll each time you plug in — and can free up phone space by moving, not just copying.OfflineYour photos, no subscriptionA one-time purchase that does what a monthly cloud fee does — with the copy physically in your pocket, airplane-mode proof.Right choice if you…✔ Own a Lightning iPhone/iPad that’s always full✔ Want photo backups without a cloud subscription✔ Move iPhone video projects to a computer often✔ Travel — backup without wifiConsider something else if…✖ Your iPhone is USB-C (iPhone 15 onwards) — this is the Lightning version✖ You’re all-in on iCloud and happy — this duplicates that job offline✖ You just need a computer stick — the Ultra FlairSanDisk iXpand Go — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskConnectorsLightning (MFi) + USB 3.0 Type-AAppiXpand Drive (iOS) — auto backup, space freeingWorks withLightning iPhones/iPads + any computerMPNSDIX60N seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk iXpand Go flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone 15/16?No — those use USB-C. This is the Lightning version, for iPhone 5 through 14 generations and Lightning iPads.Do I need the app?For backup and browsing on the phone, yes — the free iXpand Drive app handles it. On computers it mounts as a normal USB drive.Can it play files directly from the drive?Yes — the app plays videos and shows photos straight off the drive, saving phone space entirely.Is it MFi certified?Yes — official Apple MFi Lightning, not a knock-off connector that iOS updates break.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra Flair 128GB (computer stick)—Apple USB-C to Lightning cable—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-sdix60n-usb3-0-flash-drive-ixpand-otg/?attribute_pa_capacity=256gb&attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/62316971.webp","227.46","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","6W7U3PXENLYK","100","" "40329","Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Gaming Headset - purple","The Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED is the wireless headset that refused to look like office equipment: 278 grams with a floating suspension headband, up to 29 hours per charge, LIGHTSPEED wireless to 20 metres, and front-facing LIGHTSYNC colour. Underneath the style: PRO-G drivers, DTS surround and a Blue VO!CE-enhanced mic.Comfort278g on a suspension bandThe dual-layer memory foam and elastic suspension headband spread weight so evenly the headset disappears — marathon sessions without the skull hotspot heavier cans create.WirelessLIGHTSPEED, 29 hoursLogitech’s pro-grade 1ms wireless with 20m range, and up to 29 hours per charge with lighting off — a working week of evenings between cables.Sound & voicePRO-G + Blue VO!CEPRO-G drivers with DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround on PC, and a detachable-style flip mic enhanced by Blue VO!CE filters for clean comms. G HUB unlocks EQ and the front LIGHTSYNC lighting.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless comfort for long evening sessions✔ Like a headset with actual personality on camera✔ Need 20m range — kitchen trips without dropout✔ Play on PC or PS5 (USB receiver)Consider something else if…✖ You compete wired at LANs — see the G PRO X✖ You want featherweight wireless on a budget — the G435 is 165g for less✖ Xbox is your platform — the receiver speaks PC/PS5, not XboxLogitech G733 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight278g — suspension headbandWirelessLIGHTSPEED, up to 20mBatteryUp to 29 hours (lighting off)DriversPRO-G 40mm · DTS Headphone:X 2.0 (PC)MicrophoneFlip 6mm — Blue VO!CE enhancedLightingFront LIGHTSYNC RGB zonesMPN981-000864 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G733 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on PS5?Yes — plug the LIGHTSPEED receiver into the console’s USB and it works out of the box. Xbox is the platform it does not speak.How heavy is 278g in practice?Light for a wireless headset — and the suspension band matters more than the number: weight spreads across the crown instead of two pressure points.Is the RGB battery cost real?Lighting on drops runtime to roughly 20 hours from 29. G HUB dims or kills it in one toggle when endurance matters.Can I EQ it without software running?Settings set in G HUB persist onboard for core functions; full EQ profiles and LIGHTSYNC control live in G HUB on PC.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G PRO X (wired, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G435 (165g wireless)—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g733-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=purple","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/4127988761.webp","298.60","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","JALMHL1FIS8Q","28","" "40330","Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Gaming Headset - kda","The Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED is the wireless headset that refused to look like office equipment: 278 grams with a floating suspension headband, up to 29 hours per charge, LIGHTSPEED wireless to 20 metres, and front-facing LIGHTSYNC colour. Underneath the style: PRO-G drivers, DTS surround and a Blue VO!CE-enhanced mic.Comfort278g on a suspension bandThe dual-layer memory foam and elastic suspension headband spread weight so evenly the headset disappears — marathon sessions without the skull hotspot heavier cans create.WirelessLIGHTSPEED, 29 hoursLogitech’s pro-grade 1ms wireless with 20m range, and up to 29 hours per charge with lighting off — a working week of evenings between cables.Sound & voicePRO-G + Blue VO!CEPRO-G drivers with DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround on PC, and a detachable-style flip mic enhanced by Blue VO!CE filters for clean comms. G HUB unlocks EQ and the front LIGHTSYNC lighting.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless comfort for long evening sessions✔ Like a headset with actual personality on camera✔ Need 20m range — kitchen trips without dropout✔ Play on PC or PS5 (USB receiver)Consider something else if…✖ You compete wired at LANs — see the G PRO X✖ You want featherweight wireless on a budget — the G435 is 165g for less✖ Xbox is your platform — the receiver speaks PC/PS5, not XboxLogitech G733 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight278g — suspension headbandWirelessLIGHTSPEED, up to 20mBatteryUp to 29 hours (lighting off)DriversPRO-G 40mm · DTS Headphone:X 2.0 (PC)MicrophoneFlip 6mm — Blue VO!CE enhancedLightingFront LIGHTSYNC RGB zonesMPN981-000864 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G733 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on PS5?Yes — plug the LIGHTSPEED receiver into the console’s USB and it works out of the box. Xbox is the platform it does not speak.How heavy is 278g in practice?Light for a wireless headset — and the suspension band matters more than the number: weight spreads across the crown instead of two pressure points.Is the RGB battery cost real?Lighting on drops runtime to roughly 20 hours from 29. G HUB dims or kills it in one toggle when endurance matters.Can I EQ it without software running?Settings set in G HUB persist onboard for core functions; full EQ profiles and LIGHTSYNC control live in G HUB on PC.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G PRO X (wired, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G435 (165g wireless)—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g733-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=kda","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2113774547.webp","421.60","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","GOERQS9F3BS8","214","" "40331","Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Gaming Headset - white","The Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED is the wireless headset that refused to look like office equipment: 278 grams with a floating suspension headband, up to 29 hours per charge, LIGHTSPEED wireless to 20 metres, and front-facing LIGHTSYNC colour. Underneath the style: PRO-G drivers, DTS surround and a Blue VO!CE-enhanced mic.Comfort278g on a suspension bandThe dual-layer memory foam and elastic suspension headband spread weight so evenly the headset disappears — marathon sessions without the skull hotspot heavier cans create.WirelessLIGHTSPEED, 29 hoursLogitech’s pro-grade 1ms wireless with 20m range, and up to 29 hours per charge with lighting off — a working week of evenings between cables.Sound & voicePRO-G + Blue VO!CEPRO-G drivers with DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround on PC, and a detachable-style flip mic enhanced by Blue VO!CE filters for clean comms. G HUB unlocks EQ and the front LIGHTSYNC lighting.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless comfort for long evening sessions✔ Like a headset with actual personality on camera✔ Need 20m range — kitchen trips without dropout✔ Play on PC or PS5 (USB receiver)Consider something else if…✖ You compete wired at LANs — see the G PRO X✖ You want featherweight wireless on a budget — the G435 is 165g for less✖ Xbox is your platform — the receiver speaks PC/PS5, not XboxLogitech G733 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight278g — suspension headbandWirelessLIGHTSPEED, up to 20mBatteryUp to 29 hours (lighting off)DriversPRO-G 40mm · DTS Headphone:X 2.0 (PC)MicrophoneFlip 6mm — Blue VO!CE enhancedLightingFront LIGHTSYNC RGB zonesMPN981-000864 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G733 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on PS5?Yes — plug the LIGHTSPEED receiver into the console’s USB and it works out of the box. Xbox is the platform it does not speak.How heavy is 278g in practice?Light for a wireless headset — and the suspension band matters more than the number: weight spreads across the crown instead of two pressure points.Is the RGB battery cost real?Lighting on drops runtime to roughly 20 hours from 29. G HUB dims or kills it in one toggle when endurance matters.Can I EQ it without software running?Settings set in G HUB persist onboard for core functions; full EQ profiles and LIGHTSYNC control live in G HUB on PC.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G PRO X (wired, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G435 (165g wireless)—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g733-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=white","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/4116823187.webp","367.86","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","V4J92YGI6PI6","54","" "40332","Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Gaming Headset - black","The Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED is the wireless headset that refused to look like office equipment: 278 grams with a floating suspension headband, up to 29 hours per charge, LIGHTSPEED wireless to 20 metres, and front-facing LIGHTSYNC colour. Underneath the style: PRO-G drivers, DTS surround and a Blue VO!CE-enhanced mic.Comfort278g on a suspension bandThe dual-layer memory foam and elastic suspension headband spread weight so evenly the headset disappears — marathon sessions without the skull hotspot heavier cans create.WirelessLIGHTSPEED, 29 hoursLogitech’s pro-grade 1ms wireless with 20m range, and up to 29 hours per charge with lighting off — a working week of evenings between cables.Sound & voicePRO-G + Blue VO!CEPRO-G drivers with DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround on PC, and a detachable-style flip mic enhanced by Blue VO!CE filters for clean comms. G HUB unlocks EQ and the front LIGHTSYNC lighting.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless comfort for long evening sessions✔ Like a headset with actual personality on camera✔ Need 20m range — kitchen trips without dropout✔ Play on PC or PS5 (USB receiver)Consider something else if…✖ You compete wired at LANs — see the G PRO X✖ You want featherweight wireless on a budget — the G435 is 165g for less✖ Xbox is your platform — the receiver speaks PC/PS5, not XboxLogitech G733 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight278g — suspension headbandWirelessLIGHTSPEED, up to 20mBatteryUp to 29 hours (lighting off)DriversPRO-G 40mm · DTS Headphone:X 2.0 (PC)MicrophoneFlip 6mm — Blue VO!CE enhancedLightingFront LIGHTSYNC RGB zonesMPN981-000864 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G733 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on PS5?Yes — plug the LIGHTSPEED receiver into the console’s USB and it works out of the box. Xbox is the platform it does not speak.How heavy is 278g in practice?Light for a wireless headset — and the suspension band matters more than the number: weight spreads across the crown instead of two pressure points.Is the RGB battery cost real?Lighting on drops runtime to roughly 20 hours from 29. G HUB dims or kills it in one toggle when endurance matters.Can I EQ it without software running?Settings set in G HUB persist onboard for core functions; full EQ profiles and LIGHTSYNC control live in G HUB on PC.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G PRO X (wired, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G435 (165g wireless)—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g733-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1713774621.webp","298.60","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","59PHWSPT246V","20","" "40333","Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Gaming Headset - blue","The Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED is the wireless headset that refused to look like office equipment: 278 grams with a floating suspension headband, up to 29 hours per charge, LIGHTSPEED wireless to 20 metres, and front-facing LIGHTSYNC colour. Underneath the style: PRO-G drivers, DTS surround and a Blue VO!CE-enhanced mic.Comfort278g on a suspension bandThe dual-layer memory foam and elastic suspension headband spread weight so evenly the headset disappears — marathon sessions without the skull hotspot heavier cans create.WirelessLIGHTSPEED, 29 hoursLogitech’s pro-grade 1ms wireless with 20m range, and up to 29 hours per charge with lighting off — a working week of evenings between cables.Sound & voicePRO-G + Blue VO!CEPRO-G drivers with DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround on PC, and a detachable-style flip mic enhanced by Blue VO!CE filters for clean comms. G HUB unlocks EQ and the front LIGHTSYNC lighting.Right choice if you…✔ Want wireless comfort for long evening sessions✔ Like a headset with actual personality on camera✔ Need 20m range — kitchen trips without dropout✔ Play on PC or PS5 (USB receiver)Consider something else if…✖ You compete wired at LANs — see the G PRO X✖ You want featherweight wireless on a budget — the G435 is 165g for less✖ Xbox is your platform — the receiver speaks PC/PS5, not XboxLogitech G733 LIGHTSPEED — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeight278g — suspension headbandWirelessLIGHTSPEED, up to 20mBatteryUp to 29 hours (lighting off)DriversPRO-G 40mm · DTS Headphone:X 2.0 (PC)MicrophoneFlip 6mm — Blue VO!CE enhancedLightingFront LIGHTSYNC RGB zonesMPN981-000864 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G733 LIGHTSPEED headset—USB LIGHTSPEED receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on PS5?Yes — plug the LIGHTSPEED receiver into the console’s USB and it works out of the box. Xbox is the platform it does not speak.How heavy is 278g in practice?Light for a wireless headset — and the suspension band matters more than the number: weight spreads across the crown instead of two pressure points.Is the RGB battery cost real?Lighting on drops runtime to roughly 20 hours from 29. G HUB dims or kills it in one toggle when endurance matters.Can I EQ it without software running?Settings set in G HUB persist onboard for core functions; full EQ profiles and LIGHTSYNC control live in G HUB on PC.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G PRO X (wired, Blue VO!CE)—Logitech G435 (165g wireless)—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g733-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-headset/?attribute_pa_color=blue","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2319044764.webp","265.14","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","P5KSC4J3AMF1","39","" "39938","Logitech M330 Silent Plus Wireless Mouse – Black","The Logitech M330 Silent Plus is a comfortable everyday wireless mouse that is almost silent to use. Logitech's SilentTouch technology removes over 90% of the clicking sound while keeping the feel of every click, so it suits open-plan offices, libraries, late-night work at home and video calls. The shape is contoured for the right hand, guiding it into a natural, relaxed position, with a textured grip and a rubber scroll wheel that moves in controlled, line-by-line steps. It connects with a small USB receiver — plug it in and it works on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS, with no software needed — and runs for up to 18 months on a single AA battery thanks to an on/off switch and automatic sleep. This is model 910-004909 in Black. SilentTouch · 90% Quieter You Feel the Click, You Barely Hear It A normal mouse click is a sharp mechanical snap, and across a working day it adds up — for you and for anyone nearby. SilentTouch damps the switch so the sound drops by over 90%, while a clear point of actuation remains under your finger so you still know every click registered. The difference is immediately obvious in a quiet office, on a call where your microphone would otherwise pick up the clicks, in a shared study space, or at home when others are asleep. The scroll wheel is quiet too: a rubber wheel with a gentle tactile step that moves line by line, which makes it easy to scroll precisely through a document or a spreadsheet without overshooting. Right-Hand Contour · Textured Grip Comfortable for Hours of Work or Study The M330 Silent Plus has an asymmetric shape designed for the right hand: the body slopes to support the hand in a natural position rather than holding it flat, and a patterned texture on the sides improves grip. It is a full-sized mouse for a small to medium hand, larger than a travel mouse but lighter and simpler than a premium desk mouse — a good fit for home working, students and office desks where comfort matters more than extra buttons. Logitech's high-precision optical tracking works smoothly on almost any everyday surface, from a desk to a notebook. For a glossy glass desk, use a mouse mat, as with most optical mice. Because the shape is right-handed, left-handed users should look at a symmetrical mouse instead. USB Receiver · 18 Months on AA Plug In, Switch On, Forget About It Setup takes seconds: plug the small USB receiver into a USB-A port on your computer and the mouse works straight away on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS, with no drivers or software to install. The wireless connection reaches up to 10 metres. The receiver stores inside the mouse when you travel, so it does not get lost. Power comes from one AA battery, which Logitech rates at up to 18 months of use, helped by an on/off switch underneath and an automatic sleep mode when the mouse is idle. There is nothing to charge and no cable. One thing to know before ordering: this is a receiver-based mouse without Bluetooth, so it needs a USB-A port — for a laptop with only USB-C ports, use a small USB-C to USB-A adapter. Right choice if you… ✔ Work or study somewhere quiet and want near-silent clicks ✔ Want a comfortable right-handed mouse at an everyday price ✔ Prefer plug-and-play with no software or pairing ✔ Would rather change a battery once or twice a year than charge a mouse Consider something else if… ✘ You need Bluetooth — the Logitech Pebble 2 M350s connects without a receiver ✘ You are left-handed — the M330 is a right-handed shape ✘ You want extra programmable buttons — the Logitech MX Master 4 has them Logitech M330 Silent Plus Black — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelM330 Silent Plus Wireless Mouse MPN910-004909 EAN / GTIN5099206066670 ColourBlack ClicksSilentTouch · over 90% noise reduction TrackingLogitech high-precision optical tracking Scroll WheelRubber · line-by-line Buttons3 (left, right, scroll-wheel click) ConnectionUSB receiver (USB-A) · 2.4 GHz · up to 10m · no Bluetooth Battery1 × AA · up to 18 months · on/off switch · auto-sleep Hand OrientationRight-handed CompatibilityWindows · macOS · Linux · ChromeOS WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech M330 Silent Plus wireless mouse — Black —USB receiver —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions How quiet is it?Logitech SilentTouch technology reduces the clicking sound by over 90% compared with a standard mouse, while keeping the feel of each click. Does it have Bluetooth?No. It connects with the included USB receiver, which needs a USB-A port. For a laptop with only USB-C ports, use a USB-C to USB-A adapter. What battery does it use and how long does it last?One AA battery, rated by Logitech for up to 18 months of use thanks to the on/off switch and automatic sleep mode. Do I need to install software?No. Plug in the receiver and it works on Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS. Is it suitable for left-handed users?No. The M330 Silent Plus has an asymmetric shape designed for the right hand. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech Pebble 2 M350s — slim Bluetooth alternative —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — compact and colourful —Logitech MX Master 4 — advanced desk mouse —Official Logitech M330 Silent Plus product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-m330-silent-plus-wireless-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/381939733.webp","28.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-004909","88","5099206066670" "39911","Samsung EHS64 3.5mm In-Ear Headphones with Mic – White","Samsung EHS64 3.5mm In-Ear Headphones with Mic – White Wired in-ear headphones with built-in microphone, designed for clear sound and comfortable daily use. Product Description The Samsung EHS64 3.5mm In-Ear Headphones with Mic – White deliver reliable audio quality and hands-free communication through a comfortable wired design. These in-ear headphones provide balanced sound ideal for music, calls, videos, and everyday media playback. Featuring a standard 3.5mm audio jack, the Samsung EHS64 headphones are compatible with a wide range of devices including smartphones, tablets, laptops, and portable music players. The integrated microphone lets you take calls or interact with voice assistants without needing to access your device. With soft ergonomic ear tips and a lightweight build, these headphones are designed for extended wear without discomfort. The sleek white finish complements your devices while providing dependable audio performance during daily use. Key Features 3.5mm Audio Jack – universal compatibility In-Ear Headphone Design – balanced sound and comfort Integrated Microphone – hands-free calls and voice control Ergonomic Ear Tips – secure and comfortable fit Sleek White Colour – clean and modern look Feature Highlight Reliable wired audio with zero latency Integrated mic for calls and voice control Comfortable ergonomic in-ear fit Buyer Tip Choose the ear tip size that provides a snug yet comfortable fit for optimal noise isolation and comfort during extended listening. Mini Benchmark Offers clearer audio and dependable call performance compared to basic wired earbuds. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Use wired audio devices daily Prefer wireless earbuds Need hands-free mic support Require active noise cancelling Listen to music or calls daily Want premium audio tuning Product Specifications Brand Samsung Model EHS64 Connector 3.5mm Audio Jack Product Type In-Ear Headphones with Mic","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-ehs64-3-5mm-in-ear-headphones-with-mic-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/ehs64-white.jpeg","3.68","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","EHS64 White","88","5081952956954" "39624","JBL TUNE 760NC Wireless Headphone - blue","The JBL Tune 760NC is active noise cancelling made practical: over-ear comfort, JBL Pure Bass sound, and a battery that treats charging as an afterthought — up to 35 hours with ANC on, up to 50 with it off, and a 5-minute top-up buying around 2 extra hours. Commuting, open-plan offices and long flights are exactly its habitat.QuietActive Noise CancellingANC targets the constant low-frequency drone — engines, trains, air conditioning — so music plays at lower, safer volumes and silence is an option on a long journey.Stamina35-50 hours per chargeUp to 35 hours with ANC engaged, up to 50 without — a working week of commutes on one charge, and a 5-minute fast charge covers the evening you forgot to plug in.PracticalMultipoint + fold-flatConnect two devices at once — laptop for the meeting, phone for the call that interrupts it — and fold the earcups flat for the bag when you land.Right choice if you…✔ Commute or fly regularly — ANC earns its keep in transit✔ Work in open-plan noise✔ Hate charging — 35-50h is top-of-class stamina✔ Switch between laptop and phone all day (multipoint)Consider something else if…✖ You want earbuds, not over-ears — see the JBL W200TWS✖ Budget first, ANC optional — the JBL T500BT keeps the JBL sound for less✖ You need studio-flat monitoring — Pure Bass is a consumer tuning by designJBL Tune 760NC — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOver-ear, wireless, closed-backNoise cancellingActive (ANC)BatteryUp to 35h (ANC on) / 50h (ANC off)Fast charge~2 hours from a 5-minute chargeConnectivityBluetooth · multipoint (2 devices) · 3.5mm cable useSoundJBL Pure Bass, 40mm driversMPNJBLT760NC seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Tune 760NC headphones—Detachable 3.5mm audio cable—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow good is the ANC at this level?Strong against constant low-frequency noise — engines, HVAC, train rumble. It won’t erase voices entirely; no ANC at any price truly does.Can I use them wired?Yes — the included 3.5mm cable works even with the battery flat, including on in-flight entertainment.Do they work for calls?Yes — built-in mic with on-earcup controls, and multipoint means the call from your phone takes over from laptop audio automatically.Tune 760NC or T500BT?The 760NC adds ANC, over-ear isolation and double-plus battery. The T500BT is the lighter, cheaper on-ear for podcasts and everyday music. Transit noise decides it.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL T500BT (on-ear wireless)—JBL W200TWS earbuds—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-760nc-wireless-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=blue","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3619704996.webp","231.82","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","VGWRBTV11MVR","997","" "39625","JBL TUNE 760NC Wireless Headphone - black","The JBL Tune 760NC is active noise cancelling made practical: over-ear comfort, JBL Pure Bass sound, and a battery that treats charging as an afterthought — up to 35 hours with ANC on, up to 50 with it off, and a 5-minute top-up buying around 2 extra hours. Commuting, open-plan offices and long flights are exactly its habitat.QuietActive Noise CancellingANC targets the constant low-frequency drone — engines, trains, air conditioning — so music plays at lower, safer volumes and silence is an option on a long journey.Stamina35-50 hours per chargeUp to 35 hours with ANC engaged, up to 50 without — a working week of commutes on one charge, and a 5-minute fast charge covers the evening you forgot to plug in.PracticalMultipoint + fold-flatConnect two devices at once — laptop for the meeting, phone for the call that interrupts it — and fold the earcups flat for the bag when you land.Right choice if you…✔ Commute or fly regularly — ANC earns its keep in transit✔ Work in open-plan noise✔ Hate charging — 35-50h is top-of-class stamina✔ Switch between laptop and phone all day (multipoint)Consider something else if…✖ You want earbuds, not over-ears — see the JBL W200TWS✖ Budget first, ANC optional — the JBL T500BT keeps the JBL sound for less✖ You need studio-flat monitoring — Pure Bass is a consumer tuning by designJBL Tune 760NC — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOver-ear, wireless, closed-backNoise cancellingActive (ANC)BatteryUp to 35h (ANC on) / 50h (ANC off)Fast charge~2 hours from a 5-minute chargeConnectivityBluetooth · multipoint (2 devices) · 3.5mm cable useSoundJBL Pure Bass, 40mm driversMPNJBLT760NC seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Tune 760NC headphones—Detachable 3.5mm audio cable—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow good is the ANC at this level?Strong against constant low-frequency noise — engines, HVAC, train rumble. It won’t erase voices entirely; no ANC at any price truly does.Can I use them wired?Yes — the included 3.5mm cable works even with the battery flat, including on in-flight entertainment.Do they work for calls?Yes — built-in mic with on-earcup controls, and multipoint means the call from your phone takes over from laptop audio automatically.Tune 760NC or T500BT?The 760NC adds ANC, over-ear isolation and double-plus battery. The T500BT is the lighter, cheaper on-ear for podcasts and everyday music. Transit noise decides it.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL T500BT (on-ear wireless)—JBL W200TWS earbuds—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-760nc-wireless-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/467171524.webp","231.82","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","I7ICED4OLT5I","997","" "39626","JBL TUNE 760NC Wireless Headphone - white","The JBL Tune 760NC is active noise cancelling made practical: over-ear comfort, JBL Pure Bass sound, and a battery that treats charging as an afterthought — up to 35 hours with ANC on, up to 50 with it off, and a 5-minute top-up buying around 2 extra hours. Commuting, open-plan offices and long flights are exactly its habitat.QuietActive Noise CancellingANC targets the constant low-frequency drone — engines, trains, air conditioning — so music plays at lower, safer volumes and silence is an option on a long journey.Stamina35-50 hours per chargeUp to 35 hours with ANC engaged, up to 50 without — a working week of commutes on one charge, and a 5-minute fast charge covers the evening you forgot to plug in.PracticalMultipoint + fold-flatConnect two devices at once — laptop for the meeting, phone for the call that interrupts it — and fold the earcups flat for the bag when you land.Right choice if you…✔ Commute or fly regularly — ANC earns its keep in transit✔ Work in open-plan noise✔ Hate charging — 35-50h is top-of-class stamina✔ Switch between laptop and phone all day (multipoint)Consider something else if…✖ You want earbuds, not over-ears — see the JBL W200TWS✖ Budget first, ANC optional — the JBL T500BT keeps the JBL sound for less✖ You need studio-flat monitoring — Pure Bass is a consumer tuning by designJBL Tune 760NC — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOver-ear, wireless, closed-backNoise cancellingActive (ANC)BatteryUp to 35h (ANC on) / 50h (ANC off)Fast charge~2 hours from a 5-minute chargeConnectivityBluetooth · multipoint (2 devices) · 3.5mm cable useSoundJBL Pure Bass, 40mm driversMPNJBLT760NC seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Tune 760NC headphones—Detachable 3.5mm audio cable—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow good is the ANC at this level?Strong against constant low-frequency noise — engines, HVAC, train rumble. It won’t erase voices entirely; no ANC at any price truly does.Can I use them wired?Yes — the included 3.5mm cable works even with the battery flat, including on in-flight entertainment.Do they work for calls?Yes — built-in mic with on-earcup controls, and multipoint means the call from your phone takes over from laptop audio automatically.Tune 760NC or T500BT?The 760NC adds ANC, over-ear isolation and double-plus battery. The T500BT is the lighter, cheaper on-ear for podcasts and everyday music. Transit noise decides it.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL T500BT (on-ear wireless)—JBL W200TWS earbuds—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-760nc-wireless-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=white","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3818076847.webp","231.82","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","YSXLVE4W6B7G","996","" "39623","JBL TUNE 760NC Wireless Headphone - gold","The JBL Tune 760NC is active noise cancelling made practical: over-ear comfort, JBL Pure Bass sound, and a battery that treats charging as an afterthought — up to 35 hours with ANC on, up to 50 with it off, and a 5-minute top-up buying around 2 extra hours. Commuting, open-plan offices and long flights are exactly its habitat.QuietActive Noise CancellingANC targets the constant low-frequency drone — engines, trains, air conditioning — so music plays at lower, safer volumes and silence is an option on a long journey.Stamina35-50 hours per chargeUp to 35 hours with ANC engaged, up to 50 without — a working week of commutes on one charge, and a 5-minute fast charge covers the evening you forgot to plug in.PracticalMultipoint + fold-flatConnect two devices at once — laptop for the meeting, phone for the call that interrupts it — and fold the earcups flat for the bag when you land.Right choice if you…✔ Commute or fly regularly — ANC earns its keep in transit✔ Work in open-plan noise✔ Hate charging — 35-50h is top-of-class stamina✔ Switch between laptop and phone all day (multipoint)Consider something else if…✖ You want earbuds, not over-ears — see the JBL W200TWS✖ Budget first, ANC optional — the JBL T500BT keeps the JBL sound for less✖ You need studio-flat monitoring — Pure Bass is a consumer tuning by designJBL Tune 760NC — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLTypeOver-ear, wireless, closed-backNoise cancellingActive (ANC)BatteryUp to 35h (ANC on) / 50h (ANC off)Fast charge~2 hours from a 5-minute chargeConnectivityBluetooth · multipoint (2 devices) · 3.5mm cable useSoundJBL Pure Bass, 40mm driversMPNJBLT760NC seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Tune 760NC headphones—Detachable 3.5mm audio cable—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow good is the ANC at this level?Strong against constant low-frequency noise — engines, HVAC, train rumble. It won’t erase voices entirely; no ANC at any price truly does.Can I use them wired?Yes — the included 3.5mm cable works even with the battery flat, including on in-flight entertainment.Do they work for calls?Yes — built-in mic with on-earcup controls, and multipoint means the call from your phone takes over from laptop audio automatically.Tune 760NC or T500BT?The 760NC adds ANC, over-ear isolation and double-plus battery. The T500BT is the lighter, cheaper on-ear for podcasts and everyday music. Transit noise decides it.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL T500BT (on-ear wireless)—JBL W200TWS earbuds—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-760nc-wireless-headphone/?attribute_pa_color=gold","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1826574197.webp","231.82","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","RQM76F3F0NW6","997","" "39170","Sennheiser MX 375 In-Ear Wired Headphones – Black | UK Stock","The Sennheiser MX 375 wired earphones are one of the last classic open-ear earbuds still available new in the UK. Sennheiser discontinued the MX line years ago, yet demand never went away — because nothing modern sits in the ear quite the same way. A dynamic driver tuned for punchy bass and clean mids, a standard 3.5mm jack, and the flat earbud shape that rests on the ear instead of sealing the canal. If you have been searching for replacement earbuds that feel like the ones phones used to ship with — this is that earphone, brand new in retail packaging. SoundBalanced audio with real bassA high-performance Sennheiser dynamic driver covers 18–22,000 Hz with the warm, even tuning the German brand built its name on. Bass is present without boom, vocals stay forward, and podcasts and calls come through clearly. At 32 ohms the MX 375 is easy to drive from any phone, laptop or MP3 player — no amplifier needed to reach full volume. ComfortOpen earbud fit — not an in-ear sealThe flat earbud design rests in the outer ear rather than plugging the canal. For many listeners that means hours of wear with no pressure or fatigue — and because the open design lets ambient sound in, you stay aware of traffic and announcements outdoors. Three adapter sizes are included so the fit can be tuned to your ear. Simplicity3.5mm plug & play, nothing to chargeA standard 3.5mm stereo jack connects instantly to anything with a headphone socket — Android phones, laptops, DAPs, in-flight entertainment, radios. The 1.2m tangle-resistant cable is the practical length for a pocket or desk. No battery, no pairing, no firmware — it simply works, every time. Right choice if you…✔ Prefer earbuds that rest on the ear instead of sealing inside the canal✔ Want to hear your surroundings while walking or cycling✔ Need a reliable wired backup that never runs out of battery✔ Are replacing a worn-out pair of classic MX-series earbuds✔ Use a device with a 3.5mm headphone jack Consider something else if…✖ You want noise isolation for commuting — see the Sennheiser CX300 II✖ You need an inline microphone for calls — see the Sennheiser CX400 II✖ Your phone has no headphone jack and you do not want to use an adapter Sennheiser MX 375 — Technical Specifications BrandSennheiser TypeOpen-ear wired earbuds (dynamic driver) Frequency Response18 – 22,000 Hz Impedance32 ohms Connector3.5mm stereo jack Cable Length1.2 m, tangle-resistant ColourBlack MPNMX 375 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging Warranty12-Month Maibo Warranty In the Box —Sennheiser MX 375 wired earbuds (Black) —Three earbud adapter sizes Frequently Asked Questions Do these sit inside the ear canal like modern earbuds?No — and that is exactly why people buy them. The MX 375 is a classic open earbud that rests in the outer ear. There is no silicone tip pushing into the canal, which many listeners find far more comfortable over long sessions. Is there a microphone for calls?No, the MX 375 is a music-only earphone with no inline mic or remote. If you need call control, the Sennheiser CX400 II in our range has a single-button remote and microphone. Will they work with an iPhone or a phone without a headphone jack?Yes, via the appropriate adapter — a Lightning-to-3.5mm or USB-C-to-3.5mm adapter from your phone maker. On anything with a built-in 3.5mm socket they work straight away with no setup. Why is a discontinued model still sold new?Sennheiser ended MX-series production, but sealed retail stock remains in distribution. We source it through the same channels we have used since 2011 and sell it brand new in original packaging — while remaining stock lasts. How is the bass on an open earbud?Stronger than the open design suggests. Open earbuds never match the sealed thump of in-ear tips, but the MX 375's driver is tuned for enhanced bass — full and punchy for pop, rock and podcasts at this price. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Sennheiser CX400 II Precision In-Ear Earphones —Sennheiser CX300 II Noise-Isolating Earphones —Bose SoundSport Wired In-Ear Headphones —Browse all Wired Earphones at maibo Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sennheiser-mx-375-in-ear-wired-headphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2.png","9.38","Audio > Wired Earphones","Sennheiser","Sennheiser MX-375","86","" "38506","SanDisk Ultra 1TB Dual Drive Luxe Type","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 1TB solves the two-connector world with one swivel of metal: USB-C on one end, USB-A on the other, 150MB/s reads on both. Phone to laptop, laptop to TV, Android to the office PC — one drive moves files between every device you own without a cable in sight.Two-endedUSB-C + USB-A in oneThe reversible swivel exposes whichever connector the device wants. New MacBook and old desktop, Android phone and smart TV — all first-class citizens.Phone-readyOTG for Android & iPadPlug straight into a USB-C phone or tablet: offload photos, free up space, carry media — SanDisk’s Memory Zone app automates backups on Android.SolidAll-metal swivel bodyOne-piece metal shell, no cap, keyring hole — the Luxe build quality that survives actual pockets.Right choice if you…✔ Move files between USB-C phones and any computer✔ Live between a modern laptop and older machines✔ Free up phone storage without the cloud✔ Want one drive for every port in the houseConsider something else if…✖ All your devices are USB-A only — the Ultra Flair costs less✖ It’s for a Lightning iPhone — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ You need SSD-class speed — the Extreme Portable SSD is 7× fasterSanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity1TBConnectorsUSB-C + USB-A (swivel)InterfaceUSB 3.1 Gen 1Read speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, keyring holeAppSanDisk Memory Zone (Android backup)MPNSDDDC4-1T00-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Luxe 1TBFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone?With USB-C iPhones (15 onwards) yes, natively. Lightning iPhones need the iXpand line instead.Can I move photos off my Android directly?Yes — plug the USB-C end in and move or copy via any file manager; Memory Zone automates it if you prefer.Both ends at once?No — one connector at a time, by design; the swivel protects whichever end is stowed.Is 150MB/s fast enough for 4K video files?For transport, comfortably. For editing directly off the drive, that’s portable-SSD work.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Dual Drive Luxe — 512GB—Dual Drive Luxe — 256GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-1tb-dual-drive-luxe-type/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/2056083452.webp","128.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC4-1T00-G46","88","619659179106" "36465","Philips BT25 Wireless Portable Mini Speaker - blue , speaker","Philips BT25 Wireless Portable Mini Speaker Features: Brand：PHILIPS Model：BT25 Power：2w Color:blue/back Material: plastic Philips 'weight' lighter than feather 'quality'is more important than Mount Tai Heavy 100g light portable, equivalent to the weight of 2 eggs, do not add too much to your backpack, let you travel lightly: The whole material is made of strong and environmentally friendly plastic material, which is resistant to fall and wear resistance. Bluetooth connection playback Smart compatible Apple phone tablet AUX audio input 3.5mm AUX-IN input, support for a variety of playback devices, such as mobile mp3 computers, etc. 8 hours continuous playback of built-in high efficiency polymer lithium batteries Anti-skid design The bottom of bt25 is designed with anti-skid pad to ensure that the speaker can be placed smoothly and to prevent the noise caused by vibration caused by excessive volume. Charge the built-in battery Connect the USB cable to the DCIN jack of the speaker and the USB jack on the computer. Turn on the Bluetooth device Slide the switch to the position shown (Bluetooth) indicating that the light flashes blue and starts pairing, with the default '0000' password for the device. When the connection is successful, the loudspeaker will make two beeps. You can use Bluetooth functionality. AUX connection playback Connect the data lines of MP3 and other player devices to the AUX input of the small speaker, and you can share good songs with you as you please.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-bt25-wireless-portable-mini-speaker/?attribute_pa_color=blue&attribute_pa_set-type=speaker","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1678415044.webp","39.28","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Philips","53FQ6C12QPLB","48","" "36466","Philips BT25 Wireless Portable Mini Speaker - black , speaker","Philips BT25 Wireless Portable Mini Speaker Features: Brand：PHILIPS Model：BT25 Power：2w Color:blue/back Material: plastic Philips 'weight' lighter than feather 'quality'is more important than Mount Tai Heavy 100g light portable, equivalent to the weight of 2 eggs, do not add too much to your backpack, let you travel lightly: The whole material is made of strong and environmentally friendly plastic material, which is resistant to fall and wear resistance. Bluetooth connection playback Smart compatible Apple phone tablet AUX audio input 3.5mm AUX-IN input, support for a variety of playback devices, such as mobile mp3 computers, etc. 8 hours continuous playback of built-in high efficiency polymer lithium batteries Anti-skid design The bottom of bt25 is designed with anti-skid pad to ensure that the speaker can be placed smoothly and to prevent the noise caused by vibration caused by excessive volume. Charge the built-in battery Connect the USB cable to the DCIN jack of the speaker and the USB jack on the computer. Turn on the Bluetooth device Slide the switch to the position shown (Bluetooth) indicating that the light flashes blue and starts pairing, with the default '0000' password for the device. When the connection is successful, the loudspeaker will make two beeps. You can use Bluetooth functionality. AUX connection playback Connect the data lines of MP3 and other player devices to the AUX input of the small speaker, and you can share good songs with you as you please.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-bt25-wireless-portable-mini-speaker/?attribute_pa_color=black&attribute_pa_set-type=speaker","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/244266744.webp","39.28","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Philips","D703B2A4JX23","77","" "32425","HyperX SoloCast USB Condenser Microphone","The HyperX SoloCast USB Condenser Microphone is a no-compromise USB condenser microphone built around two decisions: it should sound noticeably better than a headset mic, and it should require nothing from the user beyond plugging in a cable. Plug it into any PC, PS4, PS5 or Mac and it is immediately recognised as an audio device — no drivers, no software installation required to get started. The condenser capsule captures 24-bit/96kHz audio, which in practice means clean, present voice recordings with the warmth and detail that headset microphones cannot produce. The cardioid polar pattern is directional: it focuses on whatever is placed in front of it and rejects sound arriving from the sides and rear — keyboard noise, room echo and background conversation stay out of the recording. The tap-to-mute sensor on top of the mic cuts the audio instantly with a single touch, and the LED indicator changes state so you can see at a glance whether you are live or muted — essential during streams and calls where a verbal confirmation is not always practical. The adjustable stand swivels to reach awkward positions on a desk, and the built-in 3/8' and 5/8' threaded mount means it drops directly onto most boom arms without an adapter. HyperX NGENUITY software unlocks firmware updates and volume adjustment for users who want deeper control. Discord and TeamSpeak certified, and works with OBS, Streamlabs OBS and XSplit out of the box. 24-bit / 96kHz Condenser Quality — A Step Above Headset Mics A condenser capsule responds faster to transient sounds than the dynamic elements used in most headset microphones, producing voice recordings with more detail, natural presence and dynamic range. 24-bit depth means the microphone can capture 16 million distinct amplitude levels rather than the 65,536 of standard 16-bit audio — the difference is audible as cleaner, more natural vocal character. 96kHz sample rate captures frequencies up to 48kHz, well beyond the human hearing range, giving audio software more headroom for processing without artefacts. In practical streaming and podcast terms: voices recorded through the SoloCast sound fuller and clearer than headset mic output, which matters when viewers or listeners are comparing production quality across different creators. Cardioid Pattern + Tap-to-Mute Focused Voice — Instant Live Mute Control The cardioid polar pattern is the standard choice for single-person use. It is most sensitive directly in front of the capsule and progressively rejects sound from the sides and rear. This means keyboard clicks, mouse sounds, room reflections and off-axis conversations are naturally attenuated in the recording — without needing any noise gate or software processing. The tap-to-mute sensor is a physical capacitive touch pad on the top of the microphone body. One tap mutes; one tap unmutes. The LED indicator changes colour immediately so there is no ambiguity about whether you are broadcasting. For streamers who need to mute quickly between games, for podcast guests who need to step away mid-recording, and for anyone on a call who doesn't want to find the mute button in software, this is a meaningful quality-of-life feature. Plug-and-Play · Flexible Mount Zero Setup · Boom Arm Ready USB plug-and-play means Windows, macOS and PlayStation systems recognise the SoloCast as a standard audio device instantly — no drivers, no control panel setup, no codec to install. The 2-metre USB-C to USB-A cable provides enough reach for desktop setups without cable management issues. The flexible stand swivels to position the mic correctly regardless of desk layout. The built-in mount has both 3/8-inch and 5/8-inch threading — the two standard thread sizes used on virtually all third-party boom arms and mic stands — so the SoloCast can be removed from the desk stand and mounted directly on any aftermarket boom arm without requiring an adapter. HyperX NGENUITY software (optional, Windows) adds volume control and firmware updates for 24-bit/96kHz mode. Great choice if you… ✔ Stream on Twitch, YouTube or Kick and want better audio than a headset mic ✔ Podcast, record voiceover or create content solo ✔ Use Discord, TeamSpeak or any voice chat platform ✔ Want plug-and-play simplicity on PC, PS4, PS5 or Mac ✔ Plan to mount on a boom arm in the future Consider something else if… ✖ You use an Xbox — the SoloCast is not compatible with Xbox consoles ✖ You need multiple polar patterns — see HyperX QuadCast for omni/stereo options ✖ You need an XLR connection for an audio interface — this is USB only Technical Specifications Brand / Model HyperX SoloCast Capsule Type Condenser (electret) Polar Pattern Cardioid Sample Rate / Bit Depth Up to 96kHz / 24-bit Frequency Response 20Hz – 20,000Hz Sensitivity -6dBFS (at 1kHz, 1Pa) Connection USB-C (mic) to USB-A (host) · 2m cable Mount Threading 3/8-inch and 5/8-inch (standard boom arm compatible) Compatibility PC (Windows 7+) · macOS · PS4 · PS5 (no Xbox) Software HyperX NGENUITY (optional, Windows) Weight 261g (with stand) Warranty 2 Years (HyperX) Box Contents —HyperX SoloCast microphone —Flexible adjustable desk stand —USB-C to USB-A cable (2m) Certified / Compatible With —Discord certified · TeamSpeak certified —OBS Studio · Streamlabs OBS · XSplit —PC (Windows 7+) · macOS —PlayStation 4 · PlayStation 5 ✖Xbox — not compatible Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years HyperX Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-solocast-usb-condenser-microphone/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3879090335.webp","44.88","Audio > Microphones","HyperX","HMIS1X-XX-BK/G","98","0196188049495" "32410","HyperX QuadCast S USB Microphone – Black","The HyperX QuadCast S USB Microphone – Black — RGB condenser USB microphone with four selectable polar patterns, anti-vibration shock mount, internal pop filter, tap-to-mute with LED status and zero-latency headphone monitoring. RGB lighting customisable via HyperX NGENUITY. Discord and TeamSpeak certified. Compatible with PC, PS4, PS5 and Mac. ✓ 4 polar patterns — cardioid, bidirectional, omnidirectional, stereo ✓ Built-in anti-vibration shock mount + internal pop filter ✓ Tap-to-mute with LED indicator · zero-latency headphone monitoring ✓ RGB lighting · HyperX NGENUITY · Discord + TeamSpeak certified The HyperX QuadCast S USB microphone is HyperX's premium RGB streaming and recording microphone — the QuadCast S adds full RGB lighting to the QuadCast's proven condenser capsule and four-pattern selector design. Four polar patterns are selectable via a dial on the back of the microphone: cardioid captures sound from directly in front for solo streaming, voiceover and podcasting; bidirectional captures from front and rear for face-to-face interviews; omnidirectional captures from all directions for group recording; stereo uses left and right capsules simultaneously for a spatially accurate stereo image. The anti-vibration shock mount is built into the microphone's base — the capsule is physically isolated from the desk surface and stand vibrations by a suspension system, reducing the low-frequency rumbles that desk-mounted microphones typically pick up from typing, desk movement and environmental noise. The internal pop filter is a fixed mesh screen inside the microphone body that reduces plosive sounds (the 'p', 'b' and 't' bursts of air that cause clipping on an unprotected capsule) without requiring a separate accessory. Tap-to-mute is activated by touching the top of the microphone body — the LED indicator ring glows red to confirm mute status, giving a visual confirmation that nothing is being broadcast before speaking off-mic. A gain dial at the bottom of the microphone controls input sensitivity. The 3.5mm headphone output on the base provides zero-latency monitoring — the microphone's output is sent directly to headphones without passing through the computer, eliminating the processing delay that makes direct computer monitoring unusable for real-time recording. RGB lighting across the microphone body is customisable through HyperX NGENUITY software. Certified by Discord and TeamSpeak. Genuine HyperX. 2-year warranty. 4 Polar Patterns Cardioid · Bidirectional · Omni · Stereo Most USB microphones at this price point offer a single fixed polar pattern — typically cardioid. The QuadCast S provides four, selected via a dial on the rear of the body, each suited to a different recording situation. Cardioid is the everyday pattern for solo use — it captures a heart-shaped pickup zone directly in front of the microphone and rejects sound from behind and the sides, making it the correct pattern for streaming, gaming chat, voiceover and single-voice podcasting. Bidirectional captures from both the front and rear while rejecting the sides — the correct pattern for a two-person interview where both participants face the microphone from opposite sides. Omnidirectional captures uniformly from all directions around the microphone — useful for group recordings, roundtable podcasts and room ambience capture where the source is not directly in front. Stereo engages the left and right capsule elements simultaneously, producing a true stereo recording with left/right spatial placement — most naturally suited to music recording, instrument capture and any content where spatial audio adds dimension. Switching between patterns requires no software — the dial on the back clicks between the four positions and takes effect immediately. Shock Mount · Pop Filter Built-In Vibration Isolation · Plosive Control Both the shock mount and pop filter are integrated into the QuadCast S rather than sold as separate accessories — a significant practical advantage over competing microphones that ship as bare capsules requiring additional purchases to achieve clean audio. The shock mount consists of a physical suspension system — elastic bands or rubber mounts — that holds the capsule assembly isolated from the metal stand mount. Desk vibrations, keyboard impacts, mouse clicks and any physical contact with the desk surface produce low-frequency mechanical energy that travels through solid surfaces to the microphone. A shock mount physically interrupts this path, preventing the energy from reaching the capsule. The difference in recordings with and without a shock mount is most noticeable during gaming sessions and typing-heavy content creation where keyboard noise is a constant background presence. The internal pop filter is a fine-mesh screen integrated into the microphone body directly in front of the capsule. Plosive sounds — the burst of air produced when pronouncing 'p', 'b', 't', 'k' and similar consonants — are attenuated by the filter before reaching the capsule, preventing the clipping and distortion that these air bursts cause on an unprotected microphone. Tap-Mute · Monitoring · RGB Zero-Latency · LED Status · NGENUITY Tap-to-mute is one of the QuadCast S's most practically useful features for live streaming and online gaming — touching the top surface of the microphone immediately mutes the input without navigating software menus or pressing a keyboard shortcut. The LED ring around the microphone body glows red when muted and returns to its normal RGB colour when live, providing an unambiguous visual confirmation of microphone status at a glance during a stream. The 3.5mm headphone jack on the base of the microphone delivers zero-latency monitoring: the microphone's audio signal is sent directly to the headphones from the microphone's own circuitry rather than being sent to the computer and returned via the audio stack. Computer-routed monitoring introduces a processing delay of typically 10–50ms depending on buffer settings — a delay that makes it disorienting to hear your own voice while recording. Zero-latency monitoring eliminates this entirely. The RGB lighting covers the upper portion of the microphone body and the base and is individually addressable at the zone level through HyperX NGENUITY software (free, Windows). NGENUITY also provides lighting synchronisation with other HyperX RGB peripherals for a unified desk aesthetic. Great choice if you… ✔ Stream, record podcasts or create content and want a single all-in-one USB mic ✔ Want multiple polar patterns for different recording scenarios (solo, interview, group) ✔ Need zero-latency headphone monitoring for real-time voice feedback ✔ Want tap-to-mute with visual LED confirmation during live streams ✔ Want RGB that syncs with a HyperX desk setup via NGENUITY Consider something else if… ✖ You need XLR output for a professional audio interface — the QuadCast S is USB only ✖ You don't need RGB and want a lower price — see HyperX QuadCast (non-S) ✖ You record in a noisy environment — condenser mics are sensitive; a dynamic mic handles noise better Technical Specifications Brand / Model HyperX QuadCast S Colour Black Capsule Type Condenser Polar Patterns 4 — cardioid · bidirectional · omnidirectional · stereo Frequency Response 20Hz – 20kHz Connection USB-C (USB-C to USB-A cable included) Headphone Output 3.5mm · zero-latency monitoring Mute Tap-to-mute · LED status indicator Gain Control Bottom dial Shock Mount Built-in anti-vibration Pop Filter Internal RGB Lighting Yes · HyperX NGENUITY (Windows) Stand Adapter 3/8' and 5/8' thread — fits most mic stands Certifications Discord · TeamSpeak Compatibility PC · Mac · PS4 · PS5 Warranty 2 Years HyperX Box Contents —HyperX QuadCast S microphone —USB-C to USB-A cable —Stand mount adapter (3/8' + 5/8') Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years HyperX Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-quadcast-s-usb-microphone-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3671238253.webp","139.98","Audio > Microphones","HyperX","HMIQ1S-XX-RG/G","88","019618804948" "32408","HyperX Cloud Stinger S Wired Gaming Headset","HyperX Cloud Stinger S Wired Gaming Headset Designed for gamers who want clear game audio and voice communication through a simple USB headset setup. Product Description The HyperX Cloud Stinger S USB Gaming Headset is designed to deliver clear in-game audio and reliable voice communication for PC gaming. Its USB connection provides a straightforward setup without the need for additional adapters or sound cards. Built for comfort during long gaming sessions, the headset features a lightweight over-ear design that helps reduce fatigue. The integrated microphone supports in-game chat and online communication, making it suitable for multiplayer gaming and everyday voice use. With a clean and functional design, the Cloud Stinger S fits naturally into gaming setups where simplicity, comfort, and dependable audio performance are important. Why Choose This Product A dedicated USB gaming headset that offers clearer audio and voice chat than standard headset connections, without complex setup. Is This Right For You? If you play PC games and need reliable USB audio If you want clear voice chat for multiplayer gaming If you prefer a lightweight headset for long sessions Key Features USB Gaming Headset – simple plug-and-play connection Clear Game Audio – designed for immersive gameplay Integrated Microphone – supports in-game chat and communication Lightweight Over-Ear Design – comfortable for extended use PC Gaming Focus – suitable for everyday and competitive play Item Specifics Brand HyperX Model Cloud Stinger S Headset Type USB Gaming Headset Colour Black Technical Specifications Connection Type USB Form Factor Over-Ear Headset Everyday Use Experience Suitable for daily PC gaming, online matches, voice chat, and extended play sessions where comfort and clear communication matter. Compatible With Devices PCs and laptops with USB ports Frequently Asked Questions Is this headset suitable for PC gaming? Yes, it is designed specifically for PC gaming via USB connection. Does it include a microphone? Yes, it features an integrated microphone for voice communication. Is it comfortable for long sessions? Yes, the lightweight over-ear design supports extended gaming use.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-stinger-s-wired-gaming-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3430200663.webp","39.98","Audio > Wired Earphones","HyperX","HyperX Cloud Stinger S Wired Gaming Headset","193","" "32393","HyperX Cloud Official PS4 & PS5 Gaming Headset – Noise Cancelling Mic – Black","HyperX Cloud Official PS4 & PS5 Gaming Headset – Noise Cancelling Mic – Black Experience immersive audio like never before with the HyperX Cloud Official PlayStation Licensed Gaming Headset, expertly engineered for PS4 and PS5 gamers who demand comfort, clarity, and control. Featuring a detachable noise-cancelling microphone, this headset ensures crystal-clear communication in multiplayer battles, while the in-line audio controls allow quick volume adjustments without interrupting gameplay. Designed with memory foam ear cushions wrapped in soft leatherette, the HyperX Cloud delivers extended comfort for long gaming sessions. It’s built with a durable aluminum frame that stands up to daily use, and its official PlayStation licensing guarantees seamless compatibility and style for your setup. Whether you’re diving into solo adventures or strategizing with your squad, this headset elevates every detail of your gaming audio. From booming explosions to subtle environmental sounds, the 53mm drivers produce rich, immersive sound that pulls you into the action. Key Features Official License Officially licensed by Sony for PS4 and PS5 consoles Audio Precision Immersive 53mm drivers deliver crystal-clear sound Detachable Mic Noise-cancelling microphone for clear communication ️ Inline Controls Quick-access volume and mic mute control Memory Foam Signature HyperX memory foam for lasting comfort Item Specifics Brand HyperX Model Cloud (Official PlayStation Licensed) Connection Wired – 3.5mm Jack Mic Type Detachable Noise-Cancelling Microphone Compatibility PS4, PS5, PC, Mac, Mobile Delivery Time & Returns Estimated delivery: 5–6 business days ✅ Free returns accepted within 30 days Payment via platform checkout (no direct bank transfer needed) ❓ Frequently Asked Questions Q: Is this headset compatible with PC or Xbox? A: It is primarily designed for PS4/PS5 but also works with PC and mobile via 3.5mm jack. Not compatible with Xbox by default.   Q: Can I remove the microphone? A: Yes, the mic is detachable and includes a flexible arm for positioning.   Q: Does it require batteries? A: No, it is powered via wired connection. No charging required.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-official-ps4-ps5-gaming-headset-noise-cancelling-mic-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1321133648.webp","68.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","HyperX","HyperX Cloud Official PS4 & PS5 Gaming Headset","150","" "32392","HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset","The HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — 53mm neodymium drivers, 2.4GHz wireless with 30-hour battery life, virtual 7.1 surround sound on PC and PS5, detachable noise-cancelling boom microphone, HyperX signature memory foam, and USB-C charging. Compatible with PC, PS5, PS4 and Nintendo Switch. Black and Red. ✓ 53mm neodymium drivers · 15Hz–23kHz · virtual 7.1 surround on PC and PS5 ✓ 2.4GHz wireless · 30-hour battery · USB-C charging · use while charging ✓ Detachable noise-cancelling boom mic · HyperX memory foam · aluminium frame ✓ Compatible: PC · PS5 · PS4 · Nintendo Switch (audio) · USB wireless dongle included The HyperX Cloud II Wireless is the wireless version of HyperX's most successful gaming headset line — the Cloud II platform that established the brand's reputation for combining audio quality, build durability and long-session comfort at a price point below the premium tier. The wireless variant retains the core Cloud II hardware — 53mm neodymium drivers in a closed-back over-ear design, aluminium frame, HyperX signature memory foam with leatherette ear cushions — and adds 2.4GHz RF wireless connectivity with a 30-hour battery life that covers multiple days of extended gaming sessions on a single charge. The 2.4GHz wireless connection is the correct protocol for gaming peripherals — unlike Bluetooth, which introduces latency through its compression and packetisation overhead, 2.4GHz RF operates at low enough latency that the audio is synchronised with game events, which matters for competitive play where audio cues to footsteps, shots and environmental sounds inform positioning decisions. Virtual 7.1 surround sound is enabled on PC and PS5 through the USB wireless dongle. The detachable boom microphone is noise-cancelling, removable when not needed, and bi-directional in its polar pattern for focused voice capture. USB-C charging supports use while charging, eliminating the risk of being cut off mid-session by a depleted battery. 53mm Drivers · 7.1 Surround Audio Tuned for Gaming The 53mm neodymium drivers are among the largest used in consumer gaming headsets — driver size is one factor in bass extension and overall dynamic range, as a larger diaphragm can move more air at low frequencies. At 15Hz–23kHz, the Cloud II Wireless covers the full audible spectrum and extends slightly beyond it at both ends, which in practice means the low-frequency limit is not a performance constraint at any realistic listening level. The 60Ω impedance is higher than the 16–32Ω typical of consumer earphones and headphones, which in the context of a USB wireless headset means the signal is amplified inside the wireless receiver before reaching the driver — the PC or console USB output drives the dongle's internal DAC and amplifier, not the headphone directly. The 104dBSPL/mW sensitivity indicates that each milliwatt of power produces 104dB of sound pressure level — a high sensitivity figure that allows the headset to reach reference listening levels from the dongle's amplifier without distortion. Virtual 7.1 surround sound is a DSP processing mode available on PC and PS5 via the USB dongle, which analyses the stereo audio stream and repositions sound elements in a virtual 3D space around the head — useful for positional audio in games where directional sound cues (footsteps behind, above, to the left) provide tactical information. On stereo sources or platforms without surround processing, the headset operates in standard stereo mode. 2.4GHz · 30 Hours · USB-C Wireless That Works for Gaming 2.4GHz RF wireless is the established protocol for gaming peripherals because it operates at latency levels that are imperceptible during gameplay — typically under 10ms round-trip, compared to Bluetooth's 40–200ms depending on codec and device. The latency difference matters when audio synchronisation is part of the gameplay experience: in competitive shooters, the sound of a footstep or a shot reaching the player a fraction of a second after the visual event creates a disconnect that degrades spatial awareness. The 30-hour battery life at moderate listening levels means the Cloud II Wireless runs through a full weekend of extended gaming sessions without needing a mid-game charge, and the USB-C charging port supports use while charging for sessions that push beyond the battery limit. USB-C is the current standard and uses the same cable as modern phones and laptops — no proprietary charging cable. The USB wireless dongle connects to PC via USB-A and to PS5/PS4 via USB-A. For Nintendo Switch, the headset connects via the dongle to the Switch dock's USB port for docked play; on handheld mode, a 3.5mm connection is not available through the dongle, so audio-only use via 3.5mm cable requires the optional 3.5mm audio cable (sold separately). Memory Foam · Aluminium · Mic Build and Comfort for Long Sessions The Cloud II platform's reputation for long-session comfort derives from three specific design choices: the HyperX signature memory foam used in the ear cushions and headband, the leatherette covering that is durable and easy to clean, and the clamping force calibration that holds the headset securely without generating pressure hotspots on the skull. Memory foam distributes the contact pressure across the full surface of the ear cushion rather than concentrating it at the contact points — the difference between four hours of comfortable wear and headache-inducing pressure after ninety minutes is largely down to this foam specification. The aluminium frame provides structural rigidity without the weight penalty of a steel frame — aluminium is lighter for equivalent stiffness, which reduces the gravitational load on the neck during extended play. The detachable boom microphone uses a noise-cancelling bi-directional polar pattern to focus on the speaker's voice and reduce ambient room noise, background music and keyboard/click sounds from the microphone feed. When removed, the headset functions as a standard set of headphones, visually without the gaming accessory aesthetic. The boom rotates to adjust position relative to the mouth — important for consistent mic distance and level during play. Right choice if you… ✔ Play on PC or PS5 and want low-latency 2.4GHz wireless with virtual 7.1 surround — the correct combination for competitive gaming ✔ Want 30-hour battery life — multiple days of extended sessions without daily charging ✔ Value long-session comfort — HyperX memory foam is a genuine comfort advantage over foam alternatives at this price ✔ Want a cross-platform headset — one headset for PC, PS5 and PS4 with the same dongle Consider something else if… ✖ You primarily play on Xbox — the Cloud II Wireless does not support Xbox wireless protocol; use the HyperX Cloud II or a headset with Xbox wireless certification ✖ You need Bluetooth for mobile or tablet use — the Cloud II Wireless is 2.4GHz RF only, not Bluetooth ✖ You want to use the headset on Nintendo Switch in handheld mode wirelessly — the dongle only supports Switch in docked mode via USB; handheld requires a 3.5mm cable Technical Specifications Brand HyperX (HP) Model Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset MPN 4P5K4AA / HHSC2X-BA-RD/G EAN / GTIN 0740617303056 Colour Black / Red Drivers 53mm neodymium · dynamic Frequency Response 15Hz – 23kHz Impedance 60Ω Sensitivity 104dBSPL/mW (at 1kHz) Wireless 2.4GHz RF · USB wireless dongle Battery Life Up to 30 hours Charging USB-C · use while charging Surround Sound Virtual 7.1 · PC and PS5 via USB dongle Microphone Detachable noise-cancelling boom · bi-directional · 100Hz–6.8kHz Ear Cushions HyperX memory foam · leatherette Frame Aluminium Compatible Platforms PC · PS5 · PS4 · Nintendo Switch (docked, audio only) Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) In the Box — HyperX Cloud II Wireless headset — Black/Red — USB wireless dongle (USB-A) — Detachable noise-cancelling boom microphone — USB-C charging cable Frequently Asked Questions Does the Cloud II Wireless work on Xbox? No — the Cloud II Wireless uses 2.4GHz RF with a USB dongle and does not support Xbox wireless protocol. Xbox consoles support USB audio devices on some models (Xbox Series X/S via USB-A adapter), but full wireless mic functionality is not guaranteed. The HyperX Cloud II (wired) or a headset with Xbox wireless certification is the correct choice for Xbox gaming. Does virtual 7.1 surround work on PS4 as well as PS5? Virtual 7.1 surround is available on PC and PS5 via the USB dongle. On PS4, the headset connects via the USB dongle and delivers stereo audio — virtual 7.1 processing is not available on PS4. On PC, the 7.1 mode is enabled through the HyperX NGENUITY software. For PS5, the surround processing activates through the console's 3D audio settings. Can I use the Cloud II Wireless while it's charging? Yes. USB-C charging supports simultaneous use — connect the USB-C cable while the wireless dongle is connected and the headset continues to function wirelessly while the battery charges. This eliminates the issue of being forced to pause a session to recharge. How does the Cloud II Wireless differ from the Cloud II (wired)? The Cloud II Wireless uses the same 53mm driver platform as the wired Cloud II but adds 2.4GHz wireless connectivity, a 30-hour rechargeable battery, and USB-C charging. The wired Cloud II connects via 3.5mm and USB (for the virtual 7.1 dongle) and has no battery to manage. The wireless version is heavier due to the battery. Audio quality between the two is closely matched — the wireless version uses a slightly different internal amplifier in the dongle, but drivers and acoustic chamber are the same platform. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud III Gaming Headset — HyperX Cloud Core Gaming Headset — Logitech G PRO X Gaming Headset — Browse all gaming headsets at maibo Browse the full gaming headsets and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-ii-wireless-gaming-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/228009993.webp","138.88","Audio > Gaming > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","K9G20GNTPLC4","78","" "32060","HyperX Cloud Core Wired Gaming Headset","The HyperX Cloud Core wired gaming headset — 53mm drivers in a closed-cup leatherette memory foam design with aluminium frame, detachable noise-cancelling microphone, DTS Headphone:X virtual 7.1 surround sound via USB and 3.5mm stereo for console and mobile. Discord and TeamSpeak certified. Compatible with PC, PS4, PS5, Xbox, Nintendo Switch and Mac. ✓ 53mm drivers — same audio specs as the award-winning HyperX Cloud ✓ DTS Headphone:X virtual 7.1 surround (USB) · 3.5mm stereo for console ✓ Leatherette memory foam ear cups + padded headband · aluminium frame ✓ Detachable noise-cancelling mic · Discord + TeamSpeak certified The HyperX Cloud Core wired gaming headset is HyperX's entry point into the Cloud headset line — a headset that uses the same 53mm driver specification as the original award-winning HyperX Cloud while delivering the combination of comfort, build quality and audio performance that established the Cloud line's reputation. The closed-cup design uses leatherette memory foam on both the ear cups and the headband — memory foam conforms to the shape of the head and ear under gentle pressure rather than creating fixed contact points, which is the primary reason HyperX's headsets are consistently noted for comfort over extended sessions. The aluminium frame is the same construction approach used across the Cloud lineup: stronger than plastic at comparable weight, resistant to the flex and creak that affects plastic frames over time and giving the headset a premium feel that belies its price point. The 53mm drivers deliver a frequency response of 50–18,000 Hz — wide enough to reproduce the full range of in-game audio, from sub-bass weapon impacts and environmental rumble through midrange voice frequencies to high-frequency detail cues like footsteps and reloads. The closed-cup design provides passive noise isolation — the earcups physically block ambient sound by creating a seal around the ear, reducing background noise without electronic processing. DTS Headphone:X virtual 7.1 surround sound is enabled via the included USB sound card on PC, providing positional audio processing that creates a sense of spatial directionality from the two physical drivers. The detachable microphone is a flexible boom that connects via a standard 3.5mm socket — it can be removed entirely when using the headset for music or movies. Discord and TeamSpeak certified. Genuine HyperX. 2-year warranty. 53mm Drivers · Cloud Audio Same Spec as HyperX Cloud — 50–18,000 Hz Driver size is the diameter of the speaker element inside each earcup — larger drivers can move more air and generally reproduce lower frequencies with more authority. The Cloud Core's 53mm drivers are the same specification used in the original HyperX Cloud headset, which established the Cloud line's reputation for audio performance significantly above its price bracket. The 50Hz lower limit of the frequency response captures the sub-bass range where explosion impacts, engine sounds and low-frequency environmental audio sit — most headsets at this price point roll off noticeably above 80–100Hz, losing the impact of low-end game audio. The 18,000 Hz upper limit covers the full range of human hearing for most adults, reproducing high-frequency detail cues that are critical for competitive gameplay — specifically the high-frequency transients of footsteps, distant gunshots and environmental sounds that experienced players use for positional awareness. The closed-cup design creates a seal around the ear that both improves bass reproduction (the seal prevents bass frequencies from leaking out before they can be perceived) and provides passive isolation from ambient noise. Memory Foam · Aluminium Frame Long-Session Comfort · Durable Build The comfort characteristics of the Cloud Core come from two design choices: memory foam and aluminium construction. Memory foam (viscoelastic foam) responds to body heat and pressure by softening and conforming to the contact surface — on a headset, this means the ear cups and headband gradually shape to the individual user's head rather than maintaining a fixed rigid geometry. The result is that clamping force is distributed across a larger contact area, reducing localised pressure points that cause discomfort during extended sessions. Standard foam does not have this property — it springs back to its original shape immediately, maintaining the same contact points throughout use. The leatherette covering provides a smooth, easy-to-clean surface that doesn't trap heat as aggressively as fabric alternatives. The aluminium frame serves a different function — structural rigidity under repeated bending and flex cycles. Gaming headsets are taken on and off frequently, often stored by being folded or compressed. A plastic frame subjected to repeated flex cycles develops micro-fractures at stress points (typically at the pivot joints) and eventually snaps. Aluminium resists this fatigue significantly better, maintaining structural integrity over years of regular use. DTS 7.1 · Detachable Mic Virtual Surround · Multiplatform DTS Headphone:X is a virtual surround sound processing system that takes a multi-channel audio signal and applies head-related transfer functions — mathematical models of how sound from different directions reaches the ears — to produce the perception of directional audio from two physical speakers. On PC, this is enabled by the included USB sound card which decodes DTS signals and applies the spatial processing. The effect most useful for gaming is the front-back distinction and height awareness that stereo alone cannot convey — DTS processing makes sounds from behind or above the player perceptibly different from sounds at the same distance from the front or sides. For the 3.5mm connection used on PlayStation, Xbox, Nintendo Switch and mobile, the headset operates in standard stereo mode — DTS processing is not available without the USB card. The detachable noise-cancelling microphone connects via a 3.5mm jack on the left earcup — it can be removed entirely when using the headset as headphones. The flexible boom positions the capsule close to the mouth for better pickup and reduced background noise capture. Discord and TeamSpeak certification confirms voice clarity on the platform used by most gaming communicators. Great choice if you… ✔ Want Cloud-line audio quality and build at an entry-level price point ✔ Need a multiplatform headset that works on PC, console and mobile with one cable ✔ Play long sessions and need memory foam comfort without a high price ✔ Want DTS virtual 7.1 on PC for positional audio in competitive games ✔ Want a detachable mic — remove it when using the headset for music or movies Consider something else if… ✖ You want wireless — see HyperX Cloud Core Wireless or Cloud II Wireless ✖ You want dual-chamber drivers for better audio separation — see HyperX Cloud Alpha ✖ You need USB-C connection — see HyperX Cloud III which adds USB-C alongside USB-A and 3.5mm Technical Specifications Brand / Model HyperX Cloud Core Drivers 53mm Frequency Response 50 – 18,000 Hz Ear Cup Design Closed-cup · passive noise isolation Cushions Leatherette memory foam ear cups + padded headband Frame Aluminium Connection 3.5mm + USB (via included sound card) Surround Sound DTS Headphone:X virtual 7.1 (USB, PC only) Microphone Detachable noise-cancelling · flexible boom Certifications Discord · TeamSpeak Compatibility PC · PS4 · PS5 · Xbox One · Xbox Series X|S · Switch · Mac · Mobile Warranty 2 Years HyperX Box Contents —HyperX Cloud Core headset —Detachable noise-cancelling microphone —USB audio control box (DTS 7.1 sound card) Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years HyperX Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming headset range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-core-wired-gaming-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2604069522.webp","98.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","HyperX","HX-HSCC-2-BK/WW","52","0740617297140" "30106","Logitech MX Anywhere 3 Wireless Mouse - Black","The Logitech MX Anywhere 3 is the MX line distilled for the road: palm-sized, 99 grams, tracking on any surface including glass at 4,000 DPI, with the same electromagnetic MagSpeed wheel as its bigger sibling — a thousand lines a second, stopping on a pixel. Three devices, USB-C quick charge, 70 days per fill: the travel mouse that gives up nothing but bulk.AnywhereTracks on glassDarkfield 4,000 DPI tracking works on the hotel desk, the cafe marble, the airplane tray and literal glass — the mousepad stops being your problem. Compact enough for any laptop sleeve pocket.WheelMagSpeed in miniatureThe machined-steel electromagnetic wheel free-spins through long documents and ratchets for precision, switching automatically — the single feature MX users refuse to live without, intact in the small body.Flow3 devices, 70 daysPair three machines (Bluetooth or the included receiver), switch on a button, or drag files Mac-to-PC with Logitech Flow. USB-C: one minute of charge buys three hours, a full charge up to 70 days.Right choice if you…✔ Work from cafes, trains and client offices✔ Want full MX capability in a sleeve-pocket size✔ Switch between laptop, desktop and tablet✔ Hate mousepads — glass tracking ends thatConsider something else if…✖ You want full-palm desk comfort — the MX Master 3S is the desk flagship✖ Budget travel is the brief — the Pebble M350 costs half✖ You game on the road — this is a productivity sensor, not an esports oneLogitech MX Anywhere 3 — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitechSensorDarkfield 4,000 DPI — tracks on glassWheelMagSpeed electromagnetic, machined steelConnectivityBluetooth / receiver · 3 devices + FlowBatteryUp to 70 days; 1 min = 3 hours (USB-C)Weight99gColourBlack / GraphiteMPN910-005988 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Logitech MX Anywhere 3 mouse—USB receiver—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsAnywhere 3 or Master 3S?Size and grip: the Anywhere is palm-sized for travel and claw-style grips; the Master is a full-palm desk sculpt with the thumb wheel and 8K sensor. Many MX users own both — one per bag.Does it really work on glass?Yes — Darkfield reads the micro-imperfections in glass 4mm and thicker. Hotel desks, kitchen counters and conference tables all count as mousepads.Mac and Windows both?Both, plus iPadOS, ChromeOS and Linux — and Flow drags files between a Mac and a PC as if one machine.How loud are the clicks?Standard clicks — noticeably clickier than the silent MX Master 3S. If silence is the priority, the 3S or Pebble are the quiet ones.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech MX Master 3S (desk flagship)—Logitech Pebble M350 (budget travel)—Browse all Mice at maiboBrowse the full mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-anywhere-3-wireless-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2464808044.webp","58.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","Logitech MX Anywhere 3 Wireless Mouse - Black","13","" "30089","Logitech G903 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse","The Logitech G903 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse — HERO 25K sensor (25,600 DPI, 400 IPS), 1ms LIGHTSPEED wireless, 110g ambidextrous design with swappable left and right side buttons, 11 programmable buttons, up to 180-hour battery, POWERPLAY wireless charging compatible, LIGHTSYNC RGB. Black. ✓ HERO 25K sensor — 25,600 DPI · 400 IPS · zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration ✓ LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz · 1ms report rate · POWERPLAY compatible — charges while playing ✓ Ambidextrous · 110g · swappable L/R side buttons · 11 programmable · optional 10g weight ✓ Up to 180hr battery · LIGHTSYNC RGB · G HUB · wired and wireless The Logitech G903 LIGHTSPEED is Logitech G's flagship ambidextrous wireless gaming mouse — positioned at the top of the wireless mouse range and designed for users who will not compromise on sensor performance, wireless latency, or build quality for the ability to play cable-free. The HERO 25K sensor delivers 25,600 DPI maximum resolution and 400 IPS tracking speed with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration across the full DPI range — a specification that means the sensor output is a direct, unprocessed representation of physical mouse movement at any speed, which is the fundamental requirement for consistent, predictable cursor tracking in competitive gameplay. LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz wireless runs at a 1ms report rate, matching the latency of a wired connection. POWERPLAY compatibility means the G903 can be kept charged continuously on a POWERPLAY mat while in use — eliminating battery management entirely for users who invest in the charging system. The ambidextrous design with swappable side buttons makes the G903 suitable for both left and right-handed users, and the 110g weight with optional 10g weight module covers the range from those who prefer the lightest possible mouse to those who want slightly more resistance. Up to 180 hours of battery life with RGB off, 140 hours with LIGHTSYNC RGB enabled. HERO 25K · Zero Smoothing What the Sensor Specification Means HERO (High Efficiency Rated Optical) is Logitech G's proprietary sensor architecture. The 25K designation indicates the maximum DPI rating — 25,600 DPI — though the sensor's practical competitive advantage is not in DPI range but in tracking accuracy and power efficiency. The zero smoothing, filtering and acceleration guarantee means the sensor applies no post-processing to the raw optical data before sending it to the computer. Many gaming sensors apply motion smoothing to compensate for lower-quality optical tracking, which introduces a lag and prediction error into cursor movement that is perceptible at high movement speeds. The HERO 25K's claim of zero processing means the cursor response is a direct 1:1 map of physical movement at any DPI setting from 100 to 25,600, at any movement speed up to 400 IPS. The 400 IPS (inches per second) tracking speed means the sensor does not lose tracking even at the fastest physical mouse movements a human hand can produce — sensor de-sync at high velocities is a failure mode of lower-grade sensors that causes the cursor to skip or jump when the mouse is moved quickly. HERO 25K's energy efficiency — achieved through a clock-tuning technology that reduces sensor power draw — is the reason the G903 achieves its 140–180 hour battery life while other high-performance wireless mice manage 40–70 hours. LIGHTSPEED · POWERPLAY Wireless That Beats Wired. Infinite Battery. LIGHTSPEED is Logitech G's 2.4GHz proprietary wireless protocol, engineered specifically for gaming mice and keyboards. The 1ms report rate matches the polling rate of a wired gaming mouse connected via USB — the cursor position update frequency is the same regardless of whether the G903 is wired or wireless. Consumer Bluetooth audio introduces 40–200ms latency; even Bluetooth HID (the protocol used for mice and keyboards) has latency variability that LIGHTSPEED's dedicated 2.4GHz connection eliminates. For competitive gaming where consistent, predictable input timing is a performance factor, LIGHTSPEED's wireless eliminates any latency advantage a wired mouse would have. POWERPLAY is Logitech G's continuous wireless charging system — the POWERPLAY mouse pad (sold separately) houses a wireless charging transmitter that charges the G903 through the Qi-compatible receiver in the mouse at all times, whether the mouse is in use or at rest. A POWERPLAY module ships in the G903 box for use with the mat. With POWERPLAY, battery management becomes irrelevant — the mouse never needs to be plugged in for charging as long as it is used on the POWERPLAY mat. Without POWERPLAY, the 140–180 hour battery covers most users' needs for a week or more between charges via USB-C wired connection. Ambidextrous · 110g · 11 Buttons Design for Both Hands and All Grips The G903's ambidextrous design is fully symmetrical with side buttons on both the left and right flanks of the mouse. Each set of side buttons is on a swappable panel — two buttons are pre-installed on the left side for right-handed use; moving to left-handed operation requires swapping the panels so the two-button set is on the right. The swappable system means left-handed users receive full functionality without compromise, and right-handed users who prefer a clean profile on the right side can remove those panels entirely. The 11 programmable buttons provide a button count at the high end of gaming mice in this category — primary buttons, scroll wheel (click + tilt left/right), two side buttons per side, and a DPI shift button. Button assignments are managed through G HUB with per-profile settings stored in the onboard memory. At 110g, the G903 is relatively light for a feature-complete wireless mouse with POWERPLAY hardware and LIGHTSYNC RGB — the engineering focus on weight reduction is visible in the perforated internal chassis rather than solid construction. The optional 10g weight module slides into the underside of the mouse for users who prefer heavier mice; the weighted configuration also improves balance when the mouse is used on the POWERPLAY mat where the charging receiver module is installed. Right choice if you… ✔ Want Logitech G's flagship wireless sensor performance — HERO 25K with LIGHTSPEED at 1ms latency ✔ Are left-handed — fully ambidextrous with swappable side buttons, the G903 is the only Logitech G flagship designed for both hands ✔ Own or plan to use a POWERPLAY mat — infinite battery life eliminates charging as a consideration ✔ Need maximum button count and full G HUB profile customisation Consider something else if… ✖ You want the absolute lightest wireless mouse — the G PRO X SUPERLIGHT at under 63g is significantly lighter than the G903's 110g; for weight-critical play, SUPERLIGHT is the correct choice ✖ You do not need ambidextrous design — right-handed users who want a contoured ergonomic shape may prefer the G502 X PLUS or G703 ✖ You want Bluetooth as a secondary connection — G903 is LIGHTSPEED + wired only, no Bluetooth Technical Specifications Brand Logitech G Model G903 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse MPN 910-005673 EAN / GTIN 097855186118 Sensor HERO 25K optical · 25,600 DPI max · 400 IPS · zero smoothing/filtering/acceleration DPI Range 100 – 25,600 (adjustable in G HUB) Wireless LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz · 1ms report rate Battery Life Up to 140hr (RGB on) · up to 180hr (RGB off) POWERPLAY Compatible — continuous wireless charging (mat sold separately) Design Ambidextrous · swappable L/R side button panels Buttons 11 programmable (G HUB) Weight 110g · optional 10g weight module included RGB LIGHTSYNC RGB · G HUB Wired Mode Yes — USB cable included Compatibility Windows 10+ · macOS 10.15+ Warranty 2-year Logitech limited hardware warranty In the Box — Logitech G903 LIGHTSPEED gaming mouse — Black — LIGHTSPEED USB-A wireless receiver — POWERPLAY wireless charging module — USB charging cable — Optional 10g weight module — Swappable side button panels Frequently Asked Questions Do I need the POWERPLAY mat to use the G903? No — the G903 works fully without POWERPLAY. POWERPLAY (sold separately) adds the ability to charge the mouse continuously while in use. Without it, the G903 operates on battery for up to 140 hours (RGB on) or 180 hours (RGB off) before requiring a wired USB charge. The POWERPLAY module in the box is only used if you purchase the POWERPLAY mat — it replaces the standard LIGHTSPEED receiver when using POWERPLAY. How do I set up the G903 for left-handed use? Remove the side button panel from the right side of the mouse (it clips off). Attach it to the left side. The two-button configuration is then on the right for left-handed grip. The blank cover panel goes on the side without buttons. Both panels are included in the box. G HUB software then allows you to assign functions to the buttons in their new positions. What is the difference between the G903 and G PRO X SUPERLIGHT? The G PRO X SUPERLIGHT prioritises weight above all — under 63g, right-handed ergonomic shape, no RGB, no side panels, HERO 25K sensor. The G903 is the ambidextrous flagship with POWERPLAY compatibility, LIGHTSYNC RGB, 11 programmable buttons and swappable side panels at 110g. SUPERLIGHT is for players for whom weight is the primary consideration. G903 is for players who want ambidextrous design, POWERPLAY, and full feature set alongside flagship sensor performance. Does the G903 work wired? Yes — connect the included USB cable and the G903 operates as a wired gaming mouse at full HERO 25K performance. Wired mode also charges the battery simultaneously. Some users switch to wired for tournaments where wireless devices are restricted or for charging between sessions. The 1ms report rate and HERO 25K sensor performance are identical in wired and LIGHTSPEED wireless modes. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years · Logitech Limited Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Gaming Mouse — White — Logitech G502 HERO Wired Gaming Mouse — Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset — Browse all gaming peripherals at maibo Browse the full gaming peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g903-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2032703969.webp","82.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005673","88","097855186118" "30018","Logitech G502 HERO Wired Gaming Mouse","The Logitech G502 HERO wired gaming mouse is the version that made the G502 the default recommendation in gaming mice for over a decade. It is not the lightest mouse, and it is not trying to be — the G502 is for players who want a sculpted right-handed shape they can rest a whole hand on, a button under every finger, and the ability to physically tune the weight until it feels right. Five small weights drop into a tray under the mouse, so you set both how heavy it is and where the mass sits. The HERO 25K sensor tracks from 100 to 25,600 DPI with no smoothing, filtering or acceleration applied to the signal, which means the cursor follows the hand exactly at any speed. Eleven buttons are programmable through Logitech G HUB and saved into the mouse itself, so the profiles travel with it. The scroll wheel switches between a ratcheted click-per-notch mode for precise selection and a free-spinning mode that coasts through a long document in one flick. Wired, 2.1 metre cable, 121g before weights. HERO 25K · Zero Smoothing What the Sensor Claim Actually Means DPI headline figures are largely marketing — almost nobody plays at 25,600 DPI, and a sensor that can reach it is not automatically better than one that stops at 16,000. The specification that matters on the HERO 25K is the phrase attached to it: zero smoothing, filtering and acceleration across the entire 100 to 25,600 range. Many sensors apply motion smoothing to hide inconsistencies in their optical tracking, and smoothing is prediction — the cursor is being told where it probably should be rather than where the hand actually went. At speed that introduces a small lag and a small error, and in a game where you flick and stop on a target, both are felt rather than measured. The HERO reports raw movement. The 400+ IPS tracking speed means the sensor keeps up with the fastest swipe a hand can produce without losing the surface, which is the failure that causes a cursor to jump or freeze mid-flick on cheaper sensors. Above 40G of acceleration tolerance and a 1000Hz report rate complete the picture: the mouse reports its position to the computer a thousand times a second. Logitech now rate this sensor at 25,600 DPI; older listings for the same mouse still quote 16,000, which was the earlier firmware figure for identical hardware. Five Weights · 121g Base Tuning Mass and Balance by Hand The G502 ships at 121 grams and comes with five removable weights that drop into a tray accessible from the underside. What makes this more than a gimmick is that the tray has multiple positions, so you are setting not only total mass but where that mass sits. Push weight forward and the mouse resists being pulled back, which suits players who over-travel on retracting movements. Push it rearward and the front feels lighter to swing. Distribute left or right to counter a grip that tilts. There is no correct answer — the point is that you can change it without buying a different mouse, and most people settle on a configuration within a week and never touch it again. Worth saying plainly: at 121 grams before any weights are added, the G502 is a heavy mouse by current standards. The competitive trend has moved decisively toward sub-70g designs, and if you play low-sensitivity shooters where large arm sweeps are constant, the weight will tire you. If you play with a palm grip, work at a desk as well as game, or simply prefer a mouse that feels planted rather than skittish, that same weight is the reason people stay with it for years. Fifty million click durability on the primary buttons. 11 Buttons · Hyper-Fast Wheel · Onboard Memory Controls Built for Complex Games Eleven programmable buttons puts the G502 at the high end for a mouse without a full MMO side panel, and the layout is the reason it suits MMOs, MOBAs and survival games as readily as shooters — build, crouch, melee and heal sit under the thumb rather than across the keyboard. All eleven are mapped in Logitech G HUB, including macros, and the resulting profile is written to onboard memory inside the mouse. That means it works on any computer with no software installed and no login, which matters for a work machine or a LAN event. The DPI Shift button on the left flank is the one experienced players reach for most: hold it and sensitivity drops instantly to a preset sniper value, release it and you are back at normal speed. On-the-fly DPI cycling steps through up to five saved sensitivities with three indicator lights showing which is active. The dual-mode scroll wheel switches with a button behind it: ratcheted for counting notches through weapon slots or inventory, free-spin for coasting through a thousand-row spreadsheet or a long page. It also tilts left and right for horizontal scrolling and clicks as a button. LIGHTSYNC RGB covers around 16.8 million colours and can sync to other Logitech G gear through G HUB. Right choice if you… ✔ Want flagship sensor performance without paying for wireless — the HERO 25K here is the same sensor as in Logitech's wireless flagships ✔ Play games that need buttons under the thumb — MMO, MOBA, survival, or a shooter with a lot of bindings ✔ Prefer a mouse that feels planted rather than featherweight — and want to tune exactly how planted ✔ Use the same mouse for work — the free-spin wheel is as useful in a spreadsheet as in a game Consider something else if… ✘ You play low-sensitivity shooters competitively — 121g is heavy for constant arm sweeps; the G PRO X SUPERLIGHT is under 63g ✘ You want to lose the cable — the G502 LIGHTSPEED is the same shape and sensor with 1ms wireless and POWERPLAY charging ✘ You are left-handed — the G502 is a right-handed ergonomic shape; the G903 is ambidextrous with swappable side buttons Logitech G502 HERO Wired Gaming Mouse — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG502 HERO Wired Gaming Mouse MPN910-005471 EAN / GTIN5099206080270 ColourBlack SensorHERO 25K optical · zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration DPI Range100 – 25,600 (G HUB adjustable) Max Speed400+ IPS Max Acceleration>40G Report Rate1000Hz (1ms) Buttons11 programmable · 50 million click durability Scroll WheelDual-mode hyper-fast · ratcheted and free-spin · tilt left/right Adjustable Weights5 removable weights · repositionable tray Weight (mouse only)121g Dimensions132 × 75 × 40mm Cable2.1m · USB-A RGBLIGHTSYNC · ~16.8 million colours · G HUB Onboard MemoryYes — profiles travel with the mouse Hand OrientationRight-handed ergonomic CompatibilityWindows 7+ · macOS 10.11+ · ChromeOS · USB port required WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box — Logitech G502 HERO wired gaming mouse — Black — Weight case with 5 adjustable weights — User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is this 16,000 DPI or 25,600 DPI? 25,600. The hardware has not changed, but Logitech revised the HERO sensor's rated maximum through firmware, so older listings and boxes for the same 910-005471 still quote 16,000 DPI. Both describe the same mouse. In practice the number is largely academic, since almost nobody plays above a few thousand DPI — what matters is the zero smoothing behaviour across the whole range. Is the G502 too heavy? It depends entirely on how you play. At 121g before weights it is heavy by current competitive standards, where sub-70g mice dominate. If you play low-sensitivity shooters with large arm movements, you will feel it over a long session. If you use a palm grip, play at higher sensitivity, or want a mouse that stays planted rather than darting, the weight is the appeal rather than the drawback. You can also leave all five weights out, which is how most people run it. Do I need G HUB software? No — the mouse works plug-and-play with default DPI steps and button assignments. G HUB is needed to remap the 11 buttons, record macros, set custom DPI values, configure RGB and save profiles to onboard memory. Once a profile is saved to the mouse it works on any computer without G HUB installed, which is the point of onboard memory. G HUB is a free download from Logitech. How does the free-spin scroll wheel work? There is a button just behind the wheel that switches between two modes. Ratcheted mode gives a defined click per notch, which is what you want for stepping through weapon slots or inventory. Free-spin mode releases the ratchet so the wheel coasts almost without resistance — one flick carries you through a long document or web page. The wheel also tilts left and right for horizontal scrolling and clicks as a middle button. What is the difference between this and the G502 LIGHTSPEED? Same shape, same HERO 25K sensor, same 11 buttons, same hyper-fast wheel. The LIGHTSPEED version adds 1ms wireless and POWERPLAY continuous charging compatibility, and is a little heavier at 114g base because of the battery, though it ships with fewer weights. This wired version costs considerably less and needs no charging at all. Sensor performance is identical between the two. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech G502 LIGHTSPEED — same mouse, wireless — Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT — under 63g alternative — Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset — Browse all gaming mice at maibo — Official Logitech G product page — full specifications Browse the full gaming peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-hero-wired-gaming-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Logitech-G502-HERO-High-Performance-Wired-Gaming-Mouse.png","34.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","Logitech G502 Wired","88","5099206080263" "29990","Logitech Wired Gaming Mouse G102 - Blue","The Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC wired gaming mouse in Blue — 8000 DPI gaming-grade optical sensor, 6 programmable buttons and LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting across 16.8 million colours. Mechanical spring-tensioned primary buttons for consistent click feel. Classic right-handed gaming shape. USB-A wired connection for zero-latency input. Compatible with Logitech G HUB software for full customisation. ✓ 8000 DPI gaming sensor — adjustable across 5 DPI presets via G HUB ✓ LIGHTSYNC RGB — 16.8 million colours, colour wave and custom effects ✓ Mechanical spring tensioning — consistent, reliable primary button feel ✓ 6 programmable buttons · USB-A wired · Logitech G HUB compatible The Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC wired gaming mouse in Blue is Logitech's entry-level gaming mouse that consistently outperforms its price point — an 8000 DPI gaming-grade optical sensor, mechanical spring-tensioned primary buttons and LIGHTSYNC RGB in a classic right-handed shape that has been refined across multiple generations. The optical sensor tracks at up to 8000 DPI and reports position data at 1000Hz, meaning the cursor position is updated 1000 times per second — the same polling rate as mid-range and high-end Logitech gaming mice. DPI can be set across up to 5 presets and adjusted on the fly with the dedicated DPI shift button without entering any software. The primary left and right click buttons use mechanical springs behind the switches rather than the membrane tension found in office mice. Metal springs maintain consistent resistance over millions of actuations — the click feels the same after 10 million clicks as it did at first use, and the crisp tactile feedback improves input accuracy compared to membrane designs. LIGHTSYNC RGB covers the Logitech G logo and the scroll wheel, with colour wave effects and fully customisable static colours across 16.8 million colour options in Logitech G HUB. All 6 buttons are programmable through G HUB for macros, DPI shortcuts and application-specific commands. The USB-A wired connection provides a stable, zero-latency connection without batteries or pairing. The Blue colourway makes it one of the few Logitech gaming mice available in a vibrant, non-black finish. Genuine Logitech. 2-year warranty. 8000 DPI Sensor · 1000Hz Gaming-Grade Tracking — 5 DPI Presets The optical sensor in the G102 tracks at up to 8000 DPI — a resolution that allows very fine cursor movement per millimetre of physical mouse movement for precise aiming at low sensitivity settings, or fast sweeping movement at higher sensitivity. The practical range for most gaming use cases falls between 400 DPI (precise, slow movement for sniping) and 1600 DPI (standard desktop and general gaming sensitivity). The 8000 DPI ceiling gives scope for higher sensitivities if preferred. The 1000Hz USB polling rate means the PC receives position updates every 1ms — this is the gaming standard reporting rate and eliminates the input lag that 125Hz office mice introduce. Five DPI presets can be configured in Logitech G HUB and cycled through using the dedicated DPI button on the underside of the mouse without interrupting play. The gaming-grade sensor tracks accurately across most mousepad surfaces including cloth, hard and hybrid materials. Mechanical Spring Tensioning Consistent Click Feel — Long-Term Reliability Standard office mice use membrane or rubber dome switches under the primary buttons — the resistance and tactile feedback come from the deformation of a rubber dome, which fatigues and softens over time. The G102 uses metal springs behind the mechanical switches to tension the primary buttons. Metal springs do not fatigue — the spring rate remains constant across the rated life of the switch, maintaining consistent actuation force and tactile feedback regardless of how many clicks have been made. The clicks on a G102 feel crisp and defined rather than soft or mushy, and the feedback helps confirm intentional clicks while reducing accidental double-clicking. The defined actuation point also helps with precise single-click inputs in games where accidental double-clicks at a critical moment have consequences. Logitech rates the mechanical spring system for tens of millions of actuations. LIGHTSYNC RGB · G HUB 16.8M Colours · Full Customisation LIGHTSYNC is Logitech's RGB lighting system — the G102 features it on the Logitech G logo zone and the scroll wheel. In default mode out of the box, the lighting cycles through a colour wave effect. Through Logitech G HUB software (free, Windows and macOS), the lighting can be set to any of 16.8 million colours as a static colour, breathing pattern, colour cycle or custom effect. G HUB also handles DPI preset configuration, button remapping, and macro programming for all 6 buttons. The 6-button layout covers: left click, right click, scroll wheel click, scroll wheel up/down, two side buttons. The side buttons are positioned for right-thumb access and are programmable to any keyboard shortcut, macro or system command. The Blue colourway on the G102 is one of the few instances where Logitech offers a gaming mouse in a non-black finish — the RGB lighting reads differently against the blue body — the warm RGB tones contrast sharply against the cool blue surface, creating a striking visual effect that neither the black nor white variants can replicate. Great choice if you… ✔ Want a gaming-grade sensor and mechanical buttons at an accessible price ✔ Prefer a Blue mouse to match a blue or colourful gaming setup ✔ Want LIGHTSYNC RGB that syncs with other Logitech G peripherals via G HUB ✔ Prefer a reliable wired connection over wireless for gaming ✔ Use a right-handed grip — classic symmetric right-handed shape Consider something else if… ✖ You need wireless freedom — see Logitech G305 LIGHTSPEED ✖ You prefer a left-handed design — the G102 is right-handed only ✖ You need on-board memory for profiles without G HUB — see Logitech G Pro Technical Specifications Brand / ModelLogitech G102 LIGHTSYNC ColourBlue SensorGaming-grade optical · up to 8000 DPI DPI Range200 – 8000 DPI · 5 configurable presets Polling Rate1000Hz (1ms report rate) Buttons6 programmable (L/R click, scroll, 2× side, DPI) Primary ButtonsMechanical spring tensioning RGB LightingLIGHTSYNC RGB · 16.8 million colours ConnectionUSB-A wired SoftwareLogitech G HUB (Windows · macOS) Hand OrientationRight-handed Warranty2 Years Logitech Box Contents —Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC mouse — Blue —USB-A cable ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty2 Years Logitech Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-wired-gaming-mouse-g102-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3389096387.webp","19.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005801","88","5099206089211" "29970","Logitech MX Ergo Wireless Trackball Mouse","The Logitech MX Ergo is the trackball for people whose wrists have filed a complaint: the thumb-operated ball means your arm stops travelling across the desk entirely, and the magnetic hinge tilts the whole mouse to 20 degrees for a handshake-neutral posture. Precision mode drops sensitivity on demand for pixel work, it pairs to two devices, and a full charge runs up to four months.Ergonomics20° tilt, zero arm travelThe adjustable hinge angles your hand into a natural handshake position, reducing muscular strain versus a flat mouse — and because the thumb does the pointing, the arm and shoulder stop moving altogether. RSI sufferers switch and stay.ControlPrecision mode on a buttonThe ball covers big multi-monitor sweeps fast; tap the precision button and tracking slows for pixel-accurate selection. Logi Options+ maps the rest — back/forward, wheel tilt, app-specific profiles.Practical2 devices, 4 monthsPair a desktop and a laptop via Bluetooth or the included receiver and flow between them. Up to 4 months per charge; one minute of charging covers a full day. A trackball also needs no desk space and no mousepad.Right choice if you…✔ Feel wrist or shoulder strain from regular mice✔ Work on cramped desks — a trackball never moves✔ Drive big multi-monitor setups✔ Want months, not days, between chargesConsider something else if…✖ You want the cheaper AA trackball — the ERGO M575 starts the same journey for less✖ You game fast-twitch titles — trackballs trade flick speed for comfort✖ You are left-handed — the MX Ergo is right-hand onlyLogitech MX Ergo — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitechTypeThumb trackball, right-handedTiltAdjustable 0° / 20° magnetic hingePrecisionOn-demand precision mode buttonConnectivityBluetooth or receiver · 2 devices + FlowBatteryRechargeable — up to 4 months; 1 min = 1 dayMPNMX Ergo (910 series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Logitech MX Ergo trackball—Receiver · charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow long does adjusting to a trackball take?Most people feel at home within 2-5 days of normal use — and almost nobody goes back once the wrist relief registers.Does it help with RSI and wrist pain?The tilted posture and zero arm travel reduce the strain patterns flat mice create — it is the usual recommendation when wrists start complaining. Persistent pain still deserves a professional opinion.Can I clean the ball?Yes — the ball pops out through the underside hole in seconds; a wipe of the three contact bearings keeps tracking perfect.Is there a left-handed version?No — the MX Ergo is sculpted for the right hand only.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech ERGO M575 Trackball—Logitech MX Master 3S—Browse all Mice at maiboBrowse the full mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-ergo-wireless-trackball-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1037881479.webp","88.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","Logitech MX Ergo Wireless","88","5099206073081" "29969","Logitech G703 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse – Black","The Logitech G703 LIGHTSPEED Black is Logitech G's comfort-first wireless gaming mouse: a sculpted right-handed shape with rubber side grips, built for long sessions rather than the lightest possible weight. It runs the HERO 25K sensor — up to 25,600 DPI with zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration — over LIGHTSPEED, Logitech's pro-grade low-latency wireless. HERO is ten times more power-efficient than the previous generation, which stretches battery life, and the G703 is ready for Logitech's POWERPLAY wireless charging mat using the included POWERCORE module. Metal-spring button tensioning keeps the main clicks crisp and consistent, six buttons are programmable in G HUB, and LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting can be synced with your other Logitech G gear. This is model 910-005641 in Black. Ergonomic Shape · Rubber Grips Comfort for the Long Session Where ultralight esports mice use a low, symmetrical body, the G703 is shaped to support a right hand resting on it for hours: a raised back that fills the palm, a gentle slope to the right, and rubber side grips that keep your thumb and ring finger planted without squeezing. It suits a palm grip especially well, and works for a relaxed claw grip too. Logitech designed it to combine comfort with durability and performance, so it is a mouse many players choose for long evenings of RPGs, strategy and shooters alike. Two thumb buttons sit on the left side where the thumb naturally rests. The shape is strictly right-handed; left-handed players should look at a symmetrical mouse instead. HERO 25K · LIGHTSPEED Pro-Grade Tracking Without a Cable The HERO 25K sensor tracks 1:1 at more than 400 inches per second, adjustable from 100 up to 25,600 DPI, with no smoothing, filtering or acceleration — the cursor moves exactly as far as your hand does. It is also ten times more power-efficient than Logitech's previous sensor generation, which is what lets a wireless mouse run for a long time between charges. LIGHTSPEED is Logitech's 2.4 GHz gaming wireless, designed for pro-level responsiveness and a stable link, so in play it feels no different from a wired mouse. Metal-spring button tensioning holds the left and right buttons in a ready state, so they trigger with less force and feel the same on every click. DPI levels, button assignments and lighting are set in the free Logitech G HUB software and can be stored on the mouse. POWERPLAY Ready · LIGHTSYNC RGB Never Plug It In Again — With POWERPLAY The G703 charges with the included cable, and you can keep playing wired while it does. Add a Logitech POWERPLAY wireless charging mouse pad (sold separately) and attach the POWERCORE module that comes in the box, and the mouse charges continuously while it sits on the mat and while you play — battery life stops being something you think about. LIGHTSYNC RGB lets you choose from 16.8 million colours and effects, or sync the lighting with other Logitech G devices in G HUB; switching the lighting off extends battery life when you are not on a POWERPLAY mat. The mouse connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver; there is no Bluetooth. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a comfortable, supportive right-handed wireless gaming mouse ✔ Play long sessions and prefer comfort over the lowest weight ✔ Own or plan to buy a POWERPLAY mat ✔ Want RGB lighting that matches your other Logitech G gear Consider something else if… ✘ You want the lightest mouse for fast shooters — the PRO X Superlight 2 is 60g ✘ You want many buttons for MMOs — the G502 X LIGHTSPEED has 13 ✘ You are left-handed — the G703 is a right-handed shape Logitech G703 LIGHTSPEED Black — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech G ModelG703 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse with HERO 25K MPN910-005641 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack SensorHERO 25K · 100–25,600 DPI · 400+ IPS · zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration Buttons6 programmable · metal-spring button tensioning WirelessLIGHTSPEED 2.4 GHz · no Bluetooth ChargingRechargeable · cable included · POWERPLAY compatible (POWERCORE module included, mat sold separately) LightingLIGHTSYNC RGB GripsRubber side grips Hand OrientationRight-handed SoftwareLogitech G HUB (optional) CompatibilityWindows · macOS · USB port required for receiver WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech G703 LIGHTSPEED wireless gaming mouse — Black —LIGHTSPEED USB receiver —Charging / data cable —POWERCORE module (for POWERPLAY) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Can it charge on a POWERPLAY mat?Yes. Attach the POWERCORE module included in the box and the G703 charges wirelessly on a Logitech POWERPLAY mat, sold separately — while resting and while you play. Does it support Bluetooth?No. It connects through the included LIGHTSPEED USB receiver, or by the charging cable. Is it suitable for left-handed players?No. The G703 has a sculpted right-handed shape with the thumb buttons on the left. What DPI does it support?The HERO 25K sensor is adjustable from 100 up to 25,600 DPI, with over 400 IPS tracking and no smoothing, filtering or acceleration. Do I need software?No for basic use — it works as soon as the receiver is plugged in. The free Logitech G HUB software adds DPI settings, button programming and LIGHTSYNC RGB control. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech G502 X LIGHTSPEED — 13 programmable controls —Logitech PRO X Superlight 2 — 60g lightweight —Logitech G903 LIGHTSPEED — ambidextrous alternative —Official Logitech G703 product page Browse the full gaming mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g703-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2531879016.webp","58.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005641","88","" "29968","Logitech POP Mouse Wireless Mouse - Yellow","The Logitech POP Mouse Bluetooth Wireless Mouse – Yellow— compact, quiet wireless mouse with bold retro arcade aesthetic: black, grey and arcade game yellow. SilentTouch technology, SmartWheel scrolling and Easy-Switch between up to three devices. Connects via Bluetooth or Logi Bolt USB receiver. Customisable shortcut button. Up to 24 months on a single AA battery. Made with 46% recycled plastic. Logi Options+ compatible for full button customisation on Windows and macOS. ✓ SilentTouch technology — 90% quieter clicks for shared spaces ✓ Easy-Switch — connect and switch between up to 3 devices instantly ✓ SmartWheel scrolling — auto-switches precision ↔ speed scroll ✓ Up to 24 months battery · 46% recycled plastic · 82g compact The Logitech POP Bluetooth wireless mouse in Blast Yellow is Logitech's compact productivity mouse built for people who want their desk accessories to have a personality — a deliberately colourful, well-specified wireless mouse that doesn't concede anything in daily usability. The four-button layout gives left click, right click, a SmartWheel scroll and a programmable shortcut button that defaults to opening the emoji picker but can be remapped to any shortcut, macro or application launch in Logi Options+. SilentTouch technology reduces click noise by up to 90% compared to a standard Logitech mouse by modifying the internal mechanism to eliminate the sharp resonant click of a conventional switch — the result is a mouse that clicks with a soft, muted press that produces no audible noise in quiet environments. The SmartWheel senses scroll speed automatically: scroll slowly and it operates in precision line-by-line mode; flick it faster and it shifts into free-spin mode that lets you traverse long documents and web pages with a single confident movement. Bluetooth connects directly to any Bluetooth-enabled laptop, tablet or phone without a receiver; the included Logi Bolt nano USB receiver plugs into a standard USB-A port for computers without Bluetooth or in environments where Bluetooth is unreliable. The Easy-Switch button on the underside cycles through up to three paired devices, making it possible to use one mouse seamlessly across a home laptop, work laptop and iPad. A single AA battery powers the mouse for up to 24 months under typical use. The Blast Yellow colourway uses 46% certified post-consumer recycled plastic in the body components. Logitech makes a matching POP Keys keyboard in Blast Yellow for a coordinated retro setup. Genuine Logitech. 2-year warranty. SilentTouch Technology 90% Quieter — Office and Library Ready Standard mouse switches produce their characteristic click from the acoustic resonance of a small plastic mechanism snapping between two positions — a sound that carries across a quiet office, a library study space or a bedroom desk setup at night. SilentTouch modifies the mechanism to absorb rather than amplify this resonance, reducing the click noise by up to 90% compared to a conventional Logitech click. The physical click travel and tactile feedback are retained — you still feel the button actuate under your finger — but the sound that results is a soft, dampened press rather than a sharp click. Logitech quantifies this as producing less than 45dB at a 1-metre distance, compared to the 60dB+ of a standard mechanical click. For shared workspaces, open-plan offices, shared study rooms or late-night work, this makes a practical and considerate difference. All four buttons on the POP Mouse use SilentTouch — both primary clicks, the scroll wheel click and the customisable shortcut button are equally quiet. Easy-Switch · 3 Devices Bluetooth + Logi Bolt — One Mouse, Three Screens The POP Mouse stores three separate Bluetooth or Logi Bolt pairings simultaneously. The Easy-Switch button on the underside of the mouse cycles through the three pairing slots — press once to switch from device 1 to device 2, press again to move to device 3. Each pairing slot remembers the last-used connection on that device, so reconnection is immediate without re-pairing. Slot 1 and Slot 2 can be assigned to Bluetooth devices; Slot 3 is available for Logi Bolt or Bluetooth. Bluetooth works natively with any Bluetooth-enabled laptop, tablet, phone or desktop. Logi Bolt uses the included nano USB receiver — a small plug-and-forget dongle that maintains a stable 2.4GHz radio link that is less affected by Bluetooth interference in busy wireless environments such as open-plan offices. If your Mac, PC or iPad has Bluetooth, you don't need the receiver at all; the receiver is provided as an option for machines without it. Advanced users can use Logi Options+ to enable FLOW, which moves the cursor between connected computers automatically when you push it to the edge of the screen. SmartWheel + Shortcut Button Auto-Speed Scroll · Remappable in Logi Options+ SmartWheel detects how fast the scroll wheel is being moved and transitions automatically between two modes. At slow speed, it operates in precision ratchet mode — each notch of scroll movement advances the page by a fixed number of lines, giving controlled, precise navigation through code, spreadsheets or detailed documents. Above a threshold speed, it disengages the ratchet mechanism and enters free-spin mode, allowing the wheel to continue spinning under inertia — a single confident flick scrolls through a full webpage, a long document or a lengthy email thread without holding the wheel down. The transition between modes is immediate and requires no button press. The fourth button — on top of the mouse between the two primary buttons — is the customisable shortcut. In default state it opens the operating system's emoji picker. In Logi Options+ (free, Windows and macOS) it can be remapped to any keyboard shortcut, application launch, clipboard action, screenshot, screen lock, or custom multi-step macro. Without Logi Options+ it retains the emoji function. ChromeOS and Android support Bluetooth pairing without app. Great choice if you… ✔ Work in shared, quiet or open-plan spaces where click noise matters ✔ Use multiple devices and want one mouse to switch between them easily ✔ Want a compact, lightweight mouse for laptop, home office or travel ✔ Prefer a bold retro aesthetic — matches the POP Keys mechanical keyboard in Blast Yellow ✔ Use Windows or macOS and want Logi Options+ customisation Consider something else if… ✖ You need high-DPI gaming performance — see Logitech G305 LIGHTSPEED ✖ You need a large ergonomic mouse for all-day use — see Logitech MX Master 3S ✖ You need FLOW cross-computer cursor without the Logi Options+ app — FLOW requires the app Technical Specifications Brand / Model Logitech POP Mouse Colour Blast Yellow Sensor Optical · 4000 DPI Buttons 4 (L/R · SmartWheel · customisable shortcut) Click Noise SilentTouch — up to 90% quieter Connectivity Bluetooth + Logi Bolt (USB nano receiver included) Multi-Device Easy-Switch · up to 3 devices Battery 1× AA · up to 24 months Weight 82g (with battery) Hand Orientation Ambidextrous Recycled Content 46% post-consumer recycled plastic (Blast Yellow) Software Logi Options+ (Windows · macOS — optional) OS Compatibility Windows · macOS · ChromeOS · Android · iPadOS Warranty 2 Years Logitech Box Contents —Logitech POP Mouse — Blast Yellow —Logi Bolt USB nano receiver —1× AA battery (pre-installed) Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years Logitech Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pop-mouse-bluetooth-wireless-mouse-yellow/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1689696689.webp","28.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-006543","88","" "29881","Logitech MX Vertical Wireless Mouse","  Logitech MX Vertical Wireless Mouse     sensor of Nominal value: 1000dpi & 1600dpi Dpi (minimum and maximum value): 400 to 4000 dpi (can be set in 50 dpi increments) buttons 4 customizable buttons (by default: back/forward, dpi, middle click) scroll wheel precision wheel battery life Li-po rechargeable battery (240mah) Wireless Operating Distance: 10m wireless optional software Backed by Logitech Options DIMENSIONS MX Vertical Height x width x depth: 3.09 in (78.5mm) x 3.11 in (79mm) x 4.72 in (120mm) Weight: 4.76 oz (135g) unifying receiver Height x width x depth: 0.72 in (18.4mm) x 0.57 in (14.4mm) x 0.26 in (6.6mm) Weight: 0.07 oz (2g) SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS unifying receiver Required: USB port available Windows 10 10 or later, Windows 8, Windows 7 Macos x 10.13.6 or later Bluetooth Required: Bluetooth low energy technology Windows 10 or later, Windows 8 MacOSX 10.13.6 or later USB-C Required: USB port available Windows 10 or later, Windows 8, Windows 7 MacOSX 10.13.6 or later Package conten Mouse unifying receiver USB-C charging cable (USB-A to USB-C) User Documentation                  ","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-mx-vertical-wireless-mouse-3/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2928342031.webp","169.80","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","O2U0RUZYEQQU","59","" "29843","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Wireless Gaming Mouse - Black","The Logitech G PRO X Superlight is the mouse esports standardised on: under 63 grams, the HERO 25K sensor pros trust, LIGHTSPEED wireless that beats most cables, and up to 70 hours per charge. No RGB, no gimmick weight — everything that is not speed was removed. This is the Black edition.WeightUnder 63g — the point of it allFlick shots and long tracking sessions live or die on mass. At sub-63g with large PTFE feet, the Superlight glides like it is not there — the reason it became the most common mouse on competitive stages.SensorHERO 25K — zero smoothingLogitech’s HERO 25K delivers sub-micron tracking with no smoothing, filtering or acceleration across the whole DPI range — your hand’s motion, nothing else, at power efficiency that enables the 70-hour battery.WirelessLIGHTSPEED — faster than cablesThe 1ms LIGHTSPEED link out-performs typical wired connections in end-to-end latency. Pros dropped cables for this link years ago; the included receiver and extension adapter put the antenna right at your pad.Right choice if you…✔ Play FPS/competitive titles seriously✔ Want the proven esports standard, not a spec-sheet experiment✔ Value low weight above buttons and RGB✔ Need 70-hour battery with LIGHTSPEED reliabilityConsider something else if…✖ You want productivity features — the MX Master 3S is the desk-work flagship✖ You prefer the other finish — the Superlight in Pink is in stock✖ You want wired simplicity — G-series wired mice cost far lessG PRO X Superlight (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeightUnder 63gSensorHERO 25K — up to 25,600 DPIWirelessLIGHTSPEED 1ms (receiver included)BatteryUp to 70 hours per chargeFeetLarge PTFE (zero-additive)ColourBlackMPN910-005880EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G PRO X Superlight mouse (Black)—LIGHTSPEED receiver + extension adapter—Charging cable · optional PTFE aperture door · grip tapeFrequently Asked QuestionsIs wireless really safe for competitive play?LIGHTSPEED’s end-to-end latency measures at or below good wired mice — it is the link most professional FPS players use in tournaments. The cable debate ended years ago.How does it differ from the Superlight 2?The 2 adds USB-C, a higher-spec sensor and hybrid switches at a higher price. The original remains the most battle-proven shape in esports, and its performance ceiling is far above human reaction limits.Does it have Bluetooth?No — LIGHTSPEED receiver only, by design: Bluetooth latency is not acceptable for its purpose.Is the shape good for claw and fingertip grips?Yes — the medium, ambidextrous-leaning safe shape suits claw and fingertip for most hand sizes, which is exactly why so many pros across games converged on it.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—G PRO X Superlight — Pink—Logitech G PRO Wireless (HERO 25K)—Browse all Gaming Mice at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g-pro-x-superlight-wireless-gaming-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1282128856.webp","98.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Wireless Gaming Mouse – Black","97","5099206090453" "29780","Logitech Pebble M350 Bluetooth Wireless Mouse – Black","The Logitech Pebble M350 is the quiet one: a slim, pocketable Bluetooth mouse with silent clicks — over 90% of the click noise removed — built for libraries, shared offices, late-night sofas and anywhere a clacking mouse makes you the problem. It connects by Bluetooth or the included USB nano receiver, runs up to 18 months on a single AA battery, and slips into a laptop sleeve at just 26.5mm thin. SilenceClicks you feel, not hearLogitech’s SilentTouch removes over 90% of click sound while keeping the tactile feedback your fingers expect. In a quiet office, a lecture hall or next to a sleeping partner, it is the difference between using your laptop and apologising for it.ConnectionBluetooth or USB receiverPair over Bluetooth to laptops, tablets and even phones — or plug the included USB nano receiver into machines where Bluetooth is locked down or flaky. Two paths, one mouse, works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Linux, iPadOS and Android.BatteryUp to 18 months on one AANo charging cable, no battery anxiety: a single AA runs the Pebble for up to 18 months thanks to an auto-sleep that wakes instantly. The receiver stores inside the mouse, so nothing gets lost in the bag. Right choice if you…✔ Work in shared spaces where click noise grates✔ Want a slim mouse that lives in the laptop sleeve✔ Need Bluetooth and a USB receiver fallback in one device✔ Prefer AA battery life measured in months, not charge cycles Consider something else if…✖ You game competitively — browse our Logitech G gaming mice✖ You want sculpted all-day ergonomics — the Pebble’s slim profile favours portability✖ You need multi-device switching buttons — that is MX-series territory Logitech Pebble M350 — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitechConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy or USB nano receiver (included)ClicksSilentTouch — over 90% quieterSensorHigh-precision optical, 1000 DPIBattery1× AA — up to 18 monthsThickness26.5mmColourBlackMPN910-005718EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Logitech Pebble M350 mouse (Black) —USB nano receiver (stored inside the mouse) —AA battery (pre-installed) Frequently Asked QuestionsHow quiet is 'silent' really?You feel a normal click under the finger, but the sound is reduced by over 90% — in a quiet room it registers as a soft tap rather than a clack. Scroll is rubberised and similarly discreet.Can it pair with a phone or tablet?Yes — over Bluetooth it works with iPadOS and Android as well as Windows, macOS, ChromeOS and Linux. The USB receiver covers desktops with unreliable Bluetooth.Is it suitable for large hands?The Pebble is a slim, low-profile travel mouse used with a fingertip or claw grip. Large-handed users who palm-grip all day may prefer a fuller-sized mouse.Does it need Logitech software?No — it works out of the box. Logi Options+ is optional for customising the middle-button function.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Browse all Mice at maibo—SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC Browse the full mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pebble-m350-bluetooth-wireless-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3466889228.webp","28.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005718","88","5099206085671" "29748","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Wireless Gaming Mouse – Pink","The Logitech G PRO X Superlight is the mouse esports standardised on: under 63 grams, the HERO 25K sensor pros trust, LIGHTSPEED wireless that beats most cables, and up to 70 hours per charge. No RGB, no gimmick weight — everything that is not speed was removed. This is the Pink edition.WeightUnder 63g — the point of it allFlick shots and long tracking sessions live or die on mass. At sub-63g with large PTFE feet, the Superlight glides like it is not there — the reason it became the most common mouse on competitive stages.SensorHERO 25K — zero smoothingLogitech’s HERO 25K delivers sub-micron tracking with no smoothing, filtering or acceleration across the whole DPI range — your hand’s motion, nothing else, at power efficiency that enables the 70-hour battery.WirelessLIGHTSPEED — faster than cablesThe 1ms LIGHTSPEED link out-performs typical wired connections in end-to-end latency. Pros dropped cables for this link years ago; the included receiver and extension adapter put the antenna right at your pad.Right choice if you…✔ Play FPS/competitive titles seriously✔ Want the proven esports standard, not a spec-sheet experiment✔ Value low weight above buttons and RGB✔ Need 70-hour battery with LIGHTSPEED reliabilityConsider something else if…✖ You want productivity features — the MX Master 3S is the desk-work flagship✖ You prefer the other finish — the Superlight in Black is in stock✖ You want wired simplicity — G-series wired mice cost far lessG PRO X Superlight (Pink) — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GWeightUnder 63gSensorHERO 25K — up to 25,600 DPIWirelessLIGHTSPEED 1ms (receiver included)BatteryUp to 70 hours per chargeFeetLarge PTFE (zero-additive)ColourPinkMPN910-005956EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G PRO X Superlight mouse (Pink)—LIGHTSPEED receiver + extension adapter—Charging cable · optional PTFE aperture door · grip tapeFrequently Asked QuestionsIs wireless really safe for competitive play?LIGHTSPEED’s end-to-end latency measures at or below good wired mice — it is the link most professional FPS players use in tournaments. The cable debate ended years ago.How does it differ from the Superlight 2?The 2 adds USB-C, a higher-spec sensor and hybrid switches at a higher price. The original remains the most battle-proven shape in esports, and its performance ceiling is far above human reaction limits.Does it have Bluetooth?No — LIGHTSPEED receiver only, by design: Bluetooth latency is not acceptable for its purpose.Is the shape good for claw and fingertip grips?Yes — the medium, ambidextrous-leaning safe shape suits claw and fingertip for most hand sizes, which is exactly why so many pros across games converged on it.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—G PRO X Superlight — Black—Logitech G PRO Wireless (HERO 25K)—Browse all Gaming Mice at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g-pro-x-superlight-wireless-gaming-mouse-pink/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3440508381.webp","98.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Wireless Gaming Mouse – Pink","88","" "29727","Logitech BCC950 Webcam","Logitech BCC950 Webcam   PACKAGE CONTENTS: -BCC950 ConferenceCam base and attached USB cable -Camera extender stem -Webcam head -Power cable -Quick start guide -Remote control SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Windows 7, 8.1, or 10 macOS X 10.7 or higher DIMENSIONS: MAIN UNIT: Height*Width*Depth: 154 mm*150 mm*104 mm Height with extender 345 mm Weight: 568 g TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: CAMERA Full HD 1080p video calling (up to 1920*1080 pixels); 720p HD video calling (up to 1280*720 pixels) with supported clients 78deg field of view with autofocus 1.2x HD zoom 228 mm extender stem for elevation/eye-level camera angle Rightlight 2 Technology for clarity in various lighting environments, even low light Camera LED for active streaming indication SPEAKERPHONE Integrated full duplex speakerphone with echo and noise cancellation Controls for call answer/end, volume, mute, and camera movement Microphone (Tx) Omnidirectional microphone with 2.4 m diameter range Frequency response: 200Hz - 8KHz Speakers (Rx) Frequency response: 220Hz - 20KHz Max output: 80 dB SPL at 1 ft (0.3 m) REMOTE CONTROL IR 3 m range CR2032 battery(Include) CABLES / POWER AC Power adapter Power cable (2.4 m) USB cable (2.4 m) MOUNT Designed for tabletop use COMPATIBILITY AND INTEGRATIONS Plug-and-play USB connectivity Works with most any video conferencing application or meetings service, including Skype for Business, BlueJeans, Broadsoft, Cisco Jabber, Cisco WebEx, Fuze, LifeSize Cloud, Vidyo, and Zoom Logitech ConferenceCam BCC950 Small group video conferencing has arrived everywhere. Now you can instantly transform any office or meeting space into a business-grade small group video conference room. Logitech's ConferenceCam BCC950 is the first all-in-one video and audio conferencing device designed with small groups in mind. It combines a freestanding wide-view HD webcam with an enterprise-quality speakerphone in one easy-to-use, computer-connected device. Small groups can run their own video conferences anywhere in the office, without huddling around PC webcams or competing for time on overbooked conference room systems. Setting the Standard The award-winning ConferenceCam BCC950 is making high-quality group video conferencing more affordable and accessible to businesses of all sizes. Full-room View A 78-degree field of view and 180-degree video pan ensure that each member of the small group is seen in your meetings. You have far more freedom to move around the room, interact together, and show presentation materials than you would with the limited field of view of built-in computer webcams. Business-grade HD video Experience desktop video meetings so clear and razor sharp, you'll feel like you're face-to-face in the same room. With 1080p HD video at a smooth 30 frames per second, precision autofocus, a premium Carl Zeiss lens, and advanced auto light correction, everyone in the room can be clearly seen in professional high-quality video-even in low light or backlit conditions.   Professional Speakerphone The built-in full duplex speakerphone&mndash;and integrated omni-directional microphone with both noise and echo cancellation-allow everyone in the group to hear and be heard clearly up to eight feet away from the ConferenceCam. Versatile Voice & Video Control With the included remote control and console buttons, you can instantly pan, tilt and zoom the camera to focus on the entire team, the meeting leader, or detailed close-ups of whiteboards, documents, design layouts, and product demonstrations. Easy controls for answer/end calls, volume up/down and mute are all at your fingertips. Plug-and-Play Simplicity Unlike operating highly technical conferencing systems, the Logitech ConferenceCam is so intuitive that anyone in the office can easily setup and control video meetings. There's no software to install. Simply plug the USB cable into a PC or Mac and start the meeting using virtually any video conferencing platform.      ","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-bcc950-webcam/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3819823834.webp","293.89","Webcams","Logitech","MJFCVO0OQO7O","88","" "29712","Logitech G933 Artemis Spectrum Wireless Gaming Headset","Logitech G933 Artemis Spectrum Wireless Gaming Headset Description: Brand: Logitech Series: G903 hero Product Dimensions: 6.7x4x13 cm Black color Batteries: 1 Lithium Polymer required, included Form factor: Ambidextrous Processor: 32-bit ARM Wireless technology: 2.4ghz Number of processors: 1 Sensor: PMW3366 Hardware platform: pc/mac Power supply: batteries/cable Max speed: more than 400 ips Average battery life: 32 hours Matter: Match your style and environment by adjusting up to 16.8 million colors and brightness. * Bring your mouse to life with breathing light patterns or set your lighting to sleep when you're not using your system. modname=ckeditor Earphone Driver: pro-g Size: 50mm Frequency response: 20Hz-20kHz Impedance: 39 ohms (passive), 5k ohms (active) Sensitivity: 93 +/-3db Microphone (Boom) Standard pickup microphone: cardioid (unidirectional) Size: 6mm Frequency response: 100Hz-10khz flip-to-mute PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Height: 188mm Width: 195mm Depth: 87mm Weight (without cables or usb receiver): 379g Charging cable length: 2m Mobile cable length: 1.5m Inside: 15 meters Outdoors: 20 meters Connection type: USB Main features: 1. surround in addition to 7.1 Awesome DTS® Experience Headphone: x 2.04dts Headphone: x 2.0 Surround sound and EQ presets are only available for Windows OS and requires Logitech G Hub gaming software. That performs more accurately than standard 7.1 channel surround sound. 2. PRO-G 50 MILLIMETER DRIVERS The Pro-G 50mm's advanced drivers are constructed with a woven hybrid mesh that unlocks greater detail, depth, and sonic clarity throughout the entire volume. 3. 16.8 million colors lightsync™RGBGAME-DRIVEN RGB Luminescence, you can choose your favorite color, highlight personality, adjust arbitrarily through ghub. 4. Protein leather built for comfort and strength You'll be extremely comfortable even during the longest gaming sessions with luxurious leather upholstery on the ear cups and headband. 5. 6mm folding microphone Sound is clearer and folding is more convenient 6. MULTI-PLATFORM COMPATIBLE Windows®10, windows 8.1, windows 7, mac®, Nintendo™Playstation 4 Switch, xbox one, tablet or mobile device.   .        ","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g933-artemis-spectrum-wireless-gaming-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2319612403.webp","333.29","Audio","Logitech","BUFTFH5VYL8M","88","" "29682","Logitech Zone 900 Wireless Headset With Mic","  Logitech Zone 900 Wireless Headset With Mic   About this item The noise-cancelling mic isolates your voice from any other noise around you, so you sound natural and clear whilst working from home on zoom meetings Active noise cancellation reduces surrounding ambient sound delivering clear, crisp audio for calls and music so you can stay focused in your home office Up to 14 hours* of battery life from one full charge, and get 1 hour of playback with a 5-minute charge with Qi charging** enabled Connect up to 6 Logi wireless peripherals*** to 1 receiver in one USB port, and stay connected within 30m wireless range Use Bluetooth or the Unifying receiver to connect to your computer, tablet or smartphone, and seamlessly alternate between them Compatible devices: Works with Windows, Mac, or Chrome based computer via USB-C, USB-A, Bluetooth and iOS or Android Bluetooth enabled devices. Compatible with common calling platforms.  ","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-zone-900-wireless-headset-with-mic/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/4214150153.webp","441.26","Audio","Logitech","3VD98RV322WX","88","" "28595","JBL Flip 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Blue","The JBL Flip 6 is the portable speaker that earned its default status: a two-way system — racetrack woofer plus a separate tweeter — where most rivals this size make one driver do everything, 12 hours of battery, and IP67 dust-and-waterproofing that treats pools, beaches and rain as normal operating conditions. This is the Blue version.Two-way soundWoofer + dedicated tweeterSeparating the highs into their own tweeter is what keeps vocals crisp when the bass works hard — the audible difference between the Flip 6 and single-driver speakers its size, especially outdoors at volume.Go anywhereIP67 — dust and water proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes and sealed against sand and dust. Pool splashes, beach grit and sudden rain are design assumptions, not accidents.All day12 hours + PartyBoostA full day out on one USB-C charge — and PartyBoost links a second JBL speaker (or a stereo pair of Flips) when one isn’t loud enough for the garden.Right choice if you…✔ Want the benchmark portable speaker in this size class✔ Take music to pools, beaches, showers, bikes✔ Value clear vocals at high volume — the tweeter earns it✔ May pair two for stereo later (PartyBoost)Consider something else if…✖ You want something pocket-size for the backpack strap — the JBL Clip 4 clips on✖ It’s mainly for speakerphone calls — the Flip 6 has no microphone✖ You need room-filling home sound — that’s a mains-powered speaker’s jobJBL Flip 6 (Blue) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourBlueDriversRacetrack woofer + separate tweeter, dual passive radiatorsBatteryUp to 12 hours (USB-C charging)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMulti-speakerPartyBoost (pair or link JBL speakers)Bluetooth5.1MPNJBLFLIP6 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Flip 6 (Blue)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsCan it really go in the water?IP67 means submersion to 1 metre for 30 minutes — it survives falling in the pool. It floats music, not itself: fish it out, shake, carry on.Does it have a microphone for calls?No — JBL dropped speakerphone from the Flip line. Calls stay on your phone while music plays here.Can I pair two Flip 6 units?Yes — PartyBoost links two identical speakers as a true stereo pair, or chains multiple JBL PartyBoost speakers for volume.How loud is it for outdoors?Comfortably fills a garden gathering; the tweeter keeps it clear rather than harsh at the top of the dial. For bigger spaces, that’s what PartyBoost is for.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Flip 6 — Black—JBL Flip 6 — Red—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-flip-6-portable-bluetooth-speaker-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/401256784.webp","118.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBL Flip 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Blue","88","6925281992988" "28569","JBL Flip 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Black","The JBL Flip 6 is the portable speaker that earned its default status: a two-way system — racetrack woofer plus a separate tweeter — where most rivals this size make one driver do everything, 12 hours of battery, and IP67 dust-and-waterproofing that treats pools, beaches and rain as normal operating conditions. This is the Black version.Two-way soundWoofer + dedicated tweeterSeparating the highs into their own tweeter is what keeps vocals crisp when the bass works hard — the audible difference between the Flip 6 and single-driver speakers its size, especially outdoors at volume.Go anywhereIP67 — dust and water proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes and sealed against sand and dust. Pool splashes, beach grit and sudden rain are design assumptions, not accidents.All day12 hours + PartyBoostA full day out on one USB-C charge — and PartyBoost links a second JBL speaker (or a stereo pair of Flips) when one isn’t loud enough for the garden.Right choice if you…✔ Want the benchmark portable speaker in this size class✔ Take music to pools, beaches, showers, bikes✔ Value clear vocals at high volume — the tweeter earns it✔ May pair two for stereo later (PartyBoost)Consider something else if…✖ You want something pocket-size for the backpack strap — the JBL Clip 4 clips on✖ It’s mainly for speakerphone calls — the Flip 6 has no microphone✖ You need room-filling home sound — that’s a mains-powered speaker’s jobJBL Flip 6 (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourBlackDriversRacetrack woofer + separate tweeter, dual passive radiatorsBatteryUp to 12 hours (USB-C charging)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMulti-speakerPartyBoost (pair or link JBL speakers)Bluetooth5.1MPNJBLFLIP6 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Flip 6 (Black)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsCan it really go in the water?IP67 means submersion to 1 metre for 30 minutes — it survives falling in the pool. It floats music, not itself: fish it out, shake, carry on.Does it have a microphone for calls?No — JBL dropped speakerphone from the Flip line. Calls stay on your phone while music plays here.Can I pair two Flip 6 units?Yes — PartyBoost links two identical speakers as a true stereo pair, or chains multiple JBL PartyBoost speakers for volume.How loud is it for outdoors?Comfortably fills a garden gathering; the tweeter keeps it clear rather than harsh at the top of the dial. For bigger spaces, that’s what PartyBoost is for.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Flip 6 — Blue—JBL Flip 6 — Red—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-flip-6-portable-bluetooth-speaker-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1386656693.webp","118.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBL Flip 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Black","88","6925281992971" "28517","Logitech G335 Wired Gaming Headset – Black","The Logitech G335 takes the G733’s signature look — suspension headband, colourful minimalism — and strips it to wired essentials: 240 grams, a 3.5mm jack that works on literally everything, a flip-to-mute boom mic and an on-ear volume roller. No batteries, no software required, no excuses.Universal3.5mm — works on everythingPC, PS5, Xbox, Switch, phone, tablet: if it has a headphone jack or a controller, the G335 plugs in and works. The one headset in the family with full Xbox support.Comfort240g + suspension bandThe same elastic suspension design as the G733 spreads weight across the crown; soft memory foam earpads and a light clamp make it an all-evening headset.Simple controlsFlip-to-mute + volume rollerFlip the boom up and you’re muted — no hunting for buttons mid-game. The volume roller sits on the earcup where your thumb expects it.Right choice if you…✔ Play across PC and consoles — including Xbox and Switch✔ Want the G-series look without wireless cost or charging✔ Need a dependable boom mic with instant flip-mute✔ First proper headset — light, tough, plug-and-playConsider something else if…✖ You want wireless — the G435 starts at 165g✖ You stream or compete on PC — the G PRO X adds Blue VO!CE and DTS✖ You need surround sound — this is clean stereo by designLogitech G335 Wired — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GColourBlackWeight240gConnection3.5mm (4-pole)Drivers40mmMicrophoneBoom, flip-to-muteControlsOn-earcup volume rollerCompatibilityPC, PS5, Xbox, Switch, mobileMPN981-000978 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G335 wired headset (black)Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it really work on Xbox?Yes — plug the 3.5mm into the controller and both audio and mic work. It’s the Xbox-friendly option in Logitech’s headset line.G335 or G435?Wired versus wireless. The G335 is cheaper, universal (Xbox included) and never needs charging; the G435 is lighter still and cable-free but skips Xbox.Is there software or EQ?None needed — it’s plug-and-play stereo. On PC you can EQ system-wide with any audio software you like.How is the mic for Discord?Clear and dependable — a proper boom close to your mouth beats built-in laptop or beamforming mics for noisy rooms.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED (wireless, 165g)—Logitech G PRO X (tournament wired)—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g335-wired-gaming-headset-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3960002233.webp","39.98","Audio > Wired Earphones","Logitech","Logitech G335 Wired Gaming Headset – Black","88","" "28490","JBL Flip 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Red","The JBL Flip 6 is the portable speaker that earned its default status: a two-way system — racetrack woofer plus a separate tweeter — where most rivals this size make one driver do everything, 12 hours of battery, and IP67 dust-and-waterproofing that treats pools, beaches and rain as normal operating conditions. This is the Red version.Two-way soundWoofer + dedicated tweeterSeparating the highs into their own tweeter is what keeps vocals crisp when the bass works hard — the audible difference between the Flip 6 and single-driver speakers its size, especially outdoors at volume.Go anywhereIP67 — dust and water proofSubmersible to a metre for 30 minutes and sealed against sand and dust. Pool splashes, beach grit and sudden rain are design assumptions, not accidents.All day12 hours + PartyBoostA full day out on one USB-C charge — and PartyBoost links a second JBL speaker (or a stereo pair of Flips) when one isn’t loud enough for the garden.Right choice if you…✔ Want the benchmark portable speaker in this size class✔ Take music to pools, beaches, showers, bikes✔ Value clear vocals at high volume — the tweeter earns it✔ May pair two for stereo later (PartyBoost)Consider something else if…✖ You want something pocket-size for the backpack strap — the JBL Clip 4 clips on✖ It’s mainly for speakerphone calls — the Flip 6 has no microphone✖ You need room-filling home sound — that’s a mains-powered speaker’s jobJBL Flip 6 (Red) — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBLColourRedDriversRacetrack woofer + separate tweeter, dual passive radiatorsBatteryUp to 12 hours (USB-C charging)WaterproofingIP67 — dustproof, submersible 1m/30minMulti-speakerPartyBoost (pair or link JBL speakers)Bluetooth5.1MPNJBLFLIP6 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Flip 6 (Red)—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsCan it really go in the water?IP67 means submersion to 1 metre for 30 minutes — it survives falling in the pool. It floats music, not itself: fish it out, shake, carry on.Does it have a microphone for calls?No — JBL dropped speakerphone from the Flip line. Calls stay on your phone while music plays here.Can I pair two Flip 6 units?Yes — PartyBoost links two identical speakers as a true stereo pair, or chains multiple JBL PartyBoost speakers for volume.How loud is it for outdoors?Comfortably fills a garden gathering; the tweeter keeps it clear rather than harsh at the top of the dial. For bigger spaces, that’s what PartyBoost is for.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL Flip 6 — Black—JBL Flip 6 — Blue—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-flip-6-portable-bluetooth-speaker-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1057370537.webp","118.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","JBL","JBL Flip 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker – Red","88","6925281992995" "28313","Logitech BRIO C1000e 4K Ultra HD Webcam","Logitech BRIO C1000e 4K Ultra HD Webcam Premium 4K webcam designed for professional video calls, streaming, and content creation. Product Description The Logitech BRIO C1000e 4K Ultra HD Webcam is engineered for professionals who demand exceptional video quality for meetings, conferencing, and content creation. Featuring Ultra HD 4K resolution, this webcam delivers sharp, detailed visuals with accurate colour reproduction. Designed for modern work environments, the BRIO C1000e supports smooth video performance and adapts well to various lighting conditions, making it suitable for offices, home workspaces, and corporate setups. Its premium build quality reflects Logitech’s focus on reliability and professional usability. Whether used for high-level video conferencing or high-resolution recording, the Logitech BRIO C1000e offers consistent performance and image clarity for demanding applications. Key Features 4K Ultra HD Resolution – sharp and detailed video output Professional Webcam – ideal for business and conferencing Advanced Image Quality – clear visuals in various lighting Compact Design – suitable for desk or monitor mounting Logitech Build Quality – reliable and durable construction Feature Highlight Ultra HD clarity for professional video calls Optimised performance for modern workspaces Premium Logitech webcam design Buyer Tip Positioning the webcam at eye level can help achieve more natural and professional-looking video calls. Mini Benchmark Delivers higher image clarity and detail compared to standard Full HD webcams. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Need high-resolution video quality Only require basic webcam use Attend frequent video meetings Prefer built-in laptop cameras Create professional video content Do not need 4K resolution Product Specifications Brand Logitech Model BRIO C1000e Resolution 4K Ultra HD Connection USB","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-brio-c1000e-4k-ultra-hd-webcam/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3414375948.webp","138.88","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","Logitech C1000E","108","" "27707","Logitech G Pro X Wired Gaming Headset","The Logitech G PRO X Gaming Headset is the tournament wired standard: PRO-G 50mm drivers tuned with esports professionals, the detachable microphone enhanced by Blue VO!CE real-time voice filters, and memory foam in both leatherette and velour. The included USB external sound card carries your EQ and voice settings to any PC — walk into a LAN, plug in, sound like you.SoundPRO-G 50mm, pro-tunedHybrid-mesh PRO-G drivers deliver precise imaging — footsteps place cleanly, and DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround (via the USB card on PC) widens the stage. The tuning was iterated with professional players, not a marketing focus group.VoiceBlue VO!CE microphoneThe detachable mic runs through Blue VO!CE: real-time noise reduction, compressor and EQ presets that make a bedroom mic sound broadcast-clean on Discord and streams. Settings save to the USB sound card itself.ComfortMemory foam, two materialsSoft memory foam with premium leatherette for isolation — plus velour pads in the box for long cool sessions. Steel-aluminium frame built for daily training hours.Right choice if you…✔ Compete seriously on PC and want the LAN-standard headset✔ Stream or Discord daily — Blue VO!CE is a real upgrade✔ Want settings that travel via the USB sound card✔ Prefer wired zero-latency reliabilityConsider something else if…✖ You want wireless freedom — see the G733 LIGHTSPEED✖ Budget is the brief — the G335 covers wired basics for far less✖ You play mostly on console — 3.5mm works, but Blue VO!CE and DTS are PC-side featuresLogitech G PRO X Headset — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GDriversPRO-G 50mm hybrid meshSurroundDTS Headphone:X 2.0 (USB card, PC)MicrophoneDetachable 6mm — Blue VO!CE enhancedConnectivity3.5mm + USB external sound cardPadsMemory foam — leatherette + velour includedMPN981-000818 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G PRO X headset—Detachable Blue VO!CE microphone—USB external sound card—Velour ear pads · PC splitter · mobile cable · bagFrequently Asked QuestionsWhat does Blue VO!CE actually do?Real-time mic processing — noise gate, compressor, de-esser and EQ presets — running on the USB sound card. Teammates hear a clean, even, broadcast-style voice instead of a raw bedroom mic.Does it work on PS5 and Xbox?Via 3.5mm, yes — excellent stereo and the mic works. Blue VO!CE and DTS surround need the USB card on a PC.Leatherette or velour pads?Leatherette isolates better and pumps slightly more bass; velour stays cooler over hours. Both are in the box — swap in seconds.G PRO X or the wireless G733?Different jobs: the PRO X is the tournament tool (wired, Blue VO!CE, swappable pads); the G733 is the comfort-first wireless all-rounder. Competitive PC play favours the PRO X.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED (wireless)—HyperX Cloud III Wired—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g-pro-x-wired-gaming-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2193540659.webp","108.88","Audio > Gaming > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","Logitech G Pro X Wired Gaming Headset","38","" "27654","JBL T290 Wired Earphone Black","The JBL T290 wired in-ear earphones — 8.7mm dynamic driver in an aluminium housing, JBL Pure Bass sound, flat tangle-free cable with 45° angled 3.5mm plug, one-button inline remote and microphone. Compatible with iOS and Android. Includes three ear tip sizes and carrying pouch. Black. ✓ 8.7mm dynamic driver · aluminium housing · JBL Pure Bass Sound ✓ Flat tangle-free cable · 45° angled 3.5mm plug · 3 ear tip sizes ✓ 1-button inline remote + mic · play/pause, skip, call answer — iOS and Android ✓ Carrying pouch included · 13.6g · universal 3.5mm compatibility The JBL T290 is JBL's T-line wired in-ear earphone — compact, lightweight, and built around JBL's Pure Bass sound signature in an aluminium housing with a flat tangle-free cable. The 8.7mm dynamic driver reproduces the bass-forward, energetic sound character that JBL is known for from professional sound reinforcement — a sound tuning optimised for music genres that benefit from a strong low-frequency foundation, from hip-hop and electronic to pop and rock. Aluminium is an unusual choice for an earphone at this price point — most competing earphones use plastic housings — and it contributes both to the T290's durability and to its visual distinction, the matte-finished metal housing giving the earphone a premium appearance beyond its price category. The flat cable resists the looping and knotting that round cables form in pockets, and the 45° angled 3.5mm plug reduces the leverage on the jack when the cable is routed from a trouser pocket. The single-button inline remote handles play/pause, track skip and call answer/end on both iOS and Android. A carrying pouch is included to protect the earphones between sessions. 8.7mm Driver · Pure Bass · Aluminium JBL Sound in a Metal Housing The 8.7mm dynamic driver in the T290 is slightly larger than the standard 8–8.6mm drivers found in most budget earphones — a larger driver surface area moves more air at low frequencies, which contributes to the bass extension and impact JBL targets with its Pure Bass tuning. JBL's Pure Bass designation refers to their sound tuning philosophy derived from their professional speaker systems, where low-frequency accuracy and impact are prioritised alongside clear mids — the goal being an earphone that sounds engaging and full-bodied in music rather than thin and analytical. The T290's sound character is notably more balanced than some competing JBL earphones: bass is present and impactful but does not bleed into the midrange, vocals sit clearly in the mix, and the high frequencies are open without harshness. The aluminium housing distinguishes the T290 in its price bracket. The aluminium shell is machined in a bullet-style cylinder, which distributes impact loads around the circumference of the housing rather than concentrating stress at one point — a form that is inherently more resistant to cracking than rectangular plastic enclosures. The metal housing also acts as a low-frequency resonance chamber, contributing to the bass character of the driver. At 13.6g total weight, the T290 is light enough for extended wear without fatigue. Flat Cable · 45° Plug · Pouch Build Details That Extend Lifespan The flat cable is one of the T290's most practical features for daily carry. Round cables store memory from being coiled — after a few weeks in a pocket or bag, a round cable holds its coiled shape and creates tangles with minimal handling. Flat cables, by contrast, flex in one plane only and do not store the same rotational memory, which means they pull out of a pocket or bag in a loosely folded state rather than a snarl. The flat rubber coating also provides grip for untangling the cable quickly. The 45° angled 3.5mm plug positions the cable downward from the headphone jack in the natural direction of cable routing — when the device is in a trouser pocket, the cable exits the jack at an angle that reduces the lateral bending force that accelerates connector wear compared to a straight plug that bends 90° at the jack. The rubberised plug housing provides additional strain relief at the connector. The carrying pouch — included in the box — protects the earphone and cable between sessions, reducing the kinking and abrasion that cables experience in the bottom of a bag. Three ear tip sizes (S, M, L) allow fit adjustment for different ear canal dimensions. 1-Button Remote · Mic · iOS + Android Call and Playback Controls The single-button inline remote provides the most-used playback and call controls from the cable: one press plays or pauses music; two presses skip to the next track; three presses return to the previous track; one press answers or ends a call. The remote is compatible with both iOS and Android devices — the button protocol used is the standard single-button CTIA remote specification, which is recognised by Apple and Android devices without platform-specific implementation differences, unlike the three-button volume remotes that can behave inconsistently across platforms. The built-in microphone handles call audio and voice assistant activation. The microphone is positioned on the remote housing, which places it at mid-chest level when the earphone is worn — an appropriate distance from the mouth for clear voice capture without the cable-handling noise that microphones mounted closer to the connector experience. The T290 is positioned in JBL's lineup above the T110 (which also uses a 1-button remote and metal housing but with a smaller 8.5mm driver) and below the T210 (which uses a 3-button remote). For users who need volume control from the remote, the three-button T210 is the appropriate choice. Right choice if you… ✔ Want JBL sound quality in a wired earphone — Pure Bass tuning with aluminium housing at an accessible price ✔ Use a device with a 3.5mm jack and want a durable daily earphone with mic for calls ✔ Carry earphones loose in a bag or pocket — flat cable resists tangling, pouch included ✔ Want metal construction over plastic — aluminium housing is more impact-resistant and more durable long term Consider something else if… ✖ You need volume control from the inline remote — the T290 has a single-button remote only; volume adjustment requires using the device; the JBL T210 has a 3-button remote with volume controls ✖ Your device has no 3.5mm jack — Samsung S20 and later, Note 10+, iPhone 7 and later require a USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter ✖ You want wireless — see OnePlus Buds 4 or Philips SHB2505 for TWS options Technical Specifications Brand JBL (Harman) Model T290 / Tune 290 MPN JBLT290BLK Colour Black Driver 8.7mm dynamic Frequency Response 20Hz – 20kHz Housing Aluminium Connector 3.5mm · 45° angled plug Cable Flat · tangle-free · rubberised Remote 1-button inline · play/pause · skip · call answer/end Microphone Built-in inline Compatibility iOS · Android · universal 3.5mm Ear Tips S / M / L (3 sets included) Weight 13.6g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box — JBL T290 wired in-ear earphones — Black — 3 pairs ear tips (S, M, L) — Carrying pouch Frequently Asked Questions Can I adjust volume from the inline remote? No — the T290 has a single-button remote that controls play/pause, track skip and call answer/end. Volume adjustment is done directly on the device. If inline volume control is important to you, the JBL T210 has a three-button remote with dedicated volume up and down buttons. Will these work with a phone that has no 3.5mm jack? A USB-C to 3.5mm adapter is needed for Samsung Galaxy S20 and later, Note 10+, and other phones without a headphone jack. For iPhone 7 and later, a Lightning to 3.5mm adapter is required. The Samsung EE-UC10JUWEGWW adapter is recommended for Samsung devices for full microphone compatibility. How do I use the single-button remote to skip tracks? Press the button once to play or pause. Press it twice quickly to skip to the next track. Press it three times quickly to go back to the previous track. Press once to answer an incoming call, and press again to end the call. The exact timing sensitivity for double and triple presses varies slightly by device. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — Philips SHE2405 Wired In-Ear Earphones — Black — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Browse all earphones at maibo Browse the full earphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-t290-wired-earphone/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1837476854.webp","19.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","JBL","JBLT290BLK","166","" "27637","JBL T180A Wired In-Ear Headphones with Mic – 3.5mm Black","The JBL T180A is the wired in-ear that refuses to be complicated: 3.5mm jack, one-button remote with microphone, JBL’s punchy tuning, and nothing to charge, pair or lose. The backup pair, the desk-drawer pair, the “it just works” pair — every bag should have one.Zero frictionPlug in, press playNo battery, no Bluetooth menu, no latency. The 3.5mm jack works on laptops, consoles, flight entertainment and every phone with a headphone port or dongle.JBL soundPunchy 9mm-class driversThe JBL house tuning in miniature: forward bass, lively mids — far better than the freebie earphones this category replaces.Hands-freeMic + one-button remoteAnswer calls, pause, skip — one button does it all inline, and the mic sits at collar height where voices actually are.Right choice if you…✔ Need a dependable wired backup or daily beater✔ Use laptops, consoles or in-flight jacks✔ Hate charging yet another device✔ Buy in multiples — desk, bag, bedsideConsider something else if…✖ Your phone has no jack and you hate dongles — the W200TWS goes wireless✖ You want volume controls inline — this is a single-button remote✖ You need isolation for commutes — over-ear ANC does that jobJBL T180A — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBL (Harman)ColourBlackTypeWired in-ear, 3.5mm (4-pole)RemoteOne-button + microphoneCompatibilityAnything with a 3.5mm jackMPNJBLT180A seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL T180A earphones (black)—Ear tipsFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes the mic work on laptops?Yes — the 4-pole 3.5mm plug carries audio and mic through a combo jack, which nearly all laptops have.Will it work with my iPhone/USB-C phone?With the maker’s 3.5mm adapter, yes — audio and remote both pass through standard adapters.Is there a volume control?The single button handles play/pause, skip and calls; volume stays on the device — the standard trade at this price.Why wired in 2026?Zero latency for games and video, zero charging, zero pairing — and at this price you can leave one everywhere you sit.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL C100SI wired earphones—JBL W200TWS true wireless—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-t180a-wired-in-ear-headphones-with-mic-3-5mm-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3926378609.webp","14.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","JBL","JBL T180A – Black","88","" "27424","Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED Gaming Headset – Black","The Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED Gaming Headset – Black — 40mm drivers, LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz and Bluetooth in one headset, dual beamforming microphones with no boom arm, 18-hour battery, USB-C charging, and 165g with memory foam earcups. Works on PC, Mac, PS4, PS5, Switch and mobile. Certified Carbon Neutral. ✓ LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz and Bluetooth — gaming and phone on one headset ✓ Only 165g — one of the lightest wireless gaming headsets Logitech makes ✓ Dual beamforming mics built into the earcup — no boom arm to catch or store ✓ 18hr battery · USB-C · works on PC without G HUB · Carbon Neutral certified The Logitech G435 is the entry point to Logitech G's wireless range and it makes a specific set of choices rather than simply being a cheaper G733. It is the only headset in the range that carries both LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz and Bluetooth, so the same headset handles a PC game through the USB dongle and a phone call over Bluetooth without unpairing anything. It weighs 165g, which is light enough that it stops registering after a few minutes. It has no boom microphone — two beamforming mics sit inside the left earcup instead, which removes the most fragile part of a gaming headset and the part that is always in the way when the headset is around your neck. And it needs no software: on PC the G435 has full functionality straight out of the box with no G HUB installation. Logitech built it with a minimum of 22% post-consumer recycled plastic, FSC-certified paper packaging, and Certified Carbon Neutral status. The trade for all of this is that there is no RGB, no boom mic and no surround processing — the G435 is deliberately a headset that does the fundamentals well and leaves the rest out. LIGHTSPEED + Bluetooth Two Wireless Systems, One Headset Most gaming headsets pick one wireless technology. LIGHTSPEED is Logitech G's proprietary 2.4GHz protocol, built for gaming: it sends uncompressed audio over a dedicated USB dongle at latency low enough that footsteps and gunshots stay locked to what is on screen. Bluetooth is the universal standard — it pairs with anything, but the audio compression and packetisation add tens of milliseconds of delay, which is fine for music and calls and noticeable in competitive play. The G435 carries both. Plug the LIGHTSPEED dongle into a PC, Mac, PS4 or PS5 for gaming audio with no perceptible lag, and use Bluetooth for a phone, tablet or Nintendo Switch. Switching between the two is a button press on the earcup rather than a re-pairing procedure. In practice this is the feature that makes the G435 a genuinely single-headset solution — you are not taking one pair off to answer a call on another. Range is up to 10 metres on either connection. One detail worth checking before ordering: the LIGHTSPEED dongle is USB-A, so a laptop with only USB-C ports will need an adapter or hub. 165g · Beamforming Mics · No Boom What Removing the Boom Arm Achieves At 165g the G435 is roughly 110g lighter than the G733 and around half the weight of many full-size wireless gaming headsets. A large part of that saving comes from removing the boom microphone assembly and the plastic housing, hinge and cabling that go with it. In its place, two microphones sit inside the left earcup and work as a beamforming array — the two capsules receive the same sounds at fractionally different times depending on direction, and the processing uses that timing difference to favour audio arriving from the direction of the wearer's mouth while suppressing sound arriving from elsewhere. Voice comes through cleanly for Discord, party chat and calls; a boom mic positioned directly in front of the mouth still captures more low-end body in the voice, so a streamer recording content will want a dedicated microphone. For everyday team communication the beamforming array is entirely sufficient, and it removes the part of a headset most likely to break and the part that digs into your collarbone when the headset hangs around your neck. The earcups use soft memory foam and the headband is fabric-suspended, which combined with the low weight is what makes the G435 comfortable across a long session. 18hr · No Software · Sustainable Battery, Setup and Build Eighteen hours of playback covers a week of evening sessions before the headset needs the USB-C cable, and USB-C means the same lead as a phone or laptop rather than a proprietary connector. Where the G435 differs sharply from the rest of the Logitech G range is software: it requires none. On PC the headset has full functionality with no G HUB installation — plug in the dongle and it works, including volume and mute from the earcup buttons. There is no EQ, no Blue VO!CE processing and no RGB to configure, which is precisely why nothing needs installing. The G435 is Logitech G's sustainability flagship: minimum 22% post-consumer recycled plastic in the construction, paper packaging from FSC-certified forests, and Certified Carbon Neutral status covering design through delivery. One safety-related detail that is easy to miss on a spec sheet: the G435's maximum volume is capped at approximately 85dB. Logitech set this deliberately, since the headset is sized and positioned partly for younger players. For most listening this is more than loud enough, but anyone who habitually runs a headset at very high volume in a noisy room should be aware the ceiling is lower than on a typical gaming headset. Right choice if you… ✔ Want one headset for gaming and for your phone — LIGHTSPEED and Bluetooth together, switched with a button ✔ Find full-size gaming headsets heavy — 165g is around half the weight of many competitors ✔ Do not want to install software — full PC functionality with no G HUB required ✔ Are buying for a younger player, or want a headset with a smaller fit and a safer volume ceiling Consider something else if… ✖ You play on Xbox — the G435 is not Xbox compatible in either wireless mode; see the HyperX Cloud II Wireless or an Xbox-certified headset ✖ You stream or record and need broadcast-quality voice — the beamforming mics are fine for team chat but a boom mic captures more presence; the G733 adds Blue VO!CE processing ✖ You want RGB, EQ control or virtual surround — the G435 has none of these by design; the G733 covers all three through G HUB Technical Specifications Brand Logitech G Model G435 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset MPN 981-001050 EAN / GTIN 5099206095007 Colour Black Drivers 40mm Frequency Response 20Hz – 20kHz Impedance 45Ω (passive) Sensitivity 83.1 dB SPL/mW Max Volume Capped at approximately 85dB Wireless LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz (USB-A dongle) + Bluetooth · 10m range Microphone Dual beamforming — built into earcup · 100Hz – 8kHz · no boom arm Battery Life Up to 18 hours Charging USB-C Controls Earcup buttons — power · volume +/− · mute Spatial Audio Compatible with Dolby Atmos · Tempest 3D · Windows Sonic Software None required — full PC support without G HUB Platforms PC (Win 10+) · macOS 10.14+ · PS4 · PS5 · Switch (Bluetooth) · mobile Xbox Not compatible Weight 165g Sustainability Min. 22% post-consumer recycled plastic · Certified Carbon Neutral · FSC packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box — Logitech G435 LIGHTSPEED wireless gaming headset — Black — LIGHTSPEED USB-A wireless receiver — USB-C charging cable — User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Does the G435 work on Xbox? No. Xbox consoles use Microsoft's own proprietary wireless protocol and do not support standard Bluetooth audio, so neither the LIGHTSPEED dongle nor Bluetooth will connect the G435 to an Xbox. It works on PC, Mac, PS4 and PS5 via the LIGHTSPEED dongle, and on Nintendo Switch and mobile devices over Bluetooth. For Xbox, look at an Xbox-certified headset or the HyperX Cloud range. How good is the microphone without a boom arm? The two mics in the left earcup work as a beamforming array — they use the tiny timing difference between the two capsules to favour sound coming from your mouth and suppress everything else. For Discord, party chat and video calls the result is clear and perfectly usable. A boom mic sits directly in front of the mouth and captures more low-end presence in the voice, so if you stream or record content you will want a dedicated microphone. For playing with friends, the array does the job. Do I need to install G HUB? No. The G435 has full functionality on PC with no software installed — plug in the LIGHTSPEED dongle and audio, microphone, volume and mute all work from the earcup buttons. There is no EQ, RGB or mic processing to configure, which is why nothing needs installing. Can I use LIGHTSPEED and Bluetooth at the same time? The G435 connects on one mode at a time and switches between them with a button on the earcup. Both devices can stay paired, so moving from a PC game on LIGHTSPEED to a phone call on Bluetooth is a single button press rather than a re-pairing procedure — but the two audio streams are not mixed together simultaneously. Is the G435 loud enough? Maximum volume is capped at approximately 85dB, which Logitech set deliberately as a hearing-safety measure since the headset is partly aimed at younger players. For gaming and music in a normal room this is comfortably loud. If you routinely run headsets at very high volume, or use them in a noisy environment, the ceiling is lower than a typical gaming headset and the G733 or a HyperX Cloud model would suit better. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset — Black — HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — Logitech G502 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse — Browse all gaming headsets at maibo Browse the full gaming headsets and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g435-lightspeed-gaming-headset-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3174510779.webp","49.98","Audio > Gaming > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","981-001050","58","5099206095007" "27159","JBL TUNE 510BT Wireless Headphone","The JBL TUNE 510BT Wireless Headphone— JBL Pure Bass sound, Bluetooth 5.0 with multipoint dual-device connection, 40-hour battery with 5-minute Speed Charge (2 hours playback), foldable design, built-in mic with voice assistant support, USB-C charging. 160g. Black. ✓ JBL Pure Bass sound · 32mm driver · 20Hz–20kHz · 96dB ✓ 40hr battery · Speed Charge: 5 minutes → 2 hours · USB-C ✓ Bluetooth 5.0 · multipoint (2 devices) · voice assistant · built-in mic ✓ Foldable · 160g · adjustable headband · iOS and Android compatible The JBL Tune 510BT is JBL's entry-level wireless on-ear headphone — designed around the two things JBL is known for across their entire product range: Pure Bass sound and practical battery life at accessible pricing. The 40-hour battery is the headline specification, and it is genuinely useful — at average daily listening levels, 40 hours represents approximately five to six days of use without charging. When the battery does run low, JBL's Speed Charge adds two hours of playback from five minutes on charge — enough to get through a commute from a nearly flat battery. The 32mm driver delivers JBL's Pure Bass tuning: a sound signature that prioritises a strong, impactful low-frequency response alongside clear mids, intended for music genres from hip-hop and electronic to pop and R&B. Bluetooth 5.0 multipoint pairing keeps the headphones connected to two devices simultaneously — a phone and a laptop, for example — with automatic audio switching when a call comes in on the phone while music plays from the laptop. The headphones fold flat for transport, weigh 160g, and pair to both iOS and Android with full voice assistant support for Siri and Google Assistant via a long-press of the call button. 40hr Battery · Speed Charge Battery That Outlasts Your Week Forty hours of wireless playback is measured at 50% volume — the standard testing condition that most manufacturers apply. At higher listening levels (70–80% volume, typical for commuting in noisy environments), real-world battery life will be lower, generally in the 28–35 hour range depending on listening patterns and Bluetooth transmission activity. At moderate volumes for home and office use, 40 hours is achievable. The practical implication is that most users will charge the Tune 510BT once or twice per week rather than daily — a meaningful reduction in charging friction compared to wireless headphones in the 20–25 hour battery category. Speed Charge uses the USB-C port to deliver a high current burst to the battery in five minutes, restoring approximately 2 hours of playback — enough to rescue a depleted headphone before a commute or gym session without waiting for a full 2-hour charge cycle. The USB-C connector is the current standard across consumer electronics, which means the Tune 510BT charges from the same cable as most Android phones and laptops — no proprietary cable required. Full charge from depleted takes approximately 2 hours. JBL Pure Bass · 32mm Driver Sound Built for Music JBL Pure Bass is the sound tuning philosophy applied consistently across JBL's consumer headphone and speaker range — a bass-forward signature that prioritises low-frequency impact and extension while maintaining clear midrange for vocal and instrument intelligibility. The 32mm dynamic driver in the Tune 510BT is the primary driver size for JBL's on-ear headphone range, providing sufficient diaphragm area for meaningful bass output in an on-ear (supra-aural) form factor where the earcup sits on the ear rather than around it. On-ear headphones inherently provide less bass reinforcement than over-ear (circumaural) headphones because the seal is less complete — the smaller contact area between the earcup cushion and the head means more low-frequency leakage compared to an over-ear design. JBL tunes the Tune 510BT's frequency response to compensate for this characteristic, applying an acoustic boost in the bass range that produces the signature JBL sound in the on-ear form. At 96dB sensitivity and 32Ω impedance, the driver is efficiently powered from any Bluetooth device's internal amplifier. The frequency range of 20Hz–20kHz covers the full audible spectrum. The on-ear design provides partial passive noise isolation from the earcup pressure — less than a closed-back over-ear headphone but more than an open-back or semi-open design. BT 5.0 · Multipoint · Foldable Two Devices, One Headphone Bluetooth 5.0 multipoint pairing is the Tune 510BT's most practical feature for users who move between devices during the day. The headphones maintain active Bluetooth connections to two paired devices simultaneously — in practice, a phone and a laptop or tablet — without requiring manual switching. When audio is playing from the laptop and a call comes in on the phone, the Tune 510BT detects the incoming call and switches its audio to the phone automatically, then returns to the laptop audio when the call ends. This eliminates the manual Bluetooth disconnection and reconnection that single-point headphones require when switching between devices. Voice assistant activation — a long-press of the call button — connects to Siri on iPhone or Google Assistant on Android without unlocking the phone, which is useful for calls, reminders, navigation and playback control. The foldable hinge mechanism reduces the earcups to a flat compact form for bag storage and travel. At 160g, the Tune 510BT is lightweight for an on-ear wireless headphone — the adjustable headband distributes weight across the top of the head and the earcup foam provides contact area on the ear, keeping clamping force moderate for comfortable extended wear. Right choice if you… ✔ Want JBL Pure Bass wireless headphones and maximum battery life at an accessible price ✔ Switch between phone and laptop throughout the day — multipoint keeps both connected simultaneously ✔ Need Speed Charge for busy mornings — 5 minutes gives 2 hours of playback from flat ✔ Want a foldable, portable headphone for commuting and travel at a lightweight 160g Consider something else if… ✖ You need active noise cancellation — the Tune 510BT has no ANC; passive isolation from on-ear contact only; see the JBL Tune 660NC or 770NC for ANC options ✖ You prefer over-ear (circumaural) comfort — on-ear headphones rest on the ear and can feel warm or pressured after 2–3 hours; over-ear designs sit around the ear ✖ You need LDAC or aptX HD — the Tune 510BT uses SBC and AAC only; no high-resolution Bluetooth codec Technical Specifications Brand JBL (Harman) Model Tune 510BT MPN JBLT510BTBLK Colour Black Type On-ear (supra-aural) · wireless · foldable Driver 32mm dynamic Frequency Response 20Hz – 20kHz Impedance 32Ω Sensitivity 96dB SPL/mW Bluetooth 5.0 · multipoint (2 devices) · 10m range Battery Life Up to 40 hours Speed Charge 5 minutes → 2 hours playback Full Charge Time ~2 hours Charging USB-C Microphone Built-in · hands-free calls · voice assistant ANC None — passive isolation only Weight 160g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box — JBL Tune 510BT wireless on-ear headphones — Black — USB-C charging cable — Quick start guide Frequently Asked Questions Do the JBL Tune 510BT have noise cancellation? No — the Tune 510BT has no active noise cancellation. The on-ear earcups provide some passive isolation from background noise through physical contact with the ear, but ambient sound remains audible. For ANC, see the JBL Tune 660NC or Tune 770NC, which add active noise cancellation at a higher price point. How does multipoint pairing work? Pair the Tune 510BT to two devices — for example, your phone and laptop. The headphones stay actively connected to both simultaneously. Audio plays from whichever device is streaming. When a call comes in on the phone while laptop audio is playing, the headphones switch to the call automatically, then return to the laptop when the call ends. To set up: pair the first device normally, then put the headphones back in pairing mode and pair the second device. How do I activate voice assistant with the Tune 510BT? Press and hold the call button (the centre button on the right earcup) for approximately 2 seconds. Siri activates on iPhone, Google Assistant on Android. Release the button and speak your command. The voice assistant responds through the headphone speakers. This works without unlocking your phone. Is the Tune 510BT comfortable for all-day wear? The 510BT is comfortable for most users during commuting sessions and 2–3 hour listening periods. On-ear headphones apply pressure directly to the ear, which some users find warm or mildly uncomfortable after extended sessions — the experience varies significantly between individuals. At 160g, weight is not a fatigue factor. Users who plan extended 5–8 hour sessions may prefer an over-ear (circumaural) design where the earcup sits around the ear rather than on it. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — JBL T290 Wired In-Ear Earphones — Black — Marshall Major IV Wireless Headphones — Black — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Browse all headphones at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-510bt-wireless-headphone/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1975775988.webp","30.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","JBLT510BTBLK","88","" "27100","Apple Advanced 40W USB-C Power Adapter – Up to 60W Max Output","The Apple Advanced 40W USB-C Power Adapter is Apple's intelligent charger for households that run on more than one Apple device. It delivers 40W as standard and dynamically scales up to 60W max when the connected device can use it — more power for a MacBook Air, measured charging for an iPhone or iPad, all decided automatically by Apple's own power management. Compact, genuine, and on a UK plug. Power40W standard, up to 60W maxDynamic power delivery reads what is plugged in and responds: a MacBook Air pulls up to the 60W ceiling when it needs it, an iPhone 15 or 16 fast-charges at its own maximum, an iPad sits comfortably in between. One adapter covers the whole Apple drawer — no more choosing which brick to pack. IntelligenceApple's own power managementAdvanced regulation adjusts current in real time to protect the connected device — stable output, no spikes, safe temperatures. It is the engineering difference between a genuine Apple adapter and the unbranded bricks that claim the same wattage on the label. DesignCompact, travel-ready, UK plugLight enough for a laptop bag's front pocket, built to Apple's usual finish, with a proper UK 3-pin plug. Home desk, office, hotel room — one small adapter that genuinely replaces two. Right choice if you…✔ Charge a mix of iPhone, iPad and MacBook Air with one adapter✔ Want genuine Apple power management, not a lookalike brick✔ Need a compact charger that travels well on a UK plug✔ Fast-charge an iPhone (uses roughly half this adapter's headroom) Consider something else if…✖ You charge an iPhone wirelessly on the desk — see the Apple MagSafe Charger (2m)✖ You need to power a 14″/16″ MacBook Pro under load — those ship with higher-wattage adapters✖ You charge a Samsung phone — the Samsung 25W TA800 set is the matched choice Apple 40W USB-C Adapter — Technical Specifications BrandApple (Official) Output40W standard · up to 60W max (dynamic) PortUSB-C PlugUK 3-pin (BS 1363) MPNMQEM3B/A EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Apple 40W USB-C Power Adapter (UK plug) —USB-C charge cable sold separately Frequently Asked Questions What does '40W standard, 60W max' actually mean?The adapter guarantees 40W continuous output and can surge to 60W when a capable device — typically a MacBook Air — requests it. The connected device always decides how much it draws; the adapter never pushes more than the device asks for. Will it fast-charge my iPhone?Yes — any iPhone from the 8 onwards fast-charges from this adapter with a USB-C to Lightning or USB-C to USB-C cable (roughly 50% in half an hour on recent models). iPhones draw 20–27W, so there is ample headroom. Can it charge a MacBook?A MacBook Air charges at full speed. A MacBook Pro will also charge, just more slowly under heavy load — fine overnight or for light work, but the Pro's own higher-wattage adapter remains the right tool for sustained performance. Is a cable included?No — like all Apple power adapters, it ships adapter-only. Any USB-C cable works; use a genuine or certified cable to get full charging speed. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Apple MagSafe Charger (2m) —Samsung 25W Super Fast Charger Set —Xiaomi 67W HyperCharge Combo —Browse all Wall Chargers at maibo Browse the full charging range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-advanced-40w-usb-c-power-adapter-up-to-60w-max-output/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Apple-Advanced-40W-USB-C-Power-Adapter-%E2%80%93-Up-to-60W-Max-Output.jpeg","28.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Apple","MQEM3B/A","87","0194252922910" "26054","Bose SoundSport 3.5mm Wired In-Ear Headphones – Black","The Bose SoundSport wired headphones bring Bose's signature sound to the simplest possible format: a 3.5mm jack, a cable, and nothing to charge or pair. Deep, controlled bass, clear mids and detailed highs — the tuning that made SoundSport a favourite — delivered with total reliability, whether you are commuting, training or working at a desk. For anyone who still values a headphone that just works the moment it is plugged in, this is the one. SoundSignature Bose tuningDeep bass that stays controlled, mids with real presence and highs that keep their detail at volume — a noticeably fuller sound than standard wired earbuds. Music, podcasts and films all benefit, and because the connection is analogue there is no codec, no compression layer, no latency. FitSecure sport-ready in-ear designSoundSport was designed for movement: the in-ear fit stays put through a commute, a gym session or a long walk without feeling clamped. Comfortable for extended listening — the kind of earphone you forget you are wearing until the track ends. ReliabilityWired — always readyNo battery anxiety, no pairing menus, no dropouts in crowded places. The 3.5mm connection works instantly with phones, laptops, consoles and in-flight entertainment. Plug in, press play — the entire user manual. Right choice if you…✔ Want genuine Bose sound without Bluetooth complexity✔ Need a dependable pair for commuting, the gym or the office drawer✔ Use devices with a 3.5mm jack — laptops, consoles, flight seats✔ Are tired of earbuds that die mid-journey Consider something else if…✖ You want wireless freedom — see the Bose SoundSport Wireless✖ You prefer a brighter red finish — the SoundSport wired also comes in Power Red✖ You want a budget wired option — see the Sennheiser MX 375 Bose SoundSport Wired — Technical Specifications BrandBose SeriesSoundSport TypeWired in-ear headphones Connector3.5mm stereo jack ColourBlack MPNSoundSport In-Ear — 3.5mm EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging Warranty12-Month Maibo Warranty In the Box —Bose SoundSport wired in-ear headphones (Black), retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Why buy wired earphones in 2026?Zero latency, zero charging, zero pairing failures — and at this price, sound quality that wireless earbuds only match at twice the cost. Wired remains the most reliable format for desks, consoles, flights and anyone who simply wants music without maintenance. Will they work with a phone that has no headphone jack?Yes, with your phone maker's USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter. On laptops, consoles, tablets and anything with a built-in jack they connect directly. How do they compare with the SoundSport Wireless?Same family tuning, different trade-off: the wireless adds freedom of movement and inline battery management; the wired version answers with zero charging, zero latency and a lower price. Many customers keep one of each. Are they suitable for running and the gym?SoundSport is Bose's sport line — the fit is designed to stay secure through movement. Clip the cable under a layer and they hold through a full session. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Bose SoundSport Wireless — Black —Bose SoundTrue Ultra (Apple iOS remote) —Sennheiser CX400 II Precision In-Ear —Browse all Wired Earphones at maibo Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-soundsport-wired-headphones-3-5mm-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Bose-SoundSport-3.5mm-Wired-In-Ear-Headphones-%E2%80%93-Black.png","31.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Bose","Bose SoundSport Wired In-Ear Headphones – Black","41","" "25644","Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 Bluetooth Portable Speaker – Black","Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 Bluetooth Portable Speaker – Black Compact and powerful Bluetooth speaker designed for portable, everyday and outdoor listening. Product Description The Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 Bluetooth Portable Speaker – Black delivers surprisingly powerful sound in a compact and rugged design, making it an ideal choice for music on the move. Designed for portability and durability, this speaker provides clear, balanced audio with impressive volume for its size. With Bluetooth connectivity, the Wonderboom 2 pairs easily with compatible smartphones, tablets, and other devices, allowing you to enjoy wireless music playback wherever you go. Its compact form factor makes it easy to carry in a bag or backpack, while the sturdy build is suited for everyday use both indoors and outdoors. The speaker is built to handle active lifestyles, offering reliable performance during travel, outdoor activities, or casual listening at home. Whether you are relaxing at the park, heading on a trip, or enjoying music around the house, the Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 combines portability, durability, and rich sound in one compact speaker. Key Features Bluetooth Wireless Audio – easy connection to compatible devices Portable Compact Design – ideal for travel and outdoor use Powerful Sound Output – clear and balanced audio performance Durable Build – designed for everyday and active use Black Finish – clean and modern appearance Feature Highlight Compact size with impressive sound Wireless Bluetooth freedom Designed for portable everyday listening Buyer Tip If you want a speaker that is easy to carry yet delivers strong sound, a compact Bluetooth speaker like the Wonderboom 2 is a great everyday companion. Mini Benchmark Produces fuller and louder sound than many standard compact Bluetooth speakers of similar size. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Want a portable Bluetooth speaker Need a large home speaker system Listen to music outdoors or while travelling Require advanced smart speaker features Prefer compact and durable designs Look for multi-room audio setups Product Specifications Brand Ultimate Ears Model Wonderboom 2 Connectivity Bluetooth Colour Black   ü","https://maibo.uk/product/ultimate-ears-wonderboom-2-bluetooth-portable-speaker-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/CleanShot-2025-12-22-at-14.33.11@2x.jpg","88.88","Audio > Bluetooth Speakers","Ultimate Ears","Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 – Black","13","" "25462","Logitech Crayon Digital Pencil for iPad – Orange","The Logitech Crayon Digital Pencil for iPad – Orange uses Apple Pencil technology for pixel-precise writing and drawing — no pairing, no Bluetooth setup, just press the button and write. Compatible with all iPads from 2018 onwards. 7.5-hour battery, tilt support, palm rejection and drop-proof construction. Orange / Intense Sorbet. ✓ Apple Pencil technology — pixel-precise, zero perceptible lag, works in all Apple Pencil supported apps ✓ No pairing required — press the power button and start writing immediately ✓ Tilt support · palm rejection · 7.5 hours battery · anti-roll flat design ✓ Compatible with all Apple iPads from 2018 onwards with Lightning port The Logitech Crayon Digital Pencil for iPad is a third-party iPad stylus that uses Apple's own Pencil technology — the same underlying protocol that powers the Apple Pencil — licensed to Logitech for use in their Crayon. The result is a stylus that delivers pixel-precise accuracy, zero perceptible input lag and tilt sensitivity in every Apple Pencil supported app, at a price point significantly below the Apple Pencil. Unlike the Apple Pencil 2nd generation, the Crayon requires no pairing: press the power button once and it activates immediately on any compatible iPad. There is no Bluetooth pairing menu, no need to double-tap to switch modes, and no compatibility concern between iPad model and pencil generation — if your iPad supports Apple Pencil (2018 onwards), the Crayon works. The flat anti-roll design prevents the pencil rolling off desks, a practical detail that is absent from the round Apple Pencil. Logitech's Dynamic Smart Tip adjusts to any compatible writing app and provides a consistent feel whether you are writing at speed or sketching in fine detail. 7.5 hours of active writing time per charge via Lightning. Drop-tested to 4 feet. Weighs 20g. Orange / Intense Sorbet colour. Apple Pencil Technology The Same Protocol — No Pairing Required Apple licenses its Pencil technology to select third-party manufacturers through the Made for iPad (MFi) programme — Logitech was one of the first to receive this licensing. The Crayon uses the same low-latency, high-precision communication protocol between the stylus and the iPad's digitiser as Apple's own Pencil, which is why it works in every Apple Pencil supported app with identical precision. This is distinct from generic capacitive styluses, which simulate a finger touch and have limited accuracy. The Crayon achieves pixel-precise input — the tip lands exactly where the stylus point touches the screen, with no offset or drift. The zero-pairing design is a deliberate departure from the Apple Pencil's Bluetooth pairing requirement: the Crayon activates by pressing the power button, broadcasts its presence on the Apple Pencil protocol, and the iPad recognises it immediately — no Settings menu, no Bluetooth toggle, no compatibility checking between pencil generation and iPad model. This makes the Crayon particularly suitable for classroom and shared-device environments, where students pick up a device and need to start working without setup steps. For individual use, it means the stylus is always ready immediately after switching the iPad on. Tilt · Palm Rejection · 7.5h Practical Features for Real Writing Tilt support means the Crayon detects when the pencil is held at an angle rather than upright, and compatible apps — including Apple Notes, GoodNotes, Procreate and Adobe Fresco — respond by widening the stroke accordingly, simulating the behaviour of a real pencil held at an angle to shade. This is a feature of the Apple Pencil protocol that the Crayon inherits from its technology licensing. Palm rejection means you can rest your hand on the iPad screen while writing without the display registering your palm as touch input — the iPad distinguishes between the stylus and a resting hand and ignores the palm. Without palm rejection, resting your hand while writing produces unwanted marks and navigates away from the current app. 7.5 hours of active writing time per charge covers a full school or work day of continuous use — significantly longer than the typical 12-hour Apple Pencil 2nd generation's battery, though the Apple Pencil charges continuously from the iPad. The Crayon charges via Lightning in approximately 30 minutes from empty. The 20g weight is slightly heavier than the Apple Pencil but close to a standard pencil, making extended writing sessions comfortable. Anti-Roll · Drop Proof · Orange Built for the Real World The Crayon's flat-sided design is a practical solution to a real problem: round pencils and styluses roll off desks. The Apple Pencil 1st generation is round and notorious for rolling off surfaces. The Crayon uses a flat faceted body that stays where it is put down. This is particularly relevant in classroom settings where pencils are placed on desks, tables and surfaces throughout the day. The 4-foot drop protection rating means the Crayon is tested to survive drops from desk height onto hard surfaces without structural damage or performance degradation — Apple's official pencils have no published drop rating. At 20g, the Crayon is light enough that drops rarely result in catastrophic impact forces. The Orange / Intense Sorbet colour makes the Crayon visually distinctive compared to the white Apple Pencil and the grey third-party alternatives — useful in shared environments where individual ownership needs to be identifiable, and as a personal preference for users who prefer a more colourful accessory. The Dynamic Smart Tip is replaceable and available from Logitech if worn. Right choice if you… ✔ Own an iPad from 2018 or later with a Lightning port and want a precise stylus ✔ Want Apple Pencil technology performance at a lower price than the Apple Pencil ✔ Prefer no-pairing simplicity — press and write, no Bluetooth setup ✔ Need a drop-resistant, anti-roll stylus for school, travel or daily carry ✔ Use GoodNotes, Notability, Procreate or any Apple Pencil supported app Consider something else if… ✖ You own a newer iPad with USB-C (iPad 10th gen+, iPad Pro M1+, iPad Air M1+) — you need the USB-C Crayon (914-000070) or Apple Pencil USB-C ✖ You want double-tap to switch tools — the Crayon has no double-tap; only the Apple Pencil 2nd generation supports this ✖ You want wireless charging from the iPad — Crayon charges via Lightning cable only Technical Specifications Brand Logitech Model Crayon Digital Pencil Colour Orange / Intense Sorbet Technology Apple Pencil technology (MFi licensed) Precision Pixel-precise · zero perceptible lag Tilt Support Yes Palm Rejection Yes Pairing None required — press power button and write Battery Life Up to 7.5 hours active writing Charging Lightning Drop Protection 4 feet (1.2m) Weight 20g Compatible iPads All iPads 2018 and later with Lightning port · iOS 12.2+ MPN 914-000034 EAN / GTIN 5099206082076 Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box — Logitech Crayon Digital Pencil — Orange — Lightning charging cap Frequently Asked Questions Will the Logitech Crayon work with my iPad Pro M1 / M2 or iPad Air M1? This Lightning version (914-000034) is not compatible with iPads that have a USB-C port, including all iPad Pro models from 2018 onwards, iPad Air 4th generation and later, and iPad 10th generation. These models require the USB-C Crayon (914-000070) or the Apple Pencil USB-C / Apple Pencil 2nd generation. Lightning Crayon is compatible with iPad 6th through 9th generation, iPad mini 5th generation, and iPad Air 3rd generation. Does the Logitech Crayon work in Procreate, GoodNotes and Notability? Yes. The Crayon uses Apple Pencil technology and is recognised by all Apple Pencil supported apps, including Procreate, GoodNotes, Notability, Adobe Fresco, Concepts, and Apple Notes. Tilt sensitivity, pressure sensitivity and palm rejection all function in these apps exactly as they would with an Apple Pencil. What is the difference between the Logitech Crayon and Apple Pencil? The Crayon uses the same underlying Apple Pencil technology and delivers the same pixel precision, tilt support and palm rejection. The key differences are: the Crayon requires no Bluetooth pairing (press and write); the Crayon does not support double-tap to switch tools (Apple Pencil 2nd generation feature); the Crayon has an anti-roll flat body; the Crayon charges via Lightning rather than magnetically; and the Crayon costs less than either Apple Pencil generation. For writing and drawing, performance is equivalent. How do I charge the Logitech Crayon? Remove the flat cap from the end of the Crayon to reveal the Lightning connector. Plug any Lightning cable (including the one from your iPad) into the Crayon's Lightning port and connect to a power source. The Crayon takes approximately 30 minutes to charge fully from empty. The LED indicator shows charge status. Does the Crayon require iOS 12.2 or later? Yes. iOS 12.2 is the minimum requirement for the Crayon's Apple Pencil technology to function. All iPads released in 2018 or later that are compatible with the Crayon can be updated to at least iOS 12.2 — typically they run much newer versions. Check your iPad's iOS version in Settings → General → Software Update if unsure. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-year manufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Apple USB-C to MagSafe 3 Cable — Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter — Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 S Pen — Pink — Browse all Mobile Accessories at maibo Browse the full tablet and mobile accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-crayon-digital-pencil-for-ipad-orange/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/1390745475.webp","78.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Logitech","914-000034","91","5099206082076" "25330","Logitech G502 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse","TheLogitech G502 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse — HERO 25K sensor (25,600 DPI, 400 IPS), 1ms LIGHTSPEED wireless, six adjustable weights for custom balance, mechanical button tensioning, hyper-fast scroll wheel, 11 programmable buttons, 60-hour battery, POWERPLAY compatible. Right-handed ergonomic. 2-zone LIGHTSYNC RGB. Black. ✓ HERO 25K sensor — 25,600 DPI · 400 IPS · zero smoothing, filtering or acceleration ✓ LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz · 1ms · 6 adjustable weights · mechanical button tensioning · hyper-fast scroll ✓ 60hr battery · 5 min → 2.5hr fast charge · POWERPLAY compatible ✓ 11 programmable buttons · 2-zone LIGHTSYNC RGB · G HUB · right-handed ergonomic The Logitech G502 LIGHTSPEED is the wireless evolution of the G502 — Logitech G's most successful and recognised gaming mouse platform, refined over multiple generations and used as a competitive benchmark by the gaming mouse community for a decade. The LIGHTSPEED variant is a complete internal re-engineering of the wired G502 HERO: the same beloved right-handed ergonomic shape, the same 11-button layout, the same adjustable weight system and hyper-fast scroll wheel — rebuilt from the inside to incorporate LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz wireless at 1ms latency, the HERO 25K sensor, POWERPLAY charging compatibility, and a 60-hour battery life, while achieving a 7-gram weight reduction over the previous wireless version. The endoskeleton internal frame uses an internal structural chassis with 1.2mm thin outer shell walls — placing structural integrity inside the mouse rather than in the shell, which reduces total weight while maintaining rigidity. The adjustable weight system accepts six weights in a customisable tray configuration, allowing the mouse's total mass and balance point to be tuned to individual hand size and grip style. Mechanical button tensioning uses metal spring elements for each primary button, providing a crisp, consistent click actuation that does not develop the rubber-dome mushiness that degrades with extended use. HERO 25K · Adjustable Weights Precision Sensor and Custom Balance The HERO 25K sensor performs identically to the version in the G903 — 25,600 DPI maximum, 400 IPS tracking speed, zero smoothing, filtering and acceleration, 1ms wireless report rate via LIGHTSPEED. The G502 LIGHTSPEED's distinguishing feature in the sensor category is the adjustable weight system, which influences how the sensor's output translates to the physical feel of mouse movement. The six removable weights (each weighing approximately 3.6g, with the system accommodating combinations up to approximately 18g of additional mass beyond the 114g base weight) are placed in a tray accessible from the underside of the mouse. Weights can be distributed toward the front, rear, left or right of the tray to shift the centre of mass — moving mass forward reduces the effort required to initiate forward movements, moving it rearward provides more resistance to unintended forward movements. Users with larger hands who generate more incidental mouse movement may prefer a heavier configuration for stability; users who play low-sensitivity and move the mouse across a large surface area may prefer lighter configurations for reduced fatigue. The ability to tune the mass and balance without purchasing a different mouse makes the G502 one of the few mice that can be physically adapted to a user's preferences. Mechanical Tensioning · Hyper-Fast Scroll Button and Scroll Engineering The Mechanical Button Tensioning System is one of the G502 LIGHTSPEED's differentiating engineering features. Standard gaming mouse primary buttons use a simple pivot mechanism where the button shell depresses a microswitch directly — the click feel degrades over time as the pivot mechanism develops play and the microswitch spring resistance changes with wear cycles. The G502's tensioning system adds a metal spring element that maintains constant tension on the primary button from above, keeping the button in firm contact with the microswitch at all times and providing consistent actuation force throughout the button's service life. The result is primary buttons with a sharper, crisper click that does not soften or develop pre-travel over extended use. The hyper-fast scroll wheel toggles between two modes via a switch on the underside of the mouse: tactile stepped scroll (detented, click-per-notch) for precise item selection and navigation, and free-spinning mode where the scroll wheel rotates freely with virtually no resistance, allowing rapid scrolling through long documents, web pages and inventory lists with a single wrist flick. The wheel can also be tilted left and right for horizontal scrolling and is itself a programmable button when pressed down. 60hr Battery · POWERPLAY · Endoskeleton Power and Construction The 60-hour battery life is measured at default LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting settings — substantially more than the 40–50 hour figures typical of competing wireless gaming mice with RGB. With RGB disabled, battery extends to approximately 60 hours or beyond. The 5-minute fast charge adds 2.5 hours of gameplay — a practical rescue for a depleted mouse before a session. POWERPLAY compatibility allows the G502 LIGHTSPEED to be charged continuously on the POWERPLAY mouse mat (sold separately), eliminating battery management entirely. The endoskeleton construction reduces the mouse's shell wall thickness to 1.2mm — thinner than most consumer mice which rely on shell thickness for rigidity — by moving structural integrity to an internal lightweight frame. This allows material to be removed from non-structural areas while maintaining the overall rigidity required for a precision peripheral, achieving the 7-gram reduction from the previous G502 wireless version without compromising feel or durability. The right-handed ergonomic shape is the same ID used across the G502 family since the original — a thumb shelf on the left side, textured grip surfaces on left and right flanks, and an arched main body designed for palm and claw grip styles. Right choice if you… ✔ Already use a G502 wired and want to go wireless with the same shape, layout and features ✔ Want adjustable weight customisation — the six-weight system lets you tune mass and balance to your hand and grip style ✔ Value the hyper-fast free-spin scroll wheel for rapid document or web page navigation alongside gaming ✔ Want LIGHTSPEED flagship sensor performance in a right-handed ergonomic form factor Consider something else if… ✖ You want the lightest possible wireless mouse — the G502 LIGHTSPEED at 114g base is substantially heavier than the G PRO X SUPERLIGHT (under 63g); for weight-critical play, SUPERLIGHT is the correct choice ✖ You are left-handed — the G502 is right-handed ergonomic only; see the G903 for ambidextrous wireless ✖ You want Bluetooth — G502 LIGHTSPEED is LIGHTSPEED + wired only, no Bluetooth Technical Specifications Brand Logitech G Model G502 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse MPN 910-005567 EAN / GTIN 6920377909079 Sensor HERO 25K optical · 25,600 DPI · 400 IPS · zero smoothing/filtering/acceleration DPI Range 100 – 25,600 (G HUB adjustable) Wireless LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz · 1ms report rate Battery Life Up to 60hr (default RGB) · Up to 48hr (default lighting) Fast Charge 5 minutes → 2.5 hours playback POWERPLAY Compatible (mat sold separately) Buttons 11 programmable (G HUB) · mechanical tensioning on primaries Scroll Wheel Hyper-fast · stepped and free-spin modes · tilt left/right Adjustable Weight 6 removable weights · configurable tray Weight (base) 114g (without additional weights) Design Right-handed ergonomic · endoskeleton · 1.2mm shell RGB LIGHTSYNC · 2-zone · G HUB Compatibility Windows 8+ · macOS 10.11+ Warranty 2-year Logitech limited hardware warranty In the Box — Logitech G502 LIGHTSPEED wireless gaming mouse — Black — LIGHTSPEED USB-A wireless receiver — USB charging cable — 6 adjustable weight modules Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between the G502 LIGHTSPEED and G502 HERO (wired)? The G502 LIGHTSPEED is the wireless version with LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz connectivity, HERO 25K sensor, and a 60-hour battery. The G502 HERO is the wired version using a USB cable and the same HERO 25K sensor. Both share identical shape, button layout, adjustable weights and scroll wheel. The LIGHTSPEED is heavier by approximately 10g due to the battery. Performance in wired and wireless modes is identical — both run HERO 25K at 1ms report rate. How do I switch the scroll wheel between stepped and free-spin modes? There is a small toggle switch on the underside of the mouse, positioned just forward of the weight tray. Sliding it toward the front activates free-spin mode — the wheel rotates freely with minimal resistance. Sliding it toward the rear activates stepped (detented) mode with tactile clicks per scroll notch. The mode can be toggled without lifting the mouse from the surface during use. What is the difference between the G502 LIGHTSPEED and G903? Both use HERO 25K and LIGHTSPEED at identical performance levels. The G502 LIGHTSPEED is right-handed ergonomic with adjustable weights, hyper-fast scroll, mechanical button tensioning, and 11 buttons. The G903 is ambidextrous with swappable side button panels, LIGHTSYNC RGB and 11 buttons, but no adjustable weights and no hyper-fast scroll. Choose G502 for ergonomic right-hand comfort and weight customisation; choose G903 for left-hand use or POWERPLAY with ambidextrous design. Is G HUB required to use the G502 LIGHTSPEED? No — the mouse functions plug-and-play without G HUB at default settings. G HUB is required to customise DPI steps, button assignments, RGB lighting profiles, surface tuning and onboard memory profiles. G HUB is free to download at logitechG.com/downloads. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years · Logitech Limited Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech G903 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse — HERO 25K — Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Gaming Mouse — White — Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Headset — Browse all gaming peripherals at maibo Browse the full gaming peripherals range at maibo.  ","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g502-lightspeed-wireless-gaming-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Logitech-G502-LIGHTSPEED-Wireless-Gaming-Mouse.png","88.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005567","88","6920377909079" "25239","Apple Watch Magnetic Charging Cable USB-C (1m)","The official Apple Watch Magnetic Charging Cable USB C 1m is the genuine replacement for the cable that ships with every Apple Watch — the magnetic puck snaps onto the back of your Watch automatically, the USB-C end plugs into any modern adapter, and you wake up to a full battery. Simple as it should be. Charging Magnetic Snap — No Alignment Needed The magnetic charging puck snaps onto the back of your Apple Watch automatically — no fumbling in the dark, no wrong-way-round. Place the Watch near the charger and it aligns itself. Charges all Apple Watch models from Series 1 through Ultra 2. Speed Fast Charging — Series 7 and Later Apple Watch Series 7, 8, 9, Ultra and Ultra 2 support fast charging — this USB-C cable enables the full fast charge speed when paired with a USB-C adapter rated at 5W or above. Charges Series 7 from 0% to 80% in approximately 45 minutes. Convenience USB-C — One Charger for Everything The USB-C end means this cable works with your iPhone 20W charger, MacBook adapter, USB-C power bank, laptop port or any USB-C hub. No need for a dedicated Apple Watch adapter — just use whatever USB-C charger is nearby. 1m is ideal for bedside table use. Great choice if you… ✔ Own any Apple Watch — Series 1 through Ultra 2 ✔ Lost or damaged your original charger ✔ Want a spare for travel, office or gym bag ✔ Have USB-C adapters you want to use ✔ Have Series 7 or later and want fast charging Consider something else if… ✖ You only have USB-A adapters — you'll need a USB-A version ✖ You need a longer cable — 2m version may suit better ✖ You own a non-Apple smartwatch Technical Specifications Brand Apple Model / MPN MKUV3ZM/A Watch Connector Magnetic inductive (Apple Watch) Adapter Connector USB-C Fast Charging Yes — Apple Watch Series 7 and later Cable Length 1 metre Colour White Box Contents — Apple Watch Magnetic Charging Cable USB-C (1m) Compatible With — Apple Watch Series 7, 8, 9 (fast charge) — Apple Watch Ultra & Ultra 2 (fast charge) — Apple Watch Series 1–6 & SE (standard charge) — Any USB-C adapter, laptop or power bank Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Apple Watch Magnetic Charging Cable USB C 1m is the essential spare for any Apple Watch owner — keep one at home, one at the office, one in the travel bag. Need a USB-C adapter to go with it? See the Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-watch-magnetic-charging-cable-usb-c-1m/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Apple-Watch-Magnetic-Charger-to-USB-C-Cable-1-m--scaled.jpeg","19.88","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Apple","MKUV3ZM/A","88","0194253407611" "25084","Samsung EVO Plus 128GB microSDXC Memory Card","The Samsung EVO Plus microSDXC 128GB is the card Samsung builds for its own phones and tablets: up to 130MB/s reads, the U3/V30/A2 trio for smooth 4K and fast app loads, and the 6-proof durability Samsung rates against water, temperature, X-ray, magnets, drops and wear. The natural expansion for Galaxy devices — and everything else.MatchedBuilt by your phone’s makerSamsung flash in Samsung devices: EVO Plus is the card Galaxy tablets and phones are validated against — zero compatibility guesswork.CapableU3 / V30 / A2Sustained 30MB/s writes keep 4K recording clean, and A2 random performance keeps apps and game libraries responsive when run from the card.6-proofRated against real lifeWater, temperature extremes, X-rays, magnets, drops and wear-out — Samsung’s six-way protection makes the card the least fragile thing in your pocket.Right choice if you…✔ Expand a Galaxy tablet or phone — the native choice✔ Record 4K on phones and action cams✔ Run apps/games off the card (A2)✔ Want Samsung reliability at mainstream priceConsider something else if…✖ You offload huge shoots on deadline — the PRO Plus writes markedly faster✖ 24/7 dashcam loops — endurance cards are the right tool✖ Full-size SD camera — different slot entirelySamsung EVO Plus 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity128GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 130MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30 · A2Durability6-proof: water/temp/X-ray/magnet/drop/wearMPNMB-MC128KA (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung EVO Plus microSDXC 128GB—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsEVO Plus or PRO Plus?EVO Plus: the all-round value pick (130MB/s). PRO Plus: faster both ways (160/120MB/s) for heavy shooting and offloads. Most phone/tablet users are perfectly served here.Is it good for Nintendo Switch?Yes — capacity and read speed suit Switch libraries well; it’s one of the community’s standard picks.Can my Galaxy move apps to it?On models with microSD slots, yes — and A2 rating keeps those apps feeling installed, not exiled.Does it come with an adapter?Yes — the full-size SD adapter is included for cameras and readers.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—EVO Plus — 256GB—EVO Plus — 512GB—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-evo-plus-128gb-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3641518879.webp","33.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MD128SA","88","8806095464251" "25054","Samsung PRO Plus 128GB microSD Card","The Samsung PRO Plus microSDXC 128GB is the EVO’s harder-working sibling: up to 160MB/s reads and 120MB/s writes — the write speed being the real story, because that’s what clears camera buffers and swallows 4K streams without blinking. U3/V30/A2 rated, 6-proof protected, built for cards that earn their keep.Write speed120MB/s — the pro differenceWrites are where cheap cards choke: 120MB/s keeps drones, action cams and burst photography flowing, and makes the card usable as working storage, not just a shelf.Fast both ways160MB/s readsOffloads and file moves at the practical top of UHS-I — a day of footage transfers while you pack the kit.DependableV30 + A2 + 6-proofSustained 4K guarantee, app-class random performance, and Samsung’s six-way protection against water, temperature, X-ray, magnets, drops and wear.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K on drones, action cams, phones — heavily✔ Offload big days often — write speed pays twice✔ Run a Steam Deck or heavy app storage (A2)✔ Want Samsung’s fastest mainstream microSDConsider something else if…✖ You mainly store media — the EVO Plus gives more GB per pound✖ Dashcam loop duty — endurance cards fit that pattern✖ Full-size SD camera — different slotSamsung PRO Plus 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity128GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 160MB/sWrite speedUp to 120MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30 · A2Durability6-proof: water/temp/X-ray/magnet/drop/wearMPNMB-MD128SA/EUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung PRO Plus microSDXC 128GB—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsPRO Plus vs EVO Plus — is the difference real?In writes, very: ~120 vs ~80MB/s class. If the card records or offloads for a living, PRO Plus; if it mostly holds media, EVO Plus.Good for GoPro and DJI?Yes — V30 with 120MB/s write headroom is comfortably inside action-cam and consumer-drone requirements.Steam Deck?A strong pick — A2 random reads keep game loads snappy, and the write speed helps installs.Adapter included?Yes — full-size SD adapter in the box.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—PRO Plus — 512GB—EVO Plus 128GB (value)—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-pro-plus-128gb-microsd-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3199101767.webp","48.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MD128SA/EU","198","8806094788112" "24529","Anker USB-C Charger EU 65W PIQ 3.0","Anker USB-C Charger EU 65W PIQ 3.0 Designed for users who need fast, efficient, and reliable USB-C charging for multiple devices. Product Description The Anker USB-C Charger 65W PIQ 3.0 is designed to deliver fast and efficient power through a compact and dependable charging solution. Built with Anker’s PowerIQ 3.0 technology, it intelligently adjusts power output to suit compatible devices. With a maximum output of 65W, this USB-C charger is suitable for charging smartphones, tablets, and other USB-C compatible devices that support higher-power charging. Its efficient design helps maintain stable performance during everyday use at home, in the office, or while travelling. Ideal for users seeking a balance of speed, safety, and versatility, the Anker 65W PIQ 3.0 Charger integrates seamlessly into modern charging setups. Key Features 65W Fast Charging Output – suitable for high-power USB-C devices PowerIQ 3.0 Technology – intelligent power delivery USB-C Charging Interface – compatible with modern devices Compact Design – convenient for home, office, or travel use Reliable Performance – designed for stable everyday charging Item Specifics Brand Anker Product Type USB-C Power Adapter Maximum Output 65W Charging Technology PowerIQ 3.0 Compatible With Smartphones USB-C compatible smartphones supporting fast charging Tablets USB-C tablets and media devices Laptops USB-C laptops requiring up to 65W charging Technical Specifications Maximum Power Output 65W Charging Interface USB-C Charging Technology Anker PowerIQ 3.0 Frequently Asked Questions Does this charger support fast charging? Yes, it supports fast charging for compatible USB-C devices. Can it charge laptops? It is suitable for USB-C laptops that require up to 65W charging. Is this charger safe for everyday use? Yes, it is designed for stable and reliable daily charging.","https://maibo.uk/product/anker-usb-c-charger-eu-65w-piq-3-0/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/761658818.webp","38.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Anker","Anker USB-C Charger EU 65W","86","" "24963","Anker USB-C Charger EU 65W PIQ 3.0","Anker USB-C Charger EU 65W PIQ 3.0 Designed for users who need fast, efficient, and reliable USB-C charging for multiple devices. Product Description The Anker USB-C Charger 65W PIQ 3.0 is designed to deliver fast and efficient power through a compact and dependable charging solution. Built with Anker’s PowerIQ 3.0 technology, it intelligently adjusts power output to suit compatible devices. With a maximum output of 65W, this USB-C charger is suitable for charging smartphones, tablets, and other USB-C compatible devices that support higher-power charging. Its efficient design helps maintain stable performance during everyday use at home, in the office, or while travelling. Ideal for users seeking a balance of speed, safety, and versatility, the Anker 65W PIQ 3.0 Charger integrates seamlessly into modern charging setups. Key Features 65W Fast Charging Output – suitable for high-power USB-C devices PowerIQ 3.0 Technology – intelligent power delivery USB-C Charging Interface – compatible with modern devices Compact Design – convenient for home, office, or travel use Reliable Performance – designed for stable everyday charging Item Specifics Brand Anker Product Type USB-C Power Adapter Maximum Output 65W Charging Technology PowerIQ 3.0 Compatible With Smartphones USB-C compatible smartphones supporting fast charging Tablets USB-C tablets and media devices Laptops USB-C laptops requiring up to 65W charging Technical Specifications Maximum Power Output 65W Charging Interface USB-C Charging Technology Anker PowerIQ 3.0 Frequently Asked Questions Does this charger support fast charging? Yes, it supports fast charging for compatible USB-C devices. Can it charge laptops? It is suitable for USB-C laptops that require up to 65W charging. Is this charger safe for everyday use? Yes, it is designed for stable and reliable daily charging.","https://maibo.uk/product/anker-usb-c-charger-eu-65w-piq-3-0/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/761658818.webp","62.57","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Anker","381DA0P93TSY","86","" "24368","Logitech ERGO M575 Wireless Trackball Mouse – Black","The Logitech ERGO M575 is the easiest way into trackball life: the thumb ball stops your arm travelling across the desk, the 57-degree sculpted shape rests the hand naturally, and a single AA battery runs up to 24 months. For cramped desks, sofa-and-laptop setups and wrists that ache by Friday, it is the low-risk switch that tends to become permanent.ComfortSculpted 57° restThe shell angles the hand into a relaxed posture and takes the full palm; the thumb does the pointing, so the arm and shoulder simply stop working. The commonest review is a before/after about wrist ache.SimplicityAA battery, 24 monthsNo charging cable, no battery anxiety — one AA lasts up to two years (Bluetooth; 20 months on the receiver). Connect via Bluetooth or the included USB receiver to anything from Windows to iPadOS.PlacementWorks where mice cannotZero movement means it works on a sofa arm, a tiny desk corner, even a stack of books. Precision tracking is tuned for comfortable cursor control across one or two monitors.Right choice if you…✔ Want to try a trackball without flagship money✔ Use a cramped desk, sofa or armchair setup✔ Feel early wrist strain from flat mice✔ Prefer AA endurance to charging ritualsConsider something else if…✖ You want tilt adjustment, precision mode and recharging — the MX Ergo is the flagship✖ You are left-handed — thumb trackballs are right-hand sculpts✖ You game fast-twitch titles — trackballs favour comfort over flicksLogitech ERGO M575 — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitechTypeThumb trackball, right-handedAngle57° sculpted restConnectivityBluetooth or USB receiver (included)Battery1× AA — up to 24 monthsColourBlackMPN910-005872EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Logitech ERGO M575 trackball (Black)—USB receiver—AA battery (pre-installed)Frequently Asked QuestionsM575 or MX Ergo — which trackball?The M575 is the accessible entry: AA power, fixed angle, lower price. The MX Ergo adds the 20-degree tilt hinge, precision mode button, rechargeable battery and two-device Flow. Start here; upgrade if the trackball life sticks.How long until a trackball feels natural?A few days of normal use for most people — the thumb learns fast, and the wrist relief keeps you there.Does it work with iPad and Mac?Yes — Bluetooth covers macOS, iPadOS, Windows, ChromeOS and Linux; the receiver covers desktops with flaky Bluetooth.Is the ball removable for cleaning?Yes — push it out from the underside hole and wipe the bearings; thirty seconds, every few weeks.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech MX Ergo (flagship trackball)—Logitech Pebble M350—Browse all Mice at maiboBrowse the full mice range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-ergo-m575-wireless-trackball-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/776977798.webp","38.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005872","88","097855160652" "24157","Samsung Tab S6 Digital Pen – Black (Compatible with SM-T860 / SM-T865)","The official Samsung Digital Pen for the Galaxy Tab S6 (SM-T860 / SM-T865) in Black — the genuine replacement for the pen your tablet shipped with. Bluetooth-enabled with Air Actions for remote control, pressure-sensitive for natural note-taking and drawing, and magnetically attaching to the Tab S6’s back groove, where it charges wirelessly. Tab S6 pens are getting scarce as the model ages — this is original Samsung stock, brand new. WritingPressure-sensitive precision4,096 pressure levels and a fine 0.7mm tip make Samsung Notes, PENUP and document markup feel like pen on paper. Handwriting-to-text, Smart Select capture and Air Command all work exactly as they did with the original pen.Air ActionsBluetooth remote controlThe BLE pen doubles as a remote: fire the camera shutter, skip tracks, page through slides with a gesture. Pair once — by setting it on the charging groove — and it simply works.FitMagnetic attach, wireless chargeMade for the Tab S6’s recessed back groove: the pen snaps in magnetically and charges while attached, so it travels with the tablet and arrives charged. Third-party pens write; the original belongs. Right choice if you…✔ Own a Tab S6 (SM-T860 / SM-T865) and lost or wore out the pen✔ Want every original feature back — Air Actions included✔ Take notes or draw on the Tab S6’s AMOLED screen✔ Want genuine Samsung stock while it is still available Consider something else if…✖ You prefer Blue — the same pen in Blue is in stock✖ You have a Tab S9 FE — see the Tab S9 FE S Pen✖ Your tablet is a different Tab model — pens are model-specific; ask us Tab S6 Digital Pen (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S6 — SM-T860 / SM-T865ConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy — Air ActionsTip0.7mm, 4,096 pressure levelsChargingWireless, on the tablet’s magnetic grooveColourBlackMPNEJ-PT860 series (Black variant)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box—Samsung Digital Pen for Galaxy Tab S6 (Black), retail packaging Frequently Asked QuestionsWill it pair with my Tab S6 automatically?Yes — set it on the magnetic charging groove on the tablet’s back and the Tab S6 pairs and charges it. Air Actions are ready once the on-screen prompt confirms.Does it work with the Tab S6 Lite or Tab S7?No — this pen is coded for the original Tab S6 (SM-T860/T865). The S6 Lite and S7 use different pens; message us with your model and we will point you to the right one.How long does the pen battery last?The pen tops up every time it rests on the charging groove, so in normal use it is effectively always charged — a few minutes on the groove covers hours of Air Actions use.Why buy original instead of a cheap EMR pen?Generic pens can write, but they skip Bluetooth: no Air Actions, no camera remote, no button features — and fit/pressure tuning varies. This is the part the tablet was designed with.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Tab S6 Digital Pen — Blue—S Pen Tab S9 FE / FE+ — Gray—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-tab-s6-digital-pen-black-compatible-with-sm-t860-sm-t865/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1916588660.webp","29.98","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","","88","" "24121","Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen","The Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen is the official Samsung case for the Galaxy Z Fold3 5G — a flip cover with a dedicated, detachable S Pen Fold Edition holder built in. Protects the outer screen, inner display and hinge while keeping an S Pen always to hand. ✓ Dedicated detachable S Pen Fold Edition holder — S Pen slides in and out with ease ✓ Antimicrobial coating — Zinc Pyrithione protects against microbial growth on the case exterior ✓ Stable flat writing position — case props the phone steady on a surface for handwriting ✓ Official Samsung accessory — precise fit for Galaxy Z Fold3 5G · Black · PC/PU/Silicone construction ⚠️ Discontinued — made for Galaxy Z Fold3 (2021) only. Limited stock remaining. The Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen is the official Samsung-designed case for the Galaxy Z Fold3 5G that integrates an S Pen Fold Edition holder directly into its construction. The Galaxy Z Fold3 was Samsung's first foldable to support S Pen input — the phone's inner UTG display accepts the S Pen Fold Edition, which has a retractable tip that doesn't damage the flexible screen. However, the Z Fold3 body has no internal slot to store the S Pen, making a case with an integrated holder the practical solution for keeping the S Pen accessible. This Flip Cover provides that holder: a dedicated, detachable S Pen Fold Edition cradle that attaches to the back of the case, allowing the pen to slide cleanly in and out when needed. The flip cover format protects the outer cover display when closed, the inner foldable display edge and the hinge area during daily carry. PC, PU and silicone construction provides structural rigidity with a soft touch exterior. The antimicrobial coating on the outer surface uses Zinc Pyrithione to inhibit microbial growth on the case surface. A specific geometry in the cover allows the phone to be laid flat on a surface in an open position without rocking, providing a stable writing platform when using the S Pen. Official Samsung product. Compatible exclusively with Galaxy Z Fold3 5G. Available while current stock lasts. S Pen Fold Edition Holder Dedicated Storage — Always to Hand The Galaxy Z Fold3 5G was the first Samsung foldable to officially support S Pen input, but unlike the Galaxy Note series and S21 Ultra, the Z Fold3 body contains no internal S Pen silo. Without a case, the S Pen Fold Edition must be carried separately — in a pocket, bag, or loose — creating a real risk of misplacement and a significant friction to using the pen spontaneously. The Flip Cover addresses this with a dedicated S Pen Fold Edition holder attached to the back of the case. The holder is detachable from the case itself, and the S Pen slides in and out of the holder smoothly. The holder's attachment to the case is secure during normal carry but releases cleanly when intentionally removed. The design is specific to the S Pen Fold Edition — the standard S Pen used with Note and S Ultra series will not fit. The S Pen Fold Edition uses a retractable spring-loaded tip (rather than the rigid tip of standard S Pens) to avoid damaging the flexible UTG inner display of the Z Fold3. This case comes with the holder; the S Pen Fold Edition itself is sold separately and is not included in this listing. Flip Cover Protection Front · Back · Hinge Coverage The Z Fold3 5G has a more complex protection requirement than a conventional smartphone. The outer cover display, exposed when the phone is folded, is a standard glass-fronted screen that requires the same scratch and impact protection any smartphone needs. The inner foldable display is covered by the clamshell fold when closed, so the main risk there is flex fatigue at the hinge and the edges of the inner display when open. The hinge mechanism itself is exposed when open and is a structural element — direct impact to the hinge area is a concern that case designers must address. The Flip Cover wraps the outer back panel in PC and PU material with silicone elements at stress points, and the flip front cover protects the outer cover display when the phone is pocketed or in a bag. The fit is precise to Samsung's tolerances for the Z Fold3 body — cutouts align exactly with the camera module, speaker grilles and charging port. The PC/PU/silicone combination provides structural rigidity where impact absorption is needed and flexibility at the fold point to accommodate the phone's opening and closing motion without placing stress on the hinge. Antimicrobial · Writing Stability Clean Surface · Steady on Any Desk The outer surface of the Flip Cover with S Pen is treated with an antimicrobial coating using Zinc Pyrithione — a biocidal compound that inhibits the growth of bacteria and fungi on the case exterior. The coating meets the antimicrobial activity standards set by the FITI Testing & Research Institute. Samsung notes that the coating does not provide protection against viruses including Covid-19, and that the antimicrobial effect applies to the case outer surface only, not the phone display or S Pen. A practical design feature for S Pen use is the case's stability geometry: when the Z Fold3 is fully unfolded and laid display-side up on a flat surface, the case construction provides a stable, non-rocking footprint that holds the phone steady during handwriting or drawing sessions. Standard phone cases on folding devices often create an unstable rocking motion when open on a table; this case is designed to eliminate that wobble. This is particularly relevant for sustained note-taking, annotation of documents or sketching use cases where the phone needs to sit still on a desk for extended periods. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 5G and use or plan to use the S Pen Fold Edition ✔ Want the S Pen stored on the phone at all times without a separate carry solution ✔ Take handwritten notes or annotate documents on the Z Fold3's inner display ✔ Want the official Samsung case for precise fit and guaranteed compatibility ✔ Want a case with antimicrobial protection on the exterior surface Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Z Fold4, Z Fold5 or Z Fold6 — this case is made exclusively for the Z Fold3 and will not fit other models ✖ You do not use the S Pen — a standard flip cover or clear cover for Z Fold3 is lighter and slimmer ✖ You need the S Pen Fold Edition itself — the S Pen is not included in this listing, only the holder Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen Colour Black Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 5G only Material PC · PU · Silicone S Pen Holder Dedicated detachable holder for S Pen Fold Edition Antimicrobial Yes — Zinc Pyrithione coating on exterior Dimensions 7.7 × 132.1 × 7.4 mm MPN EF-FF92PCBEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806092697379 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover — Black — Detachable S Pen Fold Edition holder Note: S Pen Fold Edition is not included — sold separately. Frequently Asked Questions Does the S Pen Fold Edition come included with this case? No. This listing includes the Flip Cover and the detachable S Pen holder. The S Pen Fold Edition itself is a separate Samsung accessory (EJ-PF926) sold separately. The case provides the holder to store the S Pen on the phone — you need to purchase the S Pen Fold Edition separately to use this feature. Will this case fit the Galaxy Z Fold4 or Z Fold5? No. The Flip Cover with S Pen (EF-FF92PCBEGWW) is designed exclusively for the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 5G. The Z Fold4, Z Fold5 and Z Fold6 have different dimensions, hinge geometry and camera layouts — this case will not fit those devices. Samsung produced equivalent Flip Cover with S Pen accessories for later Fold models under different MPN codes. Can I use a standard Galaxy Note S Pen in this holder? No. The holder is sized specifically for the S Pen Fold Edition, which is a slightly different form factor to the standard S Pen. More importantly, the S Pen Fold Edition uses a retractable spring-tip to avoid scratching the Z Fold3's flexible UTG inner display — using a standard rigid-tip S Pen on the Z Fold3 inner display is not recommended by Samsung as it can cause display damage. Does the case allow wireless charging? Yes. The PC and PU materials used in the case do not block wireless charging signals. The Galaxy Z Fold3 5G supports wireless charging and the case does not interfere with this functionality when placed on a Qi or Samsung Fast Wireless Charging pad. Does the flip cover activate the cover screen when opened and closed? Yes. The Flip Cover contains a magnet that communicates with the Z Fold3's Hall sensor — closing the cover puts the phone into sleep mode, and opening it wakes the cover display, the same as the phone's native behaviour when closed and opened. This is consistent across all Samsung official flip cases for the Z Fold3. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart Clear View Cover — Samsung S Pen Pro — Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Note 10 — Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-z-fold3-flip-cover-with-s-pen/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2175768858.webp","58.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen > Case","Samsung","EF-FF92PCBEGEW","88","8806092681248" "24068","AKG K92 Professional Studio Wired Headphones","AKG K92 Professional Studio Wired Headphones Closed-back studio headphones designed for accurate sound monitoring and long listening sessions. Product Description The AKG K92 Professional Studio Wired Headphones are designed to deliver accurate, detailed sound for studio monitoring, mixing, and everyday listening. Featuring a closed-back over-ear design, these headphones provide effective sound isolation, allowing you to focus on your audio without distraction from external noise. Equipped with large drivers, the K92 headphones deliver a balanced sound signature with clear highs, defined mids, and controlled bass. This makes them suitable for a wide range of applications, from music production and editing to content creation and casual listening. The wired connection ensures consistent, latency-free audio performance, which is essential for studio and professional use. Comfort is a key focus of the AKG K92 design. The self-adjusting headband and soft ear cushions help reduce pressure during long sessions, making these headphones comfortable to wear for extended periods. Whether you are working in a home studio or simply enjoying high-quality sound, the AKG K92 offers reliable performance with professional-grade clarity. Key Features Professional Studio Sound – accurate and balanced audio reproduction Closed-Back Design – improved isolation for focused listening Over-Ear Comfort – soft ear cushions for long sessions Wired Connection – stable, latency-free audio AKG Build Quality – designed for durability and reliability Feature Highlight Clear and detailed studio-grade sound Comfortable fit for extended use Closed-back design for sound isolation Buyer Tip If you need headphones for home recording, mixing, or focused listening, studio-style closed-back headphones like the AKG K92 are a reliable and practical choice. Mini Benchmark Delivers more accurate and controlled sound compared to consumer-grade headphones, making it suitable for studio and monitoring applications. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Work with audio or music production Prefer wireless headphones Need accurate sound monitoring Want active noise cancelling Use headphones for long sessions Look for ultra-portable options Product Specifications Brand AKG Model K92 Type Professional Studio Wired Headphones Design Closed-Back, Over-Ear","https://maibo.uk/product/akg-k92-professional-studio-wired-headphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2764331416.webp","88.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","AKG","AKG K92","88","" "23702","SanDisk 1TB Ultra microSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Ultra microSDXC 1TB is capacity first: 1TB of A1-rated storage with reads up to 150MB/s, built for the devices that eat space — tablets, phones, Switch libraries, dashboards of downloaded media. When the question is “how much fits”, this is the line that answers.Vast1TB in a fingernailRoughly 250+ films or a whole Switch generation — the entire media problem of a tablet, phone or handheld console solved in one card.App-readyA1 performance classA1 certifies random-read performance for running apps from the card — Android adoptable storage and game libraries stay responsive.QuickUp to 150MB/s readFast enough that filling it is the only slow part — and SanDisk’s proof against water, temperature and X-rays keeps it safe in transit.Right choice if you…✔ Expand a tablet, phone or Switch to the maximum✔ Hoard media offline — flights, commutes, kids✔ Run apps off the card (A1)✔ Want maximum GB per pound in microSDConsider something else if…✖ You shoot 4K action/drone footage — the Extreme V30 guarantees sustained write✖ It’s for a dashcam — endurance-rated cards suit loop recording✖ Full-size SD camera — different slotSanDisk Ultra microSDXC 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity1TBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 150MB/sRatingsC10 · U1 · A1DurabilityWater / temperature / X-ray proofMPNSDSQUAC-1T00-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra microSDXC 1TBFrequently Asked QuestionsWill my device support a card this big?Most devices from the last several years read SDXC to 1TB — check the maker’s spec for the stated maximum; Switch and modern Androids handle it.Ultra or Extreme for my use?Ultra: capacity and apps (A1/U1). Extreme: adds V30 sustained write for 4K recording and A2 app speed. Storage vs shooting decides it.Is it good for Nintendo Switch?Yes — capacity is exactly what a Switch library needs, and read speed covers game loading comfortably.Does it include an SD adapter?Packaging varies by region; the card itself is standard microSD and works in any adapter or reader.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra microSD — 512GB—Extreme microSD 128GB (V30)—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-1tb-ultra-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Sandisk-ultra-1tb.jpeg","148.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQUAC-1T00-GN6MA","88","619659200589" "23654","Samsung 512gb PRO Plus MicroSD TF Memory Card","The Samsung PRO Plus microSDXC 512GB is the EVO’s harder-working sibling: up to 160MB/s reads and 120MB/s writes — the write speed being the real story, because that’s what clears camera buffers and swallows 4K streams without blinking. U3/V30/A2 rated, 6-proof protected, built for cards that earn their keep.Write speed120MB/s — the pro differenceWrites are where cheap cards choke: 120MB/s keeps drones, action cams and burst photography flowing, and makes the card usable as working storage, not just a shelf.Fast both ways160MB/s readsOffloads and file moves at the practical top of UHS-I — a day of footage transfers while you pack the kit.DependableV30 + A2 + 6-proofSustained 4K guarantee, app-class random performance, and Samsung’s six-way protection against water, temperature, X-ray, magnets, drops and wear.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K on drones, action cams, phones — heavily✔ Offload big days often — write speed pays twice✔ Run a Steam Deck or heavy app storage (A2)✔ Want Samsung’s fastest mainstream microSDConsider something else if…✖ You mainly store media — the EVO Plus gives more GB per pound✖ Dashcam loop duty — endurance cards fit that pattern✖ Full-size SD camera — different slotSamsung PRO Plus 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity512GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 160MB/sWrite speedUp to 120MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30 · A2Durability6-proof: water/temp/X-ray/magnet/drop/wearMPNMB-MD512SA/EUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung PRO Plus microSDXC 512GB—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsPRO Plus vs EVO Plus — is the difference real?In writes, very: ~120 vs ~80MB/s class. If the card records or offloads for a living, PRO Plus; if it mostly holds media, EVO Plus.Good for GoPro and DJI?Yes — V30 with 120MB/s write headroom is comfortably inside action-cam and consumer-drone requirements.Steam Deck?A strong pick — A2 random reads keep game loads snappy, and the write speed helps installs.Adapter included?Yes — full-size SD adapter in the box.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—PRO Plus — 128GB—EVO Plus 512GB (value)—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-512gb-pro-plus-microsd-tf-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/654582127.webp","118.00","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MD512SA/EU","59","" "22543","Lexar High Endurance 64GB Micro SD Card","The Lexar High Endurance 64GB is built for the one job ordinary microSD cards quietly fail at: recording continuously, every day, for years. Dashcams and security cameras overwrite the same cells thousands of times — this card is engineered and rated for that loop-recording duty cycle, with V30 speed so 4K dashcam footage stays smooth.EnduranceBuilt for continuous recordingRated for thousands of hours of continuous Full HD recording. Standard cards wear out fast under dashcam duty — endurance cards are the correct tool, not a luxury.SpeedU3 / V30 where it mattersA sustained 30MB/s write floor means 4K and high-bitrate Full HD dashcam streams record without gaps — the moments you bought the dashcam for don’t go missing.ToughWeatherproof by designTemperature, water, shock and vibration resistant — a card that lives on a windscreen through British summers and winters needs all four.Right choice if you…✔ Run a dashcam — this is the card type manufacturers recommend✔ Record a home security or CCTV camera to microSD✔ Loop-record anything 24/7✔ Want footage intact after heat, cold and vibrationConsider something else if…✖ It’s for a phone, drone or console — the Lexar 1066x A2 is the right spec there✖ You need maximum transfer speed for photography — endurance cards trade peak speed for lifespan✖ You need weeks of 4K retention — consider a larger endurance capacityLexar High Endurance 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity64GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 100MB/sRatingsU3 · V30 · C10Built forDashcams, security cams, loop recordingDurabilityTemperature / water / shock / vibration resistantMPNLMSHGED064G-BCNNGEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar High Endurance 64GB microSDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsWhy not just use a normal microSD in a dashcam?Loop recording rewrites the same cells constantly; standard cards wear out and start corrupting footage — often silently. Endurance cards are built and rated for exactly this write pattern.How much footage does 64GB hold?Roughly 8-12 hours of Full HD dashcam footage depending on bitrate; the dashcam then loops over the oldest files automatically.Will it survive a hot car?It’s temperature-resistant by design — windscreen heat and winter cold are its intended operating environment.Does it work in security cameras?Yes — any security or CCTV camera that records to microSD benefits from an endurance-rated card for the same loop-recording reason.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar 1066x 256GB microSD (A2, drones/handhelds)—Lexar 1667x SDXC UHS-II (cameras)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-high-endurance-64gb-micro-sd-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1471766621.webp","38.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Lexar","LMSHGED064G-BCNNG","88","843367128983" "19828","Samsung Mirror Cover Case for Galaxy S21 – Black","The Samsung Mirror Cover for Galaxy S21 (Black) is the official flip case with the mirrored front: screen protected face-down and face-up, a quick glance bouncing back at you, and the tailored Samsung fit that aftermarket cases imitate but never match. Original S21 accessories are remaining-stock items now — this is one of them.ProtectedFront cover, full-timeThe flip front guards the display in pockets and bags — the failure point screen-only protectors leave exposed.Mirror frontFunction with polishThe reflective front panel doubles as a quick mirror and gives the S21 a cleaner, dressier face than rubber shells.Official fitCut for the S21 exactlyButtons, ports, camera ring and wireless charging all clear — Samsung’s own tolerances, no bulk.Right choice if you…✔ Protect an S21 still going strong✔ Prefer flip-cover screen protection✔ Want the official accessory, not a knock-off✔ Like the mirrored lookConsider something else if…✖ Your phone is an S21+ or Ultra — sizes differ; this is the standard S21✖ You want rugged drop armour — that’s a different case class✖ You use a magnetic car mount — flip covers and clamps argueSamsung Mirror Cover S21 — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungColourBlack (mirrored front)CompatibleGalaxy S21 (standard size)TypeFlip cover, mirrored front panelChargingWireless charging compatibleMPNEF-NG991PBEGEWEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Samsung Mirror Cover for Galaxy S21 (black)Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it fit the S21 FE / S21+?No — dimensions differ across the S21 family; this cover is cut for the standard S21 only.Does wireless charging work through it?Yes — charge with the cover on, as with Samsung’s official case line generally.Is the mirror an actual usable mirror?For a quick glance, yes — it’s a polished reflective panel, not optical glass.Why buy official for a 2021 phone?Fit and longevity — official covers survive the phone’s remaining years; bargain flips delaminate in months.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Galaxy Buds Pro (purple)—Samsung 40W car charger—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full mobile accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-mirror-cover-case-for-galaxy-s21-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/638576451.webp","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > Case","Samsung","EF-NG991PBEGEW","88","8806090843235" "16113","SAMSUNG EVO Plus 512GB MicroSD Card U3 V30 A2 130MB/s","The Samsung EVO Plus microSDXC 512GB is the card Samsung builds for its own phones and tablets: up to 130MB/s reads, the U3/V30/A2 trio for smooth 4K and fast app loads, and the 6-proof durability Samsung rates against water, temperature, X-ray, magnets, drops and wear. The natural expansion for Galaxy devices — and everything else.MatchedBuilt by your phone’s makerSamsung flash in Samsung devices: EVO Plus is the card Galaxy tablets and phones are validated against — zero compatibility guesswork.CapableU3 / V30 / A2Sustained 30MB/s writes keep 4K recording clean, and A2 random performance keeps apps and game libraries responsive when run from the card.6-proofRated against real lifeWater, temperature extremes, X-rays, magnets, drops and wear-out — Samsung’s six-way protection makes the card the least fragile thing in your pocket.Right choice if you…✔ Expand a Galaxy tablet or phone — the native choice✔ Record 4K on phones and action cams✔ Run apps/games off the card (A2)✔ Want Samsung reliability at mainstream priceConsider something else if…✖ You offload huge shoots on deadline — the PRO Plus writes markedly faster✖ 24/7 dashcam loops — endurance cards are the right tool✖ Full-size SD camera — different slot entirelySamsung EVO Plus 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity512GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 130MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30 · A2Durability6-proof: water/temp/X-ray/magnet/drop/wearMPNMB-MC512KA/EUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung EVO Plus microSDXC 512GB—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsEVO Plus or PRO Plus?EVO Plus: the all-round value pick (130MB/s). PRO Plus: faster both ways (160/120MB/s) for heavy shooting and offloads. Most phone/tablet users are perfectly served here.Is it good for Nintendo Switch?Yes — capacity and read speed suit Switch libraries well; it’s one of the community’s standard picks.Can my Galaxy move apps to it?On models with microSD slots, yes — and A2 rating keeps those apps feeling installed, not exiled.Does it come with an adapter?Yes — the full-size SD adapter is included for cameras and readers.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—EVO Plus — 256GB—EVO Plus — 128GB—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-evo-plus-512gb-microsd-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2941583949.webp","99.98","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MC512KA/EU","88","8806092411173" "16094","Lexar 1667x 128GB PRO SDXC SD Card V60","The Lexar Professional 1667x is the working photographer’s SD card: UHS-II with up to 250MB/s reads for fast offloads, and a V60 rating that guarantees a sustained 60MB/s minimum write — the certification that matters for 4K video and long burst sequences. This is the 128GB capacity.SustainedV60 — a guarantee, not a peakMarketing speeds are peaks; V60 is a floor. The card never drops below 60MB/s sustained write, which is what keeps 4K recording and deep RAW bursts from stuttering mid-take.Fast offloadUHS-II, up to 250MB/s readThe second row of pins doubles the interface. With a UHS-II reader, a full shoot transfers in a fraction of the time — the difference between editing tonight and editing tomorrow.CompatibleWorks in UHS-I gear tooUHS-II cards are backwards compatible: in a UHS-I camera or reader it simply runs at UHS-I speeds. Buy for the camera you’re upgrading to, not just the one you have.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K video or RAW bursts — V60 sustained write is the spec that counts✔ Have (or plan) a UHS-II camera or card reader✔ Offload big shoots on deadline✔ Want a professional-line card from a flash veteranConsider something else if…✖ Your camera caps at UHS-I and you’ll never upgrade — a cheaper UHS-I card performs the same there✖ You need microSD for a drone or action cam — see the Lexar 1066x microSD✖ Casual photos only — V60 is overkill for snapshotsLexar Professional 1667x 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity128GBTypeSDXC UHS-IIRead speedUp to 250MB/sVideo classV60 — 60MB/s sustained write guaranteedSpeed classC10 · U3Use case4K video, RAW burst photographyMPNLSD128CB1667EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar Professional 1667x 128GB SDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my UHS-I camera?Yes — it runs at UHS-I speeds there. You get the full 250MB/s only with UHS-II slots and readers.What does V60 actually guarantee?A minimum sustained write of 60MB/s — enough for most 4K recording formats. Peak speeds vary; the V-rating is the promise that matters for video.Is 128GB the right size for video?As a rule of thumb, 4K at typical bitrates consumes roughly 30-45GB per hour — size your card to your shoot length and how often you offload.1667x SD or 1066x microSD?Full-size SD for cameras; microSD for drones, action cams and phones. The 1667x is the faster UHS-II professional line of the two.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar 1667x — 64GB—Lexar 1667x — 256GB—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-1667x-128gb-pro-sdxc-sd-card-v60/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1617513285.webp","98.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","Lexar","LSD128CB1667","88","04895217913177" "16059","SanDisk CZ600 128GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive – Ultra-Fast Retractable Stick","The SanDisk CZ600 128GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive  — SDCZ600-128G-B35, reading at up to 100MB/s over USB 3.0 with a retractable connector that needs no cap, a keyring loop, and SanDisk's password-protection software for encrypting private files while leaving the rest of the drive shareable. ✓ USB 3.0 · reads at up to 100MB/s — a 4GB film copies off in around a minute ✓ Password protection included — encrypt private files, keep the rest shareable ✓ Retractable connector · keyring loop · no cap to lose ✓ Works in USB 2.0 ports too · Windows, macOS and Linux · genuine SanDisk The SanDisk Cruzer Glide 3.0 — model CZ600 — is the drive to reach for when the cheapest USB 2.0 stick is not quite enough. Two things separate it from an entry-level drive. The first is speed: USB 3.0 reads at up to 100MB/s, which is roughly seven times what a USB 2.0 drive manages, and turns a transfer you would walk away from into one you wait through. The second is that SanDisk includes password-protection software, so you can encrypt a private folder on the drive while leaving the rest of it open to share — useful if the same stick carries both work documents and files you hand to other people. The connector retracts into the body with a thumb slider rather than using a cap, which is the design detail that means the drive still works in three years' time, and there is a keyring loop moulded into the end. It plugs into any USB-A port, including USB 2.0 ones, and works on Windows, macOS and Linux without drivers. USB 3.0 · Up to 100MB/s Read What the Speed Actually Buys You SanDisk publishes a read speed of up to 100MB/s for the Cruzer Glide 3.0. Put next to a USB 2.0 drive, which reads at around 15MB/s in practice, that is close to a sevenfold difference — a 4GB film that takes about four minutes to read off a USB 2.0 stick comes off this one in roughly a minute. It is worth being straight about the other half of the equation: SanDisk does not publish a write figure for this drive, and on flash drives in this class writing is always substantially slower than reading. Expect copying files onto the drive to take noticeably longer than copying them off. That asymmetry is normal for USB flash drives and is not a fault — it is a consequence of how NAND flash writes data. The practical reading of it is this: the Glide 3.0 is excellent for carrying files you write once and read often, such as a media library, an archive, a set of installers or a bootable image. It is good for backups. It is less suited to being a working drive you constantly write to. USB 3.0 also draws more power than 2.0, so on an unpowered hub or an older laptop with weak ports you may see the drive drop out — plug directly into the machine if that happens. Password Protection Included A Private Vault and a Shared Drive at Once SanDisk supplies password-protection software with the Glide 3.0, and the way it works is more useful than simple whole-drive encryption. Rather than locking the entire stick, it creates an encrypted vault on the drive: files placed inside it are protected by a password and unreadable without it, while everything outside the vault stays plainly accessible. In practice that means one drive can carry a folder of contracts or personal documents alongside photos you are handing to a relative, without either getting in the way of the other. This is a genuine functional difference from a basic drive such as the Cruzer Blade, which has no protection of any kind. Two practical notes. First, the software runs on Windows and macOS — a Linux machine or a device such as a TV or car stereo will read the unprotected part of the drive but cannot open the vault. Second, SanDisk has changed the name of this software over the years, from SecureAccess to PrivateAccess, so the version referenced on your packaging depends on when the drive was produced; both do the same job and the current version is a free download from SanDisk's support site. If you forget the password there is no recovery — that is the point of encryption, so store it somewhere safe. Retractable · Keyring Loop Built Not to Get Damaged The single most common way a flash drive dies is a bent or dirty connector, and the single most common cause of that is a lost cap. The Cruzer Glide solves it structurally: the USB connector slides fully into the plastic body with a thumb tab, so when the drive is in a pocket or a bag the contacts are enclosed. There is nothing to remove and therefore nothing to lose. A keyring loop is moulded into the opposite end, which is a small thing until you want the drive attached to something rather than loose at the bottom of a rucksack. The body measures 60.2 × 20.8 × 11.2mm — longer than a minimal drive like the Cruzer Blade, because the retracting mechanism needs the space, so it protrudes further from a laptop and is more exposed to being knocked. If you leave a drive plugged into a laptop you carry around, that is worth weighing. There is no activity LED on this model, so you cannot tell by looking whether a write has finished; always eject through the operating system rather than pulling the drive out, particularly on large transfers where the write may still be flushing after the progress bar disappears. Rated for operation between 0°C and 35°C. Right choice if you… ✔ Found a USB 2.0 drive too slow — up to 100MB/s read is roughly seven times quicker ✔ Carry private documents alongside files you share — the encrypted vault protects one without locking the other ✔ Keep losing caps — the connector retracts into the body, and there is a keyring loop ✔ Want a genuine SanDisk drive rather than an unbranded one of uncertain real capacity Consider something else if… ✖ You want the fastest drive in the range — the SanDisk Ultra Flair reads at up to 150MB/s in a metal body ✖ You only need cheap storage for documents — the USB 2.0 Cruzer Blade costs less and is smaller, if speed and encryption do not matter to you ✖ You need the encryption on Linux or a TV or car stereo — the password software runs on Windows and macOS only Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Model Cruzer Glide 3.0 (CZ600) MPN SDCZ600-128G-B35 Capacity 128GB Interface USB 3.0 Type-A · backward compatible with USB 2.0 Read Speed Up to 100MB/s Write Speed Not published by SanDisk — lower than read Security SanDisk password-protection software · encrypted vault · Windows and macOS Connector Retractable — no cap Keyring Loop Yes Indicator Light None Dimensions 60.2 × 20.8 × 11.2mm Operating Temperature 0°C – 35°C Compatibility Windows · macOS · Linux · any USB-A host Warranty Manufacturer warranty (SanDisk) In the Box — SanDisk Cruzer Glide 3.0 128GB USB flash drive (SDCZ600-128G-B35) Frequently Asked Questions How much faster is this than a USB 2.0 drive? Reading, roughly seven times faster — up to 100MB/s against about 15MB/s on a typical USB 2.0 stick. A 4GB film comes off this drive in around a minute rather than four. Writing is slower than reading on any flash drive, and SanDisk does not publish a write figure for this model, so copying onto the drive will take longer than copying off it. It is still substantially quicker than USB 2.0 in both directions. How does the password protection work? SanDisk's software creates an encrypted vault on the drive. Files you put inside it need the password to open; everything outside stays freely accessible, so the same drive can carry private documents and files you share. The software runs on Windows and macOS and is a free download from SanDisk's support site — note the name has changed over the years from SecureAccess to PrivateAccess depending on when the drive was made. There is no password recovery, so keep it somewhere safe. Will it work in a USB 2.0 port? Yes — it is backward compatible and works in any USB-A port. In a USB 2.0 port it runs at USB 2.0 speed rather than its own, so you get the drive's full performance only on a USB 3.0 or newer port. Those are usually marked with a blue plastic insert or an SS symbol. Why does it show around 119GB rather than 128GB? Manufacturers count 1GB as 1,000,000,000 bytes while Windows counts it as 1,073,741,824. The same physical storage therefore displays as roughly 119GB, with a little more taken by the file system. Nothing is missing — this applies to every drive from every manufacturer. How is this different from the Cruzer Blade? The Cruzer Blade is USB 2.0, reads at about 15MB/s and has no encryption — it is the cheap, tiny option for documents. The Cruzer Glide 3.0 is USB 3.0 at up to 100MB/s and includes password protection, in a slightly larger body with a retractable connector and keyring loop. If you move large files or carry anything private, the Glide is the one worth paying for. If you just need somewhere to put coursework, the Blade does that for less. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk Cruzer Blade 128GB USB 2.0 — smaller, cheaper option — SanDisk Ultra Flair 256GB USB 3.0 — faster, metal body — Samsung EVO Plus 512GB microSD Card — Browse all storage and memory at maibo Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-cz600-128gb-usb-3-0-flash-drive/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/993391278.webp","14.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","CZ600-128GB","1","" "16058","SanDisk Ultra 128GB USB 3.0 CZ48 Flash Drive","The SanDisk Ultra CZ48 128GB is the no-nonsense USB 3.0 stick: up to 100MB/s reads, SanDisk’s SecureAccess encryption software included, and the reliability that made the Ultra line the world’s default flash drive. The sensible answer when you need capacity that just works.QuickUSB 3.0 — up to 100MB/sTen times typical USB 2.0 speed: big folders move in minutes, not coffee breaks.PrivateSecureAccess includedSanDisk’s vault software password-protects a private folder on the drive — files for your eyes stay that way if the stick goes missing.ProvenThe default drive, by volumeThe Ultra line is what IT departments and families alike buy by the box — unglamorous, dependable, everywhere.Right choice if you…✔ Need dependable everyday file transport✔ Want password-protected files on the go✔ Buy sticks in multiples for work or family✔ Value brand reliability over design flourishConsider something else if…✖ You move huge files often — the Ultra Flair is 50% faster in metal✖ It’s for iPhone backups — the iXpand✖ Pure lowest price — the CZ71SanDisk Ultra CZ48 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBInterfaceUSB 3.0 (USB-A)Read speedUp to 100MB/sSoftwareSanDisk SecureAccess (password vault)MPNSDCZ48-128G (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra CZ48 128GB USB 3.0 flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsCZ48 or Ultra Flair?Flair adds the metal body and ~150MB/s reads; the CZ48 does the same job in sturdy plastic at 100MB/s for less. Both are proper USB 3.0 SanDisk.How does SecureAccess work?You install the included vault app once; anything dropped in the vault is encrypted and opens only with your password.Does it work on smart TVs and consoles?Yes — standard USB-A mass storage works anywhere media playback from USB is supported.Write speeds?Writes are slower than reads on all sticks this class — fine for documents and media, not a video-editing scratch disk.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra Flair 128GB (metal, 150MB/s)—CZ71 64GB (budget metal)—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-128gb-usb-3-0-cz48-flash-drive/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3187362947.webp","24.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SanDisk Ultra 128GB USB 3.0 CZ48 Flash Drive","88","" "16015","SanDisk Extreme 128GB SDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme SDXC 128GB is the enthusiast’s honest workhorse: up to 150MB/s reads, V30 sustained capture for clean 4K, and the toughness SanDisk is known for — at the price that makes it the default card for travel, family and everyday camera bags.Capable150MB/s reads, V30 captureFast offloads and a sustained 30MB/s write floor: 4K video and holiday-burst photography handled without ceremony.Capacious128GB — the trip sizeA fortnight of photos and clips in one card: roughly 4,000+ RAW shots or hours of 4K before you think about offloading.ToughBuilt for bags and beachesShock, temperature, water and X-ray protection — the airport scanner and the dropped camera bag are non-events.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot travel, family and everyday photography✔ Record 4K casually — V30 covers consumer bitrates✔ Want genuine SanDisk at the sensible price✔ Need a trustworthy second card behind your PROConsider something else if…✖ You burst RAW professionally — the Extreme PRO writes faster✖ Pro video codecs — V60/V90 UHS-II territory✖ You need microSD for a drone or phone — different slotSanDisk Extreme SDXC 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBTypeSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 150MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30DurabilityShock / temperature / water / X-ray proofMPNSDSDXVA-128G-GNCINEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme SDXC 128GBFrequently Asked QuestionsExtreme or Extreme PRO — what am I giving up?Mainly write speed (~70 vs 90MB/s) for burst photography and the boosted reads. For travel and family shooting, nothing you’ll notice.Is it fast enough for 4K video?Yes — V30 sustains the 30MB/s floor consumer and prosumer 4K formats need.How many photos fit?Roughly 4,000-5,000 RAW files from a 24MP body, or tens of thousands of JPEGs.Does airport X-ray damage cards?No — the Extreme line is X-ray proof; scanners are a designed-for condition.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO 128GB (faster writes)—Extreme PRO 64GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-128gb-sdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2867442548.webp","38.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXVA-128G-GNCIN","88","619659188863" "15458","JBL Tune 520BT Wireless On-Ear Headphones – Black","The JBL Tune 520BT Wireless On-Ear Headphones – Black — JBL Pure Bass sound, Bluetooth 5.3 with multipoint, up to 57 hours of battery with 5-minute Speed Charge for 3 hours of play, USB-C, Voice Aware for natural-sounding calls, and custom EQ through the free JBL Headphones app. Foldable. Black. ✓ Up to 57 hours battery · 5-minute Speed Charge → 3 hours play · USB-C ✓ Bluetooth 5.3 · multipoint — switch between phone and laptop automatically ✓ Custom EQ in the free JBL Headphones app · Voice Aware for natural calls ✓ JBL Pure Bass · earcup button controls · voice assistant · folds flat The JBL Tune 520BT is the direct successor to the Tune 510BT and the upgrade is not cosmetic — battery life rises from 40 to 57 hours, Bluetooth moves from 5.0 to 5.3, the five-minute Speed Charge now returns three hours of playback instead of two, and two features arrive that the 510BT did not have at all: custom EQ through the free JBL Headphones app, and Voice Aware, which feeds a controlled amount of your own voice back into the earcups during calls so you do not end up talking too loudly. Underneath sits the same JBL Pure Bass tuning that runs through the whole Tune range — a bass-forward signature built for the music people actually listen to on a commute. The controls are on the earcup rather than an inline remote, the headphones fold flat for a bag, and a long press wakes Siri or Google Assistant without touching the phone. Black. 57 Hours · 5 min = 3 Hours The Battery Is the Headline Fifty-seven hours is a substantial figure even by the standards of wireless headphones with no noise cancellation to power. JBL measures it at moderate volume, so real-world use at commuting levels — where you push the volume up to compete with train and traffic noise — will land lower, realistically in the 40 to 48 hour range. Even at the pessimistic end, that is a fortnight of daily commutes on one charge, and it moves these headphones out of the category where you think about charging at all. The Speed Charge specification is the one that matters more day to day: five minutes on USB-C returns roughly three hours of playback, which is enough to rescue a flat pair while you find your keys and put your coat on. A full charge from empty takes about two hours. USB-C means the same cable as your phone and laptop rather than a legacy Micro-USB lead, and the 520BT is a generation ahead of the 510BT here — the older model was already USB-C but returned only two hours from the same five-minute charge. BT 5.3 · Multipoint · Voice Aware Two Devices and Better Calls Multipoint keeps the 520BT connected to two Bluetooth devices at the same time — a laptop and a phone being the common pair. Watch something on the laptop, and when a call arrives on the phone the headphones switch across on their own, then hand back to the laptop when the call ends. There is no manual disconnecting and re-pairing, which is the friction that stops most people from using one set of headphones across their devices. Bluetooth 5.3 brings improved connection stability and lower power draw than 5.0, which is part of how the battery figure climbed. Voice Aware is the feature that did not exist on the 510BT and is easy to overlook on a spec sheet. When you wear closed-back headphones and speak, your own voice sounds muffled because your ears are covered — the natural reaction is to talk louder without realising it, which is why people on calls with headphones often sound like they are shouting. Voice Aware routes a measured amount of your own voice from the microphone back into the earcups so you hear yourself at a natural level and speak normally. The amount fed back is adjustable in the JBL Headphones app. Pure Bass · App EQ · Foldable Sound You Can Actually Adjust JBL Pure Bass is the house sound across the Tune range: low frequencies pushed forward with enough midrange clarity to keep vocals intelligible, tuned for pop, hip-hop, electronic and the rest of what dominates streaming playlists rather than for neutral studio reference. Where the 520BT differs from its predecessor is that you are no longer stuck with it. The free JBL Headphones app adds a graphic EQ with presets and a custom curve, so if the default bass emphasis is heavier than you want for podcasts or acoustic material, you can pull it back and save the setting to the headphones. The app also carries voice prompts in your own language for pairing and battery status, and the Voice Aware level control. On-ear (supra-aural) means the earcups rest on the ear rather than enclosing it, which keeps the headphones light and compact but delivers less passive isolation than an over-ear design and can feel warm during very long sessions — worth knowing before you buy. The hinges fold the earcups flat so they lie against a laptop in a backpack rather than taking up depth, and the controls sit on the earcup so there is no inline remote to fish for. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the longest battery life in JBL's entry-level range — 57 hours means charging roughly once a fortnight ✔ Take frequent calls with headphones on — Voice Aware stops you unconsciously raising your voice ✔ Move between a laptop and a phone through the day — multipoint switches automatically ✔ Want to tune the sound yourself rather than accept the factory bass emphasis — app EQ saves to the headphones Consider something else if… ✖ You need active noise cancellation — the 520BT has none; isolation comes only from the earcups resting on your ears. The JBL Tune 670NC or 770NC add ANC ✖ You wear headphones for five hours or more at a stretch — on-ear pressure builds over long sessions; an over-ear design such as the Tune 720BT sits around the ear instead ✖ You want a wired fallback or hi-res codec — the 520BT is Bluetooth only, SBC and AAC, with no 3.5mm input JBL Tune 520BT Black — Technical Specifications Brand JBL (Harman) Model Tune 520BT MPN JBLT520BTBLKEU EAN / GTIN 6925281964725 Colour Black Type On-ear (supra-aural) · closed-back · wireless · foldable Sound JBL Pure Bass Bluetooth 5.3 · multipoint (2 devices) Battery Life Up to 57 hours Speed Charge 5 minutes → 3 hours playback Full Charge Time ~2 hours Charging USB-C Controls Earcup buttons — playback · volume · calls · voice assistant Microphone Built-in · hands-free calls · Voice Aware App Support JBL Headphones app — EQ · Voice Aware level · voice prompts Voice Assistant Siri · Google Assistant ANC None — passive isolation only Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) In the Box — JBL Tune 520BT wireless on-ear headphones — Black — USB-C charging cable — Quick start guide and safety documentation Frequently Asked Questions What has changed from the Tune 510BT to the 520BT? Battery goes from 40 to 57 hours. Bluetooth moves from 5.0 to 5.3. The five-minute Speed Charge returns three hours instead of two. And two features are new: custom EQ through the JBL Headphones app, and Voice Aware, which feeds your own voice back during calls so you speak at a natural level. The shape, the on-ear fit and the Pure Bass tuning carry over. Do the Tune 520BT have noise cancellation? No. There is no active noise cancellation — what isolation you get comes from the earcups physically resting on your ears, which reduces some background noise but leaves ambient sound audible. If you want ANC in the same range, the JBL Tune 670NC and 770NC add it. What does Voice Aware actually do? When your ears are covered, your own voice sounds muffled and you instinctively speak louder than you need to. Voice Aware picks up your voice on the microphone and plays a controlled amount of it back into the earcups during calls, so you hear yourself normally and speak at a normal volume. The amount fed back is adjustable in the JBL Headphones app. Do I need the JBL Headphones app? No — pair over Bluetooth and everything works: audio, calls, earcup controls, multipoint and voice assistant. The free app is what unlocks the graphic EQ and custom sound profiles, the Voice Aware level control, voice prompts in your language and battery display. Available on iOS and Android. Can I plug in a cable if the battery runs out? No — the Tune 520BT is Bluetooth only and has no 3.5mm input, so the USB-C port is for charging rather than audio. In practice the five-minute Speed Charge covers most situations: plug in briefly and you have three hours of playback. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (JBL) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — JBL Tune 510BT Wireless On-Ear Headphones — Black — JBL T290 Wired In-Ear Earphones — Black — Marshall Major IV Wireless Headphones — Black — Browse all headphones at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo. —Official JBL Tune 520BT product page","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-520bt-wireless-on-ear-headphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/s-JBL-Tune-520BT-Wireless-On-Ear-Headphones-%E2%80%93-Black-.webp","28.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","JBL","JBLT520BTBLKEU","98","6925281964725" "14213","Lexar RAM DDR4 16GB 3200MHz SO-DIMM","The Lexar 16GB DDR4-3200 SO-DIMM is the other half of the classic laptop revival: pair it with an SSD and a tired machine becomes a current one. 16GB is the capacity where Windows stops juggling — browsers keep their tabs, Office stays open, and the swap-file churn that makes old laptops feel old simply stops.Capacity16GB — the sweet spot8GB is where modern Windows starts compromising; 16GB is where it stops. For multitasking, large spreadsheets and many-tab browsing, this single module settles the question for years.SpeedDDR4-3200 — the platform ceiling3200MT/s is the standard JEDEC top speed for DDR4 laptops — it runs at full speed in 3200 machines and clocks down automatically in older 2666/2400 systems. No configuration needed.Form factorSO-DIMM — laptops & mini PCsThe compact module for laptops, NUCs, mini PCs and many all-in-ones. Installation is a hatch, one slot and a firm click.Right choice if you…✔ Upgrade a laptop stuck on 4-8GB✔ Build or upgrade a NUC / mini PC✔ Pair with an SSD for the full revival effect✔ Want set-and-forget JEDEC stability, no XMP fussConsider something else if…✖ Your machine is a desktop with full-size slots — SO-DIMM won’t fit; you need UDIMM✖ It’s a DDR5 laptop (most 2022+) — DDR4 and DDR5 are not interchangeable✖ Your laptop’s RAM is soldered — check the service manual before buying any moduleLexar DDR4-3200 16GB SO-DIMM — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity16GB (1×16GB)TypeDDR4 SO-DIMM, 260-pinSpeed3200MT/s (JEDEC) — auto-downclocks in older systemsVoltage1.2VFitsLaptops, NUCs, mini PCs with DDR4 SO-DIMM slotsMPNLD4AS016G-B3200 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar 16GB DDR4-3200 SO-DIMM moduleFrequently Asked QuestionsHow do I know my laptop takes DDR4 SO-DIMM?Check the maker’s spec page or a tool like CPU-Z: it lists memory type and whether a slot is free. DDR4 laptops span roughly 2015-2022.Can I mix it with my existing module?Usually yes — capacities can differ, and the pair runs at the slower module’s speed. Matching modules is ideal but not required.Will 16GB make games faster?It removes the stutter that comes from running out of memory. Beyond that, the SSD and GPU matter more — RAM fixes a bottleneck rather than adding raw speed.Does it work in a 2666MHz laptop?Yes — it automatically runs at the platform’s speed. You simply keep the 3200 headroom for a future machine.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar DDR5 16GB UDIMM (desktops)—Lexar NM620 1TB NVMe — the other half of the upgrade—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-ram-ddr4-16gb-3200mhz-so-dimm/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/402520535.webp","168.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","Lexar RAM DDR4 16GB 3200MHz SO-DIMM","88","" "14203","Lexar 633x 512GB microSDXC Memory Card","The Lexar 633x 512GB microSDXC is the value route to big capacity from a storage specialist: half a terabyte with up to 100MB/s reads, U3/V30 rated for Full HD and 4K recording, and A1 app performance — at a friendlier price per gigabyte than the headline brands. For tablets, handheld consoles, dashcams and drones that need room more than they need record speeds.Value512GB without the premiumLexar’s 633x line trades peak transfer figures for price — the right trade when the card lives inside a device and offload speed rarely matters. Half a terabyte of brand-name storage at value-line money.RecordingU3 / V30 — 4K capableThe V30 rating guarantees the 30MB/s sustained write floor that stable 4K and Full HD recording require — dashcams, drones and action cameras record without dropped frames.AppsA1-rated for Android & consolesGuaranteed random I/O keeps apps and games loading promptly from the card in tablets, phones and the Switch.Right choice if you…✔ Want maximum gigabytes per pound from a known brand✔ Fill a tablet, Switch or phone where the card just lives inside✔ Record 4K/Full HD on dashcam or drone (V30 floor)✔ Prefer Lexar’s long memory-specialist pedigreeConsider something else if…✖ You offload big shoots on deadline — the SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB reads twice as fast✖ You want faster everyday transfers — the SanDisk 512GB Extreme sits between✖ You only need 128-256GB — smaller cards cost lessLexar 633x 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity512GB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 100MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A1 · Class 10MPNLSDMI512BBNL633AEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar 633x 512GB UHS-I microSDXC card—SD adapter (as supplied in Lexar retail pack)Frequently Asked QuestionsIs 100MB/s fast enough?For recording, speed class matters more than peak reads — and V30 covers 4K. 100MB/s reads mean transfers take longer than 160-200MB/s cards; if the card rarely leaves the device, you will not notice.Is Lexar a reliable brand?Yes — Lexar has been a memory specialist for decades and its cards carry full speed-class certifications. The 633x is its proven value line.Will it work in the Nintendo Switch and tablets?Yes — any microSDXC device accepts it, and A1 keeps app and game loading prompt.Dashcam suitable?V30’s sustained-write floor suits dashcam recording well; for years of 24/7 looping, endurance-class cards remain the specialist choice.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC—SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB microSDXC—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-633x-512gb-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1515204774.webp","88.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Lexar","LSDMI512BBNL633A","88","843367102044" "14191","Lexar 1066x 256GB microSDXC Memory Card","The Lexar Professional 1066x in 256GB is the microSD that earns its Professional badge where it counts: up to 160MB/s reads, U3 and V30 ratings for sustained 4K capture, and an A2 rating that keeps apps and games responsive when the card lives in a Steam Deck, Switch or Android phone. One card, equally at home in a drone and a handheld console.CaptureV30 — 4K without dropsV30 guarantees a 30MB/s sustained write floor: what a drone or action cam needs to record 4K continuously without dropped frames, take after take.AppsA2-rated for consoles & phonesThe A2 application class means faster random reads and writes — the spec that decides how quickly games load from a Steam Deck or Switch card slot, not just how fast files copy.OffloadUp to 160MB/s readPull an afternoon of drone footage off the card at UHS-I’s practical ceiling. SD adapter use in cameras and readers works as standard.Right choice if you…✔ Fly a drone or run an action cam in 4K✔ Expand a Steam Deck, Switch or Android phone — A2 matters there✔ Want one fast card that moves between devices✔ 256GB: roughly 6-8 hours of 4K footage or a serious game libraryConsider something else if…✖ You shoot on a full-size SD camera — the Lexar 1667x UHS-II is the faster tool✖ It’s for a dashcam running 24/7 — that’s endurance work: see the Lexar High Endurance✖ You only store music on an old phone — a basic card is cheaperLexar Professional 1066x 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity256GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 160MB/sWrite speedUp to 120MB/sRatingsU3 · V30 · A2 · C10Use caseDrones, action cams, Steam Deck/Switch, AndroidMPNLMS1066256G-BNANUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar Professional 1066x 256GB microSDXC card—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it good for a Steam Deck or Switch?Yes — the A2 rating is exactly what helps game loading from microSD. 256GB holds a sizeable library on either.Can my drone record 4K to it?V30 sustains 30MB/s write, which covers 4K at the bitrates consumer drones and action cams use.Why not the 1667x instead?Different formats: the 1667x is full-size SD (UHS-II) for cameras. This 1066x is microSD — for the devices that take microSD.Does it come with an adapter?Yes — an SD adapter is included, so it also works in full-size SD slots and readers.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar 1667x SDXC UHS-II (full-size)—Lexar High Endurance microSD (dashcam)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-1066x-256gb-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1600187955.webp","58.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Lexar","LMS1066256G-BNANU","88","726084262324" "14179","Lexar NM800 1TB NVMe M.2 Internal SSD","The Lexar NM800 1TB is the flagship of Lexar’s NVMe line: PCIe Gen4 ×4 with manufacturer-rated reads up to 7,400MB/s — around thirteen times SATA speed. This is the drive for machines that move serious data: video editing scratch disks, game libraries that load in seconds, and workstations where storage is the bottleneck.Gen4 speedUp to 7,400MB/s readPCIe 4.0 ×4 doubles the lane bandwidth of Gen3 drives. Large project files, 4K/8K footage and modern games built for fast storage (DirectStorage) all feel the difference directly.Form factorM.2 2280 — the standardThe universal gumstick format fits modern desktop boards and most laptops. On a Gen3 slot it still works — capped at that slot’s speed — so it survives your next platform upgrade.Capacity1TB of working spaceEnough for an OS, a professional application suite and an active project archive — or a substantial game library — without the constant triage a 500GB system drive demands.Right choice if you…✔ Edit video or work with large files daily✔ Have a PCIe 4.0 slot (AM4 X570/B550, AM5, Intel 11th gen+)✔ Want next-gen game loading with DirectStorage✔ Are building or upgrading a serious workstationConsider something else if…✖ Your machine is Gen3-only and staying that way — the NM620 saturates a Gen3 slot for less✖ You’re reviving an older laptop with a SATA bay — see the NS100 SATA✖ General office use — Gen4 headroom goes unused on documents and browsingLexar NM800 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity1TBInterfacePCIe Gen4 ×4, NVMe 1.4Form factorM.2 2280Read speedUp to 7,400MB/s (manufacturer rated)Backwards compatibleWorks in PCIe Gen3 slots at Gen3 speedsMPNLNM800X001T (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar NM800 1TB NVMe M.2 SSDFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my PCIe Gen3 machine?Yes — NVMe is backwards compatible. It runs at the slot’s Gen3 ceiling (~3,500MB/s), and unlocks full speed if you later move it to a Gen4 board.Does it need a heatsink?For sustained heavy writes a motherboard M.2 heatsink helps Gen4 drives hold peak speed. For typical mixed use it runs fine without one.Is it good for PS5 expansion?The PS5 requires a Gen4 drive with a heatsink fitted; the NM800’s interface qualifies — add a compatible heatsink before installing.NM800 or NM760?Both are Gen4. The NM800 is the faster flagship; the NM760 is the efficient mainstream choice. For scratch-disk and heavy creative work, the NM800 earns its position.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar NM760 512GB (Gen4 mainstream)—Lexar NM620 1TB (Gen3 value)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-nm800-1tb-nvme-m-2-internal-ssd/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/4212944908.webp","168.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","Lexar NM800 1TB NVMe M.2 Internal SSD","88","" "14174","Lexar NS100 1TB Internal SSD","The Lexar NS100 1TB is the upgrade for the machines NVMe can’t reach: a 2.5” SATA SSD with reads up to 550MB/s that drops into any laptop or desktop hard-drive bay — no M.2 slot required. Lexar’s established mainstream SATA line, the fleet-refresh workhorse.Universal fit2.5” SATA — fits almost anythingEvery laptop and desktop of the last two decades has a SATA bay. If the machine still works but crawls, this is the format that revives it — including machines far too old for M.2.The real jumpHDD → SSD is the upgrade550MB/s versus a hard drive’s ~100MB/s understates it: the killer is access time. Thousands of small reads at near-zero latency is why an SSD makes a 10-year-old laptop feel current.ProvenThe mainstream workhorseThe NS100 line has been Lexar’s volume SATA drive for years — the conservative, widely deployed choice for office refreshes and family machines where predictability beats novelty.Right choice if you…✔ Revive an older laptop or desktop with a hard drive✔ Upgrade a machine with no M.2 slot✔ Need 1TB — everything moves across, nothing gets left behind✔ Refresh office fleets cheaply and reliablyConsider something else if…✖ Your machine has an M.2 NVMe slot — the NM620 is several times faster for similar money✖ You want maximum speed in a modern build — NM800 Gen4✖ It’s for a games console — PS5 needs Gen4 NVMe; PS4 works fine with SATALexar NS100 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity1TBInterfaceSATA III (6Gb/s)Form factor2.5”, 7mmRead speedUp to 550MB/s (manufacturer rated)FitsAny 2.5” SATA bay — laptop or desktopMPNLNS100-1TRBEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar NS100 1TB 2.5” SATA SSDFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it fit my old laptop?If the laptop has a 2.5” SATA hard drive now — which covers nearly every laptop made before M.2 took over — it’s a direct swap. 7mm height fits both slim and standard bays.How big is the speed difference from a hard drive?Sequential speed is ~5×, but random access is orders of magnitude faster — which is why boot and app launches go from a coffee break to a blink.Can I keep my files and Windows?Yes — clone the old drive with free software via a USB-to-SATA cable, then swap. Or do a clean install for a fresher result.SATA SSD or NVMe — which should I buy?If the machine takes NVMe, buy NVMe. SATA is for the machines that can’t — where it’s still a transformative upgrade.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar NQ100 1TB (2.5” SATA)—Lexar NM620 1TB NVMe (if you have M.2)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-ns100-1tb-internal-ssd/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2493805321-scaled.webp","118.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","LNS100-1TRB","88","" "14173","Lexar NQ100 1TB Internal SSD","The Lexar NQ100 1TB is the upgrade for the machines NVMe can’t reach: a 2.5” SATA SSD with reads up to 550MB/s that drops into any laptop or desktop hard-drive bay — no M.2 slot required. The efficiency-focused sibling in Lexar’s SATA range.Universal fit2.5” SATA — fits almost anythingEvery laptop and desktop of the last two decades has a SATA bay. If the machine still works but crawls, this is the format that revives it — including machines far too old for M.2.The real jumpHDD → SSD is the upgrade550MB/s versus a hard drive’s ~100MB/s understates it: the killer is access time. Thousands of small reads at near-zero latency is why an SSD makes a 10-year-old laptop feel current.EfficientLow power, cool runningThe NQ100 targets efficiency: lower power draw suits battery-conscious laptop revivals, and less heat in cramped older chassis means quieter fans and happier hardware.Right choice if you…✔ Revive an older laptop or desktop with a hard drive✔ Upgrade a machine with no M.2 slot✔ Need 1TB — everything moves across, nothing gets left behind✔ Refresh office fleets cheaply and reliablyConsider something else if…✖ Your machine has an M.2 NVMe slot — the NM620 is several times faster for similar money✖ You want maximum speed in a modern build — NM800 Gen4✖ It’s for a games console — PS5 needs Gen4 NVMe; PS4 works fine with SATALexar NQ100 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity1TBInterfaceSATA III (6Gb/s)Form factor2.5”, 7mmRead speedUp to 550MB/s (manufacturer rated)FitsAny 2.5” SATA bay — laptop or desktopMPNLNQ100X001TEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar NQ100 1TB 2.5” SATA SSDFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it fit my old laptop?If the laptop has a 2.5” SATA hard drive now — which covers nearly every laptop made before M.2 took over — it’s a direct swap. 7mm height fits both slim and standard bays.How big is the speed difference from a hard drive?Sequential speed is ~5×, but random access is orders of magnitude faster — which is why boot and app launches go from a coffee break to a blink.Can I keep my files and Windows?Yes — clone the old drive with free software via a USB-to-SATA cable, then swap. Or do a clean install for a fresher result.SATA SSD or NVMe — which should I buy?If the machine takes NVMe, buy NVMe. SATA is for the machines that can’t — where it’s still a transformative upgrade.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar NS100 1TB (2.5” SATA)—Lexar NM620 1TB NVMe (if you have M.2)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-nq100-1tb-internal-ssd/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1111374119.webp","118.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","Lexar NQ100 1TB Internal SSD","88","" "14058","Lexar 633x 128GB SD Card – UHS-I Class 10 – Up to 95MB/s","The Lexar Professional 633x 128GB is the honest workhorse SD card: UHS-I with reads up to 95MB/s and a U3/V30 rating that sustains Full HD and 4K-capable capture — at a price that makes it the card you buy several of. For everyday cameras, this is the sensible default.ReliableU3 / V30 sustained writeThe 30MB/s sustained floor handles Full HD comfortably and standard 4K bitrates — the everyday shooting range where most cameras actually live.Honest speedUp to 95MB/s readUHS-I’s practical working speed: card-to-laptop offloads of a weekend’s shooting in minutes, no exotic reader required.ValueThe multi-card strategyAt this price, serious shooters buy two or three: one in the camera, one offloading, one spare. Cards are consumables — the 633x makes that strategy affordable.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot photos and Full HD/4K video on everyday cameras✔ Want a dependable second and third card✔ Use a camera with UHS-I slots (most consumer bodies)✔ 128GB: thousands of RAW photos or hours of HD videoConsider something else if…✖ You shoot professional 4K/burst work — the 1667x UHS-II V60 is built for that✖ You need microSD — see the Lexar 1066x microSD✖ It’s for a dashcam — endurance cards suit loop recording betterLexar Professional 633x 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity128GBTypeSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 95MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30Use caseEveryday photography, Full HD/4K videoMPNLSD128CB633 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar Professional 633x 128GB SDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it fast enough for 4K?For standard consumer 4K bitrates, yes — V30 sustains 30MB/s. High-bitrate professional 4K formats are 1667x/V60 territory.How many photos fit on 128GB?Roughly 4,000-5,000 RAW files from a 24MP camera, or tens of thousands of JPEGs — a long trip on one card.633x or 1667x?The 633x is the UHS-I everyday card; the 1667x is UHS-II with double-plus the speed and a V60 guarantee for professional video. Match the card to the camera and the work.Does it work in older cameras?Yes — SDXC works in anything SDXC-compatible (2010 onwards, effectively). Very old SDHC-only cameras cap at 32GB cards.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar 1667x 128GB (UHS-II V60, pro)—Lexar 1066x 256GB microSD—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-633x-128gb-sd-card-uhs-i-class-10-up-to-95mb-s/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/f814b9ef0cc0ae10e3f01e0464d2656a.jpg","32.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","Lexar","Lexar 633x 128GB SD Card","88","" "14049","Lexar SSD M2 NVME 512GB NM760","The Lexar NM760 512GB brings PCIe Gen4 speed to the sensible middle: manufacturer-rated reads up to 5,300MB/s — roughly ten times SATA — in the standard M.2 2280 format, without flagship pricing. The right call for a fast system drive in a modern build or laptop upgrade.Gen4 valueUp to 5,300MB/s readEveryday responsiveness — boot, app launches, game loads — sits in this speed class. Beyond it, returns diminish for most users; the NM760 targets exactly that sweet spot.EfficientCool-running mainstream designMainstream Gen4 controllers draw less power and run cooler than flagship parts — relevant in laptops, where thermals and battery life matter as much as peak numbers.Right-sized512GB system driveIdeal as the OS and applications drive: Windows, your software stack and a working set of projects or games, with bulk storage living on a second disk.Right choice if you…✔ Want Gen4 speed at a mainstream price✔ Are upgrading a laptop — efficiency matters there✔ Need a fast 512GB system/boot drive✔ Have a Gen4 slot but not a flagship budgetConsider something else if…✖ You move huge files daily — the NM800 1TB is the flagship tool✖ You need 1TB in one drive — NM800 or NM620 1TB✖ Your machine only takes 2.5” SATA — see the NQ100Lexar NM760 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity512GBInterfacePCIe Gen4 ×4, NVMeForm factorM.2 2280Read speedUp to 5,300MB/s (manufacturer rated, series)Backwards compatibleWorks in PCIe Gen3 slots at Gen3 speedsMPNLNM760X512G (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar NM760 512GB NVMe M.2 SSDFrequently Asked QuestionsIs 512GB enough as a main drive?For OS plus applications and a working set, comfortably. Gamers and video editors with large libraries usually pair it with a second, larger drive.Gen4 drive in a Gen3 laptop — pointless?Not at all: it runs at Gen3 speed now and full speed in your next machine. Buying Gen4 is cheap future-proofing.How do I migrate Windows to it?Free cloning tools image your old drive across; most laptops need only a screwdriver and ten minutes to swap an M.2 drive.NM760 or NM620?NM760 is Gen4 (up to ~5,300MB/s), NM620 is Gen3 (up to ~3,300MB/s) but here in 1TB. Pick by slot and by whether capacity or interface matters more to you.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar NM800 1TB (Gen4 flagship)—Lexar NM620 1TB (Gen3)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-ssd-m2-nvme-512gb-nm760/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2612418397.webp","118.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","Lexar SSD M2 NVME 512GB NM760","12","" "14044","Lexar DDR5 16GB UDIMM Memory","The Lexar 16GB DDR5 UDIMM brings the current memory generation to desktop builds: higher bandwidth than any DDR4, on-module power management and on-die ECC — the architecture Intel 12th-gen-onwards and AMD AM5 platforms are built around. One module, 16GB, ready for a modern motherboard.GenerationDDR5 — the current standardDDR5 starts where DDR4 topped out: more bandwidth per module, better efficiency at speed, and a design the newest CPUs schedule memory around. New builds on current platforms are DDR5 builds.ReliabilityOn-die ECC built inDDR5 modules correct single-bit errors inside the chips themselves — a quiet stability improvement DDR4 never had, useful the larger your memory and the longer your uptime.Capacity16GB per moduleA sensible single-module start: 16GB covers gaming and productivity today, and the second slot stays free to double to 32GB when the workload earns it.Right choice if you…✔ Build on Intel 12th gen+ or AMD AM5 (Ryzen 7000+)✔ Upgrade a DDR5 desktop one module at a time✔ Want current-generation bandwidth and on-die ECC✔ Plan to grow to 32GB later — slot stays freeConsider something else if…✖ Your board is DDR4 — the generations are physically incompatible; check the board spec first✖ It’s for a laptop — this is a full-size desktop UDIMM; laptops need SO-DIMM like the Lexar DDR4 SO-DIMM✖ You chase overclocking records — this is a stability-first JEDEC module, not a binned enthusiast kitLexar DDR5 16GB UDIMM — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity16GB (1×16GB)TypeDDR5 UDIMM, 288-pin (desktop)Speed gradeJEDEC DDR5 — exact rating on module labelFeaturesOn-die ECC · on-module PMICPlatformsIntel 12th gen+ · AMD AM5MPNLexar DDR5 UDIMM series — on packagingEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar 16GB DDR5 UDIMM moduleFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it fit my DDR4 motherboard?No — DDR5 and DDR4 use different slots and are keyed differently. The module only fits boards designed for DDR5.Is one module fine, or do I need a pair?One module works; a matched pair enables dual-channel for extra bandwidth. Starting with one and adding a second later is a common, valid path.What is on-die ECC?Error correction inside the memory chips that fixes single-bit flips automatically — a baseline reliability feature of the DDR5 standard, distinct from full server ECC.Does XMP/EXPO matter here?This is a JEDEC-standard module: it runs at standard speeds without profiles, on any DDR5 board, which is exactly the point — stability without tuning.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar DDR4 16GB SO-DIMM (laptops)—Lexar NM800 1TB Gen4 — the matching fast build—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-ddr5-16gb-udimm-memory/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2706216428.webp","168.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","Lexar DDR5 16GB UDIMM Memory","100","" "13986","Lexar NM610 1TB NVMe M.2 SSD","The Lexar NM610 1TB is the entry ticket to NVMe: manufacturer-rated reads up to 2,100MB/s — still four times a SATA SSD — at the line’s friendliest price. If the machine you’re upgrading spends its life on everyday work rather than heavy data, the NM610 delivers the NVMe feel without the NVMe premium.Entry NVMeUp to 2,100MB/s readThe jump that matters is HDD/SATA → NVMe, not Gen3 → Gen4. Boot, app launches and file work all land in the “instant” class the moment any NVMe drive takes over.ValueCapacity over headline speedAt a given budget the NM610 buys you the full 1TB where faster lines buy you half. For everyday machines, space you use daily beats speed you’d rarely touch.SimpleStandard M.2 2280Same slot, same ten-minute install as any NVMe drive — one screw, clone or fresh install, done.Right choice if you…✔ Upgrade an everyday desktop or laptop from HDD/SATA✔ Want 1TB NVMe at the lowest sensible cost✔ Refresh office machines or family PCs✔ Value capacity over benchmark numbersConsider something else if…✖ You move big files or game seriously — the NM620 is a worthwhile step up✖ You have Gen4 and want to use it — NM800✖ No M.2 slot — the NQ100 2.5” SATA fits where NVMe can’tLexar NM610 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity1TBInterfacePCIe Gen3 ×4, NVMeForm factorM.2 2280Read speedUp to 2,100MB/s (manufacturer rated)Upgrade path~4× SATA SSD sequential speedMPNLNM610-1TRB (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar NM610 1TB NVMe M.2 SSDFrequently Asked QuestionsWill I notice the difference from my old hard drive?Dramatically — boot in seconds, applications open instantly, the whole machine feels new. HDD to any NVMe is the biggest single upgrade in computing.NM610 or NM620 — worth the step up?If you game or move large files, yes — the NM620 is ~50% faster sequentially. For browsing, office work and media, the NM610’s savings are the better spend.Can a laptop take it?If it has an M.2 2280 NVMe slot, yes — most laptops from 2018 onwards do. Check the service manual before buying.Does it need drivers?No — Windows 10/11 and modern Linux support NVMe natively. Install, initialise in Disk Management, done.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar NM620 1TB (Gen3, faster)—Lexar NS100 1TB (2.5” SATA)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-nm610-1tb-nvme-m-2-ssd/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1207049776.webp","138.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","Lexar NM610 1TB NVMe","88","" "13966","Lexar NM620 NVMe M.2 SSD Hard Disk 1TB","The Lexar NM620 1TB is the drive that saturates a PCIe Gen3 slot without paying for bandwidth the slot can’t use: manufacturer-rated reads up to 3,300MB/s — six times SATA — in the standard M.2 2280 format. For the millions of Gen3 desktops and laptops still in service, this is the rational upgrade.MatchedBuilt for Gen3 machinesA Gen4 flagship in a Gen3 slot runs at Gen3 speed anyway. The NM620 delivers what the slot can actually carry, and puts the savings into capacity instead.TransformativeHDD or SATA → NVMeComing from a hard drive, boot times collapse from minutes to seconds; from a SATA SSD, large file work and game loads still roughly triple. The single most noticeable upgrade an older PC can get.CapacityA full 1TBWhole-system storage in one drive: OS, applications, games and files — no juggling between a small fast drive and a slow big one.Right choice if you…✔ Run a PCIe Gen3 desktop or laptop (Intel 6th-10th gen, older AMD)✔ Are replacing a hard drive or SATA SSD✔ Want 1TB of fast storage at value pricing✔ Build budget PCs where every pound countsConsider something else if…✖ You have a Gen4 slot — the NM760 or NM800 use it properly✖ Your machine has no M.2 slot at all — the NS100 2.5” SATA is the drop-in answer✖ You need PS5 expansion — that requires Gen4Lexar NM620 1TB — Technical SpecificationsBrandLexarCapacity1TBInterfacePCIe Gen3 ×4, NVMeForm factorM.2 2280Read speedUp to 3,300MB/s (manufacturer rated)Upgrade path~6× SATA SSD sequential speedMPNLNM620X001T (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Lexar NM620 1TB NVMe M.2 SSDFrequently Asked QuestionsHow do I know if my PC has an M.2 slot?Check the motherboard manual or maker’s spec page for “M.2 2280 NVMe”. Most desktops from 2016 on and most laptops from 2018 on have one.Will Windows need reinstalling?Not necessarily — free cloning tools copy your existing installation across. A fresh install is cleaner if the machine has years of clutter.Does it work in a Gen4 board?Yes — it runs at its own Gen3 speed. If the board is Gen4, though, a Gen4 drive gets more from the same slot.NVMe vs SATA SSD — is the difference real?For boot and app launches both feel quick; the gap shows in large file transfers, game loading and heavy multitasking, where NVMe is several times faster.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Lexar NM610 1TB (entry NVMe)—Lexar NM800 1TB (Gen4 flagship)—Browse all Lexar at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/lexar-nm620-nvme-m-2-ssd-hard-disk-1tb/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3924195552.webp","168.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","Lexar","Lexar NM620 NVMe M.2 SSD Hard Disk 1TB","88","" "13496","Logitech POP Wireless Mouse – Lilac","The Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Lilac is a small, quiet Bluetooth mouse built for people who work from a laptop in more than one place — the kitchen table, a café, a hot desk — and want something that looks like theirs rather than like office equipment. This is model 910-007410. The clicks are near-silent thanks to SilentTouch, so it does not announce itself in a library or a shared room. The SmartWheel scrolls line by line when you move it gently and free-spins through long pages when you flick it. The top button is yours to assign: an emoji for chats, or a working shortcut such as Mic Mute or Snip Screen through the free Logi Options+ app. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with a button, and a single AA battery — included — lasts up to 24 months. Connection is Bluetooth only: there is no USB receiver in the box. SilentTouch · Compact Shape Quiet Enough for Shared Spaces A standard mouse click is a sharp mechanical snap, and in a quiet room it carries further than people realise — across an open-plan office, through a video call, or next to someone asleep. SilentTouch damps the switch so each click is a soft tap you feel more than hear, while keeping a clear point of actuation so you still know the click registered. The body is compact and gently contoured so it sits in the palm without the flat, blocky feel of many travel mice, which matters over a full working day rather than a quick session. It is small enough to drop into a handbag, a laptop sleeve or a coat pocket, and the optical sensor tracks well on the smaller and less ideal surfaces you meet away from a desk — a café table, a tray table, a notebook cover. For a glossy glass desk, use a mouse mat, as with most optical mice. SmartWheel · Action Button Two Controls That Save Real Time The SmartWheel reads how you move it. Nudge it and it steps line by line for precise editing in a document or a spreadsheet; flick it and it switches to speed scrolling, running through a long web page or a hundred-row list in one motion. There is no mode switch to remember — the wheel changes behaviour with your finger. The button on top, just behind the wheel, is the one that gives the POP Mouse its name. Out of the box it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. Through the free Logi Options+ app on Windows and macOS you can reassign it to something more practical: Mic Mute for calls, Snip Screen for screenshots, or another shortcut you reach for many times a day. Most people end up using it for the call-mute shortcut, which is easier to hit in a hurry than a keyboard combination. Without Logi Options+ the mouse works normally as a standard Bluetooth mouse; the app is only needed to customise the button. Bluetooth · 3 Devices · 24 Months One Mouse Across Your Devices The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth and remembers up to three devices — a work laptop, a personal laptop and a tablet, for example. A button underneath switches between them, so moving from one machine to another is a press rather than a trip into Bluetooth settings. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. With Logi Options+ installed on two computers, Logitech Flow lets you move the cursor from one screen to the other and even copy and paste between them. One practical point to know before you order: the connection is Bluetooth only and there is no USB receiver in the box, so the device you use it with needs Bluetooth — nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has it, but some older or budget desktop towers do not. Power comes from a single AA battery, which is included, and Logitech rates it at up to 24 months of use thanks to automatic sleep between sessions. No charging cable, no charging routine. Right choice if you… ✔ Work from a laptop in different places and want a small mouse that travels well ✔ Share a room or take calls and want clicks that do not carry ✔ Move between a laptop, a second computer and a tablet during the day ✔ Would rather change an AA battery every couple of years than charge a mouse every week Consider something else if… ✘ Your computer has no Bluetooth — there is no USB receiver in the box ✘ You want a full-size ergonomic mouse for long desk days — the Logitech MX Master 3S is built for that ✘ You play games — the POP Mouse is designed for work and everyday use, not low-latency gaming Logitech POP Wireless Mouse Lilac — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelPOP Wireless Mouse MPN910-007410 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourLilac SensorOptical · up to 4000 DPI Buttons4 · customisable top emoji / action button ClicksSilentTouch quiet clicks Scroll WheelSmartWheel · precision and speed scrolling ConnectionBluetooth · no USB receiver included Multi-DeviceEasy-Switch between up to 3 devices · Logitech Flow Battery1 × AA (included) · up to 24 months CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · Android · iPadOS SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) — optional WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Lilac —1 × AA battery —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Is there a USB receiver in the box?No. The POP Mouse connects over Bluetooth, and the box contains the mouse, an AA battery and documentation only. Nearly every laptop, tablet and modern desktop has Bluetooth built in. If your computer does not, this is not the right mouse for it without a Bluetooth adapter. What does the top button do?By default it opens an emoji menu for chat apps. With the free Logi Options+ app on Windows or macOS you can assign it to a shortcut instead — Mic Mute, Snip Screen or another command you use often. On other systems it works as a standard button without customisation. How long does the battery last?Logitech rates it at up to 24 months on a single AA battery, which is included. Real life depends on how many hours a day you use it. When it runs out, you replace the AA — there is nothing to charge. Can I use it with my iPad and my laptop?Yes. It pairs with up to three devices and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button underneath. It works with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iPadOS. Is this the same as the older POP Mouse?No. This is the current POP Wireless Mouse range (model numbers 910-0074xx) in solid colours such as Lilac. The earlier POP Mouse (910-0065xx) came in two-tone designs and is listed separately on maibo. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Rose —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Graphite —Logitech POP Wireless Mouse — Off-White —Logitech POP Mouse — earlier two-tone design, Yellow —Logitech MX Master 3S — full-size alternative —Official Logitech POP Mouse product page Browse the full mice and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-pop-wireless-mouse-lilac/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/2841271274.webp","17.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-007410","88","" "13490","Logitech G933s Wired / Wireless Game Headset","The Logitech G933s Artemis Spectrum is the headset that refuses to choose: 2.4GHz wireless on PC, or plug the 3.5mm cable into a PS5, Xbox controller or phone and keep playing while it charges. 50mm PRO-G drivers, DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround, a noise-cancelling boom mic that retracts fully into the earcup, and three programmable G-keys on the shell.Dual modeWireless AND wiredUp to 12 hours of 2.4GHz wireless on PC via the USB receiver — and a 3.5mm mode that works on anything with a jack, battery dead or not. One headset for the desk and the sofa.Sound50mm PRO-G + DTS X 2.0The larger 50mm PRO-G drivers give the G933s more low-end authority than its smaller siblings, and DTS Headphone:X 2.0 object surround on PC places footsteps around you, not just left-right.Control3 G-keys + retracting micThree programmable G-keys sit on the earcup for macros, EQ switches or media control. The boom mic flips up to mute and retracts fully — flip it away and the G933s passes as ordinary headphones.Right choice if you…✔ Want one headset for wireless PC play and wired console/mobile✔ Value DTS surround and big-driver bass✔ Use macros — G-keys on the earcup are rare✔ Like a mic that disappears completely when not neededConsider something else if…✖ You want featherweight — this is a full-size flagship, see the G435 at 165g✖ Pure wired tournament play — the G PRO X with Blue VO!CE✖ You mostly chat on console — wireless mode is PC-side; console is 3.5mmLogitech G933s Artemis Spectrum — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GDriversPRO-G 50mmSurroundDTS Headphone:X 2.0 (PC)Wireless2.4GHz USB receiver, up to 12h batteryWired3.5mm — console, mobile, in-flightMicrophoneNoise-cancelling boom, flip-to-mute, fully retractingExtras3 programmable G-keys · LIGHTSYNC RGBMPN981-000744 (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G933s Artemis Spectrum headset—USB wireless receiver—3.5mm cable—USB charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsCan I use it while charging?Yes — plug the USB cable in and keep playing wirelessly, or switch to the 3.5mm cable which needs no battery at all.Does wireless work on PS5?Wireless is designed for PC via the receiver; on PS5, Xbox and mobile you use the 3.5mm cable — full audio and mic.What do the G-keys do?Anything you map in G HUB: EQ profiles, Discord mute, OBS scene switches, media keys. They sit on the left earcup.G933s or G733?The G933s is the bigger, feature-dense flagship: 50mm drivers, G-keys, wired+wireless dual mode. The G733 is lighter and simpler with longer battery. Travel and console use favour the G933s’ cable mode.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech G733 LIGHTSPEED—Logitech G PRO X (wired)—Browse all Gaming Headsets at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g933s-wired-wireless-game-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/400758732.webp","140.41","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","FIYX61JYUD9N","88","" "13484","Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920e - Full HD 1080p","The Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920e - Full HD 1080p — Full HD 1080p at 30fps, glass lens with autofocus, RightLight 2 automatic light correction, dual omnidirectional microphones, and attachable privacy shutter. USB-A plug-and-play. Zoom certified, Microsoft Teams and Google Meet compatible. 3-year warranty. ✓ 1080p Full HD at 30fps · 3MP glass lens · HD autofocus · 78° diagonal field of view ✓ RightLight 2 automatic light correction — clear image from low light to direct sunlight ✓ Dual omnidirectional microphones · attachable privacy shutter · USB-A plug-and-play ✓ Zoom certified · Teams · Meet · Webex compatible · 3-year Logitech warranty The Logitech C920e is the business-oriented variant of Logitech's C920 platform — the most widely deployed USB webcam in the commercial sector. Where the consumer C920 targets home and personal use, the C920e is designed for consistent performance across managed IT environments, with TAA compliance for US federal deployments and a focus on video call quality rather than video recording. The 1080p Full HD glass lens delivers significantly sharper, more detailed image quality than the plastic lens units found in most laptop built-in cameras and competing webcams at this price point. RightLight 2 analyses the scene and adjusts exposure and white balance automatically, keeping the subject correctly exposed whether they are sitting in front of a window in bright daylight or in a dim office under artificial light. The dual omnidirectional microphones are activated via the Logi Tune desktop application, which also provides controls for zoom, colour and manual focus — giving IT administrators and users precise control over how the camera performs in each environment. The attachable privacy shutter physically covers the lens when not in use, a hardware solution that does not rely on software for privacy. USB-A plug-and-play — no driver installation required on Windows, macOS or ChromeOS. Certified for Zoom and compatible with Microsoft Teams, Google Meet, Cisco Webex, BlueJeans and GoToMeeting. 3-year Logitech limited hardware warranty. 1080p · Glass Lens · Autofocus Optics That Beat Every Laptop Built-In The C920e uses a glass lens rather than the plastic lens found on most webcams at comparable price points and on virtually all laptop built-in cameras. Glass lenses have lower chromatic aberration — the colour fringing that plastic lenses produce at high-contrast edges — and maintain sharper focus across the frame without the softening towards the edges that characterises inexpensive plastic optics. At 1920 × 1080 pixels and 30fps, the C920e delivers true Full HD video rather than the interpolated or upscaled output from cameras that claim 1080p but capture at a lower native resolution. The 78° diagonal field of view is calibrated for individual users in a standard office or home desk setup — wide enough to show a comfortable frame of the user and some background context, but not so wide that the perspective distorts faces or makes the user appear small in the frame. HD autofocus adjusts focus continuously throughout the call, which is relevant when users lean forward or move during a presentation or conversation — the camera tracks the focus point rather than locking on a fixed distance from the lens at the start of the session. RightLight 2 · Dual Omni Mics Consistent Video and Audio in Any Environment RightLight 2 is Logitech's automatic exposure and white balance system, which analyses the scene in real time and adjusts the camera's exposure settings to keep the subject correctly lit. The primary problem it solves is backlit environments — a user sitting in front of a window in daylight would appear as a silhouette on a camera without automatic exposure compensation, because the bright background forces a low exposure that underexposes the foreground subject. RightLight 2 identifies the subject as the primary region of interest and adjusts exposure to correctly expose the face rather than the background, maintaining visibility in conditions that would otherwise produce unusable video. The dual omnidirectional microphones are positioned on each side of the lens housing and activated through the Logi Tune desktop application, which enables the mics and provides control over their input level. Optimised for voice capture up to one metre from the camera, the microphones suppress background noise and produce call audio that is substantially clearer than the single microphone units found on most competitor webcams at this price point. The independent left and right mic placement provides a degree of directional audio capture that improves intelligibility on calls. Privacy Shutter · Business Platform C920e vs C920 — What's Different The C920e is the business-targeted variant of the C920 platform, with three differences from the consumer C920 and C920S models. First, the microphones on the C920e are not active at plug-and-play — they require enabling through the Logi Tune app, which gives IT administrators control over whether the microphone is accessible without additional software policy. On the consumer C920, the mics are active immediately on connection. Second, the C920e includes an attachable physical privacy shutter that clips over the lens — a mechanical lens cover that cannot be bypassed by software, addressing privacy compliance requirements in regulated environments. The consumer C920S includes an integrated privacy shutter; the C920e's is a separate clip-on accessory that provides the same function. Third, the C920e carries TAA (Trade Agreements Act) compliance for US federal procurement, which is not relevant for UK consumers but indicates the product's supply chain standards. For individual users and small businesses, the C920e is functionally identical to the C920S with the addition of the detachable shutter and the mic activation step. Mounting is via the adjustable universal clip that fits flat panel monitors, laptop screens and standard tripod threads. Right choice if you… ✔ Need a reliable 1080p webcam for video calls on Zoom, Teams, Meet or Webex — certified for all major platforms ✔ Work from home and want significantly better video quality than your laptop's built-in camera ✔ Work in variable or challenging lighting — RightLight 2 keeps you correctly exposed regardless of background brightness ✔ Want a physical privacy shutter for between-call privacy — no software dependency Consider something else if… ✖ You need 4K resolution — see the Logitech BRIO 4K for ultra-HD video conferencing ✖ You need plug-and-play microphone access without installing Logi Tune — the consumer C920 or C920S activates mics immediately on connection ✖ You need a USB-C connection — the C920e uses USB-A only; a USB-A to USB-C adapter is required for USB-C-only laptops Technical Specifications Brand Logitech Model C920e HD 1080p Business Webcam MPN 960-001360 EAN / GTIN 0097855162045 Video Resolution 1080p Full HD at 30fps · 720p at 30fps Megapixels 3MP Lens Glass · HD autofocus Field of View 78° diagonal Light Correction RightLight 2 automatic Microphones Dual omnidirectional · up to 1m · enabled via Logi Tune Privacy Shutter Attachable (included) Connection USB-A · plug-and-play · 1.5m integrated cable Mounting Universal clip — monitor / laptop · tripod thread Certifications Zoom certified · Teams · Google Meet · Webex compatible OS Compatibility Windows 8+ · macOS 10.10+ · ChromeOS Dimensions 94 × 71 × 43.3mm Weight 162g Warranty 3-year Logitech limited hardware warranty In the Box — Logitech C920e webcam with 1.5m integrated USB-A cable — Attachable privacy shutter Frequently Asked Questions Why don't the microphones work when I first plug in the C920e? The C920e's microphones are disabled by default and must be enabled through the free Logi Tune desktop app (available at logitech.com/tune). This is an intentional design decision for the business variant — it gives IT administrators control over microphone access in managed environments. Download and install Logi Tune, open the app with the C920e connected, and enable the microphones from the camera settings panel. Once enabled, they remain on for subsequent use. What is the difference between the C920e and C920? The C920e is the business variant — mics are disabled by default (require Logi Tune to activate), a detachable physical privacy shutter is included, and the camera carries TAA compliance. The consumer C920 and C920S have plug-and-play microphones active immediately on connection; the C920S also includes an integrated privacy shutter. Video quality between C920e and C920S is identical — same 1080p glass lens, same RightLight 2, same autofocus. Does the C920e work with a USB-C laptop? The C920e uses a USB-A connector. Most USB-C laptops include at least one USB-A port alongside USB-C. If your laptop has USB-C only (MacBook, some Dell XPS, Surface models), a USB-A to USB-C adapter or USB hub with USB-A ports connects the camera without issue — the camera is USB 2.0 and functions on any USB port including USB-C via adapter. Does the C920e require software or drivers to work? No driver installation is required — the C920e is plug-and-play on Windows 8 and later, macOS 10.10 and later, and ChromeOS. The video feed is available immediately in any application that can access a webcam. Logi Tune is required only to activate and control the microphones and to access advanced camera controls (zoom, colour, manual focus). For video-only use, no additional software is needed. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 3 Years · Logitech Limited Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech BRIO 4K Ultra HD Webcam — Logitech H111 Stereo Headset — Logitech StreamCam Full HD Webcam — Browse all webcams and peripherals at maibo Browse the full webcams and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-hd-pro-webcam-c920e-full-hd-1080p/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Logitech-HD-Pro-Webcam-C920e-Full-HD-1080p.jpg","48.88","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","Logitech C920e","88","0097855162045" "12837","Philips SHE2405 wired in-ear earphones - Black","The Philips SHE2405 wired in-ear earphones Black — 8.6mm neodymium driver, 7Hz–24kHz frequency response, inline microphone with call and volume controls, oval tube in-ear design with three ear tip sizes. 3.5mm, 1.2m cable. Translucent black. ✓ 8.6mm neodymium acoustic driver — 7Hz–24kHz, clear sound with enhanced bass ✓ Inline mic + call/volume controls — answer, end and adjust without touching your phone ✓ Oval tube in-ear fit · 3 ear tip sizes (S/M/L) · passive noise isolation ✓ 3.5mm jack · 1.2m cable · translucent housing · compatible with all 3.5mm devices The Philips SHE2405 is Philips's UpBeat series wired in-ear earphone — a straightforward, reliable daily-use earphone built around an 8.6mm neodymium driver with an extended frequency response down to 7Hz, an inline microphone and call controls for hands-free phone use, and an oval tube design that fits the ear canal geometry for comfortable long-wear use. The 3.5mm connector works with any device that has a headphone jack — smartphones, tablets, laptops, media players — and the 1.2m cable is long enough for comfortable use from a pocket or desk without excess slack. The translucent black housing has a dual-layer visual effect with colour-graded cable. Three ear tip sizes (S, M, L) are included to fit different ear canal dimensions, with the in-ear seal providing passive noise isolation from ambient sound. The inline remote positions call answer/end and volume controls on the cable for quick access without reaching for the device. No battery, no pairing, no app — plug in and listen. 8.6mm Neodymium · 7Hz–24kHz Driver and Sound Character The 8.6mm dynamic driver uses a neodymium magnet — a rare-earth permanent magnet with higher field strength per unit of weight than the ferrite magnets found in lower-specification drivers. Stronger magnetic field means the voice coil driving the diaphragm can be accelerated and decelerated more precisely, which translates to tighter transient response and more defined bass. The 7Hz–24kHz frequency range extends well below the standard 20Hz audible floor, which in practice means the low-frequency roll-off of the driver does not begin until below audible range — bass frequencies in music are reproduced at full driver output rather than at a point where the driver is already rolling off. At 24kHz on the high end, the driver covers the full audible range with headroom. The sound character is tuned for the everyday listening use case — enhanced bass for music on the go, clear enough midrange for call intelligibility, and treble that does not fatigue over extended listening sessions. The oval tube form factor positions the driver at the ear canal entrance at the correct angle for the driver's sound axis to point down the canal toward the eardrum, which improves bass perception compared to a driver mounted at a right angle to the canal. Inline Mic · Call Controls Hands-Free for Daily Use The inline remote is positioned on the cable at a comfortable reach distance from the left ear — close enough to operate without looking at the cable. The built-in microphone captures voice for calls and voice assistant commands. The remote provides call answer and end via the centre button, and volume up and down via dedicated buttons. For Android devices, the three-button remote functions fully — volume and call controls are both active. For iOS devices, call answer/end and the centre button function; volume button behaviour depends on iPhone model and iOS version. The microphone sensitivity and placement are designed for casual call use in moderate environments — voice quality is clear in standard indoor conditions. For outdoor use in wind or traffic noise, the microphone will pick up ambient sound as it is not an active noise-cancelling microphone, which is normal for this earphone category. The 1.2m cable is the standard length for earphones paired with a device kept in a trouser or shirt pocket, reaching from pocket height to ear without excess slack that would snag on objects. Oval Tube Fit · 3 Ear Tips Fit, Isolation and Comfort The SHE2405 uses an oval tube housing — shaped to match the natural oval geometry of the ear canal entrance rather than a circular cross-section. Oval-section earphones fit more flush with the outer ear than round-section designs, reducing the leverage that a protruding round earphone exerts on the canal walls, which is one of the primary causes of discomfort in long-wear earphone use. The silicone ear tips form a seal between the earphone housing and the ear canal wall — this seal creates passive noise isolation, attenuating ambient sound by 10–20dB depending on fit quality and tip size. Three tip sizes (S, M, L) are included to accommodate different ear canal dimensions; correct tip size selection is the single most important factor in both comfort and sound quality from an in-ear earphone, as an undersized tip creates insufficient seal (reduced bass, poor isolation) and an oversized tip creates discomfort. The translucent black housing provides a dual-layer visual effect — the internal driver and housing components are visible through the outer shell, with the colour-graded cable providing a coordinated aesthetic in Philips's UpBeat range colour family. Right choice if you… ✔ Need a reliable everyday wired earphone with mic — no battery, no pairing, always works on any 3.5mm device ✔ Use a device with a 3.5mm headphone jack — smartphone, tablet, laptop, media player ✔ Want a spare or backup pair to keep at a desk, in a bag or at work — cost-effective, solid Philips quality ✔ Need call capability alongside music — inline mic and controls handle both without switching accessories Consider something else if… ✖ Your device has no 3.5mm jack — Samsung Note 10+, S20 and later, iPhone 7 and later require a USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter ✖ You want wireless freedom — see the OnePlus Buds 4 or Samsung Galaxy Buds range for TWS options ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the SHE2405 provides passive isolation only from the in-ear seal Technical Specifications Brand Philips Model UpBeat SHE2405 MPN SHE2405BK/00 Colour Black (translucent) Driver 8.6mm neodymium dynamic Frequency Response 7Hz – 24kHz Connector 3.5mm jack Cable Length 1.2m Microphone Inline · call answer/end · volume controls Ear Tips S / M / L (3 sets included) Housing Oval tube · translucent Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) In the Box — Philips SHE2405 in-ear earphones — Black — 3 pairs ear tips (S, M, L) Frequently Asked Questions Will these work with my phone if it has no 3.5mm jack? The SHE2405 uses a standard 3.5mm jack. Phones without a 3.5mm port — Samsung Galaxy S20 and later, Note 10 and later, iPhone 7 and later — require an adapter: USB-C to 3.5mm for Samsung and most Android, or Lightning to 3.5mm for iPhone (up to iPhone 14). The Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) is recommended for Samsung devices for full mic compatibility. Do the inline controls work on both Android and iOS? The microphone and call answer/end button work on both platforms. Volume button functionality is platform-dependent — on Android devices the volume controls typically work fully; on iOS, volume adjustment through the inline remote may be limited depending on iPhone model and iOS version. The centre button (call answer/end, play/pause) works on both. How do I choose the right ear tip size? Start with the medium (M) tip — this fits most ear canals. If the earphone feels loose or falls out, move to large (L). If the earphone feels uncomfortable or painful, move to small (S). The correct size creates a seal that slightly resists being pulled straight out of the ear — you should feel a small amount of suction when removing the earphone. A good seal is the single biggest factor in bass quality and noise isolation from these earphones. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Bose SoundSport Wired In-Ear Headphones — Red — Browse all earphones at maibo Browse the full earphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-she2405-wired-in-ear-earphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1389605247.webp","12.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Philips","SHE2405BK/00","88","" "12803","PHILIPS HIFI Bluetooth Headset TAPH805","The Philips TAPH805 is the travel counterpart to home hi-fi: Bluetooth over-ears with active noise cancelling, up to 30 hours of playback, and quick-charge for the flight you almost missed. Philips voicing — balanced, musical — in a fold-flat shell built for the bag.QuietActive Noise CancellingANC strips the constant drone of engines and air conditioning, so long journeys get quieter and volumes stay safer.StaminaUp to 30 hoursA transatlantic round trip with daily commutes in between on one charge — and a short top-up adds hours when you forgot the cable.MusicalPhilips hi-fi voicingTuned closer to neutral than bass-cannon rivals: vocals and acoustic material keep their shape, which suits the brand’s hi-fi lineage.Right choice if you…✔ Fly or commute with ANC as the priority✔ Want 30-hour battery — charge weekly, not daily✔ Prefer balanced tuning over boom✔ Need fold-flat portabilityConsider something else if…✖ All your listening is at home in quiet — the SHP9600 open-back sounds bigger for less✖ You want earbuds — see the SHB2505✖ Budget cap is tight — the SHB3075 covers wireless basicsPhilips TAPH805 — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsTypeOver-ear, wireless, closed-backNoise cancellingActive (ANC)BatteryUp to 30 hours · quick chargeDrivers40mmControlsOn-earcup + voice assistant accessMPNTAPH805 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips TAPH805 headphones—Audio cable—USB charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does the ANC compare to flagship brands?It cancels the low-frequency drone that matters most in transit; the very top ANC tier still edges it on voices — at two to three times the price.Can I use it wired?Yes — the included cable keeps it working with a flat battery and on in-flight systems.Is 30 hours with ANC on?Battery life varies with ANC and volume; expect the quoted maximum with ANC off and somewhat less with it engaged — still comfortably multi-day.TAPH805 or SHP9600?Different rooms: TAPH805 for the world (ANC, wireless), SHP9600 for the living room (open-back, wired). The honest answer for enthusiasts is eventually both.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips SHP9600 (open-back hi-fi)—Philips SHB3075 (wireless on-ear)—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-hifi-bluetooth-headset-taph805/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1169092917.webp","118.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","PHILIPS HIFI Bluetooth Headset TAPH805","88","" "12491","Philips SHB4205 Flite Hyprlite Wireless Bluetooth Headphones – White","The Philips SHB4205 Flite is wireless on-ear listening in its lightest, friendliest form: a slim white headband, up to 12 hours of playback, and clean Philips tuning with a usable bass lift. The everyday wireless headphone for people who want music, not a settings app.LightSlim Flite designThe Flite line is built thin and light — a low-profile band and compact cups that travel flat and wear easy through a workday.StaminaUp to 12 hoursA full day per charge; a week of commutes on two. Charge it with the same habit as your phone and it never interrupts.ControlButtons + mic on the cupPlay, skip and take calls from the earcup — no fishing for the phone on a crowded train.Right choice if you…✔ Want light wireless on-ears in white✔ Listen through workdays — 12h covers it✔ Prefer clean tuning with gentle bass lift✔ Value simple buttons over touch gimmicksConsider something else if…✖ You commute loud routes — the TAPH805 adds ANC✖ You want harder bass — the SHB3075 BASS+✖ You need a wired fallback jack — Bluetooth-only herePhilips SHB4205 Flite — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsColourWhiteTypeOn-ear, wireless, slim Flite designBatteryUp to 12 hoursDrivers32mmCallsBuilt-in mic + earcup controlsMPNSHB4205WTEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips SHB4205 Flite headphones (white)—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does Flite differ from BASS+?Flite is the slim, balanced line; BASS+ is the punchy one. Same price neighbourhood, different personalities — pick by taste and colour.Is white hard to keep clean?The matte finish wipes easily; it stays presentable with the same care as white trainers.Can I take calls with it?Yes — mic and controls live on the earcup.Does it fold?The slim profile travels flat in a bag; it’s built to disappear between uses.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips SHB3075 BASS+ (black)—Philips TAPH805 (ANC)—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-shb4205-flite-hyprlite-wireless-bluetooth-headphones-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/569951669.webp","29.98","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","Philips SHB4205 White","18","" "12490","Philips SHB2505 HIFI Wireless In-Ear Headset","The Philips SHB2505 is true wireless with hi-fi ambitions at an entry ticket: compact buds, a pocket charging case that multiplies playtime across the day, and Philips’ cleaner-than-the-price tuning. The sensible first step into true wireless.CompactBuds + pocket caseSmall buds, small case, no cables anywhere — the case recharges the buds between sessions and lives in a coin pocket.TunedHi-fi lean, not boomPhilips voices this one cleaner than typical budget TWS — vocals and detail first, bass present but polite.SimpleAuto-pair, touch-freeOpen the case near your phone and they reconnect; either bud works solo for calls and podcasts.Right choice if you…✔ Want a first true-wireless pair without flagship outlay✔ Prefer cleaner tuning to bass-cannon budget buds✔ Use one bud solo for calls✔ Carry minimal — the case vanishes in a pocketConsider something else if…✖ You keep losing small things — the TAUN102 neckband is the cure✖ You need ANC — that lives a tier up✖ Marathon single sessions — over-ears hold more battery per sittingPhilips SHB2505 — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsTypeTrue wireless in-ear + charging caseBatteryBuds + multiple case recharges across the dayTuningHi-fi lean — clean, vocal-forwardCallsBuilt-in mics, solo-bud use supportedMPNSHB2505 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips SHB2505 earbuds—Charging case—Ear tips (sizes)—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does it sound next to budget TWS rivals?Cleaner — Philips tunes for clarity where many budget buds chase boom. Podcasts and vocal music especially benefit.Can I use one bud at a time?Yes — either bud solo, while the other charges in the case.How does the case charging work?The case is a battery bank: drop the buds in between sessions and they top up automatically, multiplying total playtime across a day.Are they okay for the gym?Light workouts yes; they’re everyday buds rather than sport-rated — for heavy sweat sessions the neckband is the safer tool.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips TAUN102 neckband—JBL W200TWS—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-shb2505-hifi-wireless-in-ear-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1833750910.webp","68.40","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","CRIJLTMYUDOL","88","" "12767","Philips SHB2505 HIFI Wireless In-Ear Headset - black","The Philips SHB2505 is true wireless with hi-fi ambitions at an entry ticket: compact buds, a pocket charging case that multiplies playtime across the day, and Philips’ cleaner-than-the-price tuning. The sensible first step into true wireless.CompactBuds + pocket caseSmall buds, small case, no cables anywhere — the case recharges the buds between sessions and lives in a coin pocket.TunedHi-fi lean, not boomPhilips voices this one cleaner than typical budget TWS — vocals and detail first, bass present but polite.SimpleAuto-pair, touch-freeOpen the case near your phone and they reconnect; either bud works solo for calls and podcasts.Right choice if you…✔ Want a first true-wireless pair without flagship outlay✔ Prefer cleaner tuning to bass-cannon budget buds✔ Use one bud solo for calls✔ Carry minimal — the case vanishes in a pocketConsider something else if…✖ You keep losing small things — the TAUN102 neckband is the cure✖ You need ANC — that lives a tier up✖ Marathon single sessions — over-ears hold more battery per sittingPhilips SHB2505 — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsTypeTrue wireless in-ear + charging caseBatteryBuds + multiple case recharges across the dayTuningHi-fi lean — clean, vocal-forwardCallsBuilt-in mics, solo-bud use supportedMPNSHB2505 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips SHB2505 earbuds—Charging case—Ear tips (sizes)—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does it sound next to budget TWS rivals?Cleaner — Philips tunes for clarity where many budget buds chase boom. Podcasts and vocal music especially benefit.Can I use one bud at a time?Yes — either bud solo, while the other charges in the case.How does the case charging work?The case is a battery bank: drop the buds in between sessions and they top up automatically, multiplying total playtime across a day.Are they okay for the gym?Light workouts yes; they’re everyday buds rather than sport-rated — for heavy sweat sessions the neckband is the safer tool.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips TAUN102 neckband—JBL W200TWS—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-shb2505-hifi-wireless-in-ear-headset/?attribute_pa_color=black","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2817742965.webp","68.40","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","M1CTDX503TUN","289","" "12489","Logitech C930c HD Webcam - Full HD 1080p","The Logitech C930c HD Webcam - Full HD 1080p — Full HD 1080p at 30fps with a Carl Zeiss Tessar glass lens, 90° wide field of view, H.264 on-camera encoding, 4x digital zoom with pan and tilt, dual omnidirectional microphones, RightLight 2 light correction, and privacy cover. USB-A plug-and-play. ✓ Carl Zeiss Tessar glass lens — 1080p/30fps · 90° field of view · 4x digital zoom · pan and tilt ✓ H.264 UVC on-camera encoding — offloads video compression from CPU for smoother streams ✓ Dual omnidirectional mics · RightLight 2 · privacy cover included ✓ USB-A plug-and-play · Windows, macOS, ChromeOS · Zoom, Teams, Meet compatible The Logitech C930c is the Asia-Pacific market variant of Logitech's C930 business webcam platform, distinguished by its Carl Zeiss Tessar glass lens — an optics specification that appears on only a small number of Logitech webcam models and that is not available on the European C930e. Carl Zeiss Tessar is a well-established four-element lens design with a long history in precision optics, optimised for sharpness and low distortion, and is listed as a key differentiator on this variant. The C930c delivers 1080p Full HD video at 30fps through a 90° diagonal field of view — significantly wider than the 78° of the C920e and suited to users who need to show whiteboards, multiple people in a frame, or a wider workspace context during calls and presentations. H.264 UVC on-camera encoding offloads the video compression task from the host CPU to the camera's own processor, which reduces the system resource demand on older or lower-powered machines running multiple applications during video calls. The dual omnidirectional microphones are plug-and-play active — no software activation required, unlike the C920e. RightLight 2 handles automatic exposure in variable or challenging lighting. A privacy cover is included. Compatible with Zoom, Microsoft Teams, Google Meet, Cisco Webex and all major video conferencing platforms. Note: the C930c does not support Logitech Capture streaming software — see FAQ below for details. Carl Zeiss Tessar Lens Premium Optics on a Webcam Carl Zeiss is one of the world's most recognised precision optics manufacturers, with over 175 years of optical engineering heritage. The Zeiss Tessar design is a four-element telephoto group lens — three elements in two groups — that achieves high central sharpness and controlled field curvature. It is Zeiss's entry-level industrial and consumer lens formula, but it carries Zeiss's optical tolerances and quality control standards, which are materially higher than the unlabelled glass or plastic optic units fitted in most webcams at any price point. In the C930c, the Carl Zeiss Tessar lens is the primary differentiator from the consumer C920 platform and the European C930e. The practical difference in video is visible in the sharpness and contrast of the image — edges are cleaner, fine details in the user's face and clothing are more resolved, and the colour rendering has less the chromatic fringing that lesser optics produce at high-contrast boundaries. For professional video calls, presentations and content where image quality matters beyond the functional minimum, the Zeiss lens is the reason to choose the C930c over the C920e at a similar price. 90° FOV · H.264 · Pan/Tilt/Zoom Wide View and On-Camera Encoding The 90° diagonal field of view is 12° wider than the C920e's 78° — a meaningful difference in practice. At 78°, a webcam shows the user and a narrow band of background. At 90°, the frame includes significantly more of the workspace — a whiteboard to the side, a second person in the frame, or wider context that helps remote participants understand the physical environment. This makes the C930c more suitable than the C920e for small group calls, teaching, demonstrations and whiteboard presentations. The 4x digital zoom allows narrowing back in on a specific area without moving the camera — combined with pan and tilt control via Logi Tune, the full 90° scene can be repositioned and cropped to focus on the subject of interest within the wider frame. H.264 UVC 1.5 encoding moves the H.264 video compression processing from the host computer's CPU into the camera hardware itself. On a modern high-performance desktop this has little impact, but on older machines, low-power laptops, or systems running multiple applications simultaneously during a video call, the reduction in CPU load from on-camera encoding produces noticeably smoother video with fewer dropped frames and lower system fan noise. Dual Omni Mics · RightLight 2 Audio and Lighting — Plug-and-Play Unlike the C920e, whose microphones require activation through the Logi Tune app, the C930c's dual omnidirectional microphones are plug-and-play active — they are available as an audio input device immediately on connection, with no software configuration required. The mics are positioned on each side of the lens housing and optimised for voice capture up to one metre from the camera. For most desk setups where the webcam is positioned at monitor height approximately 60–80cm from the user, this covers the full speech capture range reliably. RightLight 2 provides the same automatic exposure correction as on the C920e — subject-prioritised exposure that keeps the face correctly lit regardless of background brightness. The included privacy cover clips over the lens and physically blocks the camera view; it is physically separate from the camera body, so it does not add bulk when stored off the camera. The Logi Tune application enables advanced controls — zoom, colour adjustment, manual focus, firmware updates — but is not required for basic camera and microphone operation. Right choice if you… ✔ Want the best optics available on a Logitech webcam at this price — Carl Zeiss Tessar glass lens is a genuine premium ✔ Need a 90° wide field of view for whiteboard use, small group calls, or wider workspace visibility ✔ Want plug-and-play microphones without needing to install Logi Tune — unlike the C920e ✔ Use an older or lower-powered computer — H.264 on-camera encoding reduces CPU load during video calls Consider something else if… ✖ You use Logitech Capture streaming software — the C930c is not supported by Logitech Capture; use the C920, C922 or BRIO for streaming workflows ✖ You need 4K resolution — see the Logitech BRIO 4K ✖ You need USB-C connection — C930c is USB-A only; USB-A to USB-C adapter required for USB-C-only machines Technical Specifications Brand Logitech Model C930c HD 1080p Webcam MPN 960-001260 EAN / GTIN 6920377909789 Lens Carl Zeiss Tessar glass · HD autofocus Video Resolution 1080p Full HD at 30fps · 720p at 30fps Field of View 90° diagonal Zoom 4x digital · pan and tilt Encoding H.264 UVC 1.5 — on-camera Light Correction RightLight 2 automatic Microphones Dual omnidirectional · plug-and-play · up to 1m Privacy Cover Included (clip-on) Connection USB-A · plug-and-play · 1.5m integrated cable Compatibility Zoom · Teams · Google Meet · Webex · GoToMeeting OS Windows 7+ · macOS 10.7+ · ChromeOS Weight 162g Note Asia-Pacific variant · Logitech Capture not supported Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box — Logitech C930c webcam with 1.5m integrated USB-A cable — Privacy cover (clip-on) Frequently Asked Questions Does the C930c work with Logitech Capture? No. Logitech Capture streaming software does not support the C930c. Logitech Capture is compatible with the C920 HD Pro, C920S, C922, C922X, StreamCam, StreamCam Plus, BRIO 4K and BRIO Stream. If your workflow requires Logitech Capture — for multi-source streaming, custom overlays, or direct recording — the C920 or C922 is the correct choice. For standard video calling on Zoom, Teams, Meet, Webex and all other conferencing platforms, the C930c works fully without Logitech Capture. What is the difference between the C930c and C930e? The C930c (960-001260) is the Asia-Pacific market variant with a Carl Zeiss Tessar lens and plug-and-play microphones. The C930e (960-000971/960-000972) is the European/North American business variant — microphones require activation via Logi Tune, and the lens is described as a standard Logitech glass lens without the Zeiss designation. Both deliver 1080p at 90° FOV with H.264 on-camera encoding. The C930c's Zeiss lens is the key optical advantage. Do the microphones work plug-and-play? Yes — unlike the C920e, the C930c's microphones are active immediately on USB connection. The camera appears as both a video capture device and a USB audio input in Windows, macOS and ChromeOS without any software installation. Logi Tune can be used for fine-tuning if desired, but it is not required for basic microphone operation. What does H.264 on-camera encoding actually do? H.264 is the video compression standard used by most video conferencing platforms. Normally, the raw video feed from the camera is compressed by the host computer's CPU. The C930c compresses the video inside the camera before sending it to the computer over USB, which reduces the amount of CPU time the computer must spend on video compression during the call. On a modern multi-core desktop, this has minimal impact. On an older laptop or a machine running many simultaneous applications, the reduction in CPU load from H.264 on-camera encoding can meaningfully improve call stability and reduce frame drops. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech C920e HD 1080p Webcam — Logitech BRIO 4K Ultra HD Webcam — Logitech H111 Stereo Headset — Browse all webcams and peripherals at maibo Browse the full webcams and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-c930c-hd-webcam-full-hd-1080p/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1061561140.webp","48.88","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001260","200","6920377909789" "12488","Philips TAUN102 Bluetooth In-Ear Headphones with Mic – Wireless Neckband Style Black","The Philips TAUN102 is the neckband answer to losing earbuds: wireless in-ears joined by a light band that lives around your neck, magnetic buds that click together when idle, and all-day battery. For work calls and workouts, the neckband format is quietly the practical choice.UnloseableThe band is the caseBuds hang from the band when idle — nothing drops on the train floor, no charging case to forget. Magnetic tips snap together neatly.All-dayBattery without a caseThe band carries a bigger battery than any true-wireless bud — a full workday of music and calls on one USB charge.CallsMic where it belongsThe inline mic sits near your collarbone with the band as a stable anchor — steadier call pickup than buds that rely on tiny stem mics.Right choice if you…✔ Take calls all day — the neckband mic position helps✔ Keep losing true-wireless buds✔ Run or gym — the band stays put✔ Want wireless without case-charging ritualsConsider something else if…✖ You want invisible earbuds — the SHB2505 true wireless✖ Over-ear comfort is your thing — SHB3075✖ You need ANC for transit — TAPH805 territoryPhilips TAUN102 — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsColourBlackTypeNeckband wireless in-earBatteryAll-day — USB charged, no case neededBudsMagnetic — click together when idleCallsInline microphone + controlsMPNTAUN102BKEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips TAUN102 neckband earphones—Ear tips (sizes)—USB charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsWhy choose a neckband over true wireless?Battery, call stability and not losing them — the three everyday complaints about buds, solved by a band. The trade is wearing the band.Is it comfortable for sport?Yes — the band sits light and the buds stay anchored; sweat-level activity is its home turf.Do the magnetic buds do anything?They keep the cables tidy around your neck when idle — a small habit you quickly miss elsewhere.How are calls compared to earbuds?Generally steadier — the mic position is fixed near your collar rather than floating at your jaw.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips SHB2505 true wireless—Philips SHB3075 on-ear—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-taun102-bluetooth-in-ear-headphones-with-mic-wireless-neckband-style-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2897175505.webp","32.89","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","Philips TAUN102 Black","13","" "12485","Logitech C310 HD Webcam","Logitech C310 HD Webcam – 720p Video Calling Camera Affordable 720p HD webcam with built-in microphone for clear video communication. Product Description The Logitech C310 HD Webcam provides reliable and easy-to-use video quality at 720p resolution, making it suitable for everyday video calls, remote meetings, and online communication. Designed for simplicity and performance, this webcam delivers natural and consistent visuals to help you stay engaged and presentable during conversations. Featuring a built-in microphone, the C310 captures clear audio without requiring additional equipment, providing a seamless communication experience. Its USB plug-and-play setup makes installation quick and hassle-free, allowing you to connect and start video calls without complex configuration. With a lightweight and compact design, this webcam can be easily positioned on a monitor, laptop, or desk to achieve the ideal viewing angle. Whether you are connecting with colleagues for work or catching up with loved ones, the Logitech C310 HD Webcam offers dependable performance for everyday video interactions. Key Features 720p HD Video – clear and natural image quality Built-in Microphone – captures audio without extra setup USB Plug-and-Play – fast and easy installation Compact Design – lightweight and easily adjustable Wide Compatibility – works with most computers Feature Highlight Everyday HD video for reliable communication Built-in microphone for clear voice pickup USB plug-and-play for quick setup Buyer Tip If you need a simple, reliable webcam for video calls and remote communication, the Logitech C310 offers dependable performance with minimal setup and consistent quality. Mini Benchmark Provides consistent video performance and clear audio compared to basic built-in webcams, making it a practical choice for frequent video chatting and online meetings. Is It Right For You? Suitable If You Not Ideal If You Want a reliable webcam for daily use Require Full HD or higher resolution Participate in frequent video calls Need advanced video features Prefer plug-and-play simplicity Look for studio-grade webcams Product Specifications Brand Logitech Model C310 HD Webcam Video Resolution 720p HD Microphone Built-in Connection USB","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-c310-hd-webcam-2/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2003082623.webp","29.98","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","XKQQQJ51GBJZ","3","" "12486","Logitech C920 HD Pro Webcam","✓ Full HD 1080p/30fps · Carl Zeiss autofocus lens — sharp, natural video for calls and streaming ✓ RightLight 2 automatic light correction · dual stereo microphones with noise reduction ✓ Works with Zoom, Teams, Skype, OBS — Windows 10/11, macOS 10.10+, ChromeOS · USB plug & play The Logitech C920 HD Pro Webcam delivers Full HD 1080p video at 30fps through a Carl Zeiss precision lens with 20-step autofocus — the same optical specification trusted by professionals for over a decade. RightLight 2 technology automatically adjusts exposure and colour balance to maintain consistent image quality in dim rooms, bright windows, and mixed lighting, removing the need to fiddle with manual settings before every call. The built-in dual stereo microphones capture natural sound from a broad angle with automatic noise reduction, so voice quality holds up in open-plan offices and home environments without a separate microphone. USB plug-and-play connection means no driver installation — the C920 is recognised immediately by Windows 10/11, macOS 10.10+, and ChromeOS, and works directly with Zoom, Microsoft Teams, Google Meet, Skype, and OBS Studio without additional configuration. The universal mounting clip adjusts to fit monitors, laptops, and tripods, and a tripod thread on the base allows standard photography tripod mounting for elevated or overhead setups. Carl Zeiss · RightLight 2 Full HD Image Quality — Not Just Resolution Resolution alone does not determine webcam image quality — the lens, autofocus system, and light correction together define what the other person actually sees on their screen. The C920 uses a five-element Carl Zeiss glass lens with a 20-step autofocus mechanism that adjusts smoothly and precisely as you move, keeping the image sharp when you lean forward, turn your head, or shift position during a call. The 78° diagonal field of view frames a single person correctly at typical monitor distances without cropping the face or including excessive background. RightLight 2 reads the ambient light level and adjusts exposure and white balance in real time — a backlit window behind you that would normally silhouette your face on a basic webcam is compensated automatically, maintaining face detail and colour accuracy. The result is an image that looks considered and professional rather than washed out, dark, or overexposed regardless of the room conditions. Dual Stereo Microphones Clear Audio Without a Separate Microphone The two microphones positioned on either side of the lens capture stereo sound from a broad horizontal angle, picking up voice clearly whether you are speaking directly at the webcam or turned slightly to one side. Automatic noise reduction in the audio processing reduces consistent background noise — air conditioning, fan noise, and keyboard clicks are attenuated without affecting voice frequency, which is important in shared workspaces where microphone bleed from neighbouring conversations and ambient room noise would otherwise intrude on a call. The microphone output is clean enough to replace a basic standalone USB microphone for standard video calls and recordings. For professional voiceover work, dedicated microphones remain the better choice — but for daily meetings, interviews, client calls, and streaming commentary, the C920's built-in audio removes the cost and desk space of an additional device. Compatibility · Mounting Works Immediately — No Configuration The C920 connects via a fixed 1.5m USB-A cable and is detected as a UVC (USB Video Class) device by Windows 10, Windows 11, macOS 10.10 and later, and ChromeOS without requiring driver installation or software setup. Open Zoom, Teams, Google Meet, Skype, or OBS after connecting and the C920 appears immediately in the camera selection dropdown. For users who want additional control — digital zoom, pan, tilt, colour adjustment — Logitech's Logi Options+ software provides these settings after a separate download, but the software is not required for standard use. The universal clip adjusts to fit flat-panel monitors up to approximately 60mm thick and laptop screens up to the same depth, with a friction hinge that holds position under vibration and movement. A standard ¼-inch tripod thread on the base allows mounting on photography tripods for elevated, side-angle, or overhead shooting positions — useful for product demonstration, tutorial recording, and presentations where a monitor-top position is not optimal. Right choice if you… ✔ Attend frequent video meetings and want consistent, professional image quality ✔ Stream or record content and need reliable 1080p without investing in a dedicated camera ✔ Work from home and want to remove the separate microphone from your desk setup ✔ Need a webcam that works immediately across multiple platforms without driver setup ✔ Want tripod compatibility for tutorial, demo, or overhead recording setups Consider something else if… ✖ You need 4K video — see the Logitech BRIO 4K Pro for ultra-high-resolution output ✖ You need a privacy shutter — see the Logitech C920s, which adds a physical lens cover ✖ You need 60fps at 1080p — the C920 outputs 60fps at 720p only; 1080p is capped at 30fps ✖ You need background removal in hardware — software blur via Zoom/Teams works fine Logitech C920 HD Pro Webcam — Technical Specifications Brand Logitech Model C920 HD Pro MPN 960-001055 EAN / GTIN 5099206064164 Video Resolution Full HD 1080p @ 30fps · 720p @ 60fps Field of View 78° diagonal Lens Carl Zeiss · 20-step autofocus Light Correction RightLight 2 automatic Microphone Dual stereo · automatic noise reduction Connection USB-A · 1.5m fixed cable · plug & play Tripod Thread ¼ inch standard Compatibility Windows 10/11 · macOS 10.10+ · ChromeOS Software (optional) Logi Options+ (zoom, pan, colour control) Colour Black Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box —Logitech C920 HD Pro Webcam —USB-A cable (1.5m, fixed) —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Does the C920 work at 1080p and 60fps at the same time? No. The C920 outputs Full HD 1080p at 30fps, or 720p at 60fps — not both simultaneously. For smooth motion at HD resolution, 30fps is the native operating mode. For 60fps streaming or gaming content where motion smoothness takes priority over resolution, switch to 720p in your software settings. Can I mount the C920 on a tripod? Yes. The base of the C920 has a standard ¼-inch tripod thread, compatible with any photography or video tripod. This allows elevated placement, side-angle setups, and overhead shooting positions — useful for product demonstrations, tutorials, and presentations where a monitor-top position is not suitable. Does the C920 work with OBS for streaming? Yes. The C920 is recognised by OBS Studio as a standard video capture device immediately on connection — no additional setup required. Select it under Sources → Video Capture Device. H.264 hardware encoding via the webcam is not available in OBS, but software encoding through OBS handles this at the standard streaming bitrates used on Twitch, YouTube, and similar platforms without issue on modern hardware. Do I need to install Logitech software to use the C920? No. The C920 works immediately as a plug-and-play UVC device — connect via USB and it is detected by the operating system without any driver or software installation. Logitech's optional Logi Options+ software adds advanced controls (digital zoom, pan, tilt, colour adjustment, background removal settings) but is not required for standard use in Zoom, Teams, Skype, Google Meet, or OBS. Will the C920 microphone work if I connect it through a USB hub? Usually yes, but USB hub performance varies. Powered USB hubs (with their own power supply) reliably support the C920's video and audio simultaneously. Unpowered hubs sharing bandwidth across multiple devices can occasionally cause audio dropouts or reduced video quality under load. For best results, connect directly to a USB port on the computer or use a powered hub. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Logitech C920e HD Pro Webcam – Business Edition — Logitech C930C HD Webcam – Full HD 1080p — Logitech BRIO 4K Pro Webcam – Ultra HD 2160p — Browse all Webcams at maibo Browse the full gaming and streaming accessories range at maibo. —Official Logitech C920 HD Pro product page","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-c920-hd-pro-webcam/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/262947377.webp","68.88","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001055","88","5099206064164" "11203","Philips TAN6605 Wireless headphone","The Philips TAN6605 Wireless headphone — open-ear sport headphone that transmits sound through the cheekbones, leaving both ears completely open to the environment. Bluetooth 5.0, IPX5 sweat resistance, 6-hour battery, 36g. Black. ✓ Bone conduction — sound via cheekbones, both ears fully open to surroundings ✓ Bluetooth 5.0 · IPX5 sweat and splash resistant · 36g lightweight ✓ 6-hour battery · 10 days standby · 2-hour full charge ✓ Open-ear neckband design — safe for outdoor running, cycling and commuting The Philips TAN6605 is a bone conduction wireless sport headphone — a fundamentally different category from conventional in-ear, on-ear or over-ear headphones. Rather than directing sound into or onto the ear, bone conduction transducers rest against the cheekbones in front of each ear and vibrate the skull, transmitting sound directly to the cochlea through bone rather than through air and the eardrum. The result is that both ears remain completely unobstructed — no earbud in the canal, no pad covering the ear — and the user can hear everything in their environment at full volume while simultaneously hearing audio from the headphone. For outdoor runners, cyclists and commuters who need situational awareness — hearing traffic, other pedestrians, verbal warnings — bone conduction is the only headphone technology that allows music or call audio without compromising the ability to hear what is happening around them. The TAN6605 uses Bluetooth 5.0 for stable wireless connection, weighs 36g in a neckband form factor that loops over the ears and sits at the back of the skull, carries IPX5 sweat and splash resistance for sport use, and delivers 6 hours of battery life from a 2-hour charge. Bone Conduction Technology How It Works and Why It Matters Conventional headphones and earphones work by moving air — a speaker driver creates pressure waves in the air column inside or around the ear, which cause the eardrum to vibrate, which the auditory system interprets as sound. Bone conduction bypasses this pathway entirely. The transducers in the TAN6605 are pressed against the cheekbones — the zygomatic bones on each side of the face, just in front of the ear. When the transducers vibrate, they cause the skull bones themselves to vibrate at audio frequencies, and those vibrations travel directly to the cochlea — the inner ear's fluid-filled organ where sound is converted to nerve signals — without passing through the eardrum at all. The cochlea receives these vibrations as sound in the same way it would receive airborne sound that has travelled through the eardrum. Because nothing is placed in or over the ear canal, the ear canal remains open. Ambient sound — traffic, voices, the environment — enters the ear canal and reaches the eardrum normally. The user hears both the ambient environment and the bone conduction audio simultaneously, without one masking the other at normal listening levels. This is why bone conduction is specifically suited to outdoor sport — it provides audio without creating the sensory isolation that makes conventional headphones hazardous when cycling or running near traffic. IPX5 · 36g · Neckband Fit Built for Sport Wear The TAN6605 weighs 36g — lighter than most over-ear gaming headsets and comparable to the lightest running earphones. The neckband form factor wraps a flexible frame around the back of the skull, with the transducer pads positioned in front of each ear by the arms of the frame. The frame loops over the tops of the ears to hold the transducers in consistent contact with the cheekbones during movement — running, head turns and moderate activity do not dislodge the fit. The IPX5 rating covers protection against low-pressure water jets from any direction, which in practice means sweat from intense exercise, rain, and incidental splash are within the rated protection range. IPX5 does not cover submersion — swimming is outside the rated protection. The combination of 36g weight, open-ear design, and secure neckband fit produces a wearing experience that many users who have found conventional sport earphones uncomfortable — due to canal pressure, heat buildup under ear pads, or the anxiety of reduced environmental awareness — find significantly more compatible with extended outdoor use. The fit leaves the ears thermally neutral, no canal pressure, and no perception of wearing a heavy device on the head. BT 5.0 · 6hr Battery Wireless for a Full Training Session Bluetooth 5.0 provides a stable wireless connection with improved range and reduced power consumption compared to Bluetooth 4.x. For sport use — where the phone is typically in a pocket, armband or backpack within a few metres of the headphone — BT 5.0's improved signal stability means fewer audio dropouts during movement compared to older Bluetooth versions, particularly when the body is between the headphone and the phone. The 6-hour battery life covers most training sessions, daily commutes and casual listening use without mid-day charging. The 10-day standby figure is relevant for users who leave the headphone on between uses — it can be left switched on without charging for extended periods without the battery depleting. The 2-hour full charge time is standard for this battery capacity. The headphone pairs to any Bluetooth-capable device — smartphone, tablet, laptop — and operates as a standard Bluetooth audio device for music playback, podcasts and call audio. The bone conduction transducers also carry the microphone function, capturing the speaker's voice through bone vibration from the jaw — which makes calls surprisingly clear even in windy outdoor environments where air-based microphones struggle with wind noise. Right choice if you… ✔ Run or cycle outdoors and need to hear traffic — open-ear design maintains full situational awareness while you listen ✔ Find earbuds uncomfortable during long wear — nothing enters the ear canal, no pressure, no heat buildup ✔ Need a sweat-resistant wireless headphone for gym or outdoor training — IPX5 rated ✔ Have hearing considerations in the outer or middle ear — bone conduction bypasses the eardrum entirely Consider something else if… ✖ You want deep bass or high audio fidelity — bone conduction's open design cannot produce the low-frequency response of closed in-ear or over-ear headphones; bass in particular is significantly lighter ✖ You want to use headphones in a quiet shared space — bone conduction leaks audio at moderate volumes; people nearby will hear what you're listening to ✖ You want noise isolation or noise cancellation — open-ear design provides none; all ambient sound is fully audible at all times Technical Specifications Brand Philips Model TAN6605 MPN TAN6605 Colour Black Type Bone conduction · open-ear · neckband Wireless Bluetooth 5.0 Water Resistance IPX5 — sweat and splash resistant Battery Life 6 hours music / talk time Standby Up to 10 days Charge Time ~2 hours (full charge) Weight 36g Microphone Yes — bone-conducting mic for calls Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) In the Box — Philips TAN6605 bone conduction wireless headphone — Black — Charging cable Frequently Asked Questions Can I hear traffic and other sounds while using these? Yes — this is the core purpose of bone conduction. Nothing covers or enters the ear canal, so all ambient sound reaches your eardrums normally. You hear traffic, voices and your environment at full volume alongside the audio from the headphone. There is no mode that reduces ambient sound — the open-ear design is always fully aware of surroundings. Does bone conduction sound as good as regular headphones? Not for audiophile listening. Bone conduction produces lighter bass, less stereo separation and less overall isolation than closed in-ear or over-ear headphones. For music quality alone, a conventional earphone at the same price performs better. Bone conduction's advantage is situational awareness — it is the right choice when you cannot or do not want to block your ears, not when audio quality is the primary concern. Will people nearby hear my audio? Yes at moderate volumes. Bone conduction transducers vibrate against the face, and some of that vibration is transmitted as airborne sound — the headphone leaks audio in a way that conventional closed earphones do not. In a quiet room or quiet office, people nearby will hear what you are listening to at normal listening volume. These are suited to outdoor sport and commuting in ambient noise, not quiet shared spaces. Are these suitable for phone calls? Yes. The built-in bone-conducting microphone captures voice through jaw vibration rather than airborne sound, which gives it a degree of natural wind noise rejection during outdoor use. Call quality is generally clear in moderate environments. In very windy conditions, some wind noise may be captured depending on microphone position relative to the wind direction. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Marshall Major IV Wireless Headphones — Black — HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — Bose SoundSport Wireless In-Ear Headphones — Browse all headphones at maibo Browse the full headphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-tan6605-wireless-headphone/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2944086951.webp","78.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","TAN6605","88","" "11200","Philips SHB3075 Wireless Headphone – Black","The Philips SHB3075 BASS+ is wireless listening reduced to what matters: punchy bass-forward sound from 32mm drivers, up to 12 hours per charge, and a light fold-flat on-ear build. No apps, no modes — pair once and press play.BASS+Tuned for energyThe BASS+ line leans into low-end punch deliberately — gym playlists, pop and electronic music get the drive they ask for.Stamina12 hours wirelessA full day of listening per charge via micro-USB — commutes all week on two charges.LightFold-flat on-earCompact cups, light clamp, folds flat into a bag — the carry-everywhere wireless headphone.Right choice if you…✔ Want bass-forward wireless at a budget price✔ Listen at the gym or on the move✔ Value simple one-button control✔ Need a light second headphoneConsider something else if…✖ You commute through loud transit — the TAPH805 adds ANC✖ You prefer neutral tuning — BASS+ is proudly not that✖ You want in-ears — the TAUN102 neckbandPhilips SHB3075 — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsColourBlackTypeOn-ear, wireless, fold-flatDrivers32mm — BASS+ tuningBatteryUp to 12 hoursCallsBuilt-in microphoneMPNSHB3075BKEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips SHB3075 headphones (black)—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow bass-heavy is BASS+ really?Noticeably warm and punchy — made for energy rather than analysis. If you EQ flat by habit, look elsewhere; if you grin at drops, this is tuned for you.Does it handle calls?Yes — built-in mic and a control button cover calls and track skips.How long to charge?A couple of hours for the full 12 — overnight habits make it effectively always ready.Can I use it wired?No jack on this model — it’s Bluetooth-only, one of the trade-offs that funds the price.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips TAPH805 (ANC)—Philips SHE4305 wired BASS+—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-shb3075-wireless-headphone-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1089323841.webp","38.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","Philips SHB3075B","4","" "11193","Philips SHE4305 Bass Wired Headset","The Philips SHE4305 brings the BASS+ signature to the simplest possible package: a wired in-ear with bass vents tuned for punch, a mic remote, and a price that rounds to a coffee. The honest answer to “decent cheap earphones?”BASS+Vented for low-endSmall acoustic bass vents give the 8.6mm-class drivers more low-end movement than sealed buds this size usually manage.Zero fussWired 3.5mmNo pairing, no charging, no latency — plug into anything with a jack and play.Hands-freeMic + buttonCalls and play/pause from the inline remote — the essentials, nothing else to break.Right choice if you…✔ Want bass-forward sound at pocket-money cost✔ Need spares for bags and desks✔ Use 3.5mm devices — laptops, consoles, older phones✔ Buy earphones the way you buy pens: in multiplesConsider something else if…✖ You want wireless — the TAUN102 neckband✖ You prefer balanced tuning — BASS+ leans warm by design✖ You need volume buttons inline — single-button remote herePhilips SHE4305 — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsTypeWired in-ear, 3.5mmTuningBASS+ — vented bass designRemoteOne-button + microphoneMPNSHE4305 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips SHE4305 earphones—Ear tips (sizes)Frequently Asked QuestionsHow is the bass at this price?Surprisingly present — the vents do real work. It won’t out-punch big drivers, but it clearly beats bundled earphones.Does the mic work on laptops?Yes — standard 4-pole plug through any combo jack.Are tips included?Multiple sizes in the box — fit the seal, get the bass.SHE4305 or JBL C100SI?Same class, different voices: Philips leans slightly warmer, JBL slightly punchier. At this price, buy whichever is in stock — or one of each.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips SHB3075 wireless—JBL C100SI—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-she4305-bass-wired-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2253763395.webp","15.05","Audio > Wired Earphones","Philips","RGCPJOHLY38D","88","" "11111","HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset – Black","The HyperX Cloud III wired gaming headset Black — 727A8AA, with angled 53mm drivers, DTS Headphone:X spatial audio on lifetime activation, a detachable 10mm noise-cancelling microphone with LED mute indicator, aluminium frame and memory foam cushioning. USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm connections cover PC, PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Nintendo Switch, Mac and mobile. No battery, no latency. ✓ USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm — works on Xbox as well as PC, PlayStation and Switch ✓ Angled 53mm drivers · DTS Headphone:X spatial audio, lifetime activation ✓ Detachable 10mm mic · mesh pop filter · LED mute indicator ✓ No battery, no charging, no latency · aluminium frame · memory foam and leatherette The HyperX Cloud III is the wired successor to the Cloud II — the headset that built HyperX's reputation on comfort and durability rather than on a feature list. The wired version has one advantage over its wireless siblings that no amount of battery life can match: three connections in the box. USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm mean this is the only Cloud III that runs on an Xbox, and it moves between a PC, a PS5, a Switch, a Mac and a phone without a dongle, a pairing menu or a charge level to worry about. There is no battery to run flat mid-match and no wireless latency at all. Around that sit angled 53mm drivers retuned by HyperX's audio engineers, DTS Headphone:X spatial audio with a lifetime activation rather than a subscription, the memory foam and leatherette cushioning the Cloud line is known for, and an aluminium frame that is genuinely metal rather than metal-effect plastic. The detachable 10mm microphone has a mesh pop filter built into the tip and an LED that shows your mute state at a glance. Black. USB-C · USB-A · 3.5mm The One That Works Everywhere Three connection options is the Cloud III's practical advantage over every wireless headset, including HyperX's own. The 3.5mm connection is the reason it works on an Xbox: Xbox consoles use a proprietary wireless protocol and reject generic 2.4GHz dongles, so a wireless gaming headset either carries an Xbox licence or does not work at all — but the controller's 3.5mm port accepts any wired headset. The same 3.5mm plug covers a Nintendo Switch in handheld mode, a phone with a headphone jack, an aeroplane entertainment system and any older equipment. USB-C connects directly to modern laptops, phones and the PS5, carrying digital audio and unlocking DTS processing. USB-A covers a desktop PC or any machine without a spare USB-C port. Moving between platforms is a matter of swapping the cable rather than re-pairing anything. There is no battery in the headset, which means no charging routine, no battery anxiety before a long session, and no wireless latency — audio arrives as fast as the cable can carry it. It also means one less component to fail: a wireless headset with a dead battery is a paperweight, while a wired one keeps working for as long as the drivers do. 53mm Angled Drivers · DTS Lifetime Why the Drivers Sit at an Angle In most headsets the driver sits flat against the earcup, firing straight at the side of the head. The Cloud III mounts its 53mm dynamic drivers at an angle so they aim into the ear canal rather than at the ear itself. That changes how sound arrives: instead of hitting the outer ear square on and reflecting around inside the cup, the wavefront follows a path closer to how sound reaches you in a room, which widens the perceived soundstage and sharpens the sense of direction. In a game that is the difference between knowing someone is nearby and knowing which side they are on. HyperX retuned these drivers for the Cloud III rather than carrying the Cloud II's tuning across, and the frequency response runs from 10Hz to 21kHz with total harmonic distortion under 2%. DTS Headphone:X builds a virtual 3D field on top, placing sounds above, behind and around you rather than only left and right — enough to tell that footsteps are on the floor above instead of somewhere to your left. The activation is a lifetime licence included with the headset, with no trial period and nothing to renew, and it applies on PC. On PS5 the console's Tempest 3D audio handles spatial processing instead, and on Xbox and Switch the headset runs in standard stereo — both perfectly good, just without the DTS layer. Aluminium Frame · Memory Foam · 10mm Mic Built to Be Worn and Carried The frame is aluminium rather than plastic, and it matters most at the headband slider and the earcup yokes — the two points where gaming headsets fail. A plastic yoke develops stress whitening and eventually snaps after enough flexing; an aluminium one bends and returns. It is the reason Cloud headsets tend to still be working years after purchase. Comfort comes from HyperX's signature memory foam in both the headband and the ear cushions, wrapped in premium leatherette. Memory foam responds to the warmth and pressure of the head and settles into shape over the first few minutes, spreading clamping force across a wider area rather than concentrating it at two points — the mechanism behind the Cloud line's reputation for marathon sessions. Leatherette also seals better than fabric, improving isolation and bass response, at the cost of running warmer over several hours. The detachable 10mm microphone is an electret condenser with a uni-directional, noise-cancelling polar pattern, meaning it favours the voice arriving from directly in front and rejects sound from the sides and rear. A metal mesh pop filter is built into the tip to cut the plosive burst on hard consonants that otherwise clips into a call, and the LED on the tip lights when muted so you can check your own mute state without looking at software. Volume and mic mute sit on the earcup as physical controls. Right choice if you… ✔ Play on Xbox — this is the only Cloud III that works there, through the controller's 3.5mm port ✔ Move between platforms — one headset covers PC, PS5, Xbox, Switch, Mac and phone by swapping the cable ✔ Do not want another thing to charge — no battery, no dongle, no pairing, no latency ✔ Want spatial audio without a subscription — DTS Headphone:X lifetime activation included on PC Consider something else if… ✖ You want to get away from cables — the HyperX Cloud III Wireless gives 120 hours on 2.4GHz, though it drops Xbox support ✖ You want to pair with a phone over Bluetooth as well — the Cloud III S Wireless adds Bluetooth alongside 2.4GHz ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the closed cups isolate passively, but there is no ANC on any Cloud III model Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset MPN 727A8AA Colour Black Driver Dynamic · 53mm angled · neodymium magnets Form Factor Over-ear · circumaural · closed back Frequency Response 10Hz – 21kHz THD < 2% Spatial Audio DTS Headphone:X — lifetime activation (PC) Connections USB-C · USB-A · 3.5mm Microphone Detachable 10mm electret condenser · uni-directional noise-cancelling · mesh filter · LED mute Mic Sensitivity -42dBV (0dB = 1V/Pa at 1kHz) Controls Earcup — volume · mic mute Frame Aluminium Cushioning HyperX memory foam · premium leatherette Power None required — no battery, no charging Platforms PC · PS5 · PS4 · Xbox Series X|S · Xbox One · Nintendo Switch · Mac · mobile Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) In the Box — HyperX Cloud III wired gaming headset — Black — Detachable 10mm noise-cancelling microphone — USB-C to USB-A cable — 3.5mm audio cable Frequently Asked Questions Does the Cloud III work on Xbox? Yes — plug the 3.5mm cable into the Xbox controller's headphone port and it works on Xbox Series X|S and Xbox One. This is worth knowing if you are comparing Cloud III models: the wired version is the only one that works on Xbox. The Cloud III Wireless and Cloud III S Wireless both connect over 2.4GHz or Bluetooth, neither of which Xbox consoles accept. Which cable should I use for which device? Use USB-C for a modern laptop, a phone with a USB-C port or a PS5. Use the USB-C to USB-A cable for a desktop PC or any machine without a spare USB-C port — USB also enables DTS processing on PC. Use 3.5mm for an Xbox controller, a Nintendo Switch in handheld mode, a phone with a headphone jack, or any older equipment. All cables are supplied. Is DTS Headphone:X a subscription? No. A lifetime activation is included with the headset — no trial period and nothing to renew. It applies on PC over the USB connection. On PS5 the console's Tempest 3D audio provides spatial processing instead, and on Xbox and Nintendo Switch the headset runs in standard stereo. Can I remove the microphone? Yes — the boom microphone unplugs from the left earcup, so the Cloud III works as ordinary headphones for music or travel without a boom arm sticking out. If you already use a standalone desk microphone for streaming, you can leave the boom off permanently. How does this compare to the Cloud III Wireless? Same drivers, same DTS activation, same aluminium frame and cushioning. The wired version adds Xbox support and removes the battery entirely — no charging, no latency, no dongle. The Cloud III Wireless trades Xbox compatibility for cable-free use with up to 120 hours of battery. The Cloud III S Wireless adds Bluetooth on top of that. Choose the wired model if you play on Xbox or move between platforms; choose wireless if getting rid of the cable matters more. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud III Wireless Gaming Headset — Black/Red — HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset — Black — HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — Browse all gaming headsets at maibo Browse the full gaming headsets and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-iii-wired-gaming-headset-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/HyperX-Cloud-III-Wired-Black.jpg","59.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","HyperX","727A9AA","81","" "11907","HyperX Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset – Black","The HyperX Cloud III wired gaming headset Black — 727A8AA, with angled 53mm drivers, DTS Headphone:X spatial audio on lifetime activation, a detachable 10mm noise-cancelling microphone with LED mute indicator, aluminium frame and memory foam cushioning. USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm connections cover PC, PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, Nintendo Switch, Mac and mobile. No battery, no latency. ✓ USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm — works on Xbox as well as PC, PlayStation and Switch ✓ Angled 53mm drivers · DTS Headphone:X spatial audio, lifetime activation ✓ Detachable 10mm mic · mesh pop filter · LED mute indicator ✓ No battery, no charging, no latency · aluminium frame · memory foam and leatherette The HyperX Cloud III is the wired successor to the Cloud II — the headset that built HyperX's reputation on comfort and durability rather than on a feature list. The wired version has one advantage over its wireless siblings that no amount of battery life can match: three connections in the box. USB-C, USB-A and 3.5mm mean this is the only Cloud III that runs on an Xbox, and it moves between a PC, a PS5, a Switch, a Mac and a phone without a dongle, a pairing menu or a charge level to worry about. There is no battery to run flat mid-match and no wireless latency at all. Around that sit angled 53mm drivers retuned by HyperX's audio engineers, DTS Headphone:X spatial audio with a lifetime activation rather than a subscription, the memory foam and leatherette cushioning the Cloud line is known for, and an aluminium frame that is genuinely metal rather than metal-effect plastic. The detachable 10mm microphone has a mesh pop filter built into the tip and an LED that shows your mute state at a glance. Black. USB-C · USB-A · 3.5mm The One That Works Everywhere Three connection options is the Cloud III's practical advantage over every wireless headset, including HyperX's own. The 3.5mm connection is the reason it works on an Xbox: Xbox consoles use a proprietary wireless protocol and reject generic 2.4GHz dongles, so a wireless gaming headset either carries an Xbox licence or does not work at all — but the controller's 3.5mm port accepts any wired headset. The same 3.5mm plug covers a Nintendo Switch in handheld mode, a phone with a headphone jack, an aeroplane entertainment system and any older equipment. USB-C connects directly to modern laptops, phones and the PS5, carrying digital audio and unlocking DTS processing. USB-A covers a desktop PC or any machine without a spare USB-C port. Moving between platforms is a matter of swapping the cable rather than re-pairing anything. There is no battery in the headset, which means no charging routine, no battery anxiety before a long session, and no wireless latency — audio arrives as fast as the cable can carry it. It also means one less component to fail: a wireless headset with a dead battery is a paperweight, while a wired one keeps working for as long as the drivers do. 53mm Angled Drivers · DTS Lifetime Why the Drivers Sit at an Angle In most headsets the driver sits flat against the earcup, firing straight at the side of the head. The Cloud III mounts its 53mm dynamic drivers at an angle so they aim into the ear canal rather than at the ear itself. That changes how sound arrives: instead of hitting the outer ear square on and reflecting around inside the cup, the wavefront follows a path closer to how sound reaches you in a room, which widens the perceived soundstage and sharpens the sense of direction. In a game that is the difference between knowing someone is nearby and knowing which side they are on. HyperX retuned these drivers for the Cloud III rather than carrying the Cloud II's tuning across, and the frequency response runs from 10Hz to 21kHz with total harmonic distortion under 2%. DTS Headphone:X builds a virtual 3D field on top, placing sounds above, behind and around you rather than only left and right — enough to tell that footsteps are on the floor above instead of somewhere to your left. The activation is a lifetime licence included with the headset, with no trial period and nothing to renew, and it applies on PC. On PS5 the console's Tempest 3D audio handles spatial processing instead, and on Xbox and Switch the headset runs in standard stereo — both perfectly good, just without the DTS layer. Aluminium Frame · Memory Foam · 10mm Mic Built to Be Worn and Carried The frame is aluminium rather than plastic, and it matters most at the headband slider and the earcup yokes — the two points where gaming headsets fail. A plastic yoke develops stress whitening and eventually snaps after enough flexing; an aluminium one bends and returns. It is the reason Cloud headsets tend to still be working years after purchase. Comfort comes from HyperX's signature memory foam in both the headband and the ear cushions, wrapped in premium leatherette. Memory foam responds to the warmth and pressure of the head and settles into shape over the first few minutes, spreading clamping force across a wider area rather than concentrating it at two points — the mechanism behind the Cloud line's reputation for marathon sessions. Leatherette also seals better than fabric, improving isolation and bass response, at the cost of running warmer over several hours. The detachable 10mm microphone is an electret condenser with a uni-directional, noise-cancelling polar pattern, meaning it favours the voice arriving from directly in front and rejects sound from the sides and rear. A metal mesh pop filter is built into the tip to cut the plosive burst on hard consonants that otherwise clips into a call, and the LED on the tip lights when muted so you can check your own mute state without looking at software. Volume and mic mute sit on the earcup as physical controls. Right choice if you… ✔ Play on Xbox — this is the only Cloud III that works there, through the controller's 3.5mm port ✔ Move between platforms — one headset covers PC, PS5, Xbox, Switch, Mac and phone by swapping the cable ✔ Do not want another thing to charge — no battery, no dongle, no pairing, no latency ✔ Want spatial audio without a subscription — DTS Headphone:X lifetime activation included on PC Consider something else if… ✖ You want to get away from cables — the HyperX Cloud III Wireless gives 120 hours on 2.4GHz, though it drops Xbox support ✖ You want to pair with a phone over Bluetooth as well — the Cloud III S Wireless adds Bluetooth alongside 2.4GHz ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the closed cups isolate passively, but there is no ANC on any Cloud III model Technical Specifications Brand HyperX Model Cloud III Wired Gaming Headset MPN 727A8AA Colour Black Driver Dynamic · 53mm angled · neodymium magnets Form Factor Over-ear · circumaural · closed back Frequency Response 10Hz – 21kHz THD < 2% Spatial Audio DTS Headphone:X — lifetime activation (PC) Connections USB-C · USB-A · 3.5mm Microphone Detachable 10mm electret condenser · uni-directional noise-cancelling · mesh filter · LED mute Mic Sensitivity -42dBV (0dB = 1V/Pa at 1kHz) Controls Earcup — volume · mic mute Frame Aluminium Cushioning HyperX memory foam · premium leatherette Power None required — no battery, no charging Platforms PC · PS5 · PS4 · Xbox Series X|S · Xbox One · Nintendo Switch · Mac · mobile Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) In the Box — HyperX Cloud III wired gaming headset — Black — Detachable 10mm noise-cancelling microphone — USB-C to USB-A cable — 3.5mm audio cable Frequently Asked Questions Does the Cloud III work on Xbox? Yes — plug the 3.5mm cable into the Xbox controller's headphone port and it works on Xbox Series X|S and Xbox One. This is worth knowing if you are comparing Cloud III models: the wired version is the only one that works on Xbox. The Cloud III Wireless and Cloud III S Wireless both connect over 2.4GHz or Bluetooth, neither of which Xbox consoles accept. Which cable should I use for which device? Use USB-C for a modern laptop, a phone with a USB-C port or a PS5. Use the USB-C to USB-A cable for a desktop PC or any machine without a spare USB-C port — USB also enables DTS processing on PC. Use 3.5mm for an Xbox controller, a Nintendo Switch in handheld mode, a phone with a headphone jack, or any older equipment. All cables are supplied. Is DTS Headphone:X a subscription? No. A lifetime activation is included with the headset — no trial period and nothing to renew. It applies on PC over the USB connection. On PS5 the console's Tempest 3D audio provides spatial processing instead, and on Xbox and Nintendo Switch the headset runs in standard stereo. Can I remove the microphone? Yes — the boom microphone unplugs from the left earcup, so the Cloud III works as ordinary headphones for music or travel without a boom arm sticking out. If you already use a standalone desk microphone for streaming, you can leave the boom off permanently. How does this compare to the Cloud III Wireless? Same drivers, same DTS activation, same aluminium frame and cushioning. The wired version adds Xbox support and removes the battery entirely — no charging, no latency, no dongle. The Cloud III Wireless trades Xbox compatibility for cable-free use with up to 120 hours of battery. The Cloud III S Wireless adds Bluetooth on top of that. Choose the wired model if you play on Xbox or move between platforms; choose wireless if getting rid of the cable matters more. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (HyperX) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud III Wireless Gaming Headset — Black/Red — HyperX Cloud III S Wireless Gaming Headset — Black — HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — Browse all gaming headsets at maibo Browse the full gaming headsets and peripherals range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-iii-wired-gaming-headset-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2045019487.webp","60.99","Audio > Wired Earphones","HyperX","RUJD6WQL7ERJ","83","" "11109","Philips SHP9600 Wired Headphone","The Philips SHP9600 is the audiophile open secret: a genuinely open-back hi-fi headphone — the architecture of studio and reference listening — at a price closed consumer headphones routinely exceed. Big 50mm drivers, a wide natural soundstage, and the airy, speaker-like presentation only open backs deliver.Open-backSound with space around itOpen backs let the driver breathe both ways: music floats around your head rather than pressing into it. Instruments separate, stages widen — the quality people buy £300 headphones to find.Drivers50mm, angled to the earLarge neodymium drivers angled to fire naturally into the ear canal — relaxed, detailed, fatigue-free over whole albums, which is the open-back promise.ComfortBuilt for hoursA light self-adjusting fit with breathable cushions — open backs don’t trap heat, so evening-long listening stays comfortable.Right choice if you…✔ Listen at home, in quiet, for pleasure — the open-back habitat✔ Want hi-fi soundstage without hi-fi pricing✔ Drive it from a laptop or phone — it’s easy to power✔ Value comfort over long sessionsConsider something else if…✖ You commute — open backs leak sound both ways; the TAPH805 ANC is the travel tool✖ You record with a mic nearby — leakage reaches it✖ You want wireless — this is a dedicated wired instrumentPhilips SHP9600 — Technical SpecificationsBrandPhilipsTypeOpen-back, over-ear, wiredDrivers50mm neodymium, angledCable3m detachable-style long cable, 3.5mm (+6.3mm use)Impedance classEasy to drive from phones/laptopsUse caseHome hi-fi, desk listeningMPNSHP9600/00EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Philips SHP9600 headphones—3m cable (3.5mm)Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat does open-back actually mean?The earcup backs are acoustically open, so sound escapes outward and air moves freely. The result is a wider, more natural stage — and zero isolation, by design.Will people around me hear my music?Yes — open backs leak. They’re for rooms where that’s fine, not buses and offices.Do I need an amplifier?No — the SHP9600 is deliberately easy to drive. An amp adds headroom but a laptop or phone dongle runs it properly.Is it good for gaming?Very — the wide stage places footsteps naturally, which is why open backs are a quiet favourite among competitive players at home.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Philips TAPH805 (ANC wireless)—AKG K92 studio headphones—Browse all Philips at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-shp9600-wired-headphone/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2742924348.webp","68.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Philips","SHP9600/00","126","840063201415" "11097","Philips SHP9500 HiFi Over-Ear Open-Back Wired Headphones","The Philips SHP9500 is one of the most recommended open-back headphones at its price point — consistently cited by audio communities as a reference-level listening experience for the money. The open-back design creates a natural soundstage that closed-back headphones cannot replicate: music sounds like it exists in the room rather than inside your head, and positional cues in games and film are rendered with precision. 50mm neodymium drivers with a 12–35,000Hz range, 32 Ohm impedance that works from any source, and breathable ear pads built for multi-hour sessions. This is the headphone for anyone who takes listening seriously and values accuracy over artificial bass enhancement. Open-Back Natural Soundstage · Spatial Accuracy Open-back headphones allow air to pass through the ear cup grilles, which fundamentally changes how sound is perceived. Rather than the compressed, inside-the-head presentation of closed-back headphones, open-back designs create a wide, natural soundstage — instruments and sound sources appear to exist at different positions in space rather than being locked between your ears. For critical music listening this means a more realistic, transparent experience. For gaming it means accurate directional audio for positional awareness in competitive titles. Drivers 50mm Neodymium · 12–35,000Hz 50mm neodymium drivers with high-powered magnets deliver a frequency response of 12–35,000Hz — extending well beyond the 20Hz–20kHz range of standard human hearing. The sound signature of the SHP9500 is notably flat and transparent: the bass is present and controlled rather than boosted, the midrange is clear and detailed, and the treble is extended without harshness. For listeners accustomed to consumer headphones with exaggerated bass, the Philips' accuracy can initially feel different — and quickly becomes the reference standard. Comfort Built for Long Sessions The SHP9500 was engineered with long-session comfort as a design priority. Deluxe breathable velour ear pads allow airflow and prevent heat build-up — the primary complaint with closed-back headphones during extended wear. A double-layered headband cushion distributes weight across the top of the head, and the cold-rolled steel headband provides the right amount of clamping force: secure without being tight. Low clamp force and breathable materials mean multi-hour listening without fatigue. Right choice if you… ✔ Want accurate, transparent sound for critical music listening ✔ Use headphones for gaming with directional positional audio ✔ Listen for hours at a time and need breathable comfort ✔ Want audiophile-quality sound without needing an amplifier ✔ Value flat reference sound over bass-heavy consumer tuning Consider something else if… ✖ You need noise isolation — open-back lets sound in and out; the closed-back AKG K92 isolates ✖ You use headphones in public, offices or commuting — in-ears like the Sennheiser CX400 II travel better ✖ You prefer bass-forward consumer sound tuning ✖ You need a built-in microphone — the SHP9500 has no mic Technical Specifications Brand / Model Philips SHP9500 Design Open-back · Over-ear Drivers 50mm neodymium Frequency Response 12–35,000Hz Impedance / Sensitivity 32 Ohm · 101dB Connection 3.5mm · removable 1.5m cable · gold-plated 6.3mm adapter included Ear Pads / Headband Breathable velour · cold-rolled steel, double cushion Colour Black MPN SHP9500/00 EAN / GTIN 695161398152 Warranty Manufacturer warranty — 2 years (Philips) In the Box — Philips SHP9500 headphones (Black) — Removable 1.5m cable (3.5mm) — Gold-plated 3.5mm to 6.3mm adapter Frequently Asked Questions Do I need a headphone amplifier for the SHP9500? No — at 32 Ohm and 101dB sensitivity it runs to full volume from a phone, laptop or console controller. An amp or DAC adds a little refinement at high volume, but it is genuinely optional, which is rare for open-back headphones. Can I add a microphone for gaming? Yes — the cable is removable (standard 3.5mm socket), so a V-MODA BoomPro-style mic cable turns the SHP9500 into a full gaming headset. This combination is one of the most recommended budget audiophile-gaming setups online. How much sound leaks out of an open-back design? A meaningful amount — people near you will hear your music at moderate volume, and you will hear the room. That is the trade-off that buys the wide, natural soundstage. For quiet rooms it is ideal; for buses and offices it is the wrong tool. Are they good for competitive gaming? Yes — the open-back soundstage places footsteps and directional cues at distinct positions in space, which is why the SHP9500 is a long-standing favourite for FPS players. Plug into a controller or PC 3.5mm output and it just works. Can I replace the cable or ear pads later? Yes — the 3.5mm cable detaches, so any standard replacement or upgrade cable works, and the velour pads are removable. This serviceability is a big part of why SHP9500s tend to last for many years. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Philips SHP9600 Open-Back Wired Headphones — AKG K92 Professional Studio Headphones (Closed-Back) — Sennheiser MX 375 In-Ear Wired Headphones — Browse all Wired Earphones & Headphones at maibo The Philips SHP9500 — open-back, over-ear, 50mm neodymium, flat reference sound. Browse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-shp9500-hifi-over-ear-open-back-wired-headphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2607604279.webp","52.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Philips","SHP9500/00","86","695161398152" "11092","Philips Wireless Headset SHB2505","The Philips Wireless Headset SHB2505  — Bluetooth 5.0 TWS earbuds with 6mm neodymium drivers, smart auto-pairing from the magnetic charging case, echo-cancelling microphone, voice assistant support, stability fin for secure sport fit, and 12 hours total battery life (3hr earbuds + 9hr case). Black. ✓ Bluetooth 5.0 · smart auto-pairing — connect instantly on removal from case ✓ 6mm neodymium drivers · echo-cancelling mic · voice assistant (Siri / Google) ✓ 3hr earbuds · 9hr case · 12hr total · magnetic charging case ✓ Stability fin for secure fit · mono mode · compatible with iOS and Android The Philips SHB2505 is Philips's UpBeat series true wireless earbud — a compact TWS earphone designed for everyday wireless listening, hands-free calls, and on-the-go use. Bluetooth 5.0 provides a stable, low-power wireless connection with smart auto-pairing: when the earbuds are removed from the magnetic charging case, they power on and reconnect to the last paired device automatically, with no manual Bluetooth menu navigation required. The 6mm neodymium drivers deliver the characteristic Philips UpBeat sound — enhanced bass with clear midrange suitable for music, podcasts and voice calls in daily use. The built-in microphone uses echo cancellation processing to reduce the feedback and room echo that degrades call clarity on simpler microphone implementations. A double-press on the earbud button wakes the voice assistant on the paired device — Siri on iPhone, Google Assistant on Android — for voice control of calls, messages, navigation and media without touching the phone. The stability fin (wing tip) braces against the outer ear to hold the earphone securely in place during movement, making the SHB2505 suitable for light exercise and commuting as well as stationary use. Mono mode allows either earbud to be used independently for calls or music, keeping the other in the case. BT 5.0 · Smart Auto-Pairing Connect Without the Faff Bluetooth 5.0 provides a more stable wireless connection than Bluetooth 4.x at equivalent range and power — higher data throughput for cleaner audio, reduced interference from competing 2.4GHz devices in dense wireless environments like offices and public transport, and lower power consumption for the same audio quality. The smart pairing feature addresses one of the main friction points with early TWS earphones — the need to manually open Bluetooth settings and select the device. When the SHB2505 earbuds are lifted from the magnetic charging case, they power on automatically and reconnect to the last paired device without any manual step. If the earphones have been factory reset or are pairing for the first time, the initial pairing is the standard Bluetooth device discovery process. Once paired, the earphones remember that device and reconnect to it automatically on every subsequent use. The magnetic case seal keeps the earphones securely in place during transport and initiates charging contact when the earphones are replaced — a satisfying tactile click confirms correct seating. LED indicators on the case show battery status for the case's own charge level. Echo Cancellation · Voice Assistant Calls and Controls The built-in microphone in each earbud handles hands-free calls — when a call comes in, a single press on the earbud button answers it, and a second press ends the call, without reaching for the phone. Echo cancellation processing in the microphone circuit reduces the acoustic feedback loop that occurs when the microphone picks up the earbud's own audio output — a common cause of the tinny, hollow call quality in basic TWS earphones without echo management. The voice assistant feature is accessed by double-pressing the earbud button, which sends the voice assistant wake command to the paired device. Siri on iPhone and iPad, Google Assistant on Android — whichever is configured on the paired device responds. This allows calling contacts, sending messages, checking the time and weather, or controlling music playback entirely by voice without taking the phone out of a pocket or bag. Mono mode is a practical feature for awareness in one ear — place either the left or right earbud in the ear and leave the other in the case, and the single earbud operates in mono stereo mode, mixing both left and right audio channels to the single driver so no stereo content is missed. 3hr + 9hr · Stability Fin Battery and Fit for Daily Use The SHB2505 earbuds deliver 3 hours of continuous playback per charge — enough for a morning commute, a gym session, or a working afternoon without interruption. The charging case carries sufficient charge to top up the earbuds three times, extending total available listening time to 12 hours before the case itself needs charging. The case is compact enough for a pocket or small bag, and charges via standard USB. The 3-hour earbud battery is on the shorter end of the TWS market — users who need all-day battery without returning earphones to the case regularly should factor this in. Placing the earphones back in the case for short breaks between use is the practical workflow to extend daily listening time across the full 12-hour total. The stability fin — a small flexible rubber wing that braces against the outer ear's antihelix — anchors the earphone in position during movement. Without it, in-ear earphones rely solely on the ear tip seal for retention, which can fail during running or vigorous head movement. The stability fin distributes the holding force across a wider surface of the outer ear, keeping the earphones in place during workouts, commuting and active daily use. Three ear tip sizes are included to fit different ear canal dimensions. Right choice if you… ✔ Want a simple, reliable TWS earbud for daily commuting, calls and casual listening ✔ Value instant auto-pairing — earphones connect immediately on removal from case, no menu navigation ✔ Use voice assistant regularly — double-tap Siri or Google without touching the phone ✔ Prefer stability fins for a secure fit during exercise and movement Consider something else if… ✖ You need active noise cancellation — the SHB2505 provides passive isolation only from the ear tip seal; no ANC ✖ You need all-day earbud battery without using the case — 3 hours per charge requires returning to case for top-ups during a full day; see the OnePlus Buds 4 for 11-hour earbud battery ✖ You pair frequently across multiple devices — the SHB2505 stores one device in memory; switching to a second device requires manual re-pairing Technical Specifications Brand Philips Model UpBeat SHB2505 True Wireless Earbuds MPN SHB2505BK/00 EAN / GTIN 6951613981733 Colour Black Type True Wireless (TWS) · in-ear Driver 6mm neodymium dynamic Bluetooth 5.0 · smart auto-pairing Battery — Earbuds Up to 3 hours Battery — Total Up to 12 hours (3hr earbuds + 9hr case) Charging Case Magnetic seal · USB charging Microphone Built-in · echo cancellation Voice Assistant Siri · Google Assistant (double-tap) Mono Mode Yes — single earbud independent use Fit Stability fin (wing tip) · ear tips S/M/L Device Memory 1 device Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) In the Box — Philips SHB2505 true wireless earbuds — Black (pair) — Magnetic charging case — USB charging cable — Ear tips — S, M, L Frequently Asked Questions Can I connect the SHB2505 to two devices at the same time? No — the SHB2505 stores one device in memory and connects to one device at a time. To switch to a second device, you need to disconnect from the first (turn off Bluetooth on the first device or put the earphones back in the case), then pair with the second device. For dual-device connection without manual switching, see the OnePlus Buds 4 which supports simultaneous connection to two devices. How do I reset the pairing on the SHB2505? Remove both earbuds from the case. Press and hold the multifunction button on both earbuds simultaneously for 5 seconds until the LED flashes. Then place both back in the case, remove them, and they will enter pairing mode. Alternatively, delete 'Philips SHB2505' from your device's Bluetooth list and follow the initial pairing steps: remove earbuds from case, search for 'Philips SHB2505' in your device's Bluetooth settings, and tap to connect. How do I use mono mode on the SHB2505? Remove either the left or right earbud from the case, leaving the other inside. The single earbud will pair to your device and operate in mono mode, mixing both stereo channels to the single driver. This is useful when you want to keep one ear free for ambient awareness — on a call at a desk, commuting in traffic, or any situation where full ear isolation is not ideal. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Philips SHE2405 Wired In-Ear Earphones — Black — Browse all earbuds and audio at maibo Browse the full earbuds and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-wireless-headset-shb2505/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/597814823.webp","49.88","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","Philips","SHB2505BK/00","88","6951613981733" "10247","SanDisk CZ71 64GB USB 2.0 Flash Drive – Metal Pendrive Memory Stick ","The SanDisk Cruzer Force CZ71 64GB is the pocket classic: a compact all-metal USB 2.0 stick with a keyring loop, built for the files that matter more than the stopwatch — documents, coursework, boarding passes, the USB you leave with the TV. SanDisk dependability at pocket-money cost.ToughAll-metal, keyring-readyThe solid metal shell with integrated loop lives on keys for years — the format’s most survivable shape.UniversalUSB 2.0 — works on everythingEvery computer, TV, car stereo and console made this century reads it. For documents and music, USB 2.0 speed is simply enough.HonestThe right tool for small jobsNot every job needs 150MB/s. Coursework, CVs, print-shop runs and car playlists — this is their drive, priced accordingly.Right choice if you…✔ Need a dependable stick for documents and media✔ Keep one on the keyring, one in the car✔ Buy in multiples for family or staff✔ Want metal durability at minimum costConsider something else if…✖ You move video files or backups — USB 3.0 pays for itself: Ultra CZ48✖ You want speed AND metal — the Ultra Flair✖ It’s for iPhone backup — the iXpandSanDisk Cruzer Force CZ71 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GBInterfaceUSB 2.0 (USB-A)BodyAll-metal with keyring loopMPNSDCZ71-064G (series)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Cruzer Force CZ71 64GB flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsIs USB 2.0 too slow in 2026?For documents, music and photos, no — the transfer ends before you notice. For video libraries, step up to USB 3.0.Does it work in car stereos?Yes — FAT32-formatted USB-A is what car head units expect; music playlists are this drive’s natural habitat.How durable is it really?The one-piece metal shell with no moving parts and no cap is about as robust as the format gets.CZ71 or CZ48?CZ71: metal, USB 2.0, cheapest. CZ48: plastic, USB 3.0, 10× faster for big files. Pick by what you carry.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra CZ48 128GB (USB 3.0)—Ultra Flair 128GB (metal + speed)—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-cz71-64gb-usb-2-0-flash-drive-metal-pendrive-memory-stick/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1123397705.webp","12.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SanDisk CZ71 USB 2.0 Flash Drive","88","" "10242","SanDisk Ultra Dual 128GB Type-C USB 3.1 Flash Drive","The SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive 128GB is the bridge between your USB-C phone and everything else: a flash drive with both USB-C and USB-A connectors, so photos move off the phone without cables, cloud accounts or subscriptions. Up to 150MB/s reads, a swivel body that protects both plugs, and SanDisk’s Memory Zone app to automate phone backups.Two plugsUSB-C one end, USB-A the otherPlug the USB-C end into a phone, tablet or MacBook; the USB-A end into any older laptop, desktop or TV. One drive moves files across every generation of hardware you own — no dongles.FreedomPhone storage, solved offlineOffload photos and videos from a full phone in minutes — no cloud subscription, no upload queues, no privacy questions. The Memory Zone app (Android) can back the phone up automatically whenever the drive connects.SpeedUp to 150MB/s readsUSB 3.1 speeds move a holiday’s worth of photos in minutes, not the half-hour USB 2.0 sticks take. The swivel design covers whichever plug is not in use.Right choice if you…✔ Own a USB-C phone that is always full✔ Move files between new (USB-C) and old (USB-A) machines✔ Prefer offline backups to cloud subscriptions✔ Want 128GB in a pocketable, cable-free formConsider something else if…✖ Your devices are all USB-C — a single-connector C drive is slimmer✖ You need camera-card speeds for 4K recording — this is a transfer drive, not a camera card✖ You want phone storage expansion that stays inside — that is a microSD card’s jobSanDisk Ultra Dual Drive 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBConnectorsUSB-C + USB-A (swivel)InterfaceUSB 3.1 — up to 150MB/s readAppSanDisk Memory Zone (Android backup)MPNSDDDC3-128G-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 128GB (USB-C / USB-A)Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work with iPhone?iPhone 15 and later (USB-C) read it directly through the Files app. Earlier Lightning iPhones do not connect to this drive.Can I run the backup automatically?On Android, yes — SanDisk’s Memory Zone app can copy new photos whenever the drive is plugged in.Will the TV or car read it?Most TVs and head units with USB-A ports read it for media playback — format as exFAT for broad compatibility.Is 150MB/s both directions?150MB/s is the read figure; writes are slower, as on all drives in this class — still minutes, not half-hours, for a photo library.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk Ultra Dual Drive Go 256GB—Browse all USB Flash Drives at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-ultra-dual-128gb-type-c-usb-3-1-flash-drive/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/841270259.webp","28.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDDDC3-128G-G46","97","619659177201" "10217","Samsung EVO Plus 256GB microSDXC Card — U3 V30 A2 160MB/s + SD Adapter","The Samsung EVO Plus microSDXC 256GB is the card Samsung builds for its own phones and tablets: up to 130MB/s reads, the U3/V30/A2 trio for smooth 4K and fast app loads, and the 6-proof durability Samsung rates against water, temperature, X-ray, magnets, drops and wear. The natural expansion for Galaxy devices — and everything else.MatchedBuilt by your phone’s makerSamsung flash in Samsung devices: EVO Plus is the card Galaxy tablets and phones are validated against — zero compatibility guesswork.CapableU3 / V30 / A2Sustained 30MB/s writes keep 4K recording clean, and A2 random performance keeps apps and game libraries responsive when run from the card.6-proofRated against real lifeWater, temperature extremes, X-rays, magnets, drops and wear-out — Samsung’s six-way protection makes the card the least fragile thing in your pocket.Right choice if you…✔ Expand a Galaxy tablet or phone — the native choice✔ Record 4K on phones and action cams✔ Run apps/games off the card (A2)✔ Want Samsung reliability at mainstream priceConsider something else if…✖ You offload huge shoots on deadline — the PRO Plus writes markedly faster✖ 24/7 dashcam loops — endurance cards are the right tool✖ Full-size SD camera — different slot entirelySamsung EVO Plus 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity256GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 130MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30 · A2Durability6-proof: water/temp/X-ray/magnet/drop/wearMPNMB-MC256SA/EUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung EVO Plus microSDXC 256GB—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsEVO Plus or PRO Plus?EVO Plus: the all-round value pick (130MB/s). PRO Plus: faster both ways (160/120MB/s) for heavy shooting and offloads. Most phone/tablet users are perfectly served here.Is it good for Nintendo Switch?Yes — capacity and read speed suit Switch libraries well; it’s one of the community’s standard picks.Can my Galaxy move apps to it?On models with microSD slots, yes — and A2 rating keeps those apps feeling installed, not exiled.Does it come with an adapter?Yes — the full-size SD adapter is included for cameras and readers.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—EVO Plus — 512GB—EVO Plus — 128GB—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-evo-plus-256gb-microsdxc-card-u3-v30-a2-160mb-s-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/3177611542.webp","68.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MC256SA/EU","88","8806095420127" "10212","Logitech M720 Triathlon Multi-Device Bluetooth Wireless Mouse","The Logitech M720 Triathlon multi-device Bluetooth wireless mouse — full-size right-handed productivity mouse with Easy-Switch between up to three computers, hyper-fast and click-to-click dual-mode scroll wheel, horizontal tilt-wheel and seven buttons. Bluetooth or Unifying USB. Up to 24 months on one AA battery. Compatible with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Linux and iPadOS. Built for all-day multi-device desk work. ✓ Easy-Switch — connect 3 computers and switch instantly between them ✓ Dual-mode scroll — hyper-fast or click-to-click, plus horizontal tilt ✓ Bluetooth + Unifying USB — connect your way, no compromise ✓ Up to 24 months per AA battery · 10 million click durability The Logitech M720 Triathlon multi-device Bluetooth wireless mouse is built for the user who works across multiple computers — the person whose desk has a work laptop, a personal laptop and perhaps a desktop, and who currently picks up and puts down the same mouse or uses separate mice for each machine. The M720 Triathlon stores three Bluetooth or Unifying pairings simultaneously and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button on the underside — three illuminated number indicators (1, 2, 3) show which device is currently active. The switch is immediate: press the button once, the cursor appears on the next computer. Combined with Logitech's FLOW feature in Logi Options+ software, the cursor can also be made to move between computers automatically when pushed to the edge of the screen, as if the displays were part of a single extended desktop. The dual-mode scroll wheel is the M720's most distinctive feature relative to standard mice: a button on the top switches the scroll wheel between click-to-click mode (discrete notched scrolling for precise line-by-line control) and hyper-fast mode (the scroll wheel spins freely with minimal friction, traversing thousands of lines in a single flick — useful for long documents, web pages and spreadsheets where large distances need to be covered quickly). The wheel also tilts left and right for horizontal scrolling in spreadsheets and wide documents. The seven-button layout adds a hidden thumb button and two side buttons that default to browser back/forward but are fully remappable in Logi Options+ to any shortcut, macro, application launch or desktop gesture. The full-size body has a rubber-coated surface and is sculpted for right-handed palm grip. A single AA battery provides up to 24 months of use, with a battery indicator LED on top. Genuine Logitech. 2-year warranty. Easy-Switch · 3 Devices Bluetooth + Unifying — Instant Switching The M720 Triathlon stores three separate connection profiles in its internal memory — each profile can be assigned to a Bluetooth device or to the Unifying USB receiver channel for a specific computer. The Easy-Switch button cycles through the three profiles, with three small LED indicators (numbered 1, 2, 3) showing which is active. Each switch is completed in approximately half a second. The Unifying receiver can host up to six compatible Logitech peripherals on a single USB-A port — if you already use a Logitech Unifying keyboard, both devices can share the same receiver. Bluetooth connects without any dongle to any compatible laptop, tablet or desktop. The combination of all three Bluetooth profiles plus the Unifying receiver means you can pair four devices in total — three via Bluetooth and one via the Unifying receiver — though only three profiles are stored and selectable at a time. Logi Options+ software (free, Windows and macOS) enables FLOW, which moves the cursor automatically between computers when it reaches the screen edge, without requiring a button press. Dual-Mode Scroll · Tilt-Wheel Hyper-Fast + Click-to-Click + Horizontal The M720's scroll wheel operates in two distinct modes controlled by a toggle button on the top of the mouse. In click-to-click mode, the wheel moves in discrete notched increments — each click of the wheel moves the page a fixed number of lines, giving precise, controlled navigation through code, spreadsheets, PDFs and any content where exact line positioning matters. In hyper-fast mode, the internal ratchet mechanism disengages, allowing the wheel to spin freely under inertia — a single confident spin covers thousands of lines, making it practical to jump between sections of a long document, scroll to the bottom of a webpage or navigate through a long email thread in a second or two rather than several seconds of rapid clicking. The transition between modes is immediate with a single button press, and the current mode is detectable by feel. The tilt-wheel adds left and right physical deflection of the scroll wheel: push the wheel left to scroll left, right to scroll right — ideal for large spreadsheets and wide design files that extend beyond the visible window width. All scroll functions work natively across all supported operating systems without additional software. 7 Buttons · 24-Month Battery Full Control · Long-Term Reliability The M720 Triathlon provides seven physical buttons: left click, right click, scroll wheel click, two side buttons (thumb-accessible, default back/forward), a hidden thumb button on the left flank, and the scroll mode toggle. All six non-scroll-mode-toggle buttons are programmable in Logi Options+, allowing them to be assigned to keyboard shortcuts, application launches, desktop gestures, media controls, copy/paste, screenshot or any macro sequence. The rubber-coated right-handed body provides a soft, tacky surface that maintains grip without requiring firm hold, reducing hand fatigue during long sessions. The battery indicator LED on the top of the mouse glows red when charge is low. A single AA battery provides up to 24 months of typical use — the figure that matters most for a battery-powered device that needs to be reliable rather than frequently charged. The M720 also includes an on/off switch on the underside to preserve battery life when the mouse is packed for travel. Click mechanisms are rated for 10 million actuations. Great choice if you… ✔ Work across 2–3 computers and need a single mouse that switches between them ✔ Work with long documents, spreadsheets or web pages and want hyper-fast scrolling ✔ Use large spreadsheets and need horizontal scroll via tilt-wheel ✔ Prefer a full-size palm-grip mouse for all-day productivity ✔ Want maximum battery life — 24 months per AA, no charging required Consider something else if… ✖ You need rechargeable and more premium features — see Logitech MX Master 3S ✖ You are left-handed — the M720 is right-hand only ✖ You need a compact travel mouse — the M720 is full-size; see Logitech MX Anywhere 3 Technical Specifications Brand / ModelLogitech M720 Triathlon SensorAdvanced optical · 1000 DPI Buttons7 (L/R · scroll click · tilt-wheel · 2 side · hidden thumb) ScrollDual-mode: hyper-fast + click-to-click · horizontal tilt ConnectivityBluetooth + Logitech Unifying USB receiver (included) Multi-DeviceEasy-Switch · up to 3 devices · illuminated device indicators Battery1× AA · up to 24 months · battery indicator LED Click Durability10 million actuations Hand OrientationRight-handed · full-size palm grip · rubber coating SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) · FLOW multi-computer cursor OS CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · Linux · iPadOS Warranty2 Years Logitech Box Contents —Logitech M720 Triathlon mouse —Logitech Unifying USB nano receiver —1× AA battery (pre-installed) ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty2 Years Logitech Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-m720-triathlon-multi-device-bluetooth-wireless-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1675328877.webp","29.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-004791","88","5099206065086" "10459","Logitech M720 Triathlon Multi-Device Bluetooth Wireless Mouse","The Logitech M720 Triathlon multi-device Bluetooth wireless mouse — full-size right-handed productivity mouse with Easy-Switch between up to three computers, hyper-fast and click-to-click dual-mode scroll wheel, horizontal tilt-wheel and seven buttons. Bluetooth or Unifying USB. Up to 24 months on one AA battery. Compatible with Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Linux and iPadOS. Built for all-day multi-device desk work. ✓ Easy-Switch — connect 3 computers and switch instantly between them ✓ Dual-mode scroll — hyper-fast or click-to-click, plus horizontal tilt ✓ Bluetooth + Unifying USB — connect your way, no compromise ✓ Up to 24 months per AA battery · 10 million click durability The Logitech M720 Triathlon multi-device Bluetooth wireless mouse is built for the user who works across multiple computers — the person whose desk has a work laptop, a personal laptop and perhaps a desktop, and who currently picks up and puts down the same mouse or uses separate mice for each machine. The M720 Triathlon stores three Bluetooth or Unifying pairings simultaneously and switches between them with the Easy-Switch button on the underside — three illuminated number indicators (1, 2, 3) show which device is currently active. The switch is immediate: press the button once, the cursor appears on the next computer. Combined with Logitech's FLOW feature in Logi Options+ software, the cursor can also be made to move between computers automatically when pushed to the edge of the screen, as if the displays were part of a single extended desktop. The dual-mode scroll wheel is the M720's most distinctive feature relative to standard mice: a button on the top switches the scroll wheel between click-to-click mode (discrete notched scrolling for precise line-by-line control) and hyper-fast mode (the scroll wheel spins freely with minimal friction, traversing thousands of lines in a single flick — useful for long documents, web pages and spreadsheets where large distances need to be covered quickly). The wheel also tilts left and right for horizontal scrolling in spreadsheets and wide documents. The seven-button layout adds a hidden thumb button and two side buttons that default to browser back/forward but are fully remappable in Logi Options+ to any shortcut, macro, application launch or desktop gesture. The full-size body has a rubber-coated surface and is sculpted for right-handed palm grip. A single AA battery provides up to 24 months of use, with a battery indicator LED on top. Genuine Logitech. 2-year warranty. Easy-Switch · 3 Devices Bluetooth + Unifying — Instant Switching The M720 Triathlon stores three separate connection profiles in its internal memory — each profile can be assigned to a Bluetooth device or to the Unifying USB receiver channel for a specific computer. The Easy-Switch button cycles through the three profiles, with three small LED indicators (numbered 1, 2, 3) showing which is active. Each switch is completed in approximately half a second. The Unifying receiver can host up to six compatible Logitech peripherals on a single USB-A port — if you already use a Logitech Unifying keyboard, both devices can share the same receiver. Bluetooth connects without any dongle to any compatible laptop, tablet or desktop. The combination of all three Bluetooth profiles plus the Unifying receiver means you can pair four devices in total — three via Bluetooth and one via the Unifying receiver — though only three profiles are stored and selectable at a time. Logi Options+ software (free, Windows and macOS) enables FLOW, which moves the cursor automatically between computers when it reaches the screen edge, without requiring a button press. Dual-Mode Scroll · Tilt-Wheel Hyper-Fast + Click-to-Click + Horizontal The M720's scroll wheel operates in two distinct modes controlled by a toggle button on the top of the mouse. In click-to-click mode, the wheel moves in discrete notched increments — each click of the wheel moves the page a fixed number of lines, giving precise, controlled navigation through code, spreadsheets, PDFs and any content where exact line positioning matters. In hyper-fast mode, the internal ratchet mechanism disengages, allowing the wheel to spin freely under inertia — a single confident spin covers thousands of lines, making it practical to jump between sections of a long document, scroll to the bottom of a webpage or navigate through a long email thread in a second or two rather than several seconds of rapid clicking. The transition between modes is immediate with a single button press, and the current mode is detectable by feel. The tilt-wheel adds left and right physical deflection of the scroll wheel: push the wheel left to scroll left, right to scroll right — ideal for large spreadsheets and wide design files that extend beyond the visible window width. All scroll functions work natively across all supported operating systems without additional software. 7 Buttons · 24-Month Battery Full Control · Long-Term Reliability The M720 Triathlon provides seven physical buttons: left click, right click, scroll wheel click, two side buttons (thumb-accessible, default back/forward), a hidden thumb button on the left flank, and the scroll mode toggle. All six non-scroll-mode-toggle buttons are programmable in Logi Options+, allowing them to be assigned to keyboard shortcuts, application launches, desktop gestures, media controls, copy/paste, screenshot or any macro sequence. The rubber-coated right-handed body provides a soft, tacky surface that maintains grip without requiring firm hold, reducing hand fatigue during long sessions. The battery indicator LED on the top of the mouse glows red when charge is low. A single AA battery provides up to 24 months of typical use — the figure that matters most for a battery-powered device that needs to be reliable rather than frequently charged. The M720 also includes an on/off switch on the underside to preserve battery life when the mouse is packed for travel. Click mechanisms are rated for 10 million actuations. Great choice if you… ✔ Work across 2–3 computers and need a single mouse that switches between them ✔ Work with long documents, spreadsheets or web pages and want hyper-fast scrolling ✔ Use large spreadsheets and need horizontal scroll via tilt-wheel ✔ Prefer a full-size palm-grip mouse for all-day productivity ✔ Want maximum battery life — 24 months per AA, no charging required Consider something else if… ✖ You need rechargeable and more premium features — see Logitech MX Master 3S ✖ You are left-handed — the M720 is right-hand only ✖ You need a compact travel mouse — the M720 is full-size; see Logitech MX Anywhere 3 Technical Specifications Brand / ModelLogitech M720 Triathlon SensorAdvanced optical · 1000 DPI Buttons7 (L/R · scroll click · tilt-wheel · 2 side · hidden thumb) ScrollDual-mode: hyper-fast + click-to-click · horizontal tilt ConnectivityBluetooth + Logitech Unifying USB receiver (included) Multi-DeviceEasy-Switch · up to 3 devices · illuminated device indicators Battery1× AA · up to 24 months · battery indicator LED Click Durability10 million actuations Hand OrientationRight-handed · full-size palm grip · rubber coating SoftwareLogi Options+ (Windows · macOS) · FLOW multi-computer cursor OS CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · Linux · iPadOS Warranty2 Years Logitech Box Contents —Logitech M720 Triathlon mouse —Logitech Unifying USB nano receiver —1× AA battery (pre-installed) ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty2 Years Logitech Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-m720-triathlon-multi-device-bluetooth-wireless-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1675328877.webp","54.02","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","9NSBD3TZ99LX","891","" "9352","Razer DeathAdder Essential Wired Gaming Mouse – Black","The Razer DeathAdder Essential is the shape that won: the DeathAdder’s right-handed ergonomic curve has sold tens of millions of units because hands simply agree with it. The Essential keeps that shape, a true 6,400 DPI optical sensor and mechanical switches rated for 10 million clicks — and strips the price, not the feel. This is the Black version.The shapeLegendary DeathAdder ergonomicsThe gentle right-hand arch supports palm and claw grips alike through long sessions — the reason this silhouette became the default answer to “which mouse?”.The sensorTrue 6,400 DPI opticalAccurate, prediction-free tracking across five on-the-fly DPI stages — plenty for 1080p and 1440p play and precise desktop work.Built to last10M-click mechanical switchesRazer’s mechanical switches and a simple five-button layout: fewer gimmicks, longer life, lower price.Right choice if you…✔ Want the classic ergonomic gaming shape at entry price✔ Play FPS/MOBA at 1080p-1440p — 6,400 DPI covers it✔ Prefer simple and durable over feature-stuffed✔ Buy for an office or team — reliable in multiplesConsider something else if…✖ You want a thumb-paddle and deep customisation — the Basilisk V2✖ You want wireless esports-grade — the Viper Ultimate✖ You’re left-handed — this shape is right-hand onlyRazer DeathAdder Essential (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandRazerColourBlackSensorOptical, true 6,400 DPI (5 stages)SwitchesRazer Mechanical — 10M clicks ratedButtons5 programmableGripRight-handed ergonomic — palm/clawConnectionWired USBMPNRZ01-03850100-R3M1EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Razer DeathAdder Essential (Black)Frequently Asked QuestionsIs 6,400 DPI enough for gaming?Yes — most competitive players use 400-1,600 DPI. High headline DPI numbers are marketing; sensor quality is what matters, and this one tracks clean.Essential vs the full DeathAdder V2/V3?Same shape, simpler internals: fewer buttons, standard cable, lower sensor ceiling — at a fraction of the price. The feel in hand is the famous part, and that’s intact.Does it need Synapse software?It works instantly plug-and-play; Synapse adds DPI tuning, button mapping and lighting control when you want it.Is it good for work too?The ergonomic arch makes it a comfortable all-day office mouse — plenty are bought never to see a game.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Razer DeathAdder Essential — White—Razer Basilisk V2—Browse all Razer at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-deathadder-essential-wired-gaming-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2168510274.webp","18.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Razer","RZ01-03850100-R3M1","88","" "9351","Razer Basilisk V2 Wired Gaming Mouse","The Razer Basilisk V2 is the customiser’s wired mouse: 11 programmable buttons including the signature multi-function thumb paddle, Razer’s 20,000 DPI Focus+ optical sensor, optical switches, and a scroll wheel whose resistance you dial in by hand. Built for players who map everything.Control11 buttons + thumb paddleThe removable paddle under your thumb is the Basilisk trademark: hold-to-ADS, push-to-talk, DPI clutch — a whole extra finger’s worth of control.SensorFocus+ 20,000 DPI opticalRazer’s flagship-class sensor with smart tracking features — accuracy headroom far beyond what any screen resolution demands.FeelDial-a-wheel + SpeedflexA thumbscrew adjusts scroll wheel tension from notchy to near-free, and the low-drag Speedflex cable barely registers on the pad.Right choice if you…✔ Map macros, clutches and comms to your mouse✔ Want the thumb-paddle trick — nothing else has it here✔ Tune scroll feel per game or per task✔ Prefer wired certainty over battery managementConsider something else if…✖ You want simple and cheap — the DeathAdder Essential✖ You want the newest iteration — the Basilisk V3 adds HyperScroll✖ You’re chasing lowest weight — the Viper line is the featherweightRazer Basilisk V2 — Technical SpecificationsBrandRazerSensorFocus+ optical, 20,000 DPISwitchesRazer OpticalButtons11 programmable + multi-function paddleScrollAdjustable tension wheelCableSpeedflex low-dragMPNRZ01-03160100-R3M1EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Razer Basilisk V2—Multi-function paddle (fitted) + blanking plugFrequently Asked QuestionsWhat do people map to the paddle?Aim-down-sights hold, push-to-talk, a temporary low-DPI “sniper” clutch, or any macro — it’s the button your thumb was wasting.Basilisk V2 or V3?V3 adds the HyperScroll free-spin wheel and more lighting; V2 keeps the same core sensor-and-paddle formula for less. Scroll habits decide it.Is 20,000 DPI usable?Nobody plays there — it’s headroom. The value is sensor precision at the sane DPI you actually use.Does it work without Synapse?Yes, plug-and-play — Synapse unlocks the full 11-button mapping and profiles.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Razer Basilisk V3—Razer DeathAdder Essential—Browse all Razer at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-basilisk-v2-wired-gaming-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3560623748.webp","48.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Razer,Logitech","RZ01-03160100-R3M1","152","8886419332732" "9344","Razer Basilisk V3 Wired E-Sports Gaming Mouse","The Razer Basilisk V3 refines the customiser’s formula to its current wired peak: 11 programmable buttons with the signature thumb paddle, a 26,000 DPI Focus+ optical sensor, and the HyperScroll Tilt Wheel that switches between tactile notches and free-spin — automatically, when you flick it. Eleven lighting zones underneath, because it’s still a Razer.HyperScrollNotchy or free-spin — it decidesPrecise clicks for weapon swaps, then a hard flick sends the wheel free-spinning through documents and inventories. Smart-Reel switches modes for you.Control11 buttons + paddleThe Basilisk thumb paddle returns — ADS clutch, push-to-talk, macros — alongside a full programmable layout in Synapse.SensorFocus+ 26,000 DPIRazer’s current flagship wired sensor class: precision headroom far past any practical ceiling, with smart surface features.Right choice if you…✔ Live in games AND documents — HyperScroll serves both✔ Map everything: 11 buttons + paddle✔ Want the current wired Basilisk, not the previous one✔ Like underglow — 11-zone ChromaConsider something else if…✖ The scroll trick doesn’t tempt you — the Basilisk V2 saves money✖ You want wireless featherweight — the Viper Ultimate✖ Simple five buttons is your style — DeathAdder EssentialRazer Basilisk V3 — Technical SpecificationsBrandRazerSensorFocus+ optical, 26,000 DPISwitchesRazer Optical Gen-2Buttons11 programmable + multi-function paddleScrollHyperScroll Tilt Wheel — tactile/free-spin + Smart-ReelLighting11-zone Chroma RGBMPNRZ01-04000100-R3M1EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Razer Basilisk V3Frequently Asked QuestionsIs HyperScroll a gimmick?It’s the feature owners miss most on other mice — free-spin through long pages, tactile notches in game, switching automatically. Try it once and notchy-only wheels feel broken.V3 or V2?V3: better wheel, newer switches, more lighting, higher sensor ceiling. V2: same core shape and paddle for less. If the wheel speaks to you, V3.How heavy is it?Around the 100g class — a deliberate palm-filling desktop mouse, not an ultralight flick instrument; that’s Viper territory.Does the paddle come off?Yes — swap in the blanking insert if you don’t use it.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Razer Basilisk V2—Razer Viper Ultimate (wireless)—Browse all Razer at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-basilisk-v3-wired-e-sports-gaming-mouse/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/477896952.webp","58.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Razer","RZ01-04000100-R3M1","99","8886419333487" "9343","Razer Viper Ultimate Wireless Gaming Mouse – Hyperspeed","The Razer Viper Ultimate is the esports thesis stated in 74 grams: truly ambidextrous, HyperSpeed wireless that benchmarks faster than many cables, optical switches with zero debounce delay, and the Focus+ 20,000 DPI sensor. Up to 70 hours per charge — the wireless mouse built to erase every excuse for staying wired.Featherweight74g, no holesUltralight without the honeycomb shell — a solid 74g body your aim drags effortlessly through flicks and micro-corrections alike.HyperSpeedWireless faster than wiresRazer’s 2.4GHz HyperSpeed link polls so fast the latency argument died with it — tournament players went wireless on exactly this generation.Optical clicksLight-speed actuationOptical switches fire on a light beam: no debounce delay, no double-click wear — rated to 70 million clicks.Right choice if you…✔ Compete in FPS — weight and latency are your currency✔ Are left-handed or ambidextrous — true symmetric shape✔ Want up to 70h battery between charges✔ Want the generation that made wireless legitimateConsider something else if…✖ You palm-grip big ergonomic shapes — the Basilisk V3✖ Budget is the brief — the DeathAdder Essential is a tenth the price✖ You want many buttons — 8 here, mapped for symmetry, not MMO gridsRazer Viper Ultimate — Technical SpecificationsBrandRazerWeight74gShapeTrue ambidextrousWirelessHyperSpeed 2.4GHzSensorFocus+ optical, 20,000 DPISwitchesRazer Optical — 70M clicks ratedBatteryUp to 70 hoursButtons8 programmableMPNRZ01-03050 seriesEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Razer Viper Ultimate—USB dongle + extender adapter—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsIs wireless really tournament-safe now?This generation settled it — HyperSpeed polls at wire speed and pros compete on it weekly. Interference in a normal home setup is a non-issue.How does 74g change aim?Less mass to start and stop: flicks sharpen and long sessions tire the wrist less. Going back to a 100g+ mouse afterwards feels like dragging furniture.Does it come with the charging dock?Depends on the retail variant — the mouse charges over cable regardless; dock-included boxes say so on the packaging.Left-handed use — really?Really: symmetric shell with side buttons on both flanks, mappable per side in Synapse.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Razer Basilisk V3—Logitech G PRO X Superlight—Browse all Razer at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/razer-viper-ultimate-wireless-gaming-mouse-hyperspeed/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1476336365.webp","148.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Razer","4F0GWH3RX2HG","28","" "6925","Samsung Galaxy Tab Tablet Charger Set – EU Plug USB-A to 30-Pin","The Samsung Galaxy Tab Tablet Charger Set – EU Plug USB-A to 30-Pin — official Samsung EU 2-pin wall adapter (EP-TA10EWE, 5V/2A) and Samsung 30-pin USB cable (ECC1DP0UBEG) bundled together. Compatible with Galaxy Tab 1, Tab 2, Tab 7.0, 7.7, 8.9 and 10.1 series and Galaxy Note 10.1. ✓ Official Samsung EP-TA10EWE EU wall adapter — 5V / 2A output, EU 2-pin plug ✓ Official Samsung ECC1DP0UBEG 30-pin USB cable — charges and syncs data ✓ Compatible with Galaxy Tab 1 / Tab 2 / 7.0 / 7.7 / 8.9 / 10.1 and Note 10.1 ✓ EU 2-pin plug — suitable for Europe; UK plug adapter required for British sockets The Samsung Galaxy Tab EU Charger Set combines the official Samsung EP-TA10EWE EU wall adapter with the official Samsung ECC1DP0UBEG 30-pin USB cable — the complete charging solution for original Galaxy Tab and Galaxy Tab 2 series tablets. The 30-pin connector was Samsung's proprietary tablet connector used across the original Galaxy Tab range from 2010 to 2013, before Samsung transitioned to Micro-USB and subsequently USB-C. If you own a Galaxy Tab P1000, P1010, P6200, P6800, P7100, P7300, P7500, Tab 2 series, Tab 7.7, Tab 8.9 or Galaxy Note 10.1, this is the original Samsung charging set for your device. Replacement charging equipment for these models is increasingly difficult to find — using the genuine Samsung adapter and cable ensures correct voltage delivery and full USB data sync functionality. The EU 2-pin adapter is compatible with European sockets; a standard EU to UK plug adapter is required for use with British three-pin sockets. EP-TA10EWE · 5V/2A EU Adapter Official Samsung Wall Adapter The EP-TA10EWE is Samsung's original EU travel adapter for the Galaxy Tab series — a compact 2-pin EU plug with a USB-A output port rated at 5V/2A (10W). The 2A output is matched to the Galaxy Tab's charging circuit, providing a full charge rate compared to the lower 0.5A–1A available from a computer USB port. The adapter accepts 100–240V AC input, making it universally compatible with any European socket voltage, and outputs a stable 5V regulated supply through the USB-A port. The USB-A port accepts any standard USB cable — the included 30-pin cable connects directly, but the adapter can also be used with Micro-USB or USB-C cables for other devices. The compact form factor and fold-flat pins keep the adapter pocket-sized for travel. Third-party generic adapters rated at the same 5V/2A specification exist, but Samsung's own adapter is tested against the Tab's firmware and charging management circuit, ensuring correct charging behaviour and eliminating the risk of incompatibility or unstable voltage supply from generic products. ECC1DP0UBEG · 30-Pin USB Cable Charging and Data Sync The Samsung 30-pin connector is a wide, proprietary connector used on all original Galaxy Tab models from the Tab P1000 through the Tab 2 series and Note 10.1. Unlike the later Micro-USB connector used on Galaxy phones of the same era, the Galaxy Tab series used this wider 30-pin dock connector — visually similar to the Apple 30-pin connector used on older iPods and iPads but physically incompatible. The ECC1DP0UBEG cable provides both charging and USB data transfer: connect to the EP-TA10EWE adapter for charging, or connect directly to a computer's USB port for data sync, file transfer, and device mounting. The cable supports Samsung's standard USB sync protocol, allowing the Tab to appear as a mass storage device or MTP device on Windows and Mac computers. Replacement 30-pin cables for Samsung Galaxy Tab are increasingly scarce as the connector has been discontinued for over a decade — genuine Samsung cables maintain the correct pin configuration and signal integrity that generic replacements sometimes fail to deliver. Compatible Galaxy Tab Models Original Tab · Tab 2 · Note 10.1 The Samsung 30-pin connector was used across Samsung's first three generations of Galaxy Tab tablets. The original Galaxy Tab (GT-P1000, GT-P1010) launched in 2010 used this connector. Samsung continued it through the Galaxy Tab 7.0 Plus, Tab 7.7 (GT-P6800), Tab 8.9 (GT-P7300, GT-P7310), Tab 10.1 (GT-P7500, GT-P7510), Galaxy Note 10.1 (GT-N8000, GT-N8010), Galaxy Tab 2 7.0 (GT-P3100, GT-P3110), and Galaxy Tab 2 10.1 (GT-P5100, GT-P5110). From approximately 2013, Samsung transitioned the Tab range to Micro-USB (Tab 3 series onwards) and later USB-C, making the 30-pin connector specific to these earlier models. The adapter and cable in this set are not compatible with Galaxy Tab 3 or later, Galaxy Tab A, Tab S or any current Samsung tablet — those models use Micro-USB or USB-C. If your Galaxy Tab has a wide, flat connector port (not a small rounded Micro-USB port), this set is correct for your device. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy Tab P1000, Tab 2, Tab 7.7, Tab 8.9, Tab 10.1 or Note 10.1 with a wide 30-pin connector ✔ Need to replace a lost or damaged original charger set with genuine Samsung components ✔ Want the adapter and cable bundled together — no need to source separately ✔ Need EU 2-pin plug format for European travel or a European customer Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Galaxy Tab 3, Tab A, Tab S, Tab S2 or any current Samsung tablet — those use Micro-USB or USB-C, not 30-pin ✖ You need a UK 3-pin plug — this is EU 2-pin; a standard EU to UK travel adapter is required for British sockets ✖ You only need the cable — the adapter and cable are sold together as a set in this listing Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Set Contents EU wall adapter + 30-pin USB cable Adapter MPN EP-TA10EWE Adapter Output 5V / 2A (10W) · USB-A port Adapter Input 100–240V AC · 50/60Hz · EU 2-pin plug Cable MPN ECC1DP0UBEG Cable Connectors USB-A (male) to Samsung 30-pin (male) Cable Function Charging + USB data sync Compatible Tablets Galaxy Tab GT-P1000/P1010 · Tab 7.0 Plus · Tab 7.7 · Tab 8.9 · Tab 10.1 · Tab 2 7.0/10.1 · Galaxy Note 10.1 Plug Type EU 2-pin (Type C/F) — UK adapter required for British sockets Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung EP-TA10EWE EU wall adapter (5V/2A, USB-A output) — Samsung ECC1DP0UBEG USB-A to 30-pin cable Frequently Asked Questions How do I know if my Galaxy Tab uses a 30-pin connector? Look at the charging port on the bottom edge of your tablet. The Samsung 30-pin connector is wide and flat — approximately 2cm across — and rectangular. If the port looks like a wide flat slot, your Tab uses 30-pin. If the port is small and rounded (Micro-USB), or reversible (USB-C), your tablet is a newer model and this set is not compatible. Will this work with a UK socket? The adapter has a EU 2-pin plug (Type C/F) and will not fit directly into a UK 3-pin socket. A standard EU to UK travel plug adapter is required — these are available widely and inexpensively. The adapter's input accepts 100–240V, so it is electrically compatible with UK mains voltage (230V) once the physical plug is adapted. Is the 30-pin connector the same as Apple's 30-pin? No. Samsung's Galaxy Tab 30-pin connector and Apple's old 30-pin Dock connector are different — visually similar in shape but physically incompatible. Samsung cables will not connect to Apple devices and Apple cables will not connect to Samsung Galaxy Tabs. The pin layout and signal assignments are entirely different. Can I use this adapter with other devices via a different cable? Yes. The EP-TA10EWE adapter outputs 5V/2A from a standard USB-A port — any USB-A cable can be connected to it. Micro-USB, USB-C or Lightning cables connected to the adapter's USB-A port will charge compatible devices at up to 2A/10W, making it a general-purpose 10W USB charger for any device with USB charging. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 S Pen — Pink — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — Huawei CP61 27W SuperCharge Wireless Charger — Browse all chargers and accessories at maibo Browse the full chargers and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-tab-tablet-charger-set-eu-plug-usb-a-to-30-pin/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/918731145.webp","24.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Samsung","EP-TA10EWE +ECC1DP0UBEG","88","8806085499349" "6721","Samsung S-View Flip Cover Case with S-Pen For Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G","The Samsung S-View Flip Cover Case with S-Pen For Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G (EF-ZG99PCBEGEW) — Samsung's official flip case and S Pen bundle for the Galaxy S21 Ultra, with S Pen holder built into the case. 0.7mm tip, 4096 pressure levels. Antimicrobial coating. Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G (SM-G998) only. Supplied as two separate sealed retail packages — case and S Pen each in their own box. ✓ Smart Clear View flip cover with built-in S Pen holder — keeps pen always at hand ✓ S Pen: 0.7mm tip · 4096 pressure levels · no charging required ✓ Antimicrobial coating (Zinc Pyrithione) — case outer surface treated against bacteria ✓ Two separate sealed retail boxes — Smart Clear View Cover + S Pen each individually packaged ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Retail Packaging. The Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G Smart Clear View Cover with S Pen (EF-ZG99PCBEGEW) is Samsung's official case and stylus bundle designed specifically for the Galaxy S21 Ultra — the first S-series phone to support the S Pen. The Smart Clear View Cover provides all-round phone protection with a flip cover front and a snug-fitting rear shell, with an S Pen holder built into the inside of the case keeping the stylus secure and immediately accessible. The included S Pen is Samsung's standard EMR stylus: 0.7mm tip, 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity, no battery, no charging — it draws its operating power from the phone's display field and is ready to use the moment it is removed from the holder. This S Pen does not include Bluetooth Air Actions — it is a precision writing and drawing tool only. The case outer surface is treated with an antimicrobial coating (Zinc Pyrithione) that inhibits the growth of certain bacteria. This bundle is supplied as two separate sealed retail packages — the Smart Clear View Cover and the S Pen each come in their own original Samsung box, brand new and unopened. Compatible with Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G (SM-G998) only. Available while stock lasts. Smart Clear View Cover Full Protection with S Pen Holder The Smart Clear View Cover wraps the Galaxy S21 Ultra entirely — a flip cover protects the screen from the front and a precisely fitted rear shell covers the back and camera module. The cover snaps shut magnetically and the phone can be operated through the transparent front panel for calls, notifications and basic controls without opening the case. The S Pen holder is built into the interior of the case: a dedicated slot on the inside face of the flip cover holds the S Pen in place when the case is closed, keeping it immediately accessible when the cover is opened. Unlike the Galaxy Note series, the S21 Ultra has no internal silo for the S Pen — this case is the designed solution for carrying the pen with the phone securely. The rear shell fits precisely to the S21 Ultra's camera module — one of the most prominent camera arrangements on any smartphone — without obstructing the lenses. The outer surface of the case is treated with an antimicrobial coating containing Zinc Pyrithione, which Samsung states inhibits the growth of certain bacteria on the case surface. The case is compatible with wireless charging through the rear shell. S Pen · 0.7mm · 4096 Levels Precision Writing — No Battery, No Charging The S Pen included with this bundle is Samsung's standard EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) stylus matched to the Galaxy S21 Ultra's display. EMR technology means the pen draws its operating power from the resonance field emitted by the phone's digitiser — there is no internal battery, no charging required, and no Bluetooth. The pen is functional immediately at all times, without any charge management. The 0.7mm tip provides a precise, fine writing point that closely matches a ballpoint pen in feel and placement accuracy, and is practical for handwriting, annotation of documents and detailed illustration. 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity means that writing and drawing apps distinguish 4096 distinct grades of pen-to-screen pressure — from a hairline at minimal pressure to a bold stroke at full pressure — giving natural, continuous line weight variation. Tilt detection is also supported: compatible apps respond to the pen's angle, allowing brush and calligraphy tools to simulate the behaviour of real nibs and flat brushes. Replacement tips are user-replaceable. Note: this S Pen does not include Bluetooth functionality — Air Actions (remote camera shutter, app launch) are not available on this pen. Two Separate Sealed Retail Boxes Case and S Pen Each Individually Packaged This bundle is supplied as two separate original Samsung retail packages — the Smart Clear View Cover arrives in its own sealed Samsung box and the S Pen arrives in its own sealed Samsung box. Neither item has been opened, repackaged or combined into a single box. Both are brand new, genuine Samsung products in original manufacturer sealed packaging. Samsung released this case and S Pen as a bundle (EF-ZG99P) but packaged the two items separately — this is how they are sold at retail by Samsung and authorised retailers. Buyers receive exactly what Samsung intended: a genuine case and a genuine S Pen, each sealed and complete. This is important to note because the S21 Ultra was the first S-series Galaxy to support S Pen input — Samsung designed this case specifically to address the absence of an internal S Pen silo in the phone body, giving S Pen users a dedicated carrying solution without a Note-series device. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G (SM-G998) and want the official Samsung case and S Pen together ✔ Want a dedicated S Pen holder in your case — no separate carry solution needed ✔ Use Samsung Notes, drawing or annotation apps regularly on your S21 Ultra ✔ Want genuine Samsung quality — correct fit, antimicrobial coating, precision S Pen ✔ Want brand new sealed retail packaging for both case and S Pen Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Galaxy S22 Ultra, S23 Ultra or S24 Ultra — the S Pen silo is built into those phones; you do not need a case with a pen holder ✖ You need Bluetooth Air Actions on the S Pen — this S Pen is EMR only (no Bluetooth); the S Pen Pro supports Bluetooth but is a separate product ✖ You own a Galaxy S21 (standard) or S21+ — this case is S21 Ultra only and will not fit other S21 models Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Bundle Contents Smart Clear View Cover + S Pen Colour Black Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G (SM-G998) only Case Type Smart Clear View flip cover · S Pen holder inside Antimicrobial Yes — Zinc Pyrithione coating on case exterior Wireless Charging Compatible through rear shell S Pen Tip 0.7mm S Pen Pressure 4096 levels S Pen Bluetooth No — EMR only, no charging required MPN EF-ZG99PCBEGEW EAN / GTIN 8806092034464 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Box 1 (sealed): Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G Smart Clear View Cover — Black — Box 2 (sealed): Samsung S Pen for Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G · replacement tip · tip removal tool Frequently Asked Questions Why does this come in two separate boxes — is everything included? Yes, everything is included. Samsung packaged this bundle (EF-ZG99P) as two individual retail products — the Smart Clear View Cover in one sealed box and the S Pen in a separate sealed box. This is the original Samsung retail format, not a repackaged or combined aftermarket bundle. Both items are brand new, unopened, and genuine Samsung. You receive both boxes. Does the S Pen have Bluetooth / Air Actions? No. The S Pen included in this bundle is an EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) stylus only — it supports writing and drawing on the S21 Ultra screen with 4096 pressure levels, but it does not have Bluetooth and does not support Air Actions (remote camera shutter, app control). It requires no charging or battery. If you need Bluetooth Air Actions, the Samsung S Pen Pro is a separate product that supports Bluetooth but is not included here. Will this case fit the Galaxy S21, S21+ or S22 Ultra? No. The EF-ZG99P is designed exclusively for the Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G (SM-G998). It will not fit the S21 (6.2-inch), S21+ (6.7-inch) or any S22/S23/S24 model. The S22 Ultra, S23 Ultra and S24 Ultra have a built-in S Pen silo and do not need a case with an S Pen holder. Can I charge my S21 Ultra wirelessly with the case on? Yes. The Smart Clear View Cover's rear shell is compatible with wireless charging — place the phone on a Qi or Samsung Fast Wireless Charging pad with the case on and charging proceeds normally. What does the antimicrobial coating do? The case exterior is treated with Zinc Pyrithione, an antimicrobial agent that Samsung states inhibits the growth of certain bacteria on the case surface. It does not protect against viruses (including Covid-19) and does not eliminate all bacteria. The treatment is applied to the outside of the case only. Condition Brand New — Two Separate Sealed Retail Boxes Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart Clear View Cover — Black — Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Yellow/Blue — Browse all Mobile Accessories at maibo Browse the full Samsung accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-s-view-flip-cover-case-with-s-pen-for-galaxy-s21-ultra-5g/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/883446208.webp","58.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen > Case","Samsung","EF-ZG99PCBEGEW","41","8806092034464" "5728","HyperX Cloud Alpha Limited Edition Gaming Headset","The HyperX Cloud Alpha Limited Edition Gaming Headset earned its reputation as one of the most recommended gaming headsets in its price range by solving a problem most gaming headsets do not address: bass distortion at high volume. The Dual Chamber Driver design physically divides each 50mm driver into two acoustic chambers — one handling bass, one handling mids and highs. This separation means each frequency range can be tuned independently, and bass excursion does not interfere with midrange clarity. The result is a headset that stays clean and defined at the volume levels gaming demands. The aluminium frame is one of the first things owners notice — the Cloud Alpha feels unlike the plastic-heavy construction of most headsets at this price point. Memory foam ear cushions with soft leatherette comply to the shape of the ear without warming after extended sessions. The microphone detaches from the headset when not needed, converting it to a headphone for music and media. The detachable braided cable features an in-line control box with volume wheel and mic mute button, and the cable itself detaches from the headset for storage or replacement. This Limited Edition White/Purple colourway is a discontinued colourway — the same hardware and acoustic performance as the standard Cloud Alpha in a more distinctive finish. Compatible with every platform that has a 3.5mm port. Discord and TeamSpeak certified. Backed by HyperX's 2-year warranty. Dual Chamber Drivers Why Two Chambers Beat One In a conventional single-chamber driver, the cone that produces bass also has to reproduce midrange frequencies. At high volumes, bass excursion — the large back-and-forth movement of the cone required for deep low frequencies — physically interferes with the driver's ability to reproduce clean midrange detail. The HyperX Dual Chamber design divides the driver enclosure into two acoustically separate chambers. The bass driver operates independently from the mid/high driver, so each can be tuned and damped for its specific frequency range. The bass chamber has the volume and damping for clean low-frequency reproduction; the mid/high chamber is tuned for clarity and transient response. At the gaming volumes where footsteps, weapon reloads and environmental cues matter, the Cloud Alpha stays separated and intelligible rather than compressed and muddied. Aluminium Frame + Memory Foam Built to Last — Comfortable for Hours The aluminium headband frame resists the flex fatigue that plastic frames develop over time — the headset maintains its structural integrity through daily use without creaking or bending. The adjustable steel sliders extend with a satisfying click rather than the loose friction of plastic sliders. Memory foam ear cushions take the shape of the ear and distribute clamping pressure across the full ear surface rather than concentrating it on the top of the ear. The leatherette surface is soft and pliable rather than the rigid synthetic leather that causes heat buildup during extended sessions. HyperX has consistently rated the Cloud Alpha series as one of its most comfortable headsets for sessions over 3 hours — a claim reflected in its popularity with competitive players who wear headsets for 6–8 hours of continuous play. Detachable Mic · In-Line Controls Discord Certified — Remove for Music The noise-cancelling microphone is Discord and TeamSpeak certified — an independent certification process that verifies the microphone captures voice clearly and rejects background noise at the level required for reliable voice communication. Removing the microphone converts the Cloud Alpha into a clean-looking over-ear headphone for music and media without the boom arm visible. The in-line control box on the detachable braided cable provides volume up/down and mic mute without requiring software or reaching to the headset itself. The braided cable also detaches from the headset at the earcup, so a damaged cable can be replaced independently rather than requiring the full headset to be replaced — a practical advantage for a headset intended for years of daily use. Great choice if you… ✔ Game on PC, PS4/5, Xbox, Nintendo Switch or mobile ✔ Play for 3+ hours and need genuine comfort over long sessions ✔ Use Discord, TeamSpeak or any voice platform ✔ Want a durable aluminium headset that will last years ✔ Want the Cloud Alpha in the White/Purple Limited Edition finish Consider something else if… ✖ You need wireless freedom — see HyperX Cloud Alpha Wireless ✖ You need virtual 7.1 surround via USB — the Cloud Alpha is 3.5mm wired only ✖ You need official Xbox licensing — see HyperX CloudX Technical Specifications Brand / Model HyperX Cloud Alpha (Limited Edition) Colour White / Purple (Limited Edition) Driver 50mm Dual Chamber (HyperX proprietary) Frequency Response 13Hz – 27,000Hz Impedance 65 Ω Sound Pressure Level 98 dBSPL/mW at 1kHz Microphone Detachable noise-cancelling · 50Hz–18,000Hz Connection 3.5mm (detachable braided cable) Frame Aluminium Ear Cushions Memory foam · leatherette Certifications Discord certified · TeamSpeak certified Compatibility PC · PS4 · PS5 · Xbox One/Series X|S · Nintendo Switch · Mobile Warranty 2 Years (HyperX) Box Contents —HyperX Cloud Alpha headset — White/Purple Limited Edition —Detachable noise-cancelling boom microphone —Detachable braided cable with in-line controls —Extra set of leatherette ear cushions Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years HyperX Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-alpha-limited-edition-gaming-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3725060758.webp","78.88","Audio > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","4P5L1AA","88","196188486863" "6429","HyperX Cloud Alpha Limited Edition Gaming Headset","The HyperX Cloud Alpha Limited Edition Gaming Headset earned its reputation as one of the most recommended gaming headsets in its price range by solving a problem most gaming headsets do not address: bass distortion at high volume. The Dual Chamber Driver design physically divides each 50mm driver into two acoustic chambers — one handling bass, one handling mids and highs. This separation means each frequency range can be tuned independently, and bass excursion does not interfere with midrange clarity. The result is a headset that stays clean and defined at the volume levels gaming demands. The aluminium frame is one of the first things owners notice — the Cloud Alpha feels unlike the plastic-heavy construction of most headsets at this price point. Memory foam ear cushions with soft leatherette comply to the shape of the ear without warming after extended sessions. The microphone detaches from the headset when not needed, converting it to a headphone for music and media. The detachable braided cable features an in-line control box with volume wheel and mic mute button, and the cable itself detaches from the headset for storage or replacement. This Limited Edition White/Purple colourway is a discontinued colourway — the same hardware and acoustic performance as the standard Cloud Alpha in a more distinctive finish. Compatible with every platform that has a 3.5mm port. Discord and TeamSpeak certified. Backed by HyperX's 2-year warranty. Dual Chamber Drivers Why Two Chambers Beat One In a conventional single-chamber driver, the cone that produces bass also has to reproduce midrange frequencies. At high volumes, bass excursion — the large back-and-forth movement of the cone required for deep low frequencies — physically interferes with the driver's ability to reproduce clean midrange detail. The HyperX Dual Chamber design divides the driver enclosure into two acoustically separate chambers. The bass driver operates independently from the mid/high driver, so each can be tuned and damped for its specific frequency range. The bass chamber has the volume and damping for clean low-frequency reproduction; the mid/high chamber is tuned for clarity and transient response. At the gaming volumes where footsteps, weapon reloads and environmental cues matter, the Cloud Alpha stays separated and intelligible rather than compressed and muddied. Aluminium Frame + Memory Foam Built to Last — Comfortable for Hours The aluminium headband frame resists the flex fatigue that plastic frames develop over time — the headset maintains its structural integrity through daily use without creaking or bending. The adjustable steel sliders extend with a satisfying click rather than the loose friction of plastic sliders. Memory foam ear cushions take the shape of the ear and distribute clamping pressure across the full ear surface rather than concentrating it on the top of the ear. The leatherette surface is soft and pliable rather than the rigid synthetic leather that causes heat buildup during extended sessions. HyperX has consistently rated the Cloud Alpha series as one of its most comfortable headsets for sessions over 3 hours — a claim reflected in its popularity with competitive players who wear headsets for 6–8 hours of continuous play. Detachable Mic · In-Line Controls Discord Certified — Remove for Music The noise-cancelling microphone is Discord and TeamSpeak certified — an independent certification process that verifies the microphone captures voice clearly and rejects background noise at the level required for reliable voice communication. Removing the microphone converts the Cloud Alpha into a clean-looking over-ear headphone for music and media without the boom arm visible. The in-line control box on the detachable braided cable provides volume up/down and mic mute without requiring software or reaching to the headset itself. The braided cable also detaches from the headset at the earcup, so a damaged cable can be replaced independently rather than requiring the full headset to be replaced — a practical advantage for a headset intended for years of daily use. Great choice if you… ✔ Game on PC, PS4/5, Xbox, Nintendo Switch or mobile ✔ Play for 3+ hours and need genuine comfort over long sessions ✔ Use Discord, TeamSpeak or any voice platform ✔ Want a durable aluminium headset that will last years ✔ Want the Cloud Alpha in the White/Purple Limited Edition finish Consider something else if… ✖ You need wireless freedom — see HyperX Cloud Alpha Wireless ✖ You need virtual 7.1 surround via USB — the Cloud Alpha is 3.5mm wired only ✖ You need official Xbox licensing — see HyperX CloudX Technical Specifications Brand / Model HyperX Cloud Alpha (Limited Edition) Colour White / Purple (Limited Edition) Driver 50mm Dual Chamber (HyperX proprietary) Frequency Response 13Hz – 27,000Hz Impedance 65 Ω Sound Pressure Level 98 dBSPL/mW at 1kHz Microphone Detachable noise-cancelling · 50Hz–18,000Hz Connection 3.5mm (detachable braided cable) Frame Aluminium Ear Cushions Memory foam · leatherette Certifications Discord certified · TeamSpeak certified Compatibility PC · PS4 · PS5 · Xbox One/Series X|S · Nintendo Switch · Mobile Warranty 2 Years (HyperX) Box Contents —HyperX Cloud Alpha headset — White/Purple Limited Edition —Detachable noise-cancelling boom microphone —Detachable braided cable with in-line controls —Extra set of leatherette ear cushions Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years HyperX Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/hyperx-cloud-alpha-limited-edition-gaming-headset/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/889140943.webp","94.36","Audio > Wired Earphones > Gaming Headsets","HyperX","HVUQS6GY16NG","881","" "5700","Huawei AM115 Wired In-Ear Earphones","The official Huawei AM115 wired in-ear earphones — Huawei's standard wired headset with semi-in-ear earbud design, inline remote with volume control and built-in microphone, 1m cable, and 3.5mm connector. Compatible with Huawei P, Mate, Nova and Honor series, and all 3.5mm Android and iOS devices. White. ✓ Official Huawei AM115 — genuine wired handsfree earphones, 3.5mm ✓ Inline remote — volume up/down, call answer/end, built-in microphone ✓ Semi-in-ear earbud design — lightweight, comfortable long-wear fit ✓ 1m cable · 3.5mm · compatible with Huawei, Android and all 3.5mm devices The Huawei AM115 is Huawei's standard wired in-ear headset — the earphone bundled with Huawei P-series, Mate-series, Nova-series and Honor handsets through their 3.5mm era, and sold separately as Huawei's official wired accessory. The AM115 uses a semi-in-ear earbud design: the earphone housing rests at the ear canal entrance without deep canal insertion, which makes it more comfortable for extended wear than full canal earphones for users who find deep-insertion tips uncomfortable. The inline remote includes volume up and down buttons, a call answer/end button, and a built-in microphone — providing full playback and hands-free call control without reaching for the device. The round 1m cable with straight 3.5mm plug is standard for Huawei's accessory range. The sound tuning is balanced toward clear voice reproduction for calls and voice messages, with adequate midrange and upper frequency response for music listening. Compatible with all Huawei devices with a 3.5mm headphone jack, and with any Android or iOS device via the standard 3.5mm connection. Huawei devices from the Nova 6, P40 series and later that moved to USB-C audio without retaining 3.5mm require Huawei's USB-C to 3.5mm adapter for use with the AM115. Semi-In-Ear Design · Comfort Earbud That Rests, Not Inserts The AM115 uses a semi-in-ear design — the earphone sits at the entrance of the ear canal rather than inserting into it like a full canal earphone. This is the same form factor as Apple's original EarPods design and the original iPod earbuds, adapted by Huawei with a shaped housing designed to fit the outer ear's concha geometry. For users who find standard canal earphones uncomfortable — either because of the pressure of insertion or the sealed, occluded feeling of a tight canal seal — the semi-in-ear design eliminates both issues. The earphone housing rests in the ear without creating an airtight seal, which also means some ambient sound is always audible, making the AM115 more suitable for use in environments where awareness of surroundings is important — desk work, walking on streets, conversations in shared spaces. The trade-off is that the absence of a canal seal reduces bass isolation and passive noise rejection compared to a well-fitted canal earphone. The AM115's sound tuning compensates for this with a midrange emphasis that prioritises voice clarity — the frequency range where vocal content, calls and voice messages sit — which is appropriate for the device's primary use case as a handsfree communication accessory. The housing uses Huawei's standard white finish with a compact, angled shape that keeps the earphone stable in the ear during light movement. Inline Remote · Volume · Mic Full Control from the Cable The AM115 inline remote provides three functions: volume up, volume down, and a centre multifunction button for call answer/end and playback control. On Huawei devices, the remote communicates via the Huawei headset protocol, which supports full volume control, call functions and voice assistant activation. On other Android devices, inline volume control depends on the device's headset firmware — most Android phones from 2016 onwards support the standard three-button CTIA remote protocol and respond to volume button presses. On iOS (iPhone), the centre button works for play/pause and call control, but volume control through the Android-standard remote is not supported — use iPhone's own buttons for volume. The built-in microphone is integrated into the remote housing and is positioned at mid-cable level when the earphones are worn, providing clear voice capture for calls in moderate noise environments. The remote also includes a hardware on/off switch on some AM115 variants, which mutes the microphone circuit independently of the call state — useful for muting during conference calls without ending the call. The straight 3.5mm plug is the standard configuration for a cable that routes down from the ear to a device in a pocket or bag. Huawei Compatible · Original The Official Huawei Wired Headset The AM115 was Huawei's bundled wired earphone across the Huawei P9, P10, P20, P30 Lite, Mate 10, Mate 20 Lite, Nova 3, Nova 5T, Y-series, and Honor 10, Honor 20 and similar handsets from approximately 2016 to 2019. Users who received the AM115 in the box with their Huawei phone and need a replacement are buying the same earphone they already know. Genuine Huawei accessories ensure full remote protocol compatibility — third-party earphones marketed for Huawei compatibility vary in their implementation of the Huawei headset protocol, which can result in intermittent volume button response or microphone quality issues that the genuine AM115 does not exhibit. Huawei handsets from approximately 2020 onwards — Nova 6, P40 series, Mate 40 series, and later — moved to USB-C without retaining a 3.5mm headphone jack. For these devices, the AM115 requires Huawei's USB-C to 3.5mm adapter. For Huawei devices that still have a 3.5mm jack (P30, Mate 20, Nova 5T, Y-series, and similar), the AM115 connects directly. The AM115 also works on Samsung Galaxy, any Android phone, and iPhone via the standard 3.5mm connection — audio and microphone function universally. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Huawei P, Mate, Nova or Honor device with a 3.5mm jack and want the official replacement earphone ✔ Prefer semi-in-ear over canal earphones — no deep insertion, no pressure, ambient sound remains audible ✔ Need inline volume control from the cable alongside a built-in microphone ✔ Want a lightweight, no-fuss wired earphone for calls and daily listening Consider something else if… ✖ Your Huawei phone has no 3.5mm jack (P40, Mate 40, Nova 6 and later) — a Huawei USB-C to 3.5mm adapter is required ✖ You want deep bass or strong noise isolation — semi-in-ear design without canal seal produces limited bass and passive isolation ✖ You want wireless earbuds — see Huawei FreeBuds or Samsung Galaxy Buds range Technical Specifications Brand Huawei Model AM115 Wired In-Ear Earphones MPN AM115 EAN / GTIN 6901443060283 (verify on packaging) Colour White Design Semi-in-ear earbud — not canal insertion Connector 3.5mm straight plug Cable Length 1m Remote Volume up/down · call answer/end · on/off switch Microphone Built-in inline Compatible Devices Huawei P / Mate / Nova / Honor (3.5mm models) · Android · iOS · universal 3.5mm Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Huawei) In the Box — Huawei AM115 wired in-ear earphones — White Frequently Asked Questions Do these work with Huawei P40, Mate 40 or newer Huawei phones? The AM115 uses a 3.5mm plug. Huawei P40, Mate 40, Nova 6 series and later removed the 3.5mm headphone jack — these phones use USB-C for audio output. A Huawei USB-C to 3.5mm adapter is required to connect the AM115 to these devices. On Huawei devices that still have a 3.5mm jack — P30, Mate 20, Nova 5T, Y-series, and most phones from 2019 and earlier — the AM115 connects directly. Will the volume buttons work on Samsung or iPhone? On Samsung Galaxy and most Android phones with a 3.5mm jack, the volume buttons work as inline volume control. On iPhone, the centre button (play/pause, call answer) works, but the volume buttons are not recognised by iOS — use iPhone's physical buttons for volume. The microphone functions for calls on all platforms. Is the semi-in-ear design different from canal earphones? Yes. The AM115 rests at the entrance of the ear canal without inserting into it — similar to Apple EarPods. Canal earphones (with silicone tips) insert into the canal to create a seal. The AM115's semi-in-ear design means no canal pressure, no sealed feeling, and ambient sound remains audible at all times. It is less isolating than canal earphones and produces less bass, but is more comfortable for extended wear for users sensitive to canal insertion. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Huawei) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Huawei CP61 27W SuperCharge Wireless Charger — Samsung EO-EG920BW Wired In-Ear Stereo Headset — White — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Browse all earphones at maibo Browse the full earphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-am115-wired-in-ear-earphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1391916840.webp","9.98","Audio > Wired Earphones","Huawei","Huawei AM115 Wired In-Ear Earphones","88","6901443060283" "5636","Sony WI-C300 Wireless In-Ear Headphones – Black","The Sony WI-C300 is the wireless in-ear that never gets lost: a light behind-the-neck cable joins the buds, magnet-free simplicity keeps it under 20 grams, and up to 8 hours of battery covers the day. Sony tuning, one-button control, and a shape that survives real life.PracticalNeck cable — not a caseThe connecting cable rests behind your neck: pull a bud out mid-conversation and it hangs, not drops. No charging case to lose or forget.Sony soundClear, balanced tuningSony’s house tuning at the entry tier — cleaner and more even-handed than most budget wireless, with vocals kept honest.All-day8 hours, quick top-upUp to 8 hours per charge covers a workday of podcasts and calls; micro-USB top-ups between sessions keep it effectively always ready.Right choice if you…✔ Want Sony wireless at the entry price✔ Pull buds in and out all day — the cable catches them✔ Prefer balanced tuning to budget boom✔ Take calls on the move — built-in micConsider something else if…✖ You want a true-wireless case format — the Philips SHB2505✖ You need sport-grade sweat rating — this is an everyday pair✖ Wired simplicity is enough — the Sony MH750 costs a thirdSony WI-C300 — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourBlackTypeWireless in-ear, behind-neck cableBatteryUp to 8 hoursWeightUnder 20gCallsBuilt-in mic + one-button controlMPNWI-C300/BEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony WI-C300 (black)—Ear tips (sizes)—Charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsWhy a neck cable instead of true wireless?You can’t drop or lose a bud, battery is steadier, and the price is lower — the practical trade for the cable’s presence.How are calls on it?Fine for everyday calls — the mic sits in the inline control near your jawline.Does it pair with two devices?It pairs with multiple but connects to one at a time; switching is quick in Bluetooth settings.Is 8 hours enough?A full workday of listening; most people charge it twice a week.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony MH750 wired—Sony SRS-XB13 speaker—Browse all Sony at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-wi-c300-wireless-in-ear-headphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2862056622.webp","28.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Sony","WIC300/B","33","0027242908758" "5633","Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW)","The Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) is Samsung's official audio adapter for Galaxy devices without a headphone jack — delivers up to 24-bit/192kHz digital audio via built-in DAC. Works with any USB-C Samsung device including Galaxy S21, S20, Note 10/20, Tab S7 and later. Genuine Samsung. ✓ Official Samsung original — built-in DAC up to 24-bit/192kHz for full audio quality ✓ Microphone support — use headsets with call and voice functions ✓ Compatible with all Samsung Galaxy USB-C models — S20/S21/S22/S23/S24, Note 10/20, Tab S7/S8/S9 and more ✓ Brand New — Bulk Packaging · ~20cm cable length The Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) is Samsung's own solution for using standard 3.5mm headphones on Galaxy devices that no longer include a headphone jack — covering every Samsung flagship from the Note 10 series onwards. Where third-party adapters use generic DAC chips of varying quality, Samsung's EE-UC10 is tuned specifically for Galaxy device audio output, delivering up to 24-bit/192kHz digital-to-analogue conversion from the phone's USB-C port. The adapter supports not just audio playback but full headset functionality — the microphone and call controls on compatible headsets work exactly as they would through a native headphone jack, including in-call audio, voice recording and call answer/end buttons. At approximately 20cm in length, the adapter sits comfortably between pocket and ear without excess cable. Supplied in bulk packaging — brand new, genuine Samsung, no retail box. Built-in DAC · 24-bit/192kHz Why Samsung Original Matters for Audio A USB-C to 3.5mm adapter is not a simple passive cable — it contains a digital-to-analogue converter (DAC) chip that translates the digital audio signal from the phone's USB-C port into the analogue signal required by standard headphones. The quality of the DAC chip directly determines audio output quality. Generic third-party adapters use low-cost DAC chips that often introduce noise, reduce dynamic range and cap audio resolution — audio quality through them is typically worse than through a native headphone jack. Samsung's EE-UC10 uses a DAC rated to 24-bit/192kHz, which matches or exceeds the audio resolution of the native headphone jacks Samsung removed in the Note 10 generation. This means connecting high-quality headphones through the Samsung adapter produces audio output comparable to what users had before headphone jacks were discontinued. For users who own good wired headphones — particularly IEMs (in-ear monitors) or studio headphones — the genuine Samsung adapter is the correct choice to preserve audio quality rather than accepting the degradation of generic alternatives. Full Headset Support · Mic + Controls Calls, Voice and In-line Controls Work Many third-party USB-C audio adapters support audio playback only — the microphone on a headset does not function, in-line remote buttons do not register, and call audio is routed back to the phone's speaker. Samsung's EE-UC10 is designed as a full headset adapter: the CTIA 4-pole 3.5mm standard is supported, meaning headsets with a built-in microphone and in-line controls (play/pause, volume, call answer/end) function exactly as they would through a native headphone jack. For users who use wired headsets for calls — business calls, voice assistants, voice recording — this is essential. Samsung's own AKG-tuned in-ear headphones (EO-IG955, EO-IA500) and any CTIA-standard headset are fully supported. The adapter is also compatible with standard 2-pole 3.5mm headphones (audio only, no microphone) for music listening without call functions. Universal Samsung USB-C Compatibility Works Across the Entire Galaxy Range The EE-UC10JUWEGWW is Samsung's universal USB-C audio adapter, compatible with every Samsung Galaxy device that uses USB-C and has no 3.5mm jack — this covers the entire flagship and mid-range range from Note 10 onwards. Galaxy S20, S21, S22, S23, S24 and their Ultra/Plus variants, Galaxy Note 10, Note 10+, Note 20, Note 20 Ultra, Galaxy Tab S7, S7+, S7 FE, S8, S8+, S8 Ultra, S9, S9+, S9 FE, Galaxy A-series with USB-C and no headphone jack, Galaxy Z Fold and Z Flip series — all are compatible. The adapter also works with any other device that has a USB-C port and outputs digital audio through it, including non-Samsung Android phones and laptops, though Samsung's tuning is optimised for Galaxy hardware. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy S20/S21/S22/S23/S24, Note 10/20, Tab S7/S8/S9 or any USB-C Samsung without a headphone jack ✔ Want to use wired headphones or headsets with full microphone and call control support ✔ Want genuine Samsung quality — correct DAC, correct tuning, guaranteed compatibility ✔ Use quality IEMs or wired headphones and want to preserve audio resolution (24-bit/192kHz) ✔ Need a replacement for a lost or damaged original Samsung adapter Consider something else if… ✖ Your Samsung Galaxy still has a 3.5mm headphone jack (Galaxy A-series budget models, some older S-series) — you do not need an adapter ✖ You want to charge and listen simultaneously — the EE-UC10 occupies the USB-C port, leaving no charging port available; you would need a USB-C hub with audio and charging pass-through instead Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter Colour White Connection (Phone Side) USB Type-C (male) Connection (Headphone Side) 3.5mm audio jack (female) DAC Resolution Up to 24-bit / 192kHz Microphone Support Yes — CTIA 4-pole headsets supported Cable Length ~20cm Compatible Devices Samsung Galaxy Note 10/10+ · Note 20/20 Ultra · S20/S21/S22/S23/S24 series · Tab S7/S8/S9 series · Z Fold/Z Flip series · all Samsung USB-C devices MPN EE-UC10JUWEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806090022661 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Jack Adapter EE-UC10JUWEGWW · Brand New — Bulk Packaging (no retail box) Frequently Asked Questions Will this adapter work with the Galaxy S21 Ultra, S20, Note 20 and Tab S7? Yes. The EE-UC10JUWEGWW is compatible with all Samsung Galaxy USB-C devices that do not have a built-in headphone jack, including the entire S20, S21, S22, S23 and S24 series, Note 10, Note 10+, Note 20, Note 20 Ultra, Tab S7, S7+, Tab S8 series, Tab S9 series, Galaxy Z Fold and Z Flip series. Does the microphone work through this adapter for calls? Yes. The adapter supports CTIA 4-pole 3.5mm headsets, meaning the microphone, call answer/end button and in-line volume controls on compatible headsets all function correctly. This includes Samsung's own EO-IG955 and EO-IA500 earphones, as well as any standard CTIA headset. Can I charge my phone while using this adapter? No. The EE-UC10 occupies the USB-C port entirely. When the adapter is connected, the charging port is unavailable. For simultaneous charging and audio, you would need a USB-C hub or splitter that provides both a 3.5mm output and a USB-C charging pass-through — this is a separate product not included here. Why choose the Samsung original over a cheaper third-party adapter? Third-party adapters vary significantly in DAC chip quality — many cap audio output well below the 24-bit/192kHz specification of the EE-UC10, introduce background noise, or fail to support the microphone. Samsung's adapter is specifically engineered for Galaxy device audio output and is the only adapter guaranteed to deliver full headset functionality and maximum audio resolution on Samsung hardware. What does 'bulk packaging' mean? Bulk packaging means the adapter is genuine Samsung — brand new and unused — but supplied without the retail box. It is the same product that ships in the Note 10 and S21 box as an included accessory, sourced directly from Samsung's supply chain. There is no difference in the adapter itself — only the packaging is omitted. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Yellow/Blue — Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart Clear View Cover — Black — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Browse all Mobile Accessories at maibo Browse the full Samsung accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-usb-c-to-3-5mm-headphone-jack-adapter-ee-uc10juwegww/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/USB-C-auf-3.5mm-AUX-Klinke-Adapter-EE-UC10JUWEGWW-Bulk-.webp","9.98","Mobile Phone Accessories","Samsung","EE-UC10JUWEGWW","88","8806090022661" "5565","OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set","The OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set is OnePlus's fastest wall charger for EU plug sockets, delivering 65W via Direct Charge technology — charging an OnePlus 8T from 1% to 58% in just 15 minutes. Includes the EU wall adapter and USB-C to USB-C Warp Charge cable. ✓ 65W Direct Charge — 0% to ~58% in 15 minutes on OnePlus 8T and compatible devices ✓ EU plug (Type C/F) — designed for European wall sockets ✓ Backward compatible — also supports Warp Charge 30, OnePlus Fast Charge and USB PD devices ✓ Set includes EU wall adapter + USB-C to USB-C Warp Charge cable (1m) The OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU Power Adapter Set is the official OnePlus fast charging solution for EU plug markets — the adapter plus USB-C cable needed to achieve maximum Warp Charge 65 speeds on compatible OnePlus devices. Warp Charge 65 is OnePlus's proprietary Direct Charge protocol: rather than routing charging power through the phone's processor and generating heat in the handset, most of the conversion work happens inside the charger brick itself. The result is a phone that stays cooler while charging at 65W — you can game, stream or browse while plugged in at full speed without the device becoming uncomfortably warm. Output is 6.5A at 10V for a peak of 65W, which is approximately double the 30W output of the previous generation Warp Charge 30T. The adapter is also fully backward compatible — it provides Warp Charge 30 speeds to older OnePlus devices, OnePlus Fast Charge to earlier models, and standard USB Power Delivery (PD) to non-OnePlus devices including tablets and USB-C laptops. Universal 100–240V AC input means the adapter also works in UK sockets via a Type C to Type G travel plug adapter. This set includes both the EU wall adapter and the USB-C to USB-C Warp cable required to achieve 65W speeds — the cable is not generic but a Warp-rated cable designed for 6.5A current. Genuine OnePlus. Direct Charge Technology Why Warp Charge Stays Cool at 65W Conventional fast charging protocols — Qualcomm Quick Charge and most USB PD implementations — deliver high voltage (9V, 12V or 20V) to the phone, then use a DC-DC converter inside the handset to step it down to the battery's voltage (typically 3.7–4.4V). This conversion generates heat inside the phone and requires the processor to manage the charging loop, which is why many phones throttle performance or limit charging speed when the handset is under load. OnePlus's Direct Charge (also called Warp Charge) inverts this architecture: the voltage conversion happens inside the charger, not the phone. The adapter delivers current directly at close to battery voltage but at very high amperage — 6.5A at 10V for Warp Charge 65. The phone's internals do less work, less heat is generated in the handset, and the CPU is not involved in the charging loop. Practically, this means you can run demanding games, video calls or navigation at full brightness while plugged in and the phone stays at near-ambient temperature. The 65W figure represents a doubling of Warp Charge 30T's 30W ceiling — a full charge on an OnePlus 8T (4,500mAh battery) takes approximately 39 minutes from 1%. EU Plug · Universal Input Built for European Sockets · Works Globally This is the EU plug variant of the OnePlus Warp Charge 65 adapter — it has a Type C/F (Schuko-compatible) plug for use in standard European two-pin wall sockets found across continental Europe, including Germany, France, Spain, Italy, the Netherlands, Belgium and most of the EU. The universal 100–240V AC input (50/60Hz) means the adapter functions on any mains supply globally — for UK use, a Type C to Type G (UK three-pin) travel plug adapter allows the EU charger to be used in British sockets without any performance reduction. The adapter is not a UK plug unit and will not physically fit UK sockets without a travel adapter. The Warp Charge 65 protocol requires both a compatible OnePlus device and the genuine Warp-rated cable included in this set — third-party USB-C cables are not rated for 6.5A continuous current and will limit charging to standard USB PD speeds (typically 18W or 27W depending on the cable's power rating). Backward Compatible · USB PD One Charger for OnePlus and Other Devices The Warp Charge 65 adapter is not exclusively for Warp Charge 65-capable phones. The charging protocol negotiation is handled automatically between the adapter and the connected device — the adapter delivers whichever protocol the device supports. For OnePlus devices with Warp Charge 30T, it delivers 30W. For older OnePlus phones with Dash Charge (OnePlus Fast Charge), it delivers Dash speeds. For any USB-C device that supports USB Power Delivery — Samsung Galaxy phones, iPads, MacBooks, Nintendo Switch, Pixel phones, USB-C laptops — it delivers standard PD at up to 45W PD output (power varies by PD profile negotiated). This makes the 65W adapter a practical single-charger option for travel: one plug covers an OnePlus phone at full Warp speed plus a tablet or lightweight laptop at PD speeds. The included USB-C to USB-C cable is a full Warp-rated cable — it also functions as a standard USB-C data cable for file transfer. Right choice if you… ✔ Own an OnePlus 8T, 9, 9 Pro, 10, 10 Pro or compatible device and need Warp Charge 65 speed ✔ Need a charger for EU sockets — living in or travelling to continental Europe ✔ Want the official USB-C cable rated for 6.5A Warp Charge current included ✔ Want one adapter that also charges tablets and USB-C laptops at PD speeds ✔ Want to charge while gaming or streaming without the phone getting hot Consider something else if… ✖ You need a UK plug — this is an EU plug unit; you need a Type C to Type G travel adapter for UK sockets ✖ Your OnePlus device does not support Warp Charge 65 — you will still charge, but at Warp 30 or standard PD speeds ✖ You need a replacement cable only — this set includes both adapter and cable Technical Specifications Brand OnePlus Model Warp Charge 65 Power Adapter — EU Set Charging Protocol Warp Charge 65 · Warp Charge 30 · OnePlus Fast Charge · USB PD Max Output 65W (6.5A at 10V) Input 100–240V ~ 50/60Hz (universal) Plug Type EU Type C/F (Schuko) — for European sockets Cable USB-C to USB-C Warp Charge rated · 1m Compatible Devices OnePlus 8T · 9 · 9 Pro · 10 · 10 Pro · Nord series · older OnePlus via Warp 30 / Fast Charge MPN WC065A21EU (verify on packaging) EAN / GTIN Verify on packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) In the Box — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W EU wall adapter — USB-C to USB-C Warp Charge cable (1m) Frequently Asked Questions Can I use this EU adapter in the UK? Yes, with a Type C to Type G (EU to UK three-pin) travel plug adapter. The charger has a universal 100–240V input so it functions on UK mains without any performance reduction — only the physical plug shape differs. Travel plug adapters are widely available for £2–5 and do not affect charging speed. Does Warp Charge 65 work with any USB-C cable? No. Warp Charge 65 requires the official OnePlus Warp-rated USB-C cable to achieve 6.5A current flow. Standard USB-C cables — including most USB PD cables — are rated for 3A maximum and will limit charging to USB PD speeds (typically 18–27W). The Warp cable is included in this set. Will this charge my OnePlus 9 Pro or OnePlus 10 Pro at 65W? The OnePlus 9 Pro supports Warp Charge 65T and the 10 Pro supports 80W SUPERVOOC. The Warp Charge 65 adapter will charge both, but at 65W — not the device's maximum speed for the 10 Pro (which requires an 80W adapter). For older devices it delivers Warp Charge 30 or OnePlus Fast Charge as appropriate. Can I charge a laptop or MacBook with this adapter? Yes, via standard USB Power Delivery. The adapter negotiates PD profiles with non-OnePlus devices and provides up to 45W PD output. This is sufficient to charge lightweight USB-C laptops, iPads and MacBook Airs, though larger MacBook Pros typically prefer 61W or 96W PD adapters for full-speed charging. Is Warp Charge safe to use overnight? Yes. OnePlus Warp Charge includes automatic hardware safeguards and software optimisations that manage voltage, current and temperature throughout the charging cycle. The charging rate automatically tapers as the battery approaches full to protect long-term battery health — the 65W maximum applies primarily during the fast phase (0–80%), not throughout the full charge. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (OnePlus) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OPPO SUPERVOOC 65W EU Power Adapter — Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter — Samsung 25W Super Fast Charger EP-TA800 — Browse all Wall Chargers at maibo Browse the full wall chargers and charging accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/oneplus-warp-charge-65w-eu-power-adapter-set/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2250806630.webp","16.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","OnePlus","WC065A21EU","88","" "5304","Sony MH750 In-Ear Wired Earphones – Black","The Sony MH750 is the quiet legend of budget earphones: the angled in-ear Sony shipped with millions of Xperia phones, now sold on its own because people kept hunting it down. Smooth, bass-warm tuning that embarrasses its price — audio forums have recommended it for a decade.Cult statusThe bundled bud people seek outPhone-bundle earphones are usually landfill; the MH750 is the exception that built a following — a genuinely well-tuned driver that Sony never marketed.ComfortAngled nozzle designThe tilted earpiece follows the ear canal’s natural angle — a fit that disappears, with better seal and bass for less insertion depth.Warm soundSmooth, bass-rich tuningRelaxed treble and generous low-end: forgiving with poor recordings, easy for hours — the opposite of harsh budget sound.Right choice if you…✔ Want the best sound-per-pound in wired budget buds✔ Listen for hours — smooth tuning, no fatigue✔ Know the MH750’s reputation and want the real one✔ Need a mic for calls (inline, one button)Consider something else if…✖ You want sparkle and analytical treble — this is warm by design✖ You need wireless — the WI-C300✖ Your phone lacks a jack and you hate donglesSony MH750 — Technical SpecificationsBrandSonyColourBlackTypeWired in-ear, 3.5mm, angled nozzleTuningWarm, bass-rich, smooth trebleRemoteOne-button + microphoneMPNMH750EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Sony MH750 earphones (black)Frequently Asked QuestionsWhy do audio forums rate this so highly?Because the tuning is better than its job required: a smooth, coherent warm signature that many £50 buds don’t match. It became a word-of-mouth classic.MH750 or MH755?Near twins — the 755 has a short cable made for neckband adapters; the 750’s standard-length cable is the one you want for phones and laptops.Is the mic any good?Fine for calls and voice notes — standard inline single-button remote.How do I spot the real one?Buy from a seller who stands behind sourcing — the MH750’s fame bred clones. Ours come from retail supply with the usual maibo return cover.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Sony WI-C300 wireless—Sennheiser CX300S—Browse all Sony at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sony-mh750-in-ear-wired-earphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/4282796736.webp","8.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Sony","MH750","88","0879562275337" "4692","Huawei CP62 Super Fast Charge Vertical Wireless Charger (Max 40W)","   Huawei CP62 Super Fast Charge Vertical Wireless Charger (Max 40W) Experience ultra-fast charging with the Huawei CP62 40W SuperCharge Wireless Charger, a premium Qi-certified charger designed for Huawei Mate, P series, and other Qi-enabled devices. With a vertical dual-coil design, this charger allows comfortable viewing angles during charging – perfect for video calls, watching content, or using facial recognition while your phone powers up. The CP62 uses Huawei’s proprietary 40W SuperCharge protocol to deliver blazing-fast wireless power when paired with compatible Huawei smartphones. For other Qi-supported devices, it intelligently adjusts the output for safe, efficient charging. A built-in quiet cooling fan helps maintain temperature, while the sleek matte black finish complements modern setups. Whether you’re charging at your office desk or nightstand, the Huawei CP62 charger delivers power with style, safety, and performance. The foreign object detection (FOD), over-voltage and over-temperature protection provide peace of mind. Includes a detachable USB-C cable – just pair with a Huawei 65W or 40W charger brick for full speed. Key Features Power Output Up to 40W SuperCharge (Huawei devices) Design Vertical stand with dual coil – ergonomic viewing Cooling Built-in smart fan for temperature control Qi Compatibility Yes – supports all Qi wireless-enabled phones Charging Port USB Type-C input (adapter not included) Item Specifics Brand Huawei Model CP62 Type SuperCharge Wireless Charger (Vertical) Colour Black Compatibility Huawei Mate 40 / 50 / P40 / P50 / P60 series + all Qi phones ❓ Frequently Asked Questions Q: Does this charger come with an adapter? A: No, only a USB-C cable is included. For 40W output, use a Huawei 65W or 40W charger brick. Q: Is this charger safe for overnight use? A: Yes – features over-temperature, over-voltage, and foreign object detection. Q: Will it fast charge my iPhone or Samsung? A: Yes, but at standard Qi speeds. 40W output is exclusive to Huawei SuperCharge supported phones.      ","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-cp62-super-fast-charge-vertical-wireless-charger-max-40w/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3786836429.webp","29.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Huawei","Huawei CP62 Super Fast Charge Vertical Wireless Charger (Max 40W)","48","" "3829","Sennheiser CX300S Pure Bass Wired Earphone","The Sennheiser CX300S Pure Bass Wired Earphone brings German audio engineering to an accessible in-ear earphone, applying the closed-back dynamic transducer principles Sennheiser has developed across decades of professional and consumer audio products. The transducer — Sennheiser's term for the driver assembly — uses a precision-wound voice coil, purpose-designed cone and carefully tuned rear acoustic chamber to deliver a frequency response of 17Hz to 21kHz. The low end extends below the threshold of human hearing, capturing the sub-bass energy that communicates physical weight and scale in music. The closed-back design means the rear of the driver is acoustically isolated, preventing rear-wave interference from degrading bass definition. At 18Ω impedance, the CX 300S is fully compatible with the output stages of smartphones, tablets and laptops — no external amplifier required, and sufficient sensitivity for high volume from any standard device. Four eartip sizes — XS, S, M and L — provide the individualised fit that in-ear earphones require: the correct tip creates the acoustic seal on which bass response and passive noise isolation depend. The single-button smart remote handles play/pause and call answer/end across all devices. The flat cable resists tangling. The L-shaped 3.5mm connector sits flush at an angle against the phone when pocketed, reducing strain on the connector. A storage pouch is included. Genuine Sennheiser. 1-year warranty. Sennheiser Transducer German-Engineered Driver — 17Hz to 21kHz Sennheiser uses the term transducer to describe the complete driver assembly — voice coil, cone, magnet system and acoustic enclosure — which they engineer as an integrated unit rather than specifying individual components separately. The CX 300S uses a closed-back dynamic transducer principle: the rear of the driver is enclosed and acoustically isolated, which prevents rear-wave cancellation from reducing bass output and improves bass definition at the low end of the frequency range. The 17Hz–21kHz frequency response extends beyond the nominal 20Hz–20kHz range of human hearing at both extremes — the sub-bass extension below 20Hz contributes to the physical sensation of bass instruments at high playback levels, while the 21kHz high-frequency extension ensures the driver is operating comfortably within its range at the top of the audible spectrum rather than at its limit. The 18Ω impedance is matched to the output capability of consumer devices and requires no amplification beyond a standard headphone socket. Four Eartip Sizes · XS/S/M/L Individualised Fit — Acoustic Seal for Bass Four eartip sizes — XS, S, M and L — are included rather than the three sizes (S/M/L) standard in most wired earphone packages. The additional XS size accommodates the smaller ear canal diameters that S tips may not seal correctly, ensuring the full range of users can achieve a proper acoustic seal. The seal is not simply a comfort question: when the eartip seals against the ear canal walls, the bass from the driver builds up in the sealed space between the tip and the eardrum rather than leaking away. A correct seal makes a measurable difference to bass response — the same earphone can sound thin and bass-light with an oversized tip and full and impactful with the correct size. The in-ear canal design also provides passive noise isolation by physically blocking the ear canal, attenuating ambient sound without any active electronics. L-Shaped Jack · Flat Cable Connector Design — Tangle Resistant The L-shaped 3.5mm connector is a practical engineering choice: when the cable runs from a phone in a pocket, a straight connector creates a 90° bend at the entry point under tension, which is the location where cable failures most commonly occur. The L-shape allows the connector to exit the socket at an angle parallel to the device surface, removing the bending stress and significantly extending the cable's service life at the connector junction. The 1.2m flat ribbon cable resists the axial twisting that causes round cables to knot, so the earphones emerge from a pocket or bag ready to use without untangling. A storage pouch is included for protecting the earphones when not in use and for keeping the cable organised during storage. Great choice if you… ✔ Want German-engineered Sennheiser transducer quality in a wired earphone ✔ Need four eartip sizes for an individualised canal fit ✔ Want passive noise isolation without active electronics ✔ Need reliable wired earphones that never need charging ✔ Use any device with a 3.5mm headphone jack Consider something else if… ✖ Your phone has no 3.5mm jack — you will need a USB-C or Lightning adapter ✖ You need volume up/down on the remote — the CX 300S has a single-button remote only ✖ You want wireless — see the Sennheiser CX or Momentum True Wireless range Technical Specifications Brand / Model Sennheiser CX 300S Colour Black Transducer Principle Dynamic · closed-back Frequency Response 17Hz – 21,000Hz Impedance 18 Ω Connector 3.5mm L-shaped mini jack Cable 1.2m flat (tangle-resistant) Remote Single-button smart remote (play/pause · answer/end calls) Microphone Built-in (inline) Eartips XS / S / M / L silicone Compatibility Any device with 3.5mm jack — Android, iPhone (adapter), PC, laptop, tablet Warranty 1 Year Sennheiser Box Contents —Sennheiser CX 300S earphones — Black —Eartip set — XS / S / M / L silicone —Storage pouch Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Sennheiser Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sennheiser-cx300s-pure-bass-wired-earphone/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2818858306.webp","19.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Sennheiser","508593","87","4044155245063" "3782","Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set – Black (Bulk)","The Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set – Black (Bulk) — official Samsung EP-TA845 adapter with USB-C to USB-C cable. Delivers 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 to compatible Samsung Galaxy devices, 25W to mid-tier Galaxy models, and standard USB-C PD charging to any other USB-C device. Black. Bulk packaging. ✓ 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 — Note 10+, Note 20 series, S20 Ultra, S21–S25 Ultra, Z Fold/Flip, Tab S8/S9 ✓ PD 3.0 PPS — also charges MacBook, iPad, and all USB-C devices at supported wattage ✓ Includes USB-C to USB-C cable · UK 3-pin plug · compact design ✓ Official Samsung EP-TA845 · Brand New — Bulk Packaging The Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set is Samsung's official EP-TA845 adapter — the highest-output Samsung wall charger in the standard consumer range, and the charger required to achieve 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 on compatible Samsung Galaxy devices. Samsung's Super Fast Charging 2.0 protocol uses USB Power Delivery 3.0 with Programmable Power Supply (PPS), which allows the charger and device to negotiate exact voltage and current levels in small increments rather than fixed steps — reducing heat generation inside the device and improving charging efficiency across the battery's charge curve. The 45W adapter is backwards compatible with the full Samsung charging tier stack: devices that support only 25W Super Fast Charging receive 25W, and any device that supports standard USB-C PD is charged at the appropriate power level. As a USB-C PD 3.0 charger, the EP-TA845 also charges non-Samsung USB-C devices — MacBook Air, iPad Pro, Google Pixel, iPhone 15 and later — at the wattage those devices can accept. Supplied in bulk packaging, brand new, with USB-C to USB-C cable included. 45W · Super Fast Charging 2.0 Samsung's Maximum Standard Wired Speed 45W Super Fast Charging 2.0 is Samsung's highest standard wired charging tier, introduced with the Galaxy Note 10+ in 2019 and extended across the S-series Ultra, Z Fold, and Z Flip lines since then. The protocol uses USB PD 3.0 PPS with output voltages of 9V, 15V and 20V at up to 3A via fixed PDO steps, plus a PPS range of 3.3–21V with finer current control for the direct-charging phase. On the Galaxy S23 Ultra, S24 Ultra and S25 Ultra, 45W charging delivers approximately 65% charge in 30 minutes from flat — roughly double the speed of a standard 15W charger over that window. On the Z Fold 6 and Z Flip 6, 45W is also the rated maximum. On Galaxy Tab S8, S9, and S10 series, 45W is the tablet's maximum charge rate. The EP-TA845 is also the charger Samsung bundles with the Galaxy S25 Ultra, S24 Ultra and Z Fold series — buying the adapter standalone or as a set gives the same charge rate as the charger that ships in the premium Samsung box, at a lower cost. PD 3.0 PPS · Universal One Charger for Samsung and Everything Else USB Power Delivery 3.0 with PPS is the most capable USB charging standard currently in widespread use — supported by Samsung, Apple, Google, OnePlus, Xiaomi, Sony and virtually every USB-C device made since 2020. The EP-TA845 is certified for PD 3.0 PPS, which means it negotiates the highest available charging speed with any PD-compatible device. MacBook Air (M-series) charges at up to 30W from this adapter — not at 45W because the MacBook requires the 20V/2.25A output PDO, and the MacBook's USB-C port accepts up to approximately 30W from single-port USB-C adapters in practice. iPad Pro and iPad Air USB-C models charge at their rated 18W–20W via USB-C. Google Pixel 8 and 9 series charge at up to 30W PPS. iPhone 15, 16 Pro and Pro Max charge at up to 27W USB-C PD. For users who charge multiple device types — Samsung phone, iPad, MacBook — the EP-TA845 replaces multiple single-purpose chargers with one compact adapter that handles the full range at the highest speed each device supports. Charging Speed Per Device What Speed Does My Samsung Get? Samsung's Super Fast Charging 2.0 at 45W: Galaxy Note 10+, Note 10+ 5G, Note 20 Ultra, S20 Ultra, S21 Ultra, S22 Ultra, S23 Ultra, S24 Ultra, S25 Ultra, Z Fold 2 through 6, Z Flip 3 through 6, Galaxy Tab S8+, S8 Ultra, S9+, S9 Ultra, S9 FE, S10+, S10 Ultra. Super Fast Charging at 25W: Galaxy S21, S21+, S22, S22+, S23, S23+, S24, S24+, S25, S25+, Note 10, Note 10 5G, S10 5G, A80, A90 5G — these devices cap at 25W regardless of the charger's 45W capability. Standard 15W Adaptive Fast Charging: Galaxy A series and older S-series phones that do not support Super Fast Charging — the adapter delivers 15W to these devices. For non-Samsung USB-C devices: the adapter supplies USB-C PD at the appropriate wattage the device requests, up to the adapter's 45W ceiling. The adapter never overpowers a device — PD negotiation means each device draws only what its charging circuit requests. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Galaxy Note 10+, S20–S25 Ultra, Z Fold/Flip, or Tab S8/S9 and want the full 45W charging speed ✔ Want one charger that handles Samsung, MacBook, iPad and iPhone at each device's maximum USB-C PD speed ✔ Need a replacement or spare for the charger that originally came with your Galaxy S or Z series device ✔ Want official Samsung quality — not a third-party adapter using the EP-TA845 model number Consider something else if… ✖ You only own a Galaxy S21, S22, S23 base or + — those models cap at 25W; the Samsung 25W adapter is sufficient and more compact ✖ You need to charge a MacBook Pro at full 67W or 96W — you need a dedicated 67W or 96W USB-C PD adapter for that ✖ You need a dual-port charger — the EP-TA845 is single-port USB-C only Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Travel Adapter Adapter MPN EP-TA845XBEGGB (UK) / EP-TA845XBEGWW (global) Colour Black Max Output 45W Charging Standard Samsung Super Fast Charging 2.0 · USB PD 3.0 PPS Output Voltage (PDO) 9V / 15V / 20V · up to 3A (9V, 15V) · 2.25A (20V) Output Voltage (PPS) 3.3–11V / 3.3–16V / 3.3–21V · variable current Output Port USB-C (single port) Plug UK 3-pin 45W Compatible Devices Note 10+, Note 20 Ultra, S20–S25 Ultra, Z Fold 2–6, Z Flip 3–6, Tab S8+/S9+/S9 Ultra and above 25W Compatible Devices S21/S22/S23/S24/S25 base and +, Note 10, S10 5G, A80, A90 5G Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung EP-TA845 45W USB-C wall adapter — Black · UK 3-pin · Brand New — Bulk Packaging — Samsung USB-C to USB-C cable Frequently Asked Questions Does my Samsung Galaxy get 45W from this charger? Only if your device supports Super Fast Charging 2.0. Galaxy S20–S25 Ultra, Note 10+, Note 20 Ultra, Z Fold 2–6, Z Flip 3–6, and Tab S8+/S9+ and above are 45W compatible. The S21, S22, S23, S24, S25 base and Plus models cap at 25W — this charger delivers 25W to those devices, not 45W. Check Samsung's spec page for your model to confirm which charging tier it supports. Will this charge a MacBook or iPad? Yes. The EP-TA845 is a USB PD 3.0 charger — it works with any USB-C PD device. MacBook Air (M-series) accepts up to approximately 30W from a single-port USB-C charger. iPad Pro USB-C models charge at their supported rate (18–20W). iPhone 15 and 16 series charge at up to 27W USB-C PD. The charger will not exceed what each device requests — it is safe to use across all USB-C devices. What does bulk packaging mean? Brand new and unused — the adapter and cable are genuine Samsung components, identical to retail stock. Supplied without an individual retail box. Bulk packaging is how Samsung supplies accessories to business and distribution channels — the product inside is exactly the same. What is the difference between Super Fast Charging and Super Fast Charging 2.0? Super Fast Charging (25W) uses USB PD 3.0 at fixed voltage steps. Super Fast Charging 2.0 (45W) adds PPS — Programmable Power Supply — which allows the charger and phone to negotiate voltage and current in fine increments, enabling higher peak power and more efficient battery-direct charging that reduces heat in the phone during the fast-charge phase. This adapter supports both tiers and delivers each to the appropriate device automatically. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Huawei CP61 27W SuperCharge Wireless Charger — Browse all chargers and accessories at maibo Browse the full chargers and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-45w-usb-c-super-fast-charging-set-black-bulk/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Samsung-45W-USB-C-Super-Fast-Charger-2.0-%E2%80%93-Black-USB-C-to-C-Cable-Bulk-Pack.jpg","14.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Samsung","45W Black Set","88","" "3767","Huawei 6A Charger Cable 66W SuperCharge Type-C Cable","Huawei 6A Charger Cable 66W SuperCharge Type-C Cable Designed for Huawei users who need high-power, stable, and efficient charging performance. Product Description The Huawei 6A Charger Cable 66W SuperCharge Type-C Cable is designed to support fast and reliable charging for compatible Huawei devices. Built to handle high current output, this cable ensures efficient power delivery while maintaining charging stability. With support for up to 6A current and 66W charging power, the cable is suitable for Huawei SuperCharge technology, enabling faster charging compared to standard cables when used with compatible adapters and devices. Designed for users who prioritise performance and durability, this Type-C charging cable is ideal for daily use at home, in the office, or while travelling. Key Features 66W Fast Charging Support – suitable for Huawei SuperCharge 6A High Current Capacity – stable and efficient power delivery USB to Type-C Cable – compatible with a wide range of Huawei devices Reliable Data & Power Transfer – designed for daily use Durable Cable Construction – built for long-term performance Item Specifics Brand Huawei Product Type Charging Cable Connector Type USB to Type-C Maximum Power 66W Technical Specifications Maximum Current 6A Charging Technology Huawei SuperCharge Connector USB to Type-C Frequently Asked Questions Does this cable support Huawei SuperCharge? Yes, it is designed to support Huawei SuperCharge when used with compatible devices and adapters. Is this cable suitable for fast charging? Yes, it supports up to 66W fast charging. Can it be used for data transfer? Yes, it supports both charging and data transfer.","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-6a-charger-cable-66w-supercharge-type-c-cable/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2193696120.webp","4.99","Charging & Cables > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Huawei","Huawei 6A Type-C Cable","88","" "2826","Huawei 27W Qi Wireless Charger – CP61","The Huawei CP61 SuperCharge Wireless Charger delivers up to 27W wireless charging for compatible Huawei devices and up to 15W for other Qi-enabled phones. Built-in cooling fan, night-mode quiet operation, foreign object detection, and TÜV safety certification. USB-C input. Space Grey. ✓Huawei 27W Qi Wireless Charger – CP61 — charges Mate 30 Pro / P30 Pro faster than 18W wired ✓ Qi universal — 15W, 10W, 7.5W, 5W for Samsung, iPhone and all Qi devices ✓ Built-in cooling fan · Night mode (low-noise) · Foreign object detection ✓ TÜV safety certified · Qi certified · USB-C input · 105g The Huawei CP61 SuperCharge Wireless Charger was Huawei's flagship wireless charging pad at launch — the first consumer wireless charger to deliver a verified 27W to the phone, a figure that exceeded the 18W USB Power Delivery maximum that most wired chargers of the time provided. For Huawei Mate 30 Pro and P30 Pro users, the CP61 charges wirelessly at a speed that is genuinely faster than most competing wired fast chargers, not just faster than standard 5W wireless. For all other Qi-enabled devices — Samsung Galaxy, iPhone, earbuds and other accessories — the CP61 operates as a universal wireless charger at 15W, 10W, 7.5W or 5W depending on the device's capability. The built-in centrifugal fan draws air through the fabric cover to manage the heat generated during high-power wireless charging, a feature that most wireless chargers omit and which allows the CP61 to sustain 27W continuously without thermal throttling. Night mode automatically reduces fan noise when the pad detects low ambient light, switching to quieter operation for bedroom use. Foreign object detection stops charging and issues a warning if a metal object such as a coin or key is placed on the pad. TÜV and Qi certified. 27W SuperCharge Wireless Faster Wireless Than Most Wired Huawei's SuperCharge Wireless protocol operates at up to 27W between the CP61 and compatible Huawei devices — specifically the Mate 30 Pro, Mate 30 RS Porsche Design, P30 Pro, and subsequent Mate and P series flagships that support this charging tier. At 27W, tested charging speeds show 27% charge in 15 minutes and approximately 50% in 30 minutes on the Mate 30 Pro — figures that beat USB Power Delivery at 12W (17% in 15 minutes) and Quick Charge 3.0 accessories by a substantial margin. The CP61 achieves verified 27W delivery at the phone — not 27W input with losses reducing the actual charge rate, but 27W confirmed at the receiver. To reach 27W, the CP61 requires a compatible 40W or higher Huawei SuperCharge wall adapter and a 5A USB-C cable, both included in the box with the charger. With a standard USB-C adapter that cannot supply 10V/4A, the maximum wireless output will be limited to the power available from the adapter. The CP61's wireless output voltage steps are 5V, 9V, 12V and 18V — it negotiates the highest supported voltage with both the adapter and the receiving device. Built-In Fan · Night Mode 27W Needs Active Cooling High-power wireless charging generates significantly more heat than standard 5W or 10W charging, because the efficiency losses at higher power levels produce more waste heat at the coil. At 27W input, the CP61's internal coil generates enough heat to require active management — without cooling, sustained high-power wireless charging causes thermal throttling, where the charger reduces output power to prevent overheating, and the charging speed that was promised at the outset cannot be maintained. The CP61 addresses this with a built-in centrifugal fan and a C-shape air duct that draws cool air through the fabric surface of the pad, across the coil and out through the base. Huawei's testing indicates the air duct design improves heat dissipation performance by approximately 30% compared to passive cooling. The fan operates at normal speed during the day. Night mode — which activates automatically when the pad detects low ambient light — switches the fan to reduced-noise operation, making the CP61 quiet enough for bedside use without the fan becoming audible in a quiet room. Qi Universal · TÜV Certified Works with Samsung, iPhone and All Qi Devices The CP61 is fully Qi certified, which means it is compatible with every Qi-enabled device regardless of manufacturer — Samsung Galaxy at up to 10W, iPhone at up to 7.5W (iPhone 8 and later), AirPods and Galaxy Buds at 5W, and any other Qi-enabled accessory or device. The 27W maximum is only available to Huawei devices running the SuperCharge Wireless protocol; all other devices charge at their native Qi maximum. Foreign object detection monitors the charging surface during operation and stops charging automatically if it detects a metal foreign object — coins, keys, bank cards with magnetic strips — that should not be on the pad. This prevents the coil from energising metal objects that could become hot or damage the pad or device. The TÜV certification covers the safety engineering of the charger against over-voltage, over-current, over-temperature and short-circuit conditions. The compact ø90mm footprint — 9cm diameter — is practical for desk and bedside use without occupying significant surface area. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Huawei Mate 30 Pro, Mate 40, P30 Pro, P40 Pro or later flagship and want 27W wireless charging ✔ Want a single wireless charger for a mixed device household — Huawei, Samsung, iPhone all charge from one pad ✔ Use the charger in a bedroom and want low-noise night mode operation ✔ Want active cooling — fan sustains 27W without thermal throttling ✔ Want TÜV and Qi safety certification — not a generic third-party pad Consider something else if… ✖ You want MagSafe charging for iPhone 12 and later — the CP61 is Qi only, not MagSafe; use Apple's MagSafe charger for 15W iPhone wireless charging ✖ You want completely silent operation at all times — the fan is audible at full speed, though night mode reduces this significantly ✖ You need a stand/upright charger for desk use — the CP61 is a flat pad only Technical Specifications Brand Huawei Model CP61 SuperCharge Wireless Charger Colour Space Grey Max Output 27W (Huawei SuperCharge Wireless) Qi Output Levels 15W · 10W · 7.5W · 5W Output Voltage 5V / 9V / 12V / 18V Input USB-C · 5–10V 4A max Cooling Built-in centrifugal fan · C-shape air duct Night Mode Yes — low-noise fan operation in low ambient light Foreign Object Detection Yes — auto power-off on metal detection Certifications TÜV · Qi Dimensions ø90 × ø60 × 21.85mm Weight ~105g MPN CP61 EAN / GTIN 6901443325214 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Huawei) In the Box — Huawei CP61 SuperCharge Wireless Charger — Space Grey — Huawei 40W SuperCharge wall adapter — 5A USB-C to USB-C cable Frequently Asked Questions Will the CP61 charge my Samsung Galaxy or iPhone at 27W? No. 27W is exclusive to Huawei devices supporting SuperCharge Wireless — Mate 30 Pro, Mate 40, P30 Pro, P40 Pro and later compatible Huawei flagships. Samsung Galaxy charges at up to 10W on the CP61. iPhone charges at up to 7.5W (iPhone 8 and later). All Qi devices charge at their native Qi maximum — the CP61 negotiates the correct power level automatically. Do I need a specific adapter to get 27W? Yes. To achieve 27W wireless output, the CP61 requires a Huawei 40W SuperCharge adapter (or 5V-10V at 4A) and a 5A USB-C cable — both are included in the box. With a standard 5W USB adapter, the CP61 will only output up to 5W wirelessly. The charger negotiates the available power from the adapter and delivers the highest possible wireless output within that limit. Is the fan loud? At full speed during 27W charging the fan is audible — it is a small centrifugal fan spinning actively. Night mode automatically reduces fan speed and noise when ambient light is low, making it suitable for bedroom use. At 5W or 10W Qi charging, the power levels are low enough that the fan speed is reduced and less noticeable. Can I charge through a phone case? Yes, for standard plastic and TPU cases up to approximately 5mm thick. Metal cases or cases with metal plates block wireless charging entirely. Very thick cases may reduce charging efficiency or prevent connection at lower power levels. Huawei's own cases are designed to be wireless charging compatible. What does foreign object detection do? If the CP61 detects a metal object on the pad — a coin, key, or card with a magnetic strip — it stops charging and issues a warning rather than energising the object. Metal objects placed on an active wireless charging coil can become warm and potentially damage the charger or the object. Foreign object detection prevents this and is a safety feature required for Qi certification. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Huawei) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — OnePlus Warp Charge 65W Power Adapter — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter — Browse all Mobile Accessories at maibo Browse the full chargers and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-27w-qi-wireless-charger-cp61/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2666009615.webp","28.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles","Huawei","CP61","87","6901443325214" "2817","Huawei M-Pencil 2nd Generation Stylus – For Huawei MatePad","The Huawei M-Pencil 2nd Generation is the official stylus for compatible Huawei MatePad tablets — the one the MatePad was actually designed around. With 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and low-latency tracking, handwriting lands on screen the way it leaves your hand, and sketching feels like pen on paper. It snaps magnetically to the tablet's edge, where it pairs and charges wirelessly — no cables, no pairing menus, no dead stylus at the start of a meeting. Precision4096 pressure levels, low latencyLine weight follows your hand: press for bold strokes, ease off for fine detail. Low-latency tracking keeps ink under the tip rather than trailing behind it — the difference between writing on glass and writing on paper. Notes, annotation, sketching and precise selection all benefit. ConvenienceMagnetic attach, wireless chargeSnap it to the MatePad's edge and it pairs and tops up automatically. The stylus lives on the tablet, always charged, never lost in a bag pocket — the workflow Apple Pencil users know, on the Huawei side of the fence. BuildOfficial Huawei, pen-like balanceHexagonal-inspired comfortable grip, balanced weight and a precise transparent-design tip — made by Huawei to the MatePad's specification, not a third-party approximation. Ergonomics that hold up through a full lecture or a long markup session. Right choice if you…✔ Take handwritten notes or annotate documents on a MatePad✔ Sketch or draw and need real pressure sensitivity✔ Want the official stylus your tablet was built to work with✔ Are replacing a lost or worn original M-Pencil Consider something else if…✖ Your MatePad model is not on Huawei's 2nd-gen compatibility list — check before buying✖ You use a Samsung tablet or phone — see our official Samsung S Pen range✖ You only need a basic capacitive stylus for taps and swipes Huawei M-Pencil 2nd Gen — Technical SpecificationsBrandHuawei (Official)GenerationM-Pencil 2nd GenerationPressure Sensitivity4096 levelsPairing / ChargingMagnetic attach — wireless, on compatible MatePadsCompatibilityCompatible Huawei MatePad models (check Huawei’s list for your model)MPNM-Pencil (2nd generation)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Huawei M-Pencil 2nd Generation stylus, retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Which MatePad models does it work with?The 2nd-gen M-Pencil supports a specific list of MatePad models (including MatePad Pro and MatePad 11 generations). Compatibility differs between M-Pencil generations, so check Huawei's official list for your exact tablet model before ordering — or message us with your model and we will confirm. How does it charge?Wirelessly: snap it to the magnetic edge of a compatible MatePad and it charges while attached — the same motion that pairs it. There is no port or cable on the pencil. Does it work on phones or non-Huawei tablets?No — it is engineered for compatible MatePad tablets only. It will not function on iPads, Samsung tablets or phones. Is the tip replaceable?Yes — the nib unscrews and Huawei sells replacement tips, so normal wear from heavy note-taking does not retire the pencil. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Official Samsung S Pen — S23 Ultra (Green) —Official Samsung S Pen — S23 Ultra (Phantom Black) —Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/huawei-m-pencil-2nd-generation-stylus-for-huawei-matepad/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3118542411.webp","99.98","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Huawei","HUAWEI M-Pencil Stylus 2nd Generation","95","" "2758","Logitech G102 Gaming Wired Mouse – Black","The Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC gaming wired mouse in Black — 8000 DPI gaming-grade optical sensor, 6 programmable buttons and LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting across 16.8 million colours. Mechanical spring-tensioned primary buttons for consistent click feel. Classic right-handed gaming shape. USB-A wired connection for zero-latency input. Compatible with Logitech G HUB software for full customisation. ✓ 8000 DPI gaming sensor — adjustable across 5 DPI presets via G HUB ✓ LIGHTSYNC RGB — 16.8 million colours, colour wave and custom effects ✓ Mechanical spring tensioning — consistent, reliable primary button feel ✓ 6 programmable buttons · USB-A wired · Logitech G HUB compatible The Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC gaming wired mouse in Black is Logitech's entry-level gaming mouse that consistently outperforms its price point — an 8000 DPI gaming-grade optical sensor, mechanical spring-tensioned primary buttons and LIGHTSYNC RGB in a classic right-handed shape that has been refined across multiple generations. The optical sensor tracks at up to 8000 DPI and reports position data at 1000Hz, meaning the cursor position is updated 1000 times per second — the same polling rate as mid-range and high-end Logitech gaming mice. DPI can be set across up to 5 presets and adjusted on the fly with the dedicated DPI shift button without entering any software. The primary left and right click buttons use mechanical springs behind the switches rather than the membrane tension found in office mice. Metal springs maintain consistent resistance over millions of actuations — the click feels the same after 10 million clicks as it did at first use, and the crisp tactile feedback improves input accuracy compared to membrane designs. LIGHTSYNC RGB covers the Logitech G logo and the scroll wheel, with colour wave effects and fully customisable static colours across 16.8 million colour options in Logitech G HUB. All 6 buttons are programmable through G HUB for macros, DPI shortcuts and application-specific commands. The USB-A wired connection provides a stable, zero-latency connection without batteries or pairing. The Black colourway is the standard G102 finish — the most widely available and most reviewed version of the mouse. Genuine Logitech. 2-year warranty. 8000 DPI Sensor · 1000Hz Gaming-Grade Tracking — 5 DPI Presets The optical sensor in the G102 tracks at up to 8000 DPI — a resolution that allows very fine cursor movement per millimetre of physical mouse movement for precise aiming at low sensitivity settings, or fast sweeping movement at higher sensitivity. The practical range for most gaming use cases falls between 400 DPI (precise, slow movement for sniping) and 1600 DPI (standard desktop and general gaming sensitivity). The 8000 DPI ceiling gives scope for higher sensitivities if preferred. The 1000Hz USB polling rate means the PC receives position updates every 1ms — this is the gaming standard reporting rate and eliminates the input lag that 125Hz office mice introduce. Five DPI presets can be configured in Logitech G HUB and cycled through using the dedicated DPI button on the underside of the mouse without interrupting play. The gaming-grade sensor tracks accurately across most mousepad surfaces including cloth, hard and hybrid materials. Mechanical Spring Tensioning Consistent Click Feel — Long-Term Reliability Standard office mice use membrane or rubber dome switches under the primary buttons — the resistance and tactile feedback come from the deformation of a rubber dome, which fatigues and softens over time. The G102 uses metal springs behind the mechanical switches to tension the primary buttons. Metal springs do not fatigue — the spring rate remains constant across the rated life of the switch, maintaining consistent actuation force and tactile feedback regardless of how many clicks have been made. The clicks on a G102 feel crisp and defined rather than soft or mushy, and the feedback helps confirm intentional clicks while reducing accidental double-clicking. The defined actuation point also helps with precise single-click inputs in games where accidental double-clicks at a critical moment have consequences. Logitech rates the mechanical spring system for tens of millions of actuations. LIGHTSYNC RGB · G HUB 16.8M Colours · Full Customisation LIGHTSYNC is Logitech's RGB lighting system — the G102 features it on the Logitech G logo zone and the scroll wheel. In default mode out of the box, the lighting cycles through a colour wave effect. Through Logitech G HUB software (free, Windows and macOS), the lighting can be set to any of 16.8 million colours as a static colour, breathing pattern, colour cycle or custom effect. G HUB also handles DPI preset configuration, button remapping, and macro programming for all 6 buttons. The 6-button layout covers: left click, right click, scroll wheel click, scroll wheel up/down, two side buttons. The side buttons are positioned for right-thumb access and are programmable to any keyboard shortcut, macro or system command. The Black colourway is the standard G102 — the most stocked, most reviewed and most photographed variant. LIGHTSYNC RGB on the black body produces the classic contrast gaming aesthetic: vivid colour zones against a dark surface, which is the base that most gaming setups are built around. All G HUB lighting customisation options apply equally to the Black version. Great choice if you… ✔ Want a gaming-grade sensor and mechanical buttons at an accessible price ✔ Prefer the classic Black — the standard G102 finish that suits any setup ✔ Want LIGHTSYNC RGB that syncs with other Logitech G peripherals via G HUB ✔ Prefer a reliable wired connection over wireless for gaming ✔ Use a right-handed grip — classic symmetric right-handed shape Consider something else if… ✖ You need wireless freedom — see Logitech G305 LIGHTSPEED ✖ You prefer a left-handed design — the G102 is right-handed only ✖ You need on-board memory for profiles without G HUB — see Logitech G Pro Technical Specifications Brand / ModelLogitech G102 LIGHTSYNC ColourBlack SensorGaming-grade optical · up to 8000 DPI DPI Range200 – 8000 DPI · 5 configurable presets Polling Rate1000Hz (1ms report rate) Buttons6 programmable (L/R click, scroll, 2× side, DPI) Primary ButtonsMechanical spring tensioning RGB LightingLIGHTSYNC RGB · 16.8 million colours ConnectionUSB-A wired SoftwareLogitech G HUB (Windows · macOS) Hand OrientationRight-handed Warranty2 Years Logitech Box Contents —Logitech G102 LIGHTSYNC mouse — Black —USB-A cable ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging Warranty2 Years Logitech Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full gaming accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g102-gaming-wired-mouse-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3687126996.webp","18.88","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005823","99","5099206089235" "2745","Philips SHB4305 BASS+ Bluetooth Earphones - Black","The Philips SHB4305 BASS+ Bluetooth in-ear earphones — 12.2mm neodymium drivers with bass vents for enhanced low-end, Bluetooth 4.1, 6-hour battery, closed acoustic design for passive noise isolation, wing tips for secure fit, and inline remote with full call management. 9Hz–21kHz, 107dB. Black. ✓ BASS+ — 12.2mm neodymium driver with bass vents · 9Hz–21kHz · 107dB · closed acoustic ✓ Bluetooth 4.1 · 6hr music · 110hr standby · USB charging ✓ Oval angled tube + wing tips — secure fit, passive noise isolation ✓ Inline remote — volume, play/pause, call answer/end, mute, reject · 15g The Philips SHB4305 BASS+ is Philips's dedicated bass-tuned wireless in-ear earphone — a Bluetooth earphone engineered specifically to deliver a strong, low-frequency sound signature in a compact, lightweight format. BASS+ is Philips's acoustic design programme for enhanced bass: the 12.2mm neodymium driver is combined with specially designed bass vents in the earphone housing that extend the low-frequency response below what the driver size alone would achieve. The vents act as acoustic ports, tuning the air mass in and around the driver to reinforce bass frequencies — the same principle applied in bass-reflex speaker cabinets, scaled to earphone dimensions. The closed acoustic system creates passive noise isolation from the in-ear canal seal, which reinforces the perceived bass by preventing low-frequency energy from escaping around the earphone. At 9Hz on the low end of the frequency specification, the SHB4305 extends well below the standard 20Hz audible floor — a bass driver extension that supports the sub-bass frequencies felt as physical impact in bass-heavy music. The inline remote provides full call management including microphone mute and call rejection alongside standard volume and playback controls. At 15g, the SHB4305 is one of the lightest wireless earphones in its category. BASS+ · 12.2mm · 9Hz Driver How Philips Achieves the Bass The BASS+ designation on the SHB4305 refers to Philips's specific acoustic engineering approach to bass in this earphone — distinct from simply boosting low frequencies with equalisation, which creates muddiness and reduces definition in the bass range. The 12.2mm neodymium driver uses a PET (polyethylene terephthalate) diaphragm rather than the softer PEEK or mylar diaphragms common in budget earphones. PET has a combination of rigidity and light weight that allows the diaphragm to move quickly at high frequencies while maintaining the excursion (cone travel) needed for bass extension, reducing the compromise between bass and treble that affects single-driver earphones with very soft or very stiff diaphragms. The bass vents in the housing are acoustic ports positioned to create a tuned resonance that reinforces bass frequencies at the driver's output. The vent tuning sets a specific bass frequency at which the earphone's acoustic cavity resonates, boosting output at that frequency without requiring additional electrical power to the driver. Combined with the closed-type acoustic system — which seals ambient sound out and keeps low-frequency energy inside — the SHB4305's bass output is substantially greater than an unvented earphone using a driver of the same size. The 107dB sensitivity means the driver is highly efficient at converting electrical signal to acoustic pressure, which at 32Ω impedance means any Bluetooth device's amplifier output drives the earphone to high listening volumes. BT 4.1 · 6hr · 110hr Standby Wireless for Daily Use Bluetooth 4.1 provides reliable wireless audio streaming within the standard 10-metre range for personal listening use. The SHB4305 supports A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) for stereo music streaming, AVRCP (Audio Video Remote Control Profile) for media playback control from the earphone remote, HFP (Hands-Free Profile) and HSP (Headset Profile) for phone calls. These four profiles are the standard requirements for a full-featured Bluetooth earphone — A2DP and AVRCP for music, HFP and HSP for call audio. The 6-hour music playback battery covers most daily listening schedules for commuting, exercise and work. The 110-hour standby time is the most impressive battery specification — a standby time of over four days means the SHB4305 can be left powered on between sessions without the battery draining before the next use. Users who frequently forget to turn off Bluetooth accessories when not in use will find the 110-hour standby practically eliminates dead battery surprises. The Li-Polymer battery charges via USB — the included USB cable connects to any USB-A port (computer, wall adapter, power bank). Charge time is approximately 2 hours for a full charge. Wing Tips · Oval Tube · 15g Fit, Comfort and Call Management The SHB4305's oval and angled tube design aligns the driver axis with the natural angle of the ear canal, reducing the leverage the earphone exerts against the canal wall and improving the seal without canal pressure. The wing tips — small flexible rubber extensions that brace against the outer ear's concha — provide secondary retention for the earphone, holding it in position during movement and preventing it from working loose during active use. At 15g total, the SHB4305 is exceptionally light for a wireless earphone; the battery and Bluetooth circuit are distributed along the connecting cable between the earpieces rather than concentrated in the earpiece housing, which keeps the earpiece weight low. The inline remote provides the most complete call management in this earphone category: volume up/down, play/pause, call answer, call end, microphone mute (mutes the outgoing mic without ending the call), call reject, last number redial, and the ability to switch between an active call and incoming music. The flat tangle-free cable construction means the connecting cable between the earpieces can be coiled and stored without forming knots or kink memory. The cable also has a built-in clip for attaching to clothing during exercise. Right choice if you… ✔ Listen primarily to bass-heavy music — EDM, hip-hop, R&B, grime — and want tuned bass rather than boosted bass ✔ Want wireless earphones that are genuinely light — 15g is at the low end of the wireless earphone weight range ✔ Make frequent calls and want full inline call management including mic mute and call reject ✔ Need long standby — 110 hours means leaving them switched on between sessions without battery anxiety Consider something else if… ✖ You want a balanced or analytical sound signature — BASS+ is tuned for bass emphasis; the sound character is designed for bass-heavy genres, not neutral monitoring ✖ You want active noise cancellation — the SHB4305 provides passive isolation only from the closed in-ear seal; no ANC processing ✖ You want true wireless with no cable between earpieces — see OnePlus Buds 4 or Samsung Galaxy Buds for TWS options Technical Specifications Brand Philips Model BASS+ SHB4305 Bluetooth Earphones MPN SHB4305BK/00 Colour Black Driver 12.2mm neodymium · PET diaphragm · BASS+ tuned Acoustic System Closed · bass vents Frequency Response 9Hz – 21kHz Impedance 32Ω Sensitivity 107dB Bluetooth 4.1 · A2DP · AVRCP · HFP · HSP · 10m range Battery — Music Up to 6 hours Battery — Talk Up to 5.5 hours Standby Up to 110 hours Charging USB (included cable) Remote / Controls Volume · play/pause · call answer/end · mic mute · reject · last number redial Fit Oval angled tube · wing tips · flat tangle-free cable Weight 15g Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) In the Box — Philips SHB4305 BASS+ Bluetooth earphones — Black — USB charging cable Frequently Asked Questions How do the bass vents work — is it just a marketing term? No — bass vents are a functional acoustic engineering feature, not marketing. The vent openings in the earphone housing create a tuned acoustic port that reinforces bass frequencies at a specific frequency range, the same principle as a bass reflex speaker cabinet port. The vent tuning is set by the size and position of the opening — it resonates the air column in the housing to add output at low frequencies. Combined with the closed-type seal of the in-ear design, this gives the SHB4305 a genuine bass extension below what the driver size alone would produce. Can I mute my mic during a call without ending it? Yes — the SHB4305's inline remote includes a dedicated microphone mute function. During an active call, pressing the mute button silences the outgoing microphone while keeping the call connected and allowing you to hear the other party. Press again to unmute. This is more useful than call end for situations where you need a moment of background noise suppression during a conference call without disconnecting. Is the SHB4305 suitable for gym and sport use? The wing tips and oval tube fit hold the earphones securely during gym use and moderate exercise. The SHB4305 does not carry an IP water resistance rating — it is not specified for sweat resistance. Light gym use with the earphones staying in place is within normal use; heavy sweating or outdoor running in rain is not covered by the product specification. For a rated sweat-resistant wireless earphone, see the Sony WI-SP500 (IPX4 rated). What is the difference between BASS+ tuning and a standard EQ bass boost? A standard EQ bass boost applies electrical gain to low frequencies — it increases the power delivered to the driver at those frequencies, which can cause driver distortion at high volumes and increases battery consumption. Philips BASS+ uses acoustic engineering — the bass vents and closed housing are physically tuned to reinforce bass frequencies through the resonance of the housing cavity, without requiring additional electrical power to the driver. The result is bass extension without the distortion that an equivalent EQ boost at high volumes would produce in a standard earphone. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Philips) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Philips SHB2505 True Wireless Earbuds — Black — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Sony WI-SP500 Wireless In-Ear Sports Headphones — Black — Browse all earphones at maibo Browse the full earphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/philips-shb4305-bass-bluetooth-earphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3473473799.webp","28.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Philips","Philips SHB4305 BASS+ Black","12","" "2656","Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro Wireless Earphones – Purple","The Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro Wireless Earphones – Purple sit at the top of Samsung's true wireless earbud range, combining premium audio engineering with Active Noise Cancellation and the seamless Galaxy ecosystem integration that no third-party earbud can replicate. The 2-way speaker system — an 11mm woofer handling bass, a separate 6.5mm tweeter for highs — is AKG certified and Harman approved, delivering a sound profile wide enough for music, gaming and calls without the rolled-off treble or bloated bass that single-driver earbuds often exhibit. ANC filters out up to 99% of background noise, with adjustable High and Low settings — High for bus and commute noise, Low for office environments where complete isolation is impractical. 360 Audio with Dolby Head Tracking uses motion sensors to anchor spatial audio to a fixed point in space regardless of head movement, creating an immersive listening field for compatible Dolby Atmos content. Three microphones — inner, outer and the dedicated Voice Pickup Unit — isolate voice from wind and background noise for calls that are clear in conditions where most earbuds distort or muffle. IPX7 waterproofing allows submersion in fresh water up to 30 minutes. Auto Switch detects active audio on other connected Galaxy devices and transfers the connection instantly. SmartThings Find locates lost earbuds on a map even when disconnected. The Phantom Violet colourway features a high-gloss exterior shell against a matte-finish interior — a distinctive design not found in the standard black finish. ANC + 2-way AKG Audio 99% Noise Reduction — Separate Bass and Treble Drivers The ANC system on the Galaxy Buds Pro uses inner and outer microphones to sample both the ambient noise environment and the sound reaching the ear canal in real time, applying inverse wave cancellation that reduces background noise by up to 99% — a UL Verified figure. The adjustable High/Low level means users can dial down without fully disabling ANC: High mode for a bus or street, Low mode for a library or open office where full isolation would be disorienting or inappropriate. The 2-way speaker system separates bass (11mm woofer) and treble (6.5mm tweeter) into distinct drivers — the same principle as a home speaker, applied to an in-ear form factor. AKG certification and Harman grading confirm that the frequency response meets professional audio standards rather than the boosted bass profiles that consumer gaming earbuds favour. 360 Audio + Head Tracking Dolby Atmos Spatial Audio — Motion Sensor Tracked 360 Audio with Dolby Head Tracking uses the accelerometers and gyroscopes in the earbuds to monitor head orientation. When enabled with compatible Dolby Atmos content — available on Samsung TV+, Netflix, Apple TV+, Disney+ and other platforms — the sound field is anchored to a fixed point in space rather than rotating with your head. Turn left while watching a film and the audio stays positioned where the screen is, creating the same directional cues as being in a cinema rather than wearing headphones. Auto Detect activates Ambient Sound automatically when voice is detected nearby — the earbuds recognise that someone is speaking to you and temporarily lower music volume, then return to normal playback when conversation ends, without requiring any touchpad interaction. Galaxy Ecosystem Integration Auto Switch · SmartThings Find · IPX7 Auto Switch detects when audio becomes active on another connected Galaxy device — phone, tablet or laptop — and transfers the Buds Pro connection to that device instantly. Answer a call on your Galaxy phone while watching video on a Galaxy Tab and the earbuds switch to the phone without manual re-pairing; when the call ends, they return to the tablet. SmartThings Find can locate the individual earbuds on a map via the Galaxy Wearable app. IPX7 is a full fresh water submersion rating — the earbuds withstand 30 minutes at 1 metre depth, which covers rain, pool splashes, and accidental drops in liquid. Battery delivers 5 hours listening with ANC active or 8 hours with ANC off, with 18 hours total from the charging case. The case charges wirelessly as well as via USB-C. Great choice if you… ✔ Own Samsung Galaxy devices and want full ecosystem integration ✔ Commute and need effective ANC for noise isolation ✔ Watch Dolby Atmos content and want 360 audio immersion ✔ Make frequent calls and need reliable voice clarity in wind or noise ✔ Want IPX7 waterproofing for sports and outdoor use Consider something else if… ✖ You use an iPhone — most smart features require Galaxy/Android devices ✖ Galaxy Buds Pro have been succeeded by Galaxy Buds2 Pro — newer model available ✖ You need bone conduction or open-ear fit — these are in-ear with silicone tips Technical Specifications Brand / Model Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro Colour Phantom Violet (Purple) Drivers 11mm woofer + 6.5mm tweeter (2-way, AKG certified) ANC Active Noise Cancellation — up to 99% · High/Low adjustable Spatial Audio 360 Audio with Dolby Head Tracking Microphones 3 microphones + Voice Pickup Unit (VPU) Bluetooth 5.0 Battery — Earbuds 5h (ANC on) · 8h (ANC off) Battery — Total 18h total with charging case Case Charging USB-C · Wireless charging compatible Water Resistance IPX7 (earbuds) · IPX2 (case) Smart Features Auto Switch · Voice Detect · SmartThings Find · Auto Pause Compatibility Android 7.0+ (1.5GB RAM) via Galaxy Wearable app · Full smart features: Galaxy devices Box Contents —Galaxy Buds Pro — left and right earbuds (Phantom Violet) —Wireless charging case —USB-C cable —Eartip set (S/M/L) Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Samsung Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full wireless earbuds range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-buds-pro-wireless-earphones-purple/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/4103802888.webp","128.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Wireless Earbuds","Samsung","SM-R190NZVAEUB","25","887276517773" "2502","Xiaomi Piston 3 Wired In-Ear Earphones 3.5mm","The Xiaomi Piston 3 Wired In-Ear Earphones 3.5mm made Xiaomi's reputation in the earphone market: a precision-machined aluminium alloy housing at a price point that made competing products look overpriced. The housing is milled rather than moulded, giving the earbuds a solidity and anti-fingerprint finish that plastic earphones at this price cannot match. The 3.5mm wired connection is universal — it works with any device that has a headphone jack: Android phones, iPhones with a Lightning-to-3.5mm adapter, iPads, laptops, tablets and PCs. No charging, no pairing, no connectivity issues. Plug in and it works. The bass-tuned sound signature delivers the punch and warmth that made the Piston series a word-of-mouth success, without the muddy low end that affects cheaper earbuds. The in-line microphone and single multi-function button handle incoming calls, play/pause and track skipping. Three silicone tip sizes — small, medium and large — are included, allowing users to find the tip size that creates a proper acoustic seal in their ear canal, which directly affects bass response and passive noise isolation. Cable length is 1.25 metres — long enough for phone-in-pocket use without excess cable management. Aluminium Alloy Housing Machined Metal — Not Moulded Plastic The earbud housing on the Piston 3 is machined from aluminium alloy rather than injection-moulded plastic. The difference is apparent in the hand: the weight, the surface finish and the tolerance of the housing are those of a precision component rather than a consumer product at this price. The anti-fingerprint coating keeps the metal surface clean during use. Beyond aesthetics, the aluminium housing provides better acoustic damping than plastic — it resonates at different frequencies than the drivers inside, which can reduce coloration of the sound signature. The result is a cleaner, more controlled bass response than comparably priced plastic earbuds typically deliver. The strain reliefs at the earbud and plug junction are reinforced to resist the bending fatigue that causes cable failures at these stress points. 3.5mm Universal + In-Line Controls Works with Everything — No Setup Required The 3.5mm connection is the universal audio standard: any device with a 3.5mm headphone jack accepts the Piston 3 without drivers, pairing or configuration. Android phones, iPads, laptops, Macs, PCs, gaming handhelds (Nintendo Switch in handheld mode), portable audio players and most desktop speakers all have a 3.5mm socket. The in-line remote sits on the cable roughly 20cm below the right earbud — within easy reach from a jacket pocket. Single press plays or pauses and answers calls. Double press skips to the next track. Triple press returns to the previous track. The microphone captures voice clearly for calls and voice notes. Functional with both Android and iOS devices — button functions may vary slightly between platforms. Three Tip Sizes · Passive Isolation Correct Fit = Better Bass · Less Background Noise Three silicone tip sizes — small, medium and large — are included because ear canal diameter varies between individuals, and an incorrect tip size is the most common cause of poor bass response in in-ear earphones. When the tip creates a proper acoustic seal against the walls of the ear canal, the bass driver works as intended and low frequencies are fully reproduced. A loose or incorrect tip breaks the seal and removes the bass almost entirely, making the earphone sound thin regardless of its driver quality. The acoustic seal also provides passive noise isolation — attenuating external sound by physically blocking the ear canal. In practical terms: a correct-fitting tip means the Piston 3 sounds substantially better and blocks ambient noise without any active electronics. Great choice if you… ✔ Want reliable wired earphones that work with any device ✔ Prefer plug-in reliability over Bluetooth — no charging, no pairing ✔ Want a metal housing at an accessible price point ✔ Need a reliable backup or spare pair for travel, gym or work ✔ Use a laptop, gaming device or any device with a 3.5mm jack Consider something else if… ✖ Your phone has no 3.5mm jack — you'll need a USB-C or Lightning adapter ✖ You need Bluetooth wireless freedom — see the wireless earbuds range ✖ You need Active Noise Cancellation for busy commutes or open offices Technical Specifications Brand / Model Xiaomi Piston 3 Type In-ear (wired) Connector 3.5mm (universal) Impedance 32 Ω Sensitivity 98 dB Frequency Response 20 Hz – 20,000 Hz Housing Aluminium alloy (anti-fingerprint) Cable Length 1.25 m Controls In-line single-button remote + microphone Ear Tips 3 sizes — small · medium · large Compatibility Any device with 3.5mm headphone jack Box Contents —Xiaomi Piston 3 earphones —Silicone ear tips — small, medium, large Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Xiaomi Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/xiaomi-piston-3-wired-in-ear-earphones-3-5mm/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1159401874.webp","9.99","Audio > Wired Earphones","Xiaomi","HSEJ03JY","88","" "2382","Samsung AKG EO-IG955 In-Ear Wired Earphones 3.5mm - Black","The Samsung AKG EO-IG955 are the earphones that made people stop throwing away in-box earbuds: tuned by AKG for the Galaxy S8, S9 and S10 era, they punch far above their price with balanced, detailed sound through a standard 3.5mm jack. Hybrid silicone tips seal comfortably, the fabric-braided cable resists tangling, and the inline remote with mic handles calls and volume. At this price, the honest description is simple: the best-value branded earphone in the drawer.SoundAKG tuning, flagship pedigreeAKG’s engineers tuned these as the in-box earphone for Samsung’s flagships — balanced mids, controlled bass and a clarity that embarrassed aftermarket pairs costing five times more. That tuning has not aged.BuildBraided cable, hybrid tipsThe fabric-braided cable resists tangles and survives pockets; hybrid silicone ear tips seal gently for comfort and passive noise reduction over long sessions.ControlInline remote and microphoneVolume keys, a multi-function button and a clear mic — calls, playback and assistant access without touching the phone. Works over the universal 3.5mm standard.Right choice if you…✔ Want remarkable sound for pocket money✔ Lost the AKG pair that came with your Galaxy✔ Need a dependable 3.5mm pair for laptop, console or flights✔ Buy spares for the family without buying junkConsider something else if…✖ Your phone has no headphone jack and you hate adapters✖ You want audiophile isolation — see the Sennheiser CX400 II✖ You want the open Apple-style fit — see the Apple EarPods 3.5mmSamsung AKG EO-IG955 — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung × AKGTypeWired in-ear, hybrid silicone tipsConnector3.5mm stereo jackCableFabric-braided, tangle-resistantControlsInline remote with microphoneColourBlackMPNEO-IG955EAN / GTINPrinted on packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Samsung AKG EO-IG955 earphones (Black)—Spare silicone ear tipsFrequently Asked QuestionsAre these the same earphones that came with the Galaxy S8/S9/S10?Yes — the EO-IG955 is the AKG-tuned in-box earphone from that era, supplied here as a standalone unit.Why are they so cheap if they sound this good?They were produced at in-box scale, which drove the unit cost down — the market price reflects supply, not quality. It is the best-known value anomaly in wired audio.Will the remote work on non-Samsung phones?Audio works on anything with a 3.5mm jack. The mic and multi-function button follow the universal standard; volume keys can vary on some non-Samsung devices.Retail boxed or bulk?Stock is supplied in Samsung’s standard packaging for this part — the product and tips are identical either way, and every unit is genuine.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Apple EarPods with 3.5mm Jack—Sennheiser CX300 II Precision In-Ear—Browse all Wired Earphones at maiboBrowse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-akg-eo-ig955-in-ear-wired-earphones-3-5mm-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3035470848.webp","5.99","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","Samsung AKG EO-IG955 - Black","88","" "2138","Samsung 25W USB-C Wall Charger Set – EP-TA800 – Black (UK Plug)","Samsung no longer ships a charger in the box with Galaxy phones. The Samsung 25W USB-C wall charger set (EP-TA800) is the official answer — the same adapter Samsung supplies for its flagships, in a UK 3-pin configuration with a genuine USB-C to USB-C cable included. It delivers 25W Super Fast Charging on Galaxy flagships from the S10 and Note 10 through the latest S-series, and because it speaks the open USB Power Delivery 3.0 standard, it fast-charges Pixels, iPads, earbuds and any other USB-C PD device at their supported speeds. Genuine Samsung, no compromises on speed or safety. Speed 25W Super Fast Charging At 25W, the EP-TA800 charges Samsung Galaxy S21, S22, S23, S24 and later flagship models at Super Fast Charging speed — up to twice as fast as a standard 10W or 15W adapter. For Galaxy S10, Note 10 and A-series devices with 25W support, it delivers the full rated speed the device can accept. The PPS (Programmable Power Supply) side of PD 3.0 is what unlocks Samsung's Super Fast mode — many cheap '25W' adapters lack it and silently charge slower. Compatibility Universal USB PD 3.0 USB Power Delivery 3.0 is an open standard — the EP-TA800 is not limited to Samsung devices. It charges Google Pixel, recent iPad Pro and iPad Air, USB-C iPhones, MacBook Air (at reduced speed), earbuds and any USB-C PD device. Voltage negotiation is automatic: the charger and device agree the correct speed between themselves, so there is nothing to configure and no risk of over-delivering power. Set Cable Included · UK Ready This is the set version — adapter plus USB-C to USB-C cable, both genuine Samsung, UK 3-pin. The black colourway pairs cleanly with Galaxy flagship devices, there is no need to source a cable separately, and the compact adapter design avoids blocking adjacent wall sockets on an extension lead. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy S10 / Note 10 or later ✔ Need a replacement or additional UK charger ✔ Want genuine Samsung — not a third-party adapter ✔ Have any USB-C device that supports USB PD 3.0 ✔ Prefer the black colourway for your setup Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer white — see the White EP-TA800 set ✖ You need USB-A output — this is USB-C only ✖ You need to charge multiple devices at once — a multi-port charger suits better ✖ Your device uses Micro-USB or Lightning Charging Speed by Device Galaxy S21 / S22 / S23 / S24 25W Super Fast Charging Galaxy S10 / Note 10 / A80 / A70 25W Super Fast Charging Google Pixel (USB PD) Up to 18W (device limit) iPad Pro / iPad Air (USB-C) Up to 18–20W (device limit) Other USB PD 3.0 devices At the device's maximum PD speed Technical Specifications Brand / Model Samsung EP-TA800 Output 25W max (USB-C, single port) Charging Standard USB Power Delivery 3.0 with PPS Plug / Input UK 3-pin (Type G) · 100–240V AC Colour Black MPN EP-TA800XBEGGB EAN / GTIN 8806090973291 Warranty Manufacturer warranty In the Box — Samsung EP-TA800 25W USB-C Wall Charger (Black, UK 3-pin) — Samsung USB-C to USB-C Cable (1m) Frequently Asked Questions Would a 45W charger charge my Galaxy faster? Only on Ultra/Plus models that support 45W, and the real-world difference is smaller than the numbers suggest — Samsung's 45W mode mainly shortens the 0–50% stretch. For most Galaxy phones, 25W with PPS is the full supported speed, and this is the exact adapter Samsung sells for them. Why do some 25W chargers not trigger Super Fast Charging? Samsung's Super Fast mode requires PPS (Programmable Power Supply), part of PD 3.0 that many cheap adapters skip. The EP-TA800 supports PPS natively — the 'Super fast charging' label appears on screen, not just 'Fast charging'. Does it charge iPhones and iPads? Yes — any USB-C iPhone or iPad charges at its own supported PD speed with the included USB-C cable. Older Lightning iPhones need their own USB-C to Lightning cable. Is the included cable good for data too? Yes — it is a standard Samsung USB-C to USB-C cable that handles charging and USB data transfer, the same type Samsung bundles with its own charger sets. What does bulk packaging mean? The charger and cable are brand new and unused, supplied in plain protective packaging rather than a printed retail box — the way genuine accessories are distributed to networks and repair channels. Same product, lower price. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung 25W USB-C Wall Charger Set — TA800 — White — Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Cable — Black — Samsung EP-DN980 USB-C to USB-C 5A Cable — White — Browse all Wall Chargers at maibo Browse the full charging & cables range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-25w-usb-c-wall-charger-set-ep-ta800-black-uk-plug/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Samsung-Galaxy-25W-Charger-Wall-Adapter-EP-TA800UBE-.jpg","9.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Samsung","EP-TA800XBEGGB","88","8806090973291" "1933","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I - 128gb","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I Warm Tips: How to verify the Capacity and Speed of the memory card? 1). Please use quality card reader to verify all memory card by H2testw on PC. Real memory card should pass H2testw with no error. 2). Please don't use cheap card reader to test Micro SD card, speed of Micro SD card will be reduced by low quality card reader. 3). Micro SD memory card speed is greatly affected by card reader and the capacity you choose , USB port ect. Low quality device will 100% slow down card speed,1MB=1000KB. Note: 1. Our store offers 100% authenticity. 2. All products are in line with Sandisk official website. About capacity: 32GB=approximately 28GB-30GB 64GB=approximately 57GB-60GB 128GB=approximately 116GB-119GB 256GB=approximately 230GB-239GB  ","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-sd-card-sdxve-micro-sdhc-sdxc-uhs-i/?attribute_pa_capacity=128gb","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1359335700.webp","53.21","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","FG6FUW2N6T2C","5163","" "1934","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I - 256gb","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I Warm Tips: How to verify the Capacity and Speed of the memory card? 1). Please use quality card reader to verify all memory card by H2testw on PC. Real memory card should pass H2testw with no error. 2). Please don't use cheap card reader to test Micro SD card, speed of Micro SD card will be reduced by low quality card reader. 3). Micro SD memory card speed is greatly affected by card reader and the capacity you choose , USB port ect. Low quality device will 100% slow down card speed,1MB=1000KB. Note: 1. Our store offers 100% authenticity. 2. All products are in line with Sandisk official website. About capacity: 32GB=approximately 28GB-30GB 64GB=approximately 57GB-60GB 128GB=approximately 116GB-119GB 256GB=approximately 230GB-239GB  ","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-sd-card-sdxve-micro-sdhc-sdxc-uhs-i/?attribute_pa_capacity=256gb","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/609131789.webp","89.27","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","8KMBYDC5NE28","662","" "1931","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I - 32gb","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I Warm Tips: How to verify the Capacity and Speed of the memory card? 1). Please use quality card reader to verify all memory card by H2testw on PC. Real memory card should pass H2testw with no error. 2). Please don't use cheap card reader to test Micro SD card, speed of Micro SD card will be reduced by low quality card reader. 3). Micro SD memory card speed is greatly affected by card reader and the capacity you choose , USB port ect. Low quality device will 100% slow down card speed,1MB=1000KB. Note: 1. Our store offers 100% authenticity. 2. All products are in line with Sandisk official website. About capacity: 32GB=approximately 28GB-30GB 64GB=approximately 57GB-60GB 128GB=approximately 116GB-119GB 256GB=approximately 230GB-239GB  ","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-sd-card-sdxve-micro-sdhc-sdxc-uhs-i/?attribute_pa_capacity=32gb","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2120392817.webp","17.27","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","QLL4IBBZQNV2","71","" "1932","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I - 64gb","SanDisk SD Card SDXVE micro SDHC SDXC UHS-I Warm Tips: How to verify the Capacity and Speed of the memory card? 1). Please use quality card reader to verify all memory card by H2testw on PC. Real memory card should pass H2testw with no error. 2). Please don't use cheap card reader to test Micro SD card, speed of Micro SD card will be reduced by low quality card reader. 3). Micro SD memory card speed is greatly affected by card reader and the capacity you choose , USB port ect. Low quality device will 100% slow down card speed,1MB=1000KB. Note: 1. Our store offers 100% authenticity. 2. All products are in line with Sandisk official website. About capacity: 32GB=approximately 28GB-30GB 64GB=approximately 57GB-60GB 128GB=approximately 116GB-119GB 256GB=approximately 230GB-239GB  ","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-sd-card-sdxve-micro-sdhc-sdxc-uhs-i/?attribute_pa_capacity=64gb","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/217094759.webp","28.77","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","C4UOIPY64N36","5498","" "1594","SanDisk CZ50 USB 2.0 Flash Drive – 128GB Pen Drive – Black/Red"," SanDisk CZ50 USB 2.0 Flash Drive – 128GB Pen Drive – Black/Red — SDCZ50-128G-B35, a compact USB 2.0 Type-A pen drive measuring just 41.5 × 17.6 × 7.4mm and weighing 2.5g. Plug-and-play on Windows, macOS and Linux with no software to install, and it fits any USB-A port including USB 3.0. Black and red. ✓ 128GB in a drive 2.5g and 41.5mm long — barely larger than the connector itself ✓ USB 2.0 Type-A · works in USB 3.0 and 3.2 ports at USB 2.0 speed ✓ Plug and play on Windows, macOS and Linux — no drivers, no software ✓ Capless sliding design — no lid to lose · genuine SanDisk The SanDisk Cruzer Blade has been SanDisk's everyday flash drive for over a decade, and the reason it is still sold is that it does one job dependably at a low price. This is the 128GB version — enough for a decade of documents, a large photo library, several films, or a full set of course material. The drive itself is 41.5mm long and weighs 2.5g, which in practice means it sits almost flush in a laptop port and disappears on a keyring without adding noticeable weight. It uses USB 2.0 rather than USB 3.0, and that is the honest trade at this price: it is not fast, and if you regularly move large video files you will feel it. What it is very good at is being cheap, tiny, robust and universally compatible — plug it into any computer made in the last twenty years, on any operating system, and it appears as a drive with no drivers to install. There is no cap to lose, because the connector slides into the body. Black and red. USB 2.0 · What That Means in Practice Being Straight About the Speed SanDisk does not publish official transfer figures for the Cruzer Blade, and it is worth knowing why: USB 2.0 has a theoretical ceiling of 480 megabits per second, which works out to around 60MB/s on paper and closer to 40MB/s in the real world, and flash drives at this price sit well below even that. Distributor data for this drive gives roughly 15MB/s reading and 5MB/s writing. Translated into something useful: copying a 4GB film onto the drive takes somewhere in the region of thirteen minutes, and reading it back takes about four. A folder of documents or photos is near-instant. If you have seen a listing claiming this drive reads at 128MB/s, that figure is a copy-paste error — no USB 2.0 device can reach it, whatever the flash inside. None of this makes the Cruzer Blade a bad drive; it makes it a specific kind of drive. For carrying documents, presentations, coursework, backups you write once, or a bootable installer you set up and forget, USB 2.0 speed is entirely irrelevant. For regularly shuttling video projects between machines, it is the wrong tool and a USB 3.0 drive is worth the extra cost. 41.5mm · 2.5g · Capless Small Enough to Forget About The Cruzer Blade is 41.5 × 17.6 × 7.4mm and weighs 2.5 grams — roughly half the size of a conventional flash drive and light enough that on a keyring you do not notice it is there. The practical benefit of the short body is that it barely protrudes from a laptop, so it is far less likely to be knocked and snapped off than a full-length drive, and it does not block the adjacent USB port the way wider drives often do. The capless design matters more than it sounds: the connector slides in and out of the housing with a thumb tab, so there is no separate lid to come off in a bag and vanish. Anyone who has owned a capped flash drive knows the cap is lost within a month and the exposed connector then collects pocket lint and gets bent. The plastic body has no moving parts beyond the slider and no exposed circuitry, which is why these survive years of being carried loose. There is no LED activity light on this model — a small omission, but it means you cannot see at a glance whether a transfer has finished, so eject through the operating system rather than pulling it out on a guess. Universal Compatibility · No Drivers Works in Anything With a USB Port USB 2.0 Type-A is the most widely supported storage connection there has ever been. The drive works in USB 3.0 and USB 3.2 ports as well as USB 2.0 ones — the port simply runs at the drive's speed rather than its own — which means any desktop, laptop, smart TV, car stereo, printer, games console or older machine with a rectangular USB port will read it. Windows, macOS, Linux and ChromeOS all recognise it as a standard mass storage device with no drivers to install and nothing to configure. That universality is the reason the Cruzer Blade remains a sensible choice for handing files to somebody else: you have no idea what they will plug it into, and this will work. It arrives formatted for immediate use and can be reformatted to NTFS, exFAT or FAT32 depending on what you need — exFAT if you want files over 4GB and cross-platform Windows and macOS support, NTFS for Windows only, FAT32 for maximum compatibility with older equipment and car stereos. Note there is no hardware encryption on this drive; if you need to protect the contents, use operating system tools such as BitLocker To Go, or third-party encryption software. Right choice if you… ✔ Carry documents, photos, coursework or presentations — 128GB is far more than most people fill ✔ Want something tiny on a keyring — 2.5g and 41.5mm, capless so there is no lid to lose ✔ Need it to work in anything — any USB-A port, any operating system, no drivers ✔ Want a genuine SanDisk drive at the lowest sensible price rather than an unbranded one of unknown capacity Consider something else if… ✖ You move large video files regularly — USB 2.0 writes at around 5MB/s, so a 4GB file takes roughly thirteen minutes; the SanDisk Ultra Flair on USB 3.0 is many times faster ✖ You want to run software or edit files directly from the drive — USB 2.0 is too slow for that; use it as storage and copy files locally to work on them ✖ You need encryption built in — there is no hardware encryption here; use BitLocker To Go or similar software instead Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Model Cruzer Blade (CZ50) MPN SDCZ50-128G-B35 Capacity 128GB Colour Black / Red Interface USB 2.0 Type-A · works in USB 3.0 / 3.2 ports at USB 2.0 speed Typical Speed ~15MB/s read · ~5MB/s write (SanDisk publishes no official figures) Dimensions 41.5 × 17.6 × 7.4mm Weight 2.5g Design Capless sliding connector · no LED indicator Encryption None built in — use software encryption if required Compatibility Windows · macOS · Linux · ChromeOS · any USB-A host Warranty Manufacturer warranty (SanDisk) In the Box — SanDisk Cruzer Blade 128GB USB flash drive — Black/Red (SDCZ50-128G-B35) Frequently Asked Questions How fast is it really? Around 15MB/s reading and 5MB/s writing, which is normal for a USB 2.0 flash drive. A 4GB file takes roughly thirteen minutes to write and about four to read back. Documents, photos and presentations move quickly enough that you will not notice. Large video files are slow. If speed matters, the SanDisk Ultra Flair uses USB 3.0 and is many times faster. Will it work in a USB 3.0 port? Yes. USB is backward compatible, so the drive works perfectly in USB 3.0 and USB 3.2 ports — it simply runs at USB 2.0 speed rather than the port's speed. There is no setting to change and nothing to configure. It will not damage the port or the drive. Why does it show less than 128GB? Manufacturers count 1GB as 1,000,000,000 bytes while Windows counts it as 1,073,741,824 bytes. The same physical storage therefore reads as roughly 119GB in Windows, with a little more taken by the file system. Nothing is missing or faulty — it is a difference in how the number is calculated, and it applies to every drive from every manufacturer. Can I store files larger than 4GB on it? Yes, provided the drive is formatted as exFAT or NTFS. FAT32 has a 4GB per-file limit, which is a limitation of that file system rather than of the drive. Reformat to exFAT if you need large files and want the drive to work on both Windows and macOS; NTFS if you only use Windows. Reformatting erases the drive, so copy anything off it first. Can I password protect it? Not through the drive itself — the Cruzer Blade has no hardware encryption or built-in password feature. You can encrypt it using operating system tools such as BitLocker To Go on Windows Pro, or third-party encryption software. If you handle sensitive data regularly, a drive with hardware encryption built in is the more appropriate choice. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk Ultra Flair 256GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive — faster alternative — Samsung EVO Plus 512GB microSD Card — Memory cards and storage at maibo — Browse all peripherals at maibo Browse the full storage and memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-cz50-usb-2-0-flash-drive-128gb-pen-drive-black-red/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/SanDisk-CZ50-USB-2.0-Flash-Drive-%E2%80%93-128GB-Pen-Drive-%E2%80%93-BlackRed-.jpeg","18.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","Sandisk CZ50-128GB","88","" "1393","SanDisk 128GB Ultra Flair USB 3.0 Flash Drive","The SanDisk Ultra Flair 128GB is the USB stick grown up: a solid one-piece metal body with no cap to lose, USB 3.0 with reads up to 150MB/s, and SanDisk reliability in the format everyone still reaches for when a file simply has to move. 128GB in a pocketable sliver of steel.FastUSB 3.0 — up to 150MB/sFilms, photo archives and project folders transfer in the time USB 2.0 sticks take to warm up — a feature-length film in well under a minute.MetalOne-piece, no capThe all-metal chassis shrugs off keyring life, and there’s no cap to lose in week one — the small design decision that decides how long a stick survives.Everyday128GB — the daily driverDocuments, photos and a film library for the road: the capacity most people actually fill, at the price of a lunch out.Right choice if you…✔ Move big files between machines routinely✔ Want a stick that survives pockets and keyrings✔ Hand files to clients on something that feels professional✔ Back up documents the simple, offline wayConsider something else if…✖ You want encrypted/rugged portable storage at speed — a portable SSD is the class above✖ It’s for an iPhone backup — the iXpand speaks Lightning✖ Budget rules everything — the Ultra CZ48 covers basics for lessSanDisk Ultra Flair 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBInterfaceUSB 3.0 (USB-A), USB 2.0 compatibleRead speedUp to 150MB/sBodyOne-piece metal, caplessMPNSDCZ73-128G-G46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Ultra Flair 128GB USB 3.0 flash driveFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work on USB 2.0 ports?Yes — fully backwards compatible, at USB 2.0 speeds. On USB 3.0 ports (blue) it runs at full pace.Mac, Windows, TV — what does it work with?Everything with a USB-A port: both desktop OSes out of the box, smart TVs, car stereos, consoles for media.How fast is 150MB/s in practice?A 4-5GB film copies in roughly half a minute from the drive; writes are slower than reads, as with all sticks in this class.Is the metal body just cosmetic?No — it’s the structure. One-piece metal resists the bend-and-crack failure plastic sticks suffer on keyrings.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra Flair — 512GB—Ultra Flair — 1TB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-128gb-ultra-flair-usb-3-0-flash-drive/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2193467819.webp","28.88","Storage & Memory > USB Flash Drives","SanDisk","SDCZ73-128G-G46","88","0619659136710" "1390","SanDisk 256GB MicroSDXC Nintendo Switch UHS-I Memory Card","The SanDisk 256GB microSDXC for Nintendo Switch is the officially licensed answer to the console’s eternal storage problem — made with Nintendo, tested for the Switch, and big enough to end the delete-to-download ritual. Up to 100MB/s reads keep game loading snappy, and the licensed badge means zero compatibility guesswork.LicensedMade for Nintendo SwitchThis is the officially licensed card — developed with Nintendo, matched to the Switch’s storage controller and guaranteed compatible out of the box. Format, insert, download; no forum research required.Capacity256GB — a real libraryThe Switch’s internal storage fills with two big titles. 256GB holds a serious library — dozens of full-size games — so the delete-one-to-install-one era ends.Speed100MB/s — load-time friendlyUp to 100MB/s reads comfortably exceed what the Switch draws from a card, so games load as fast as the console allows — and transfers from a PC go quickly when you manage your library.Right choice if you…✔ Own any Switch (original, OLED, Lite) and keep running out of space✔ Want guaranteed compatibility, not forum research✔ Download digital titles rather than carry cartridges✔ Are gifting storage to a Switch householdConsider something else if…✖ You also shoot 4K video on cameras — the 256GB Extreme (V30) covers both jobs✖ Your library is huge — our 512GB and 1TB cards fit the Switch too✖ You want the cheapest 256GB — the licence adds a little to the price; the standard Extreme works equally wellSanDisk 256GB for Nintendo Switch — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDisk × Nintendo (officially licensed)Capacity256GB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 100MB/sCompatibilityNintendo Switch, Switch OLED, Switch LiteMPNSDSQXAO-256G-GNCZNEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk 256GB microSDXC for Nintendo Switch (licensed)Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it work in the Switch OLED and Lite?Yes — all Switch models share the same card slot and compatibility.How many games fit on 256GB?Depends on titles: roughly 15-20 large AAA downloads or many dozens of smaller games. It transforms a stock console.Is the licensed card actually different from a normal SanDisk?Internally it is SanDisk’s proven hardware, tested and badged with Nintendo. The practical difference is guaranteed compatibility and the themed design.Can I move my games to the new card?Yes — the Switch system transfer moves downloaded software between cards, or titles can be re-downloaded from your account.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 256GB Extreme microSDXC—SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-256gb-microsdxc-nintendo-switch-uhs-i-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/1428003694.webp","68.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXAO-256G-GNCZN","88","619659173869" "1332","SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC memory card — purpose-built for dash cams and home security cameras that record continuously. Rated for up to 10,000 hours of Full HD recording, with UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, and a V30/U3/Class 10 rating that keeps 4K and Full HD capture smooth. Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof (−25°C to 85°C). Full-size SD adapter included. Brand new, sealed retail packaging. ✓ Engineered for continuous recording — up to 10,000 hours of write-and-rewrite endurance ✓ V30 / U3 / Class 10 — sustained 30MB/s minimum write for 4K and Full HD video ✓ Water, shock, X-ray and temperature proof — built for cars in summer and winter alike ✓ Full-size SD adapter included · Brand New — Retail Packaging Ordinary microSD cards are designed for occasional photos and app storage — a dash cam or security camera writes video to the card all day, every day, and wears a standard card out long before its time. The SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC card is built for exactly that duty cycle: rated for up to 10,000 hours of continuous Full HD recording, it writes, overwrites and keeps going. UHS-I speeds of up to 100MB/s read and 40MB/s write, with a guaranteed V30/U3 floor of 30MB/s sustained write, keep 4K and Full HD footage recording without dropped frames. And because a card that lives on a dashboard sees temperature swings a phone never will, it is rated from −25°C to 85°C and is water, shock and X-ray proof. This is the 128GB version, brand new in sealed SanDisk retail packaging with the full-size SD adapter included, dispatched from our UK warehouse. High Endurance Rating Up to 10,000 Hours of Recording Continuous video recording is the hardest workload a memory card faces — the same cells are written and rewritten thousands of times. SanDisk's High Endurance line is engineered specifically for this write-intensive cycle, and the 128GB capacity is rated for up to 10,000 hours of Full HD recording before wear becomes a factor. For a dash cam recording your daily commute or a security camera running around the clock, that translates to years of dependable loop recording — the footage you need is there when an incident actually happens, which is the entire point of the card. V30 / U3 Speed Class Smooth 4K and Full HD Capture The card runs on the UHS-I bus with sequential read speeds up to 100MB/s and write speeds up to 40MB/s. More important for video work is the guaranteed floor: the V30 and U3 ratings certify that sustained write speed never drops below 30MB/s, which is what keeps 4K and Full HD recording free of dropped frames and corrupted segments. The 100MB/s read speed also means that when you do need to pull an hour of footage off the card, the transfer is quick. Built for Harsh Conditions Heat, Cold, Water, Shock, X-Ray A dash cam card bakes on a dashboard in summer and freezes overnight in winter. The High Endurance card is rated for operation from −25°C to 85°C and storage from −40°C to 85°C, and it is water proof, shock proof and X-ray proof. The included full-size SD adapter (with write-protect switch) lets the same card work in cameras, laptops and card readers that take full-size SD. Right choice if you… ✔ Run a dash cam, home security camera or CCTV system that records continuously ✔ Have worn out standard microSD cards with loop recording before ✔ Record in Full HD or 4K and need the V30/U3 sustained-write guarantee ✔ Need a card that survives dashboard heat and winter cold ✔ Want the SD adapter in the box for full-size SD devices Look elsewhere if you… ✖ Shoot burst photography or 8K video — the Extreme PRO line has faster peak writes ✖ Need A2 app performance for running phone apps from the card ✖ Mostly transfer large files and want maximum read speed over endurance SanDisk High Endurance 128GB — Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Model High Endurance MPN SDSQQNR-128G-GN6IA GTIN / UPC 619659173104 Capacity 128GB Card type microSDXC with full-size SD adapter Bus / speed class UHS-I · Class 10 / U3 / V30 Read speed Up to 100 MB/s Write speed Up to 40 MB/s (minimum sustained 30 MB/s) Endurance rating Up to 10,000 hours Full HD recording Durability Water proof, shock proof, X-ray proof Operating temperature −25°C to 85°C Storage temperature −40°C to 85°C Software RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery download offer Warranty 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty In the Box — SanDisk High Endurance 128GB microSDXC memory card · Brand New — Retail Packaging (sealed) — Full-size SD adapter with write-protect switch — RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery software download offer Frequently Asked Questions Is the 128GB High Endurance card right for my dash cam? Yes — this is exactly what the High Endurance line is designed for. The 128GB capacity is rated for up to 10,000 hours of Full HD recording, and the V30/U3 rating guarantees the sustained write speed that continuous loop recording needs. Check your dash cam's maximum supported capacity in its manual before choosing a size. What is the difference between High Endurance and SanDisk Ultra or Extreme cards? Ultra and Extreme cards are optimised for peak speed — photos, app loading, file transfers. High Endurance is optimised for write cycles: it tolerates the constant overwrite pattern of dash cams and security cameras that wears standard cards out. If the card will live in a device that records around the clock, High Endurance is the right line. Does it work in security cameras and CCTV systems? Yes. Any security camera, home monitoring camera or CCTV recorder that accepts a microSDXC card can use it, and the included full-size SD adapter covers devices with a standard SD slot. How many days of footage does it hold? As a rule of thumb in Full HD (1080p at typical dash cam bitrates), each 8GB stores roughly one hour of footage — so the 128GB card holds in the region of 16 hours before the loop overwrites the oldest clips. Lower resolutions stretch this considerably. Is this a genuine sealed retail unit? Yes. Brand new SanDisk High Endurance 128GB in original sealed retail packaging, covered by the 2-year SanDisk manufacturer warranty, dispatched from our UK warehouse with tracked delivery. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — SanDisk High Endurance 64GB microSDXC Memory Card – SD Adapter Included— SanDisk Extreme PRO 128GB microSDXC Memory Card— SanDisk 64GB Ultra microSDXC Card— Browse all microSD cards at maibo View the SanDisk High Endurance microSD range on sandisk.com — official page Browse the full microSD card range at maibo or the complete storage and memory collection.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-high-endurance-128gb-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/sandisk-high-endurance-128gb-microsdxc-sdsqqnr-128g-front.png","34.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQQNR-128G-GN6IA","84","619659173104" "1303","SanDisk Extreme Pro 64GB microSDXC Memory Card with SD Adapter","The SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB microSDXC brings the PRO line’s 200MB/s reads to the session capacity — for shooters who offload after every outing but refuse to wait for the transfer. V30/U3 guarantees sustained 4K, A2 covers app duty, and the full-size SD adapter is in the box.Speed200MB/s reads with QuickFlowA session’s 4K footage lands on the laptop in a coffee break — the PRO’s signature. Writes up to 90MB/s keep bursts and high-bitrate recording fluid, with V30 as the guaranteed floor.Capacity64GB — offload-daily workflowAbout 2 hours of 4K 30fps: the fresh-card-per-session discipline professionals prefer, at the capacity that enforces it.ReliabilityFour-proof + adapter + recoveryTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof; full-size SD adapter for cameras and readers; RescuePRO Deluxe recovery licence in the box.Right choice if you…✔ Offload after every session but hate waiting✔ Shoot 4K on GoPro, DJI or mirrorless✔ Want the SD adapter included✔ Prefer several small cards to one big one (risk spreading)Consider something else if…✖ You shoot full days — step up to the Extreme PRO 512GB✖ Deadlines are relaxed — the 64GB Extreme records identically for less✖ It is phone-overflow storage — the 64GB Ultra is the value pickSanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GB (microSDXC)Read / WriteUp to 200MB/s / 90MB/s (QuickFlow)RatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10AdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNSDSQXCU-064G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB UHS-I microSDXC card—Full-size SD adapter—RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery licence (download)Frequently Asked QuestionsWhy PRO at only 64GB?Workflow: many professionals shoot a card per session and offload immediately — the PRO’s 200MB/s reads make that offload nearly instant, and smaller cards spread risk across sessions.Do I get 200MB/s everywhere?Peak needs a QuickFlow-compatible reader; standard UHS-I reaches ~104MB/s. In-camera V30 performance is identical either way.How much 4K fits?About 2 hours at 4K 30fps — a solid session.Is the adapter full SD size?Yes — drops into DSLR/mirrorless SD slots and laptop readers.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB—SanDisk 64GB Extreme—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-pro-64gb-microsdxc-memory-card-with-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/2925158827.webp","32.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXCU-064G-GN6MA","192","619659188573" "1247","Samsung Galaxy Note 9 Smart Bluetooth Stylus S Pen – Black","The Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Note 9 is the one with the remote control: Bluetooth inside lets it fire the camera shutter, flip slides and control media from across the room — the yellow-accented party trick that defined the Note 9. As a writing instrument: 4,096 pressure levels, available while stock lasts for the Notes still faithfully in service.RemoteBluetooth button actionsClick to shoot photos, double-click to switch cameras, flip presentation slides — the Note 9’s signature remote, restored.Instant chargeSupercapacitor, not batteryForty seconds docked in the phone’s slot charges about half an hour of Bluetooth use — no cables, no waiting, ever.Writing first4,096 pressure levelsThe core S Pen experience — notes, Screen-Off Memos, precise markup — exactly as the Note 9 shipped.Right choice if you…✔ Replace a lost Note 9 S Pen — with full Bluetooth function✔ Use the remote shutter for photos and slides✔ Keep a beloved Note 9 fully featured✔ Want genuine Samsung, not a write-only cloneConsider something else if…✖ Your phone is a Note 8 — its pen is non-Bluetooth: Note 8 S Pen✖ Newer Galaxy S Ultra — those take their own pen generations✖ Tablet user — the Tab S7 pen is the right sizeSamsung S Pen Note 9 — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungColourBlackCompatibleGalaxy Note 9BluetoothRemote shutter / media / slidesChargingSupercapacitor — ~40s in-slotPressure4,096 levelsMPNEJ-PN960BBEGWWEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Samsung S Pen for Note 9 (black)Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it pair automatically?Dock it in the Note 9’s slot once — the phone detects and pairs it; Bluetooth functions appear immediately.Will it write on other Note models?EMR writing works across Note-era devices; the Bluetooth remote is Note 9-specific.What if the supercap wears out?Supercapacitors endure far more cycles than batteries — writing never needs power regardless.Is this genuine Samsung?Yes — EJ-PN960 retail, with maibo’s return cover; clones write but the remote features are where they fail.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S Pen — Note 8—S Pen — Tab S7—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full mobile accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-note-9-smart-bluetooth-stylus-s-pen-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/levant-s-pen-ej-pn960-ej-pn960bbegww-dynamicblack-135084808.avif","10.98","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PN960BBEGWW","88","" "1150","Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 Lite S Pen – Black","The official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy Tab S6 Lite in black — the pen the tablet shipped with, as a genuine replacement. It is an EMR stylus: powered by the screen itself, so there is no battery, no pairing and nothing to charge — ever. With 4,096 pressure levels and a fine 0.7mm tip, notes in Samsung Notes, annotations and sketches feel like pen on paper, and it clips magnetically to the tablet’s side between uses.Writing4,096 pressure levels, 0.7mm tipLine weight follows your hand, handwriting converts to text in Samsung Notes, and Smart Select clips anything on screen. The Tab S6 Lite was built as a note-taking tablet — this pen is the half of that promise you are replacing.SimplicityBattery-free EMR — always readyThe screen powers the pen, so it cannot go flat in a lecture or a meeting. No Bluetooth, no settings, no charging ritual: pick it up and write, for years.FitOfficial part, magnetic holdGenuine Samsung, tuned to the Tab S6 Lite’s digitiser for correct pressure response, and it attaches magnetically to the tablet’s side so it travels with the device.Right choice if you…✔ Own a Tab S6 Lite and lost or broke the original pen✔ Take handwritten notes or annotate PDFs✔ Want a pen that never needs charging✔ Prefer the genuine part over loose-fitting genericsConsider something else if…✖ You have the original Tab S6 (SM-T860/T865) — it uses the Bluetooth Digital Pen, a different part✖ You have a Tab S9 FE — see the Tab S9 FE S Pen✖ You expect Air Actions — this EMR pen has no Bluetooth featuresS Pen Tab S6 Lite (Black) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy Tab S6 LiteTechnologyEMR — battery-free, no chargingTip0.7mm, 4,096 pressure levelsAttachmentMagnetic, tablet sideColourBlackMPNPrinted on retail packagingEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Tab S6 Lite (Black), retail packagingFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it need charging or pairing?No — it is an EMR stylus powered by the tablet through the screen. No battery, no Bluetooth, nothing to manage.Will it work on other Samsung tablets or phones?EMR S Pens work across several Samsung EMR screens, but fit, calibration and button behaviour are tuned per model — buy the pen coded for your device, or message us with your model to confirm.Is the pressure sensitivity the same as pricier S Pens?Yes — 4,096 levels, the same figure as Samsung’s flagship pens. The writing feel difference across the range is tip and body design, not pressure resolution.What if the tip wears down?Tips are replaceable — Samsung sells nib kits, so heavy note-takers do not retire the pen.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Tab S6 Digital Pen (Bluetooth) — Blue—S Pen Tab S9 FE / FE+ — Gray—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maiboBrowse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-tab-s6-lite-s-pen-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3477291648.webp","24.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 Lite S Pen – Black","88","" "1117","JBL C100Si Wired Earphones – Black","The JBL C100SI is the classic that outsold its category: an ultra-light wired in-ear with JBL’s signature bass from 9mm drivers, a one-button mic remote, and a price that makes it the default answer to “just need earphones”. Millions sold, for the simplest reason — it does the job.FeatherweightBarely-there comfortAt a few grams per bud with soft silicone tips, the C100SI wears for hours — the angled design sits naturally in the ear canal without pressure points.JBL bass9mm drivers, signature tuningJBL’s bass-forward sound at its most accessible — music with energy from a pair that costs less than lunch.EssentialsMic + single-button remoteCalls, play/pause and track skip from the inline button; the noise-isolating in-ear fit keeps podcasts intelligible on the street.Right choice if you…✔ Want the cheapest real JBL — not a no-name✔ Need light earphones for hours of podcasts✔ Keep backups in every bag and drawer✔ Buy for family, staff or spares in multiplesConsider something else if…✖ You want wireless — the W200TWS✖ You want a slightly sturdier wired step-up — the T180A✖ You need volume buttons inline — single-button remote hereJBL C100SI — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBL (Harman)ColourBlackTypeWired in-ear, 3.5mmDrivers9mm dynamicRemoteOne-button + microphoneWeightUltra-light (<15g)MPNJBLC100SIBLKEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL C100SI earphones (black)—Silicone ear tips (S/M/L)Frequently Asked QuestionsHow is the sound for the price?Bass-forward and lively — the point of the C100SI is real JBL tuning at pocket-money cost; it beats bundled and no-name pairs clearly.Does the mic work for calls and voice notes?Yes — the inline mic handles calls and voice messages on phones and laptops via the 3.5mm combo jack.Do the tips come in sizes?Three sizes in the box — the right seal is what unlocks the bass, so try all three.Is it durable enough for daily use?Treated like earphones (not like string), yes — and at this price a spare pair in the drawer is the real durability strategy.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL T180A wired in-ear—JBL Tune 110—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-c100si-wired-earphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3525182537.webp","9.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","JBL","JBLC100SIBLK","88","" "1037","JBL TUNE 110 Wired Earphones – Black","The JBL Tune 110 is JBL Pure Bass in its simplest form: a wired in-ear with 9mm drivers, a tangle-resistant flat cable, and a one-button mic remote. Alongside the C100SI it’s the other half of JBL’s entry duo — slightly deeper bass tuning, same throw-one-in-every-bag price.Pure BassTuned deeper than it costsThe Tune line leans harder into JBL’s bass signature than the C-series — made for hip-hop, EDM and podcasts with presence.Tangle-freeFlat cable designThe flat cable resists the pocket-knot that kills cheap earphones — a small design choice you appreciate daily.EssentialsMic + one-button remoteCalls, play/pause, skip — handled inline. Works on anything with a 3.5mm jack or adapter.Right choice if you…✔ Want JBL bass at the entry price✔ Hate untangling cables — flat cable helps✔ Need spares for bags, desks, family✔ Use 3.5mm devices dailyConsider something else if…✖ You want wireless — the W200TWS✖ You prefer a flatter, lighter tuning — the C100SI✖ You need inline volume buttons — single-button remote hereJBL Tune 110 — Technical SpecificationsBrandJBL (Harman)ColourBlackTypeWired in-ear, 3.5mmDrivers9mm — JBL Pure Bass tuningCableFlat, tangle-resistantRemoteOne-button + microphoneMPNJBLT110BLKEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—JBL Tune 110 earphones (black)—Silicone ear tips (S/M/L)Frequently Asked QuestionsTune 110 or C100SI?Both are entry JBL wired pairs: the Tune 110 leans deeper into bass and adds the flat cable; the C100SI is lighter in the ear. Price-wise they’re twins — pick by taste.Does the mic work on laptops?Yes — the 4-pole plug works through laptop combo jacks for calls and meetings.How do I get the best bass from them?Fit the right tip size — the seal makes the bass. Three sizes come in the box.Do they work with USB-C phones?Via a standard 3.5mm adapter, yes — audio, mic and remote all pass through.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—JBL C100SI—JBL T180A—Browse all JBL at maiboBrowse the full audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/jbl-tune-110-wired-earphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/915816.webp","9.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","JBL","JBLT110BLK","155","6925281918926" "993","SanDisk 500GB Extreme Portable SSD V2","The SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD V2 500GB is the field drive the format converged on: NVMe inside pushing up to 1,050MB/s reads and 1,000MB/s writes over USB-C, an IP55 silicone-armoured shell rated for two-metre drops, and a carabiner loop because it’s genuinely meant to leave the desk. Edit off it, back up to it, drop it — it’s built for all three.NVMe fastUp to 1,050MB/sSeven times a good USB stick: whole photo libraries move in minutes, and 4K footage edits directly off the drive without proxies.Field-proofIP55 + 2m drop ratingSilicone shell, sealed against dust and water jets, rated for two-metre drops onto concrete. The drive that rides in camera bags, not drawers.SecureHardware-friendly protection256-bit AES password protection via SanDisk Security — client work stays private if the bag doesn’t come home.Right choice if you…✔ Edit photo/video directly off the drive✔ Back up laptops at SSD speed✔ Work in the field — the IP55 shell is the point✔ Need USB-C speed on Mac, PC, iPad and Android alikeConsider something else if…✖ You only ferry documents — a Dual Drive Luxe does that for far less✖ You need multi-TB archives — desktop external drives give more GB per pound✖ It never leaves the desk — an internal drive gives more GB per poundSanDisk Extreme Portable SSD V2 500GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity500GBInterfaceUSB-C 3.2 Gen 2 (NVMe inside)Read speedUp to 1,050MB/sWrite speedUp to 1,000MB/sDurabilityIP55 · 2m drop rated · silicone shellSecurity256-bit AES password protectionMPNSDSSDE61-500G-G25EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD V2 500GB—USB-C to USB-C cable—USB-A adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsCan I edit 4K video straight off it?Yes — 1,050MB/s sustains multi-stream 4K timelines; that’s the workflow this class of drive was built for.Does it work with iPhone 15/16 and iPad?Yes — USB-C iPhones and iPads record ProRes straight to it and mount it in Files. Android and both desktop OSes too.Is IP55 the same as waterproof?It’s water-jet and dust resistant — rain, splashes and grit are fine; swimming is not.SSD or big flash drive?The SSD is ~7× faster, drop-armoured and sustained-write stable. Sticks transport files; this one works on them.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Dual Drive Luxe 1TB (stick format)—Dual Drive Luxe 1TB (stick format)—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-500gb-extreme-portable-ssd-v2/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/SanDisk-1TB-Extreme-Portable-SSD-V2-.jpeg","148.88","Storage & Memory > SSD & NVMe Drives","SanDisk","SDSSDE61-500G-G25","1","619659182588" "988","SanDisk 64GB Extreme PRO SDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 64GB is the card working photographers default to: UHS-I pushed to its practical ceiling with up to 170MB/s reads, 90MB/s writes that keep deep RAW bursts flowing, and the U3/V30 rating that makes 4K capture routine. The most-recommended SD line of its generation, in the capacity that fits your shooting.Burst-proof90MB/s sustained-class writesShutter bursts live or die on write speed: 90MB/s clears the buffer fast enough that the camera, not the card, sets your pace through a wedding procession or a goal celebration.Fast offloadUp to 170MB/s readSanDisk’s proprietary UHS-I boost (with their SD readers) runs past the standard’s nominal cap — a full card offloads while the coffee is still warm.DependableV30 — 4K without dramaThe 30MB/s sustained write floor records 4K at consumer and prosumer bitrates cleanly — plus the shock, temperature and X-ray proofing SanDisk builds into the line.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot RAW bursts — sport, events, wildlife✔ Record 4K on a DSLR or mirrorless body✔ Want the industry-default pro UHS-I card✔ Offload big shoots on deadlineConsider something else if…✖ Your camera has UHS-II slots and you shoot pro video — the Extreme PRO UHS-II V90✖ Casual photos — the Extreme (non-PRO) saves money✖ You need microSD — different slot, see the microSD rangeSanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GBTypeSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 170MB/sWrite speedUp to 90MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30DurabilityShock / temperature / X-ray proofMPNSDSDXXY-064G-GN4INEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 64GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDo I need a special reader for 170MB/s?Full read speed needs SanDisk’s own UHS-I-boosting readers; in standard readers it tops around 95-104MB/s — still quick, and in-camera write speed is unaffected.Is V30 enough for my 4K camera?For the bitrates consumer and prosumer bodies use, yes. Only high-bitrate cinema formats demand V60/V90 — that’s UHS-II territory.How many RAW photos per burst before slowdown?Depends on the body’s buffer, but 90MB/s writes clear it among the fastest any UHS-I card can — this is the card bodies were benchmarked with.Extreme PRO or plain Extreme?PRO adds faster writes (90 vs ~70MB/s) and the boosted reads — worth it for burst shooters; the Extreme covers travel and family photography for less.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO — 128GB—Extreme PRO — 256GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-64gb-extreme-pro-sdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/SanDisk-64GB-Extreme-PRO-UHS-I-SDXC-Memory-Card.jpeg","28.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXXY-064G-GN4IN","1","" "981","SanDisk 256GB Extreme PRO SDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 256GB is the card working photographers default to: UHS-I pushed to its practical ceiling with up to 170MB/s reads, 90MB/s writes that keep deep RAW bursts flowing, and the U3/V30 rating that makes 4K capture routine. The most-recommended SD line of its generation, in the capacity that fits your shooting.Burst-proof90MB/s sustained-class writesShutter bursts live or die on write speed: 90MB/s clears the buffer fast enough that the camera, not the card, sets your pace through a wedding procession or a goal celebration.Fast offloadUp to 170MB/s readSanDisk’s proprietary UHS-I boost (with their SD readers) runs past the standard’s nominal cap — a full card offloads while the coffee is still warm.DependableV30 — 4K without dramaThe 30MB/s sustained write floor records 4K at consumer and prosumer bitrates cleanly — plus the shock, temperature and X-ray proofing SanDisk builds into the line.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot RAW bursts — sport, events, wildlife✔ Record 4K on a DSLR or mirrorless body✔ Want the industry-default pro UHS-I card✔ Offload big shoots on deadlineConsider something else if…✖ Your camera has UHS-II slots and you shoot pro video — the Extreme PRO UHS-II V90✖ Casual photos — the Extreme (non-PRO) saves money✖ You need microSD — different slot, see the microSD rangeSanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity256GBTypeSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 170MB/sWrite speedUp to 90MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30DurabilityShock / temperature / X-ray proofMPNSDSDXXY-256G-ANCINEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 256GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDo I need a special reader for 170MB/s?Full read speed needs SanDisk’s own UHS-I-boosting readers; in standard readers it tops around 95-104MB/s — still quick, and in-camera write speed is unaffected.Is V30 enough for my 4K camera?For the bitrates consumer and prosumer bodies use, yes. Only high-bitrate cinema formats demand V60/V90 — that’s UHS-II territory.How many RAW photos per burst before slowdown?Depends on the body’s buffer, but 90MB/s writes clear it among the fastest any UHS-I card can — this is the card bodies were benchmarked with.Extreme PRO or plain Extreme?PRO adds faster writes (90 vs ~70MB/s) and the boosted reads — worth it for burst shooters; the Extreme covers travel and family photography for less.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO — 512GB—Extreme PRO — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-256gb-extreme-pro-sdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/SanDisk-256GB-Extreme-PRO-UHS-I-SDXC-Memory-Card-.jpeg","72.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXXY-256G-ANCIN","1","" "976","Apple AirPods Pro (2nd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case","The Apple AirPods Pro (2nd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case — Apple H2 chip, industry-leading Active Noise Cancellation up to 2× better than AirPods Pro 1st gen, Adaptive Transparency, Personalised Spatial Audio with dynamic head tracking, Touch control stem, and up to 30 hours total battery. MagSafe, Lightning and Qi wireless charging. IPX4 earbuds, IP54 case. White. ✓ Apple H2 chip — 2× better ANC than AirPods Pro 1st gen · Adaptive Transparency ✓ Personalised Spatial Audio · dynamic head tracking · lossless Apple Lossless (ALAC) ✓ 30hr total battery · MagSafe + Lightning + Qi · IPX4 earbuds · IP54 case ✓ Touch control stem · ear tip fit test · Find My · Siri · White ✓ Verify your AirPods Pro serial number Check coverage and confirm authenticity at checkcoverage.apple.com — enter the serial number from the box or Settings app. The Apple AirPods Pro (2nd generation) represents a fundamental upgrade over the first-generation AirPods Pro — not an incremental refresh. The custom Apple H2 chip enables active noise cancellation that Apple measured at twice the effectiveness of the first-generation model, across a broader frequency range including higher-frequency noise such as air conditioning, keyboard sounds, and background conversation that first-generation ANC left partially audible. Adaptive Transparency goes beyond the static transparency mode of previous AirPods — it analyses environmental sound in real time and applies dynamic reduction to sudden loud sounds (such as jackhammers, sirens, or sudden impacts) while continuing to pass through ambient sound at normal levels, maintaining situational awareness without protecting hearing from unexpected loud noise events. Personalised Spatial Audio creates a three-dimensional sound field around the user based on a scan of their individual ear geometry — captured using the iPhone's TrueDepth camera — producing spatial audio that accounts for the precise acoustic signature of each person's ear shape rather than applying a generic HRTF. The MagSafe Charging Case charges via MagSafe, Lightning cable, or any Qi wireless charger. IPX4-rated earbuds, IP54-rated case. H2 Chip · ANC · Adaptive Transparency 2× Better ANC, Smarter Transparency The H2 chip processes audio at 48,000 times per second — the computational throughput required to analyse incoming sound from the microphone array, generate an anti-noise signal, and output it through the earphone driver within the fraction of a millisecond that effective ANC requires. At this processing rate, the H2 achieves ANC effectiveness that the H1 chip in first-generation AirPods Pro could not reach, particularly in the higher frequency range (1–6kHz) where sounds like HVAC systems, office conversation and travel noise sit. Apple's dual-microphone feed per earbud — one facing outward, one facing inward toward the ear canal — provides the H2 with both the incoming noise source and a measurement of how much of that noise is reaching the ear, allowing the ANC system to correct for variations in seal quality between different wearing positions and ear shapes. Adaptive Transparency uses the same microphone array and H2 processing for a different goal: passing ambient sound through at natural levels while applying targeted reduction to sudden loud events that could damage hearing. The threshold detection identifies sound events above approximately 85dB and applies rapid attenuation — maintaining the useful transparency (voices, traffic, announcements) while clipping the acoustic spikes that make transparency mode unsafe in genuinely loud environments. Personalised Spatial Audio · ALAC Audio That's Tuned to Your Ears Spatial audio creates the perception that sound is coming from specific positions in three-dimensional space around the head — in front, behind, above, to the left or right — from a stereo earphone that physically only produces left and right output. The conversion from stereo audio to perceived spatial position is done using a Head-Related Transfer Function (HRTF): a mathematical model of how sounds reaching a specific ear position are filtered by the shape of the head, ears and ear canal before reaching the eardrum. Generic spatial audio systems use an averaged HRTF that approximates a typical listener — it works reasonably for most people but does not account for individual variation. Personalised Spatial Audio uses the iPhone's TrueDepth camera to scan the user's face and ear geometry, creating a personalised HRTF that accounts for the specific angles, curvatures and dimensions of their own head and ears. The result is spatial audio with more precise directional accuracy and a more convincing out-of-head sound image for that specific person. Dynamic head tracking adjusts the spatial audio field as the user moves their head, keeping the audio anchored to the physical source (a screen, a speaker position) rather than moving with the head — the core feature that makes spatial audio feel immersive during video content. Apple Lossless Audio (ALAC) streaming at CD-quality bitrate is available to Apple Music subscribers on compatible Apple devices — the AirPods Pro 2 receive lossless audio over the Apple-proprietary wireless protocol, not Bluetooth, which cannot carry lossless bitrates. 30hr Battery · MagSafe · IP54 Case Battery, Charging and Protection The AirPods Pro 2 deliver 6 hours of listening time with ANC active (30 minutes more than AirPods Pro 1 with ANC on), or up to 6 hours with ANC off. The MagSafe Charging Case adds 24 hours of additional charge — 30 hours total with ANC on, 36 hours total with ANC off. A 5-minute charge in the case delivers approximately 1 hour of listening time. The MagSafe case charges wirelessly on any MagSafe charger, any Qi wireless charging pad, or via Lightning cable — three charging options without requiring a specific cable or adapter in most situations. The case includes a speaker for Find My audio location, a lanyard loop for attachment, and an IP54 dust and water resistance rating — IP54 means the case is protected against dust ingress and splashing from any direction. The earbuds themselves carry IPX4, which covers sweat and water splash for sport use but not dust ingress. The ear tip fit test in iOS determines whether the selected ear tip size is creating a complete acoustic seal — it plays audio and measures the acoustic response in the ear canal to confirm seal quality, which affects both ANC effectiveness and bass reproduction. Four ear tip sizes (XS, S, M, L) are included. Right choice if you… ✔ Use an iPhone and want the best ANC earbuds in Apple's ecosystem — H2 ANC is best-in-class for noise reduction ✔ Subscribe to Apple Music and want lossless audio — ALAC streaming is supported with AirPods Pro 2 on compatible Apple devices ✔ Already have Lightning chargers and MagSafe — no new cables required for this model ✔ Use Siri extensively — hands-free Siri works reliably with AirPods Pro 2 on iPhone and iPad Consider something else if… ✖ You primarily use Android — AirPods Pro 2 work on Android via standard Bluetooth, but ANC, Spatial Audio, Siri, ear tip fit test and lossless audio require an Apple device ✖ You want USB-C case charging — this model has a Lightning charging port on the case; for USB-C case, see the 2023 AirPods Pro 2 (MTJV3ZM/A) ✖ You want over-ear noise cancellation — in-ear ANC is excellent but over-ear headphones with ANC (AirPods Max) provide greater total isolation due to larger earcup seal Technical Specifications Brand Apple Model AirPods Pro (2nd generation) with MagSafe Charging Case (Lightning) MPN MQDC3ZM/A (UK/EU) GTIN / UPC 194252721247 Chip Apple H2 Noise Cancellation Active Noise Cancellation · Adaptive Transparency · Off Spatial Audio Personalised Spatial Audio · dynamic head tracking Audio Codec AAC · Apple Lossless (ALAC) — Apple devices Battery — Earbuds Up to 6hr (ANC on) · up to 6.5hr (ANC off) Battery — Total Up to 30hr (ANC on) · up to 36hr (ANC off) Quick Charge 5 min → ~1 hour listening Case Charging MagSafe · Lightning · Qi wireless Water Resistance IPX4 (earbuds) · IP54 (case) Controls Touch control stem · press and swipe · Siri Ear Tips XS / S / M / L · ear tip fit test Find My Yes · case speaker included Colour White Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Apple) In the Box — AirPods Pro (2nd generation) — left and right earbuds — MagSafe Charging Case (Lightning port) — Lightning to USB-C cable — Ear tips — XS, S, M, L (4 sizes, M pre-installed) Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between this model and the 2023 AirPods Pro 2 (USB-C)? This is the 2022 AirPods Pro 2 with a Lightning charging port on the MagSafe case. The 2023 update (MTJV3ZM/A) replaced Lightning with USB-C on the case and added a speaker for Precision Finding in Find My, a lanyard loop, and expanded Lossless Audio support. The earbuds themselves — H2 chip, ANC, Adaptive Transparency, Spatial Audio — are identical between 2022 and 2023 versions. If you already use Lightning accessories, this 2022 model is functionally equivalent for all audio features. Do AirPods Pro 2 work with Android phones? Yes for basic audio via standard Bluetooth — music playback, calls and microphone work on Android. However, ANC mode switching, Adaptive Transparency, Personalised Spatial Audio, ear tip fit test, Siri, Find My and lossless audio (ALAC) all require an Apple device (iPhone, iPad, Mac). For full-featured ANC earbuds on Android, the OnePlus Buds 4 or Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro offer better Android-native feature integration. What charging options does the MagSafe case support? The case charges via MagSafe (any Apple MagSafe charger), any Qi wireless charging pad at standard Qi speeds, or via the included Lightning to USB-C cable connected to any USB-C power adapter. A Lightning cable can also be used with a USB-A to Lightning cable. No proprietary charger is required — any Qi pad on a nightstand or desk charges the case overnight. How does the ear tip fit test work? With the AirPods Pro 2 connected to an iPhone (iOS 16+), go to Settings → Bluetooth → AirPods Pro → Ear Tip Fit Test. The test plays audio and uses the inward-facing microphone to measure the acoustic seal between the ear tip and your ear canal. If the seal is insufficient, it recommends trying a different ear tip size. A correct seal is important for both ANC effectiveness and bass reproduction — an undersized tip reduces both. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Apple) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — OnePlus Buds 4 Wireless Earbuds — Storm Gray — Apple 20W USB-C Power Adapter — Browse all earbuds and audio at maibo Browse the full earbuds and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-airpods-pro-2nd-generation-with-magsafe-charging-case/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Apple-AirPods-Pro-with-Wireless-MagSafe-Charging-Case-.jpeg","188.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Wireless Earbuds","Apple","MLWK3AM/A","38","194252721247" "954","Apple AirPods (3rd Generation) with Lightning Charging Case","✅ Verify Your AirPods Are Genuine Check your serial number at checkcoverage.apple.com to confirm your AirPods are genuine Apple and covered by Apple's warranty. The serial number is printed inside the case lid and shown in Settings → Bluetooth on your iPhone. The Apple AirPods (3rd Generation) with Lightning Charging Caseare the most complete version of the standard AirPods — the ones without silicone ear tips, designed to rest in the bowl of the ear without sealing it. Apple's H1 chip powers the instant pairing experience: open the case near an iPhone and a setup card appears on screen. Once paired to your Apple ID, the AirPods automatically appear across every device in your iCloud account, switching seamlessly between iPhone, iPad, Mac and Apple Watch as you move between them. The short stem design is 33% shorter than the 2nd generation AirPods, with a force sensor built into the stem that lets you play, pause, skip, answer calls and invoke Siri without touching your phone. Personalised Spatial Audio maps the geometry of your ears and head using the TrueDepth camera on a compatible iPhone, then applies that profile to create a three-dimensional sound field that moves with your head as you turn. Adaptive EQ uses an inward-facing microphone to detect what you are actually hearing and adjusts the low and mid frequencies in real time to compensate for the fit. The result is fuller, more consistent bass and midrange regardless of how the earbuds sit in your ear. Battery life is 6 hours of listening from a single charge, with the Lightning Charging Case providing a further 24 hours. Five minutes in the case delivers around an hour of listening — practical when you forget to charge overnight. The AirPods and case are both IPX4 rated against sweat and water splash. Find My network support lets you locate the case and individual earbuds on a map. Personalised Spatial Audio Head-Tracked 3D Sound — Your Ear Shape, Your Profile Spatial Audio places individual sounds in a three-dimensional space around your head rather than just left/right stereo. The personalised version — available on AirPods 3rd generation — goes further: the TrueDepth camera on a compatible iPhone scans the geometry of your face and ears, and the AirPods store a personalised HRTF (head-related transfer function) that applies to all Spatial Audio content. This means the sound field is tuned to how your specific ears process directional audio, rather than a generic approximation. Dynamic head tracking uses the accelerometers and gyroscopes in the AirPods to monitor your head position in real time — when you turn your head, the sound field stays fixed in space rather than rotating with your head. Compatible with Dolby Atmos content on Apple Music, Apple TV+ and other platforms. Adaptive EQ + Force Sensor Smart Audio Tuning — Stem Controls Without a Touch Screen Adaptive EQ addresses the fundamental problem with open-ear earbuds: the audio output changes depending on exactly how the bud sits in your ear, and any small movement alters the perceived bass and midrange. Inward-facing microphones sample what you are actually hearing 200 times per second and adjust the low and mid EQ curve in real time to compensate. The result is consistent, full-bodied audio regardless of exact ear fit. The force sensor in the stem handles all playback and call controls with a physical squeeze rather than a tap — more reliable than capacitive touch on non-Pro models. One squeeze plays/pauses or answers a call. Two squeezes skip forward. Three squeezes skip back. A long press invokes Siri. H1 Chip · iCloud Switching Instant Pairing — Automatic Device Switching Apple's H1 chip manages Bluetooth connection, audio processing and communication with Siri. Pairing takes seconds: open the case near an unlocked iPhone and a setup prompt appears automatically — no Bluetooth settings required. Once paired to your Apple ID, the AirPods are available on every device logged into that iCloud account without any manual re-pairing. When audio starts on your iPad while the AirPods are connected to your iPhone, they switch automatically. The skin-detect sensor pauses audio when you remove an earbud and resumes when you put it back. Find My support lets you locate the case and individual earbuds on Apple Maps with Precision Finding on compatible iPhones. Audio Sharing lets two sets of AirPods listen to the same source simultaneously from one device. Great choice if you… ✔ Use an iPhone 8 or later and want seamless Apple ecosystem audio ✔ Prefer open-ear fit without silicone tips sealing your ear canal ✔ Want Personalised Spatial Audio and Adaptive EQ at a lower price than AirPods Pro ✔ Need reliable all-day use — 30h total with the charging case ✔ Already have Lightning cables and a Lightning charger at home Consider something else if… ✖ You need Active Noise Cancellation — see AirPods Pro 2nd generation ✖ You prefer a USB-C case — see AirPods 4 (USB-C charging case) ✖ You use Android — AirPods work but lose most smart features outside iOS Technical Specifications Chip Apple H1 Connectivity Bluetooth 5.0 Fit Type Open-ear (no silicone tips) Spatial Audio Personalised with dynamic head tracking EQ Adaptive EQ (inward-facing mic) Controls Force sensor (stem squeeze) Battery — Earbuds Up to 6h listening · 4h talk time Battery — Total with Case Up to 30h listening · 20h talk time Fast Charge 5 minutes = ~1 hour listening Case Charging Lightning (cable) Water Resistance IPX4 (earbuds + case) Compatibility iPhone 8 or later · iPad · Mac · Apple Watch Warranty 1 Year Apple Box Contents —AirPods (3rd generation) — left and right earbuds —Lightning Charging Case —Lightning to USB-C cable Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 1 Year Apple Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full wireless earbuds range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-airpods-3rd-generation-with-lightning-charging-case/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Apple-AirPods-with-Charging-Case-3rd-Generation-1.jpeg","98.88","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones > Wireless Earbuds","Apple","MPNY3ZM/A","1","194253324171" "933","SanDisk 512GB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC Memory Card with SD Adapter","The SanDisk 512GB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC card is the capacity for people who never want to think about storage again — around 16 hours of 4K 30fps footage, or a phone, drone or handheld console that simply stops asking. QuickFlow technology delivers up to 190MB/s reads and 130MB/s writes, V30/U3 guarantees sustained 4K recording, and the full-size SD adapter in the box drops it straight into cameras and card readers. Genuine SanDisk, with RescuePRO Deluxe recovery included. CapacityThe sweet spot: 512GBBig enough that storage stops being a decision: a weekend of 4K on a GoPro or DJI, a full season of phone photos, a serious Switch or Steam Deck library — all on one card, at a noticeably friendlier price per gigabyte than the 1TB flagship. Speed190MB/s with QuickFlowReads up to 190MB/s make offloads quick, writes up to 130MB/s keep burst shooting and high-bitrate video flowing, and the V30 rating is a guarantee — not a peak figure — that 4K recording will not drop frames. A2 random I/O keeps apps and games loading fast when the card lives in a console or phone. VersatilitySD adapter in the boxThe included full-size SD adapter means one card serves the GoPro on Saturday and the DSLR on Sunday. Four-proof construction — temperature, water, shock and X-ray — keeps it alive through the conditions that end cheaper cards. Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K at weekends and want a card that lasts the whole trip✔ Want one card to move between camera, drone and card reader✔ Run a big game library on Switch or Steam Deck✔ Want Extreme-class speed without the 1TB price Consider something else if…✖ You shoot multi-week expeditions — the 1TB Extreme removes card swaps entirely✖ 256GB already covers you — the 256GB Extreme is the value pick✖ You record dashcam/CCTV loops — a High Endurance card suits constant rewriting better SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity512GB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 190MB/s (QuickFlow)Write SpeedUp to 130MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10AdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNSDSQXA1-512G-AN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —SanDisk 512GB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC card —Full-size SD adapter —RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery licence (download) Frequently Asked Questions How much video and photo fits on 512GB?Roughly 16 hours of 4K 30fps GoPro footage, or well over 100,000 high-resolution photos — a long trip's worth without offloading. Does the 190MB/s speed apply in my camera?Peak 190MB/s needs a QuickFlow-compatible reader; standard UHS-I devices reach ~104MB/s. What matters in-camera is the V30 sustained-write guarantee — that is what keeps 4K recording stable, and it applies everywhere. Will it work in my DSLR or laptop card slot?Yes — use the included full-size SD adapter for SD slots in cameras, laptops and readers. The card itself fits any microSDXC slot directly. Is it suitable for a dashcam?It will work, but constant loop-recording wears any standard card. For 24/7 dashcam or CCTV use, SanDisk's High Endurance line is purpose-built for continuous rewriting. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —SanDisk 1TB Extreme microSDXC —SanDisk 256GB Extreme microSDXC —Browse all microSD Cards at maibo Browse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-512gb-extreme-uhs-i-microsdxc-memory-card-with-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/SanDisk-512GB-Extreme-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter-1.jpeg","92.99","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXA1-512G-AN6MA","1","619659173760" "921","SanDisk Extreme 256GB UHS-I microSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk 256GB Extreme microSDXC is the weekend-shoot workhorse: around 8 hours of 4K 30fps on one card, reads up to 160MB/s for brisk offloads, and the V30/U3 write floor that keeps recording frame-perfect. A2-rated for phones and handheld consoles, four-proof for everything else.Speed160MB/s reads, V30 writesFast offloads, fluid 4K and burst shooting — with V30 as a guaranteed sustained-write floor rather than a marketing peak. A2 random I/O keeps apps and games responsive from the card.Capacity256GB — the weekend cardRoughly 8 hours of 4K 30fps or ~50,000 photos: a full weekend of shooting, a serious Switch library or a phone that stops nagging — without half-terabyte pricing.ReliabilityFour-proof, genuine SanDiskTemperature-proof, waterproof, shock-proof and X-ray-proof — the build that survives drones in winter and bags through airport scanners. Genuine SanDisk through the channels we have used since 2011.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot full days or weekends on GoPro/drone✔ Run a serious game library on Switch or Steam Deck✔ Want the Extreme line’s V30 floor at mid capacity✔ Value four-proof durabilityConsider something else if…✖ You want faster offloads — the Extreme PRO line reads at 200MB/s✖ You need more room — the 512GB Extreme doubles it✖ It is for a Switch specifically — the Nintendo-licensed 256GB is made for itSanDisk 256GB Extreme microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity256GB (microSDXC)Read / WriteUp to 160MB/s / 90MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10MPNSDSQXA1-256G-AN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk 256GB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsHow much 4K fits on 256GB?Roughly 8 hours at 4K 30fps, or around 50,000 high-resolution photos.Is it fast enough for 4K60 or 5K?Yes — the V30 floor covers consumer 4K60/5K bitrates on GoPro and DJI hardware.Extreme vs Extreme PRO?Identical in-camera (both V30); PRO offloads faster with a compatible reader.Does it include an SD adapter?No — card only on this listing.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC—SanDisk 256GB for Nintendo Switch—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-256gb-uhs-i-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/SanDisk-256GB-Extreme-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter-.jpeg","68.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXA1-256G-AN6MA","1","619659189501" "912","SanDisk 128GB Extreme PRO SDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 128GB is the card working photographers default to: UHS-I pushed to its practical ceiling with up to 170MB/s reads, 90MB/s writes that keep deep RAW bursts flowing, and the U3/V30 rating that makes 4K capture routine. The most-recommended SD line of its generation, in the capacity that fits your shooting.Burst-proof90MB/s sustained-class writesShutter bursts live or die on write speed: 90MB/s clears the buffer fast enough that the camera, not the card, sets your pace through a wedding procession or a goal celebration.Fast offloadUp to 170MB/s readSanDisk’s proprietary UHS-I boost (with their SD readers) runs past the standard’s nominal cap — a full card offloads while the coffee is still warm.DependableV30 — 4K without dramaThe 30MB/s sustained write floor records 4K at consumer and prosumer bitrates cleanly — plus the shock, temperature and X-ray proofing SanDisk builds into the line.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot RAW bursts — sport, events, wildlife✔ Record 4K on a DSLR or mirrorless body✔ Want the industry-default pro UHS-I card✔ Offload big shoots on deadlineConsider something else if…✖ Your camera has UHS-II slots and you shoot pro video — the Extreme PRO UHS-II V90✖ Casual photos — the Extreme (non-PRO) saves money✖ You need microSD — different slot, see the microSD rangeSanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBTypeSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 170MB/sWrite speedUp to 90MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30DurabilityShock / temperature / X-ray proofMPNSDSDXXY-128G-ANCINEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 128GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDo I need a special reader for 170MB/s?Full read speed needs SanDisk’s own UHS-I-boosting readers; in standard readers it tops around 95-104MB/s — still quick, and in-camera write speed is unaffected.Is V30 enough for my 4K camera?For the bitrates consumer and prosumer bodies use, yes. Only high-bitrate cinema formats demand V60/V90 — that’s UHS-II territory.How many RAW photos per burst before slowdown?Depends on the body’s buffer, but 90MB/s writes clear it among the fastest any UHS-I card can — this is the card bodies were benchmarked with.Extreme PRO or plain Extreme?PRO adds faster writes (90 vs ~70MB/s) and the boosted reads — worth it for burst shooters; the Extreme covers travel and family photography for less.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO — 256GB—Extreme PRO — 64GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-128gb-extreme-pro-sdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-128GB-Extreme-PRO-UHS-I-SDXC-Memory-Card-.jpeg","38.98","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXXY-128G-ANCIN","1","" "884","SanDisk Extreme PRO 32GB UHS-II SDHC Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO SDHC UHS-II 32GB is the cinema-grade tier: a second row of pins unlocks up to 300MB/s reads and 260MB/s writes, and the V90 rating guarantees a sustained 90MB/s — the certification broadcast and high-bitrate cinema formats actually require. Small capacity, by design: pro video workflows rotate cards per take, not per day.V90The pro-video guaranteeV90 certifies a 90MB/s sustained write floor — the spec that lets 4K at broadcast bitrates, high-frame-rate and some 8K-class formats record without a dropped frame, ever.UHS-II300MB/s — double the pinsThe second pin row is a physically wider pipe: 300MB/s reads offload a take in seconds, and burst photography hits buffer-clearing speeds UHS-I cannot touch.Workflow32GB — the rotation sizePros shoot on multiple smaller cards and rotate — one corrupted card loses a take, not a day. 32GB per card is that discipline, priced in.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot video on a UHS-II body — V90 is what your codec asks for✔ Burst RAW on flagship mirrorless (A9/Z9/R5 class)✔ Run a multi-card rotation workflow✔ Need offloads measured in secondsConsider something else if…✖ Your camera is UHS-I only — it cannot use the second pin row; the Extreme PRO UHS-I is the right spend✖ You want maximum GB per pound — V90 silicon is priced for its floor, not its size✖ Casual 4K — V30 covers it at a fraction of the costSanDisk Extreme PRO UHS-II 32GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity32GBTypeSDHC UHS-IIRead speedUp to 300MB/sWrite speedUp to 260MB/sVideo classV90 — 90MB/s sustained guaranteedUse caseBroadcast/cinema video, flagship burst photographyMPNSDSDXDK-032G-ANCINEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO SDHC UHS-II 32GBFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in a UHS-I camera?Yes, at UHS-I speeds — but you’d be paying for a pin row the body can’t read. Buy V90 for UHS-II hardware.Why only 32GB at this price?You’re buying the guaranteed 90MB/s floor and the UHS-II interface, not gigabytes. Pro video codecs care about the floor; archives care about the gigabytes.V90 vs V60 — when does it matter?All-intra and high-frame-rate recording modes on prosumer/cine bodies list V90 as required or recommended; standard long-GOP 4K is fine on V60/V30.Do I need a UHS-II reader?For 300MB/s offloads, yes — a UHS-II reader completes the workflow; in UHS-I readers it still works at their ceiling.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO UHS-I 128GB—Lexar 1667x UHS-II V60 (middle tier)—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-pro-32gb-uhs-ii-sdhc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-32GB-Extreme-PRO-UHS-II-SDHC-Memory-Card-1.jpeg","98.88","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXDK-032G-ANCIN","1","0619659144319" "870","SanDisk Extreme 64GB UDMA7 CompactFlash Card (Black/Gold)","The SanDisk Extreme CompactFlash 64GB (black/gold) keeps working CF cameras working: UDMA 7 with up to 120MB/s reads and VPG-20 video assurance, at the enthusiast price point. The sensible refill for the 5D Mark II in the cupboard that still takes better photos than most new kit.CapableUDMA 7, 120MB/sFast offloads and deep RAW bursts for enthusiast CF bodies — most of the PRO line’s real-world benefit at a friendlier price.Video-safeVPG-20 assuranceA 20MB/s sustained write floor covers Full HD recording on CF-era bodies comfortably.Keep shootingThe refill formatCF bodies were built to outlive trends; a fresh genuine card is the cheapest way to keep a proven camera in service for years more.Right choice if you…✔ Run an enthusiast CF DSLR — 50D, 5D II, D300 era✔ Shoot stills mainly, Full HD video sometimes✔ Want genuine SanDisk without PRO pricing✔ Need a dependable second card for the bagConsider something else if…✖ You record high-bitrate pro video — the Extreme PRO VPG-65 line✖ Your camera is SD or CFexpress — different slots entirely✖ You burst RAW for a living — PRO’s headroom pays for itselfSanDisk Extreme CF 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GBTypeCompactFlash, UDMA 7Read speedUp to 120MB/sVideo assuranceVPG-20 — 20MB/s sustainedUse caseEnthusiast CF DSLRs, stills + Full HDMPNSDCFXS-064G-A46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme CompactFlash 64GBFrequently Asked QuestionsExtreme or Extreme PRO?PRO adds 160MB/s and the VPG-65 pro-video floor. For stills and Full HD on enthusiast bodies, the Extreme covers it and saves real money.Will my older camera read it at full speed?It reads at the body’s own ceiling — everything still works, bursts still clear faster than with the ancient card it replaces.Is CF still being made?High-grade lines still are, but the market shrinks yearly — which is exactly why owners of working CF bodies are stocking up.How many RAW shots fit?Roughly 25MB per 21-24MP RAW: 64GB holds a serious day of shooting with room to spare.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme CF — 128GB—Extreme PRO CF — 64GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-64gb-udma7-compactflash-card-black-gold/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-64-GB-Extreme-CompactFlash-Memory-Card-.jpeg","78.88","Storage & Memory > Compact Flash Memory","SanDisk","SDCFXS-064G-A46","1","0619659123710" "853","SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB UHS-II SDXC Memory Card – 300 MB/s","The SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB UHS-II SDXC Memory Card – 300 MB/s read, 260MB/s write, and a V90 rating guaranteeing sustained writes never drop below 90MB/s. Built for 8K and cinema-quality 4K capture, continuous RAW burst shooting, and fast offload in post. Shock, X-ray, water and temperature proof. ✓ 300MB/s read · 260MB/s write over UHS-II — offload a full card in minutes ✓ V90 rated — writes guaranteed never to fall below 90MB/s, for 8K and high-bitrate 4K ✓ Continuous RAW burst shooting without the buffer stalling ✓ Shock, X-ray, water and temperature proof · RescuePRO data recovery software The SanDisk Extreme PRO UHS-II sits at the top of SanDisk's SD card range, and it exists for one reason: to remove the memory card as the bottleneck in a professional workflow. Two numbers define it. The first is 300MB/s read, which is what turns offloading a shoot from a coffee break into a couple of minutes. The second — and the one that actually matters while you are shooting — is V90: a guarantee that sustained write speed never drops below 90MB/s, no matter how long the recording runs or how full the card gets. That guarantee is the difference between a camera that records 8K continuously and one that stops mid-take with a buffer error. The card reaches these speeds over UHS-II, which uses a second row of contacts on the back that only UHS-II cameras and readers can use — worth checking your equipment supports it before buying, because in a UHS-I camera this card works perfectly but runs at UHS-I speed. Built to survive what professional gear gets put through: shockproof, waterproof, X-ray proof and rated across a wide temperature range. V90 · The Number That Matters Why a Minimum Beats a Maximum Card marketing leads with peak speeds, but video recording does not care about peaks. A camera writing 8K or high-bitrate 4K produces a constant, unrelenting stream of data, and if the card's write speed dips below what the camera is producing — even briefly — the buffer fills and the recording stops. What matters is therefore the floor, not the ceiling. V90 is the Video Speed Class rating that guarantees a sustained minimum write of 90MB/s, and it is the highest class in the standard. A card advertising 260MB/s peak write but rated only V30 guarantees just 30MB/s sustained, which is fine for standard 4K and will fail on high-bitrate formats. This card carries both: 260MB/s peak for burst photography, and a hard 90MB/s floor for continuous recording. In practice that means 8K, cinema-grade 4K, high frame rate slow motion and All-I codecs record without dropped frames or interrupted takes. U3 (UHS Speed Class 3) appears on the card alongside V90 and guarantees 30MB/s — it is the older equivalent standard, kept for cameras whose firmware reads U3 rather than V-class ratings. Both refer to the same underlying capability. UHS-II · Check Your Camera First The Second Row of Contacts Turn this card over and you will see two rows of gold contacts rather than one. The original row is the standard SD interface; the second row of eight additional contacts carries the UHS-II four-lane bus, and it is what allows 300MB/s. Only cameras and card readers built for UHS-II have the corresponding second row of pins to use it. This is the single most important thing to check before buying, and the most common cause of disappointment with UHS-II cards. In a UHS-I camera the card is fully compatible and works without any problem — the extra contacts simply go unused, and the card operates at whatever speed that camera's UHS-I interface supports, typically around 90 to 100MB/s. Nothing breaks and no data is at risk; you just do not get the speed you paid for. The same applies to card readers: plugging this card into a UHS-I reader caps your offload speed regardless of how fast the card is. If you are buying this card for the 300MB/s, budget for a UHS-II reader as well, or the bottleneck simply moves from the card to the reader. Check your camera's manual for UHS-II support — most professional mirrorless and DSLR bodies from the last several years have at least one UHS-II slot, and some have one UHS-II and one UHS-I. Burst Shooting · Durability · Recovery Built for the Job, Built to Survive It For stills photographers the 260MB/s write speed changes how long you can hold the shutter down. Every camera has a buffer that absorbs images faster than the card can take them; once it fills, the frame rate collapses to whatever the card can sustain. A faster card empties that buffer more quickly, which means longer continuous RAW bursts and a shorter wait before the camera is responsive again — the difference between capturing a sequence and missing the end of it. At 64GB this card suits a working card you offload regularly rather than a whole-trip archive; that is deliberate on many professionals' part, since spreading a shoot across several smaller cards limits what a single failure can cost you. Durability is rated across four categories: shockproof against drops and impact, waterproof, X-ray proof for airport security screening, and operational across a wide temperature range covering both freezing outdoor conditions and heat inside a car or bag in summer. SanDisk includes RescuePRO data recovery software, which can retrieve images from a card that has been accidentally formatted or has become unreadable — worth registering when you buy the card rather than discovering it exists after something has gone wrong. Right choice if you… ✔ Record 8K or high-bitrate 4K — V90 guarantees the sustained write floor those formats need ✔ Have a camera with a UHS-II slot and want to use its full speed ✔ Shoot long continuous RAW bursts — 260MB/s clears the camera buffer faster ✔ Offload large volumes of footage regularly — 300MB/s read turns a long wait into a short one Consider something else if… ✖ Your camera has only UHS-I slots — the card works, but at UHS-I speed; a good UHS-I V30 card costs considerably less and performs identically in that body ✖ You shoot stills only at moderate burst rates — V30 or V60 covers that comfortably and the V90 premium buys speed you will not reach ✖ You need a card for a phone, drone or action camera — those take microSD; see the Samsung EVO Plus microSD range Technical Specifications Brand SanDisk Series Extreme PRO SDXC UHS-II Capacity 64GB Format SDXC Bus Interface UHS-II · four-lane · second contact row Read Speed Up to 300MB/s Write Speed Up to 260MB/s Minimum Sustained Write 90MB/s guaranteed (V90) Speed Classes V90 · U3 · Class 10 Video Support 8K · cinema-quality 4K · Full HD · 3D Backward Compatibility Works in UHS-I and standard SD hosts at reduced speed Durability Shockproof · waterproof · X-ray proof · temperature proof Software RescuePRO data recovery (download) Warranty Manufacturer warranty (SanDisk) In the Box — SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB SDXC UHS-II memory card Frequently Asked Questions Will I get 300MB/s in my camera? Only if your camera has a UHS-II slot. UHS-II speed comes from a second row of contacts on the back of the card, and only UHS-II bodies have the pins to read them. In a UHS-I camera the card works perfectly and safely, but runs at that camera's UHS-I speed, typically around 90 to 100MB/s. Check your camera manual for UHS-II support before buying — this is the most common reason people feel a UHS-II card underperformed. Do I need a special card reader? To offload at 300MB/s, yes — a UHS-II reader. The card fits and works in any standard SD reader, but a UHS-I reader caps the transfer at its own speed regardless of the card. If the reason you are buying this card is fast offloading, budget for a UHS-II reader too, otherwise the bottleneck simply moves from the card to the reader. What does V90 mean, and is it different from U3? V90 guarantees the card never writes slower than 90MB/s sustained — the floor, not the peak, which is what continuous video recording depends on. U3 is the older equivalent standard and guarantees 30MB/s. This card carries both markings because cameras read one or the other depending on firmware age. For 8K and high-bitrate 4K the V90 rating is what you need; V30 cards, despite fast peak figures, only guarantee 30MB/s and can stall on those formats. Is 64GB enough for 4K or 8K video? It depends entirely on your codec and bitrate — high-bitrate 8K fills a 64GB card quickly, while compressed 4K lasts considerably longer. Many professionals prefer several 64GB cards over one large one, because a single card failure or loss then costs you part of a shoot rather than all of it. Check your camera's recording time estimate for the format you use. Can it survive airport X-ray machines? Yes — the card is rated X-ray proof, so security screening will not damage it or your images. It is also shockproof, waterproof and rated for a wide temperature range, which is why these cards are standard in professional kit bags that travel. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (SanDisk) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung EVO Plus 512GB microSD Card — SanDisk Ultra Flair 256GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive — SanDisk Cruzer Glide 3.0 128GB USB 3.0 Flash Drive — Browse all memory cards and storage at maibo Browse the full memory card range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-pro-64gb-uhs-ii-sdxc-memory-card-300-mb-s/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-64GB-Extreme-PRO-UHS-II-SDXC-Memory-Card-.jpeg","109.99","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXDK-064G-ANCIN","1","" "849","SanDisk 256GB Extreme Pro Compact Flash Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 256GB is working-pro insurance for the DSLR fleet still earning its keep: UDMA 7 with up to 160MB/s reads, a VPG-65 guarantee that sustains 65MB/s for clean professional video, and the brutal reliability CF built its reputation on. Canon 5D/7D/1D and Nikon D800-era bodies, this is your card — still made, still here.Pro guaranteeVPG-65 sustained videoVideo Performance Guarantee 65 means the card never dips below 65MB/s write during capture — the spec pro CF bodies demand for high-bitrate recording without dropped frames.FastUDMA 7 — up to 160MB/sFull-speed offloads in UDMA 7 readers and the deepest burst buffers your camera can ask of its CF slot — RAW sequences clear while rivals still blink.CF toughnessThe format that refuses to dieCompactFlash’s thick shell and pin socket outlast SD in field abuse — one reason pro bodies trusted it for two decades. Supply is thinning; working kits stock spares now.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot a pro CF body — Canon 5D/7D/1D, Nikon D700/D800 era✔ Record video on CF — VPG-65 is the guarantee that matters✔ Burst RAW professionally — weddings, sport, wildlife✔ Stock spares while genuine PRO cards remain availableConsider something else if…✖ Your camera is SD-based — this is CompactFlash, a different slot entirely✖ You shoot casually — the Extreme CF line costs less✖ Your body takes CFexpress — that’s a newer, incompatible formatSanDisk Extreme PRO CF 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity256GBTypeCompactFlash, UDMA 7Read speedUp to 160MB/sVideo guaranteeVPG-65 — 65MB/s sustainedUse casePro DSLR photo + video, archival kitsMPNSDCFXPS-256G-A46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 256GBFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my old Canon/Nikon?If the body takes CompactFlash Type I, yes — UDMA 7 cards are backwards compatible; older bodies simply read at their own ceiling.Why buy CF in the CFexpress era?Because your working CF body doesn’t care what’s newer — and genuine high-grade CF is getting scarcer each year. Spares now beat regret later.What does VPG-65 mean in practice?A certified floor of 65MB/s sustained write — professional video bitrates record without a dropped frame, take after take.How do I avoid fake CF cards?Buy from accountable retail supply — counterfeits plague this format’s marketplace listings. Ours carry the standard maibo return cover.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO CF — 128GB—Extreme PRO CF — 64GB—Extreme CF — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-256gb-extreme-pro-compact-flash-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-256GB-Extreme-Pro-CompactFlash-Memory-Card-160MBs-.jpeg","189.99","Storage & Memory > Compact Flash Memory","SanDisk","SDCFXPS-256G-A46","1","" "834","SanDisk 128GB Extreme Pro Compact Flash Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 128GB is working-pro insurance for the DSLR fleet still earning its keep: UDMA 7 with up to 160MB/s reads, a VPG-65 guarantee that sustains 65MB/s for clean professional video, and the brutal reliability CF built its reputation on. Canon 5D/7D/1D and Nikon D800-era bodies, this is your card — still made, still here.Pro guaranteeVPG-65 sustained videoVideo Performance Guarantee 65 means the card never dips below 65MB/s write during capture — the spec pro CF bodies demand for high-bitrate recording without dropped frames.FastUDMA 7 — up to 160MB/sFull-speed offloads in UDMA 7 readers and the deepest burst buffers your camera can ask of its CF slot — RAW sequences clear while rivals still blink.CF toughnessThe format that refuses to dieCompactFlash’s thick shell and pin socket outlast SD in field abuse — one reason pro bodies trusted it for two decades. Supply is thinning; working kits stock spares now.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot a pro CF body — Canon 5D/7D/1D, Nikon D700/D800 era✔ Record video on CF — VPG-65 is the guarantee that matters✔ Burst RAW professionally — weddings, sport, wildlife✔ Stock spares while genuine PRO cards remain availableConsider something else if…✖ Your camera is SD-based — this is CompactFlash, a different slot entirely✖ You shoot casually — the Extreme CF line costs less✖ Your body takes CFexpress — that’s a newer, incompatible formatSanDisk Extreme PRO CF 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBTypeCompactFlash, UDMA 7Read speedUp to 160MB/sVideo guaranteeVPG-65 — 65MB/s sustainedUse casePro DSLR photo + video, archival kitsMPNSDCFXPS-128G-A46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 128GBFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my old Canon/Nikon?If the body takes CompactFlash Type I, yes — UDMA 7 cards are backwards compatible; older bodies simply read at their own ceiling.Why buy CF in the CFexpress era?Because your working CF body doesn’t care what’s newer — and genuine high-grade CF is getting scarcer each year. Spares now beat regret later.What does VPG-65 mean in practice?A certified floor of 65MB/s sustained write — professional video bitrates record without a dropped frame, take after take.How do I avoid fake CF cards?Buy from accountable retail supply — counterfeits plague this format’s marketplace listings. Ours carry the standard maibo return cover.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO CF — 256GB—Extreme PRO CF — 64GB—Extreme CF — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-128gb-extreme-pro-compact-flash-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-128GB-Extreme-Pro-CompactFlash-Memory-Card-160MBs-3.jpeg","119.00","Storage & Memory > Compact Flash Memory","SanDisk","SDCFXPS-128G-A46","1","" "825","Bose QuietComfort True Wireless Earbuds – Noise Cancelling In-Ear Headphones Triple Black","The Bose QuietComfort Earbuds brought Bose’s reference-grade noise cancellation to a true wireless earbud — and for many ears, the ANC on these remains the benchmark the category still chases. Eleven levels of cancellation from full quiet to full awareness, Bose’s rich Active EQ sound, StayHear Max tips that stay put, and IPX4 weather resistance. A discontinued flagship, available brand new in retail packaging while stock lasts.SilenceBenchmark noise cancellationEleven adjustable levels take you from total immersion to transparent awareness with a tap. Aircraft drone, office chatter, bus engines — the QC Earbuds’ cancellation was widely judged the strongest of its generation, and it still silences a cabin.SoundBose Active EQVolume-optimised Active EQ keeps music full and balanced at any level — bass stays rich when quiet, highs stay clean when loud. Clear calls through dual microphones complete the package.FitStayHear Max, IPX4Bose’s StayHear Max umbrella tips (three sizes) spread contact gently around the ear — secure through commutes and workouts without the jammed-in feel. IPX4 shrugs off sweat and rain; up to 6 hours per charge, 12 more in the case.Right choice if you…✔ Want serious ANC for flights, commuting or open offices✔ Prefer Bose’s full, warm tuning✔ Need a secure fit that survives workouts (IPX4)✔ Want a flagship, discounted because the line moved onConsider something else if…✖ You live in the Apple ecosystem and want seamless switching — see the AirPods 3✖ You want the smallest possible buds — QC Earbuds prioritise ANC hardware over size✖ You need multipoint to two devices — this generation connects to one at a timeBose QuietComfort Earbuds — Technical SpecificationsBrandBoseTypeTrue wireless, active noise cancellingANC11 adjustable levelsBatteryUp to 6h + 12h case; 15 min = ~2hWater ResistanceIPX4TipsStayHear Max — S / M / L includedColourBlackMPN831262-0010EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Bose QuietComfort Earbuds (Black)—Charging case (USB-C)—StayHear Max tips — S / M / L—USB-C charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsHow does the ANC compare with newer earbuds?This generation’s cancellation was the category benchmark, and in absolute terms it still ranks with the best — newer rivals narrowed the gap rather than beating it decisively. For pure quiet per pound at this price, it is hard to argue with.Why is a discontinued model still sold new?Bose moved the line on (QC Earbuds II and Ultra), but sealed retail stock of the original remains in distribution. We sell it brand new in original packaging — while remaining stock lasts.Do they work with Android and iPhone equally?Yes — standard Bluetooth with the Bose Music app on both platforms for ANC levels, EQ and updates.Is wireless charging supported?The case charges via USB-C; a Qi-compatible wireless charging case cover was sold by Bose as an optional accessory.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Apple AirPods 3 with MagSafe Case—Bose SoundSport Wireless—Browse all Wireless Earbuds at maiboBrowse the full wireless earbuds range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/bose-quietcomfort-true-wireless-earbuds-noise-cancelling-in-ear-headphones-triple-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Bose-QuietComfort-Noise-Canceling-True-Wireless-In-Ear-Headphones-Triple-Black3.jpeg","289.99","Audio > Wireless Earbuds","Bose","831262-0010","1","" "821","Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Note 8 – Black","The Samsung S Pen for Galaxy Note 8 is the honest original: pure EMR, no battery, no pairing — pull it from the slot and write. 4,096 pressure levels, IP68-matched, and increasingly the only way to make a Note 8 whole again. Available while remaining stock lasts.Zero fussNo battery, no BluetoothThe Note 8 pen is passive EMR: nothing to charge, nothing to pair, nothing to fail. Slot it in, pull it out, write — for another decade.Precise4,096 pressure levelsScreen-Off Memo, Air Command, translation hover — every Note 8 pen feature needs the genuine digitiser-matched tip.Last stocksThe replacement that disappearsSamsung stopped making Note 8 parts long ago; genuine pens now come from remaining channel stock — like ours.Right choice if you…✔ Lost the Note 8 pen — want the phone whole again✔ Prefer zero-maintenance EMR simplicity✔ Keep a classic Note in daily service✔ Want genuine fit, not a loose cloneConsider something else if…✖ Your phone is a Note 9 — its pen adds Bluetooth: Note 9 S Pen✖ Tablet user — the Tab S7 pen✖ You want pressure art on a modern device — newer generations serve betterSamsung S Pen Note 8 — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungColourBlackCompatibleGalaxy Note 8TechnologyPassive EMR — no battery, no pairingPressure4,096 levelsMPNEJ-PN950BBEGEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Samsung S Pen for Note 8 (black)Frequently Asked QuestionsDoes it need setup?None — it’s passive. Insert it and every pen feature simply works.Will it fit the Note 9?It writes on the Note 9, but the slot fit and Bluetooth features belong to the Note 9’s own pen — match pen to phone.Why buy genuine for an older phone?Clone pens mis-match the digitiser: pressure curves drift, hover misreads. The genuine part is cheap enough to do it right.How long will stock exist?Unknown — this is remaining channel stock of a discontinued part. If your Note 8 matters, now is the time.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S Pen — Note 9 (Bluetooth)—S Pen — Tab S7—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full mobile accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-s-pen-for-galaxy-note-8-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/CleanShot-2022-04-03-at-15.02.00@2x.png","8.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PN950BBEG","1","" "816","Samsung S Pen Stylus for Galaxy S21 Ultra – Black","The official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy S21 Ultra — the stylus that unlocked the Ultra line’s pen support for the first time. It is an EMR pen: battery-free, pairing-free, powered by the phone’s screen, with 4,096 pressure levels and a fine tip for notes, markup and precise selection. The S21 Ultra has no internal pen slot, so this S Pen partners with Samsung’s S Pen cases — or simply lives in a pocket like the pen it is.WritingFlagship-grade pen input4,096 pressure levels on the S21 Ultra’s 120Hz display make Samsung Notes, screen-off-style quick notes and document markup feel immediate and natural. Precise selection and small-target taps beat any fingertip.SimplicityNo battery, no BluetoothThis is the EMR S Pen: the screen powers it, so it never charges and never pairs. It also means no Air Actions — this pen is about writing, and it does that without ever going flat.OfficialMade for the S21 UltraGenuine Samsung part (EJ-PG998), tuned to the S21 Ultra’s digitiser. Generic capacitive styluses tap; this writes — with pressure, hover and palm rejection the phone was built to read.Right choice if you…✔ Own an S21 Ultra and want real pen input✔ Take quick notes and mark up documents on the phone✔ Lost the pen from your S Pen case bundle✔ Want the genuine part, battery-freeConsider something else if…✖ You expect Air Actions / remote camera — this EMR pen has no Bluetooth✖ You have an S22/S23/S24 Ultra — those use the silo S Pen, e.g. the S23 Ultra S Pen✖ You have no way to carry it — consider pairing it with a Samsung S Pen caseS Pen Galaxy S21 Ultra — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy S21 UltraTechnologyEMR — battery-free, no BluetoothPressure4,096 levelsColourBlackMPNEJ-PG998BBEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung S Pen for Galaxy S21 Ultra (Black), retail packagingFrequently Asked QuestionsWhere does the pen go? The S21 Ultra has no slot.Correct — the S21 Ultra was the first Ultra with pen support but has no silo. Samsung’s S Pen cases carry it on the phone; otherwise it travels in a pocket or bag like a normal pen.Does it have Air Actions or remote camera control?No — this is the EMR S Pen without Bluetooth. It writes, hovers and selects; remote-control gestures arrived with the Bluetooth pens of later models.Will it work on my S22/S23/S24 Ultra too?Writing may register on other EMR screens, but each Ultra generation has its own matched pen — and from the S22 Ultra onwards the pen docks in a silo this pen is not cut for. Buy the pen coded for your phone.Does it need setup?None — touch it to the screen and it works. No pairing, no battery, no app.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—S Pen S23 Ultra — Phantom Black—S Pen Fold Edition — Z Fold 5—Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maiboBrowse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-s-pen-stylus-for-galaxy-s21-ultra-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/CleanShot-2022-04-03-at-20.49.36@2x.png","26.99","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PG998BBEGEU","125","" "809","Samsung S Pen Stylus for Galaxy Note 8 – Gold","The Samsung S Pen Stylus for Galaxy Note 8 – Gold is the official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 8 — 0.7mm tip, 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity, full angle detection. No battery, no charging, no pairing required — ready to use immediately. Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) exclusive. Genuine Samsung. ✓ 4096 pressure levels · 0.7mm tip · full angle detection for natural writing and drawing ✓ No battery required — EMR technology, always ready, no charging management ✓ Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) exclusive — fits the Note 8 silo precisely ✓ Gold — matching the Maple Gold Galaxy Note 8 colour variant ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Samsung S Pen Stylus for Galaxy Note 8 – Gold is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 8 — a passive EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) stylus that draws its operating power entirely from the phone's digitiser field, with no internal battery and no charging required. Remove it from the silo and it works immediately; return it to the silo when not in use. The Note 8 S Pen delivers Samsung's established EMR specification: 0.7mm fine tip, 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt and angle detection — the complete writing, drawing and annotation toolkit that defines the Note series. Unlike the Note 9 S Pen which introduced Bluetooth Air Actions, the Note 8 S Pen is a precision input tool only — no remote camera shutter, no button-triggered app control. What it does, it does perfectly: precise, responsive, pressure-sensitive stylus input with zero setup and zero battery management. The Gold colour matches the Maple Gold Galaxy Note 8 body colour variant. Genuine Samsung, brand new, bulk packaging. Compatible with Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) only. Available while stock lasts. EMR Technology · No Battery Always Ready — Zero Maintenance EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) is the technology underlying all Samsung S Pen styluses from the original Note through the Note 8. The phone's display emits a low-frequency resonance field; the S Pen contains a passive resonance coil that harvests energy from this field to power the pen's digitiser circuitry. This means the pen has no battery, no charging requirement, and no power management to consider — it is functional at all times as long as it is within the display's field, which in practice means whenever the tip touches or hovers over the screen. For the Note 8 user, this translates to a stylus that is always available: remove it from the silo and write immediately, without checking battery level or waiting for a connection. The Note 9 S Pen was the first Samsung stylus to add an internal Bluetooth battery, enabling Air Actions remote control — the Note 8 S Pen predates this feature and is a pure EMR input device. Many Note 8 users prefer this simplicity: nothing to charge, nothing to pair, nothing to fail. The pen stores in the Note 8's built-in silo when not in use, spring-ejecting when the silo tip is pressed. 4096 Pressure · 0.7mm Tip Writing, Drawing and Annotation Precision The Note 8 S Pen's core EMR specification matches the rest of the Samsung Note range: 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt and angle detection. 4096 pressure levels distinguish 4096 discrete grades of pen-to-screen force — from a hairline at minimal contact pressure to a bold stroke at full pressure — producing the smooth, natural line weight variation that distinguishes a proper digitiser from a basic capacitive stylus. In Samsung Notes, Memo and compatible drawing apps, this translates to expressive handwriting, fine-detail illustration and annotation that closely mirrors the feel of a physical pen on paper. Tilt detection allows compatible apps to respond to the pen's angle — holding the pen at a low angle widens the stroke, simulating a calligraphy nib or flat brush. The 0.7mm tip provides a fine, precise writing point that gives accurate placement on screen without the tip obscuring the writing line. Replacement tips are user-replaceable using the included tip removal tool — Samsung sells replacement tip packs separately. Note 8 Exclusive · Gold Replacement for Lost or Damaged Pen The Note 8 S Pen is sized and shaped to fit the Galaxy Note 8's silo precisely — the silo in the base of the phone holds the pen securely and the spring-eject mechanism releases it cleanly when the silo tip is pressed. S Pens from other Note models are dimensionally different and are not drop-in replacements with full functionality on the Note 8 — using the correct OEM S Pen ensures the spring-eject mechanism functions as designed and the digitiser responds correctly. The Gold colour variant matches the Maple Gold Galaxy Note 8 — the phone's Maple Gold body colour is paired with a gold S Pen from the factory. If you own a Maple Gold Note 8 and have lost or damaged the original S Pen, this Gold variant restores the correct colour combination. It is functionally identical to the Black variant — colour is the only difference. The pen includes a replacement tip and tip removal tool. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy Note 8 and need a replacement for a lost or damaged S Pen ✔ Own a Maple Gold Note 8 and want the matching blue colour pen ✔ Use Samsung Notes, drawing or annotation apps regularly on your Note 8 ✔ Want a genuine Samsung S Pen — correct tip, correct silo fit, correct digitiser response ✔ Prefer a no-setup stylus — no battery, no pairing, works immediately Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Note 9, Note 10 or Note 20 — each uses a different S Pen series; see the relevant EJ-PN960 or EJ-PN970 variants ✖ You need Bluetooth Air Actions — the Note 8 S Pen has no Bluetooth; Bluetooth S Pen was introduced with the Note 9 (EJ-PN960) ✖ You own a Midnight Black Note 8 and want colour-matching — see the Blue Note 8 S Pen (EJ-PN950BLEGWW) Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy Note 8 Colour Gold Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) only Tip Size 0.7mm Pressure Sensitivity 4096 levels Bluetooth No — passive EMR, no battery required Technology EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) Weight 2.8g MPN EJ-PN950BFEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806088985411 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy Note 8 S Pen — Gold — Replacement tip · tip removal tool Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with the Galaxy Note 9, Note 10 or Note 20? No. The EJ-PN950 is designed specifically for the Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950). The Note 9 uses the EJ-PN960 series (which adds Bluetooth), and the Note 10 and Note 20 use different S Pen models entirely with different dimensions. Each Note generation uses a different S Pen — they are not interchangeable for full functionality. Does the Note 8 S Pen have Bluetooth? No. The Galaxy Note 8 S Pen is a passive EMR stylus with no Bluetooth and no internal battery. It requires no charging and no pairing — it is always ready to use. Bluetooth Air Actions were introduced with the Note 9 S Pen (EJ-PN960) in 2018 — the Note 8 S Pen predates this feature. Can I replace the tip myself? Yes. The pen includes a replacement tip and a metal tip removal tool. Grip the current tip with the tool's loop, pull straight out, and press the new tip in until it clicks. Replacement tip packs are also available separately from Samsung. Does the Note 8 S Pen need to be charged? No. The Note 8 S Pen has no battery and requires no charging. It uses EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) technology — the phone's display generates a field that powers the pen passively. The pen works at all times without any energy management. Is the Gold S Pen only for the Maple Gold Note 8? No. The Gold S Pen is functionally identical to the Black variant and works in any Galaxy Note 8. It is the colour variant that ships with the Maple Gold Note 8 — colour is purely a personal or matching preference. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Yellow/Blue (with Bluetooth) — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Violet (with Bluetooth) — Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 S Pen — Pink — Browse all Mobile Accessories at maibo Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-s-pen-stylus-for-galaxy-note-8-gold/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/CleanShot-2022-04-03-at-20.45.42@2x.png","8.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PN950BFEGWW","88","8806088985411" "795","Samsung EO-IA500 3.5mm In-Ear Headphones – Black","The Samsung EO-IA500 is Samsung's wired in-ear earphone built to deliver the balanced, full-range audio that single-driver budget earphones typically cannot manage. Its 2-way speaker system uses two physically separate drivers — an 11mm woofer for bass and low-midrange, an 8mm tweeter for upper midrange and treble — each tuned independently, which removes the distortion that appears when one small cone has to do everything at once. Add a hybrid canal fit with passive noise isolation, an inline remote with microphone, and a standard 3.5mm jack that works with practically everything, and you have one of the strongest genuine-brand wired earphones at this price. 2-Way Speakers 11mm Woofer + 8mm Tweeter Most earphones at this price use a single dynamic driver for the whole frequency range. The EO-IA500 splits the job: the 11mm woofer is sized and tuned for bass and low-midrange, the 8mm tweeter for high-frequency detail, each in its own acoustic chamber so large bass cone movements never smear the treble. It is the same principle as home speaker systems at far higher price points — and the practical result is bass that stays present without drowning the mids, and treble that keeps its clarity at higher volumes. Fit Hybrid Canal — Passive Isolation The hybrid canal design seats the tip inside the ear canal, creating an acoustic seal that blocks ambient noise without any electronics — and that seal is also what correct bass response depends on: without it, low frequencies leak out and any earphone sounds thin. Multiple silicone eartip sizes are included so you can find the diameter that seals properly, and a correct seal anchors the earphones through commuting, gym sessions and daily movement. Controls Inline Remote — Universal 3.5mm The inline remote handles play, pause, track navigation, volume and call answer/end, with a built-in microphone for hands-free calls and voice assistant commands. The 3.5mm jack connects to Galaxy phones with a headphone port, any Android, Windows laptops, MacBooks, tablets and portable players — and on jack-less phones a simple USB-C to 3.5mm adapter puts them back in business. This is the same earphone Samsung supplies with compatible Galaxy devices. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy or any phone with a 3.5mm jack ✔ Want genuine Samsung to replace a lost or worn pair ✔ Want 2-way audio that beats single-driver buds at this price ✔ Need passive noise isolation for the commute ✔ Take calls on the move and need a reliable inline mic Consider something else if… ✖ You want the flagship AKG-tuned version — see the Samsung AKG EO-IG955 ✖ You just need a budget genuine spare — the Samsung EHS64 costs less ✖ You prefer an open fit that lets ambient sound in — canal-style isolation isn't for everyone Technical Specifications Brand / Model Samsung EO-IA500 · Black Drivers 2-way — 11mm woofer + 8mm tweeter Design Hybrid canal in-ear · multiple eartip sizes Connector 3.5mm headphone jack Controls / Mic Inline remote — playback, volume, calls · built-in microphone Compatibility Galaxy S/A/M with 3.5mm · Android · laptops · tablets · USB-C phones via adapter MPN EO-IA500BBEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806092697324 Warranty Manufacturer warranty — 1 year (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung EO-IA500 earphones — Black — Silicone eartips — multiple sizes Frequently Asked Questions What does the 2-way driver design actually change? With one driver, heavy bass notes physically disturb the same cone that is trying to render treble detail. With separate woofer and tweeter, each frequency range gets its own driver — so bass stays punchy without muddying vocals, and highs stay clear at volume. Why does bass sound weak on in-ear earphones sometimes? Almost always a seal problem, not a driver problem. If the eartip doesn't seal the ear canal, low frequencies leak out and the sound turns thin. Try the other included tip sizes — the right size transforms the bass. Will they work with my Galaxy S23/S24 (no headphone jack)? Yes, with a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter. Natively they plug into any device with a 3.5mm jack — older Galaxy models, laptops, tablets and portable players. How are these different from the Samsung AKG EO-IG955? The IG955 is the AKG-tuned flagship supplied with Galaxy S8–S10 flagships; the EO-IA500 is Samsung's own 2-way design. Both are genuine — the IA500 leans balanced 2-way separation, the IG955 leans AKG's signature tuning. Both are available at maibo. Does the remote work on iPhone or PC? Audio and mic work anywhere there's a 3.5mm input. Play/pause generally works across devices; volume buttons follow the Android standard, so on some non-Samsung devices volume is adjusted on the device instead. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty Delivery 4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung AKG EO-IG955 In-Ear Wired Earphones — 3.5mm — Samsung EHS64 3.5mm Earphones — Black — Samsung EO-EG920 Wired Earphones — Browse all Wired Earphones at maibo Browse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-eo-ia500-3-5mm-in-ear-headphones-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Genuine-Samsung-3-5mm-Earphones-EO-IA500-Black-8806092697324-07092021-01-p.jpeg","11.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","EO-IA500BBEGWW","1","8806092697324" "789","Samsung EO-EG920BW In-Ear Wired Stereo Headset with Mic – White","The official Samsung EO-EG920BW In-Ear Wired Stereo Headset with Mic – White  — 12mm dynamic driver, 20Hz–20kHz frequency response, flat tangle-resistant cable, 3.5mm connector, inline remote with volume control and built-in microphone. Compatible with Samsung Galaxy devices and all 3.5mm devices. White. ✓ Official Samsung 12mm dynamic driver — 20Hz–20kHz, balanced stereo sound ✓ Inline remote with volume up/down and microphone — full call and playback control ✓ Flat tangle-resistant cable · 1.2m · 3.5mm jack ✓ Samsung Galaxy compatible · universal 3.5mm · White · original Samsung The Samsung EO-EG920BW is Samsung's official wired in-ear stereo headset — the earphone that shipped bundled with Galaxy S6, S7, and A-series handsets from 2015 to 2018, and sold separately as Samsung's standard 3.5mm headset accessory. The 12mm dynamic driver is larger than the 8–9mm drivers found in most budget wired earphones, producing a fuller bass response and more natural midrange for voice and music. The inline remote includes volume up and volume down buttons alongside the call answer/end button and built-in microphone — a full three-button remote that provides complete playback and call control without touching the device. The remote is positioned at chest level on the cable when the earphones are worn, with the volume controls sized and spaced for intuitive operation by touch without looking. The flat cable resists tangling in pockets and bags, and the 1.2m length provides comfortable reach from a trouser pocket to ear height. Compatible with all Samsung Galaxy devices via the 3.5mm headphone jack, and with any other 3.5mm device for audio. Note: Samsung Galaxy S20 and later models, Note 10+ and certain A-series phones require a USB-C to 3.5mm adapter as the 3.5mm port was removed from those models. 12mm Driver · 20Hz–20kHz Larger Driver for Fuller Sound The EO-EG920BW uses a 12mm dynamic driver — significantly larger than the 6–9mm drivers found in most budget and mid-range wired earphones. Driver diameter is one of the factors that determines how much air a driver can move at low frequencies: a larger diaphragm displaces more air per cycle at bass frequencies, which contributes to bass extension and impact without requiring excessive excursion (cone movement) that causes distortion in smaller drivers. The 12mm driver in the EO-EG920BW gives it a bass presence and fullness that is noticeably greater than earphones with 8–9mm drivers at comparable price points. The 20Hz–20kHz frequency range covers the full audible spectrum without restriction at either end. Samsung tuned the EO-EG920BW for the balanced sound character appropriate for mixed use — music, calls, media and voice messages — rather than the heavily bass-boosted tuning of some competing budget earphones. The 52dB sensitivity is appropriate for use with smartphone amplifier outputs without requiring additional amplification. The ergonomic angled earphone housing is shaped to fit the ear canal at a natural angle, which reduces pressure fatigue during extended wear compared to housings mounted perpendicular to the canal. 3-Button Remote · Volume · Mic Full Control from the Cable The inline remote on the EO-EG920BW provides three buttons — volume up, volume down, and a centre multifunction button — alongside the built-in microphone. The three-button layout gives the user complete control of the device from the cable: volume up and down without reaching for the phone, play/pause and track skip from the centre button, and call answer/end. On Samsung Galaxy devices, the remote buttons communicate via the standard Samsung headset protocol, which fully supports volume control through the inline remote. On other Android devices, inline volume control compatibility depends on the device's headset firmware; most Android devices from 2015 onwards support the CTIA three-button remote standard and will respond to the volume buttons. On iOS, the centre button functions for play/pause and call control, but volume control through the inline remote is not supported on iPhone — use the iPhone's own volume buttons instead. The microphone is integrated into the remote housing and captures voice for calls and voice assistant commands. The remote is positioned approximately at chest level when the earphone is worn, which is the standard position for clear microphone capture without requiring the user to raise the cable toward the mouth. Official Samsung · Galaxy Compatible The Original Samsung Wired Headset The EO-EG920BW was the earphone Samsung included in the box with Galaxy S6, S7, S6 Edge, S7 Edge, and various Galaxy A-series handsets. It was Samsung's standard bundled headset through the 3.5mm era of Galaxy devices. Users who owned these phones and used the original bundled earphone, or who are buying a replacement for a lost or damaged original, are buying the same earphone they already know. The flat cable design and the remote control layout are familiar to anyone who received this earphone with their Galaxy device. Third-party earphones sold for Samsung compatibility vary significantly in remote control compatibility, microphone sensitivity and cable quality — the official Samsung EO-EG920BW ensures full remote compatibility with Samsung Galaxy devices without the inconsistency risk of third-party alternatives. The white colour is a clean, neutral finish that suits both casual and professional settings. Compatible with all Samsung Galaxy devices that retain a 3.5mm headphone jack: Galaxy S4, S5, S6 (all variants), S7 (all variants), Galaxy A-series up to approximately 2019, Galaxy J-series, Galaxy Tab series. Devices from Galaxy S20/Note 10+ onwards without a 3.5mm port require the Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) for compatibility. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy with a 3.5mm jack and want the official Samsung earphone for guaranteed remote compatibility ✔ Need a replacement for the original earphone that came with your Galaxy S6, S7, or A-series device ✔ Want inline volume control from the cable — the 3-button remote includes dedicated volume up/down buttons ✔ Prefer a reliable, familiar wired earphone without the battery or pairing complexity of wireless alternatives Consider something else if… ✖ Your Samsung Galaxy has no 3.5mm jack (S20, S21, S22, S23, S24 and later, Note 10+) — you need the Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW), sold separately ✖ You use an iPhone — inline volume control will not work on iOS; consider the Apple EarPods (Lightning or USB-C) for full iOS remote compatibility ✖ You want wireless — see Samsung Galaxy Buds or OnePlus Buds 4 for TWS options Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model EO-EG920BW In-Ear Stereo Headset MPN EO-EG920BW EAN / GTIN 5055813340626 (verify on packaging) Colour White Driver 12mm dynamic Frequency Response 20Hz – 20kHz Sensitivity 52dB Connector 3.5mm Cable Flat · tangle-resistant · 1.2m Remote 3-button · volume up/down · call answer/end · play/pause Microphone Built-in inline Compatible Devices Samsung Galaxy (3.5mm models) · all 3.5mm devices Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung EO-EG920BW in-ear stereo headset — White — Ear tips — multiple sizes Frequently Asked Questions Will the volume buttons work on my Samsung Galaxy S20 or later? Samsung Galaxy S20, S21, S22, S23, S24 and later, and Note 10+ do not have a 3.5mm headphone jack. To use the EO-EG920BW with these phones, you need the Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW). With that adapter fitted, the earphone's volume buttons, microphone and call controls all work as expected — the adapter passes through the full headset protocol to the phone. Do the volume buttons work on iPhone? The centre button (play/pause, call answer/end) works on iPhone. The dedicated volume up/down buttons on the Samsung remote are not recognised by iOS — volume adjustment on iPhone requires the iPhone's own physical volume buttons. The microphone works for calls on iPhone via the 3.5mm connection. Is the EO-EG920BW the same earphone that came in the box with my Galaxy S7? Yes — the EO-EG920BW was Samsung's standard bundled wired headset included with Galaxy S6, S7, and several Galaxy A-series models from approximately 2015 to 2018. If you are replacing a lost or broken original, the EO-EG920BW is the exact model you received with your phone. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung USB-C to 3.5mm Headphone Adapter (EE-UC10JUWEGWW) — Samsung Galaxy Buds Pro — Phantom Purple — Samsung 45W USB-C Super Fast Charging Set — White — Browse all earphones at maibo Browse the full earphones and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-eo-eg920bw-in-ear-wired-stereo-headset-with-mic-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Genuine-Samsung-EO-EG920BB-Hybrid-Stereo-Headset-White-23102015-1-p.jpeg","4.99","Audio > Wired Earphones","Samsung","EO-EG920BW","1","5055813340626" "769","Genuine Samsung EP-LN920 15W Dual USB Car Charger Set","The genuine Samsung EP-LN920 Car Charger Set is the dependable classic for the micro-USB and early fast-charge era: 15W Adaptive Fast Charging, dual USB outputs, and the matching Samsung cable in the box. For the Galaxys of that generation — and the millions still running — this is their native car charger.AFCAdaptive Fast ChargingSamsung’s 15W AFC was the fast-charge standard of its Galaxy generation — this charger speaks it natively, where generic adapters drop to trickle.SetCable includedThe matching Samsung cable ships in the box — plug in and charge, nothing extra to buy.Dual USBSecond seat coveredTwo USB-A outputs charge a second phone, satnav or dashcam alongside.Right choice if you…✔ Run a Galaxy of the AFC era (S6-S10 generation)✔ Want the cable in the box — complete set✔ Charge two devices in older cars✔ Replace a worn original with the genuine partConsider something else if…✖ Your phone is a USB-C Super Fast Galaxy — the 40W L4020 is its pace✖ You want maximum wattage — the 60W dual✖ iPhone-only car — a PD USB-C charger suits betterSamsung EP-LN920 Set — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungOutput15W Adaptive Fast ChargingPortsDual USB-AIn the setCharger + Samsung cableMPNEP-LN920 (set)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Samsung EP-LN920 car charger—Samsung charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsWhich Galaxys fast-charge on this?The AFC generation — roughly S6 through S10/Note eras. Newer USB-C Super Fast models charge, but at standard pace.Can it charge non-Samsung phones?Yes — any USB device charges; AFC speeds apply to devices that speak it.Why genuine over a pound-shop charger?Clean power and proper negotiation — cheap adapters undercharge, overheat and whine through car speakers.Both ports fast at once?The AFC port leads; the second port serves standard charging alongside.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Samsung LN930 set—Samsung 40W USB-C (modern Galaxys)—Browse all Car Chargers at maiboBrowse the full car charger range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/genuine-samsung-ep-ln920-15w-dual-usb-car-charger-set/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/samsung-ep-ln920-auto-black-mobile-device-charger.jpeg","12.88","Charging & Cables > Car Chargers","Samsung","EP-LN920 Set","1","" "761","Samsung LN930 Fast USB Car Charger Set","The genuine Samsung LN930 Fast Car Charger Set is the step-up classic: Adaptive Fast Charging with the matching Samsung cable included, in the compact single-socket format. The straightforward genuine replacement for the fast-charge Galaxy generations — while remaining stock lasts.FastAdaptive Fast ChargingAFC negotiation delivers its Galaxy generation’s full car-charging pace — noticeably quicker than the 5W generic it usually replaces.CompleteCable in the boxThe matching Samsung cable ships included — one purchase, charging sorted.CompactLow-profile plugSits nearly flush in the 12V socket — no knee-knocking stalk in tight cabins.Right choice if you…✔ Replace a lost/worn Galaxy car charger with genuine✔ Drive an AFC-era Galaxy daily✔ Want set completeness — cable included✔ Prefer a compact plug profileConsider something else if…✖ Modern USB-C Super Fast Galaxy — the 40W L4020✖ Two-phone household car — the LN920 dual set✖ Laptop-class needs — the 60W dualSamsung LN930 Set — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungOutputAdaptive Fast ChargingIn the setCharger + Samsung cableFormatCompact 12V plugMPNEP-LN930 (set)EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyIn the Box—Samsung LN930 car charger—Samsung charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsLN930 or LN920?Same AFC family: LN920 adds the second USB port; LN930 keeps it compact single. Passenger habits decide.Will it fast-charge my S23/S24?It charges them at standard pace; Super Fast needs the USB-C L4020 class.Is the cable replaceable?Yes — standard detachable cable; any quality Samsung cable works.Why buy genuine for an older phone?The charger outlives phones — clean Samsung power protects whatever plugs in next too.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarranty12-Month Maibo WarrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Samsung LN920 dual set—Samsung 60W dual—Browse all Car Chargers at maiboBrowse the full car charger range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-ln930-fast-usb-car-charger-set/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Samsung-LN930-Fast-USB-Car-Charger-Set-1.jpg","12.99","Charging & Cables > Car Chargers","Samsung","LN930 Set","1","" "718","SanDisk 512GB Extreme PRO UHS-I SDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 512GB is the card working photographers default to: UHS-I pushed to its practical ceiling with up to 170MB/s reads, 90MB/s writes that keep deep RAW bursts flowing, and the U3/V30 rating that makes 4K capture routine. The most-recommended SD line of its generation, in the capacity that fits your shooting.Burst-proof90MB/s sustained-class writesShutter bursts live or die on write speed: 90MB/s clears the buffer fast enough that the camera, not the card, sets your pace through a wedding procession or a goal celebration.Fast offloadUp to 170MB/s readSanDisk’s proprietary UHS-I boost (with their SD readers) runs past the standard’s nominal cap — a full card offloads while the coffee is still warm.DependableV30 — 4K without dramaThe 30MB/s sustained write floor records 4K at consumer and prosumer bitrates cleanly — plus the shock, temperature and X-ray proofing SanDisk builds into the line.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot RAW bursts — sport, events, wildlife✔ Record 4K on a DSLR or mirrorless body✔ Want the industry-default pro UHS-I card✔ Offload big shoots on deadlineConsider something else if…✖ Your camera has UHS-II slots and you shoot pro video — the Extreme PRO UHS-II V90✖ Casual photos — the Extreme (non-PRO) saves money✖ You need microSD — different slot, see the microSD rangeSanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity512GBTypeSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 170MB/sWrite speedUp to 90MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30DurabilityShock / temperature / X-ray proofMPNSDSDXXY-512G-ANCINEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO SDXC 512GBFrequently Asked QuestionsDo I need a special reader for 170MB/s?Full read speed needs SanDisk’s own UHS-I-boosting readers; in standard readers it tops around 95-104MB/s — still quick, and in-camera write speed is unaffected.Is V30 enough for my 4K camera?For the bitrates consumer and prosumer bodies use, yes. Only high-bitrate cinema formats demand V60/V90 — that’s UHS-II territory.How many RAW photos per burst before slowdown?Depends on the body’s buffer, but 90MB/s writes clear it among the fastest any UHS-I card can — this is the card bodies were benchmarked with.Extreme PRO or plain Extreme?PRO adds faster writes (90 vs ~70MB/s) and the boosted reads — worth it for burst shooters; the Extreme covers travel and family photography for less.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO — 256GB—Extreme PRO — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-512gb-extreme-pro-uhs-i-sdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1534948548_1431036.jpeg","119.99","Storage & Memory > SD Cards","SanDisk","SDSDXXY-512G-ANCIN","1","" "716","Apple EarPods Wired In-Ear Earphones with Lightning Connector","The Apple EarPods with Lightning Connector are the earphones Apple designed around the ear itself — the familiar open-fit shape that rests comfortably without sealing the canal, with the inline remote and microphone that handle calls, volume and Siri. Genuine Apple, in retail packaging: the honest answer when you need dependable earphones with a Lightning connector, for yourself or the family drawer.DesignShaped to the ear, not jammed in itEarPods’ geometry is defined by the ear’s own shape — they rest in the outer ear without silicone tips, comfortable for hours and aware of surroundings. Speakers inside are engineered to minimise sound loss and maximise output for a rich, consistent tone.ControlRemote, mic and Siri inlineThe inline remote adjusts volume, controls music and video playback, answers and ends calls, and summons Siri — the full control set, no pairing required.GenuineApple quality, honest priceCounterfeit EarPods are everywhere and sound like it. These are genuine Apple (MMTN2ZM/A), sourced through the channels we have used since 2011 — the difference is audible in the first minute.Right choice if you…✔ Want genuine Apple earphones with a Lightning connector✔ Prefer the open EarPods fit over in-ear tips✔ Need the inline mic and remote for calls✔ Are replacing a lost or worn pairConsider something else if…✖ Your device uses the other connector — see the Apple EarPods with 3.5mm Jack✖ You want noise isolation — an in-ear design like the Sennheiser CX300 II seals better✖ You want wireless — see the AirPods 3Apple EarPods (Lightning Connector) — Technical SpecificationsBrandApple (Official)ConnectorLightning ConnectorControlsInline remote — volume, playback, calls, SiriMicrophoneBuilt-inFitOpen, contoured EarPods designMPNMMTN2ZM/AEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Apple EarPods with Lightning Connector, retail packagingFrequently Asked QuestionsWill the remote and mic work on Android?On Lightning, no — these are for Apple devices with a Lightning port.How do I spot fake EarPods?Fakes have lighter cables, mushy remote clicks and thin, harsh sound. Buying from an established UK retailer is the practical answer — every pair we ship is genuine Apple in retail packaging.Do they block outside noise?No — by design. The open fit keeps you aware of traffic and announcements; if you want isolation, choose an in-ear sealed design instead.Which iPhones does this connector suit?Lightning covers iPhone 5 through iPhone 14 generations; 3.5mm suits older iPhones, iPads with a jack, Macs, and most non-Apple devices.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Apple EarPods with 3.5mm Jack—Apple AirPods 3 with MagSafe Case—Browse all Wired Earphones at maiboBrowse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-earpods-lightning/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/MMTN2.jpeg","12.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Apple","MMTN2ZM/A","1","190198001733" "710","Apple EarPods Wired In-Ear Earphones with Remote and Mic – 3.5mm","The Apple EarPods with 3.5mm Headphone Plug are the earphones Apple designed around the ear itself — the familiar open-fit shape that rests comfortably without sealing the canal, with the inline remote and microphone that handle calls, volume and Siri. Genuine Apple, in retail packaging: the honest answer when you need dependable earphones with a 3.5mm jack, for yourself or the family drawer.DesignShaped to the ear, not jammed in itEarPods’ geometry is defined by the ear’s own shape — they rest in the outer ear without silicone tips, comfortable for hours and aware of surroundings. Speakers inside are engineered to minimise sound loss and maximise output for a rich, consistent tone.ControlRemote, mic and Siri inlineThe inline remote adjusts volume, controls music and video playback, answers and ends calls, and summons Siri — the full control set, no pairing required.GenuineApple quality, honest priceCounterfeit EarPods are everywhere and sound like it. These are genuine Apple (MNHF2AM/A), sourced through the channels we have used since 2011 — the difference is audible in the first minute.Right choice if you…✔ Want genuine Apple earphones with a 3.5mm jack✔ Prefer the open EarPods fit over in-ear tips✔ Need the inline mic and remote for calls✔ Are replacing a lost or worn pairConsider something else if…✖ Your device uses the other connector — see the Apple EarPods with Lightning✖ You want noise isolation — an in-ear design like the Sennheiser CX300 II seals better✖ You want wireless — see the AirPods 3Apple EarPods (3.5mm Headphone Plug) — Technical SpecificationsBrandApple (Official)Connector3.5mm Headphone PlugControlsInline remote — volume, playback, calls, SiriMicrophoneBuilt-inFitOpen, contoured EarPods designMPNMNHF2AM/AEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Apple EarPods with 3.5mm Headphone Plug, retail packagingFrequently Asked QuestionsWill the remote and mic work on Android?On 3.5mm Android devices, audio always works and the mic/controls work on most — volume buttons can vary by phone maker.How do I spot fake EarPods?Fakes have lighter cables, mushy remote clicks and thin, harsh sound. Buying from an established UK retailer is the practical answer — every pair we ship is genuine Apple in retail packaging.Do they block outside noise?No — by design. The open fit keeps you aware of traffic and announcements; if you want isolation, choose an in-ear sealed design instead.Which iPhones does this connector suit?Lightning covers iPhone 5 through iPhone 14 generations; 3.5mm suits older iPhones, iPads with a jack, Macs, and most non-Apple devices.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Apple EarPods with Lightning—Apple AirPods 3 with MagSafe Case—Browse all Wired Earphones at maiboBrowse the full wired earphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/apple-earpods-3-5mm-wired-earphones/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/MD827.jpeg","10.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Apple","MNHF2AM/A","88","0190198107077" "700","Beats by Dr. Dre Solo3 Wireless Headphones - Rose Gold(Refurbished)","⚠ Discontinued Colourway The Beats Solo3 Rose Gold colourway has been discontinued by Beats. This is a genuine, tested refurbished unit — new stock is no longer available from Beats. Verified genuine via serial number check at checkcoverage.apple.com. The Beats by Dr. Dre Solo3 Wireless Headphones - Rose Gold(Refurbished) is the most requested discontinued Beats colourway — the warm rose gold finish that Beats no longer produces. This is a refurbished genuine unit: inspected, tested and confirmed fully functional. The Solo3 was Beats' flagship on-ear headphone at launch and remains one of the most capable in the range. At the heart of it is the Apple W1 chip — the same chip that powers AirPods — which delivers instant one-tap pairing with iPhone, automatic iCloud device switching across Apple devices, and the processing efficiency that makes 40 hours of battery life possible from a single charge. Fast Fuel gives 3 hours of playback from just 5 minutes of charging. Class 1 Bluetooth extends range to 100 metres, substantially further than the 10m of standard Bluetooth. The on-ear cushioned design is adjustable and foldable for carrying. Multi-function on-ear controls handle playback, volume, calls and Siri activation from the headphones without touching your phone. The 3.5mm audio cable is included for wired listening when the battery is empty. The Rose Gold colourway is no longer available new — this refurbished unit is an opportunity to own a colour that has been off the market for some time. Apple W1 Chip Instant iPhone Pairing · iCloud Switching The Apple W1 chip makes pairing the Solo3 to an iPhone a one-step process: hold the headphones near an unlocked iPhone and tap Connect on the pairing card that appears — no Bluetooth settings required. Once paired to an Apple ID, the Solo3 appears automatically across all devices on that iCloud account. When audio switches from iPhone to iPad, the Solo3 follows. The W1 chip also enables the 40-hour battery life: its efficient architecture reduces the power demand of Bluetooth processing enough to multiply battery runtime compared to standard Bluetooth chips. Siri can be invoked directly from the on-ear controls without touching the phone — hold the centre button to activate. The W1 chip also supports the faster, lower-latency Bluetooth connection used by Apple devices for audio. 40h Battery · Fast Fuel All-Day Play — Never Run Out 40 hours of continuous playback from a single charge means the Solo3 can run for a full work week without recharging — five days of 8-hour listening before the battery is exhausted. In practice, most users charge every few days. Fast Fuel is Beats' term for the charging circuit that delivers 3 hours of playback from just 5 minutes on charge — enough to get through a commute, a gym session or a long call if you forgot to charge overnight. Charging is via the standard micro-USB port. When the battery is completely empty, the included 3.5mm remote talk cable connects the Solo3 to any device with a headphone jack for wired listening — so the headphones are never completely unusable. Class 1 Bluetooth · Rose Gold Extended Range · Discontinued Colourway Class 1 Bluetooth operates at higher transmit power than the Class 2 standard, extending the reliable connection range to approximately 100 metres in open space versus the 10m of standard Bluetooth. In practice this means the signal holds through multiple walls in a house, across an office floor, or in a large open area — the phone can stay on a desk while you move around the building. The Rose Gold colourway is the most sought-after discontinued Solo3 colour. Beats removed it from production as part of their lineup simplification, and new units have been unavailable from Beats retail for some time. This refurbished unit is genuine, serial-verified, and fully functional — and represents the only route to owning this colourway outside the secondhand market. Great choice if you… ✔ Want the Solo3 specifically in Rose Gold — now only available refurbished ✔ Use an iPhone and want instant W1 chip pairing ✔ Need 40h battery life for all-day use without recharging ✔ Want on-ear headphones that fold flat for travel and commuting ✔ Use Android — works fully via standard Bluetooth Consider something else if… ✖ You need Active Noise Cancellation — the Solo3 does not have ANC ✖ You prefer new, sealed stock — this is a refurbished unit in bulk packaging ✖ You want USB-C charging — Solo3 charges via micro-USB Technical Specifications Brand / Model Beats Solo3 Wireless Colour Rose Gold (discontinued) Chip Apple W1 Bluetooth Class 1 — up to 100m range Battery Life Up to 40 hours Fast Fuel 5 min charge = 3 hours playback Charging Port Micro-USB Driver Type On-ear · adjustable cushioned cups Controls Multi-function on-ear (music, calls, Siri, volume) Microphone Built-in dual beam-forming mic Compatibility iPhone · iPad · Mac · Android (full Bluetooth) Warranty 90 Days (maibo) Box Contents —Beats Solo3 Wireless headphones — Rose Gold —3.5mm Remote Talk Cable (for wired use) —Micro-USB charging cable —Carrying case Note: Supplied in bulk/non-retail packaging. Fully tested and functional. Original retail box not included. Condition Refurbished — Tested & Functional Warranty 90 Days maibo Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full wireless headphones range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/beats-by-dr-dre-solo3-wireless-headphones-rose-goldrefurbished/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Beats-by-Dr.-Dre-Beats-Solo3-Wireless-On-Ear-Headphones-Rose-Gold-Icon.jpeg","129.99","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Apple,Beats By Dr. Dre","MX442LL/A","1","190199312487" "675","Beats by Dr. Dre Beats Solo3 Wireless On-Ear Headphones Matt Black","The Beats by Dr. Dre Beats Solo3 Wireless On-Ear Headphones Matt  Black is still one of the most capable on-ear wireless headphones available — 40-hour battery life, Apple W1 chip for instant iPhone pairing, Class 1 Bluetooth for extended range, and the fine-tuned acoustic performance Beats is known for. This is a professionally refurbished unit: fully tested, functionally excellent, and supplied in bulk packaging to keep the cost down. Refurbished — What This Means This unit has been professionally inspected, tested and confirmed fully functional. It shows no signs of significant wear. It is supplied in bulk (plain) packaging without a retail box — this is how the price stays low. The headphones themselves are genuine Beats Solo3 Wireless. Covered by our 12-month Maibo warranty. Pairing Apple W1 Chip The Apple W1 chip means the Solo3 pairs with iPhone instantly — hold it near your unlocked iPhone and it connects in seconds without navigating Bluetooth settings. Once paired to your iPhone it also appears across your other iCloud devices automatically. For Android and other devices, standard Bluetooth pairing works perfectly. Battery 40 Hours + Fast Fuel 40 hours of playback on a single charge is exceptional for on-ear wireless headphones — comfortably enough for a week of commuting without recharging. When the battery does run low, Fast Fuel gives up to 3 hours of playback from just 5 minutes of charge via the included Micro USB cable. Wireless Class 1 Bluetooth Class 1 Bluetooth has a significantly longer range than standard Class 2 Bluetooth — up to 100 metres in open air, meaning fewer dropouts when your phone is in another room, a bag or a pocket at some distance. In everyday use, this translates to a more stable, reliable wireless connection. Great choice if you… ✔ Want genuine Beats Solo3 quality at a lower price ✔ Use iPhone and want instant W1 chip pairing ✔ Need 40-hour battery for long-haul travel or commuting ✔ Happy with refurbished condition and bulk packaging ✔ Want on-ear headphones with a folding, portable design Consider something else if… ✖ You need factory-sealed retail box packaging ✖ You need active noise cancellation — see Beats Studio3 ✖ You prefer over-ear cups for deeper passive isolation Technical Specifications Brand / Model Beats by Dr. Dre Solo3 Wireless Chip Apple W1 Bluetooth Class 1 Wireless Bluetooth Battery Life Up to 40 hours Fast Fuel 5 min charge = up to 3 hours playback Charging Micro USB Wired Option 3.5mm RemoteTalk cable (detachable) Design On-ear · Foldable · Adjustable headband Colour Matte Black What's Included — Beats Solo3 Wireless headphones (Matte Black) — Micro USB charging cable — Bulk packaging — no retail box Compatible With — iPhone — instant W1 chip pairing — iPad, Mac, Apple Watch (W1 ecosystem) — Android & all Bluetooth devices (standard pairing) Condition Refurbished — Fully Tested · Bulk Packaging Warranty 12-Month Maibo Warranty Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked The Beats Solo3 Wireless Matte Black — genuinely good headphones at a refurbished price. 40 hours battery, Apple W1, Class 1 Bluetooth. The retail box is gone. The performance isn't.","https://maibo.uk/product/beats-by-dr-dre-beats-solo3-wireless-on-ear-headphones-matt-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Beats-Solo3-Wireless-On-Ear-Headphones-Apple-W1-Headphone-Chip-Class-1-Bluetooth-40-Hours-of-Listening-Time-Matte-Black.jpeg","99.98","Audio > Bluetooth Headphones","Apple,Beats By Dr. Dre","MX432LLA","1","0190198253361" "667","Logitech H390 USB Headset with Noise-Cancelling Mic (Black)","The Logitech H390 USB Headset Black is one of the most widely deployed office headsets there is, and the reason is that it removes every excuse for bad call audio. Plug it into a USB-A port and it works — no drivers, no pairing, no battery to run flat halfway through a meeting. The boom microphone sits on the left and cancels much of the background noise around you, then rotates up and out of the way when you just want to listen. Volume and mute live on a small control on the cable, so you can silence yourself without hunting for the button in Teams or Zoom. Fine-tuned 30mm drivers handle voices clearly and music well enough for the gaps between calls. This is model 981-000014 in Black, supplied new in Logitech retail packaging. Noise-Cancelling Boom Mic Why a Boom Mic Beats a Laptop Mic A laptop's built-in microphone sits half a metre from your mouth and hears everything else in the room at nearly the same level — the keyboard you are typing on, the fan, a conversation behind you. The H390 puts the microphone on a boom a couple of centimetres from your mouth, so your voice is by far the loudest thing it hears, and its noise-cancelling design further reduces sound arriving from the sides and behind. The practical difference on a call is large: colleagues hear you clearly instead of asking you to repeat yourself, and the constant rustle of a home office or open-plan floor drops away. The boom is rigid enough to stay exactly where you put it, and it rotates up into the headband when you are not speaking, which is how most people wear it between calls. It is mounted on the left side, so wear the headset with the boom on your left for the correct orientation. USB-A · Plug and Play · In-Line Controls Nothing to Set Up, Nothing to Charge The H390 connects over USB-A and is recognised straight away by Windows, macOS and ChromeOS as a standard audio device — there is no software to install and no pairing step. Because it draws power from the USB port, it never needs charging and it never drops out mid-call because a battery has run down, which is the single biggest reason businesses still buy wired headsets for their teams. USB also carries the audio digitally, so the sound is not affected by the quality of the computer's own headphone socket. The 1.9m cable is long enough to lean back or stand up during a long call without pulling the laptop off the desk. A small control on the cable adjusts volume up and down and mutes the microphone. Having mute on the cable rather than on screen matters more than it sounds: it is the fastest way to silence yourself when someone walks in, without clicking around a meeting window. One thing to check before ordering: the plug is USB-A, the larger rectangular type. Many newer laptops only have USB-C ports and will need a USB-C to USB-A adapter, or the separate USB-C version of this headset. 30mm Drivers · Comfort Built for a Full Day of Calls Logitech tuned the 30mm drivers for voice first, so speech comes through clear and intelligible, with enough range for music and video between meetings. The frequency response runs from 20Hz to 20kHz. For comfort, the headband adjusts to your head size and the ear cushions are mounted on swivels, so they angle to sit flat against your ears rather than pressing at one edge. The cushions are leatherette, which wipes clean easily — a practical point for a headset that may be shared on a hot desk. The H390 is an on-ear design: the cushions rest on the ear rather than surrounding it. That keeps it light and cool for long sessions and lets you stay aware of the room, but it does not seal out noise the way a large over-ear headset does. For most office and home working that is the right trade; if you work somewhere very loud, an over-ear headset will isolate better. Right choice if you… ✔ Spend your day on Teams, Zoom or phone calls and want to be heard clearly ✔ Want a headset that never needs charging or pairing ✔ Are equipping a team or a hot desk and want something simple and easy to clean ✔ Have a computer with a USB-A port Consider something else if… ✘ Your laptop only has USB-C ports — you will need an adapter, or the USB-C version of the H390 ✘ You want to move around freely — this is a wired headset ✘ You work somewhere very loud — the on-ear cushions do not isolate like an over-ear headset Logitech H390 USB Headset Black — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelH390 USB Computer Headset MPN981-000014 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack Wearing StyleOn-ear · adjustable headband · swivel-mounted leatherette cushions Drivers30mm Frequency Response20Hz – 20kHz Impedance32Ω MicrophoneNoise-cancelling · rigid rotating boom · left side ControlsIn-line · volume up / down · mic mute ConnectionUSB-A · plug and play Cable Length1.9m CompatibilityWindows · macOS · ChromeOS · USB-A port required WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech H390 USB headset — Black —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions Will it work with my USB-C laptop?This version has a USB-A plug. If your laptop only has USB-C ports, use a USB-C to USB-A adapter — it works normally through one — or choose the separate USB-C version of the H390. Do I need to install software?No. Windows, macOS and ChromeOS recognise the H390 as a standard USB audio device as soon as it is plugged in. If your call app is still using the laptop speakers, select the H390 as the speaker and microphone in the app's audio settings. Does it work with Teams and Zoom?Yes. It works with Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet, Webex and other calling apps as a standard USB headset. The in-line volume and mute controls work alongside them. Does it cover my ears or sit on them?It sits on them. The H390 is an on-ear headset, which keeps it light and cool and lets you hear the room around you. It does not block outside noise the way a large over-ear headset does. Is the colour the only difference between versions?Yes. Every colour of the H390 USB-A headset has the same drivers, microphone, controls and cable. Choose the one you prefer — Black is shown here, and the other colours are linked below. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Rose —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Off-White —Logitech H111 Wired Headset — 3.5mm —Logitech Brio 4K Webcam — complete your call setup —Official Logitech H390 product page Browse the full headsets and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-h390-usb-headset-with-noise-cancelling-mic-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1635183361_533300.jpeg","28.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Logitech","981-000014","1","" "663","SanDisk 1TB Extreme UHS-I MicroSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk 1TB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC card puts a full terabyte in your drone, action camera or Android phone — roughly 32 hours of 4K 30fps GoPro footage on a single card. QuickFlow technology pushes reads to 190MB/s and writes to 130MB/s, so end-of-day offloads are practical rather than overnight, while V30/U3 ratings guarantee the sustained write speed 4K and 5K recording demands. Genuine SanDisk, with RescuePRO Deluxe recovery software included. CapacityA terabyte in a fingernail1TB means a week-long shoot without a card swap, a phone that holds the entire photo library, a Steam Deck or Switch library that never asks you to delete. For drone pilots and GoPro users it removes the daily backup ritual entirely — shoot all trip, offload once at home. Speed190MB/s with QuickFlowQuickFlow lifts performance past the usual UHS-I ceiling: 190MB/s reads make a 100GB offload a coffee-break job, 130MB/s writes keep burst photography flowing, and the V30 rating guarantees the sustained minimum that stops 4K recordings dropping frames. A2 random I/O means apps and games run from the card without stutter. DurabilityFour-proof, expedition-gradeTemperature-proof, waterproof, shock-proof and X-ray-proof — built for the environments that kill cheaper cards: a drone in winter, a dive housing, airport scanners. At 1TB of potential footage, the included RescuePRO Deluxe recovery licence is genuine insurance, not a gimmick. Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K/5K on GoPro, DJI or mirrorless and hate card swaps✔ Run a Steam Deck, Switch or Android phone with a huge library✔ Want one card for a whole expedition, not a wallet of five✔ Need guaranteed V30 sustained writes, not just peak-speed marketing Consider something else if…✖ 512GB covers you — the 512GB Extreme costs noticeably less per shoot✖ You mostly record dashcam or security footage — a High Endurance card is the right tool✖ You need UHS-II speeds for pro video — that is a different card class SanDisk 1TB Extreme microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity1TB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 190MB/s (QuickFlow)Write SpeedUp to 130MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10DurabilityTemperature / water / shock / X-ray proofMPNSDSQXA1-1T00-AN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —SanDisk 1TB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC card —RescuePRO Deluxe data recovery licence (download) Frequently Asked Questions Will my device support a 1TB card?Any device that accepts microSDXC and the exFAT file system supports 1TB — that covers recent GoPros, DJI drones, Android phones with card slots, Nintendo Switch and Steam Deck. Very old devices capped at SDHC (32GB) are the only exception. Do I really get 190MB/s everywhere?190MB/s needs a QuickFlow-compatible reader (such as SanDisk's own). In standard UHS-I slots you get up to ~104MB/s — still fast — and in all cases the V30 sustained-write guarantee for 4K recording holds. Is it good for Nintendo Switch and Steam Deck?Yes — the A2 rating is exactly what game loading wants: fast random reads. 1TB comfortably holds a large library on either console. How much 4K footage fits on 1TB?Roughly 32 hours of 4K 30fps GoPro footage, or around 250,000 high-resolution photos — enough for a multi-week trip without touching a laptop. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC —SanDisk 256GB Extreme microSDXC —Browse all microSD Cards at maibo Browse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-1tb-extreme-uhs-i-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-1TB-Extreme-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter-.jpeg","168.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXA1-1T00-AN6MA","1","0619659188474" "602","Logitech G PRO Wireless Gaming Mouse – HERO 25K – Black","The Logitech G PRO Wireless is the mouse that proved wireless belongs in esports — co-designed with more than fifty professional players, truly ambidextrous with removable side buttons on both flanks, and driven by the HERO 25K sensor over LIGHTSPEED. At 80 grams with up to 60 hours per charge, it remains one of the most complete competitive mice ever shipped.PedigreeBuilt with 50+ prosTwo years of prototypes in professional hands shaped every curve. The result is the rare shape that left- and right-handers, claw and palm grippers all rate — with magnetic side buttons you reconfigure or blank off per side.SensorHERO 25K over LIGHTSPEEDSub-micron tracking with zero smoothing at any DPI, carried by the 1ms LIGHTSPEED link that ended the wired-vs-wireless debate in tournaments. POWERPLAY-compatible for charge-while-you-play pads.Endurance80g, 60 hoursLight enough for flick-heavy sessions, up to 60 hours per charge with lighting off, and metal-spring button tensioning that keeps clicks crisp across millions of actuations.Right choice if you…✔ Want a proven esports pedigree with side-button flexibility✔ Are left-handed — true ambidextrous builds are rare✔ Use claw or palm grip on a medium shape✔ Want POWERPLAY compatibilityConsider something else if…✖ You chase minimum weight — the Superlight drops under 63g✖ You want desk-work features — see the MX Master 3S✖ Budget rules — the wired G102 delivers Logitech G basics for a fractionLogitech G PRO Wireless — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitech GSensorHERO 25K — up to 25,600 DPIWirelessLIGHTSPEED 1ms · POWERPLAY compatibleWeight80gButtons4 removable side buttons (both flanks)BatteryUp to 60 hours (lighting off)MPN910-005272EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—G PRO Wireless mouse—LIGHTSPEED receiver + extension adapter—Side button covers · charging cableFrequently Asked QuestionsG PRO Wireless or Superlight?Same sensor family and link. The Superlight strips 17g and the side-button flexibility for pure speed; this keeps ambidextrous versatility, swappable buttons and POWERPLAY. Lefties and button-users pick this one.Is it really usable left-handed?Fully — symmetrical shell with side buttons on both flanks; blank covers replace whichever set you do not use.What is POWERPLAY?Logitech’s charging mousepad system — the mouse charges wirelessly while you play.Battery with lighting on?Roughly 48 hours with default LIGHTSYNC on; up to 60 with it off.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—G PRO X Superlight — Black—Logitech MX Master 3S—Browse all Gaming Mice at maiboBrowse the full gaming range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g-pro-wireless-gaming-mouse-hero-25k-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1635942032_1442777.jpeg","98.99","Gaming > Gaming Mice","Logitech","910-005272","1","5099206077362" "537","Samsung 128GB PRO microSDXC Memory Card – UHS-I U3 A2 V30 160MB/s with Adapter","The Samsung PRO Plus microSDXC 128GB is the EVO’s harder-working sibling: up to 160MB/s reads and 120MB/s writes — the write speed being the real story, because that’s what clears camera buffers and swallows 4K streams without blinking. U3/V30/A2 rated, 6-proof protected, built for cards that earn their keep.Write speed120MB/s — the pro differenceWrites are where cheap cards choke: 120MB/s keeps drones, action cams and burst photography flowing, and makes the card usable as working storage, not just a shelf.Fast both ways160MB/s readsOffloads and file moves at the practical top of UHS-I — a day of footage transfers while you pack the kit.DependableV30 + A2 + 6-proofSustained 4K guarantee, app-class random performance, and Samsung’s six-way protection against water, temperature, X-ray, magnets, drops and wear.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K on drones, action cams, phones — heavily✔ Offload big days often — write speed pays twice✔ Run a Steam Deck or heavy app storage (A2)✔ Want Samsung’s fastest mainstream microSDConsider something else if…✖ You mainly store media — the EVO Plus gives more GB per pound✖ Dashcam loop duty — endurance cards fit that pattern✖ Full-size SD camera — different slotSamsung PRO Plus 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity128GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 160MB/sWrite speedUp to 120MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30 · A2Durability6-proof: water/temp/X-ray/magnet/drop/wearMPNMB-MD128KA/EUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung PRO Plus microSDXC 128GB—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsPRO Plus vs EVO Plus — is the difference real?In writes, very: ~120 vs ~80MB/s class. If the card records or offloads for a living, PRO Plus; if it mostly holds media, EVO Plus.Good for GoPro and DJI?Yes — V30 with 120MB/s write headroom is comfortably inside action-cam and consumer-drone requirements.Steam Deck?A strong pick — A2 random reads keep game loads snappy, and the write speed helps installs.Adapter included?Yes — full-size SD adapter in the box.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—PRO Plus — 512GB—EVO Plus 128GB (value)—Browse all Samsung at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-128gb-pro-microsdxc-memory-card-uhs-i-u3-a2-v30-160mb-s-with-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Samsung-128GB-PRO-Plus-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter-1.jpeg","44.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MD128KA/EU","1","8806092411180" "528","SanDisk 128GB Extreme UHS-I MicroSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme microSDXC 128GB is the action-camera default: up to 190MB/s reads, 90MB/s writes, and the U3/V30/A2 trio that means 4K drone and GoPro footage records without a dropped frame while apps launch fast. The microSD you buy when the card actually works for a living.CaptureV30 — 4K sustainedA guaranteed 30MB/s write floor keeps GoPros, drones and 4K dashcams recording cleanly through the whole run.Fast190MB/s reads, A2 appsOffload a day’s footage in minutes, and A2 random performance keeps Steam Deck and Android game loads snappy.Field-proofBuilt for abuseTemperature, water, shock and X-ray proof — the card for devices that live outdoors.Right choice if you…✔ Fly drones or shoot action cams in 4K✔ Expand a Steam Deck — A2 earns its keep✔ Offload big footage days on deadline✔ Want the enthusiast microSD defaultConsider something else if…✖ Pure media storage — the Ultra line gives more GB per pound✖ 24/7 dashcam loops — endurance cards are built for that✖ Full-size SD camera — see the SD Extreme/PRO rangeSanDisk Extreme microSDXC 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBTypemicroSDXC UHS-IRead speedUp to 190MB/sWrite speedUp to 90MB/sRatingsC10 · U3 · V30 · A2MPNSDSQXAA-128G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme microSDXC 128GB—SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it enough for a GoPro in 4K?Yes — V30 covers GoPro and consumer drone 4K bitrates with margin; it’s the card those communities standardised on.Do I get the full 190MB/s everywhere?Full reads need SanDisk’s boosting readers; standard readers run ~100MB/s. In-device recording speed is unaffected.Extreme or Ultra?Extreme: shooting (V30 write floor, A2). Ultra: storing (more GB per pound). Cameras take Extreme; tablets take Ultra.Steam Deck — worth it over Ultra?Yes for load times: A2 random reads are what game launches feel.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Ultra microSD — 512GB (capacity)—Ultra microSD — 1TB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-128gb-extreme-uhs-i-microsdxc-memory-card-with-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-128GB-Extreme-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter-.jpeg","38.98","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXAA-128G-GN6MA","1","619659188450" "512","SanDisk 32GB Extreme Pro CompactFlash Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 32GB is working-pro insurance for the DSLR fleet still earning its keep: UDMA 7 with up to 160MB/s reads, a VPG-65 guarantee that sustains 65MB/s for clean professional video, and the brutal reliability CF built its reputation on. Canon 5D/7D/1D and Nikon D800-era bodies, this is your card — still made, still here.Pro guaranteeVPG-65 sustained videoVideo Performance Guarantee 65 means the card never dips below 65MB/s write during capture — the spec pro CF bodies demand for high-bitrate recording without dropped frames.FastUDMA 7 — up to 160MB/sFull-speed offloads in UDMA 7 readers and the deepest burst buffers your camera can ask of its CF slot — RAW sequences clear while rivals still blink.CF toughnessThe format that refuses to dieCompactFlash’s thick shell and pin socket outlast SD in field abuse — one reason pro bodies trusted it for two decades. Supply is thinning; working kits stock spares now.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot a pro CF body — Canon 5D/7D/1D, Nikon D700/D800 era✔ Record video on CF — VPG-65 is the guarantee that matters✔ Burst RAW professionally — weddings, sport, wildlife✔ Stock spares while genuine PRO cards remain availableConsider something else if…✖ Your camera is SD-based — this is CompactFlash, a different slot entirely✖ You shoot casually — the Extreme CF line costs less✖ Your body takes CFexpress — that’s a newer, incompatible formatSanDisk Extreme PRO CF 32GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity32GBTypeCompactFlash, UDMA 7Read speedUp to 160MB/sVideo guaranteeVPG-65 — 65MB/s sustainedUse casePro DSLR photo + video, archival kitsMPNSDCFXPS-032G-A46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 32GBFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my old Canon/Nikon?If the body takes CompactFlash Type I, yes — UDMA 7 cards are backwards compatible; older bodies simply read at their own ceiling.Why buy CF in the CFexpress era?Because your working CF body doesn’t care what’s newer — and genuine high-grade CF is getting scarcer each year. Spares now beat regret later.What does VPG-65 mean in practice?A certified floor of 65MB/s sustained write — professional video bitrates record without a dropped frame, take after take.How do I avoid fake CF cards?Buy from accountable retail supply — counterfeits plague this format’s marketplace listings. Ours carry the standard maibo return cover.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO CF — 64GB—Extreme PRO CF — 128GB—Extreme CF — 64GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-32gb-extreme-pro-compactflash-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-32GB-Extreme-Pro-CompactFlash-Memory-Card-160MBs-.jpeg","98.98","Storage & Memory > Compact Flash Memory","SanDisk","SDCFXPS-032G-A46","1","0619659102432" "500","SanDisk 64GB Extreme Pro CompactFlash Memory Card","The SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 64GB is working-pro insurance for the DSLR fleet still earning its keep: UDMA 7 with up to 160MB/s reads, a VPG-65 guarantee that sustains 65MB/s for clean professional video, and the brutal reliability CF built its reputation on. Canon 5D/7D/1D and Nikon D800-era bodies, this is your card — still made, still here.Pro guaranteeVPG-65 sustained videoVideo Performance Guarantee 65 means the card never dips below 65MB/s write during capture — the spec pro CF bodies demand for high-bitrate recording without dropped frames.FastUDMA 7 — up to 160MB/sFull-speed offloads in UDMA 7 readers and the deepest burst buffers your camera can ask of its CF slot — RAW sequences clear while rivals still blink.CF toughnessThe format that refuses to dieCompactFlash’s thick shell and pin socket outlast SD in field abuse — one reason pro bodies trusted it for two decades. Supply is thinning; working kits stock spares now.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot a pro CF body — Canon 5D/7D/1D, Nikon D700/D800 era✔ Record video on CF — VPG-65 is the guarantee that matters✔ Burst RAW professionally — weddings, sport, wildlife✔ Stock spares while genuine PRO cards remain availableConsider something else if…✖ Your camera is SD-based — this is CompactFlash, a different slot entirely✖ You shoot casually — the Extreme CF line costs less✖ Your body takes CFexpress — that’s a newer, incompatible formatSanDisk Extreme PRO CF 64GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GBTypeCompactFlash, UDMA 7Read speedUp to 160MB/sVideo guaranteeVPG-65 — 65MB/s sustainedUse casePro DSLR photo + video, archival kitsMPNSDCFXPS-064G-A46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme PRO CompactFlash 64GBFrequently Asked QuestionsWill it work in my old Canon/Nikon?If the body takes CompactFlash Type I, yes — UDMA 7 cards are backwards compatible; older bodies simply read at their own ceiling.Why buy CF in the CFexpress era?Because your working CF body doesn’t care what’s newer — and genuine high-grade CF is getting scarcer each year. Spares now beat regret later.What does VPG-65 mean in practice?A certified floor of 65MB/s sustained write — professional video bitrates record without a dropped frame, take after take.How do I avoid fake CF cards?Buy from accountable retail supply — counterfeits plague this format’s marketplace listings. Ours carry the standard maibo return cover.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme PRO CF — 128GB—Extreme PRO CF — 32GB—Extreme CF — 64GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-64gb-extreme-pro-compactflash-memory-card-160mb-s/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-64GB-Extreme-Pro-CompactFlash-Memory-Card-160MBs-.jpeg","139.99","Storage & Memory > Compact Flash Memory","SanDisk","SDCFXPS-064G-A46","1","0619659103231" "488","Samsung 512GB PRO Plus UHS-I microSDXC Memory Card","The Samsung PRO Plus 512GB microSDXC is Samsung’s serious card for serious use: up to 160MB/s reads and 120MB/s writes, V30/U3-guaranteed 4K recording and A2-class app performance, with a full-size SD adapter in the box. For dashcams, drones, action cameras, tablets and the Switch, it pairs Samsung’s own NAND with the six-proof protection the PRO line is known for.Speed160MB/s reads, V30 writesUp to 160MB/s transfers make offloads quick, 120MB/s writes keep 4K recording and burst photography fluid, and the V30 rating is a floor, not a peak — sustained write speed is guaranteed, which is what stops recordings dropping frames.Apps & gamesA2-class performanceThe A2 rating guarantees the random I/O that app loading and game libraries demand — in an Android tablet, a Steam Deck or a Switch, the card responds like storage, not like a bottleneck.ProtectionSamsung six-proof buildWater, temperature, X-ray, magnet, drop and wearout protection — Samsung’s PRO Plus line is built for cards that live in dashcams through summer windscreens and drones through winter shoots.Right choice if you…✔ Record 4K on a drone, action cam or dashcam✔ Run games from a Switch, Steam Deck or tablet (A2)✔ Want Samsung’s own NAND with a guaranteed V30 floor✔ Need the SD adapter for cameras and readers — includedConsider something else if…✖ You want maximum UHS-I offload speed — the SanDisk Extreme PRO peaks higher with the right reader✖ You only need everyday phone storage — the SanDisk 64GB Ultra costs far less✖ You need a terabyte — see our 1TB cardsSamsung PRO Plus 512GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity512GB (microSDXC)Read SpeedUp to 160MB/sWrite SpeedUp to 120MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10ProtectionSix-proof: water, temp, X-ray, magnet, drop, wearoutAdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNMB-MD512KAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung PRO Plus 512GB UHS-I microSDXC card—Full-size SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsIs it good for a dashcam?Yes — the PRO Plus line’s six-proof build handles windscreen heat, and V30 sustains continuous recording. For years of 24/7 loop recording, endurance-class cards remain the specialist tool, but PRO Plus is a strong all-rounder.How does it compare with the SanDisk Extreme line?Very closely — same V30/U3/A2 class, so in-camera behaviour is equivalent. Differences are peak transfer speed with brand readers and price on the day; both are genuine, both are safe choices.Will it work in the Nintendo Switch and Steam Deck?Yes — both accept microSDXC, and the A2 rating keeps game loading quick. 512GB holds a substantial library.How much 4K fits on 512GB?Roughly 16 hours of 4K 30fps footage, or over 100,000 high-resolution photos.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 512GB Extreme microSDXC—SanDisk Extreme PRO 1TB microSDXC—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-512gb-pro-plus-uhs-i-microsdxc-memory-card-with-sd-adapter/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1630344074_1658166.jpeg","158.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MD512KA/AM","1","8806094780550" "466","SanDisk 64GB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC Memory Card","The SanDisk 64GB Extreme microSDXC brings the Extreme line’s V30-guaranteed 4K recording to the entry capacity — the right card for a GoPro, drone or 360 camera when you offload after every session. Up to 170MB/s reads, A2 app performance and SanDisk’s four-proof build, at the price of a takeaway.Speed170MB/s reads, V30 writesReads up to 170MB/s make offloads quick, and the V30/U3 rating guarantees the sustained write floor that keeps 4K recording frame-perfect. A2 random I/O keeps apps responsive when the card lives in a phone or handheld.Capacity64GB — the session cardRoughly 2 hours of 4K 30fps per card — ideal for shooters who offload daily and like a fresh card per session, or as the reliable spare in every camera bag pocket.ReliabilityFour-proof, genuine SanDiskTemperature-proof, waterproof, shock-proof and X-ray-proof — the build that survives drones in winter and bags through airport scanners. Genuine SanDisk through the channels we have used since 2011.Right choice if you…✔ Shoot 4K and offload after each session✔ Want a trustworthy spare for the camera bag✔ Need V30 guarantees without big-capacity prices✔ Run a modest app/game set from a phone or handheldConsider something else if…✖ You shoot full days — the 256GB Extreme holds a weekend✖ You want PRO offload speeds — see the Extreme PRO 64GB✖ You only store files/apps — the 64GB Ultra costs lessSanDisk 64GB Extreme microSDXC — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity64GB (microSDXC)Read / WriteUp to 170MB/s / 80MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10MPNSDSQXAH-064G-GN6MAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk 64GB Extreme UHS-I microSDXC cardFrequently Asked QuestionsIs 64GB enough for 4K?About 2 hours at 4K 30fps — plenty per session if you offload daily; choose bigger if you shoot full days.Does it include an SD adapter?No — card only at this capacity. Our Extreme PRO 64GB listing includes the adapter.Will it keep up with burst photography?Yes — the U3/V30 write floor handles bursts and high-bitrate video without buffer stalls.Switch / Steam Deck suitable?Yes — A2 keeps game loading quick; 64GB suits a compact library.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—SanDisk 256GB Extreme microSDXC—SanDisk Extreme PRO 64GB (with adapter)—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-64gb-extreme-uhs-i-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1534947695_1431041.jpeg","24.88","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","SanDisk","SDSQXAH-064G-GN6MA","1","619659155971" "452","Samsung Galaxy Note 8 S Pen Stylus – Blue","The Samsung Galaxy Note 8 S Pen Stylus – Blue is the official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 8 — 0.7mm tip, 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity, full angle detection. No battery, no charging, no pairing required — ready to use immediately. Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) exclusive. Genuine Samsung. ✓ 4096 pressure levels · 0.7mm tip · full angle detection for natural writing and drawing ✓ No battery required — EMR technology, always ready, no charging management ✓ Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) exclusive — fits the Note 8 silo precisely ✓ Blue — matching the Deep Sea Blue Galaxy Note 8 colour variant ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Samsung Galaxy Note 8 S Pen in Blue is Samsung's official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 8 — a passive EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) stylus that draws its operating power entirely from the phone's digitiser field, with no internal battery and no charging required. Remove it from the silo and it works immediately; return it to the silo when not in use. The Note 8 S Pen delivers Samsung's established EMR specification: 0.7mm fine tip, 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt and angle detection — the complete writing, drawing and annotation toolkit that defines the Note series. Unlike the Note 9 S Pen which introduced Bluetooth Air Actions, the Note 8 S Pen is a precision input tool only — no remote camera shutter, no button-triggered app control. What it does, it does perfectly: precise, responsive, pressure-sensitive stylus input with zero setup and zero battery management. The Blue colour matches the Deep Sea Blue Galaxy Note 8 body colour variant. Genuine Samsung, brand new, retail packaging. Compatible with Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) only. Available while stock lasts. EMR Technology · No Battery Always Ready — Zero Maintenance EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) is the technology underlying all Samsung S Pen styluses from the original Note through the Note 8. The phone's display emits a low-frequency resonance field; the S Pen contains a passive resonance coil that harvests energy from this field to power the pen's digitiser circuitry. This means the pen has no battery, no charging requirement, and no power management to consider — it is functional at all times as long as it is within the display's field, which in practice means whenever the tip touches or hovers over the screen. For the Note 8 user, this translates to a stylus that is always available: remove it from the silo and write immediately, without checking battery level or waiting for a connection. The Note 9 S Pen was the first Samsung stylus to add an internal Bluetooth battery, enabling Air Actions remote control — the Note 8 S Pen predates this feature and is a pure EMR input device. Many Note 8 users prefer this simplicity: nothing to charge, nothing to pair, nothing to fail. The pen stores in the Note 8's built-in silo when not in use, spring-ejecting when the silo tip is pressed. 4096 Pressure · 0.7mm Tip Writing, Drawing and Annotation Precision The Note 8 S Pen's core EMR specification matches the rest of the Samsung Note range: 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt and angle detection. 4096 pressure levels distinguish 4096 discrete grades of pen-to-screen force — from a hairline at minimal contact pressure to a bold stroke at full pressure — producing the smooth, natural line weight variation that distinguishes a proper digitiser from a basic capacitive stylus. In Samsung Notes, Memo and compatible drawing apps, this translates to expressive handwriting, fine-detail illustration and annotation that closely mirrors the feel of a physical pen on paper. Tilt detection allows compatible apps to respond to the pen's angle — holding the pen at a low angle widens the stroke, simulating a calligraphy nib or flat brush. The 0.7mm tip provides a fine, precise writing point that gives accurate placement on screen without the tip obscuring the writing line. Replacement tips are user-replaceable using the included tip removal tool — Samsung sells replacement tip packs separately. Note 8 Exclusive · Blue Replacement for Lost or Damaged Pen The Note 8 S Pen is sized and shaped to fit the Galaxy Note 8's silo precisely — the silo in the base of the phone holds the pen securely and the spring-eject mechanism releases it cleanly when the silo tip is pressed. S Pens from other Note models are dimensionally different and are not drop-in replacements with full functionality on the Note 8 — using the correct OEM S Pen ensures the spring-eject mechanism functions as designed and the digitiser responds correctly. The Blue colour variant matches the Deep Sea Blue Galaxy Note 8 — the phone's Deep Sea Blue body colour is paired with a blue S Pen from the factory. If you own a Deep Sea Blue Note 8 and have lost or damaged the original S Pen, this Blue variant restores the correct colour combination. It is functionally identical to the Black variant — colour is the only difference. The pen includes a replacement tip and tip removal tool. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy Note 8 and need a replacement for a lost or damaged S Pen ✔ Own a Deep Sea Blue Note 8 and want the matching blue colour pen ✔ Use Samsung Notes, drawing or annotation apps regularly on your Note 8 ✔ Want a genuine Samsung S Pen — correct tip, correct silo fit, correct digitiser response ✔ Prefer a no-setup stylus — no battery, no pairing, works immediately Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Note 9, Note 10 or Note 20 — each uses a different S Pen series; see the relevant EJ-PN960 or EJ-PN970 variants ✖ You need Bluetooth Air Actions — the Note 8 S Pen has no Bluetooth; Bluetooth S Pen was introduced with the Note 9 (EJ-PN960) ✖ You own a Midnight Black Note 8 and want colour-matching — see the Black Note 8 S Pen (EJ-PN950BBEGWW) Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy Note 8 Colour Blue Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950) only Tip Size 0.7mm Pressure Sensitivity 4096 levels Bluetooth No — passive EMR, no battery required Technology EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) Weight 2.8g MPN EJ-PN950BLEGWW EAN / GTIN 8806088985459 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy Note 8 S Pen — Blue — Replacement tip · tip removal tool Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with the Galaxy Note 9, Note 10 or Note 20? No. The EJ-PN950 is designed specifically for the Galaxy Note 8 (SM-N950). The Note 9 uses the EJ-PN960 series (which adds Bluetooth), and the Note 10 and Note 20 use different S Pen models entirely with different dimensions. Each Note generation uses a different S Pen — they are not interchangeable for full functionality. Does the Note 8 S Pen have Bluetooth? No. The Galaxy Note 8 S Pen is a passive EMR stylus with no Bluetooth and no internal battery. It requires no charging and no pairing — it is always ready to use. Bluetooth Air Actions were introduced with the Note 9 S Pen (EJ-PN960) in 2018 — the Note 8 S Pen predates this feature. Can I replace the tip myself? Yes. The pen includes a replacement tip and a metal tip removal tool. Grip the current tip with the tool's loop, pull straight out, and press the new tip in until it clicks. Replacement tip packs are also available separately from Samsung. Does the Note 8 S Pen need to be charged? No. The Note 8 S Pen has no battery and requires no charging. It uses EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) technology — the phone's display generates a field that powers the pen passively. The pen works at all times without any energy management. Is the Blue S Pen only for the Deep Sea Blue Note 8? No. The Blue S Pen is functionally identical to the Black variant and works in any Galaxy Note 8. It is the colour variant that ships with the Deep Sea Blue Note 8 — colour is purely a personal or matching preference. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Yellow/Blue (with Bluetooth) — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Violet (with Bluetooth) — Samsung Galaxy Tab S6 S Pen — Pink — Browse all Mobile Accessories at maibo Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-note-8-s-pen-stylus-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/CleanShot-2022-04-03-at-15.15.30@2x.png","8.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PN950BLEGWW","1","8806088985459" "447","SanDisk Extreme 128GB UDMA7 CompactFlash Card (Black/Gold)","The SanDisk Extreme CompactFlash 128GB (black/gold) keeps working CF cameras working: UDMA 7 with up to 120MB/s reads and VPG-20 video assurance, at the enthusiast price point. The sensible refill for the 5D Mark II in the cupboard that still takes better photos than most new kit.CapableUDMA 7, 120MB/sFast offloads and deep RAW bursts for enthusiast CF bodies — most of the PRO line’s real-world benefit at a friendlier price.Video-safeVPG-20 assuranceA 20MB/s sustained write floor covers Full HD recording on CF-era bodies comfortably.Keep shootingThe refill formatCF bodies were built to outlive trends; a fresh genuine card is the cheapest way to keep a proven camera in service for years more.Right choice if you…✔ Run an enthusiast CF DSLR — 50D, 5D II, D300 era✔ Shoot stills mainly, Full HD video sometimes✔ Want genuine SanDisk without PRO pricing✔ Need a dependable second card for the bagConsider something else if…✖ You record high-bitrate pro video — the Extreme PRO VPG-65 line✖ Your camera is SD or CFexpress — different slots entirely✖ You burst RAW for a living — PRO’s headroom pays for itselfSanDisk Extreme CF 128GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSanDiskCapacity128GBTypeCompactFlash, UDMA 7Read speedUp to 120MB/sVideo assuranceVPG-20 — 20MB/s sustainedUse caseEnthusiast CF DSLRs, stills + Full HDMPNSDCFXS-128G-A46EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—SanDisk Extreme CompactFlash 128GBFrequently Asked QuestionsExtreme or Extreme PRO?PRO adds 160MB/s and the VPG-65 pro-video floor. For stills and Full HD on enthusiast bodies, the Extreme covers it and saves real money.Will my older camera read it at full speed?It reads at the body’s own ceiling — everything still works, bursts still clear faster than with the ancient card it replaces.Is CF still being made?High-grade lines still are, but the market shrinks yearly — which is exactly why owners of working CF bodies are stocking up.How many RAW shots fit?Roughly 25MB per 21-24MP RAW: 128GB holds a serious day of shooting with room to spare.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Extreme CF — 64GB—Extreme PRO CF — 128GB—Browse all SanDisk at maiboBrowse the full storage range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/sandisk-extreme-128gb-udma7-compactflash-card-black-gold/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/SanDisk-128-GB-Extreme-CompactFlash-Memory-Card-.jpeg","108.88","Storage & Memory > Compact Flash Memory","SanDisk","SDCFXS-128G-A46","1","0619659124748" "443","Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen Stylus – Violet","The Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen Stylus – Violet is the official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 9 — the first S Pen with Bluetooth, enabling Air Actions for remote camera shutter, app switching and media control. 0.7mm tip, 4096 pressure levels, genuine Samsung. Violet / Lavender Purple. ✓ Bluetooth Air Actions — remote shutter, app launch, media control up to 10m from the phone ✓ 4096 pressure levels · 0.7mm tip · true-to-life pressure and angle sensitivity ✓ Samsung Galaxy Note 9 (SM-N960) exclusive — charges automatically in the phone's silo ✓ Colour: Violet / Lavender Purple — matching the Lavender Purple Note 9 colour variant ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen in Violet is the official Samsung replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 9 — the first S Pen in Samsung's history to incorporate Bluetooth, transforming the stylus from a writing and drawing tool into a remote control for the phone. The Note 9 S Pen charges automatically via the phone's silo in approximately 40 seconds to provide up to 30 minutes of Bluetooth functionality, enabling Air Actions: a single button on the pen body triggers customisable remote actions including camera shutter release, switching between front and rear cameras, playing and pausing media, and launching apps — all from up to 10 metres away. For photography, this means taking group shots or selfies without a timer. For presentations, it means advancing slides while standing away from the phone. For everyday use, it means pausing music without touching the phone. As a stylus, the Note 9 S Pen maintains Samsung's established EMR specification: 0.7mm tip, 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity, and full angle detection — the same core writing and drawing performance that Note users rely on daily. The Violet colour matches the Lavender Purple Galaxy Note 9 body colour variant, with a violet pen body and accent tip. Genuine Samsung. Available while stock lasts. Bluetooth Air Actions The First S Pen with Remote Control Every S Pen before the Note 9 was a passive EMR stylus — it had no electronics of its own and required physical contact with the display to function. When removed from the phone, it was inert. The Note 9 S Pen was Samsung's first to add an internal battery and Bluetooth Low Energy radio, making it an active device capable of communicating with the phone wirelessly at up to 10 metres. The single button on the S Pen body is programmable via the Bixby button settings — by default, a single click fires the camera shutter (front or rear), a click and hold switches between front and rear camera, a double click launches the default camera app. In Samsung Notes, a click and hold fires Air Command. These Air Actions are customisable per app through the S Pen settings menu. The Bluetooth battery charges automatically every time the pen is returned to the silo in the phone — 40 seconds in the silo provides approximately 30 minutes of Bluetooth use. The pen does not require a separate charger. If the Bluetooth battery is depleted, the pen continues to function as a normal EMR stylus for writing and drawing — the Bluetooth functionality is additive, not essential to core operation. 4096 Pressure Levels · 0.7mm Tip Writing, Drawing and Note-Taking Precision The core EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) stylus specification of the Note 9 S Pen is the same as established across Samsung's Note range: 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt and angle detection. The 4096 pressure levels mean that the stylus distinguishes 4096 distinct grades of pen-to-screen pressure, enabling brush weight variation in drawing applications comparable to a physical pen on paper — light pressure produces thin strokes, heavy pressure produces thick ones, with a smooth continuous gradient between. Angle detection allows brush applications to simulate the behaviour of real calligraphy pens and brushes, where tilting the pen changes the stroke shape. The 0.7mm tip is a fine point that gives accurate placement on screen — practical for handwriting, precise annotation and detailed illustration without the stylus tip obscuring the writing line. The EMR technology requires no battery for stylus input — the pen draws its operating power from the phone's display resonance field, meaning input response is immediate with no latency from a wireless connection. Replacement tips are available from Samsung and are user-replaceable with the included tip removal tool. Note 9 Exclusive · Violet Replacement for Lost or Damaged Pen The Note 9 S Pen is physically specific to the Galaxy Note 9 — it is sized and shaped to fit the Note 9's silo, which is also the charging contact for the Bluetooth battery. S Pens from other Note models (Note 8, Note 10, Note 20) will fit the Note 9 silo and function as basic EMR styluses, but they do not have Bluetooth and cannot perform Air Actions. This Violet variant matches the Lavender Purple Note 9 body colour: the pen body and tip are violet/lavender purple, consistent with the colour blocking of the Lavender Purple phone. The Midnight Black Note 9 ships with an all-black S Pen. If you own a Lavender Purple Note 9 and need to replace a lost or damaged pen, this Violet variant restores the original matching colour combination. The pen includes the standard ejection mechanism — pressing the end of the pen when it is inserted in the silo causes it to spring-eject for removal. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy Note 9 and need a replacement for a lost or damaged S Pen ✔ Own an Lavender Purple Note 9 and want the matching Violet colour pen ✔ Want the full Bluetooth Air Actions functionality restored — remote shutter, media control, app launch ✔ Use Samsung Notes, Memo or drawing apps regularly on your Note 9 ✔ Want a genuine Samsung S Pen — not a third-party replacement without Bluetooth Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Note 8, Note 10, Note 20 or Galaxy S series — this pen is Note 9 exclusive for full functionality ✖ You own a Midnight Black Note 9 and want colour-matching — see the Yellow/Blue Note 9 S Pen (EJ-PN960BLEGWW) ✖ You need S Pen Pro with multi-device Bluetooth — the Note 9 S Pen only works with the Note 9 Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy Note 9 Colour Violet / Lavender Purple Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy Note 9 (SM-N960) only Tip Size 0.7mm Pressure Sensitivity 4096 levels Bluetooth Yes — Bluetooth Low Energy · Air Actions Bluetooth Range Up to 10 metres Charging Auto-charges in phone silo · 40s = ~30 min Bluetooth Air Actions Camera shutter · camera switch · media play/pause · app launch (customisable) MPN EJ-PN960BVEGWW EAN / GTIN 8801643413248 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Violet — Replacement tip · tip removal tool Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with the Galaxy Note 8 or Note 10? It will physically fit the Note 8 silo and function as a basic EMR stylus for writing and drawing, but the Bluetooth Air Actions will not work — the Note 8 does not have the software or hardware to support Note 9 S Pen Bluetooth commands. For the Note 10, the pen will not fit the silo at all (different dimensions). This pen is designed specifically for the Note 9. How do I pair the S Pen Bluetooth with my Note 9? Insert the S Pen into the Note 9 silo and leave it for at least 40 seconds — the Bluetooth battery charges automatically via contact charging. Once charged, remove the pen and open Settings → Advanced Features → S Pen → Air Actions. The pen pairs automatically when in range; no manual Bluetooth pairing in the Bluetooth settings menu is required. Can I replace the tip myself? Yes. The pen includes a replacement tip and a metal tip removal tool. Grip the current tip with the tool's loop, pull straight out, and press the new tip in until it clicks. Replacement tip packs are also available separately from Samsung. Does Air Actions work if the Bluetooth battery is dead? No — Air Actions requires the Bluetooth connection. If the battery is depleted, the pen continues to function as a full EMR stylus for on-screen writing and drawing, but the remote button actions are unavailable until the pen is recharged in the silo (40 seconds restores approximately 30 minutes of Bluetooth use). Is the Violet pen only for the Lavender Purple Note 9? The Violet pen is the colour variant that shipped with the Lavender Purple Galaxy Note 9, but it is functionally identical to the Black pen that shipped with the Midnight Black Note 9. Both pens work in any Note 9. The Violet variant is a colour preference — choose it to match the Lavender Purple phone or simply as a personal preference. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung S Pen EJ-PN970 for Galaxy Note 10 — Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen — Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart Clear View Cover — Black — Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-note-9-s-pen-stylus-violet/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/samsung-original-s-pen-stylus-for-galaxy-note-9-violet-3397576.jpeg","8.98","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PN960BVEGWW","1","8801643413248" "437","Samsung 25W USB-C Wall Charger Set – TA800 – White (UK Plug)","The Samsung 25W USB-C wall charger set (EP-TA800, white, UK plug) is the official Super Fast Charging adapter Samsung stopped putting in the box. If you own a Galaxy S21, S22, S23, S24, a Note 10 or later, or any Galaxy A-series phone with 25W support, this is the exact charger Samsung designed for it — genuine, with the USB-C to USB-C cable included, on a proper UK 3-pin plug. It also fast-charges any USB-C device that speaks USB Power Delivery 3.0, from tablets to earbuds. Speed25W Super Fast ChargingAt 25W the EP-TA800 drives Samsung's Super Fast Charging on Galaxy flagships — roughly twice the speed of a standard 10–15W adapter, taking a flat battery to usable in the time it takes to make a coffee. On phones and devices without Super Fast Charging it falls back gracefully to the fastest rate the device accepts. CompatibilityUSB PD 3.0 — not just for SamsungBecause it is a standards-compliant USB Power Delivery 3.0 charger with PPS, the TA800 fast-charges far more than Galaxy phones: Pixel and other Android phones, tablets, Nintendo Switch, earbuds and power banks all negotiate their own safe speed over the included USB-C cable. Peace of mindOfficial Samsung, UK plugThird-party chargers vary wildly in build and safety. This is Samsung's own adapter with Samsung's charging circuitry and temperature protection, on a genuine UK 3-pin plug — no travel adapters, no EU-plug imports. The same unit Samsung sells as the official accessory for its UK phones. Right choice if you…✔ Bought a Galaxy phone that came without a charger in the box✔ Want genuine Samsung Super Fast Charging at 25W✔ Need the cable included — this is the full set, not adapter-only✔ Want one safe PD 3.0 charger for phone, earbuds and tablet✔ Prefer the white finish to match Samsung's retail look Consider something else if…✖ Your phone supports 45W charging (S23 Ultra, S24 Ultra) — see the Samsung 45W Charging Set✖ You prefer black — the same TA800 set in black is also in stock✖ You charge an iPhone wirelessly — see the Apple MagSafe Charger Samsung 25W Charger TA800 — Technical Specifications BrandSamsung (Official) Output25W max — Super Fast Charging ProtocolUSB Power Delivery 3.0 with PPS PlugUK 3-pin (BS 1363) CableUSB-C to USB-C, included ColourWhite MPNEP-TA800XWEGGB EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung 25W Travel Adapter EP-TA800 (White, UK plug) —Samsung USB-C to USB-C cable Frequently Asked Questions Will this Super Fast Charge my Galaxy S23 / S24?Yes. All current Galaxy flagships support 25W Super Fast Charging and will show the 'Super fast charging' notice with this adapter. The S23 Ultra and S24 Ultra can additionally use 45W, but the real-world difference is minutes, not hours — 25W covers daily charging well. Is the cable included or adapter-only?This listing is the full set: the EP-TA800 adapter plus Samsung's USB-C to USB-C cable in the box. Nothing else to buy. Can it charge non-Samsung devices?Yes — it is a standard USB PD 3.0 charger. Pixels, iPads, Nintendo Switch, earbuds and power banks all charge at their own safe negotiated speed. iPhones charge too (with a USB-C or Lightning cable as appropriate). What is the difference between this and the 45W set?Peak wattage. Only the Ultra models (and some tablets) can use 45W, and only during the first part of a charge. For every other Galaxy, 25W is the maximum the phone will draw — so this set is the right-size choice. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung 25W Charger Set TA800 — Black —Samsung 45W Super Fast Charging Set —Apple MagSafe Charger (2m) —Browse all Wall Chargers at maibo Browse the full charging range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-25w-usb-c-wall-charger-set-ta800-white-uk-plug/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/3578911390.webp","9.88","Charging & Cables > Wall Chargers & Cradles > USB-C Cables > Fast Charging Cables","Samsung","EP-TA800XWEGGB","1","8806090973338" "424","Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen Stylus – Yellow/Blue","The Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen Stylus – Yellow/Blueis the official replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 9 — the first S Pen with Bluetooth, enabling Air Actions for remote camera shutter, app switching and media control. 0.7mm tip, 4096 pressure levels, genuine Samsung. Yellow body with blue tip. ✓ Bluetooth Air Actions — remote shutter, app launch, media control up to 10m from the phone ✓ 4096 pressure levels · 0.7mm tip · true-to-life pressure and angle sensitivity ✓ Samsung Galaxy Note 9 (SM-N960) exclusive — charges automatically in the phone's silo ✓ Colour: Yellow body / Blue tip — matching the Ocean Blue Note 9 colour variant ⚠️ Discontinued model — limited stock remaining. Brand New — Bulk Packaging. The Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen in Yellow/Blue is the official Samsung replacement stylus for the Galaxy Note 9 — the first S Pen in Samsung's history to incorporate Bluetooth, transforming the stylus from a writing and drawing tool into a remote control for the phone. The Note 9 S Pen charges automatically via the phone's silo in approximately 40 seconds to provide up to 30 minutes of Bluetooth functionality, enabling Air Actions: a single button on the pen body triggers customisable remote actions including camera shutter release, switching between front and rear cameras, playing and pausing media, and launching apps — all from up to 10 metres away. For photography, this means taking group shots or selfies without a timer. For presentations, it means advancing slides while standing away from the phone. For everyday use, it means pausing music without touching the phone. As a stylus, the Note 9 S Pen maintains Samsung's established EMR specification: 0.7mm tip, 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity, and full angle detection — the same core writing and drawing performance that Note users rely on daily. The Yellow/Blue colour matches the Ocean Blue Galaxy Note 9 body colour variant, with a yellow pen body and blue accent tip. Genuine Samsung. Available while stock lasts. Bluetooth Air Actions The First S Pen with Remote Control Every S Pen before the Note 9 was a passive EMR stylus — it had no electronics of its own and required physical contact with the display to function. When removed from the phone, it was inert. The Note 9 S Pen was Samsung's first to add an internal battery and Bluetooth Low Energy radio, making it an active device capable of communicating with the phone wirelessly at up to 10 metres. The single button on the S Pen body is programmable via the Bixby button settings — by default, a single click fires the camera shutter (front or rear), a click and hold switches between front and rear camera, a double click launches the default camera app. In Samsung Notes, a click and hold fires Air Command. These Air Actions are customisable per app through the S Pen settings menu. The Bluetooth battery charges automatically every time the pen is returned to the silo in the phone — 40 seconds in the silo provides approximately 30 minutes of Bluetooth use. The pen does not require a separate charger. If the Bluetooth battery is depleted, the pen continues to function as a normal EMR stylus for writing and drawing — the Bluetooth functionality is additive, not essential to core operation. 4096 Pressure Levels · 0.7mm Tip Writing, Drawing and Note-Taking Precision The core EMR (Electromagnetic Resonance) stylus specification of the Note 9 S Pen is the same as established across Samsung's Note range: 4096 levels of pressure sensitivity and full tilt and angle detection. The 4096 pressure levels mean that the stylus distinguishes 4096 distinct grades of pen-to-screen pressure, enabling brush weight variation in drawing applications comparable to a physical pen on paper — light pressure produces thin strokes, heavy pressure produces thick ones, with a smooth continuous gradient between. Angle detection allows brush applications to simulate the behaviour of real calligraphy pens and brushes, where tilting the pen changes the stroke shape. The 0.7mm tip is a fine point that gives accurate placement on screen — practical for handwriting, precise annotation and detailed illustration without the stylus tip obscuring the writing line. The EMR technology requires no battery for stylus input — the pen draws its operating power from the phone's display resonance field, meaning input response is immediate with no latency from a wireless connection. Replacement tips are available from Samsung and are user-replaceable with the included tip removal tool. Note 9 Exclusive · Yellow/Blue Replacement for Lost or Damaged Pen The Note 9 S Pen is physically specific to the Galaxy Note 9 — it is sized and shaped to fit the Note 9's silo, which is also the charging contact for the Bluetooth battery. S Pens from other Note models (Note 8, Note 10, Note 20) will fit the Note 9 silo and function as basic EMR styluses, but they do not have Bluetooth and cannot perform Air Actions. This Yellow/Blue variant matches the Ocean Blue Note 9 body colour: the pen body is yellow and the accent tip and clip are blue, consistent with the colour blocking of the Ocean Blue phone. The Midnight Black Note 9 ships with an all-black S Pen. If you own an Ocean Blue Note 9 and need to replace a lost or damaged pen, this Yellow/Blue variant restores the original matching colour combination. The pen includes the standard ejection mechanism — pressing the end of the pen when it is inserted in the silo causes it to spring-eject for removal. Right choice if you… ✔ Own a Samsung Galaxy Note 9 and need a replacement for a lost or damaged S Pen ✔ Own an Ocean Blue Note 9 and want the matching Yellow/Blue colour pen ✔ Want the full Bluetooth Air Actions functionality restored — remote shutter, media control, app launch ✔ Use Samsung Notes, Memo or drawing apps regularly on your Note 9 ✔ Want a genuine Samsung S Pen — not a third-party replacement without Bluetooth Consider something else if… ✖ You own a Note 8, Note 10, Note 20 or Galaxy S series — this pen is Note 9 exclusive for full functionality ✖ You own a Midnight Black Note 9 and want colour-matching — see the all-Black Note 9 S Pen (EJ-PN960BBEGWW) ✖ You need S Pen Pro with multi-device Bluetooth — the Note 9 S Pen only works with the Note 9 Technical Specifications Brand Samsung Model S Pen for Galaxy Note 9 Colour Yellow body / Blue tip Compatible Device Samsung Galaxy Note 9 (SM-N960) only Tip Size 0.7mm Pressure Sensitivity 4096 levels Bluetooth Yes — Bluetooth Low Energy · Air Actions Bluetooth Range Up to 10 metres Charging Auto-charges in phone silo · 40s = ~30 min Bluetooth Air Actions Camera shutter · camera switch · media play/pause · app launch (customisable) MPN EJ-PN960BLEGWW EAN / GTIN 8801643413316 Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) In the Box — Samsung Galaxy Note 9 S Pen — Yellow/Blue — Replacement tip · tip removal tool Frequently Asked Questions Will this S Pen work with the Galaxy Note 8 or Note 10? It will physically fit the Note 8 silo and function as a basic EMR stylus for writing and drawing, but the Bluetooth Air Actions will not work — the Note 8 does not have the software or hardware to support Note 9 S Pen Bluetooth commands. For the Note 10, the pen will not fit the silo at all (different dimensions). This pen is designed specifically for the Note 9. How do I pair the S Pen Bluetooth with my Note 9? Insert the S Pen into the Note 9 silo and leave it for at least 40 seconds — the Bluetooth battery charges automatically via contact charging. Once charged, remove the pen and open Settings → Advanced Features → S Pen → Air Actions. The pen pairs automatically when in range; no manual Bluetooth pairing in the Bluetooth settings menu is required. Can I replace the tip myself? Yes. The pen includes a replacement tip and a metal tip removal tool. Grip the current tip with the tool's loop, pull straight out, and press the new tip in until it clicks. Replacement tip packs are also available separately from Samsung. Does Air Actions work if the Bluetooth battery is dead? No — Air Actions requires the Bluetooth connection. If the battery is depleted, the pen continues to function as a full EMR stylus for on-screen writing and drawing, but the remote button actions are unavailable until the pen is recharged in the silo (40 seconds restores approximately 30 minutes of Bluetooth use). Is the Yellow/Blue pen only for the Ocean Blue Note 9? The Yellow/Blue pen is the colour variant that shipped with the Ocean Blue Galaxy Note 9, but it is functionally identical to the Black pen that shipped with the Midnight Black Note 9. Both pens work in any Note 9. The Yellow/Blue variant is a colour preference — choose it to match the Ocean Blue phone or simply as a personal preference. Condition Brand New — Bulk Packaging Warranty Manufacturer warranty (Samsung) Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — Samsung S Pen EJ-PN970 for Galaxy Note 10 — Samsung Galaxy Z Fold3 Flip Cover with S Pen — Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart Clear View Cover — Black — Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full mobile phone accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-galaxy-note-9-s-pen-stylus-yellow-blue/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/CleanShot-2022-04-03-at-14.26.24@2x.png","9.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PN960BLEGWW","1","8801643413316" "403","Logitech StreamCam USB-C Webcam – 1080p – White","The Logitech StreamCam is the webcam built for creators rather than conference calls: Full HD 1080p at a genuine 60 frames per second over USB-C, smart auto-focus and exposure that track your face, and a mount that rotates to native vertical video for Reels, Shorts and TikTok. This is the White version.Smooth1080p at 60fpsMost webcams stop at 30fps. At 60fps motion is fluid — hand gestures, gameplay facecams and demos look like video, not a slideshow. USB-C carries the full uncompressed stream.SmartAI face trackingAuto-focus and auto-exposure follow your face, not the room: stand up, lean in, change the lighting mid-stream — the StreamCam keeps you sharp and correctly lit without touching a setting.VersatilePortrait mode built inRotate the camera 90° in its mount and shoot native 9:16 vertical — full-resolution portrait for Shorts and TikTok, not a cropped landscape frame. Standard tripod thread included.Right choice if you…✔ Stream on Twitch/YouTube and want 60fps facecam smoothness✔ Shoot vertical content — native portrait, no cropping✔ Want set-and-forget focus and exposure on camera✔ Have USB-C and want the full-quality uncompressed feedConsider something else if…✖ You only do occasional video calls — a basic 30fps webcam is cheaper✖ Your machine has no USB-C port — the StreamCam is USB-C only✖ You need 4K — this is the 1080p60 specialist, not a 4K cameraLogitech StreamCam (White) — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitechColourWhiteResolutionFull HD 1080p @ 60fpsConnectionUSB-C 3.1 Gen 1Lensf/2.0, 78° field of viewFocusSmart auto-focus + auto-exposure (face-based)OrientationLandscape + native portrait (9:16)MountingMonitor mount + tripod threadSoftwareLogitech Capture / G HUBMPN960-001289EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—StreamCam (White)—Monitor mount—Tripod mount adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it need USB-C?Yes — the 60fps uncompressed stream needs USB 3.1 bandwidth, so the fixed cable is USB-C. An adapter to USB-A is not supported for full performance.Is 60fps worth it over a 30fps webcam?For streaming and content, clearly: motion smoothness is the most visible quality difference on a facecam. For plain video calls, less so.How does vertical video work?The camera rotates 90° in its mount and shoots native full-resolution 9:16 — not a crop. Logitech Capture handles the orientation automatically.Does it work with OBS and Streamlabs?Yes — it appears as a standard camera in OBS, Streamlabs, Zoom, Teams and anything else; Logitech Capture adds scene and framing control on top.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech StreamCam — Graphite—Logitech G PRO X Headset (Blue VO!CE mic)—Browse the Gaming range at maiboBrowse the full gaming and creator range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-streamcam-usb-c-webcam-1080p-white/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1640179230_1592769.jpeg","99.99","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001289","1","" "399","Official Samsung S Pen Green Stylus – For Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra","The official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy S23 Ultra, in green — the exact stylus your phone shipped with, as a genuine replacement or a colour swap. Bluetooth-enabled with Air Actions for remote camera and media control, pressure-sensitive for natural note-taking and sketching, and cut to dock perfectly in the S23 Ultra's silo, where it charges automatically. If your S Pen is lost, chewed by a drawer or simply the wrong colour, this is the one Samsung made for the job. WritingPen-on-paper precisionThe fine 0.7mm tip and pressure sensitivity make Samsung Notes, PENUP and document markup feel like real handwriting — line weight follows your hand, and latency on the S23 Ultra's 120Hz screen is low enough that ink stays under the tip. Screen-off memos work the moment you pull the pen. Air ActionsBluetooth remote controlThe BLE-enabled S Pen doubles as a remote: press to fire the camera shutter from across the room, gesture to switch lenses, skip tracks or page through a presentation. It is the feature people forget their S Pen has — and miss the moment the pen is gone. FitDocks, charges, sealsMade by Samsung for the S23 Ultra's silo: it clicks in flush, charges while docked and preserves the phone's sealing as the original did. Third-party pens approximate this; the official part simply is it. Right choice if you…✔ Lost or damaged your S23 Ultra's original S Pen✔ Want a green accent against a black or cream phone✔ Use Air Actions for camera and presentation control✔ Want the genuine Samsung part, not a tip-only lookalike Consider something else if…✖ You prefer the original look — the Phantom Black S Pen matches every colourway✖ You have a different Galaxy — each model's S Pen is specific; browse our S Pen range for yours✖ You write mainly on a tablet — Tab S Pens are a different part Samsung S Pen S23 Ultra (Green) — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsung (Official)CompatibilityGalaxy S23 UltraConnectivityBluetooth Low Energy — Air ActionsTip0.7mm, pressure sensitiveChargingIn-silo, automatic while dockedColourGreenMPNEJ-PS918BGEGEUEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Official Samsung S Pen for Galaxy S23 Ultra (Green), retail packaging Frequently Asked Questions Will it work with the S22 Ultra or S24 Ultra?Basic writing may register on other Ultra models, but the EJ-PS918 is designed and guaranteed for the S23 Ultra — silo fit, charging and Air Actions are matched to that phone. Buy the pen coded for your model. Do I need to pair it?Dock it in the silo and the phone pairs and charges it automatically — a prompt confirms when Air Actions are ready. No settings digging required. Does the green pen suit a black phone?Only the pen's end cap is visible when docked, so the green reads as a subtle accent — a popular way to tell your phone (and pen) apart from everyone else's at a meeting table. Will screen-off memo and all S Pen features work?Yes — this is the genuine Samsung part, so every S Pen feature works exactly as with the pen the phone shipped with: screen-off memos, Air Command, translation hover, Air Actions. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —S Pen S23 Ultra — Phantom Black —S24 Ultra Smart View Wallet Case —Browse all Mobile Phone Accessories at maibo Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-s-pen-green-stylus-for-samsung-galaxy-s23-ultra/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Official-Samsung-S-Pen-Green-Stylus-For-Samsung-Galaxy-S23-Ultra-.jpg","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS918BGEGEU","1","" "379","Logitech StreamCam Full HD Webcam – 1080p 60fps USB-C – Graphite","The Logitech StreamCam is the webcam built for creators rather than conference calls: Full HD 1080p at a genuine 60 frames per second over USB-C, smart auto-focus and exposure that track your face, and a mount that rotates to native vertical video for Reels, Shorts and TikTok. This is the Graphite version.Smooth1080p at 60fpsMost webcams stop at 30fps. At 60fps motion is fluid — hand gestures, gameplay facecams and demos look like video, not a slideshow. USB-C carries the full uncompressed stream.SmartAI face trackingAuto-focus and auto-exposure follow your face, not the room: stand up, lean in, change the lighting mid-stream — the StreamCam keeps you sharp and correctly lit without touching a setting.VersatilePortrait mode built inRotate the camera 90° in its mount and shoot native 9:16 vertical — full-resolution portrait for Shorts and TikTok, not a cropped landscape frame. Standard tripod thread included.Right choice if you…✔ Stream on Twitch/YouTube and want 60fps facecam smoothness✔ Shoot vertical content — native portrait, no cropping✔ Want set-and-forget focus and exposure on camera✔ Have USB-C and want the full-quality uncompressed feedConsider something else if…✖ You only do occasional video calls — a basic 30fps webcam is cheaper✖ Your machine has no USB-C port — the StreamCam is USB-C only✖ You need 4K — this is the 1080p60 specialist, not a 4K cameraLogitech StreamCam (Graphite) — Technical SpecificationsBrandLogitechColourGraphiteResolutionFull HD 1080p @ 60fpsConnectionUSB-C 3.1 Gen 1Lensf/2.0, 78° field of viewFocusSmart auto-focus + auto-exposure (face-based)OrientationLandscape + native portrait (9:16)MountingMonitor mount + tripod threadSoftwareLogitech Capture / G HUBMPN960-001281EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—StreamCam (Graphite)—Monitor mount—Tripod mount adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsDoes it need USB-C?Yes — the 60fps uncompressed stream needs USB 3.1 bandwidth, so the fixed cable is USB-C. An adapter to USB-A is not supported for full performance.Is 60fps worth it over a 30fps webcam?For streaming and content, clearly: motion smoothness is the most visible quality difference on a facecam. For plain video calls, less so.How does vertical video work?The camera rotates 90° in its mount and shoots native full-resolution 9:16 — not a crop. Logitech Capture handles the orientation automatically.Does it work with OBS and Streamlabs?Yes — it appears as a standard camera in OBS, Streamlabs, Zoom, Teams and anything else; Logitech Capture adds scene and framing control on top.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Logitech StreamCam — White—Logitech G PRO X Headset (Blue VO!CE mic)—Browse the Gaming range at maiboBrowse the full gaming and creator range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-streamcam-full-hd-webcam-1080p-60fps-usb-c-graphite/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1633351571_1547008.jpeg","99.99","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001281","133","5099206087187" "373","Official Samsung S Pen Phantom Black Stylus - For Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra","The S23 Ultra without its S Pen feels like half a phone — and the pen is exactly the part that gets lost. This is the official Samsung S Pen for the Galaxy S23 Ultra in Phantom Black (EJ-PS918BBEGEU), the genuine Bluetooth stylus the phone shipped with. Samsung has discontinued it, so what is in the supply chain now is all there will be — ours is brand new, sealed, and ready to drop straight into the silo. Precision 4,096 pressure levels through a 0.7 mm tip This is the same EMR digitiser pen the S23 Ultra was engineered around: 4,096 levels of pressure and a 0.7 mm tip that makes handwriting in Samsung Notes feel like ink on paper. Because it is the original part, palm rejection, latency and tilt behave exactly as they did on day one of the phone. Air Actions A remote control that lives inside your phone The button and Bluetooth link turn the pen into a remote: click to fire the camera shutter from across the room, wave to switch camera modes, skip slides in a presentation or control media playback. It pairs automatically the first time it docks in the silo — no setup screens. Fit & charge Docks, charges and locks in like the original Slide it into the S23 Ultra’s silo and it starts charging on its own — a few minutes of docking gives hours of Bluetooth use. The Phantom Black finish matches every S23 Ultra colourway, and the click mechanism and eject spring behave identically to the pen the phone came with. Right choice if you… ✔ Lost or damaged the S Pen your S23 Ultra came with ✔ Want a genuine spare before remaining stock runs out ✔ Use Air Actions for camera or presentations ✔ Prefer the official part over an unbranded stylus Consider something else if… ✖ You prefer it in Cream — see the S23 Ultra S Pen in Cream ✖ You have an S24 or S25 Ultra — those use their own S Pen models ✖ You need a Tab stylus — see our full S Pen range Technical Specifications BrandSamsung CompatibilitySamsung Galaxy S23 Ultra (SM-S918 series) only Pressure levels4,096 · 0.7 mm tip ConnectivityBluetooth (Air Actions) · charges in phone silo ColourPhantom Black MPNEJ-PS918BBEGEU EAN / GTIN8806094825664 WarrantyManufacturer warranty In the Box —Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra S Pen, Phantom Black (EJ-PS918BBEGEU) Frequently Asked Questions Will it pair with my phone automatically? Yes. Dock it in the S Pen slot and the S23 Ultra pairs and charges it automatically — no Bluetooth menus. If the old pen is still paired, the phone switches to the new one on first docking. Does it work with the S24 Ultra or S25 Ultra? Basic writing works across Ultra models, but Samsung specifies this pen for the S23 Ultra — fit in the silo and full Bluetooth features are only guaranteed there. We stock the correct S Pen for each Ultra generation separately. How does it charge? Inside the phone. The silo tops the pen up whenever it is docked; writing itself needs no charge at all — only the Bluetooth Air Actions use the small internal battery. What can Air Actions actually do? Camera shutter and mode switching from a distance, slide control in PowerPoint and Google Slides, media play/pause and volume, plus app shortcuts you assign in Settings → Advanced features → S Pen. Why is it discontinued? Samsung retires accessories as new flagships launch. The S23 Ultra S Pen is no longer sold by Samsung UK — replacement stock like ours is the remaining supply, which is why we suggest ordering while it is available. ConditionBrand New — Sealed Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty Delivery4–6 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra S Pen — Cream —Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra Smart View Flip Case — Black —All replacement Galaxy S Pens — official Samsung stock Browse the full S Pen range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/official-samsung-s-pen-phantom-black-stylus-for-samsung-galaxy-s23-ultra/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Official-Samsung-S-Pen-Phantom-Black-Stylus-For-Samsung-Galaxy-S23-Ultra-.jpg","28.88","Mobile Phone Accessories > S Pen","Samsung","EJ-PS918BBEGEU","68","" "339","Logitech BRIO 4K Pro Webcam – Ultra HD 2160p","The Logitech BRIO 4K Pro Webcam – Ultra HD 2160p— 13MP sensor with 4K Ultra HD 2160p video at 30fps, RightLight 3 with HDR for automatic lighting correction, three adjustable fields of view (65°/78°/90°), 5x HD digital zoom and Windows Hello infrared facial recognition. Dual omnidirectional noise-cancelling microphones. Certified for Microsoft Teams, Zoom and Google Meet. USB-C connection. For professional video calls, streaming and content creation. ✓ 4K Ultra HD 2160p at 30fps — 13MP glass lens with autofocus ✓ RightLight 3 + HDR — automatic exposure and contrast in any lighting ✓ Windows Hello infrared facial recognition — passwordless login ✓ Certified for Microsoft Teams, Zoom and Google Meet The Logitech BRIO 4K Pro webcam is the most capable standard-form webcam Logitech produces — a 13MP sensor delivering 4K Ultra HD video at 4096×2160 pixels, the highest resolution available in the consumer and business webcam category. The sensor resolves substantially more detail than 1080p, which has a practical impact both on how sharp the caller appears to their counterparts in a video meeting and on the quality of recorded footage for streaming, training materials or presentations. The BRIO can also output 1080p at 60fps and 720p at 90fps — frame rates relevant to streaming and recording use cases where smooth motion is prioritised. RightLight 3 is Logitech's most advanced automatic lighting system and works alongside full HDR processing: the camera simultaneously captures and combines multiple exposures to produce a correctly-exposed image even in high-contrast conditions such as backlit windows, bright ceiling lights or outdoor glare. The three adjustable fields of view — 65°, 78° and 90° diagonal — allow the framing to be matched to the use case; the 65° view is the tightest and most flattering for single-person calls, the 90° view covers more background context for group or room views. All three fields of view use the full sensor area with 5x HD digital zoom available within each. The dual omnidirectional microphones capture voice from up to one metre away while the noise-cancellation processing reduces keyboard, fan and ambient noise from the recording. Windows Hello facial recognition uses the BRIO's infrared sensor — a separate IR illuminator and sensor module that works in the dark or through glasses — to authenticate the user's face and unlock Windows without a password. The USB-C connection uses a USB 3.2 Gen 1 interface; a USB-A adapter is included for computers without USB-C. Genuine Logitech. 2-year warranty. 4K Ultra HD · 13MP Sensor 2160p · Multiple Frame Rates · 5x Zoom The BRIO's 13MP sensor produces a maximum output of 4096×2160 pixels — the full 4K DCI standard — at 30 frames per second. For comparison, a standard 1080p webcam outputs 1920×1080 pixels, giving the BRIO approximately four times the pixel count and a corresponding increase in fine detail: skin texture, hair detail, fabric texture and background elements are resolved rather than blurred or approximated. In a video call, this translates to a sharper, more natural appearance to other participants on high-resolution displays. The camera also outputs 1080p at 60fps, which is the format most used by streamers and content creators who prioritise smooth motion at a file size more practical than 4K. At 720p the frame rate reaches 90fps, useful for slow-motion post-production work. The 5x digital zoom operates within any of the three FOV presets — at 4K resolution, zooming 5x still retains effective 1080p equivalent detail due to the sensor's pixel density. Autofocus tracks faces and foreground subjects and refocuses continuously without the hunting or delay that affects lower-grade webcams. RightLight 3 + HDR Automatic Lighting — Any Environment Most webcams use a single automatic exposure algorithm that averages the entire frame — in backlit conditions (a window behind the subject), this algorithm exposes for the bright background, leaving the face underexposed and dark. RightLight 3 addresses this with scene analysis that identifies the subject in the frame and weights exposure toward them rather than the background average. Full HDR processing extends this by capturing multiple exposure values simultaneously and combining them into a single frame — preserving highlight detail in bright areas and shadow detail in dark areas that a single-exposure system would clip. The practical result is that the BRIO produces a usable, correctly-exposed image in conditions that defeat standard webcams: bright windows directly behind the subject, strong overhead fluorescent office lighting, mixed natural and artificial light sources, and dim environments such as late-evening home offices. The system operates automatically without requiring the user to adjust any settings — the camera continuously analyses and adjusts the exposure and colour balance as lighting conditions change during a call. Windows Hello · IR Recognition Infrared Facial Authentication — Secure Login The BRIO contains two sensor systems: the main RGB camera for video capture and a separate infrared module — an IR illuminator and IR sensor — specifically for Windows Hello facial authentication. Infrared authentication uses the heat signature of the face rather than visible light, which gives it two properties that the visible-light camera cannot provide: it works in complete darkness (the IR illuminator provides its own illumination), and it is significantly harder to spoof than a 2D photo-based system because it perceives the three-dimensional structure of the face. Windows Hello on the BRIO is rated as enterprise-grade biometric authentication compliant with FIDO 2 standards, making it appropriate for corporate single sign-on environments. Authentication is typically completed within one second of sitting at the computer. The IR module also enables the camera to function as the basis for Microsoft's Azure AD face login in corporate environments where password-based login has been replaced by biometric authentication policy. The BRIO is certified by Microsoft as meeting Windows Hello Enhanced Sign-in Security requirements. Great choice if you… ✔ Need the highest quality video for executive-level calls, interviews or presentations ✔ Work in challenging lighting — backlit windows, bright offices or dim home setups ✔ Use Windows Hello for passwordless login on a business or personal PC ✔ Stream or record content and need 1080p 60fps or 4K 30fps output ✔ Need Teams / Zoom / Google Meet certification for IT-managed deployments Consider something else if… ✖ Your monitor or laptop screen is 1080p — 4K output will be downscaled; consider Logitech C920s ✖ You only need basic 1080p calls — the BRIO's advanced features may exceed your requirement ✖ You need a dedicated studio microphone — the BRIO's mics are good but not broadcast-grade Technical Specifications Brand / Model Logitech BRIO 4K Pro Sensor 13MP · glass lens · autofocus Max Resolution 4096 × 2160 (4K Ultra HD 2160p) @ 30fps Other Resolutions 1920 × 1080 @ 30/60fps · 1280 × 720 @ 30/60/90fps Field of View 65° · 78° · 90° diagonal (adjustable) · 5x HD zoom Lighting RightLight 3 + HDR — auto exposure and contrast correction Microphones Dual omnidirectional · noise cancellation · 1m range Facial Recognition Windows Hello certified · infrared sensor Connection USB-C (USB 3.2 Gen 1) · USB-A adapter included Mounting Foldable clip (laptop/monitor) + tripod thread (¼-20) Certifications Microsoft Teams · Zoom · Google Meet · Skype for Business OS Compatibility Windows · macOS · ChromeOS Warranty 2 Years Logitech Box Contents —Logitech BRIO 4K Pro webcam —USB-C to USB-A adapter —Carrying pouch —User documentation Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years Logitech Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Browse the full accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-brio-4k-pro-webcam-ultra-hd-2160p/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1636449624_1650419.jpeg","139.99","Gaming > Webcams","Logitech","960-001106","111","5099206068100" "320","Logitech G733 Wireless Gaming Headset LIGHTSPEED - Black","The Logitech G733 Wireless Gaming Headset LIGHTSPEED - Black — 40mm PRO-G hybrid-mesh drivers, 2.4GHz LIGHTSPEED wireless with 20m range, up to 29-hour battery, LIGHTSYNC RGB dual-zone front lighting, detachable Blue VO!CE boom microphone, DTS Headphone:X 2.0, and reversible suspension headband with dual-layer memory foam. 278g. Black. ✓ LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz wireless · 20m range · up to 29hr battery · USB-C charging ✓ 40mm PRO-G hybrid-mesh drivers · DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround (PC) ✓ LIGHTSYNC RGB dual-zone · Blue VO!CE detachable boom mic · Discord certified ✓ 278g · reversible suspension headband · dual-layer memory foam · PC · PS4/5 · Switch The Logitech G733 is Logitech G's LIGHTSPEED wireless gaming headset positioned at the mid-range of their lineup — designed to combine long battery life, low-latency wireless, comfort for extended sessions, and visual customisation through front-facing RGB in a lightweight 278g package. The PRO-G 40mm hybrid-mesh driver uses a unique mesh material for the diaphragm rather than conventional mylar or plastic — the hybrid-mesh structure reduces the mass of the diaphragm for faster transient response while maintaining the structural rigidity that prevents distortion at high output levels. LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz is Logitech's proprietary low-latency wireless protocol, delivering sub-1ms latency audio that keeps game audio synchronised with visual events in competitive play. The 29-hour battery life (with RGB off) places the G733 among the longest-battery wireless gaming headsets in its category. Blue VO!CE mic technology, developed from Blue Microphones' professional audio processing, provides broadcast-quality microphone filters accessible through G HUB software — the detachable boom microphone produces significantly cleaner, more processed call audio than most gaming headset microphones at this price point. The reversible suspension headband distributes headset weight along its length without a pressure point on the top of the skull. LIGHTSPEED · 29hr · PRO-G Driver Wireless That Works for Gaming LIGHTSPEED is Logitech G's 2.4GHz proprietary wireless protocol, developed specifically for gaming peripherals. Consumer Bluetooth — even Bluetooth 5.x — introduces latency through its audio compression and packetisation overhead, typically 40–200ms depending on codec. LIGHTSPEED uses uncompressed audio transmission at sub-1ms latency, which keeps game audio events — footsteps, shots, environmental sounds — synchronised with the on-screen action in a way that Bluetooth cannot match. The 2.4GHz USB dongle connects to any USB-A port and the connection is stable across the 20-metre rated range without the interference issues that Bluetooth experiences in environments with many competing 2.4GHz devices. The 29-hour battery life is measured at 50% volume with RGB lighting off — enabling the LIGHTSYNC RGB reduces battery to approximately 20 hours, still substantially longer than competing wireless headsets. USB-C charging allows the G733 to use the same cable as modern phones and laptops rather than a proprietary connector. The 40mm PRO-G driver uses Logitech G's hybrid-mesh diaphragm material — a mesh structure that is lighter than a solid plastic diaphragm of equivalent rigidity, which allows faster driver response while reducing distortion at high output levels. The internal acoustic chamber in each earcup is specifically designed to complement the driver, controlling back-wave resonance for a cleaner frequency response. Blue VO!CE · DTS:X 2.0 · G HUB Mic and Surround on PC Blue VO!CE is Logitech G's microphone processing technology, developed following Logitech's acquisition of Blue Microphones — the professional condenser microphone brand. Blue VO!CE applies real-time DSP processing to the microphone output: high-pass filtering to remove low-frequency rumble and desk vibration, noise gate to cut background noise when the user is not speaking, equalisation to shape voice frequency response, de-essing to reduce sibilance harshness, and a voice 'exciter' that adds presence to make voice sound forward and clear in Discord, Twitch streams, and calls. All Blue VO!CE controls are accessible through the free Logitech G HUB software on PC. DTS Headphone:X 2.0 is the spatial audio processing engine that creates a virtual surround sound field from the G733's stereo drivers — positioning game audio elements in a three-dimensional space around the head beyond the left-right positioning of standard stereo, with height and depth cues that standard 7.1 virtual surround does not produce. DTS Headphone:X 2.0 is enabled through G HUB on PC. On PlayStation 4 and Switch, the G733 connects and delivers audio but G HUB is not available — Blue VO!CE filters, DTS surround and RGB customisation require a PC connection. On PS5, basic DTS processing is available through the console's 3D audio system. 278g · Suspension Headband · RGB Comfort and Style for Long Sessions At 278g, the G733 is substantially lighter than most full-size over-ear gaming headsets — competing models in the same price bracket commonly weigh 300–380g. The weight reduction is partly structural (the headband assembly is lighter than conventional metal slider headbands) and partly from the suspension strap design. The reversible suspension strap is a fabric band that attaches to the headband frame at each end and hangs below the frame, with the headset earcups suspended from the strap rather than pressed against the skull by the headband frame. This distributes the headset's weight across the full contact area of the strap rather than concentrating it at the top of the head, which eliminates the hotspot pressure that solid-plate headbands create during extended sessions. The strap is reversible and interchangeable — Logitech sells replacement straps in additional colours as accessories for the G733. The dual-layer memory foam earcups use a soft outer layer that moulds to the shape of the user's face on contact, with a firmer inner layer that maintains the seal and prevents the foam from fully compressing and transmitting hard surface pressure to the head. LIGHTSYNC RGB provides dual-zone front-facing lighting with 16.8 million colours and G HUB-programmable animations — the only gaming headset in this price range with front-facing RGB that is visible from the front during use. Right choice if you… ✔ Play primarily on PC and want low-latency LIGHTSPEED wireless with Blue VO!CE mic and DTS surround unlocked ✔ Want 29-hour battery life — covers multiple extended sessions before charging ✔ Value comfort in a lightweight headset for all-day or all-night sessions — 278g with suspension headband ✔ Stream or create content and want broadcast-quality mic processing — Blue VO!CE via G HUB Consider something else if… ✖ You primarily use Xbox — LIGHTSPEED does not support Xbox wireless; see HyperX Cloud II Wireless or an Xbox-certified headset ✖ You play on PS4 and want Blue VO!CE and DTS surround — those features require G HUB on PC; the G733 works on PS4 for basic audio only ✖ You need Bluetooth for mobile phone use alongside gaming — the G733 is LIGHTSPEED only, not Bluetooth; see Logitech G435 for dual LIGHTSPEED + Bluetooth Technical Specifications Brand Logitech G Model G733 LIGHTSPEED Wireless RGB Gaming Headset MPN 981-000863 / 981-000864 (UK/EU) EAN / GTIN 5099206088719 Colour Black Drivers 40mm PRO-G hybrid-mesh neodymium Wireless LIGHTSPEED 2.4GHz · USB-A dongle · 20m range Battery Life Up to 29hr (RGB off) · 20hr (default RGB) Charging USB-C RGB LIGHTSYNC · dual-zone front-facing · 16.8M colours · G HUB Microphone Detachable cardioid boom · Blue VO!CE filters (G HUB/PC) Surround Sound DTS Headphone:X 2.0 (PC via G HUB) Headband Reversible suspension strap Earcups Dual-layer memory foam Weight 278g Compatible Platforms PC (Win10+) · macOS 10.12+ · PS4 · PS5 · Nintendo Switch Certification Discord Certified Warranty 2-year Logitech limited hardware warranty In the Box — Logitech G733 wireless gaming headset — Black — Detachable Blue VO!CE boom microphone — LIGHTSPEED USB-A wireless receiver — USB-C to USB-A charging cable Frequently Asked Questions Does the G733 work on PS4 and PS5? Yes for basic audio and microphone — connect the LIGHTSPEED USB dongle to a USB port on the PS4 or PS5 and the headset operates for game audio and chat. On PS4 however, Blue VO!CE mic filters, DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround, and LIGHTSYNC RGB customisation are not available — those features require G HUB software on a PC. On PS5, the console's own 3D audio settings work with the headset. The G733 does not support Xbox wireless and is not compatible with Xbox consoles. Does the battery really last 29 hours? Logitech's 29-hour figure is measured at 50% volume with RGB lighting switched off. With the LIGHTSYNC RGB lighting enabled at default brightness, battery drops to approximately 20 hours. At higher volume levels with RGB on, expect 15–18 hours in typical use. All three figures represent substantial battery life — 15 hours at full load covers most gaming sessions. Turning off RGB when not needed (or when away from the desk) maximises battery between charges. Is G HUB required to use the headset? No — the G733 functions as a standard wireless headset without G HUB. Audio, microphone and basic volume control work plug-and-play on any compatible device. G HUB is required to access Blue VO!CE microphone filters, DTS Headphone:X 2.0 surround sound, LIGHTSYNC RGB colour customisation, and equaliser settings. G HUB is free to download from logitech.com. What is the difference between LIGHTSPEED and Bluetooth for gaming? LIGHTSPEED uses uncompressed 2.4GHz RF transmission at sub-1ms latency — audio arrives at the headset with imperceptible delay relative to the game video. Bluetooth applies audio compression and packetisation that introduces 40–200ms latency depending on codec. For gaming where audio cues such as footsteps and gunshots must be synchronised with visual events, LIGHTSPEED's latency advantage over Bluetooth is audible and meaningful in competitive play. For casual listening, music, or non-competitive games, the difference is less critical. Condition Brand New — Retail Packaging Warranty 2 Years · Logitech Limited Delivery 4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo — HyperX Cloud II Wireless Gaming Headset — HyperX Cloud III Gaming Headset — Logitech G PRO X SUPERLIGHT Gaming Mouse — White — Browse all gaming headsets at maibo Browse the full gaming headsets and accessories range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-g733-wireless-gaming-headset-lightspeed-black/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1636025743_1590053.jpeg","159.99","Audio > Gaming > Bluetooth Headphones > Gaming Headsets","Logitech","981-000863","4","5099206088719" "294","Logitech H111 3.5mm Wired Headset with Mic","The Logitech H111 3.5mm wired headset is the simplest way to get a proper microphone and headphones on a call: one plug, no software, no batteries. It connects through a single 3.5mm jack, the round headset socket found on nearly every laptop, many smartphones and most tablets, so the same headset moves between the work laptop, a personal phone and a child's school tablet. The microphone sits on a flexible boom that rotates through 180°, so it can be worn on the left or the right, and it reduces background noise so your voice comes through clearly. A 2.35m cable gives room to lean back or stand up during a long call. Stereo sound handles music and video between meetings, and soft foam ear cushions on an adjustable headband keep it comfortable. It is Logitech's entry-level business headset, and at this price it is the sensible spare to keep in a drawer or a school bag. Single 3.5mm Jack — Check Your Socket One Plug for Sound and Microphone The H111 has one 3.5mm plug that carries both the headphone audio and the microphone signal. Look closely and you will see three black bands on the metal tip rather than two — that is what lets one plug do both jobs. Laptops, smartphones with a headphone jack and tablets all use this combined type of socket, usually marked with a small headset icon, so the H111 works in them directly with both sound and microphone. The one place to check before ordering is an older desktop PC. Many desktop towers have two separate round sockets instead — a green one for headphones and a pink one for the microphone. Plugged into only the green socket you will hear audio but the microphone will not work. The fix is a simple 3.5mm headset splitter, sometimes called a Y-adapter, which splits the single plug into separate headphone and microphone plugs. They are inexpensive and widely available. If your computer has a single socket with a headset symbol, you need nothing extra. For phones without a headphone jack, the H111 needs a USB-C or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter. 180° Rotating Microphone Heard Clearly, on Either Side The difference between a headset microphone and a laptop's built-in one is distance. The laptop microphone is half a metre away and hears the whole room; the H111's microphone sits on a boom a few centimetres from your mouth, so your voice dominates and the keyboard, fan and background conversation fall away. The boom is flexible, so you can bend it to the right position for your face, and it is designed to reduce background noise. It also rotates through 180°, which means the microphone can sit on either the left or the right — useful if you hold a pen in one hand, share a desk layout, or simply prefer one side. When you are only listening, the boom tucks up out of the way. For online lessons, customer calls, Teams and Zoom meetings or a family video call, this is the upgrade that makes the other people stop asking you to repeat yourself. Stereo · 2.35m Cable · Foam Cushions Light Enough to Forget You Are Wearing It The H111 is built to be light and simple rather than heavy and elaborate. The headband has a wide range of adjustment, which is why it fits adults and older children alike, and the ultra-soft foam ear cushions rest gently on the ears for hours without the heat that leatherette can build up. Stereo drivers give proper left and right sound, so music and video are more than an afterthought between calls. The 2.35m cable is longer than most headset cables — long enough to reach from a desktop tower under the desk, or to stand up and stretch during a long call without pulling the laptop off the table. Because it is analogue and wired, there is nothing to install, nothing to pair and nothing to charge: plug it in and it works on Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iOS devices with a headset socket. That simplicity is also why schools and offices buy it in bulk — there is almost nothing that can go wrong. Right choice if you… ✔ Need a headset for a laptop, tablet or phone with a single headset socket ✔ Want one headset to move between several devices ✔ Are buying for school, online lessons or a home office on a budget ✔ Want something with nothing to install, pair or charge Consider something else if… ✘ Your desktop PC has separate pink and green sockets — you will need a 3.5mm headset splitter ✘ You want in-line volume and mute controls — the Logitech H390 USB headset has them ✘ Your phone has no headphone jack — you will need a USB-C or Lightning adapter Logitech H111 3.5mm Wired Headset — Technical Specifications BrandLogitech ModelH111 Stereo Headset MPN981-000612 EAN / GTINPrinted on retail packaging ColourBlack TypeWired stereo headset with boom microphone ConnectorSingle 3.5mm combined headset jack Cable Length2.35m MicrophoneNoise-reducing · flexible boom · rotates 180° (left or right) AudioStereo ComfortAdjustable headband · ultra-soft foam ear cushions CompatibilityComputers, smartphones and tablets with a 3.5mm headset socket WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) In the Box —Logitech H111 stereo headset — Black —User documentation Frequently Asked Questions The sound works but the microphone does not — why?This almost always means the headset is plugged into a headphone-only socket. The H111 uses a single combined plug for sound and microphone. On a desktop PC with separate green and pink sockets, use a 3.5mm headset splitter (Y-adapter) so the microphone connects to the pink socket. Also check that the H111 is selected as the microphone in your computer's sound settings or your call app. Will it work with my phone?Yes, if the phone has a 3.5mm headphone jack. Phones without one need a USB-C to 3.5mm or Lightning to 3.5mm adapter that supports a microphone. Does it need software or batteries?No. It is a plain wired headset — plug it in and it works on Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, Android and iOS devices with a headset socket. Can I wear the microphone on the right?Yes. The boom rotates through 180°, so the microphone can sit on the left or the right, and it tucks up out of the way when you are only listening. What is the difference between the H111 and the H390?The H111 connects through a 3.5mm jack and works with phones and tablets as well as computers. The H390 connects through USB-A, adds in-line volume and mute controls and leatherette ear cushions, but is aimed at computers. Choose the H111 for flexibility across devices, the H390 for a dedicated computer headset. ConditionBrand New — Retail Packaging WarrantyManufacturer warranty (Logitech) Delivery4–5 Working Days · Fully Tracked Also Available at maibo —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Black —Logitech H390 USB Headset — Rose —Logitech C270 HD Webcam — complete your call setup —Official Logitech H111 product page Browse the full headsets and audio range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/logitech-h111-3-5mm-wired-headset-with-mic/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/1595856916_1410673.jpeg","11.88","Audio > Wired Earphones","Logitech","981-000612","88","5099206057340" "277","Samsung 256GB PRO Plus UHS-I microSDXC Memory Card","The Samsung PRO Plus 256GB microSDXC brings the PRO line’s credentials — up to 160MB/s reads, V30/U3-guaranteed 4K recording, A2 app performance and six-proof protection — to the capacity most people actually need. For a dashcam, drone, Switch or tablet, 256GB covers serious use without the half-terabyte price, and the full-size SD adapter is in the box.Speed160MB/s reads, V30 writesQuick offloads, fluid 4K recording and burst photography — with V30 as a guaranteed floor for sustained writes, not a marketing peak. That floor is what keeps recordings from dropping frames.Apps & gamesA2-class performanceGuaranteed random I/O for app loading and game libraries — in a tablet, Switch or Steam Deck the card responds like storage, not a bottleneck.ProtectionSamsung six-proof buildWater, temperature, X-ray, magnet, drop and wearout protection — built for cards that live in hot windscreens and cold drones.Right choice if you…✔ Record 4K on a drone, action cam or dashcam✔ Want PRO-line reliability at the sensible capacity✔ Run games on a Switch or Steam Deck (A2)✔ Need the SD adapter included for camerasConsider something else if…✖ You fill 256GB in a season — the 512GB PRO Plus doubles the room✖ You want the fastest UHS-I offloads — see the SanDisk Extreme PRO✖ You only need phone overflow — the 64GB Ultra costs far lessSamsung PRO Plus 256GB — Technical SpecificationsBrandSamsungCapacity256GB (microSDXC)Read / WriteUp to 160MB/s / 120MB/sRatingsUHS-I · U3 · V30 · A2 · Class 10ProtectionSix-proofAdapterFull-size SD adapter includedMPNMB-MD256KAEAN / GTINPrinted on retail packagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyIn the Box—Samsung PRO Plus 256GB UHS-I microSDXC card—Full-size SD adapterFrequently Asked QuestionsHow much 4K fits on 256GB?Roughly 8 hours of 4K 30fps footage, or around 50,000 high-resolution photos — a long weekend of shooting per card.Is it dashcam-suitable?Yes — six-proof build and V30 sustained writes handle dashcam duty well; for years of 24/7 loop recording, endurance-class cards remain the specialist choice.PRO Plus vs EVO lines?PRO Plus adds the V30 floor, higher sustained writes and six-proof rating — the differences that matter for 4K and harsh environments.Will it work in the Switch and Steam Deck?Yes — both take microSDXC, and A2 keeps loading quick.ConditionBrand New — Retail PackagingWarrantyManufacturer warrantyDelivery4–5 Working Days · Fully TrackedAlso Available at maibo—Samsung 512GB PRO Plus microSDXC—SanDisk Extreme PRO 512GB microSDXC—Browse all microSD Cards at maiboBrowse the full storage & memory range at maibo.","https://maibo.uk/product/samsung-256gb-pro-plus-uhs-i-microsdxc-memory-card/","https://maibo.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Samsung-256GB-PRO-Plus-UHS-I-microSDXC-Memory-Card-with-SD-Adapter-.jpeg","74.99","Storage & Memory > microSD Cards","Samsung","MB-MD256KA/AM","122","8806094788105"